SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

¨    REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
þ    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended 31 March 20142016
OR
¨    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨    SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    Date of event requiring this shell company report                    
    For the transition period from                to                

Commission file number: 001-14958

NATIONAL GRID PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Alison Kay

011 44 20 7004 3000

Facsimile No. 011 44 20 7004 3004

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

National Grid plc

1-3 Strand London WC2N 5EH, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each The New York Stock Exchange*
American Depositary Shares, each representing five The New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each 
6.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2018 The New York Stock Exchange
6.30% Guaranteed Notes due 2016 The New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock ($100 par value-cumulative): 
3.90% Series The New York Stock Exchange
3.60% Series The New York Stock Exchange

 

 

 *Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing Ordinary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None.

The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of 31 March 20142016 was

Ordinary Shares of 11 17/43 pence each 3,854,339,6843,924,038,086

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: Yes þ  No ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes ¨  No þ

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:  Yes þ  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files):  Yes ¨  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ  Accelerated filer ¨  Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ¨    International Financial  Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board þ     Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  Item 17 ¨    Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨  No þ

This constitutes the annual report on Form 20-F of National Grid plc (the “Company”) in accordance with the requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the year ended 31 March 20142016 and is dated 57 June 2014.2016. Details of events occurring subsequent to the approval of the annual report on 18 May 20142016 are summarised in section “Further Information” which forms a part of this Form 20-F .20-F. The content of the Group’s website (www.nationalgrid.com/uk) should not be considered to form part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

 

 


Form 20-F Cross Reference Table

 

Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    Form 20-F caption  Location in the document     Page(s)  

1

  

 

Identity of directors, senior management and advisors

  

 

Not applicable

   –        

 

Identity of directors, senior management and advisors

  

 

Not applicable

   –      

2

  

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

  

 

Not applicable

   –        

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

  

 

Not applicable

   –      

3

  

 

Key Information

      

 

Key Information

    
  

3A Selected financial data

  

“Additional Information—Summary consolidated financial information”

   200-201  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   22-25  
  

3A Selected financial data

  

“Additional Information—Summary consolidated financial information”

   186-187      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position”

   98  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9      

“Financial Statements—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Net debt”

   99  
    

“Financial Statements—Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement—Net debt”

   91      

“Financial Statements—Unaudited commentary on the consolidated cash flow statement—Net debt”

   101  
    

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures”

   182      

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures”

   196  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Exchange rates”

   178      

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Exchange rates”

   189  
    

“Exchange Rates”

   
 
“Further
Information”
  
  
    

“Exchange Rates”

   
 
“Further
Information”
  
  
  

3B Capitalization and indebtedness

  

Not applicable

   –        

3B Capitalization and indebtedness

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –        

3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

3D Risk Factors

  

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors”

   167-169    

3D Risk Factors

  

“Additional Information—The business in detail—Risk factors”

   183-186  

4

  

 

Information on the company

      

Information on the company

    
  

4A History and development of the company

  

“Want more information or help?”

   

 

192-

Back cover

  

  

  

4A History and development of the company

  

“Want more information or help?”

   

 

207

Back cover

  

  

    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Key milestones”

   179      

“Additional Information—The business in detail—Key milestones”

   174  
    

“Strategic Report—Chief Executive’s review”

   4-5      

“Strategic Report—Chief Executive’s review”

   6-7  
 ��  

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy”

   14-15      

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   8-9  
    

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-13      

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Articles of Association”

   187-188  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Articles of Association”

   176-177      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Property, plant and equipment”

   99  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Property, plant and equipment”

   89      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement—Unaudited commentary on the consolidated cash flow statement—Net capital expenditure”

   101  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement—Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement—Net capital expenditure”

   91      

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Commentary on consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2015”

   197-199  
    

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information—Commentary on consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2013”

   183-185      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—(c) Capital expenditure

   106  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—(c) Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation”

   95      

“Additional Information—The business in detail—UK Regulation”; “US Regulation” and “—Summary of US price controls and rate plans”

   176-182  
    

“Strategic Report—How our strategy creates value”

   21    

4B Business overview

  

“Additional Information—The business in detail—Where we operate”

   175  
  

4B Business overview

  

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Where we operate”

   166      

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   8-9  
    

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-13      

“Strategic Report“—What we do – Electricity”;

“—What we do – Gas”;

“—Our Business model”;

   

 

 

10-11

12-13

14-15

  

  

  

    

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy”; “—What we do—Electricity”; “—What we do—Gas”; “—How we make money from our regulated assets”; and “—How our strategy creates value”

   14-21  

 

i


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    
    

Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy—strategy”

“—Our business model”KPIs”

   

1416-17

18-21

  

    

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

   29-38

“Strategic Report—Non-financial KPIs”

10-1131-43  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis” and “—unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

   93-96104-108  
    

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors—Infrastructure and IT systems—We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non network operations due to the failure of technology supporting our business-critical processes”; “—Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us”; and “—Customers and counterparties—Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations”

167

168

169

“Additional Information—Business informationThe business in detail—UK regulation”Regulation”; “—US regulation”Regulation”; and “—Summary of US price controls and rate plans”

   160-165176-182  
    

“Strategic Report—How we make money from our regulated assets”Our Business model”

   2014-15  
  

4C Organizational structure

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates—Principal subsidiary undertakings”

   146157-159  
  

4D Property, plants and equipment

  

“Additional Information—Business informationThe business in detail—Where we operate” and

— “Property, plant and equipment

   

166175

194

  

    

“Strategic Report—What we do—do – Electricity”; “—What we do—do – Gas”; and “—How we make money from our regulated assets”

“—Our Business model”;

   

16-20
10-13

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”14-15

  29-38

    

“Strategic Report—Our vision and strategy—Embed sustainability” and “—Drive growth”

   1517  
    

“Strategic Report—Operating environment—Changing energy mix”The cost of supply”; “—Energy policy”; “—Regulation” Security of supply”; and “—Innovation and technology”Sustainability”

   12-138-9  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated statement of financial position—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position—Property, plant and equipment”

   8999  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Property, plant and equipment”

   179199  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—11. Property, plant and equipment”

   111-112122-123  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—19. Borrowings”

   119-121130-131  

“Additional Information—The business in detail—Where we operate”

   175  

4A

  

Unresolved staff comments

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Unresolved SEC staff comments”

   181

ii


Item

Form 20-F captionLocation in the documentPage(s)  195  

5

  

Operating and financial review and prospects

    
  

5A Operating results

  

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-922-25  
    

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-138-9  
    

“Additional Information—Business informationThe business in detail—UK regulation”; “—US regulation”; and “—Summary of US price controls and rate plans”

   160-165176-182  
    

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

   29-3831-43  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement—Unaudited commentary on the consolidated income statement”

   8595
“Financial Statements—Notes to the107

ii


ItemForm 20-F captionLocation in the documentPage(s)  

consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information”

196-198

“Strategic Report—Our KPIs”

18

“Strategic Report—Strategic Objective: Drive Growth—Sustained inflation/deflation in the UK/US”

27

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(d) Currency risk”

152

“Additional Information—Internal control and risk factors—Law and regulation”

184

5B Liquidity and capital resources

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

22-25

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—1 A Going concern”

102

“Financial Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement”

100-101

“Additional Information—Internal control and risk factors—Risk factors—Financing and liquidity—An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our businesses”

186  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

   96

“Additional Information—Other unaudited financial information”

182-185

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(d) Currency risk”

140-141

5B Liquidity and capital resources

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

6-9

“Corporate Governance—Going concern”

52

“Financial Statements—Consolidated cash flow statement”

90-91

“Additional Information—Business information in detail—Risk factors—Financing and liquidity—An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our business”

169

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—2. Segmental analysis—Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment”

96107  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—26. Net debt”

   130-131142-143

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—27. Commitments and contingencies”

144  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—19. Borrowings”

   119-121130-131  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   114-116126-128  
    

Additional Information—Business information in detail—Federal Energy Regulatory Commission—Short-term borrowing extension”Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(b) Liquidity risk”

   164151  
    

Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Material interests in shares”Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—31. Borrowing facilities”

   174156  
    

“Material Interests in Shares” and “Material interest in American Depositary Shares”

   
“Further
Information”

  
  

5C Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

  

“Additional Information—Directors’ ReportOther disclosures—Research and development”

   174194-195  
  

5D Trend information

  

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-922-25  
    

“Strategic Report—Principal operations”

   29-3831-43  
    

“Strategic Report—Operating environment”

   12-138-10  
  

5E Off-balance sheet arrangements

  

“Financial Statements—Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial condition—Off balance sheet items”

   8999

5F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—27.

144  

 

iii


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    
  

5F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—27. Commitments and contingencies”

  132
  

5G Safe Harbor

  

“Important notice”

   1  
    

“Want more information or help?—Cautionary statement”

   
208/Back
cover

  

6

  

Directors, senior management and employees

    
  

6A Directors and senior management

  

“Corporate Governance—Our Board”

   43

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Board biographies”

171-17347-48  
  

6B Compensation

  

“Corporate Governance—Directors’ Remuneration Report”

   58-7368-81  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(c) Key management compensation”

   98110  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits”

   122-125132-137  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits”

   133-136145-148

“Share Ownership”


“Further
Information”

  
  

6C Board practices

  

“Corporate Governance—Our Board”

   43-4847-48  
    

“Additional Information—Directors’ ReportOther disclosures” “—Conflict of interest”; and —Director’s indemnity”

   171-175193-194  
    

“Corporate Governance—“Board Composition, Our Board and its committees and Board and committee interactions”; “—Audit Committee”; “—Finance Committee”; “—Safety, Environment and Health Committee”; “—Nominations Committee”; “—Executive Committee”; and “—Management committees” and “—Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code”

   49-5749-66  
    

“Corporate Governance—Directors’ Remuneration Report—Annual statement from the Remuneration Committee chairman”

   58-5968-69  
    

“Corporate Governance— Directors’ Remuneration Report—FutureApproved policy table—table – Executive Directors”

   60-6371-73  
    

“Corporate Governance— Directors’ Remuneration Report—FutureApproved policy table—table – Non-executive Directors (NEDs)”

   6373  
    

“Corporate Governance— Directors’ Remuneration Report—Service contracts and policyPolicy on payment for loss of office” and “—Dates of Directors’ service contracts/letters of appointment”Policy on Recruitment remuneration”

   6574  
  

6D Employees

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(b) Number of employees”

   97109  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Employees”

   178194  
  

6E Share ownership

  

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Shareholding requirement” and “—Differences in remuneration policy for all employees”

64

“Corporate Governance— Directors’ Remuneration Report—Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)”

   70-7179

“Corporate Governance— Directors’ Remuneration Report—Annual report on remuneration”

75-81

”Additional Information—Other disclosures—All-employee share plans”

193  

 

iv


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document  Page(s)    

“Corporate Governance—Remuneration Report—Annual report on remuneration”

67-73

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—The All-employee Share Plans”

181
      

“Share ownership”

  
“Further
Information”

  

7

  

Major shareholders and related party transactions

   
  

7A Major shareholders

  

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Shareholder information—Material interests in shares”

  174189  
    

“Material interests in shares” and “Material interest in American Depositary Shares”

  
“Further
Information”

  
  

7B Related party transactions

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—28. Related party transactions”

  

133145

Further Information


“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—27 Commitment and Contingencies.

144  
  

7C Interests of experts and counsel

  

Not applicable

  –      

8

  

 

Financial information

       
  

8A Consolidated statements and other financial information

  

“Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

  8193  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—1. Basis of preparation”

82-83

“Financial Statements—Recentpreparation and recent accounting developments”

  83102-104  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement”; “—Consolidated statement of comprehensive income”; “—Consolidated statement of changes in equity”; “—Consolidated statement of financial position”; and “—Consolidated cash flow statement”

  84-9194-100  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statements”

  92-131102-143  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements – supplementary information”

  132-154144-167  
    

“Strategic Report—Chairman’s statement”

  2-34-5  
  

8B Significant changes

  

“Subsequent Events”

  
“Further
Information”

  

9

  

 

The offer and listing

   
  

9A Offer and listing details

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—The offer and listing—Price history”

181

Shareholder information—Exchange Rates”, “—Share price”, “— Price History”

  

189-190

“Further
Information”

  

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Share price”

175

“Exchange Rates”


“Further
Information”

  

9B Plan of distribution

  

Not applicable

 
  

9C Markets

  

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Shareholder information—Share price”

  175190  
  

9D Selling shareholders

  

Not applicable

  –      
  

9E Dilution

  

Not applicable

  –      
   

9F Expenses of the issue

  

Not applicable

  –      

10

  

Additional information

   
  

10A Share capital

  

Not applicable

  –      
  

10B Memorandum and articles of association

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Shareholder Information—Articles of Association” and “—

187-188

“Additional Information—

Other disclosures—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards”

  176-177193

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Share capital”

189-190  

 

v


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)      Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    
    

“Additional Information—Directors’ Report disclosures—Share capital”

   174-175    

10C Material contracts

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Material contracts”

   194  
  

10C Material contracts

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Material contracts”

   179    

10D Exchange controls

  

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Exchange controls”

   188  
  

10D Exchange controls

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Exchange controls”

   178    

10E Taxation

  

“Additional Information——Shareholder information—Taxation”

   190-192  
  

10E Taxation

  

“Additional Information——Other disclosures—Taxation”

   179-181    

10F Dividends and paying agents

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

10F Dividends and paying agents

  

Not applicable

       

10G Statement by experts

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

10G Statement by experts

  

Not applicable

       

10H Documents on display

  

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Documents on display”

   188  
  

10H Documents on display

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Documents on display”

   178    

10I Subsidiary information

  

Not applicable

   –      

11

  

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

    
  

10I Subsidiary information

  

Not applicable

       

11A Quantitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   126-128  

11

  

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

    
  

11A Quantitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   114-116      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty”

   160-161  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   137-144      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   149-155  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9      

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   22-25  
  

11B Qualitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   114-116    

11B Qualitative information about market risk

  

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—15. Derivative financial instruments”

   126-128  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   137-144      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—30. Financial risk management—(a) Credit risk”; “—(b) Liquidity risk”; “—(c) Interest rate risk”; “—(d) Currency risk”; “—(e) Commodity risk”; “—(f) Capital risk management”; and “—(g) Fair value analysis”

   149-155  
    

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   6-9      

“Strategic Report—Financial review”

   22-25  
    

“Additional Information—Risk factors”

   167-169       

“Additional Information—Internal Control and Risk factors“—Risk Factors ”

   183-186  

12

  

Description of securities other than equity securities

        

 

Description of securities other than equity securities

    
  

12A Debt securities

  

Not applicable

   –        

12A Debt securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12B Warrants and rights

  

Not applicable

   –        

12B Warrants and rights

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12C Other securities

  

Not applicable

   –        

12C Other securities

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

12D American depositary shares

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges”

   178    

12D American depositary shares

  

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges”

   188  
    

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Depositary payments to the Company”

   177      

“Additional Information—Shareholder information—Depositary payments to the Company”

   188  
    

“Additional Information—Definitions and glossary of terms”

   188-191       

“Additional Information—Definitions and glossary of terms”

   203-206  

13

  

 

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

  

Not applicable

   –        

 

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

  

Not applicable

   –      

14

  

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –        

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

   –      

15

  

 

Controls and procedures

  

“Additional Information—Internal control— Disclosure controls” and “—Internal control over financial reporting”

   170    

 

Controls and procedures

  

“Additional Information—Internal control and risk factors—Disclosure controls” and “—Internal control over financial reporting”

   183  

 

vi


Item

  Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)      Form 20-F caption  Location in the document   Page(s)    
     

 

“Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

   93  

16

  

16A Audit committee financial expert

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—Experience”

   49    

 

16A Audit committee financial expert

  

“Corporate Governance—Board and Committee Membership and Attendance”

   52  
  

16B Code of ethics

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Code of Ethics”

   177    

16B Code of ethics

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Code of Ethics”

   193  
  

16C Principal accountant fees and services

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—External audit”

   51    

16C Principal accountant fees and services

  

“Corporate Governance—Audit Committee—External audit”

   57-58  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(e) Auditors’ remuneration”

   98      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—3. Operating costs—(e) Auditors’ remuneration”

   110  
  

16D Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

  

Not applicable

   –      

16D Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

16E Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

  

Not applicable

   –      

16E Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

  

Not applicable

   –      
  

16F Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

  

Not applicable

   –      

16F Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

     –      
  

16G Corporate governance

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards”

   177    

16G Corporate governance

  

“Additional Information—Other disclosures—Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards”

   193  
  

16H Mine safety disclosure

  

Not applicable

   –      

16H Mine safety disclosure

  

Not applicable

   –      

17

  

Financial statements

  

Not applicable

   –      

 

Financial statements

  

Not applicable

   –      

18

  

Financial statements

  

“Financial Statements—Company accounting policies”

   155    

 

Financial statements

  

“Financial Statements—Company accounting policies”

   168-169  
    

“Financial Statements—Basis of preparation”

   82-83      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—1. Basis of preparation and recent accounting developments”

   102-104  
    

“Financial Statements—Recent accounting developments”

   83      

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement”; “—Consolidated statement of comprehensive income”; “—Consolidated statement of changes in equity”; “—Consolidated statement of financial position”; and “—Consolidated cash flow statement”

   94-100  
    

“Financial Statements—Consolidated income statement”; “—Consolidated statement of comprehensive income”; “—Consolidated statement of changes in equity”; “—Consolidated statement of financial position”; and “—Consolidated cash flow statement”

   84-91      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statements”

   102-143  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—analysis of items in the primary statements”

   92-131      

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements – supplementary information”

   144-167  
    

“Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—supplementary information”

   132-154       

“Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

   93  
    

“Financial Statements—Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit opinion for Form 20-F”

   81  

19

  

Exhibits

  

Filed with the SEC

   –      

 

Exhibits

  

Filed with the SEC

   –      

 

vii


LOGO


LOGOLOGO


  

Key highlights

 

2015/16

Financial highlights    
  

 

Information about our reporting

Our financial results are reported in sterling. We convert our US business results at the average exchange rate during the year, which for 2015/16 was $1.47 to £1 (2014/15 $1.58 to £1).

We use adjusted profit measures which exclude the impact of exceptional items and remeasurements. These are used by management to assess the underlying performance of the business. Reconciliations to statutory financial information are shown on page 196.

Online report

The PDF of our Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 includes a full search facility. You can find the document by visiting the investor relations section at www.nationalgrid.com and using a word search.

Further information

Throughout this report you can find links to further detail within this document or online. Please look out for the following icon:

LOGO

Adjusted operating profit

£4,096m

+6%

2014/15: £3,863m

Operating profit

£4,085m

+8%

2014/15: £3,780m

Operational highlights

Capital expenditure

£3,893m

+12%

2014/15: £3,470m

Greenhouse gas emissions

(million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent)

7.3

+0%

2014/15: 7.3

Adjusted earnings per share

63.5p

+10%

2014/15: 57.6p*

Earnings per share

69.0p

+30%

2014/15: 53.2p*

Group safety performance

0.10 IFR

0.03 improvement

2014/15: 0.13 IFR

Employee engagement score

76%

+1%

2014/15: 75%

  

 

Strategic Report*Comparative earnings per share (EPS) data has been restated for

   

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

01the impact of scrip dividend issues

 

  

LOGO


 

Contents

 

 

 

Strategic Report pages 02 to 41Our strategy

Our strategy is to be a recognised leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and sustainable energy infrastructure, to meet the needs of our customers and communities and to generate value for our investors.

 

 

02

 

LOGO

Chairman’s statement

04Chief Executive’s review
06Financial review
10Non-financial KPIs
12Operating environment
14Our vision and strategy
16What we do
20How we make money from our regulated assets
21How our strategy creates value
22Internal control and risk management
26How executive remuneration aligns to Company strategy
29Principal operations
40

People

Corporate Governance pages 42 to 73

 

 
 

 

Deliver operational excellence

Achieve world-class levels of safety, reliability, security and customer service.

LOGO

Engage our people

Create an inclusive, high-performance culture by developing all our employees.

LOGO

Stimulate innovation

Promote new ideas to work more efficiently and effectively.

LOGO

Engage externally

Work with external stakeholders to shape UK, EU and US energy policy.

LOGO

Embed sustainability

Integrate sustainability into our decision-making to create value, help preserve natural resources and respect the interests of our communities.

LOGO

Drive growth

Grow our core businesses and develop future new business opportunities.

Contents

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

 Strategic Report

The Strategic Report includes an overview of our strategy and business model, the principal risks we face and information about our performance. In addition to the financial review included within this section, we provide additional analysis and commentary, including the performance of our operating segments, within the unaudited commentary sections of the Financial Statements. This additional analysis forms part of our Strategic Report.

At a glance02
Chairman’s statement04
Chief Executive’s review06
Our operating environment08
What we do10
Our business model14
Our vision and strategy16
Our KPIs18
Financial review22
Internal control and risk management26
Viability statement30
Principal operations31
Our people44
 Corporate Governance

The Corporate Governance Report, introduced by theour Chairman, contains details about the activities of the Board and its committees during the year, includingyear. We include reports from the Audit, Nominations, Remuneration, Finance, and Safety, Environment and Health Committees, as well asCommittees. We also include details of our shareholder engagement activities.

42Corporate Governance contents
57Directors’ Report statutory and other disclosures

58

 

  

Remuneration ReportCorporate Governance contents

46
 

Directors’ Report and other disclosures
67
 

Financial Statements pages 74 to 159

Directors’ Remuneration Report
68
 

  
 
 Financial Statements

 

IncludingOur Financial Statements include: the independent auditors’ reports,reports; consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU; related commentary and notes to the consolidated financial statements, as well asstatements; and the CompanyCompany’s financial statements prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.FRS 101.

 

 74Financial Statements contents  Contents of financial statements82
 75Introduction to the financial statementsFinancial Statements83
 76Statement of Directors’ responsibilities84
 77Independent auditors’ report  Independent auditors’ report85
 

81

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm93
 

Additional Information pages 160 to the inside back cover

  
 
 Additional Information

 

AdditionalThis section includes additional disclosures and information, definitions and a glossary of terms, summary consolidated financial information, and other useful information for shareholders, including contact details for more information or help.

 160Additional Information contents  Contents of Additional Information174
 

188

Definitions and glossary of terms203
 

Want more information or help?
207
 

Glossary

Cautionary statement
208
 

We use a number of technical terms and abbreviations within this document. For brevity, we do not define terms or provide explanations every time they are used; please refer to the glossary on pages 188 to 191 for this information.

information as well as an important notice in relation to forward-looking statements with our cautionary statement.
 


 

02    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Contents01


    

 

Chairman’s

statementAdjusted Group operating profit(%)

 At a glance

LOGO

We are one of the world’s largest investor-owned utilities focused on transmission and distribution activities in electricity and gas in both the UK and the US. We play a vital role in connecting millions of people to the energy they use, safely, reliably and efficiently. We are organised into four operating segments, along with other activities.

  UK Electricity TransmissionUK Gas Transmission

We own and operate the electricity transmission network in England and Wales, with day-to-day responsibility for balancing supply and demand. We operate but do not own the Scottish networks. Our vision statement ‘Connecting you to your energy today, trusted to help you meet your energy needs tomorrow’ emphasisesnetworks comprise approximately 7,200 kilometres (4,470 miles) of overhead line, 1,500 kilometres (932 miles) of underground cable and 338 substations.

We own and operate the importancegas national transmission system in Great Britain, with day-to-day responsibility for balancing supply and demand. Our network comprises approximately 7,660 kilometres (4,760 miles) of trust, which we earn not just by meeting our commitments, but by making sure that we do so inhigh pressure pipe and 24 compressor stations. In 2015/16, the right way.gas throughput across the system was more than 80 billion cubic metres.

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

£4,096m£1,173m£486m

2014/15: £3,863m

2014/15: £1,237m2014/15: £437m

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure

£3,893m£1,084m£186m

2014/15: £3,470m

2014/15: £1,074m2014/15: £184m

UK regulated return on equity (RoE)%

LOGO

 

 

LOGO02 

It has been an important and challenging year for National Grid Annual Report and the energy sector in general – on both sides of the Atlantic.

Although we did not experience any major storm-related outages in our service areas during 2013/14, severe winter weather conditions – the polar vortex in the US and serious flooding in the UK – continued to test the resilience of our networks. I am pleased to report these have performed well as a result of prudent investments in past years, as well as the commitment of our people.

Energy policies in both the UK and US strive to find an acceptable balance between affordability to the ultimate consumers, security of supply and sustainability considerations. Particularly since last September, the focus of UK media and political attention has been moving between each of these three factors, with no enduring consensus of what constitutes the optimum position.

In the UK, the eight year RIIO settlement we accepted in February 2013 incentivises us to be as efficient as possible while ensuring that savings we achieve can be shared with consumers. Through these incentives we can maximise our efforts to help hard-pressed consumers and deliver good returns to our shareholders.

Transparency

In our continuing efforts to be fair, balanced and understandable in our reporting we are including additional information this year and explaining some technical matters in greater detail, so that we are as transparent as we can be.

In particular, I draw your attention to one aspect of our results. There have always been differences between IFRS reported results and underlying economic performance; however, one of the benefits of the RIIO price control regime is that it provides greater transparency of regulatory adjustments to

Accounts 2015/16
 

revenue in our principal UK businesses. The commentary on ‘timing differences and regulated revenue adjustments’ contained in the Financial review on page 08 aims to help understanding of this matter.

The Board has recommended an increase in the final dividend to 27.54p per ordinary share ($2.3107 per American Depositary Share). If approved, this will bring the full-year dividend to 42.03p per ordinary share ($3.4801 per American Depositary Share), an increase of 2.9% over the 40.85p per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 March 2013.

Effective governance

We have developed a new remuneration policy to align more closely with RIIO, the continued evolution of our US business and shareholder value creation. The policy will be subject to shareholder approval at the AGM in July – a requirement of recent legislation. You can read our full RemunerationStrategic Report introduced by Jonathan Dawson, our new Remuneration Committee Chairman, on page 58.

As we describe on page 07, the high level of take-up of the scrip dividend in the last couple of years led to concerns about the potential dilutive effect of this option. This meant that we decided not to offer the scrip element for the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, as our forecast capital investment programme was already fully funded. I do appreciate, from the letters sent to me, that this caused some dissatisfaction. We have now identified a way of offering the scrip option for both the full-year and interim dividend, which balances shareholders’ appetite for the scrip dividend option with our cash requirements. At the AGM we are seeking approval for the allotment and buy-back authorities we need to do this. The scrip dividend option has been offered for the 2013/14 final dividend subject to shareholder approval of the relevant resolutions at the AGM.

The Board is proposing
a recommended final
dividend of

27.54p

(2012/13: 26.36p)

 


 

 

Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

03

Nick Winser, Executive Director UK, will step down from the Board in July 2014 at the AGM. He will continue with his roles as President of the European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-E) and as Chairman of National Grid Electricity Transmission (NGET) and National Grid Gas (NGG) through to July 2015 before leaving the Company. After July 2015, the role of President of ENTSO-E will no longer be undertaken within the Company, and arrangements for a smooth handover of Nick’s other responsibilities will be announced in due course.

This year we have welcomed Therese Esperdy and John Pettigrew to our Board and we will be saying goodbye to Maria Richter following the AGM.

During Maria’s 10 years with the Company she has made a significant contribution to the Board and Finance Committee in particular and I would like to thank her for her commitment and wish her all the best in her future endeavours.

Therese, who will be taking over as chairman of the Finance Committee from Maria, brings a wealth of corporate finance and debt market experience to our Board. We have also appointed a new Executive Director, John Pettigrew. John joined National Grid as a graduate entrant in 1991 and has been a member of the Executive Committee for nearly two years.

The appointments of Therese and John have been part of a significant transition of the Board over the last three years through which we have secured a broad range of skills, experience, perspectives and challenge. Together with strong teamwork, I believe these qualities are contributing towards an effective Board, which will continue to set the right tone from the top, helping to meet the challenges ahead.

contributed £1.4 billion in taxes in the UK alone. Additionally, we estimate we support more than 28,500 jobs in the first tier of our supply chain – companies that are our suppliers across the globe.

We aim to develop and operate our business with an inclusive and diverse culture. You can read more about our approach to diversity on page 41, as well as our Board diversity policy on page 56.

Looking ahead

Over the next 12 months the UK and US will see a dynamic political environment. In the UK, the Scottish independence referendum later this year and the general election in 2015 are likely to increase the focus on issues such as the affordability and security of energy supply, as will the proposed review of the energy industry by the Competition and Markets Authority.

In the US, the mid-term US Congressional elections are on the horizon, together with the gubernatorial elections (election of the state governor) in New York, Rhode Island and Massachusetts. We expect debate to continue on essential infrastructure, resilience and sustainability, including our Connect21 dialogue with stakeholders. You can read more about Connect21 on page 35.

Our people have a crucial role to play in meeting the opportunities ahead. I would like to thank our employees for their hard work and dedication over the past year. Rising to the challenges brought by severe weather and changes within the industry, they have continued to make National Grid a company we can be proud of.

LOGO

Governance

pages 42 – 57

Being a responsible business

Our vision statement ‘Connecting you to your energy today, trusted to help you meet your energy needs tomorrow’ emphasises the importance of trust, which we earn not just by meeting our commitments, but by making sure that we do so in the right way. That is why how we work is as important as what we do, and why doing the right thing is at the core of everything we do.

During 2013/14 we spent time reinforcing the standards we expect of our employees in terms of ethical behaviour. As part of this, we have sent our employees a refreshed copy of ‘Doing the Right Thing’, which is our guide to ethical business conduct.

We contribute to the communities in which we operate directly and indirectly in many ways. We maintain and operate the critical infrastructure needed to keep the lights on and the heating working across the UK and northeastern US; we employ more than 23,000 people; and in 2013/14

LOGO


04    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

UK Gas DistributionUS RegulatedOther Activities
We own and operate four gas distribution networks comprising approximately 131,000 kilometres (81,400 miles) of pipeline. We transport gas from the national transmission system to around 10.9 million consumers on behalf of 39 shippers.

ChiefElectricity: We jointly own and operate transmission facilities across upstate New York, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. We own and operate electricity distribution networks in upstate New York, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The assets we operate include 174 kilometres (108 miles) of underground cable, 491 transmission substations and 688 distribution substations.

Gas: We own and operate gas distribution networks across the northeastern US, located in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. We forecast, plan for and procure around 16 billion standard cubic metres of gas each year.

Our other activities mainly relate to non-regulated businesses and other commercial operations not included within the business segments including: interconnectors; UK-based gas metering activities; UK property management; a UK LNG import terminal; US LNG operations; US unregulated transmission pipelines; and corporate activities.

Executive’sAdjusted operating profit

  

Adjusted operating profit

  

We need to be even more flexible and agile as customer needs change, so we can respond faster and more efficiently.Adjusted operating profit

review £878m£1,185m£374m

2014/15: £826m

2014/15: £1,164m2014/15: £199m

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure

£549m£1,856m£218m

2014/15: £498m

2014/15: £1,501m

2014/15: £213m

   

US Regulated RoE

(calculated on a calendar year)%

LOGO

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16At a glance03

LOGO


Chairman’s statement

Balancing the three elements of the energy trilemma – security of supply, the cost of energy and environmental sustainability – continues to contribute towards a dynamic environment in the energy industry.

 

It has been a year of solid performance for National Grid against a backdrop of intense public focus on energy prices, as well as new regulatory frameworks inLOGO

“Being responsible and

 sustainable is central

 to both the UKwhat we do

 and US.how we do it”

 

Safety is, as always, at    LOGO

As we continue to invest in the heartfuture performance of our business, we are striving to meet the challenges of the wayenergy trilemma. For this year’s Annual Report, we operate. Inhave described the UK we achieved an employee lost time injury frequency rate (IFR) of below 0.1. This is a world-class performancechallenge in more detail, highlighting developments during 2015/16 and I am incredibly proud of our teams who have worked so hard to get us to this significant milestone.response. You can read more about this achievement on page 10. The challenge now is to replicate this performance inpages 8–9.

As part of our response, we need a strong leadership team that combines a deep knowledge of the US, whereindustry with fresh insight. Over the past year we have more workhad a number of changes to do. We will never let up on our relentless focus on safety.

Despite the freezingCompany’s leadership, which I believe have secured continuity, while complementing the strong range of skills and protracted winter inexperience we need for the USchallenges and the wettest winter on record in the UK, we achieved one of our best years in terms of reliability, keeping the lights on and the gas flowing. The investment we made in bolstering our flood defences in the UK protected potentially vulnerable assets such as substations, even though in some cases the surrounding areas suffered considerable flooding.opportunities ahead.

 

In November, we announced that Steve Holliday had informed the US, our reliability performanceBoard that he wished to retire as CEO and leave the Company in 2016. Steve stepped down as CEO at the end of March and was excellent as a result of continued targeted resiliency investment and managementsucceeded by John Pettigrew, who was previously Executive Director of our networks.UK operations.

 

The introduction of RIIO inSteve, who will remain on the UKBoard until 22 July to support John with the transition, has been an appropriate development for our industry. If we can outperform against the incentives it offers and find ways to reduce our costs, the benefits are shared with our customers. Getting ready for RIIO has beenmade a significant challengecontribution to the energy sector and National Grid. Under his leadership the Company has delivered excellent returns for shareholders, helping establish National Grid’s place as one of the UK business, but I am delighted to say that we have made a good start.world’s leading utilities.

 

There have also been significant Government and regulatory policy changes affectingThroughout his tenure as CEO, Steve has remained committed to our business in the UK, including the introduction of Electricity Market Reform (EMR)people, our customers and the evolutioncommunities we serve. This commitment has included leading the drive for greater levels of the system operatorsafety, as well as playing a leading role in the long-term planningdebate on creating employment opportunities for young people – championing the role businesses can play in providing good careers advice and encouraging the growth of STEM education and engineering.

John’s appointment followed a very thorough and rigorous selection process, carried out by the network.Nominations Committee. The Committee, and subsequently the Board, was unanimous in its support for John, given his experience covering our UK and US operations. He was the architect of our strategy for delivery and performance under the UK regulatory regime, RIIO. He also played a pivotal role in introducing improvements and demonstrating strong leadership within both the US Electricity Transmission and Distribution businesses.

Responsible business

    

We have adapted our ways of working so we can meet the needs of our customers and stakeholders and deliver value under RIIO. For example, we used innovative techniques to protect a section of the pipeline that carries gas from the liquefied natural gas (LNG) importation terminal in west Wales, prior to the construction of a new road. This meant we were able to meet the timescales of the local authority building the road without disrupting gas supply to consumers.www.nationalgrid.com/responsibility

 

In the US, it has been the first year of working under the new upstate New York

Our KPIs
pages 18–21

04National Grid Annual Report and Rhode Island regulatory contracts and I am pleased that we have performed well in both cases. You can read more about developments in our US rate filings and regulatory environment on page 164.

We have introduced Connect21, our thinking on advancing the USA’s natural gas and electricity infrastructure beyond its 20th century limitations (see page 35). Another priority in the US was the transition of the operation and maintenance of the Long Island Power Authority’s (LIPA) electric transmission and distribution system on Long Island to Public Service Electric and Gas Company – Long Island (PSEG-LI). We successfully handed over the contract on 31 December 2013 and have entered into a transition services agreement with LIPA/PSEG-LI.

US enterprise resource planning system stabilisation continued, remedying the errors of poor implementation from the prior year. Over the course of the year, the US business made significant progress in the activities required to upgrade the system, with implementation expected in mid-2014. The focus is now on reducing the ongoing costs associated with the complex manual processes that are required to compensate for identified weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting in the US. While these control weaknesses have not reduced the quality of financial statements

Accounts 2015/16
Strategic Report 


   Strategic Report

In focus

The Board is proposing

a recommended full-year

dividend of

43.34p

Corporate Governance

pages 46–81

We will also be welcoming Nicola Shaw onto the Board as Executive Director, UK from 1 July 2016. Apart from the appointment of Dean Seavers on 1 April 2015, as we described in last year’s Annual Report and Accounts, there have been no other changes to the Board composition over the past year.

John and Nicola’s appointments highlight the importance of succession planning and this will remain an important area of focus for the Nominations Committee and the Board. Effective succession planning for both Executive and Non-executive Director positions helps make sure we have the right mix of skills and experience to manage change as the Company evolves.

Viability statement

During 2015/16 the Board reviewed and approved the Company’s principal risks. This played an important part in the Board’s approval of the new viability statement required by the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code. You can read more about our viability statement on page 30.

Our UK Gas Distribution business

The Board regularly reviews the composition and balance of the Company’s portfolio. As part of this, we have begun a process for the potential sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business.

We believe that the Company can deliver best value to shareholders through maintaining a portfolio of businesses with strong operational performance, alongside annual asset growth of around 5–7%, based on a long-term assumption of 3% in respect of UK RPI. The sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business is expected to increase this growth rate towards the upper end of the range.

Following completion of a sale, the Board expects to return substantially all of the net proceeds to shareholders. We also expect to maintain the strong balance sheet that allows the Group to continue to fund its investment programme. The process is likely to be completed in early 2017.

Dividend

Our dividend policy aims to grow the ordinary dividend at least in line with the rate of RPI inflation each year. Accordingly, the Board has recommended an increase in the final dividend to 28.34 pence per ordinary share ($2.0445 per American Depositary

Share). If approved, this will bring the full-year dividend to 43.34 pence per ordinary share ($3.1768 per American Depositary Share), an increase of 1.1% over the 42.87 pence per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2015.

Responsible business

At the start of 2016, the United Nation’s 17 goals to ‘transform our world’ officially came into force. The Sustainable Development Goals call on all countries to promote prosperity while protecting the planet. Business has an important role to play in helping achieve these goals. By being responsible and sustainable we can all make a positive difference to people’s lives and to our planet.

At National Grid, being responsible and sustainable is central to both what we do and how we do it. In the UK we are now an accredited Living Wage employer. We have come to the end of our two-year employee chosen charity partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support. I am very pleased to say that our UK employees have raised more than £600,000 and this money has been used by Macmillan to provide fuel grants for more than 3,000 people living with or recovering from cancer. I am looking forward to seeing which charity our employees choose next for us to support.

In the US, our energy efficiency programmes are making a real difference in helping our customers reduce their energy use. The American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy (ACEEE) scored all three states in which we operate among the top 10 for energy efficiency.

As you can read on page 18, we have added new KPIs to our reporting, so we can more fully reflect the issues that really matter to the Company and our stakeholders. For our 2015/16 Annual Report, we have included KPIs for our community engagement and for the work we do in support of education and skills. Both of these issues are important to us. We want to see the communities in which we operate thrive, and we want to see more young people studying STEM subjects because there are not enough young people coming through into engineering.

You can find more information about our approach to being a responsible business on our website.

We know there are areas where we can improve. As John describes in his CEO review, we did not meet some of our customer satisfaction targets, and we must continue to build on our safety performance.

Looking ahead

We support the work that Ofgem is undertaking to explore the introduction of onshore competition. However, we believe that competition should only be taken forward where it is in the best interests of consumers.

As the energy market continues to evolve, the role of the GB System Operator (SO) has also been a matter of debate with both Ofgem and DECC and we are currently in detailed discussion on what greater independence for the SO means in practice. We recognise the need to continue strengthening the management of potential conflicts of interest between our Transmission Operator (TO) and SO roles, but do not believe that creating an independent SO is in the interests of consumers, given the need to focus on security of supply.

Due to the nature of our business, we recognise that our critical national infrastructure systems are a potential target for cyber threats. We will continue to invest in strategies that aim to protect our business in the UK and US, and which keep pace with the increasing scale and sophistication of threats.

We also need to continue raising awareness of cyber security across the Company, addressing our attitudes and behaviour towards it as an issue, making security breaches less likely to happen.

I would like to extend my deepest appreciation to the management team and all our employees for their hard work, dedication and commitment to the Company’s success.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Chairman

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Chairman’s statement 05


Chief Executive’s review

It’s an exciting time to be part of the energy industry, and I’m looking forward

to working with my leadership team on the opportunities that lie ahead.

Strategic ReportLOGO

 

  

I firmly believe that through a high performance culture we will continue to find better ways of serving our customers – setting expectations, being honest about what we can deliver, then consistently delivering on our promises. However, customer needs are evolving with much greater engagement, awareness, and a desire to manage their energy use.

That’s why we are developing the way we think and work at National Grid – improving our end-to-end processes, removing waste and focusing on the things that create value for our customers. We have done more work during the year to develop this high performance culture and it will remain an important part of how we develop as a Company.

Our employees continue to show their commitment to the communities we serve. Our UK and US businesses have delivered over 18,000 interactions with young people, encouraging the development of the skills and capabilities needed to gain meaningful employment. Overall, we invest time and resources equivalent to a value over £14 million each year in the communities where we work.

Corporate GovernanceOur UK business

As Sir Peter describes, we have begun a process for the potential sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business. We have been working on how we separate Gas Distribution from National Grid, so we can create a stand-alone business that is ready for sale. We want to make sure it has the people, assets, systems and technology it needs to be successful in the future.

In the UK, where there are continuing concerns about electricity capacity margins, we contracted additional balancing services of 2.4 GW for the winter period to be available to help manage periods of peak demand.

This includes 133 MW from demand side balancing reserve arrangements, including businesses that signed up for reducing demand at peak periods if called on – for example, by turning off air conditioning for a period – in return for payment.

We have also launched the Power Responsive programme, which is designed to help growth in DSR. You can read more about this on pages 34 and 35.

I’m delighted to have been asked by the Board to take over as CEO of National Grid and lead the Company into its next chapter.

Having joined the Company 25 years ago, as a graduate, I’ve been fortunate that the opportunities and challenges I’ve had from moving around all parts of the organisation, in both the UK and US, have never failed to motivate and inspire me – both personally and professionally.

I’ve also been fortunate to have worked closely with Steve Holliday over the past ten years. Under Steve’s leadership, the Company has transformed its performance and culture, helping place National Grid at the heart of the energy industry. He leaves a great legacy for us to build on.

I now look forward to continuing the great work we are doing with our customers, shareholders, partners and employees to meet the challenges and opportunities of the changing UK and US energy landscapes.

On 1 July, Nicola Shaw joins National Grid as Executive Director for our UK business. Nicola joins us from High Speed 1, where she was CEO for the last five years, managing and maintaining the UK’s high-speed railway infrastructure. I very much look forward to working with her when she joins our business.

  

I would like to thank Ian Galloway for his tremendous support as UK Chief Operating Officer while we were seeking to make an appointment to the UK Executive Director role.

Financial StatementsOur performance during 2015/16

Our business has delivered a strong performance during 2015/16.

In the UK, we have had our safest year ever, while in the US our performance continues to improve – we have seen fewer injuries and had fewer people taking time off due to an injury than ever before. However, we want to build on this performance and further reduce risks. We will focus on the causes of incidents and find more opportunities to learn from them and share best practice.

Reliability across our networks has remained very strong throughout the year. In the US, our electricity distribution system delivered solid performance with continued recognition of our storm response processes. In the UK, despite the ongoing concerns over tightening electricity margins, our SO business has managed the challenges extremely well.

Our commitment to our customers is critical to our future success. In the UK, we have exceeded our two electricity and gas transmission customer satisfaction targets. In the US, we did not meet our targets due to customer concerns about higher than normal winter bills.

  

Additional Information

05

 

produced, they have necessitated significant additional cost.

Overall, the business remains on track to successfully conclude the programme during 2014, with expected costs unchanged from the guidance provided last year.

We have focused on improving our end-to-end operating processes throughout the year. This has involved using hard facts and data to identify and prioritise areas for improvement, as well as harnessing ideas to help find more efficient ways of working to meet our stakeholders’ needs.

An area we know we can improve is customer service. We saw some good results such as reduced complaints in the UK and our scores for UK Gas Transmission, as well as increases in three out of our four US customer satisfaction scores. However, we know that we are not fully meeting our customers’ expectations for our gas connections process in the UK and US. We will stay focused on getting this right.

In the US, we supply gas and electricity to customers who have chosen us as their supplier. Our regulatory agreements allow us to recover the costs we incur when we buy gas and electricity. During 2013/14 we saw an increase in complaints about higher energy bills – a consequence of the colder weather affecting commodity costs during the winter.

Energy prices have been the subject of a continued high-profile debate in the UK. At National Grid, we believe transparency is crucial, explaining to customers the breakdown of the bill they receive. In the UK, we are investing significantly in our UK networks, but the impact of network costs on bills will remain flat in real terms over the RIIO period (2013/14 – 2020/21), based on the forecast revenues derived from Ofgem’s Final Proposals for RIIO.

In terms of our UK network upgrade plans, we are pleased with progress on the London Power Tunnels project and have now started site works on the HVDC link connecting Scotland and England. This joint venture with SP Transmission will support the export of low carbon Scottish generation.

In the US, our Brooklyn/Queens Interconnect project will connect our existing natural gas distribution systems in Brooklyn and Queens, which will ensure greater reliability and safety, provide additional capacity and meet future energy needs for customers. This is the first new gas pipeline to be installed in the area in 50 years.

We are determined to embed sustainability by seeking to combine innovation, engagement and efficiency – an example of which was a trial in the UK, working with manufacturers, construction partners and our procurement teams to re-manufacture aluminium overhead line conductors.

06
 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 

People

I was really pleased to see that the results of our 2014 employee opinion survey, completed by 78% of our employees, included an engagement score of 71% – an increase of eight percentage points over the previous survey and our highest engagement score since we started conducting Group-wide employee opinion surveys.

I was also pleased to attend a series of celebrations to mark 40 years’ service for more than 300 of our employees in both the UK and US. I am delighted that so many of our people have forged productive and committed careers at National Grid that have spanned such a long time. Yet at the same time, it serves as a reminder about the scale of the challenge we have in our industry to make sure we have enough people with the skills and experience we need in the future.

It is a significant challenge on both sides of the Atlantic. In the UK, for example, around 89,000 people are needed annually to meet demand in the UK’s engineering sector over the next decade. Yet only around 51,000 are joining the profession each year. In the US, by 2018, STEM occupations will account for about 1.1 million new jobs and 1.3 million replacement positions due to STEM workers leaving the workforce.

To help address this shortage, National Grid is running, or is involved with, a number of programmes and initiatives in the UK and US aimed at encouraging young people to study STEM subjects – you can read more about these initiatives on page 40.

Our priorities for next year

•  Safety – build on our strong UK performance and focus our efforts on delivering consistent world-class safety performance across the organisation;

•  Customer-focused execution – in the UK, continue our strong start to RIIO; underpin energy security through our interconnector and infrastructure investment strategy. In the US, complete stabilisation of our enterprise resource system; perform strongly against our current regulatory rate plans while shaping the future; and

•  Stakeholders – continue to engage with our stakeholders in the US, UK and EU to understand their changing energy needs and to shape energy policy.

LOGO

Steve Holliday

Strategic Report
 

LOGO

Principal operations

pages 29 – 39

People

pages 40 – 41


   Strategic Report

“I look forward to continuing

 the great work we are

 doing with our customers,  shareholders, partners

 and employees”

In focus

Employee

engagement score

76%

(2014/15: 75%)

Our KPIs

pages 18–21

Principal operations

pages 31–43

On 12 May 2016, Ofgem announced a mid-term review. As expected, the scope of this review is narrow with no changes to key financial parameters. We welcome Ofgem’s continued commitment to the clarity and certainty offered by the eight-year RIIO framework. Ofgem will run a consultation process this summer, with any changes to be implemented in April next year.

In addition, the Company has been working with DECC and Ofgem to consider how to evolve the current SO model, to make it more independent, while remaining cost effective. In doing so, it is vital that there is no disruption to the pivotal role we play as SO in balancing the network.

Our US business

America’s gas and electricity networks, most of which were originally constructed during the nation’s ambitious post-World War II building boom, have served us well over the last half-century.

But times have changed. We need to advance the country’s natural gas and electricity infrastructure beyond its 20th century limitations, by creating a more customer-centric, resilient, agile, efficient and environmentally sound energy network.

We call our approach to this Connect21, and you can read more about our work to support it on pages 38–41. For example, we’ve created our New Energy Solutions team, which is looking at how we promote cleaner energy, improving efficiency, affordability, and choice for customers by delivering state-mandated initiatives.

In order to continue investing in our networks and improving our service to customers, we filed three rate cases in 2015 – one in Massachusetts and two in downstate New York. These three proposals are undergoing a thorough review process by the regulators in each state.

Also during 2015/16, we backed the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) proposed Carbon Pollution Standards for New and Existing Power Plants (known as the Clean Power Plan). As we and other organisations have requested, the EPA’s final Plan provides states with compliance flexibility and makes sure that early emissions reductions via investments in renewable resources and energy efficiency strategies are counted.

Our people

The initiatives and achievements I’ve described are testament to the hard work of our people. I believe that developing the skills and capabilities of our employees is crucial to our success, so I’m really pleased that we delivered more than 154,000 days of technical, safety, leadership and personal effectiveness training across our global workforce during 2015/16.

I was also delighted to see that in our most recent employee engagement survey we achieved an engagement score of 76% – our highest since we started conducting Group-wide surveys of our people.

I would like to thank all my colleagues at National Grid for their contribution and ongoing commitment to our business.

Priorities for the year ahead

Maximising value from our core businesses and delivering safe, reliable networks will continue to be our top priorities. In addition, in 2016/17 we are focused on completing the sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business and will continue to file for new rates to support our US business.

Longer-term priorities

Customer first

We must be close to our customers, so we can respond to their changing needs and deliver an outstanding service. As customer requirements evolve, so must National Grid. This will bring further opportunities to grow and drive value.

Performance optimisation

Everyone in our Company should see performance optimisation as part of the day job – constantly working efficiently and doing things better. If we are to succeed, we must maintain and further strengthen the Group’s high performance culture.

Growth

We have strong growth potential and see opportunities in all our regions and businesses. We expect to sustain a high level of investment in our regulated business in the UK and US as well as exploring new business opportunities over the medium term. We will, however, only invest in projects that meet our strict investment criteria and represent the best value for shareholders.

Evolve for the future

With the growing rate of renewables, distributed generation and, over time, energy storage, our industry is changing. We need to make sure we are at the forefront of this, continuing our involvement in industry discussions so we can keep abreast of the changes, and make sure we evolve for the future.

LOGO

John Pettigrew
Chief Executive

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Chief Executive’s review07


LOGO

     Our operating environment
     

The cost of energy

In Saratoga, New York, we have supported customer Quad Graphics with an energy efficiency incentive offer of $1,095,000. Our support is helping achieve significant energy savings while boosting productivity.

Read more on page 41.

LOGO

Security of supply

When we assessed the margin for the winter of 2015/16, we procured additional commercial tools that raised the margin to a tight but manageable 5.1%.

Read more on page 34.

LOGO

Sustainability

Decarbonising domestic heat remains one of the major challenges in society’s energy trilemma, so our Gas Distribution business is developing sources of renewable gas that can be transported through our existing networks.

Read more on page 36.

     

LOGO

Our operating environment is shaped by the ‘trilemma’, which has become the standard way to assess energy systems, as it simply articulates the three distinct objectives that need to be met in providing energy to consumers, but which are often in tension.

Regulatory changes are a response to choices that governments make in seeking to appropriately balance these often conflicting objectives.

    
     
 

08National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


 

 

06    National Grid Annual   Strategic Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

 

 

Financial

reviewLOGO

 

We have delivered another year of solid

 financial performance with a good start

under RIIO in the UK and consolidation

of underlying improvements in the US.

 

Our financial KPIs

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted operating profit

Our adjusted operating profit has increased by £25 million (1%) to £3,664 million. Across our three UK businesses operating under the new RIIO framework, adjusted operating profit was up £34 million. Allowed revenues increased in Electricity Transmission and Gas Distribution and fell in Gas Transmission. The resultant increase in revenue was offset by higher controllable costs, higher depreciation as a result of continued investment and adverse movements in timing year on year.

Our US Regulated business was £129 million lower, reflecting a weaker dollar, the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries at March 2013, higher controllable costs due to inflation, and increased insurance costs following major storms last year. These were partially offset by the non-recurrence of the major storm costs incurred last year.

Other activities adjusted operating profit was £120 million higher, driven by higher profits in the French interconnector, non-recurrence of Superstorm Sandy costs in our insurance captive, and improved performance in our Metering business. These were partially offset by increased spend on the stabilisation of new US information systems.

Adjusted earnings

Our adjusted net interest charge was slightly lower than 2012/13 at £1,108 million, reflecting the weaker dollar.

Our adjusted tax charge was £38 million lower at £581 million. This was mainly due to a 1% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year, a change in the UK/US profit mix and changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years. As a result of this, our effective tax rate for 2013/14 was 22.5% (2012/13: 24.4%).

The earnings performance described above has translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2013/14 of 2.6p (5%) (2012/13: 5.4p, 12%).

Adjusted EPS1

pence

LOGO

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See

    note 1 on page 92.

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS amounts for comparative periods have been restated as a result of shares issued via scrip dividends and the bonus element of the 2010 rights issue.

 

Measurement of financial

performance

We describe our results principally on an adjusted basis and explain the rationale for this on page 182. We present results on an adjusted basis before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. See page 182 for further details and reconciliations from the adjusted profit measures to IFRS, under which we report our financial results and position. The comparative numbers have been restated for the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. See further detail in note 1 on page 92.

 

A reconciliation between reported operating profit and adjusted operating profit is provided below. Further commentary on movements in the income statement is provided on page 85.

 

  

  

          

     

  Year ended 31 March   
  £m 2014  2013  2012  
 

 

 
 

 

Total operating profit

  3,735     3,749     3,535   
 

 

Exceptional items

  (55)    84     122   
 

 

Remeasurements – commodity contracts

  (16)    (180)    94   
 

 

Stranded cost recoveries

 

  

 

– 

 

  

 

  

 

(14)

 

  

 

  

 

(260)

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted operating profit

  3,664     3,639     3,491   
 

 

Adjusted net finance costs

  (1,108)    (1,124)    (1,090)  
 

 

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

  28     18       
 

 

Adjusted taxation

  (581)    (619)    (697)  
 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

 

  

 

12 

 

  

 

  

 

(1)

 

  

 

  

 

(2)

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted earnings

 

  

 

2,015 

 

  

 

  

 

1,913 

 

  

 

  

 

1,709 

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Adjusted EPS

 

  

 

54.0p 

 

  

 

  

 

51.4p 

 

  

 

  

 

46.0p 

 

  

 

 

 

 
 

 

Group return on equity (RoE)

We measure our performance in generating value for our shareholders by dividing our annual return by our equity base.

 

Group RoE has increased during the year to 11.4%, due to the impact of major storms in the prior year. Excluding major storms, Group RoE has decreased by 30bps reflecting the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries, together with higher controllable costs and system costs in the US. These negative impacts were partially offset by French interconnector performance and the lower UK tax rate.

 

Group return on equity

%

LOGO  

 

 

 

  

   

        

  

  

  

LOGO

Our revised

financial KPIs

page 09

Exchange rates

page 85

Use of adjusted

profit measures

page 182

Reconciliations

of adjusted profit

measures

page 182

LOGO

 

LOGO


The cost of energy

Security of supplySustainability

Commentary

The cost of the energy we use is an issue for consumers, industry, energy providers, regulators and governments.

Consumers expect a reliable energy system that delivers gas and electricity when and where it is needed. They pay for the cost of this infrastructure and improvements to it through the network costs part of their energy bills. The costs are subject to regulatory approval.

The energy system is in a phase of transition from high to low carbon. Coal plants are closing down and being replaced with nuclear, renewables and gas.

During the transition, electricity margins need to be monitored and actively managed as we move to a generation mix with greater volumes of intermittent generation.

Evidence shows our climate is changing because of the emission of greenhouse gases resulting from human activity. The bulk of emissions derive from the demand for energy for power, heating and transport.

Developments

The UK Competition and Markets Authority has concluded its investigation into the energy market and set out numerous remedies, including proposals to address locational pricing on the electricity transmission network.

In May 2016, Ofgem stated that it will undertake a mid-period review of the RIIO outputs for our transmission businesses.

In the US, consumers have experienced rising costs for energy over the past three winters. Regulators are seeking to encourage investment in infrastructure and new technology to bring down costs and help consumers manage their energy use.

Energy security is the UK Government’s number one priority on energy. It is reviewing the capacity market and incentives so that market arrangements bring forward new generation of all technologies at the right time – so that new generation capacity is built. The Government also signed an agreement for a new nuclear power station at Hinkley Point.

In the US, regulators are seeking investment in infrastructure to improve the security and resilience of energy networks while also decarbonising those networks.

Negotiations for a new international agreement on climate change concluded in Paris at the 21st session of the Conference of Parties (COP21) in December 2015. A commitment to have clear goals and a system of governance and review were put in place.

The published advice of the Climate Change Committee is that the UK’s fifth carbon budget should be a target of 57% reduction on 1990 levels between 2028 and 2032. Legislation is expected to be proposed in summer 2016.

The US EPA’s Clean Power Plan sets standards for power plants and agrees state level targets for reductions in carbon emissions.

Our response

UK response

UK response

Group response

We are investing up to £16 billion over the eight years to 2021 to make sure Britain’s energy system is fit and ready to support a low-carbon economy. Despite this significant increase in investment, our network costs will remain flat in real terms over the coming years.

All network costs are heavily scrutinised through the UK energy regulator Ofgem and are the only part of consumers’ bills that are regulated. Ofgem’s incentives encourage innovation, so if we are more efficient, consumers share the benefits.

US response

Improving the customer experience and helping ratepayers manage their energy costs is a critical component of our business operations. To help reduce New England’s energy costs, we are partnering with the developer of one major proposed regional pipeline expansion project to improve transport capacity, upgrade existing facilities, and enhance market area storage assets.

We are supporting the UK Government by providing analysis through our role as delivery body for Electricity Market Reform (EMR).

We have put in place new products to ensure that the SO has the right tools to maintain supplies over winter. We are developing DSR products that reduce reliance on traditional generation sources.

We have also started construction on two new interconnectors (see page 43).

US response

In addition to supporting new investments in gas and electricity infrastructure projects, we have submitted grid modernisation proposals that aim to improve the region’s reliability, sustainability and affordability of its energy supply and services. We have filed rate cases in Massachusetts and New York proposing to update our distribution rates.

Reducing greenhouse gas emissions forms part of the Company’s KPIs (see page 21).

UK response

We have facilitated the connection of 4.5 GW of solar PV generation at the distribution network level, working with industry to remove barriers to entry and find solutions to network operability issues.

We have set out our vision for the Future of Gas, exploring opportunities to bring forward bio-substitute natural gas and compressed natural gas vehicle fuels.

US response

We continue to support the EPA’s Clean Power Plan, the Northeast’s cap-and-trade scheme of the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative, and other state-level initiatives. We also support technological partners and innovative tools, such as energy storage, electric transportation and distributed generation, which can help meet sustainability and energy diversity objectives.

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Our operating environment 09


    

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

07

 

We have changed the way we present our financial information in the Strategic Report to remove duplication. As a result, the analysis here focuses on our KPIs and other performance measures we use to monitor our business performance. Analysis of our financial performance and position at 31 March 2014, including the performance of our principal operations, has been relocated to the financial statements, however this analysis still forms part of our Strategic Report financial review. See page 75 for further information. See pages 183 to 185 for commentary on our financial performance and position for the year ended 31 March 2013 compared with 2012.

  

Regulated asset growth

Our regulated assets have increased by 3% (£1 billion) to £34.7 billion, reflecting the continued high levels of investment in our networks in both the UK and US. Maintaining efficient growth in our regulated assets ensures we are well positioned to continue providing consistently high levels of service to our customers and increases our revenue allowances in future years.

 

The UK regulatory asset value (RAV) increased by £1.1 billion, reflecting inflation and significant capital expenditure in our UK Electricity Transmission business in particular. The US rate base decreased by £0.1 billion. Foreign exchange movements decreased the rate base reported in sterling by £0.9 billion. Offsetting this, investment in the networks and working capital movements increased rate base by £0.8 billion.

 

Total regulated assets and regulated asset growth

£bn

 

LOGO

  

The Board is confident that growth in assets, earnings and cash flows, supported by improving cash efficiency and an exposure to attractive regulatory markets, should help the Group to maintain strong, stable credit ratings and a consistent prudent level of gearing, while delivering attractive returns for shareholders.

 

Other performance measures

Dividend growth

During the year we generated £1.3 billion of sustainable business net cash flow after our capital expenditure programmes. This has enabled the growth of the dividend in line with RPI, being 2.9%(2012/13: dividend growth of 4%), taking into account the recommended final dividend of 27.54p.

 

The high level of take-up of this scrip option in the last couple of years has led to concerns about the potential dilutive effect on value of this option. This meant that we decided not to offer the scrip element for the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, as our forecast capital programme was already fully funded. We continue to offer the scrip option for the year-end dividend.

 

 

LOGO

 

How we make

money from our

regulated assets

page 20

 

 

UK regulation

pages 160 – 162

 

 

US regulation

pages 162 – 165

 

 
      

Year ended 31 March

 

    
   % 2014     2013     2012   
   

 

  
   Dividend growth 3     4       
      

 

  
 

 

1. US rate base calculated as at 31 December for these years.

 

2. Estimated figure until the conclusion of the regulatory reporting cycle.

 

Value added

Our dividend is an important part of our returns to shareholders along with growth in the value of the asset base attributable to equity investors. These are reflected in the value added metric that will underpin our approach to sustainable decision making and long-term incentive arrangements.

 

Overall value added in the year was £2.1 billion or 57.2p per share as set out below:

  

 

Cash generated from operations

Cash generated from operations was £4,419 million (2012/13: £4,037 million). Adjusted operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment was £81 million higher year on year. Changes in working capital improved by £351 million over the prior year, principally in the US due to the timing of receivables from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy, higher commodity costs and weather differences year on year. Partially offsetting these improvements, cash outflows relating to exceptional items were £38 million higher due to reorganisation in the UK and LIPA MSA transition costs in the US.

 

UK regulated return on equity

The UK RoE has decreased 90bps to 12.7%, reflecting the new regulatory arrangements under the RIIO framework in place from this year. This performance represents 260bps outperformance over allowed returns.

 

UK return on equity

%

 

LOGO

  
   Year ended 31 March Change        
 £bn at constant currency 2014 2013 £bn        
 

 

    
 

 

UK regulated assets1

 25.2 24.3 +0.9     
 

 

US regulated assets2

 11.2 10.3 +0.9     
 

 

Other invested capital

 1.7 1.5 +0.2     
 

 

    
  Total assets 38.1 36.1 +2.0     
  Dividend paid   +1.1     
  Movement in goodwill   –     
  Net debt (21.2) (20.2) -1.0     
  

 

    
  Value added   +2.1     
  

 

    
  Value added per share   57.2p     
  

 

    
      
  

1. Consists of regulated asset values and other regulatory assets and liabilities of the UK businesses regulated under RIIO price controls.

 

2. US regulated assets increased from $17.2 billion to $18.7 billion in the year. These represent rate base plus assets outside of rate base, including working capital.

    
      


08    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Financial

review

continued

  

US regulated return on equity

The US RoE has decreased 20bps to 9.0%, mainly driven by lower allowed rates in our KEDNY and Long Island Generation businesses following the introduction of new rate plans during the year.

 

    

Interest cover

The principal measure we use to monitor financial discipline is interest cover, which is a measure of the cash flows we generate compared with the net interest cost of servicing our borrowings. The table below shows our interest cover for the last three years.

 

  

      

  

Our operations – performance at a glance

 

Business analysis 2013/14

%

 

Adjusted operating profit

 

LOGO

  

US return on equity

%

 

LOGO

 

Return on capital employed

RoCE provides a performance comparison between our regulated UK and US businesses and is one of the measures that we use to make strategic and investment decisions about our portfolio of businesses. The table below shows the RoCE for our businesses over the last five years:

 

Return on capital employed

%

 

LOGO

 

The UK RoCE has decreased from 8.6% to 8.0% in 2013/14, reflecting the new RIIO regulatory allowances, including lower cost of debt allowance, higher gearing assumption in the gas businesses, and the inclusion of our share of exceptional costs. The decrease in the US RoCE from 7.1% to 6.4% is primarily due to the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral recoveries and controllable cost increases. Excluding the impact of major storm costs, the US RoCE would have been 7.7% in 2012/13.

 

Net debt

We expect our net debt to continue to grow for the next few years as we fund our capital investment programmes and enhance our networks. We continue to borrow at attractive rates when needed and believe that the level of net debt remains appropriate for our business. Our five year net debt trend is shown on page 91.

         Year ended 31 March    
     Times   2014     2013     2012    
     

 

   
     Interest cover   4.1     3.9     3.9    
      

 

   
      

 

The increase in interest cover in 2013/14 reflects flat finance costs year on year. Our target long-term range for interest cover is in excess of 3 times. Further details on our capital management and credit ratings can be found in note 30 (f) and on the debt investors’ section of our website.

 

Timing and regulated revenue adjustments

As described on page 20, our allowed revenues are set in accordance with our regulatory price controls or rate plans. We calculate the tariffs we charge our customers based on the estimated volume of energy we expect will be delivered during the coming period. The actual volumes delivered will differ from this estimate. Therefore, our total actual revenue will be different from our total allowed revenue. These differences are commonly referred to as timing differences.

 

If we collect more than the allowed level of revenue, the balance must be returned to customers in subsequent periods, and if we collect less than the allowed level of revenue we may recover the balance from customers in subsequent periods. In the US, a substantial portion of our costs are pass-through costs (including commodity and energy efficiency costs) and are fully recoverable from our customers. Timing differences between costs of this type being incurred and their recovery through revenue are also included in timing.

 

The amounts calculated as timing differences are estimates and subject to change until the variables that determine allowed revenue are final.

 

Our operating profit for the year includes a total estimated in-year under-collection of £42 million (2012/13: £16 million over-collection). Our closing balance at 31 March 2014 was £60 million over-recovered.

 

In the UK, there was a cumulative under-recovery of £57 million at 31 March 2014 (2013: under-recovery of £5 million). All other things being equal, the majority of that balance will normally be recoverable from customers starting in the year ending 31 March 2016.

       

  

          

           

    

     

      

  
  
              


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

09

  

In the US, cumulative timing over-recoveries at 31 March 2014 were £117 million (2013: £110 million). The majority of that balance will be returned to customers next year.

 

In addition to the timing adjustments described above, following the start of the RIIO price controls in the UK, outperformance against allowances as a result of the totex incentive mechanism, together with changes in output-related allowances included in the original price control, will almost always be adjusted in future revenue recoveries, typically starting in two years’ time.

 

Our current IFRS revenues and earnings include the amounts that will need to be repaid but exclude amounts that will be recovered in future periods. Such adjustments will form an important part of the continuing difference between reported IFRS results and underlying economic performance based on our regulatory obligations.

 

For our UK regulated businesses as a whole, regulated revenue adjustments totalled £106 million in the year. This is based on our estimates of: work carried out in line with allowances; in expectation of future allowances; or work avoided altogether – either as a result of us finding innovative solutions or of the need being permanently removed.

   

In the US, accumulated regulatory entitlements to future revenue net of over- or under-recoveries amounted to £1,027 million at 31 March 2014 (2013: £1,311 million). These entitlements cover a range of different areas, with the most significant being environmental remediation and pension assets, as well as deferred storm costs.

 

All regulatory entitlements are recoverable (or repayable) over different periods, which are agreed with the regulators to match the expected payment profile for the liabilities. As at 31 March 2014, these extend until 2059.

 

Major storms

Despite the very cold winter across much of the US, there were no major storms in 2013/14. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, as well as a number of smaller storms, had a material effect on the results of National Grid, reducing operating profit by £136 million.

 

The table below shows adjusted operating profit and operating profit for the past three years, excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms.

 

  

LOGO

 

Non-financial KPIs

pages 10 – 11

 

 

Our vision and

strategy

pages 14 – 15

 

 
      

  Year ended 31 March

 

   
     Excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms 

2014 £m

 

 

2013 £m

 

 

2012 £m

 

   
     

 

   
     

 

Adjusted operating profit

 

 

 

3,706

 

 

 

3,759

 

 

 

3,589

 

 

   
     

Operating profit

 

3,777

 

 

3,869

 

 

3,633

 

   
     

 

   

 Our revised financial KPIs

KPI

Definition

2013/14 result    

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares.

54.0p

Group RoE

Adjusted earnings with certain regulatory-based adjustments divided by equity.

11.4%

Regulated asset growth

Growth in the total UK RAV and US rate base versus the prior year.

3%

Value added

Annual growth in our assets after deducting dividends, goodwill and net debt.

£2.1bn

We measure the achievement of our objectives, make operational and investment decisions and reward our employees using both qualitative assessments and quantitative indicators. To provide a full and rounded view of our business, we use non-financial as well as financial measures. Although all these measures are important, some are considered to be more significant than others, and these are designated as KPIs.

KPIs are used to measure our progress on strategic priorities, aligning with those activities that combine to deliver our strategy. Financial KPIs are trailing indicators of the success of past initiatives and specific programmes. They also highlight areas for further improvement and allow us to make sure our actions culminate in sustainable long-term growth in shareholder value.

We have changed our financial KPIs during 2013/14 to reflect the changing metrics used to monitor the Group following RIIO. We have included ‘value added’, a new metric that we use to

monitor the value delivered to shareholders through dividends and growth in the value of National Grid’s assets net of the growth in net debt. A derivative of this metric, value growth, is also used to incentivise our Executive Directors. See page 58 for further detail on our remuneration policy.

We have included regulated asset growth, as this is a measure of the ability of the business to generate revenue in the future. While we continue to focus on efficient capital expenditure, the value of our regulated assets drives our revenue allowances in future years.

We have stopped reporting our regulated controllable operating costs metric. This was included to monitor cost control, but following the introduction of RIIO, all our businesses’ activities are focused on costs, through innovative and efficient delivery of high-quality services. Our ability to control costs is also reflected in the adjusted EPS and Group RoE metrics, which are based on our adjusted earnings.


10    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

  Non-financial

  KPIs

Non-financial KPIs are often leading indicators of future financial performance. Improvements in these measures build our competitive advantage.

Employee lost time injury frequency rate (IFR)

per 100,000 hours worked

LOGO

Definition

Number of employee lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12 month period.

Goal

Zero

LOGO

Our ambition is to achieve a world-class safety performance by 2015, featuring an IFR of below 0.1, with a target for 2013/14 of 0.15. We intend to achieve this through a relentless leadership focus, robust safety management systems and tactical actions focused on our main risks, which may vary between regions and business areas.

Our IFR for 2013/14 was 0.14, better than our target for the year. This is compared with 0.17 in 2012/13, illustrating positive progress towards our world-class target. Our IFR for the UK was 0.06 and for the US it was 0.19.

Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

LOGO

UK Principal

operations

pages 29 – 33

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

Network reliability

Definition

Various definitions appropriate to the relevant business area.

We aim to deliver reliability by: planning our capital investments to meet challenging demand and supply patterns; designing and building robust networks; risk-based maintenance and replacement programmes; and detailed and tested incident response plans.

LOGO

Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

       

Performance

 

 

   

Measure

 

 

Target

 

  

LOGO

 

UK Principal

operations

pages 29 – 33

 

 

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

 

  
   

 

   
     

 

 

    2009/10

 

 

2010/11

 

 

2011/12 

 

 

2012/13 

 

 

2013/14

   

 

2013/14 

    
  

 

   
  

UK Electricity Transmission

 

 

99.9999

 

 

99.9999

 

 

99.999999 

 

 

99.99999 

 

 

99.99999

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

99.9999 

 

  

  
  

 

   
  

UK Gas Transmission

 

 

 100 100 100  100  100 %  100     
  

 

   
  

UK Gas Distribution

 99.999 99.999 99.999  99.999  99.999 %  99.999     
  

 

   
  

Electricity transmission – US

 147 414 5181 346  118 MWh losses  308     
  

 

   
  

Electricity – US: Commercial

 114 123 121  1052 107 Minutes of outage      
  

 

   
  

 

*  Targets are set jurisdictionally by operating company.

     

  
  

1. 2011/12 result restated to reflect final data.

    

  
  

 

2. 2012/13 result excludes New Hampshire, which was sold during the year.

 

    

   
  

 

Customer satisfaction

 

Definition

We measure customer satisfaction through our

position in customer satisfaction surveys.

  

  

  

  

 

 

LOGO

 

Strategic element

Deliver operational

excellence

 

 

LOGO

 

UK Principal

operations

 

pages 29 – 33

 

 

US Principal

operations

pages 35 – 37

 

 
       Performance Measure Target     
   

 

   
     

 

    2009/10

 

 

 

2010/11

 

 

 

2011/12

 

 

 

2012/13

 

 

 

2013/14

 

   

 

2013/14 

 

    
  

 

   
  

 

UK Electricity Transmission

 

 

 

n/a

 n/a n/a n/a 7.4 Score out of 10  6.91     
  

 

   
  

 

UK Gas Transmission

 n/a n/a n/a n/a 7.2 Score out of 10  6.91     
  

 

   
  

 

UK Gas Distribution

 

 4th 4th 3rd 3rd * Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Gas distribution – US: Residential

 

 

 3rd 2nd 3rd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Gas distribution – US: Commercial

 

 2nd 4th 3rd 4th 4th Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Electricity – US: Residential

 

 4th 3rd 3rd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

Electricity – US: Commercial

 

 3rd 2nd 2nd 3rd 2nd Quartile ranking  Improve     
  

 

   
  

 

*  Under RIIO-GD1, our customer satisfaction results are now reported on an annual basis, rather than quarterly, which was how we reported them under our previous price control. We will publish the results on our website in the summer as part of our commitment to our stakeholders, and in our Annual Report and Accounts for 2014/15.

       

  
  

 

1. 6.9 represents our baseline target, set by Ofgem, for reward or penalty under RIIO.

 

    

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

11

LOGO

For more information
about our strategy
and strategic
elements see

pages 14 – 15

LOGO  

Employee engagement index

%

Definition

Employee engagement index calculated using responses to our employee survey.

Target

To increase

LOGO

We measure employee engagement through our employee opinion survey. The results of our 2014 survey, which was completed by 78% of our employees, have helped us identify specific areas where we are performing well and those areas we need to improve.

Our engagement index has risen by eight points to 71%, our highest engagement score since we started conducting Group-wide employee opinion surveys.

Managers receive a scorecard that aims to create greater leadership accountability and we produce survey reports and action plans at Company, regional, business unit, function and team levels.

Strategic element

Engage our people

LOGO  

People

pages 40 – 41

Greenhouse gas emissions

% reduction against 1990 baseline

LOGO  

Definition

Percentage reduction in greenhouse gas emissions against our 1990 baseline.

Target

45% reduction by 2020 and

80% reduction by 2050

LOGO

Our total Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions (excluding electricity transmission and distribution line losses) for 2013/14 were around 7.4 million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (Scope 1 was 7.2 and Scope 2 was 0.2). This is equivalent to an intensity of 501 tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent per £million of revenue for 2013/14.

The 2013/14 emissions quantity represents a 62% reduction from our 1990 baseline and a 9% reduction from our 2012/13 emissions. Although our outturn is better than our 2020 target, we will need to innovate if we are to meet the target for 2050.

We have remained focused on greenhouse gas emissions reduction programmes to achieve our corporate commitment targets of 45% and 80% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2020 and 2050 respectively from our 1990 baseline.

We continue to look for innovations and efficiencies that will help us achieve these targets. In 2013 we significantly improved our scores in the CDP Global 500 ratings and were admitted for the first time to the Global Leaders Index for carbon disclosure.

We measure and report our greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD Greenhouse Gas Protocol: Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition) for all six Kyoto gases, using the operational control approach for emissions accounting.

These Scope 1 and 2 emissions are independently assured against the international standard ISO 14064-3 Greenhouse Gas assurance protocol. A copy of this statement of assurance is available on our website.

In the UK we have experienced a mild year, which has been beneficial to the overall emissions of many of our business units. In the UK activities at Grain LNG have led to a 60% reduction of energy consumption of on-site nitrogen production. Our Electricity Transmission business has reduced SF6 leak rates to 1.2% in 2013/14 compared with 1.7% in the previous year and our Property function has delivered a 2% year-on-year reduction in electricity-related emissions across occupied sites.

In the US we have completed power plant turbine efficiency upgrades in Long Island and continued to focus on efficiency-related maintenance programmes. This has contributed towards outperforming our LIPA contractual efficiency target. Our US and UK Gas Distribution businesses have continued to deliver significant reductions in emissions in line with forecasts.

Strategic element

Embed sustainability


12    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 Operating  environmentRecent signs of economic growth have had a  positive effect on consumer confidence, but the long downturn and its impact on wages have led to widespread concerns over energy bills. Affordability remains a primary concern of consumers and regulators.

Economic environment

Our UK price controls and US rate plans are agreed against the backdrop of the broader macroeconomic environment.

In the UK, economic growth is projected to continue to increase at a moderate pace in 2014, while the RPI measure of inflation is expected to remain subdued. Monetary policymakers have indicated that interest rates are expected to remain low during 2014, despite significant reductions in unemployment.

In the US, employment and GDP growth continue to improve steadily. The US Congress has reached a two year budget deal, which should ease some concerns in market conditions. Market indicators in areas such as housing and construction are returning to pre-2008 levels.

Market driver

Impact

Changing energy mix

Cost and environmental pressures affecting traditional electricity generation

Older gas-fired power stations in the UK and many coal-fired power stations in the US are closing or being mothballed due to changes in environmental regulations.

In the UK, fuel prices are affecting the economic viability of fossil fuel-fired electricity generation. Further decline in traditional electricity generation is likely if the UK’s carbon reduction targets are to be met. The US is seeing renewed demand for gas, as the increasing availability of shale gas has lowered prices.

Long-term certainty needed to secure investment

Current uncertainty in the UK market has led some developers to delay investing in new generation capacity. An agreement on long-term prices for low carbon generation under Electricity Market Reform (EMR) could provide additional certainty for these developers.

Changing UK energy sources

The locations where gas comes into the UK are changing, with forecast reductions in North Sea production and increased reliance on imported gas. New low carbon generation may not be located in the same place or have the same characteristics as existing plant.

This means changes to our network will be needed

Changes to the energy mix and location of supply and demand centres will create pressures on our networks, potentially requiring further investment.

Shale gas production is transforming supply and demand

In the US, shale gas production will mean lower-priced gas over the long term, changing supply and demand patterns.

We may need to invest in additional network capacity

As more generation plants convert to lower priced natural gas, we may need to invest in additional gas network capacity. Changes in generation could also mean modifications to the electricity transmission network.

Energy policy

Sustainability, security of supply and affordability underpin EU policy

In a difficult economic and financial context, the EU’s energy policy is underpinned by the three cornerstones of sustainability, security of supply and affordability. The European Commission published its 2030 Climate Change and Energy framework in 2014, featuring a continued ambition in terms of greenhouse gas reduction targets and energy policy objectives.

Negotiations for a new international agreement on climate change continued at the nineteenth session of the Conference of the Parties (COP19) in 2013, and nations are looking to the Paris worldwide conference in 2015 as the next opportunity to work out a new climate change deal.

Policy decisions can affect our investment needs and compliance obligations

Energy policy decisions by governments, government authorities and others have a direct impact on our business, influencing the emerging challenges and opportunities. They can affect the amount and location of investment required in our networks and the way we operate. They can also change our compliance obligations.

This requires more market integration, interconnection and renewable generation

Greater levels of market integration, interconnection and renewable generation are fundamental to achieving the EU’s policy objectives. While European developments present challenges, the significant level of investment required may create opportunities for growth. For example, potential future interconnector opportunities include connections between the UK and Belgium, Norway, France, Ireland, Denmark and Iceland.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

13

Market driverLOGO

 

  

Impact

UK policy changes are in place to attract investment

National Grid has been asked to play a key delivery role

In the UK, energy policy continues to evolve from the Climate Change Act 2008, which commits the UK Government to reducing UK greenhouse gas emissions to at least 80% lower than a 1990 baseline by 2050. The Energy Act 2013 implements the main aspects of Electricity Market Reform (EMR), and puts in place measures to attract the investment needed to replace current generating capacity and upgrade the grid by 2020, and to cope with a rising demand for electricity.

In the UK, National Grid has been asked to play a major role as the delivery body for EMR, to be conferred on National Grid by Government in secondary legislation.

US policy is evolving to meet environmental and energy diversity goals

Options for increased renewable and distributed generation are being explored

In the US, many federal level developments have been through federal agency regulations and Presidential executive orders. At a state level, energy policy continues to evolve in the northeastern US, driven by interest in promoting energy efficiency, maintaining reliability and deploying renewable technologies that help meet environmental and energy diversity goals.

In the US, the impact on natural gas dependency has resulted in an evaluation of the best way of increasing fuel diversity through renewable and distributed generation resources. We continue to support movement towards a clean energy economy; and support additional measures to increase America’s energy productivity.

Regulation

Infrastructure investment needs must be balanced with affordability

We must accommodate customers’ cost concerns and also provide safe, up-to-date systems

Regulators acknowledge that there is a significant need for infrastructure investment. However, affordability continues to be a primary concern.

Cast iron gas mains still in use can be more than 100 years old, becoming riskier to use and contributing to greenhouse gas emissions through leaks. Severe weather in recent years has also highlighted the potential need for additional investment in network resilience. Regulators and policymakers are beginning to ask utilities to put plans in place to strengthen their networks’ ability to withstand the effects of severe weather.

We must accommodate our customers’ affordability concerns while fulfilling our obligations to provide safe and reliable services and upgrading our systems. Investment is required for new connections, to meet the challenges of changing supply and demand patterns, and to replace ageing infrastructure in the UK and US.

UK regulators want greater efficiency and innovation

This is driving them to favour more market competition

In the UK, the regulatory focus during the year has been on the new RIIO price controls which give greater focus to incentives and innovation than the previous regulatory regime.

In the UK, competition is already in place for offshore development and Ofgem has stated its intent to retain the option of using greater competition for certain large onshore projects.

The projected increase in offshore wind generation and interconnection has created a debate on the regulatory approach to electricity transmission investment – a debate we continue to be fully engaged in.

For more information about network efficiency and innovation, see pages 30, 31 and 33.

US policymakers are focused on grid modernization

In the US, we are actively involved in the New York Energy Highway initiative to examine new ways of delivering infrastructure in the state. In Massachusetts, we are working with regulators and policymakers on a new grid modernisation policy. This is ongoing but is likely to affect our investments in smart grid and metering, and cost recovery of electric infrastructure investments.

This will present opportunities to address customers’ needs more effectively

In the US, developments like the New York Energy Highway initiative, the Reforming Energy Vision initiative announced by the Governor of New York, the Massachusetts Grid Modernization regulatory proceeding and our Connect21 dialogue with stakeholders, will help present new opportunities to respond to customers’ needs and build the necessary infrastructure to address them.

Innovation and technology

Technology developments have the potential to reshape our market

There is continued significant technological development in the energy sector as new technologies take shape and approach commercial viability.

HVDC technology could play an important part in the development of a more integrated electricity grid, particularly the extension of offshore links.

This influences demand and helps us to manage supply

While carbon-based generation is likely to remain a significant part of the global energy mix, carbon capture and storage technologies may become critical to governments achieving their climate change targets. Technologies such as energy storage, electric transportation and distributed generation all have the potential to affect our networks significantly. New consumer products, such as alternative fuelled vehicles and distributed generation, will increase demand and require new infrastructure.

Smart grids will change the way loads are balanced across the distribution network, allowing our customers to make smarter energy choices and increasing network flexibility. Our infrastructure needs the flexibility to respond innovatively to emerging developments, potentially by being managed differently rather than by creating new infrastructure to meet supply and demand changes.


14    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Our vision and strategy      Our vision describes our intentions and aspirations at the highest level. Our strategic objectives set out what we believe we need to achieve to deliver our vision and be recognised as a leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and resilient energy infrastructure.

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

15

LOGO


16    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

What we do

Electricity

The electricity industry connects generation sources to homes and businesses through transmission and distribution networks. Electricity is sold to consumers by companies that have bought it from generators andCompanies that pay to use thetransmission networks across whichbuy electricity from generators and sell it is transmitted.
to consumers.

LOGO


In focus    

Our business model

pages 14–15

Real-time balancing

Through our Electricity Network Control Centre we balance the UK’s energy needs in real time. Read more about this on pages 34–35.

    
  LOGO  LOGO
  

Generation

Generation is the production of electricity from fossil fuel and nuclear power stations, as well as renewable sources such as wind and solar. In the US, we own and operate 50 fossil fuel-powered stations on Long Island and 7.9 MW of solar generation in Massachusetts. We do not own or operate any electricity generation in the UK.

 

Strategic ReportWe sell the electricity generated by our plants on Long Island to LIPA under a long-term power supply agreement. The contract allows us to recover our efficient operating costs and provides a return on equity on our investment in the generation assets.

For solar generation, we recover our costs and a reasonable return from customers in Massachusetts through a solar cost-adjustment factor. This is added to the electricity rate, net of revenues earned from the solar assets.

 

  

Corporate GovernanceTransmission

Transmission systems generally include overhead lines, underground cables and substations. They connect generation and interconnectors to the distribution system.

 

Financial StatementsWe own and operate the transmission network in England and Wales. We operate but do not own the Scottish networks. We are also working in a joint venture with Scottish Power Transmission to construct an interconnector to reinforce the GB transmission system between Scotland and England and Wales.

 

Additional InformationIn the US, we jointly own and operate transmission facilities spanning upstate New York, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont.

 

LOGO

17Distribution

Distribution systems carry lower voltages than transmission systems over networks of overhead lines, underground cables and substations. They take over the role of transporting electricity from the transmission network, and deliver it to consumers at a voltage they can use.

 

We do not own or operate electricity distribution networks in the UK.

In the US, our distribution networks serve around 3.5 million customers in upstate New York, Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

LOGO

Supply

The supply of electricity involves buying electricity and selling it on to customers. It also involves customer services, billing and the collection of customer accounts.

We do not sell electricity to consumers in the UK.

All our customers in the US can select a competitive supplier for the supply component of electricity utility services. Where customers choose National Grid, they pay us for distribution and electricity costs. Where they choose to buy electricity from third parties, they pay us for distribution only and pay the third-party supplier for the electricity. Our base charges for electricity supply are calculated to recover the purchased power costs.

 LOGO

Interconnectors

 

System operator

As system operator (SO) for England and Wales, we coordinate and direct electricity flows onto and over the transmission system, balancing generation supply and user demand. Where necessary, we pay sources of supply and demand to increase or decrease their generation or usage.

 

We have the same role for the two high voltage electricity transmission networks in Scotland and we have been appointed as system operatorare SO for the offshore electricity transmission regime.

 

Our charges for SO services in the UK are subject to a price control approved by Ofgem. System users pay us for connection, for using the system and balancing services.

 

As electricity transmission system operator,SO, our price control includes incentives to minimise the costs and associated risks of balancing the system through buying and selling energy, as well as procuring balancing services from industry participants.

 

In the US, similar services are provided by independent system operators.

Transmission grids are often interconnected so that energy can flow from one country or region to another. This helps provide a safe, secure, reliable and affordable energy supply for citizens and society across the region. Interconnectors also allow power suppliers to sell their energy to customers in other countries.

Great Britain is linked via interconnectors with France, Ireland, Northern Ireland and the Netherlands. We own part of the interconnectors with France and the Netherlands. We are also now entering the construction phase for two new interconnectors, between the UK and Belgium and the UK and Norway. We are continuing to work on developing additional interconnector projects, which we believe will deliver significant benefits to consumers. These include opportunities for interconnection with Iceland, Denmark and a further link with France.

We also jointly own and operate a 224 kilometre interconnector between New England in the US and Canada.

We sell capacity on our UK interconnectors through auctions and on our US interconnector through wholesale markets and bilateral contracts.

 

LOGO


10National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

LOGO

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 What we do – Electricity 11


LOGO

12 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Strategic Report 


 

 

18    National Grid Annual   Strategic Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

In focus

What we do

Our business model

Gaspages 14–15

   

GasThe gas industry connects producers, processors, storage, transmission and distribution network operators, as well as suppliers to industrial, commercial and domestic users.

 

Biomethane milestone

We connected the UK’s first 100% renewable biomethane HGV filling station in Leyland, Lancashire

(see page 37).

 

LOGO


   

LOGO

     
   LOGO  LOGO
   Production and importation  Distribution
  

We do not produce gas in either the UK or the US. Gas used in the UK is mainly sourced from gas fields in the North and Irish seas, piped from Europe and imported as LNG.

 

Strategic ReportThere are seven gas reception terminals, three LNG importation terminals and three interconnectors connecting Great Britain via undersea pipes with Ireland, Belgium and the Netherlands. Importers bring LNG from the Middle East, the Americas and other places.

Gas used in the US is produced mainly in North America. We import LNG from a number of countries.

In the UK, we own and operate Grain LNG, an importation terminal and storage facility at the Isle of Grain in Kent, which charges customers under long-term contracts for various services. These include access to our importation terminal, storage facilities and capacity rights.

In the US, we own and operate LNG storage and vaporisation facilities, as well as an LNG storage facility in Providence, Rhode Island, where we store gas for third parties for a fee. We also buy gas directly from producers and LNG importers for resale to our customers.

 

  

Corporate GovernanceIn the UK, gas leaves the transmission system and enters the distribution networks at high pressure. It is then transported through a number of reducing pressure tiers until it is finally delivered to consumers.

 

Financial StatementsThere are eight regional gas distribution networks in the UK, four of which are owned by National Grid. In the US, gas is delivered by the interstate pipeline companies to local distribution networks. Each local distribution company has a geographically defined service territory and is the only local distribution company within that territory. Local distribution companies are regulated by the relevant local state’s utility commission.

 

Additional InformationOur networks deliver gas to 10.9 million consumers in the UK and 3.6 million customers in the US.

 

LOGO

19Supply

Pipeline shippers bring gas from producers to suppliers, who in turn sell it to customers.

 

We do not supply gas in the UK. However, we own National Grid Metering, which provides meters and metering services to supply companies, under contract.

In the UK, customers pay the supplier for the cost of gas and for its transportation. We transport the gas through our network on behalf of shippers, who pay us transportation charges.

In the US, gas distribution companies, including National Grid, sell gas to consumers connected to their distribution systems.

In most cases in the US, where customers choose National Grid, they pay us for distribution and gas costs. Where they choose to buy gas from third parties, they pay us for distribution only and pay the third-party supplier for the gas and upstream transportation capacity.

Also in the US, except for residential consumers in Rhode Island, customers may purchase their supply from independent providers with the option of billing for those purchases to be provided by us.

  LOGO
Transmission

 

 

 

System operator

As system operatorSO we are responsible for the high pressure gas National Transmission System (NTS)NTS in Great Britain. We have responsibility for the residual balancing activities on the NTS and for keeping the physical system within safe operating limits.

 

Our price control, set by Ofgem, includes incentives that aim to maintain and improve our daily operational efficiency and are subject to renegotiation at set intervals.

   

The transmission systems generally include pipes, compressor stations and storage facilities, including LNG storage. They connect production through terminals to the distribution systems.

In the UK, gas enters the transmission system through importation and reception terminals and interconnectors and may include gas previously held in storage. Compressor stations located along the network play a vital role in keeping large quantities of gas flowing through the system, particularly at times of high demand.

The gas transmission system has to be kept constantly in balance, which is achieved by buying, selling and using stored gas. This means that, under normal circumstances, demand can be met. We are the sole owner and operator of gas transmission infrastructure in Great Britain. In the US, we hold a minority interest in two interstate pipelines: Millennium Pipeline Company and Iroquois Gas Transmission System. Interstate pipelines are regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC).

  

 

LOGO


National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

What we do – Gas13


LOGO

14National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

LOGO

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Our business model15


Our vision and strategy

Our vision is to connect you to your energy today,

trusted to meet your energy needs tomorrow.

Our strategy is to be a recognised leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and sustainable energy infrastructure, to meet the needs of our customers and communities and to generate value for our investors.

Our strategic objectives set out what we believe we need to do to achieve our vision and strategy. Further information on all our KPIs is provided on pages 18–21.

Strategic objectiveDeliver operational excellence

Engage

our people

Stimulate

innovation

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

Description

Achieve world-class levels

of safety, reliability, security

and customer service.

Create an inclusive,

high-performance

culture by developing

all our employees.

Promote new ideas to

work more efficiently

and effectively.

How we deliver

Our customers, communities and other stakeholders demand safe, reliable and secure supply of their energy. This is reflected in our regulatory contracts where we are measured and rewarded on the basis of meeting our commitments to customers and other stakeholders.

Pursuing excellence in all our operational processes will allow us to manage our assets efficiently, deliver network improvements quickly and provide services that meet the changing demands of our customers.

It is through the hard work of our employees that we will achieve our vision, respond to the needs of our stakeholders and create a competitive advantage. Encouraging engaged and talented teams that are in step with our strategic objectives is vital to our success.

Our presence within the communities we serve, the people we work with and our opportunities to grow both individually and as a business are all important to making National Grid a great place to work.

Our commitment to innovation allows us to run our networks more efficiently and effectively and achieve our regulatory incentives. Across our business, we explore new ways of thinking and working to benefit every aspect of what we do.

Embedding innovation and new technology into our operations helps us deliver continuous improvements in the quality and cost of our services.

Relevant KPIs

Employee injury frequency rate

Employee engagement index

Network reliability

Number of employee lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12 month period. Our ambition is to achieve a world-class safety performance of below 0.1.

Network reliability

The reliability of our electricity and gas networks.

Customer satisfaction

A measure of customer satisfaction across our segments and differing customer groups.

Group return on equity

Measure of value generation for our shareholders.

A measure of how engaged our employees feel, based on the percentage of favourable responses to certain indicator questions repeated annually in our employee engagement survey.

Workforce diversity

Percentage of women and ethnic minorities in our workforce.

The reliability of our electricity and gas networks.

16National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

Strategic objective

Engage

externally

Embed

sustainability

Drive

growth

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

Description

Work with external stakeholders to shape UK, EU and US energy policy.

Integrate sustainability into our decision-making to create value, help preserve natural resources and respect the interests of our communities.

Grow our core businesses and develop future new business options.

How we deliver

Policy decisions by regulators, governments and others directly affect our business. We engage widely in the energy policy debate, so our position and perspective can influence future policy direction. We also engage with our regulators to help them provide the right mechanisms so we can deliver infrastructure that meets the changing needs of our customers and stakeholders.

Our long-term sustainability strategy sets our ambition to deliver these aims and to embed a culture of sustainability within our organisation.

This culture allows us to make decisions that balance affordability with helping to protect and preserve natural resources and benefit the communities in which we operate. We remain committed to our targets of a 45% reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 2020 and 80% by 2050.

We continue to maximise value from our existing portfolio, while exploring and evaluating opportunities for growth. Making sure our portfolio of businesses maintains the appropriate mix of growth and cash generation is necessary to meet the expectations of our shareholders.

We review investment opportunities carefully and will only invest where we can reasonably expect to earn acceptable returns.

Combining this disciplined approach with operational and procurement efficiencies gives us the best possible opportunity to drive strong returns and meet our commitments to investors.

Relevant KPIs

Climate change

A measure of our reduction of Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions of the six primary Kyoto greenhouse gases (excluding electricity transmission and distribution line losses).

Regulated asset base growth

Maintaining efficient growth in our regulated assets ensures we are well positioned to provide consistently high levels of service to our customers and increases our revenue allowances in future years.

     

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted earnings represent profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders. This excludes exceptional items and remeasurements (see page 111).

 

Adjusted earnings per share provides a measure of shareholder return that is comparable over time.

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Our vision and strategy17


Our KPIs

Delivering our strategy The Board uses a range of financial and non-financial metrics, reported periodically, against which we measure Group performance.

KPI and definition

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted earnings represent profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders. This excludes exceptional items and remeasurements (see page 111).

Adjusted earnings per share provides a measure of shareholder return that is comparable over time.

Group return

on equity (RoE)

We measure our performance in generating value for our shareholders by dividing our annual return by our equity base.

This calculation provides a measure of the performance of the whole Group compared with the amounts invested by the Group in assets attributable to equity shareholders.

Regulated asset

base growth

Maintaining efficient growth in our regulated assets ensures we are well positioned to provide consistently high levels of service to our customers and increases our revenue allowances in future years.

Our performance

Adjusted EPSpence1

  

Group return on equity %

  

Total regulated asset base and regulated asset base growth£bn

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

Commentary

For the year ended 31 March 2016, adjusted earnings attributable to equity shareholders increased by £197 million to £2,386 million. This increase in earnings resulted in an adjusted earnings per share of 63.5p, an increase of 10.2% on 2014/15.

The earnings increase was driven by a £233 million increase in adjusted operating profit. With the exception of our UK Electricity Transmission business, operating profit increased in all of our business segments.

Overall adjusted net finance costs were £20 million lower than 2014/15 at £1,013 million. The effective tax rate for the year was 24.0%.

Group RoE has increased during the year to 12.3%, from 11.8% in 2014/15. During the year, the UK regulated businesses delivered a solid return of 13.3% in aggregate (2014/15: 13.7%), including an assumption of 3% long run average RPI inflation. US returns (calculated on a calendar year) of 8.0% were slightly down on last year, reflecting high winter gas leak and snow removal costs at the start of 2015, together with rate base growth.

Further details of how this is calculated are on page 202.

Our UK regulated asset value (RAV) and US rate base increased by £1.8 billion (5%) to £38.8 billion. This reflects the continued high levels of investment in our networks in both the UK and US, together with the impact of the stronger US dollar.

Target

The adjusted EPS target set as part of executive remuneration for Annual Performance Plan (‘APP’) was more than met with 100% of maximum achieved (see page 76).

The Group RoE target set as part of executive remuneration for APP was more than met with 100% of maximum achieved (see page 76).

The Group RoE is one of the performance measures for the Long Term Performance Plan, outturns for which are calculated on a three year basis.

No specific target. Our overall aim is to achieve between 5% and 7% of regulated asset base growth each year.

18National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


 

 

20       Strategic Report

Value added

 

Reflects value to shareholders of dividend and growth in National Grid’s assets, net of the growth in overall debt.

   

Employee lost time injury frequency rate

 

Number of employee lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12-month period. Our ambition is to achieve a world-class safety performance of below 0.1.

   

Network reliability

 

The reliability of our electricity and gas networks.

 

Network reliability is measured separately for each of our business areas. The table below is meant to provide a simple visual representation of our performance across all of our networks.

 

Detailed data for each of the prior four years is provided on page 18 of our 2014/15 Annual Report and Accounts, which you can find in the investors section of our Company website.

 

 

Value added£bn

  

 

Employee lost time injury frequency rate

per 100,000 hours worked

      Prior four  
        years  
      Target/  (11/12–  

LOGO

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO

      base% 15/16 14/15)  
    UK Electricity Transmission T 99.9999 99.999998 exceeded  
    UK Gas Transmission T 100 100 achieved  
    UK Gas Distribution T 99.999 99.999 achieved  
    US Electricity Transmission B 99.9 99.972 no target  
    US Electricity Distribution B 99.9 99.995 no target  
    

 

Key:

    

T –  Target

    

B –  No target set or set individually by each jurisdiction.

       Accordingly, we set a base and report performance above the base.

    
       

 

Value added in the year increased by £0.1 billion to £1.8 billion.

 

Of the £1.8 billion value added in 2015/16, £1,337 million was paid to shareholders as cash dividends and £267 million as share repurchases (offsetting the scrip issuance during the year), with £183 million retained in the business.

 

See page 23 for further details.

   

 

In the UK we improved our employee safety performance during 2015/16, with an employee injury frequency rate of 0.07. Our US business improved its safety performance, with an employee injury frequency rate of 0.11.

 

Overall, our Company-wide employee injury frequency rate has fallen to 0.10 and has been consistently around this level throughout the year. In real terms, this means 17 fewer employees had a lost time injury this year than last.

   

 

We aim to deliver reliability by: planning our capital investments to meet challenging demand and supply patterns; designing and building robust networks; risk-based maintenance and replacement programmes; and detailed and tested incident response plans. In the UK, our networks performed well. Ahead of winter 2015/16, we assessed the margin and procured additional electricity system balancing tools on both supply and demand-side. We successfully used our new demand side tool for the first time and saw the market respond to market notifications. In the US, despite numerous winter snow storms and summer wind storms in parts of New England and New York, our network resilience held up well. We invested millions of dollars in our electricity infrastructure to improve resilience and help reduce the impact of service interruptions.

 

See UK Principal operations: pages 31–37

and US Principal operations: pages 38–41

 

 

 

 

No specific target. Our overall aim is to sustainably grow value added over the long term while maintaining performance of our other financial KPIs.

 

 

   

 

We have met our ambition of achieving below 0.1 in the UK but not in the US.

   

 

We achieved our targets, which are set out in the table for our UK networks, and are set individually for each of our US jurisdictions.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/142015/16Our KPIs19


Our KPIscontinued

 

Delivering our strategy The Board uses a range of financial and non-financial metrics, reported periodically, against which we measure Group performance.  

 

 

KPI and definitionSkills and capabilitiesWorkforce diversity 

How we makeCommunity engagement and investment in education

money from

our regulated

assets

Our transmission and distribution businesses
operate as regulated monopolies. Regulators
safeguard customers’ interests by setting the
level of charges we are allowed to pass on,

so that we provide value for money while

maintaining safe and reliable networks,

and deliver good customer service.

  

We support developing the skills and capabilities of young people through skills-sharing employee volunteering, especially in the STEM subjects, because it supports our future talent recruitment and our desire to see young people gain meaningful employment.

  Percentage of women and ethnic minorities in our workforce.  Working with our communities is important in creating shared value for us as a business and the people we serve. We use the London Benchmarking Group (LBG) measurement framework to provide an overall community investment figure which includes education.

Our performance  

Skills and capabilities

LOGO   

  

Workforce diversity%

LOGO   

  

Community engagement and investment in education£

LOGO     

CommentaryWe measure quality (>1 hour) interactions with young people on STEM subjects. In the UK we have had 9,733 interactions with young people on STEM subjects, and 8,675 interactions in the US.

We continue to closely track the demographics of our employee population in terms of gender and ethnicity.

To find out more about how we promote an inclusive and diverse workforce go to page 44.

 

In the UK we have one regulator for our businesses, Ofgem. Incommunity engagement and investment in education is £7,984,720, and in the US different servicesit is £6,566,647 and locations are regulated by different bodies. For the areas£3,073 in which we operate, these are the relevant state regulators and FERC.

Eachother countries. This is a financial measurement of our regulatory agreements can include differences in structure, terms and values, which we summarise below. You can find more details about regulatory agreements on pages 160 to 165.

The value of our regulated assets is calculated based on the terms of our regulatory agreements. In the UK, the value of regulated assets is also indexed for inflation.

Our regulatory agreements also determine the amount we are allowed to charge customers, commonly referred to as our allowed revenues. Allowed revenue is calculated based on a number of factors:

Depreciation of regulated assetsactivities including the value of regulated assetstime our employees give through volunteering, the money our employees raise through fundraising and also the support we give to our charity partners. Overall our Company-wide investment is depreciated over an anticipated lifespan. The amount of depreciation is included in our allowed revenue, which represents the repayment of the amount we have invested in the asset.

Return on equity and cost of debt – regulated assets are funded through debt or equity. Regulatory agreements set this ratio. The equity portion earns a ‘return on equity’. This represents the profit we can earn on our investment in regulated assets. The debt portion earns an allowance based on the cost of debt (interest costs).

Some regulatory agreements allow us to charge customers based on the interest we pay; others use an external benchmark interest rate to incentivise us to raise debt efficiently. The benchmark interest method also provides an opportunity to outperform our regulatory allowance.

Cost of service – in establishing our regulatory agreements, our regulators consider what costs an efficiently run company would incur to operate and maintain our networks. They vary and examples can include costs relating to employees, office rental, IT systems and taxes.

The regulators have different approaches to determining what is considered an efficient or prudent cost and this may be different to the actual costs we incur.

Investment in network assets – in the UK we are given a cost allowance to make necessary investments in the networks. These investment costs allowed by the regulator are linked to the outputs delivered by the networks.

Performance against incentives – our regulatory agreements, mainly in the UK, include incentives that are designed to encourage specific actions, such as reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

Outperforming against incentive targets can increase our allowed revenues in the current year or a future year. Failing to achieve certain minimum targets may lead to a reduction in our allowed revenue.

A further incentive mechanism enables customers and shareholders to share the difference between allowed and actual costs via adjustments to revenue.

Commodity costs – in the US, we supply gas and electricity to customers who have chosen us as their supplier. Most of our regulatory agreements include mechanisms known as trackers that allow us to recover the costs we incur when we buy gas and electricity.

Deferrals – the costs we incur may not be included in the calculation of allowed revenue in the same year. Instead, these are deferred for regulatory purposes and we can normally recover them in future years. See pages 08 and 09 of the Financial review.

For example, in the US we incur costs restoring power to customers immediately after a major storm. However, these costs will generally be included in allowed revenue over a number of years and may not start until the relevant regulator has approved a request. This can be some time after the storm and may not cover all the costs.

Timing – our regulated revenue entitlements are set based on our regulatory price controls. We use forecast energy volumes that we expect to deliver to set the billing tariff. Where there is a difference between the actual and estimated energy volumes, the amount of revenue we collect will be different. Differences arising from volume and revenue entitlement changes are typically collectable in the following year for the US. For information about timing in the UK, see pages 08 and 09.

LOGO

Financial review

pages 06 – 09£14,554,440.

 

 

UK regulation

pages 160 – 162

 

 

US regulation

pages 162 – 165

 

Target  No specific target. Our overall aim is to encourage young people to get involved in the STEM subjects.  
No specific target. We aim to develop and operate a business that has an inclusive and diverse culture.  

We do not have a specific target on how much we invest in this area; our overall aim is to make sure we are creating shared value for the communities that we serve and work in.

20 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Strategic Report 


   Strategic Report

 

Employee engagement index

 

  Climate change  Customer satisfaction
A measure of how engaged our employees feel, based on the percentage of favourable responses to certain indicator questions repeated annually in our employee engagement survey.  

Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions of the six primary Kyoto greenhouse gases (excluding electricity transmission and distribution line losses). Our target is to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions by 45% by 2020 and 80% by 2050, compared with our 1990 emissions of 19.6 million tonnes.

  

The table summarises how we measure customer satisfaction:

 

         Methodology        Measure
    UK UseRIIO-related metrics agreed with Ofgem     Score out of 10
    US J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction surveys     Quartile ranking
       

 

The table below focuses on the past two years.
Detailed data for the prior four years is provided on
page 18 of our 2014/15 Annual Report and
Accounts, which you can find in the investors section
of our Company website.

 

 

Employee engagement index%   

Greenhouse gas emissions

Million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent

        Performance   
              14/15  15/16  Target  
    UK Electricity Transmission   7.4    7.5   6.91  

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO

  UK Gas Transmission   7.6    7.6   6.91  
    UK Gas Distribution   8.3    2   8.31  
    US Gas Distribution – Residential   4th    4th   To improve  
    US Gas Distribution – Commercial   4th    3rd   To improve  
    US Electricity – Residential   3rd    3rd   To improve  
    US Electricity – Commercial   2nd    4th   To improve  
    

 

1. Figures represent our baseline targets set by Ofgem for reward or penalty under RIIO.

2. Our customer satisfaction results are now reported on an annual basis with the results being published later this year.

 

 

We measure employee engagement through our employee engagement survey. The results of our 2016 survey, which was completed by 87% of our employees, have helped us identify specific areas where we are performing well and those areas we need to improve. Our engagement index has risen one point to 76% favourable. Managers receive a scorecard that aims to create greater leadership accountability and we produce survey reports and action plans at company, regional, business unit, function and team levels.  

Our Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions for 2015/16 equate to 7.0 million tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (2015: 7 million tonnes) and our Scope 2 emissions (excluding electricity transmission and distribution line losses) equate to 0.3 million tonnes (2015: 0.3 million tonnes); combined this is a 62% reduction against our 1990 baseline. These are equivalent to an intensity of around 496 tonnes per £million of revenue (2015: 478). Our Scope 3 emissions for 2015/16 were 35.6 million tonnes. We measure and report in accordance with the World Resources Institute and World Business Council on Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol: Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition) for all six Kyoto gases, using the operational approach for emissions accounting. 100% of our Scope 1 and 2 emissions and 95% of our Scope 3 emissions are independently assured against ISO 14064-3 Greenhouse Gas assurance protocol. This statement is available on our Company website.

 

  

Our customer satisfaction KPI comprises seven components; Ofgem’s UK electricity and gas transmission and distribution customer satisfaction scores and four J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction surveys in the US. We have exceeded the two UK Electricity and Gas Transmission targets; the outcome for the third UK Gas Distribution survey will be published later this year.

 

In the US, we did not achieve our targets. Customers were again concerned about higher-than-normal winter bills as a result of electricity commodity price increases and higher gas usage due to cold weather. In an effort to rebuild trust and customer satisfaction, we put in place a customer outreach and education programme similar to last year that focused on energy-saving solutions and bill management.

 

We achieved our target of increasing engagement compared with the previous year.  

We forecast that we will continue to significantly exceed (better) the 45% by 2020 reduction target. We expect the 2050 target to be extremely challenging.

 

 

  Our targets for each business area are set out in the table above.

 

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Our KPIs 21


Financial review  

National Grid delivered another strong performance in 2015/16. This included significant levels of investment in our gas and electricity assets providing important services for millions of customers in the UK and US.

  

Additional commentary

on financial KPIs

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit for the year ended 31 March 2016 was £4,096 million, up £233 million (6%) compared to last year. With the exception of our UK Electricity Transmission business, operating profit increased in all of our business segments.

Adjusted operating profit by segment£m

LOGO

For the year ended 31 March 2016, adjusted operating profit in the UK Electricity Transmission segment decreased by £64 million to £1,173 million. Revenue was £223 million higher, mainly reflecting the recovery of higher pass-through costs such as payments to other UK network owners and system balancing costs. In addition, £43 million of legal settlement revenue in 2014/15 was not repeated this year. As mentioned above, pass-through costs were £209 million higher. Regulated controllable costs were £28 million higher due to inflation and salary growth, together with legal cost recoveries in the prior year, higher tower maintenance costs and transformation costs associated with our System Operator business. Depreciation and amortisation costs were £14 million higher, reflecting the continued capital investment programme, and other costs were £36 million higher than prior year including additional asset impairments this year and lower scrap and disposal proceeds.

UK Gas Transmission adjusted operating profit increased by £49 million to £486 million. Revenue was £25 million higher, including over-recovery of allowed revenues in the year, partly offset by lower pass-through cost recoveries. After deducting pass-through costs, net revenue was £46 million higher than prior year. Regulated controllable costs were £10 million higher than last year, mainly as a result of inflation, higher gas system service charges and organisational change costs. Depreciation and amortisation costs were £6 million higher, reflecting ongoing investment. Other operating costs were £19 million lower than last year, mostly reflecting additional costs in 2014/15 relating to the closure of LNG facilities.

 

UK Gas Distribution adjusted operating profit increased by £52 million to £878 million. Revenue was £51 million higher, principally reflecting increased regulatory revenue allowances. In part, these allowances were increased to compensate for expected increases in taxation costs reflecting a change to the tax treatment of replacement expenditure. Regulated controllable costs were £21 million higher due to inflation, recruitment, property costs and higher charges from strategic partners to cover connections and flexible winter resourcing. Depreciation and amortisation costs were £12 million higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme. Pass-through costs charged to customers were £11 million lower this year, and other costs were £23 million lower than prioryear, which included provisions for additional asset protection costs.

Within our US Regulated business, adjusted operating profit increased by £21 million to £1,185 million. The effect of the stronger dollar was to increase operating profit in the year by £81 million. Excluding this impact from exchange rate movements, revenue decreased by £1,051 million, principally as a result of lower commodity costs passed on to customers and unfavourable timing of recoveries year on year, partly offset by higher increased revenue allowances under the Niagara Mohawk three-year rate plan and the benefit of capex trackers. The reduction in revenue was mostly offset by a £1,027 million reduction in pass-through costs (excluding the impact of foreign exchange). Regulated controllable costs reduced by £71 million at constant currency, partly as a result of lower gas leak and compliance work this year and additional costs incurred last year to improve data quality and bring regulatory filings up to date. Depreciation and amortisation costs were £51 million higher this year at constant currency as a result of ongoing investment in our networks. Pension costs were £15 million higher at constant currency, while other operating costs were £41 million higher at constant currency, including higher asset removal costs.

Adjusted operating profit in Other activities was £175 million higher at £374 million. In the US, adjusted operating profit was £143 million higher, reflecting lower spend on upgrades to our finance systems which were completed last year. In addition, we benefited from a £49 million gain on disposal of our investment in the Iroquois pipeline, and a reduction in the costs associated with our investment in Clean Line. In the UK, adjusted operating profit was £32 million higher mainly as a result of strong auction revenues in our French interconnector (IFA) business and higher property sales proceeds.

Adjusted earnings

For the year ended 31 March 2016, adjusted net finance costs were £20 million lower than they were in 2014/15 at £1,013 million, with lower UK RPI inflation, continued focus on management of cash balances, and the benefit of last year’s debt buybacks offsetting the impact of the stronger US dollar and increasing net debt.

Our adjusted tax charge was £58 million higher than it was in 2014/15. This was mainly due to higher profits before tax. The effective tax rate for 2015/16 was 24.0% (2014/15: 24.2%).

This section

provides additional commentary on our KPIs and other performance metrics we use to monitor our business performance. Analysis of our financial performance and position as at 31 March 2016, including detailed commentary on the performance of our operating segments, is located in the financial statements. However, this analysis still forms part of our Strategic Report financial review.

See pages 197 to 199 for commentary on our financial performance and position for the year ended 31 March 2015 compared with 31 March 2014. We have also included analysis of our UK regulated financial performance by segment on page 108.

In focus

Use of adjusted profit measures

page 196

Commentary on the consolidated income statement

page 95

Commentary on results of our principal operations by segment

pages 107–108

Further details of how our performance metrics are calculated

page 202

22National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report 


 

 

Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

 

In focus

Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures

page 196

Commentary on statement of financial position

page 99

The earnings performance described on the previous page has translated into adjusted earnings of £2,386 million, up £197 million on last year. This equates to adjusted earnings per share (EPS) of 63.5 pence, up 5.9 pence (10%) on 2014/15.

Scrip restatement

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS amounts for comparative periods have been restated as a result of shares issued via scrip dividends.

Measurement of financial performance

We describe and explain our results principally on an adjusted basis and explain the rationale for this on page 196. We present results on an adjusted basis before exceptional items and remeasurements. See page 196 for further details and reconciliations from the adjusted profit measures to IFRS, under which we report our financial results and position. A reconciliation between reported operating profit and adjusted operating profit is provided below. Further commentary on movements in the income statement is provided on page 95.

   

Year ended 31 March

 

£m  2016    2015    2014  

Total operating profit

  4,085    3,780   3,735  

Exceptional items

  22    –   (55) 

Remeasurements – commodity contracts

  (11)   83   (16) 

Adjusted operating profit

  4,096    3,863   3,664  

Adjusted net finance costs

  (1,013)   (1,033)  (1,108) 

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

  59    46   28  

Adjusted taxation

  (753)   (695)  (581) 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  (3)     12  

Adjusted earnings

          2,386        2,189       2,015  

Adjusted EPS (pence)

  63.5    57.6   53.1  

Group return on equity (RoE)

We measure our performance in generating value for our shareholders by dividing our annual return by our equity base.

Group RoE has increased during the year to 12.3%, from 11.8% in 2014/15. During the year, the UK regulated businesses delivered a solid operational return of 13.3% in aggregate (2014/15: 13.7%), including an assumption of 3% long run average RPI inflation. US operational returns (calculated on a calendar year) of 8.0% were slightly down on last year, reflecting high winter gas leak and snow removal costs at the start of 2015, together with rate base growth.

Overall, other activities in the Group delivered a good performance, including an improved result from the French and BritNed interconnectors, higher property sales, the gain on sale of our interest in the Iroquois pipeline and lower US other costs following the completion of our financial system upgrade last year. Treasury performance also helped the result, through lower RPI accretions on the Group’s index linked debt, ongoing focus on effective cash management and the benefit of last year’s debt repurchases. Together, these helped to offset the headwind from a lower cost of debt allowance under the tracker within the UK price controls.

Regulated asset base growth

In total, our UK regulated asset value (RAV) and US rate base increased by £1.8 billion (5%) to £38.8 billion. This reflects the continued high levels of investment in our networks in both the UK and US, together with the impact of the stronger US dollar.

The UK RAV increased by £0.7 billion, reflecting significant capital expenditure, together with inflation, although RPI inflation at 1.6% (March to March), was below our 3% long term expectation. UK RAV growth also included capitalised efficiencies or ‘performance RAV’ of £115 million this year.

US rate base has increased by £1.1 billion this year. Of this, £0.4 billion was due to foreign exchange movements increasing the rate base reported in sterling. Excluding foreign exchange, rate base increased by £0.7 billion, reflecting a significant year of US investment.

Value added

Our dividend is an important part of returns to shareholders along with growth in the value of the asset base attributable to equity investors. These are reflected in the value added metric that underpins our approach to sustainable decision-making and long-term incentive arrangements.

Overall value added in the year was £1.8 billion or 47.6 pence per share as set out below:

   

Year ended 31 March

 

£bn at constant currency      2016       2015       Change  

UK regulated assets1

  26.0   25.5   +0.5  

US regulated assets1

  14.1   13.9   +0.2  

Other invested capital

  1.9   1.5   +0.4  

Total assets

  42.0   40.9   +1.1  

Dividend paid

      +1.3  

Share buyback

      +0.3  

Movement in goodwill

      –  

Net debt

  (25.3)  (24.4)  -0.9  

Value added

        +1.8  

Value added per share

        47.6p  

1. Includes assets held outside RAV and rate base.

Value added in the year was higher than 2014/15 (£1.7 billion or 44.7p per share), primarily as a result of higher inflation on UK regulated assets (March 2016 RPI of 1.6%, prior year 0.9%), together with the gain on disposal of our share of the Iroquois pipeline. Of the £1.8 billion value added in 2015/16, £1,337 million was paid to shareholders as cash dividends and £267 million as share repurchases (offsetting the scrip issuance during the year), with £183 million retained in the business.

The Board is confident that growth in assets, earnings and cash flows, supported by improving cash efficiency and an exposure to attractive regulatory markets, should help the Group to maintain strong, stable credit ratings and a consistent prudent level of gearing, while delivering attractive returns for shareholders.

 

Financial Statements

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16
 

Additional Information

Financial review
 

2123


Financial reviewcontinued

    

    

 

Other performance measures

UK regulated return on equity

UK RoE has decreased 40bps to 13.3%. This reduction in RoE reflects a reduction in incentive performance year on year, particularly as a result of the end of the gas permit incentive scheme last year. Totex out-performance was at a similar level to last year. This performance represents 320bps of outperformance over allowed returns.

UK return on equity%

LOGO

US regulated return on equity

US RoE for calendar year 2015 decreased 40bps to 8.0%, reflecting high winter gas leak and snow removal costs at the start of 2015, together with rate base growth as a result of record capital investment spend.

US return on equity1%

LOGO

1. Calculated on a calendar year basis.

Return on capital employed

RoCE provides a performance comparison between our regulated UK and US businesses and is one of the measures that we use to monitor our portfolio of businesses. The table below shows our RoCE for our businesses over the last five years:

Return on capital employed%

LOGO

 How our
strategy

 

The UK RoCE has decreased from 8.6% to 8.1% in 2015/16. This reduction reflects one-off benefits of legal settlements last year in Electricity Transmission that did not repeat and the reduction in gas permit and legacy incentive revenues in our Gas Transmission business in the year. Excluding these two items, operational performance, incentives and returns are at similar levels to last year.

US RoCE has decreased by 30bps in the year to 5.7%. Regulated financial performance was at a similar level to last year, however the overall return has decreased as high levels of capital investment have driven rate base growth.

Capital expenditure

For the year ended 31 March 2016, capital expenditure of £3,893 million was £423 million higher than last year. The Group also invested £63 million in the St William Homes joint venture with Berkeley Group and £53 million in other joint ventures including a new electricity interconnector between the UK and Belgium.

Our US Regulated business continues to increase levels of investment in both electricity and gas distribution reinforcement. Capital expenditure in 2015/16 was £355 million higher than last year, and reflected higher spend on gas mains replacement, gas customer growth, system reinforcement and initial spend on a solar project in Massachusetts, together with the impact of a stronger US dollar.

UK Gas Distribution capital expenditure was £51 million higher than last year, reflecting an increased level of mains replacement work, in line with our target to replace a pre-determined length of main over the course of the RIIO-GD1 period.

Capital expenditure£m

LOGO

Dividend growth

We remain committed to our dividend policy to grow the dividend at least in line with the rate of average RPI inflation each year for the foreseeable future.

During the year we generated £1.9 billion of business net cash flow after our capital expenditure programmes. This has enabled the growth of the dividend in line with average RPI, being 1.1% (2014/15: 2.0%; 2013/14: 2.9%), taking into account the recommended final dividend of 28.34 pence.

During the year, the Company has repurchased shares in the market with the overall goal being to reduce the dilutive effect of the scrip as much as possible to the extent that is consistent with maintaining the Group’s strong financial position as reflected in its credit rating.

 

 

In focus

Our vision and strategic objectives explain
what is important to us, so we can meet
our commitments and deliver value.
Commentary on the consolidated cash flow statement    

page 101

Commentary on borrowings

page 131

creates
value
24 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 
Customer and community value

Our business model – a virtuous circle of growth

Safety and reliability – we aim to provide reliable networks safely, which is essential to safeguard our customers, employees and the communities in which we operate.

LOGO

Affordability – we aim to provide services in a cost-efficient way, which helps to reduce the impact on customer bills.

Customer service – providing essential services that meet the needs of our customers and communities is a crucial part of the value they expect from us.

Sustainability – we aim to protect the environment and preserve resources for current and future generations.

Emergency services – we provide telephone call centres, coordinate the response to gas emergencies, and respond to severe weather events.

Community engagement – we listen to the communities we serve and work hard to

address concerns about the development of our networks. Our employees volunteer for community-based projects and we support educational initiatives in schools.

Shareholder value

Regulatory frameworks – operating within sound regulatory frameworks provides stability. Ensuring these frameworks maintain a balance between risk and return underpins our investment proposition.

Reputation – our approach to safety and our reliability record underpin our reputation. These are important factors that enable positive participation in regulatory discussions and the pursuit of new business opportunities.

Efficient operations – efficient capital and operational expenditure allows us to deliver network services at a lower cost and reduces working capital requirements.

Customers and communities – our focus on safety and reliability, as well as efficient investment in our networks, means that we are able to provide our customers and the communities in which we operate with the highest quality service we can. This makes sure they are able to access vital and reliable services whenever they need, wherever we operate.

Reinvestment in our business – to continue generating reasonable returns for our shareholders and revenue growth, we reinvest efficiently in our regulated assets. This is critical to the sustainability of our business. By challenging our investment decisions, we continue to deliver reliable, cost-effective networks that benefit our customers.

Revenue – the majority of our revenue is set in accordance with our regulatory agreements. This allows us a level of certainty over future revenues if we continue to meet safety and reliability targets, as well as the efficiency and innovation targets included in the new RIIO licence agreements in our UK regulated businesses.

Cash flow – our ability to convert revenue to cash is an important factor in the ongoing reinvestment in our business and our ability to provide sustainable value growth for our shareholders. Our focus on efficient development of our networks is important in maximising free cash flow.

Maximising incentives – positive performance under incentive mechanisms, and delivery of the outputs our customers and regulatory stakeholders require, helps us to make the most of our allowed returns.

Funding and cash flow management – securing low cost funding and carefully managing our cash flows are essential to maintaining strong returns for our investors.

Disciplined investment – we can achieve future revenue and earnings growth by increasing our regulatory asset value and rate base in line with regulatory capital allowances. Investment in non-regulated assets helps us to use and enhance our core capabilities with the aim of delivering attractive returns.

Strategic Report 


   Strategic Report

In focus

UK regulation                

pages 176–177

US regulation

pages 178–182

Net debt and credit metrics

We expect capital investment programmes and network enhancement will continue to be funded by market borrowings. We continue to borrow at attractive rates when needed and the level of net debt remains appropriate for the size of our business.

During 2015/16, net debt has increased by £1.4 billion. This is driven by net business cash inflows (after capex) of £1.9 billion, more than offset by outflows from interest, dividends, tax and other financing flows of £2.6 billion, with other non cash movements such as foreign exchange and accretion increasing net debt by a further £0.7 billion.

A key measure we use to monitor financial discipline is retained cash flow divided by adjusted net debt (RCF/net debt). This is a measure of the operating cash flows we generate, before capital investment but after dividends paid to shareholders, compared with the level of debt we hold. The principal adjustments made to net debt are in respect of pension deficits and hybrid debt instruments. RCF/net debt was 11.5% for the year (2014/15: 11.2%; 2013/14: 10.5%). For the current year, we have used this measure to actively manage scrip uptake through buying back shares when supported by sufficient headroom. Deducting the costs of buying back these shares reduces RCF/net debt to 10.5% for the year.

Our long-term target range for RCF/net debt is to exceed 9.0%, which is consistent with the A3 rating threshold used by Moody’s, the rating agency.

We additionally monitor interest cover, which is a measure of the cash flows we generate compared with the net interest cost of servicing our borrowings. Interest cover for the year was 5.5 times (2014/15: 5.1 times; 2013/14: 4.1 times).

Our target long-term rate for interest cover is in excess of 3.0 times.

Regulatory financial performance

Timing and regulated revenue adjustments

As described on pages 176 to 182, our allowed revenues are set in accordance with our regulatory price controls or rate plans. We calculate the tariffs we charge our customers based on the estimated volume of energy we expect will be delivered during the coming period. The actual volumes delivered will differ from the estimate. Therefore, our total actual revenue will be different from our total allowed revenue. These differences are commonly referred to as timing differences.

If we collect more than the allowed revenue, the balance must be returned to customers in subsequent periods, and if we collect less than the allowed level of revenue we may recover the balance from customers in subsequent periods. In the US, a substantial portion of our costs are pass-through costs (including commodity and energy efficiency costs) and are fully recoverable from our customers. Timing differences between costs of this type being incurred and their recovery through revenue are also included in timing.

The amounts calculated as timing differences are estimates and subject to change until the variables that determine allowed revenue are final.

Our operating profit for the year includes a total estimated in-year over-collection of £25 million (2014/15: £64 million under-collection). Our closing balance at 31 March 2016 was £48 million over-recovered. In the UK, there was cumulative under-recovery of £87 million at 31 March 2016 (2015:under-recovery of £177 million). In the US, cumulative timing over-recoveries at 31 March 2016 were £135 million (2015: £150 million over-recovery). The majority of that balance will be returned to customers next year.

In addition to the timing adjustments described above, as part of the RIIO price controls in the UK, outperformance against allowances as a result of the totex incentive mechanism, together with changes in output-related allowances included in the original price control, will almost always be adjusted in future revenue recoveries, typically starting in two years’ time.

Our current IFRS revenues and earnings include these amounts that will need to be repaid or recovered in future periods. Such adjustments will form an important part of the continuing difference between reported IFRS results and underlying economic performance based on our regulatory obligations.

For our UK regulated businesses as a whole, regulated revenue adjustments totalled £262 million in the year (2014/15: £174 million). This is based on our estimates of: work carried out in line with allowances; in expectation of future allowances; or work avoided altogether – either as a result of us finding innovative solutions or of the need being permanently removed. In the US, accumulated regulatory entitlements to future revenue net of over- or under-recoveries amounted to £1,335 million at 31 March 2016 (2015: £1,528 million). These entitlements cover a range of different areas, with the most significant being environmental remediation and pension assets, as well as deferred storm costs.

All regulatory entitlements are recoverable (or repayable) over different periods, which are agreed with the regulators to match the expected payment profile for the liabilities. As at 31 March 2016, these extend until 2071.

 

22    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Financial review25


 

Internal control and risk management

 

Internal control
and risk
management

National Grid is exposed to a variety of uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on:

Ÿ  the Company’s financial condition;

Ÿ  our operational results;

Ÿ  our reputation; and

Ÿ  the value and liquidity of our shares.

The Board is committed to protecting and enhancing our reputation and assets, while safeguarding the interests of our shareholders. It has overall responsibility for the Company’sGroup’s system of risk management and internal control.

National Grid is exposed to a variety of uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition, our operational results, our reputation, and the value and liquidity of our shares.

 

Below, we describe the main arrangements put in place so that theThe Board can carry out this responsibility and so that its members can be assured of the integrity of the Company’soversees risk management, and, as part of this role, it sets and monitors the amount of risk the Company is prepared to seek or accept at any given time in pursuing our strategic objectives (our risk appetite). The Board also regularly monitors and reviews our internal control systems, financial informationcontrols and financial controls.risk management processes. You can read more about this on page 29.

This year we refined our risk management processes as a result of changes implemented by the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 (the Code). Most notably, we now specifically test the impact of our principal risks on a reasonable worst case basis, alone and in clusters, over a five-year assessment period. The aim of this is to establish their impact on the Group’s ability to continue operating and meet its liabilities over the assessment period. The reason for selecting a five-year assessment period and the results of this exercise are described in the viability statement on page 30.

 

Risk management approach

Our Company-wideGroup-wide corporate risk management process provides a framework through which we can consistently identify, assess and prioritise, manage, monitor and report risks. Itrisks, as shown in the diagram below. The process is designed to support the delivery of our strategicvision and business objectivesstrategy, as described on pages 14 and 15.16–17.

 

Our process involves a continuous cycle of bottom-up review and reporting and top-down review and feedback.

All our business functions participate in the bottom-up risk management process. They identify the main risks to our business model and to achieving their business objectives

and the actions being taken to manage and monitor them. They assess each risk by considering the financial and reputational impacts, and how likely the risk is to materialise. The identified risks we identify are collated in risk registers and are reported at functional and regional levels of the Company. These registers include an assessment of how likely it is that each risk will materialise.

They highlight the potential ‘worst case credible’ financial and reputational impact of the risk and details of mitigation activities.Group. The risk registers also describe the adequacy of our existing risk controls.

An important feature of our risk management process is our three lines of defence model. Each business function owns and is responsible for managing its own particular risks (the first line of defence). A central risk management team (the second line of defence) acts as an advisory function and also provides independent challenge and review. This team partners with the business functions through nominated risk liaisons and collaborates with assurance teams and specialists, such as safety and compliance management. Our internal audit function then audits selected controls and mitigation activities (the third line of defence).

Regional senior management regularly reviews and debates the outputs of the bottom-up risk management process and agrees the prioritisation of the risks. The main risks for ourthe UK and US businesses are summarisedhighlighted in regional risk profiles and are reviewed, reported and discussed regularly by our senior leadership team.to the CEO.

 

In addition, we also record theOur main strategic risksuncertainties or ‘principal risks’ for the Company which are developed through discussionsdiscussing the Group risk profile with the Executive leadership team.team and the Board. These risks are reported and discusseddebated with the Executive Committee and Audit CommitteeBoard every six months and by the Chief Executive through quarterly performance reports.months.

 

During 2013/14The Board participates in risk workshops to make sure that the Board reviewed the main elementsprincipal risks remain closely aligned to our strategic aims and that no important risks (or combination of our risk management process. This included validating the risks included in our corporate risk profile and consideration of how we treat special categories of risks, such as potential extreme catastrophic events and emerging risks (uncertainties that are still developing). The results of the Board reviewrisks) are being incorporated intooverlooked. This year, several sessions were conducted to discuss our principal risks and to assess the ongoing workpotential of those risks to impact the Corporate Company’s

Risk team.management process

Feedback and reporting

 

 
LOGO  LOGO

26National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


 

Our Board also sets

   Strategic Report

viability over the next five years. Through the testing and monitorsreview process we decided to adopt two new principal risks in relation to emerging technology and the potential impact of sustained inflation and deflation in the US and UK respectively.

The outcomes from each level of the risk appetite annually. We have a framework that differentiates our appetite for risk by categories. At the annual review meeting, the Board compares the decisions the Company has takenprocess are fed back to the appetite level in each category. It then considersrelevant teams and incorporated as appropriate into the appropriate appetite levels to set for the year ahead.next cycle of our ongoing process as shown on page 26.

 

Our principal risks

Accepting that it is not possible to identify, anticipate or eliminate every risk that may arise and that risk is an inherent part of doing business, our risk management process aims to provide reasonable assurance that we understand, monitor and manage the main uncertainties that we face in delivering our objectives.

 

This includes consideration of inherent risks, which exist because of the nature of day-to-day operations in our industry.industry, and financial risks, which exist because of our financing activities. The principal risks we face are provided below. An overview of the key inherent risks we face isare provided on pages 167183–186, as well as our key financial risks, which are incorporated within the Notes to 169. Examples include:our consolidated financial statements on pages 102 to 167.

 

Ÿ  aspects of the work we do could potentially harm employees, contractors, members of the public or the environment;

Ÿ  we may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non-network operations due to the failure of technology supporting our business-critical processes;

Ÿ  changes in foreign currency rates, interest rates or commodity prices could materially impact earnings or our financial condition;

Ÿ  an inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our businesses; and

Ÿ  customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

23

Principal risks

Our corporate risk profile contains the principal risks that the Board considers to be the main onesuncertainties currently faced byfacing the Company. AnGroup as we endeavour to achieve our strategic objectives. We have provided an overview of these risks is provided below, together with examples of the relevant controls and current mitigating actions we are taking.

 

Strategic objective

 

  

Risk description

 

  

Example of mitigations

 

Drive growth

 

Deliver growthLOGO

  

Failure to identify and execute the right opportunities to executedeliver our strategic ambition.growth strategy.

 

Failure to sufficiently grow our core business and have viable options for new business over the longer term would negativelyadversely affect the Group’s credibility and jeopardise the achievement of intended financial returns.

 

Our ability to achieve our ambition for growth is subject to a wide range of external uncertainties, including the availability of potential investment targets and attractive financing;financing and the impact of competition for onshore transmission in both the UK and US; and internal uncertainties, such as the performance of our operating businesses and our business planning model assumptions.

 

  

Ÿ  We regularly monitor and analyse market conditions, competitors and their potential strategies, the advancement and proliferation of new energy technologies, as well as the performance of our Group portfolio. We are also looking to access new sources of finance and capabilities through partnering.

Ÿ  We have internal processes for reviewing and approving investments in new businesses, disposals of existing ones and organic growth investment opportunities. These processes are reviewed regularly to make sure our approach supports our short- and long-term strategies. We undertake due diligence exercises on investment or partnering opportunities and carry out post-investment reviews to make sure we learn lessons for the future.

 

  

 

Sustained deflation/inflation in the UK/US.

Sustained deflation in the UK would result in a loss of inflationary indexation of UK RIIO networks’ RAV. In the US our asset base is not indexed by inflation, therefore higher inflation erodes value even if our cost of service is periodically updated through rate case filings.

The primary measures we have to manage this risk include our business planning process (five-year plan approved each year by the Board), annual portfolio review by the Board, financing strategies (including hedging policies approved by the Finance Committee) and regulatory strategies (e.g. US rate case filing schedule).

Engage externally

LOGO

  

InabilityFailure to secure satisfactory regulatory outcomes/ failure to influence future energy policy.

 

Policy decisions by regulators, governments and others directly affect our business. We must engage widely in the energy policy debate, making sure our position and perspective help to shape future policy direction.

 

Ÿ  In the UK, we are working closely with DECC on Electricity Market Reform (EMR) plans. We have also restructured our business so we are prepared for our new role under EMR and to make sure we are well positioned to deliver value under RIIO. The Board is also continuing to monitor the increasing public debate around the cost, availability, security and sustainability of UK energy supplies.

  

Ÿ  In both the UK and the US we have begunstrive to engage our external stakeholders about the rolemaintain a good understanding of the utility companyregulatory agenda and emerging issues, so that robust, public interest aligned responses can be selected and developed in good time. Our reputation as a competent operator of the future, under the banner of Connect21. We believe this conversation will help shape the regulatory and fiscal regime in the US in the future. We are maintainingimportant national infrastructure is critical to our jurisdictional focus and we will continueability to file new rate cases so our businesses can earn a fair and reasonable rate of return. Our rate filings include structural changes where appropriate, such as revenue decoupling mechanisms, capital trackers, commodity-related bad debt true-ups and pension and other post-employment benefit true-ups, as described on pages 162 to 165.do this.

 

Engage our people

LOGO

  

InabilityFailure to secure the businessskills and leadership capacity appropriate leadership capability and employee engagement levels(including effective succession planning) required to deliver our vision and strategy.

 

It is through the high-quality work of our employees that we will achieve our vision, respond to the changing needs of our stakeholders and create a competitive advantage. Obtaining and fostering an engaged and talented team that has the knowledge, training, skills and experience to deliver on our strategic objectives is vital to our success. We must attract, integrate and retain the talent we need at all levels of the business.

  

Strategic workforce planning allows us to effectively inform our strategic resourcing plans.

 

Ÿ  We have identifiedOur entry level talent development schemes (graduate training and apprenticeships) are a potential source of competitive advantage in the core capabilities that align with our strategic ambition and continue to develop our Academy to help develop the right skills for the future (see page 40).market place.

Ÿ  Improvements to our talent processes mean that we are now much better at identifying talent and accelerating development of future leaders (e.g. our Accelerated Development Programme).

The rigour of our succession planning and development planning process has been improved, particularly at senior levels and is now being applied deeper into the organisation.

We are involved in a number of initiatives to help secure the future engineering talent required (see page 40)44).

Ÿ  We continue to develop our succession plans for key roles, including leadership.

Ÿ  We have described on page 41 some of the ways we seek to engage employees, including how we promote inclusion and diversity.

Ÿ  We monitor employee engagement and formally solicit employee opinions via a Company-wideGroup-wide employee survey annually.


 

24    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Internal control and risk management27


 

Internal control and risk managementcontinued

risk management

continued

 

 

Strategic objective

 

  

Risk description

 

  

Example of mitigations

 

 

Deliver

operational excellence

excellence

LOGO

  

Failure to achieve levels of financial performance required to meet regulatory requirements.

The Group operates under a number of regulatory regimes and we must maintain the performance levels required. Failure to achieve the agreed returns could damage our reputation and threaten future growth opportunities and regulatory arrangements.

Ÿ  We have a US strategy focused on safety and reliability, customer responsiveness, stewardship and cost competitiveness. Performance measures are tracked and reported monthly. US jurisdictional presidents continue to develop strong relationships with local regulators and communities. A process excellence initiative was launched to deliver sustainable and innovative performance improvements with initial focus on six core end-to-end processes.

Ÿ  The UK operating model implemented in 2013 to support our performance under RIIO is now established and we continue to roll out our performance excellence framework across the business.

Ÿ  We monitor network reliability and customer satisfaction as KPIs, as described on page 10.

Failure to deliver appropriate information systems and data integrity.

 

The Company is increasingly reliant on technology to support and maintain our business-critical processes. We must be able to rely on the performance of these systems and the underlying data to demonstrate the value of our business to our shareholders, and to meet our obligations under our regulatory agreements, and comply with agreements with bond holders and other providers of finance.

  

Ÿ  In November 2012, ourFollowing the implementation of a new US back officeenterprise resource planning system went live. A business improvement team has been establishedat the end of 2012, we undertook a significant effort to ensure that a comprehensive and integrated approachcombat programme difficulties. This system is applied to the execution of system changes (such as enablement of the LIPA MSA transition)now stabilised and enhancements to drive business value (such as payroll, supply chain and finance process improvements).have been successfully implemented throughout 2015.

Ÿ  We are undertaking a programme to strengthen identified weaknesses in US controls overOver the financial reporting.year we have implemented improved project management practices for IS projects.

Ÿ  We are implementing a global information management framework focusing on data integrity and security.

Ÿ  We have completed a data assurancetaken action to bring back in-house knowledge of critical systems, processes and data.

 We have rebuilt the US Program Delivery organisation, to build back programme and we are developing actionsdelivery skills.

 Globally, our Information Management Framework is being rolled out to improve data management.

 Data and its effective management is also central to our data quality and integrity processes based oncompliance action plan, which is being rolled out across the results.Group.

 

  

 

  

We experience a catastrophic/major cyber security breach.

 

Due to the nature of our business we recognise that our critical national infrastructure (CNI) systems may be a potential target for cyber threats. We must protect our business assets and infrastructure and be prepared for any malicious attack.

  

Ÿ  We use industry best practices as part of our cyber security policies, processes and technologies.

 Our cyber security programme is a global programme of work which started in 2010 and continues to be modified and updated to this day. This programme is intended to reduce the risk that a cyber threat could adversely affect the Company’s business resilience.

Ÿ  We continually invest in cyber strategies that are commensurate with the changing nature of the security landscape. This includes collaborative working with DECC and the Centre for Protection of National Infrastructure (CPNI) on key cyber risks and development of an enhanced critical national infrastructure (CNI)CNI security strategy and our involvement in the US with developing the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cyberspace Security Framework.

 

  

 

  

Catastrophic asset failure.

Safety is paramount. Some of the assets that we own and operate are inherently hazardous and process safety incidents, while extremely unlikely, may occur.

 We continue to commit significant resources and financial investment to maintain the integrity of our assets and we strive to continuously improve our key process safety controls.

 We continue to implement our Group-wide process safety management system to ensure a robust and consistent framework of risk management exists across our higher hazard asset portfolio.

 We have a mature insurance strategy that uses a mix of self-insurance, captives and direct (re)insurance placements. This provides some financial protection in respect of property damage, business interruption and liability risks. Periodically, independent surveys of key assets are undertaken, which provide risk engineering knowledge and best practices to the Group with the aim to further reduce our exposure to hazard risks.

  

 

Failure

We fail to prevent a significant process safety event.effectively respond to the threats and opportunities presented by emerging technology, particularly the challenge of adapting our networks to meet the challenges of increasing distributed energy resources.

 We have relaunched our dedicated Group Technology Team within the Strategy Function.

 

The nature  We undertake biannual reviews and briefings of our day-to-day operations is such that safety incidents can occur. The safety of our employees, contractors, suppliers,emerging trends and developments and their implications for the communities in which we operate is critical. We must operate within local laws and regulations relating to health, safety andCompany with the environment.Board.

  

 

Ÿ  We have established safety and occupational health plans, programmes and procedures that are aimed at continuous improvements in safety performance.

Ÿ  We supplement Company-wide initiatives with specific regional safety programmes. These are aimed at addressing specific areas so that safety is at the forefront of every employee’s mind. We also benchmark against other industry groups to seek and implement best practice.

Ÿ  We continue to focus on process safety, aimed at preventing major incidents. A baseline assessment has been completed and a 10 year plan is under development.

Ÿ  We monitor employee IFR as a KPI as described on page 10.

 

28 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Strategic Report 


 

 

Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

25

 

 

 

 

Our internal control process

We have a number of processes to support our internal control environment. These processes are managed by dedicated specialist teams, as described in the box on the right.including risk management, ethics and compliance management, corporate audit and internal controls, and safety, environment and health. Oversight of these activities is provided through regular review and reporting to the appropriate Board committees as outlined in the Corporate Governance section on pages 44 to 57.46–67.

 

Reviewing the effectiveness

of our internal control and risk management

Each year the Board reviews the effectiveness of our internal control process,systems and risk management processes covering all material systems, including financial, reporting,operational and compliance controls, to make sure it remainsthey remain robust. The latest review covered the financial year to 31 March 20142016 and the period to the approval of this Annual Report and Accounts. It included:

 

Ÿ  the Certificate of Assurance for notingfrom the CEO to the Board following approvalconsideration by the Audit Committee, to providewhich provides overall assurance around the effectiveness of National Grid’sour risk management and internal controls systems;

Ÿ  where appropriate, assurance from our committees, with particular reference to the reports received from the Audit, and Safety, Environment and Health Committees on reviews undertaken at their meetings; and

Ÿ  assurances about the certifications required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) as a result of our US reporting obligations.

 

The Board evaluated the effectiveness of management’s processes for monitoring and reviewing internal control and risk management. It noted that no significant failings or weaknesses had been identified by the review and confirmed that it was satisfied the systems and processes were functioning effectively.

Our internal control and risk management and internal control processes comply with the Turnbull guidance on internal control and the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code. They are also the basis of our compliance with obligations set by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 and other internal assurance activities.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

We have specific internal mechanisms to govern the financial reporting process and the preparation of the Annual Report and Accounts. Our financial controls guidance sets out the fundamentals of internal control over financial reporting, which are applied across the Company.

 

Our financial processes include a range of system, transactional and management oversight controls. In addition, our businesses prepare detailed monthly management reports that include analysis of their results, along with comparisons to relevant budgets, forecasts and prior year results. These are presented to, and reviewed by, senior management within our Finance function.

These reviews are supplemented by quarterly performance reviews, attended by the Chief ExecutiveCEO and Finance Director whichDirector. These reviews consider historical results and expected future performance and involve senior management from both operational and financial areas of the business.

Each month, the Finance Director presents a consolidated financial report to the Board.

 

As part of our assessment of financial controls in previous years, we have identified a number of weaknesses in our US financial control framework. PlansWe are making progress in place to remediate these.remediating these weaknesses. For more information, including our opinion on internal control over financial reporting, see page 170.183.

Our internal control environment

Our specialist teams that manage the processes supporting our internal control environment are described below.

Risk management:

Ÿ  works with the Board to determine risk appetite and establish and implement risk management policies;

Ÿ  is responsible for the independent review and challenge of risk information throughout the business, compilation and analysis of risk profiles and monitoring risk management processes within the Company; and

Ÿ  regularly reports on risks to the regional level and Board level oversight committees.

Ethics and compliance management:

Ÿ  maintains our standards of ethical business conduct;

Ÿ  promotes ethical behaviour and monitors compliance with external legal and regulatory requirements; and

Ÿ  operates our whistle-blower helplines and supports activities to prevent and detect bribery.

Corporate audit:

Ÿ  develops and executes a risk-based audit plan; and

Ÿ  provides independent, objective assurance to the Audit Committee, SEH Committee and the Executive Committee on the extent to which control and governance frameworks are operating effectively.

Safety, environment and health:

Ÿ  develops policy recommendations for the Board;

Ÿ  monitors safety, environment and health performance; and

Ÿ  works with process owners to deliver our safety, environment and health objectives.

Internal controls:

Ÿ  works with process owners to identify, document and test the design and operation of internal control over financial reporting; and

Ÿ  helps refine and improve controls where required.


 

26    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Internal control and risk management29


How executiveViability statement

remuneration aligns

to Company strategy

The Remuneration Committee determines remuneration policy and practices through which we aim to promote the success of the Company by attracting, motivating and retaining high-calibre Executive Directors and other senior employees to deliver value for our shareholders, customers and the communities in which we operate.

 

Our strategy

To be a recognised leader in the development and operation of safe, reliable and sustainable energy infrastructure, to meet the needs of our customers and communities and to generate value for our investors.

 

Our strategic objectives

    

The Committee believes that the changes will further enhance the long-term alignment between executive remuneration and the delivery of the corporate strategy.

 

The information set out below describes current rather than future policy.

 

Alignment to strategy

Annual Performance Plan (APP)

Our APP aims to incentivise and reward the achievement of annual financial and strategic business measures, and the delivery of annual individual objectives. Performance metrics, including corporate financial measures and individual objectives, are agreed at the start of each performance year and are aligned with the strategic business priorities for that year.

 

The table below shows the financial measures and their relative weightings that were included within the APP for the Executive Directors for 2013/14:

 

 

LOGO

 

Our vision

and strategy

pages 14 – 15

 

 

Remuneration

Report

 

pages 58 – 73        

 

     

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

  Deliver operational excellence

 

 

  Engage our people

 

  Stimulate innovation

 

  Engage externally

 

  Embed sustainability

 

  Drive growth

     
      
      
      
      
      

Andrew Bonfield

and

Steve Holliday

   
             Tom       King Nick      Winser  
         
     

 

 
     Adjusted EPS 24% 24% 24%  
     Cash flow (Group or regional) 38% 28% 43%  
     

 

UK RoE

 

 

14%

 

 

n/a

 

 

33% 

 
     US RoE 14% 24% n/a  
     

 

US capital plan delivery

 

 

 

10%

 

 

24%

 

 

n/a 

 
     

 

 
         
     

Financial measures together represent 70% of the APP.

 

Individual performance objectives in the APP reflect 30% of the plan and are defined in terms of target and stretch performance requirements. The performance objectives change each year, depending upon business priorities. Examples of individual objectives include those relating to safety, stakeholder relations, employee engagement and capability, and the development of Group and financial strategy.

 

In order to provide balance for all our stakeholders, at the end of the year the Remuneration Committee has discretion to reduce APP awards to take account of any safety, customer, service-related, environmental or governance issues that may have occurred.

 

 
      
      
       

The Remuneration Committee aligns the remuneration policy to our Company strategy and main business objectives. Performance-based incentives are earned through achieving demanding targets for short-term business and individual performance, as well as creating long-term value for our shareholders, customers and the communities in which we operate.

 

Remuneration Committee review

of remuneration

During the year, the Remuneration Committee undertook a detailed review of the remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors, with the aim of achieving further alignment between executive reward and long-term shareholder value.

 

As a result of this review, the Committee is proposing some significant changes to the arrangements for the 2014/15 financial year, and these are set out in detail on pages 58 to 73. Shareholders are being asked to approve these changes at the AGM on 28 July 2014.

     
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

27

 

Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP)

The Board’s consideration of the longer-term viability of the Company is an extension of our business planning process, which includes financial forecasting, a robust risk management assessment, regular budget reviews and scenario planning. This activity is strengthened by a culture throughout the Company of review and challenge. Our LTPP aimsvision and business strategy aim to drivemake sure that our operations are sustainable and our finances are sustainable and robust.

As part of National Grid’s risk appetite framework, each year the Board reviews our target risk appetite levels and reflects on whether our decision-making behaviours over the past year have aligned with these targets. The Board confirmed that the Company’s behaviours over the past year had been in line with our target risk appetite.

We believe that five years is the most appropriate timeframe over which the Board should assess the long-term performance, aligning Executive Director incentivesviability of the Company. The following factors have been taken into account in making this decision:

1.  We have reasonable clarity over a five-year period, allowing an appropriate assessment of our principal risks to keybe made;

2.  The Board considered whether there are specific, foreseeable risk events relating to the principal risks that are likely to materialise within a five to ten year period, and which might be substantial enough to affect the Company’s viability and therefore should be taken into account when setting the assessment period. No risks of this sort were identified; and

3.  It matches our business planning cycle.

We have set out the details of the principal risks facing our Company on pages 26 to 29, described in relation to our ability to deliver our strategic objectivesobjectives. We identify our principal risks through a robust assessment that includes a continuous cycle of bottom-up reporting and shareholder interests. Performance measures setreview, and top-down feedback and horizon scanning. Through this assessment, priorities are elevated appropriately and transparently. This process is described in more detail on pages 26 to 27.

Over the course of the year the Board has also considered to either drive or measure long-term value within the business, aligning executive reward with long-term sustainable performance.

following specific areas of our principal risks in detail:

  

The Board has considered the proposed sale of a majority share in our UK Gas Distribution business and has concluded that it will not have an adverse impact on the viability of the Company. It will continue to assess the strategic risks that the proposed sale presents when considering the approval of the transaction.

 

The table below showsBoard has discussed the performance measurespotential financial and reputational impact of the principal risks against our ability to deliver the Company’s business plan. This describes and tests the significant solvency and liquidity risks involved in delivering our strategic objectives within our business model.

The Board has also reviewed the stress testing of the principal risks. The Board started by considering our reputational and financial risk capacity. It then considered how that capacity might be tested by the principal risks. Each of the principal risks was tested for its individual impact based on assessing reasonable worst case scenarios over a five-year period, and considering reputational impacts and financial impacts (to the nearest £500m). The figure of £500m was selected because our financial risk capacity is very substantial and the relative weightingsBoard was satisfied that this figure was appropriate in the context of an exercise aimed at testing threats to viability.

In addition to testing individual principal risks, the Board also considered the impact of a cluster of the principal risks materialising over the assessment period. They focused on the effect these could have on our reputation and stakeholder trust and how that were included withincould impact our business.

In assessing the LTPP awards madeimpact of the principal risks on the Company, the Board has considered the fact that we operate in stable markets and the robust financial position of the Group, including the ability to sell assets, raise capital and suspend or reduce the Executivepayment of dividends. It has also considered Ofgem’s legal duty to have regard for the need to fund licenced National Grid Gas plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc activities.

Each Director was satisfied that they had sufficient information to judge the viability of the Company. Based on the assessment described above and on page 27, the Directors during 2013/14:have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue operating and meet its liabilities over the period to May 2021.

 

 

 

Performance measurePrincipal risk

 

  

Weighting

Definitions and performance periodMatters considered by the Board

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings

per share (EPS)

Securing satisfactory regulatory outcomes and influencing future energy policy.
  

Updates and reviews of:

50%

     the regulatory situation in the US (including the position with our rate case filings);

Threshold performance – where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by three percentage points     the impact of the UK General Election on our business;

     our regulatory position in the UK, including our RIIO mid-period review strategy;

Stretch performance – where EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by eight percentage points or more     the impact of the introduction of onshore competition in the UK;

     the future of our System Operator and Transmission Owner roles;

Performance period – three years     the possible impact of greater European integration of energy markets; and

     the potential impact of Brexit on our business.

 

 

 

Failure to deliver appropriate information systems and reliable data.

Relative total

shareholder return

(TSR)

  

25%

Threshold performance – where TSR is at the median of the FTSE 100

Stretch performance – where TSR performance is 7.5 percentage points or more above that of the median of the FTSE 100

Performance period – three yearsAn update on our global IS systems.

 

 

 

UK and US RoE

We experience a catastrophic/major cyber breach.
  

25%

Threshold performance – where allowed regulatory returns are achieved (UK) or under-performed by one percentage point (US)

Stretch performance – where allowed regulatory returns are out-performed by at least two percentage points (UK) or at least one percentage point (US)

Performance period – four yearsAn update on cyber security risks and a review of critical questions to be addressed.

 

 

 

If the Remuneration Committee considers the underlying performance of the Company does not justify the vesting of LTPP awards, even if some or all of the performance measures are satisfied in whole or in part, it can declare that some or all of the awards lapse.

 

Failure to respond effectively to the threats and opportunities presented by emerging technology, particularly the challenge of adapting our networks to meet the challenges of increasing distributed energy resources.

Failure to identify and execute the right opportunities to deliver our growth strategy.

  

For full details aboutA Board review of our remuneration policyUS business and how it is implemented, please see the Remuneration Report on pages 58consideration of potential investment opportunities. Two Board strategy sessions to 73.

consider our growth strategy and looking at emerging technology and other industry developments.
 


LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

29

 

 

 

30National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


 

 

Principal   Strategic Report

operations

Overview of our UK RIIO-regulated businesses during 2013/14

 

Over the past year there have been significant regulatory changes in the UK, most notably the introduction of RIIO and its associated incentives.

The RIIO regulatory framework, which began on 1 April 2013, incentivises us to operate efficiently. It also provides opportunities in terms of specific incentives to engage and serve our customers and stakeholders well.

There have been significant Government and regulatory policy changes affecting our business, including the introduction of EMR and the evolution of the system operator role in the long-term planning of the network. Also, with a likely tightening of the margin between electricity supply and demand in the mid to late part of the decade, additional tools have been developed to help us balance the electricity transmission system.

The planning process for obtaining consent for major infrastructure projects has also changed, requiring significant consultation before an application to the Planning Inspectorate. Our Kings Lynn B connection project was the first to go through the new process and was granted consent by the Secretary of State in December 2013.

Progress during 2013/14

Our activities and achievements in the UK during 2013/14 have included:

• Achieving an employee injury frequency rate of 0.06, meeting our target of world-class performance. Initiatives during 2013/14 included a visible safety leadership programme with a renewed focus on behavioural safety and excellent role modelling, as well as introducing best practice incident analysis tools and systems from the US into our UK business so we can improve how we learn from incidents.

• Making significant progress on the implementation of our new UK operating model by concluding the managerial and staff appointment process in our Transmission business.

• Working with trade unions to agree revisions to pay and terms and conditions for employees. We have also agreed changes to our UK pension arrangements for all employees who have defined benefit (DB) or defined contribution (DC) schemes. These changes aim to make sure our total reward package remains both competitive in the market and sustainable under RIIO.

• Working on the 2013 triennial valuations of our two DB pension plans (for further information see note 29 under ‘Notes to the consolidated financial statements’).

• Maintaining resilient networks during the wettest winter on record. Our networks withstood the winter storms well, when some electricity distribution networks had significant issues. We have installed extra flood protection at critical UK sites, helping maintain reliability and reduce

costs. Following the severe wet weather over Christmas 2013 we have been working on future potential network resilience issues. For details about our reliability performance see page 10.

• Renegotiating our key contracts and introduced new contractor relationships so we can deliver our RIIO outputs efficiently and provide clarity on the accountability for safety between ourselves and our contractors.

• Continuing to focus on delivering excellent levels of service. 2013/14 has been the first year in which we have had incentives for customer and stakeholder satisfaction for our regulated businesses. Ofgem set a baseline target of 6.9 for customer and stakeholder satisfaction for our regulated transmission businesses with scoring ranging from 1 – very dissatisfied to 10 – very satisfied. We have performed well in our customer surveys, scoring 7.2 for our Gas Transmission business and 7.4 for our Electricity Transmission business. The stakeholder surveys are newly introduced but early indications are that both transmission businesses are in line to achieve good results for stakeholder satisfaction.

• Under RIIO our gas distribution customer satisfaction results are now reported on an annual basis, rather than quarterly, which was how we reported them under our previous price control. We will publish the results on our website in the summer as part of our commitment to our stakeholders, and in our Annual Report and Accounts for 2014/15.

• Extensive involvement in the development of new network codes to underpin the European internal energy market.

• Focusing on changing our ways of working – supporting the development of our global performance excellence framework with targeted roll-out in the UK. Our approach has been to build up the capability requirements through early adopters before starting the full-scale roll-out over the coming months.

Principal risks

Our regional risk profile describes the main risks our UK business faces. Below, we provide an overview of some of the risk themes we are managing:

• the risk of changes to the complex political and regulatory agenda for UK and European energy policy development and their potential implications for our business;

• challenges associated with making sure the data required to deliver business processes and regulatory requirements is complete, accurate and consistent;

• the impact of changes in our business structure and processes on our ability to continue to perform under RIIO; and

• continued management of safety, security and network resilience.

LOGO  


30    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14LOGO

 

 Principal operations

 continued

 

UK In focus

Safety performance

7,700+

employees and contractors completed a driver safety programme on the risk of distractions while driving

Our networks

We continue to invest in new infrastructure and update our existing networks to deliver energy safely and reliably to our customers.

KPIspages 18–21

Electricity Transmission

page 32

Gas Transmission

page 33

Gas Distribution

page 37

Innovation

We secured over

£22m

of funding for three major innovative projects. Read more about how this will be invested on pages 32–37

When I look at the different aspects of the UK’s energy landscape, it seems that one factor is a constant. Whether it’s the sources of energy, or regulatory and government policy developments, or the expectations of customers and industry stakeholders, the common factor that emerges is change.

For us at National Grid, a large part of our success depends on our ability to keep pace with it and adapt to it.

This year we’ve seen significant regulatory developments. Ofgem launched a consultation on extending competition in electricity transmission. We support this work and recognise that introducing competition is a good way to deliver value for consumers, if the right conditions are met. We outlined this in our response and will continue to use our experience to make sure a thorough assessment is undertaken before any change is finalised.

We have also been working alongside DECC and Ofgem to consider how to evolve the current SO model, to make it more flexible and more independent while remaining cost effective. In doing so, it is vital that there is no disruption to the pivotal role National Grid plays as SO in keeping the energy market working.

In May 2016, Ofgem announced a mid-period review of the RIIO-T1 price control looking at three specific output measures in gas and electricity transmission. The scope of this review is narrow with no changes to key financial parameters. Ofgem will now run a consultation process this summer, with any changes to be implemented in April 2017.

We’ve seen significant change inside the Company too. In November 2015 we announced our plans to commence a process to sell a majority stake in our Gas Distribution business. Since then we have been working on how we separate Gas Distribution from National Grid and create a stand-alone business ready for sale; making sure it has the right people, assets, systems and technology it needs to be successful in the future.

 

  

Set against all these developments, I’m delighted that our UK businesses have continued to perform well during the last year with continued world class safety levels and network reliability, as well as further developing our interconnector businesses with two new projects. You can read more about our UK operating highlights over the next six pages.

We can’t be complacent though. If we are to be trusted to provide a safe and reliable service today, to deliver a clean and sustainable future for energy, and to deliver on our promises to customers, we need to improve our performance.

This is why performance has been such an important area of focus for our UK businesses during 2015/16 – and it remains a priority for the year ahead, as you can read below.

Looking ahead to 2016/17

The coming year promises to be a challenge as we continue to respond and adapt to change across our businesses. Our priorities are very clear. We will create and subsequently sell a majority stake in a stand-alone Gas Distribution business and continue to work externally to influence future regulatory changes, while meeting the ever-changing needs of our stakeholders.

It’s important for us to be prepared for the possible introduction of competition in electricity transmission, that our people understand its implications, and that we are ready to review and respond to the mid-period review consultation. I am confident that as a business we will be ready for these changes.

At the same time we will continue our drive to improve performance, and make sure we develop a high performance culture to serve our customers as best we can.

 

What we doNational Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Principal operations31


Principal operations

Electricity TransmissionWe own and manage the electricity transmission system in England and Wales. Our networks comprise approximately 7,200 kilometres (4,470 miles) of overhead line, 1,4001,500 kilometres (870(932 miles) of underground cable and 335338 substations.

LOGO

 

We are also the national electricity transmission system operator, responsible for both the England and Wales transmission system, and the two high voltage transmission networks in Scotland, which we do not own.

Day-to-day operation of the system involves the continuous real-time matching of demand and generation output. We are also designated as system operator for the new offshore electricity transmission regime.

Where we are headingMarket context

Although demand for electricity is generally increasing around the world, in the UK it is expected to remain broadly flat over the next five to 10 years.

 

Changes in the sources and characteristics of generation connecting to our network, such as wind and nuclear generation, mean we need to developrespond by developing the way we balance and operate our network to accommodate these sources, including wind, new and large-scale nuclear generation, and many embedded sources that are connected to local networks and not our transmission grid.

Industry forecasts indicate there will be a tightening of the margin between the available supply of electricity and the demand for it over the next few years. We have a central role in developing the reform of the electricity market, which is designed to incentivise new generation to be built. We have also developed two new balancing services allowing the market to provide us with additional tools to balance the network if required.sources.

 

Over the last 12 monthstwo years, some generators have delayed their connection dates to the network and this means our future investment profile for electricity transmission is flatter than in previous years. ButHowever, we are ready to respond to connection dates when we need to. We will continue to renew our network to deliver the network reliability our customers require as efficiently as possible.

 

What we’ve achieved during 2013/14in 2015/16

•  The overall reliability of supply for our transmission system in 2015/16 was 99.999998%.

We made significant progresshave delivered an excellent safety performance; our safest year on record. Our lost time injury rate reduced by over 60% and our high potential incident rate fell by nearly 10%. We have focused on our key risk areas, such as safe driving and working at height and continue to work with our contractors to share best practice in safety management.

Following a seven year period of consultation, community engagement and planning applications we received a development consent order (DCO) for the construction of a new transmission circuit to connect the nuclear power station at Hinkley Point. To connect the power station to the network upgrade plans. Wewe will be removing existing pylons and constructing new overhead lines, undergrounding and using the award-winning T-Pylon.

Working with the stakeholder advisory group we have identified and recommended four projects to receive funding from the Visual Impact Provision project. These projects are pleased with our progress on the London Power Tunnels projectin National Parks and Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty across England and Wales and we have now started site works onfeasibility studies to review the first 600 kV subsea HVDC link in the world. Connecting Scotlandexisting overhead lines and England, this link will support the export of low carbon Scottish generation.

•  In March 2014, the new Transmission National Control Centre in Warwick became operational. Thisdevelop proposals that will help ourfurther enhance these areas.

The North West Coast Connection Project continues to progress and maintain engagement with a broad range of stakeholders. This includes holding community information events along the preferred route corridor and meeting government officials, local authorities and focus ongroups to build support for the future complexities of network security, energy management and streamlining our operational and safety switching

activities, increasing the potential for access to the transmission system.statutory formal consultation.

•  We improved our asset maintenance policy, which will provide greater efficiency for our maintenance programme. We are implementing the policy throughout 2014 to minimise disruption to customers and planned work.

•  We worked closely with DECC and Ofgem to help inform and manage security of supply through a period of significant change in the UK energy market.

•  We have carried out analysis to help inform the Government’s decisions on energy policy as well as administering key parts of the enduring regime.

•  We have developed two new balancing services that could be useda mobile application which allows our operations teams to provide additional reservesinstant feedback on supplier performance. This is designed to support the operation of the electricity transmission system if margins continuesave time, improve supplier performance and reduce costs in our supply chain, helping to tighten towards the middle of this decade. These new services, known as the Demand Side Balancing Reserve and the Supplemental Balancing Reserve, were approved by Ofgem in December 2013, and the associated funding arrangements approved in April 2014. We will tenderdeliver further value for these services if they are needed for the forthcoming winters.consumers.

 

Priorities for the year ahead

•  Work withChange: prepare for the potential challenge of increased competition in the transmission market, making sure we can deliver for our contract partners tocustomers in both competitive and monopoly markets.

Programme delivery: increase the amount of work we can deliver, and reduce our costs through improving processes.

Operational efficiency: continue improvingour drive for efficiency so we can improve productivity.Project delivery: complete delivery of key projects such as the London Power Tunnels.

Safety: maintain our world class safety performance.

•  Engage with customersIn focus

Electricity transmitted across our network

253,981

(GWh)

LOGO

Circuit breaker replacement programme

We have piloted a new approach to circuit breakers aiming to halve the time and stakeholders while we progress our major infrastructure projects through the planning process.

•  Continue the roll-outcost of our replacements over the RIIO-T1 period. Completing additional condition assessments and interface engineering allows our new performance excellence wayhigh voltage circuit breakersto be installed on top of working across Electricity Transmission.

•  Developexisting structures, saving more than four weeks of time. We expect this new innovative waysapproach to deliverreduce ourRIIO-T1 costs by more than £100m.

We were granted a £12 million award from this year’s Network Innovation Competition (NIC) which will be used to convert a substation at Deeside into an off-grid research facility. This will replicate a live substation and allow us to test the effects of future low-carbon generation on the network reliability our customers require, at minimum cost.

•  Build on the analysis results that informedwith no risk to security of supply. Once complete this will be the first EMR delivery plan and successfully implement and operate the Capacity Market and Contracts for Difference Feed-in Tariff regime, as partfacility of the Government’s EMR project. This will support a sustainable, affordable and secure electricity market into the future,its kind in addition to the procurement of balancing services to support mid-decade capacity margins.

•  Shape development in the UK and EU energy industry by continuing the development of network codes to support the completion of a European Internal Energy Market in 2014.Europe.

  

30%LOGO

UK Electricity Transmission adjusted operating profit of Group total“We are ready to respond to connection dates when we need to”

 

LOGO


32National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

Gas Transmission We own and manage the gas national transmission system in Great Britain, with day-to-day responsibility to maintain a safe, reliable, and available operation. Our network comprises approximately 7,660 kilometres (4,760 miles) of high pressure pipe and 24 compressor stations. In 2015/16 the gas throughput across the system was more than 80 billion cubic metres.

LOGO

LOGO

What we’ve achieved in 2015/16

We have increased our annual network investment by a further £18 million and maintained excellent levels of network availability throughout the year.

We are committed to safety and are working to improve the fall protection equipment on all our trailers following our first lost time injury in more than two and a half years, when a contractor sustained a minor injury unloading a lorry in December 2015.

We have undertaken a detailed review of our end-to-end processes, focusing on removing waste and increasing value for our customers. One result from this efficiency work has been our ability to increase the volume of in-house maintenance work we deliver. We have also reduced the time we expect to take in connecting customers to the NTS as a result of these process improvements.

We received a further £4.8 million from Ofgem’s NIC to support our customer low-cost connections project. This project will introduce new technology that changes the connections process for customers, making it easier and reducing the cost for new customers to connect to the NTS.

We are investing in our Aylesbury, Huntingdon and Peterborough compressor stations to make sure they comply with the stricter environmental limits set out in the Industrial Emissions Directive (IED). We plan to complete the necessary upgrade works to all our sites affected by this legislation by 2023.

Priorities for the year ahead

Safety: build on, and further improve our safety culture and statistics through a review of our risk management approach.

Reliability: increase the amount of maintenance and replacement work on our assets, in line with our RIIO commitments and develop an improved asset health risk methodology.

Efficiency: improve the quality of data on our assets to enable better decisions on investments and to drive efficiencies in our project work. In response to customer feedback, work to reduce the time taken to connect customers to our network.

Innovation: continue to create value for customers and the wider industry through innovation, development and implementation.

Emissions compliance projects: meet the IED requirements by delivering our agreed asset enhancement and replacement programme.

In focus

X20,000

The gas throughput across the system in 2015/16 was more than 80 billion cubic metres, enough to fill Wembley Stadium more than 20,000 times.

LOGO

Efficient robotics

Our pioneering robotics will negotiate complex pipework, withstanding extreme pressures. By avoiding unnecessary excavations, this technology has the potential to save almost £60 million in 20 years and generate carbon savings of over 2,000 tonnes.

Market context

The UK’s gas market and sources of gas are changing. Domestic demand has fallen over the last five years and a significant increase is not expected in future years. The UK continental shelf (UKCS) now makes up less than half our total gas supply, with the remainder coming from Norway, continental Europe, or further afield via shipped imports of LNG.

Overall, supply capacity now exceeds peak demand by more than 30%, giving our customers significant flexibility over which sources of gas they choose to meet demand. Flexible sources of supply, such as LNG importation terminals, interconnectors and storage sites, can respond to demand more quickly than traditional UKCS supplies. Therefore, our network needs to be able to respond to changing day-to-day and within-day supply and demand patterns.

We also need to prepare for an uncertain energy landscape in the long term. UK reliance on imported gas supplies will vary depending on the level of gas supply from the UKCS and the development of indigenous gas sources.

We are working closely with our customers and stakeholders to meet these operational challenges. We are focused on continuing to develop our network and services to meet their needs safely, reliably and efficiently.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Principal operations33


LOGO

34National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

   

LOGO

“We play a leading role in helping develop the UK’s future energy strategy”

LOGO

Power Responsive

In June 2015, we launched the Power Responsive programme, designed to help drive demand side response (DSR) growth through greater customer awareness and clear participation policies. We believe DSR will play an increasingly vital role in building a secure, affordable, sustainable electricity system by providing greater flexibility.

Power Responsive offers a means for suppliers, businesses and policy makers to collaborate, build awareness and deliver improved DSR solutions, helping to reduce total energy costs. The goal is to achieve 30–50% of balancing capability from the demand side by 2020.

You can find out more about the programme and case studies from customers signed up to DSR at www.powerresponsive.com

   

System Operator

As System Operator (SO) we are responsible for making sure Britain’s gas and electricity is transported safely and efficiently from where it is produced to where it is consumed, when it is needed. We make sure that supply and demand are balanced in real time and we facilitate the connection of assets to the transmission system.

 

Strategic ReportMarket context

Sources of energy are changing. In electricity, an increase in renewable generation such as wind, solar and tidal power, together with a decrease in more conventional generation such as coal and gas, is leading to greater variability and uncertainty. In gas, the changing location of gas being input into the transmission system will drive greater need for flexibility as the traditional north-south flow diminishes.

This makes our role in matching supply and demand more challenging, so we work with the market to make sure we have appropriate tools in place to balance the transmission system. We work with our customers and stakeholders to shape the future of the energy market, providing analysis and insight into the changing nature of energy. We also facilitate changes to the market frameworks to accommodate new technologies and ways of working, while considering how the role of the SO should evolve over time.

The SO is at the forefront of this debate helping to find solutions with industry.

What we have delivered in 2015/16

We continue to play a leading role in helping develop the UK’s future energy strategy, and that of Europe. Our approach includes working with customers and stakeholders on initiatives such as the translation of new EU code requirements for gas, the development of new demand side services in the form of the Power Responsive programme, the harmonisation of gas trading arrangements across Europe, our Future Energy Scenarios reports, and System Operability Framework workshops and webinars.

  

Corporate GovernanceBuilding on customer and stakeholder feedback, we have reviewed our operations and restructured our organisation to deliver what our customers need. Our customer survey process has been improved, so we can better understand our performance and develop action plans to improve the services we deliver.

 

Financial StatementsWe continue to balance the UK’s energy needs in real time. We contracted additional balancing services of 2.4 GW for the 2015/16 winter period to be available to help manage periods of peak demand. This includes 133 MW from demand side balancing reserve arrangements.

 

Additional InformationIn our role as Electricity Market Reform delivery body we facilitated the market capacity auction, which secured over 46 GW of capacity at a final clearing price of £18 per kW per year. It was also the first time that interconnectors participated.

 

31Priorities for the year ahead

We will continue to find better ways to provide timely, cost effective and innovative solutions to balance supply and demand for gas and electricity.

 

Market developments

We will continue to work with Ofgem and DECC as they develop proposals to help meet the energy challenges of the future, including options for greater SO independence and ensuring there is no disruption to the vital role of the SO. We will work closely with our stakeholders as proposals for roles and responsibilities of the SO become clearer.

 

Customers and stakeholders

We will continue to develop our longer-term strategy to understand the issues that will affect our customers and stakeholders in the future, and plan how we will best support them.

Delivering energy

We will continue to support the evolution of market frameworks in the UK and Europe to enable new types of generation and demand to come forward in response as the energy landscape changes.

 

 

UK Gas Transmission

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16
 
Principal operations 

What we do

We own and operate the gas national transmission system in Great Britain, with day-to-day responsibility for balancing demand. Our network comprises approximately 7,660 kilometres (4,760 miles) of high pressure pipe and 23 compressor stations.

Where we are heading

The UK’s sources of gas are changing – as gas from the UK continental shelf is being depleted, we are becoming increasingly reliant on imports from Europe and elsewhere. This also means that the traditional flow of gas from the North to the South is changing.

To ensure we continue delivering a safe, reliable and secure gas supply as we develop our asset replacement programmes, we need to make sure we consider the future operational needs of the network.

We will continue to work closely with our customers and stakeholders to adapt our network and our services so we can meet their needs economically and efficiently.

What we’ve achieved in 2013/14

•  We delivered our strongest-ever safety performance across all areas, achieving 12 months without a single lost time injury to either our employees or contractors and without experiencing any serious process safety incidents.

•  We delivered multiple innovation projects using the Network Innovation Allowance funding mechanism, including 3D models that allow for more efficient and cost-effective construction.

•  We have adapted our ways of working so we can meet the needs of our customers and stakeholders and deliver value under RIIO. For example, we used innovative techniques to protect a section of the pipeline that carries gas from the LNG importation terminal in west Wales, prior to the construction of a new road. This meant we were able to meet the timescales of the local authority building the road without disrupting gas supply to consumers.

•  We have delivered record levels of compressor availability in our network, peaking at 98%, after investing in our fleet of compressors in the summer of 2013 and by introducing improvements to our maintenance and repair methods.

Priorities for the year ahead

•  Continue to improve safety performance by completing the roll-out of the visual safety leadership culture programme to every employee in our Gas Transmission business and implementing new ‘safe control of operations’ working procedures.

•  Work with our customers and stakeholders to develop an enduring compressor replacement strategy that makes sure we comply with environmental legislation and meets future system needs.

•  Complete the deployment of our new performance excellence way of working across all teams in our Gas Transmission business after the successful implementation at two of our compressor sites in 2013/14.

•  Support our customers in the transition to new commercial frameworks managing future capacity and connection arrangements to the gas transmission system.

•  Shape developments in the UK and EU energy market by making sure that the new European codes governing the operation of the gas market in the UK are successfully introduced for our customers.

11%

UK Gas Transmission

adjusted operating

profit of Group total

35


LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

33

 

 Principal operations

 continued

LOGO

 

36

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


 

UK Gas Distribution

   Strategic Report

 

Gas DistributionWe own and operate four of the eight regional gas distribution networks in Great Britain. Our networks comprise approximately 131,000 kilometres (81,000(81,400 miles) of gas distribution pipeline and we transport gas from the gas national transmission system to around 10.9 million consumers on behalf of 3239 gas shippers.

Gas consumption in our UK networks was 264 TWh in 2013/14 compared with 306 TWh in 2012/13. We manage the national gas emergency number (0800 111 999).

This service, along with the enquiries lines, appliance repair helpline and meter enquiry service, handled nearly 2.5 million calls during 2013/14.

Where we are heading

We have articulated an ambition for 2017 – to be the best gas distribution business in Britain. We are using modern technology and new, innovative techniques to develop gas networks that are fit for the future, safe and secure, keeping people warm.

Our regulator is able to make direct comparisons between the performance of our four gas distribution networks, and others. Customer expectations are increasing across all industries and we are responding by focusing more effort than ever before on providing a good-quality service at an affordable price to all our customers and stakeholders. We will do this by carrying out our works in the most efficient way possible.

  

•  A notable example of innovation during 2013/14 has been the use of a repair robot called CISBOT to fix a leaking 18 inch gas main in London. This was the first time in Great Britain that an 18 inch gas main has been fixed by robots. This kind of automation reduces traffic disruption and avoids the need to shut off the gas while doing the repair work, making life easier for people.

•  Working with Future Biogas we successfully commissioned the first commercial biogas-to-grid project in Doncaster. The biomethane injection is produced from a maize feedstock and is the first of 20 similar projects that we are committed to connect during 2014/15. This kind of project promotes the future role of gas in the transition to a low carbon economy and is also the first of 80 connections we expect to complete over the RIIO period.

Priorities for the year ahead

All our priorities support our Gas Distribution ambition and are above and beyond meeting our standards.

•  Achieve our safest year ever by improving the safety to members of the public, continuing to reduce cable strikes and making improvements that will help reduce the number of third-party encroachments.

•  Improve the experience our customers have with us and the way in which we engage with our stakeholders, including reducing complaints and rejuvenating our customer connections process.

•  Invest in our people to help them develop their skills and increase their capability, including a focus on the role of the supervisor and promoting accelerated development assignments.

•  Engage with our people by embedding performance excellence in the remainder of our Gas Distribution business and delivering on our enhanced engagement strategy.

•  Drive innovation so we can improve the services and value we provide to our customers by both maximising existing technology and identifying new opportunities for future development.

•  Improve the quality and availability of our data and management information so we can operate more efficiently in the future.

25%

UK Gas Distribution

adjusted operating

profit of Group total

What we’ve achieved during 2013/14

•  We have improved our overall safety performance (see page 10). We have focused on reducing cable strikes with programmes like ‘dial before you dig’ and seen a 14% reduction in cable strikes during 2013/14.

•  The number of customer complaints we received during 2013/14 was 13.3% less than the previous year. However, we know our customers want more and we are focusing our attention on improving even further, particularly the experience customers have when they want to connect to our network.

•  Last year we listened to what our stakeholders had to say through our consultation process and we made 29 commitments to improve in areas of stakeholder priority such as fuel poverty, vulnerability, gas safety – including carbon monoxide awareness – and new and innovative ways of working.

•  We have been simplifying and improving the way we work so that our employees can be as effective as possible and our customers get a service they value. We are doing this by looking for ways to streamline, innovate and improve everyday working practices with our business and our strategic partners who help us reach our goals.


LOGO


   

LOGO

   

In focus

263TWh

Gas consumption in our networks

We manage the National Gas Emergency number (0800 111 999) on behalf of all gas distribution networks.

We handled nearly 2.3 million calls during 2015/16, across the emergency number, enquiry lines, appliance repair helpline and meter enquiry service.

LOGO

Improving customer communications

To provide our customers with a safe and secure supply of gas we continue to invest in the network by replacing the existing metal gas mains pipes, which supply around 150,000 homes every year, with new hard-wearing plastic pipes.

A trial of a new suite of customer communication materials resulted in a 51% reduction in the number of complaints and enquiries in the trial areas. We will introduce these communication materials across all our networks in 2016/17 with the aim of improving our overall customer satisfaction performance, which is not yet at the level we would like.

   

Market context

We manage our networks to keep our customers safe and warm. We are incentivised through RIIO to operate efficiently and deliver services that our customers and stakeholders value.

Ofgem is able to make comparisons across all eight networks. It establishes outputs they are expected to deliver so we all maintain a safe and reliable network; make a positive contribution to sustainability and protect the environment; provide connections to supply new consumers and support new gas entry points into the network; meet their social obligations; and provide an agreed standard of service to consumers and other stakeholders.

We collaborate with the industry on issues, such as innovation, safety and the future of networks to deliver outcomes that customers value.

Gas remains an important part of the current and future energy mix and we are working with our customers and stakeholders to develop our networks to accommodate gas from new sources, such as biomethane.

What we’ve achieved in 2015/16

We remain committed to our ambition to be the best gas distribution business in Britain and continue to focus on delivering a safe and reliable service for our customers.

This year we were prosecuted for incidents at Scunthorpe and Dugdale and, after pleading guilty, accepted fines of £3m. We acknowledged that we did not do our job properly on these occasions and have since changed the way certain activities are carried out.

We have worked on improving the services we provide for our customers that make us a more efficient business. Responding to feedback from our employees and stakeholders, we have been improving the mobile technology used by our workforce and reducing the number and size of the holeswe dig in the roads. These initiatives improve customer satisfaction and will also help us to continue delivering our RIIO outputs.

We have continued to connect different sources of gas to our network, particularly biomethane. Since the first connection in October 2013, we have now completed 22 biomethane connections in our networks.

   

The most innovative during 2015/16 was Raynham Farms, Norfolk, which saw the first plastic pipe local transmission system connection in the UK.

We also connected the UK’s first HGV filling station to the high pressure local transmission system. This new facility in Leyland, Lancashire, supplies 100% renewable biomethane and will therefore play an important part in the UK’s rapidly growing renewable refuelling infrastructure. Our industry-leading work on the future of the gas network will ensure the gas distribution business features heavily in the nation’s energy infrastructure for many years to come.

We have been preparing our business for the introduction of domestic smart meters, which, following a UK Government coordinated rollout, we expect will be standard across the country by the end of 2020.

We have invested further in technology for our strategic partners. The Tier One Replacement System (TORS) enables us to replace the pipes beneath our feet without the need for excavations. TORS promises a revolution in working practices and less disruption for our customers. Following trials, we are looking to use this technology in 2016/17 and further improve safety, network efficiency and customer satisfaction.

Priorities for the year ahead

Maintain a stable and strong business throughout the process for the potential sale, to maximise shareholder value and continue to deliver a safe and reliable network.

Create a truly customer-focused business by removing inconsistencies in service delivery, reducing the number and size of excavations, and introducing the new customer communication materials.

Optimise our processes and work more collaboratively to continue to operate an efficient network for employees and customers.

Create further value in the business to improve financial stability and customer satisfaction, and increase operational efficiency.

We will also strive to have our safest year yet, and continue to work with the UK Government on the future role of gas and increase the use of new technologies.

 

StrategicNational Grid Annual Report

and Accounts 2015/16
 

Corporate Governance

Principal operations
 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

35

Principal operations

continued

37


 

US Regulated business

LOGO

What we doIn focus

We own and operate electricity distribution networks in upstate New York, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island. Through these networks we serve approximately 3.4 million 3.5m

electricity consumers in New England and upstate New York.

 

Our US gas distribution networks provide services to around 3.6 million consumers across the northeastern US, located in service territories in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts and Rhode Island. We added 31,145 new gas heating customers in these areas in 2013/14.174km

We own and operate an electricity transmission system of approximately 14,328 kilometres (8,903 miles) spanning upstate New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire and Vermont, operating 169 kilometres (105(108 miles) of underground cable, 491 transmission substations and 521668 distribution substations with a further 12 planned.we operate in New England and upstate New York.

 

We also own and operate 50 fossil fuel-powered units on Long Island that together provide approximately 3,800 MW of power under contract to LIPA. A 15 year

Our Power Supply Agreement (PSA) with LIPA was renewed in May 2013is for 3,634 MW of capacity, comprising eight dual fuel (gas/oil-fired) steam units at three sites, 11 dual fuel combustion turbine units, and 27 oil-fired combustion turbine/diesel units. Under a separate contract with LIPA, four dual fuel combustion turbine units provide an additional 160 MW of capacity.

 

We are responsible for billing, customer service and supply services. We27.5TWh

of electricity we forecast, plan for and procure approximately 15 billion standard cubic metres of gas and 32 TWh of electricity annually across three states.

 

3.6m

consumers received services from our gas distribution networks including 24,341 new gas heating customers in 2015/16.

I believe there’s something special about living, working, and playing in the communities we serve. We have approximately 15,000 employees serving the energy needs of more than seven million customers in our service territories in Massachusetts, New York and Rhode Island.

Our shared sense of community has taught us that today’s customer is savvy, forward-thinking, and deeply mindful of the environment. We all want the same thing – to keep our communities healthy and prosperous. Together we can do it by working to solve what I believe is the greatest challenge of our time – climate change – while delivering innovation and economic development.

This makes our next steps as an energy provider straightforward: we need to make sure our energy becomes cleaner, more efficient, resilient and reliable, and with more customer choices.

We’ve promised to meet the energy needs of our customers in New England and New York. Let me tell you how we’ve done that over the past year, and what we have planned for the future.

WhereA balanced approach

Our energy is becoming cleaner. All three of the states we serve have established goals of 80% reductions in emissions economy-wide versus 1990 levels by 2050. These states have already made progress toward their targets, but almost all emission reductions have come from cleaning up power generation.

We are also committed to working towards a decarbonised energy network by 2050. It’s why we advocate for a balanced solution that includes renewables, energy efficiency, and increasing gas transmission.

We are taking the lead on innovating ways to make solar connections easier and more affordable. We support the Deepwater Wind project off the coast of Block Island, the first offshore wind project in the US. We are also proponents of the Maine Green Line, which would use a submarine cable to transmit wind power from northern Maine to Massachusetts, supplemented by imports of hydropower from Canada.

In both New England and New York, we are headingplanning for new or expanded gas pipelines. You can read about what we’re doing in each of our service territories in our regulated business section, pages 39 to 41.

In 2015, we received a number of accolades: ACEEE scored all three states in which we operate in the top 10 in energy efficiency; we are number five in the nation for solar megawatts installed per customer (according to the Solar Electric Power Association); and we were named the number one green utility in the US according to Newsweek’s ‘Top Green Companies in the World 2015’.

Looking forward

Connect21 remains our strategy to build and operate a better energy distribution network for the 21st century digital economy. Also gas forms a bridge that will help take us to a decarbonised future. It supports our intent to bring on more intermittent renewable energy generation until reliable large-scale energy storage technologies become available.

While aggressive, our strategy establishes a platform for a decarbonised energy supply chain without economic disruption in local communities.

38National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Strategic Report


   Strategic Report

US Regulated business

LOGO

LOGO

“We filed three rate
cases in 2015 – one in
Massachusetts and two
in downstate New York”

What we do and where we do it

Electricity

We jointly own and operate transmission facilities across upstate New York, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. We own and operate electricity distribution networks in upstate New York, Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

Gas

We own and operate gas distribution networks across the northeastern US, located in upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

What we’ve achieved during 2015/16

Safety

Our safety performance continues to improve. Through to March 2016 we’ve seen a 9% reduction in the number of injuries requiring medical attention and a 26% reduction in the number of injuries requiring employees to be out of work. We believe these improvements are the result of our safety plans, aimed at reducing key risks and preventing incidents, along with enhanced and targeted communications on lessons learned and intended to prevent reoccurrence.

During 2016/17, we will continue to build on safety plans with a significant focus on the prevention of soft tissue injuries, slips/trips/ falls, and road traffic collisions.

Rate cases

We filed three rate cases in 2015 – one in Massachusetts and two in downstate New York.

In Massachusetts, we proposed to set new electricity distribution rates that will allow us to continue investing in our electricity infrastructure and improving service to our 1.3 million electricity customers. This submission covers only the distribution rates, found in the delivery portion of National Grid’s electricity bills. This is the cost of delivering electricity to our customers and includes costs such as poles, wires, utility trucks, customer computer systems and taxes – all the costs to operate our business.

In New York, we proposed to update and reset our gas delivery rates that will allow us to continue investing in our natural gas networks and improving service to our 1.8 million gas customers in Brooklyn, Queens and Staten Island and Long Island/Rockaway Peninsula.

These proposals will let us:

modernise and enhance the safety, reliability and resilience of our gas infrastructure;
upgrade our gas network to deliver economic and environmental benefits;
extend our gas expansion programme and add more gas heating customers each year;
improve customer service capabilities; and
deliver economic development funding and promote STEM education programmes.

These three proposals are undergoing a thorough review process by our regulators in each state. If approved, new charges will take effect from 1 October 2016 in Massachusetts and 1 January 2017 in New York.

Additionally, the New York Public Service Commission (PSC) will soon decide on two important items related to Niagara Mohawk. In December 2015, we filed a capex petition for Niagara Mohawk, which builds upon similar successful interim capex filings done for KEDNY and KEDLI in the past, and seeks to provide funding for $1.4bn of capex across FY17 and FY18. This ‘extension filing’ should allow us to use deferral account money, so that customer rates do not increase until we make our next full rate filing. Secondly, we are also waiting for approval for our Niagara Mohawk’s financing plans, which will enable us to fund future construction and meet the mandatory redemptions. The petitions also afforded us with an opportunity to replace higher cost debt when economic to do so.

New Energy Solutions

In July, we announced the creation of our New Energy Solutions (NES) team. This team is focusing on driving cleaner energy, improving efficiency, affordability, and choice for customers. The goal of NES is to deliver state-mandated initiatives such as New York State’s Reforming the Energy Vision (REV) and Grid Modernization (GridMod) in Massachusetts. It is also driving other innovative energy initiatives, like large-scale solar, electric vehicles, and battery storage.

Our jurisdictions

Each of our jurisdictions has projects under way to develop economic and environmental health in three ways: by driving economic growth; providing cleaner energy; and advancing innovative technologies. The following highlights some of our 2015/16 achievments.

Massachusetts

Year one of a two-year smart energy solutions smart grid pilot achieved a 98% retention rate from the original 15,000 customers who started in the pilot, a 72% customer satisfaction rate, and for active participants, an average energy saving of $100 or more.

Earlier this year, we submitted a proposal for a two-pipeline solution to address natural gas constraints in New England that included contracts with Access Northeast and the Northeast Energy Direct gas pipeline project. MADPU began a review of those proposals.

In April, Kinder Morgan decided not to move forward with Northeast Energy Direct. We have begun work to identify alternative solutions that can help meet the needs of our current and future gas customers.

The project was part of a two-pipeline solution intended to provide additional gas delivery capacity into the region for electricity generators. So, to stabilise electricity supply prices for our customers, Spectra’s proposed Access Northeast project now becomes increasingly critical for the region.

Customers have been subjected to billions of dollars in electricity price increases over the last three winters. Supply prices are market-driven and are largely due to the increased demand for natural gas. An increase in supply capacity will help meet demand and lower prices for our customers.

We installed 28 miles of new gas mains, replaced 150 miles of gas mains, and added more than 6,900 new natural gas customers.

New York

In December 2015, we energised the Five Mile Road substation in rural Cattaraugus County, south of Buffalo. The $51.7 million project was several years in the making, and brings increased reliability and capability to the Company’s bulk power transmission network across the southwest portion of New York state. It also involved upgrades to existing transmission circuits in the region.

We opened a new gas control centre on Long Island. This monitors and controls the gas system in our downstate and upstate regions. It also houses the Academy, a centre for technical and management training. High school students are welcome here through

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Principal operations39


Principal operationscontinued

US Regulated business

our Engineering Pipeline Program, to explore engineering safety, natural gas operations, electric power systems and smart grid technologies.

We awarded our two largest energy efficiency grants since our energy efficiency incentive programme began in 2009. With a $1.8 million incentive, Finch Paper in Glens Falls, New York purchased new equipment to remove bark and chip wood, reduce its energy use, yield more fibre, and secure a long-term supply of eight-foot logs, the company’s primary raw material. Quad Graphics in Saratoga Springs, New York used a $1.1 million grant to install a more efficient printing press that has increased production by more than 60%.

We continue to invest more in replacing gas mains. The NYPSC approved $414 million gas infrastructure investment in Long Island to speed up the replacement of ageing pipe and extend the use of natural gas to more customers. We added more than 15,600 new gas customers.

Rhode Island

As part of our sea2shore project, we’ve begun installing an underwater 34.5 kV cable in preparation for Deepwater Wind, the nation’s first offshore wind farm. The approximate 20-mile underwater cable will link Deepwater’s five turbine project off Block Island to the mainland power grid.

The 30 MW wind farm has the capacity to generate enough power for 17,000 homes and will also include a fibreoptic line, bringing high-speed internet service to Block Island for the first time. The wind farm is expected to start operating this autumn.

We added seven miles of new gas mains, replaced 50 miles of gas mains, and added more than 1,800 new natural gas customers.

FERC

Partnering with Eversource, we completed the interstate reliability project, completing the New England East West Solution – a suite of projects designed to strengthen the reliability of the regional power grid.

Our costs for the project, $267.6 million, include station upgrades and the installation of a 75-mile, 345 kV transmission line along rights-of-way in Connecticut, Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

LOGO

Along with three other leading energy companies, we announced in January 2016, a proposal – The Wind and Hydro Response – to deliver 400 MW of reliable, cost-effective clean energy to New England. The Wind and Hydro Response is our answer to a request for clean energy solutions that was issued jointly by state agencies and electricity distribution companies (including National Grid) in Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut.

Priorities for the year ahead

Our Connect21 journey continues to evolve with these three priorities for 2016/17: Performance excellence, customer value, and future customer expectations.

Performance excellence: Continue our safety compliance and performance excellence journey. Drive new ways of working, including performance excellence, compliance improvement programmes, and safety plans.

Customer value: Maximise and communicate customer value. Deliver tangible value to customers as identified and measured by our service-level agreements.

Future customer expectations: Anticipate future customer needs and transform our customer experience. Leverage jurisdictional model, digital customer experience, Connect21 platform, New Energy Solutions, and REV/Grid Mod filings.

Solar initiative in Massachusetts

Our Solar Phase II initiative installs large solar systems on sites we believe will bring the most benefit to the electric distribution system, regardless of the construction challenges it may pose.

Approved by MADPU in 2014, the initiative allows us to install up to 20 MW of utility-owned solar capacity.

During 2015/16 we partnered with local solar developers and municipalities to secure 18 sites in 12 municipalities across Massachusetts for projects ranging from 650 kW to 1 MW. So far, we have introduced constructed and connected four sites, providing 3.3 MW of solar capacity to the grid.

In focus

Connect21

Connect21 is our thinking on advancingstrategy to advance America’s natural gas and electricity infrastructure beyond its 20th20th century limitations, and creatingcreate a more customer-centric, resilient, agile, efficient and environmentally sound energy network.

Our approach is threefold:

Build a resilient backbonefor our energy system

   that can provide reliable, flexible electric and gas

   service to all customers and integrate clean energy

   wherever it is located on the grid.

Inform customers about choices available to them

   to meet their energy needs and educate them on how

   to manage their use in the most cost-effective way.

Offer customised solutions to customers who

   want different levels of service.

Connect21 will help develop America’s economic and environmental health in three very important ways:

Drive economic growth: invest in our networks in

   ways that enhance state and local economies and

   encourage innovation, while simultaneously reducing

   the stress currently being exerted on our environment

   and public health.

Promote cleaner energy: work with the industry to

   find new ways to deliver cleaner energy, and more

   importantly encourage consumers to use energy more

   efficiently. We are already making progress on cleaner

   sources of energy, such as natural gas. The amount of

   energy generated by natural gas in the US is expected

   to double between 1990 and 2040, making gas the

   leading fuel for electricity generation.

Advance innovative technologies: harness existing

   technologies to put energy information and usage

   control in the hands of customers, which will help drive

   improvements in our consumption behaviours.

   Leverage technology to build smarter, more resilient

   electric and natural gas networks that can withstand

   the extreme weather.

Principal risks

Our regional risk profile describes the main risks our US business faces. The current risk themes for the US are:

our ability to manage data and systems improvements    required to deliver core business processes and

   regulatory requirements;

our ability to recover costs through existing rate-

   making mechanisms and to influence the development

   of the future US utility business model; and

safety performance and network reliability, security and    resilience.

 

What we’ve achieved

Within each16.5bn

standard cubic metres of our jurisdictionsgas that we have focused on Elevate 2015, our journey towards operational excellence. This focus has encompassed our end-to-end business processes, including:

delivery;

maintenanceforecast, plan for and operation of electric and gasprocure annually.

   assets;

supply chain management;

meter to cash; and

emergency response.

 

Four main principles govern our business improvement strategy: safety and reliability; stewardship; customer responsiveness; and cost competitiveness.

40 31%

US Regulated
business
adjusted
operating profit
of Group total

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Strategic Report 


   Strategic Report

LOGO

 

36    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Principal operations41


 

Principal operations

continued

     US Regulated businessLOGO

 

42 

All jurisdictions have benefited from emergency response improvements. This has been a focus for the US business in response to the major storms we have experienced in recent years, such as Superstorm Sandy in 2012. Our Emergency Management Policy reinforces our commitment to our customersNational Grid Annual Report and the communities we serve. We strive to use effective emergency management principles and protocols that enhance our ability to provide safe and reliable energy services.

We have continued to strengthen resilience by assessing vulnerabilities throughout our system, flood-proofing critical equipment, readying more restoration crews, repair equipment and fuel supplies, reducing the risk of downed power lines from fallen trees and branches, and enhancing communications with our customers and stakeholders. During 2013/14 we introduced some new tools and initiatives:

Weather predictive tool: allows us to use data from

   past storm events to learn and predict future

   potential damage, which will help our storm

   response planning.

Expanded contractor relationships: expanding

   contractor relationships that cover a wider

   geographic area to increase flexibility and

   responsiveness in any type of storm.

Enhanced damage assessment: by using

   technology now available to us (mobile devices such

   as tablets) we have introduced an enhanced

   damage assessment process that helps us to gather

   information from the field more quickly. Coupled with

   data from existing outage reporting systems, this

   allows us to determine where to send crews more

   quickly and accurately. This, in turn, will help us to

   determine and execute restoration times faster for

   customers and communities.

US enterprise resource planning system stabilisation continued, remedying the errors of poor implementation from the prior year. Over the course of the year, the US business made significant progress in the activities required to upgrade the system, with implementation expected in mid-2014. The focus is now on reducing the ongoing costs associated with the complex manual processes that are required to compensate for identified weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting in the US. While these control weaknesses have not reduced the quality of financial statements produced, they have necessitated significant additional cost.

Overall, the business remains on track to successfully conclude the programme during 2014, with expected costs unchanged from the guidance provided last year.

Safety: we continue to make improvements on last year, including decreases in OSHA recordable incidents, road traffic collisions and lost time incidents. Still, we have much to accomplish to

Accounts 2015/16
 Strategic Report LOGO

reach our goal of zero injuries every day. Some of our initiatives during 2013/14 include the development and implementation of a safe motor vehicle operation policy, Smith System driver training, a soft tissue injury prevention programme, and slippery surface simulator training. Also, in a continued effort to promote safety awareness and improvement, we have shared incident reports and lessons learned briefings with all employees, on a daily basis.

Network reliability: we met all our reliability targets in Rhode Island and New York. In Massachusetts, we missed two of our electricity circuit level metrics and avoided a financial penalty due to earned offsets for good performance on our system metrics.

Customer satisfaction: we use independent customer research studies and other measures to supplement the four J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction studies. We saw improvements in three of the four overall J.D. Power customer satisfaction quartile results – see page 10 for details.

In terms of our achievements during 2013/14, here are some highlights from each of our jurisdictions:

Massachusetts

Infrastructure investment: we invested $510 million to enhance the resilience, efficiency and safety of our infrastructure – $212 million in electric and $298 million in natural gas.

Energy efficiency: we introduced ‘Smart Energy Solutions’, a programme rolled out to 15,000 customers. The programme uses grid modernisation solutions, including advanced meters and communications systems and offers our customers better data about their energy usage, which helps them to make more informed decisions.

Gas expansion: we installed 32 miles of new gas mains, replaced 162 miles of gas mains and added more than 9,700 new natural gas customers.

National Grid teams maintain and repair the gas distribution networks across Rhode Island, where we deliver gas to 252,000 customers. The team in this picture is creating a solid base to reinstate the ground after some works on Rhode Island’s gas network.


 

 

Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

37

 

Economic development: we installed 15 miles of new electric circuit in Cape Ann, and reconfigured existing circuits to release additional capacity (more than $15 million investment).Principal operationscontinued

New York

Infrastructure investment: we invested $1,008 million to enhance the resilience, efficiency and safety of our infrastructure – $471 million in electric and $537 million in natural gas. In partnership with the New York City Department of Environmental Protection, we launched the Newtown Creek Renewable Gas Demonstration project in Brooklyn. As part of our commitment to sustainable energy solutions, Newtown Creek is the first project in the US that directly injects renewable gas into a local distribution system by converting effluent from a wastewater treatment plant into biogas.

Energy efficiency: we are working with 13 institutions and 50 public and private companies within the Buffalo Niagara Medical Campus to enhance power quality and reliability, as well as address other energy and transportation challenges related to the expansion and development of the campus.

Gas expansion: we completed the largest oil to natural gas conversion on Long Island, saving the Northport VA Hospital nearly $3 million a year, displacing 1.5 million gallons of oil annually, and reducing carbon emissions by more than 5,000 tonnes a year.

Economic development: we provided the State University of New York at Canton (SUNY Canton) with a $750,000 Renewable Energy and Economic Development incentive to help with the completion of an on-campus wind turbine project.

Rhode Island

Infrastructure investment: we are planning to build the underground infrastructure to provide electricity to newly created land parcels following relocation of route I-195 in Providence ($3 million investment).

electricity efficiency and more than $44 million in benefits from natural gas efficiency).

FERC

Clean Line energy investment: Clean Line Energy Partners is developing several long-haul HVDC transmission lines to connect the best renewable energy resources to communities. Five projects are currently in development which span across states in the Midwest and Southwest US. We are an equity partner in these projects and the first utility to invest with Clean Line.

DeepWater Wind: the 30 MW DeepWater Offshore Wind Farm, located off the coast of Block Island, Rhode Island is in development and could become the first offshore wind farm in the US.

We are designing and constructing the approximately 20 mile submarine transmission cable from Narragansett, Rhode Island to Block Island, Rhode Island. The transmission cable will allow the energy generated by the wind farm to access the mainland Rhode Island customers and connect Block Island Power Company (BIPCo), which will become a new wholesale customer of National Grid, to the mainland electric system. While the wind farm will provide Rhode Island customers with a sustainable source of generation, the transmission cable will allow BIPCo to reduce its dependence on diesel generation which will result in significantly lower energy prices and emissions for the residents of Block Island.

Priorities for the year ahead

Deliver a step change in safety to ensure zero injuries

   each day.

Develop our people and build their capabilities for

   today and the future.

Put the customer first to meet all our obligations by

   working towards process excellence and successfully

   completing our US Foundation Program (USFP).

Drive regulatory performance through each

   jurisdiction and lead the delivery of future energy

   networks.

National Grid US field operations crew leader Mark Harris.

Energy efficiency: Rhode Island energy efficiency programmes will result in savings of more than 1.6 million MWh of electricity and 4.37 million Dth of natural gas over the lifetime of installed measures. The resulting reduction in carbon emissions is equivalent to taking more than 186,700 motor vehicles off the road for one year.

Gas expansion: the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (RIPUC) approved a $3 million gas expansion pilot programme to be included in the FY2014 Gas Infrastructure, Safety and Reliability (ISR) Plan.

Economic development: energy efficiency programmes resulted in more than 540 full-time equivalent jobs and should generate economic benefits of more than $237 million over the life of the installed measures (with more than $190 million from

LOGO


38    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Other activities

 

Principal operations

continued

    

Other activities LOGO

“We sold two sites this year,

creating the potential for

more than 1,750 new

homes in  London”

In focus

31%

Approximate percentage of UK gas from LNG imports, up from 27% in 2014.

 

LOGO

LNG ship reloading

During 2015/16, we completed our first LNG ship reload where more than 157,000m3 of LNG, at around -158°C, was transferred onto another ship for onward transport. The reload process, coupled with the storage capability available at Grain, provides greater flexibility for customers.

LOGO

Creating potential for new homes

In April 2015 we sold our site at Leeside Road, Tottenham to the London Borough of Enfield. The 17 acre site has potential for 840 homes. We dismantled two gas holders before the sale, using clay from the London Power Tunnels project to fill in the holder bases.

In the same month we sold our 90 acre site at Ebbsfleet Green to Redrow homes. The site has potential for 950 homes and forms part of the wider garden city proposal championed by Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne.

    

Grain LNG

Grain LNG is one of three LNG importation facilities in the UK. It was constructed in three phases, becoming operational in 2005, 2008 and 2010 respectively. It operates under long-term contracts with customers and provides importation services, storage and send out capacity on to the national transmission system. We are exploring with customers a number of developments to the Grain site to enhance its revenue earning capability.

Interconnectors

The England-France interconnector (IFA) is a 2,000 MW HVDC link between the French and British transmission systems with ownership shared between National Grid and Réseau de Transport d’Electricité (RTE). The interconnector is approximately 70 kilometres (43 miles)Average availability for 2015/16 was 92.94%, up from 90.46% in length, with 45 kilometres (27 miles) of subsea cable. Following a significant valve replacement programme, the availability of the interconnector continues to show marked improvement and the 2013/14 average was at 83.84%.2014/15. A substantial proportion of the flow continues to be in the import direction, from France to Great Britain.

 

In July 2015, we launched a new process that gives customers vital information before an outage, meaning they are more able to accurately react and adjust their market position – improving the service they receive from IFA.

BritNed is a joint venture between National Grid and TenneT, the Dutch transmission system operator. It built, and now owns and operates a 1,000 MW subsea electricityHVDC link between England and the Netherlands. As with IFA, a substantial proportion of the flow is in the import direction from the Netherlands to Great Britain.

Following Board approval for the Belgium (Nemo Link) and Norway (North Sea Link) interconnectors in 2015, construction is now under way for both projects.

Nemo Link, developed between National Grid Interconnector Holdings Ltd and Elia, the Belgium transmission system operator, will connect Richborough in the UK and Herdersbrug in Belgium. The subsea cable will be 130 kilometres in length and have the Netherlands, whichcapacity of 1 GW. Nemo Link is approximately 260 kilometres (162 miles)due to be operational in length. BritNed, which entered commercial operations on 1 April 2011, is a merchant interconnector that sells its capacity via a range of explicit and implicit auction products.2019.

 

North Sea Link (NSL) will connect Blyth in the UK and Kvilldal in Norway. Developed between National Grid and Statnett, the Norwegian transmission system operator, at 720 kilometres, NSL will be the world’s longest subsea cable and will have a capacity of 1.4 GW. NSL is expected to be operational in 2021.

Grain LNG

Grain LNG is one of three LNG importation facilities in the UK. It operates under long-term contracts with customers and provides importation services of ship berthing, temporary storage and re-gasification into the national transmission system.

Our road tanker loading facility was commissioned in November 2015. The new loading hub offers a more environmentally-friendly alternative fuel and allows road tanker operators to load and transport LNG in bulk.

Metering

National Grid Metering (NGM) provides installation and maintenance services to energy suppliers in the regulated market in Great Britain. It maintains an asset base of around 1513.4 million domestic, industrial and commercial meters.

 

Through Ofgem’s Review of Metering Arrangements, National Grid has been appointed National Metering Manager (NMM) to facilitate the transition to smart metering in theCustomer satisfaction scores for NGM remain positive for both its domestic, sector. To support this, NGM has also undertaken a pricing consultation to define the tariff caps to apply to traditional domestic gas metering. This took effect on 1 April 2014 and will last until the end of the transition to smart metering.

In addition, NGM has been further developing its contracts and services in the industrial and commercial market.businesses. We continue to work with our customers on areas for improvement by exploring additional products and services so we can respond to the rapidly changing non-domestic sector.

 

NGM has achieved its highest customer satisfaction scores forWe continue to evaluate the last six years for both its Domestic and Industrial & Commercial businesses.opportunity of participating directly in the smart metering market by providing an end-to-end, dual-fuel smart metering offering to energy suppliers.

UK Property

National Grid Property is responsible in the UK for the management, clean-up and disposal of surplus sites in the UK, most of which are former gas works.

During 2013/142015/16, we have sold 45two sites and exchanged contracts on several high-profile land disposal agreementsdisposals with JVour joint venture partners and embarked on a new programme of holder demolitions. We have been embedding ourunder St William Homes LLP. Our estate management, outsourcing agreement with Capitagas holder dismantling and contaminated land clean-up programmes continue to reduce operational risk across our portfolio. In April 2016 BNP Paribas Real Estate took on our new tender framework for the clean-up of contaminated land is progressing well.real estate management services.

 

Xoserve

Xoserve delivers transactional services on behalf of all the major gas network transportation companies in Great Britain, including National Grid. Xoserve is jointly owned by National Grid, as majority shareholder, and the other gas distribution network companies. Xoserve celebrated its 10 year anniversary as a company on 1 May 2015.

 

US non-regulated businesses

Some of our US businesses are not subject to state or federal rate-making authority. These include interests in some of our LNG road transportation, some gas transmission pipelines (our minority equity interests in these are not regulated) and certain commercial services relating to solar installations, fuel cells and other new technologies.technologies that are an important part of our future.

 

Corporate activities

Corporate activities comprise central overheads, Group insurance and expenditure incurred on business development.

3%

Other activities adjusted operating profit of Group total

LOGO


LOGO


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Principal operations 43


Our people

If we are to achieve our strategic objectives, we need to make sure

our employees have the right skills and capabilities.

Safeguarding the future

We remain committed to helping address the significant skills challenge facing the engineering profession in both the UK and US.

In the UK, engineering companies are projected to need 182,000 people with engineering skills each year until 2022, according to the 2016 Engineering UK Report – yet the estimated shortfall is 69,000 annually.

A particular concern has been the low number of young women interested in engineering. Our initiatives include our residential work experience week, which in 2015 extended to around 100 young people, balanced 50/50 between girls and boys. 99% of the students said that the experience increased their interest in engineering, while 69% of the female students said that it persuaded them to follow a career in the energy industry.

We are helping schools, parents and children see engineering as a modern, dynamic, desirable career with a great future. Our employees act as education ambassadors who volunteer their time for a range of activities in the classroom and at science and engineering fairs, most notably on STEM enrichment, careers education and our work experience programmes.

In the US, we completed the sixth year of our National Grid Engineering Pipeline Program, designed to inspire high school students to pursue an engineering education and career. To date, 258 promising students have participated in the programme.

We promoted STEM education and careers to more than 300 middle and high school students during our Engineering our Future initiative. We also partner with seven local community colleges to deliver programmes designed to produce future electric line workers.

We have begun a partnership with the State University of New York to develop a Natural Gas Technician Certificate Program, designed to address future hiring needs for our gas operations.

We are continuing our partnership with the Center for Energy Workforce Development on its ‘energy industry fundamentals’.

Our US work experience opportunities include summer internships. Some interns start their journey into the energy industry through our Engineering Our Future programme and go on to join our Company through our graduate development programme.

We also offer summer internships in the UK, as well as 12 month industrial placements to undergraduates in their penultimate year. These programmes offer students the opportunity to experience our Company before deciding to join the organisation as graduates.

Building skills and expertise

Providing high-quality development opportunities for our employees is essential for us to construct, maintain and operate our electricity and gas networks safely and reliably. This year, our Academy has delivered 154,025 days of technical, safety, leadership and personal effectiveness training across our global workforce.

In January 2016, we inducted 75 high-potential employees onto our accelerated development programme; designed to enhance our leadership succession planning.

We have also developed our performance leadership programme, designed to help strengthen our performance leadership capability for leaders who manage functions or organisations.

Promoting an inclusive and diverse workforce

Our inclusion and diversity activities include attraction and recruitment, development, leadership, role modelling and cultural change.

A number of UK leaders were paired with mentors representing a range of diverse characteristics, allowing them to increase their knowledge of a particular area of diversity. Feedback was very positive and a further wave of the programme is planned.

In the US, we have continued to promote inclusiveness through programmes designed to raise awareness of unconscious bias and disability employment. Senior leaders have also shared personal experiences about inclusion through a series of videos.

We support 10 employee resource groups in the US, and six in the UK, that encompass inclusion and diversity. These groups are chaired by senior business leaders, so they can shape change within the business and the communities we serve, while providing professional development to the members.

In addition to our well-established Springboard and Spring Forward programmes for women, we are introducing a programme targeted at other under-represented groups – mainly ethnic minorities. We are also piloting a new online professional development platform for women and an initiative in the US is introducing more women into our field force.

Externally, we continue to be recognised as an employer of choice and work in partnership with a number of organisations that promote inclusion and diversity.

National Grid employees were named as the EY Young Energy Professional of the year 2015; a finalist in the Black British business awards; and one of six women profiled in the EY Women in Power and Energy Index 2015.

At the end of 2015, we were one of the first FTSE organisations to publish UK gender pay data.

In the UK, we have signed up to the Living Wage Foundation. We have committed to making sure our employees and those of our new suppliers are paid at least the Living Wage and have also pledged to take this further than the accreditation requires, including a commitment that our apprentices, interns and graduates at National Grid are also paid at least the Living Wage.

44 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Strategic Report 


 

 

40       Strategic Report

In focus

1.8m

Number of engineers, technicians and crafts people needed in the UK over the period 2012–2022.

7

Number of US local community colleges with whom we partner to deliver utility technology training programmes.

KPIs

pages 18–21

Board diversity

page 62

LOGO

EmployAbility

In the UK, the EmployAbility programme targeted at young people with special needs is a notable example of the work done by our employee resource groups. The programme has now expanded to offer work experience internships at a number of our sites, and has garnered public recognition for its innovation and impact. Our US business has now launched its own pilot of the EmployAbility programme.

LOGO

Troops to energy jobs

We work with veterans through the US troops to energy jobs programme, designed to help veterans make the transition from military service to the energy industry. Through our role with the US Joining Forces initiative, launched by the White House, we are aiming for 10% of our new hires to come from veterans over the next 10 years.

   LOGO

“Our UK employees raised

over £600,000 in support

of Macmillan, our chosen

charity partner”

The table below shows the breakdown by gender at different levels of the organisation. We have included information relating to subsidiary directors, as this is required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013. We define ‘senior management’ as those managers who are at the same level, or one level below, our Executive Committee. It also includes those who are directors of subsidiaries, or who have responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the Company, or a strategically significant part of the Company, and are employees of the Company.

   

 

Financial year ended 31 March 2016

 
  Male  Female  Total  Male
%
  

Female

%

 

Our Board

  8    3    11    72.7    27.3  

Senior

management

  189    63    252    75    25  

Whole

Company*

  19,177    5,891    25,068    76.5    23.5  

*This measure is also one of our Company KPIs. See page 20 for more information.

Health and wellbeing

During 2015/16 we have continued to raise awareness of mental wellbeing across our UK business.

We have a leading role in the Business in the Community Workwell campaign that is focusing on mental wellbeing in the workplace, and also an alumni network supporting the Time to Change campaign.

More than 670 of our employees have pledged to support this campaign, and others have shared their personal stories, encouraging colleagues to talk about mental health. During 2015/16, we have trained more than 250 employees on mental health first aid.

Initiatives designed to improve employees’ understanding of good nutrition have included a nutritional challenge. Our wellbeing kiosks were used more than 16,000 times by our employees during 2015/16, recording data such as blood pressure and weight.

In the US, our focus on soft tissue injury prevention included a sports therapy initiative. Our educational programmes focused on diseases such as diabetes and cancer.

Our employee engagement survey results continue to show that employees have a good awareness of our wellbeing programmes.

Volunteering

Our employees continue to share their skills, time and expertise through skills-based volunteering and fundraising activities.

In the UK, employees provided more than 14,000 hours of support to community projects. They participated in a number of fundraising activities to help our employee chosen charity partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support reach its fundraising target. Their efforts helped us exceed our target, raising more than £600,000, which provided 3,121 emergency fuel grants to people affected by cancer. We also raised more than £17,000 for Special Olympics Great Britain by organising a summer games event and supported the organisation’s Athletes Leadership Programme.

In the US, our Power to Serve employee volunteering programme supports our stewardship and safety principles. It seeks to acknowledge existing community service, as well as to create new volunteer opportunities for employees.

Human rights

National Grid does not have a specific policy relating to human rights, but respect for human rights is incorporated into our employment practices and our values, which include respecting others and valuing diversity. See page 194 for more information.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/142015/16Our people45


Letter from the Chairman and

Corporate Governance contents

Sir Peter Gershon            

Chairman

 

 LOGO

 

 PeopleCorporate Governance contents  If we are to achieve our strategic goals, we need to make sure our employees have the right skills and capabilities.
 

During 2013/14 we have focused particularly onLetter from the areas that we believe can generate the most value for the Company through our people – both now and in the future.

This has involved a focus on future leaders, operational leaders, engineers and stakeholder relationship managers. In addition to increasing our capability across these groups we also need to make sure we have enough people in each group. We will also be developing plans to improve our succession planning for our operational leader, engineer and stakeholder relationship manager roles.

Building skills and expertise

As we continue working under RIIO in the UK and become increasingly focused on driving performance on both sides of the Atlantic, we have identified three main business capabilities we need to develop among our workforce to support us in achieving our strategic objectives: performance excellence; customer and stakeholder management; and contract management.

We believe that by focusing on these capabilities we will make sure we meet our customers’ and stakeholders’ expectations while building a systematic approach to improving performance.

To help us do this, we have brought all our learning and development resources together under our Academy.

To date, 110 of our senior leaders in the UK have attended our performance excellence senior leadership programme through our Academy and similar programmes have started in the US.

Attracting the best people

We are involved in a number of initiatives to help attract new talent into our organisation and industry. In the UK, these include:

working with the energy sector towards delivering 11,000 new

   apprenticeships and traineeships over the next three years through

   the Energy & Efficiency Industrial Partnership;

developing our own people through Advanced Apprenticeships

   and engineer training;

supporting power systems undergraduate bursaries through the

   Power Academy; and

making sure our graduates continue their development throughout

   their career with us.

Initiatives in the US include:

energy utility technology certificate programmes – partnerships

   with seven local community colleges to develop and prepare

   students to become future electric line workers;

‘Troops to Energy Jobs’ – a programme designed to help veterans

   determine how their military skills and experience translate into the

   skills we are looking for;

Chairman
   

real work experience and leadership training for qualified

   graduates in engineering and business disciplines; and

summer internships – providing six to eight week opportunities

   for college students to gain work experience with us.

Safeguarding the future

In the UK, around 89,000 people are needed annually to meet demand in the UK’s engineering sector over the next decade, yet only around 51,000 are joining the profession each year.

To address this shortage, we are running or are involved with a number of programmes and initiatives aimed at encouraging young people to study STEM subjects. These include:

‘School Power’, which provides classroom resources,

   including a dedicated website, to support the teaching of STEM

   subjects;

work experience, offering year 10 students a week-long

   residential course at our Eakring Academy (totalling 100 each

   year); and

open house visits to our sites to give students and teachers an

   insight into gas and electricity systems, as well as future energy

   challenges.

We are leading a consortium of businesses to create an exhibition called ‘That Could Be Me’ at the Science Museum in London, which will provide insight into engineering as a career. It is due to launch in December 2014.

A further initiative, called ‘Careers Lab’, aims to help establish a coordinated approach towards businesses taking responsibility for the skills agenda. The pilot scheme, which began in January 2014, involves businesses and schools in the Midlands working together to progress careers advice programmes for young people.

In the US, overall engineering employment is expected to grow by 11% through to 2018, varying by specialty. By 2018, STEM occupations will account for about 1.1 million new jobs and 1.3 million replacement positions due to STEM workers leaving the workforce.

We are working with high schools and community colleges to build a curriculum that meets future workforce needs – and supporting STEM education at K-12 levels. An example of this is the National Grid Engineering Pipeline Program – a six year developmental journey designed to inspire young people to pursue an education and career in engineering. To date 164 young people have entered into the programme.

We also work closely with the National Centre for Energy Workforce Development on its ‘energy industry fundamentals’ curriculum and competency models.


46  

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

41

Volunteering

Our employees continue to support our local communities, sharing their time and expertise on a range of skills-based volunteering and fundraising activities. This year in the UK we continued supporting Special Olympics GB by sponsoring the National Summer Games, launched our first-ever employee chosen charity partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support and joined forces with two initiatives – Step up to Serve and TeachFirst.

In the US, our Power to Serve programme is evolving as we focus on volunteering efforts that make National Grid a great place to work, and our communities great places to live. Power to Serve supports our Elevate 2015 Stewardship principle and seeks to acknowledge existing community service, as well as to create new volunteer opportunities for employees.

Health and wellbeing

Our health and wellbeing programmes for 2013/14 have included encouraging employees to improve their levels of activity and quality of nutrition, as well as supporting employees’ mental wellbeing and musculoskeletal conditions. With our major cancer charities (Macmillan Cancer Support in the UK and The American Cancer Society in the US) we have raised money and awareness. Our employee opinion survey results continue to show that employees have a growing awareness of our wellbeing programmes.

Promoting an inclusive and diverse workforce

We aim to develop and operate our business with an inclusive and diverse culture, with equal opportunity to all in recruitment, career development, training and reward. This applies to all employees regardless of race, gender, nationality, age, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion and background. Where existing employees become disabled, our policy is to provide continued employment and training wherever practical. Our policies support the attraction and retention of the best people, improve effectiveness, deliver superior performance and enhance our success.

During 2013/14, Race for Opportunity and Opportunity Now each awarded us with their Gold standard and recognised us as one of the top 10 private sector employers in terms of their benchmark criteria. We were also once again selected as one of the Times Top 50 Employers for Women.

  

In the US, we have focused on boosting membership and awareness of our Employee Resource Groups, which have measurable goals that are in line with our vision and Elevate 2015 ambitions.

 

These groups aim to build awareness and understanding of inclusion and diversity throughout the organisation. Their activities include programmes designed to build skills that help manage differences.

 

The table below shows the breakdown by gender at different levels of the organisation. We have included information relating to subsidiary directors, as this is required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013. We define ‘senior management’ as those managers who are at levels Executive –1 and Executive –2, as well as those who are directors of subsidiaries or who have responsibility for planning, directing or controlling the activities of the Company, or a strategically significant part of the Company, and are employees of the Company.

 

     

     

            

     Financial year ended 31 March 2014 
   

 

 

 
     

Male

 

  

Female

 

  

Total

 

  

 

%

male

 

  

%  
female  

 

 
  

 

 
  

 

Our Board

  9    4    13    69.2    30.8    
  

 

Senior management

  182    56    238    76.5    23.5    
  

 

Whole company

 

  18,387    5,522    23,909    76.9    23.1    
  

 

 
  

 

Human rights

National Grid does not have a specific policy relating to human rights, but respect for human rights is incorporated into our employment practices and our values, which include respecting others and valuing diversity.

 

‘Doing the Right Thing’ is our guide to ethical business conduct. The way in which we conduct ourselves allows us to build trust with the people we work with. We earn this trust by doing things in the right way, building our reputation as an ethical company that our stakeholders want to do business with, and that our employees want to work for.

 

Our procurement policies integrate sustainability into the way we do business throughout our supply chain, so that we create value, preserve natural resources and respect the interests of the communities we serve and from which we procure goods and services. Additionally, through our supplier code of conduct, we expect our suppliers to keep to all laws relating to their business, as well as the principles of the United Nations Global Compact, the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organization (ILO).

  

     

       

           

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

Alison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

18 May 2014

LOGO

Non-financial KPIs

pages 10 – 11

Board diversity

page 56

LOGO


42    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14    

Corporate

Governance

ContentsLOGO
 

 

 
 Our Board47  
 

 

44

44

44

45

45

46

46

46

48

48

Corporate Governance49

53

54

55

56

56

57

58

– Board composition49
 

 

Governance framework

Our Board

Board composition

Director induction and development

Investor engagement

Board and committee evaluation

Non-executive Director independence

Director performance

How our Board operates

Our Board and its committees

49

– Board focus50

– Directors’ induction programme51

– Director development and training51

– Investor engagement51

– Board and committee membership
and attendance

52

Board and committee evaluation52

Audit Committee54

Finance Committee59

Safety, Environment and Health Committee60

Nominations Committee61

Board diversity and the Davies Review

Executive Committee

Management committees

Remuneration Report

  62  
 

 
 Management committees  63  
 

 
 Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code  64  
 

 
 Index to Directors’ Report and other disclosures  67  
 

 
 Directors’ Remuneration Report  68  
 

 
Dear Shareholders,  
 This has been an interesting and exciting year for the Company and the Board, with the Board agenda focusing on some significant topics. External influences on the Board agenda included cyber security, the future of the System Operator, political developments and how the referendum on continued UK membership of the EU will affect the Company. The Board has also been spending time on the Company’s strategy for the short and long term, the Group’s principal risks and risk appetite, US rate case filings and the proposed sale of our UK Gas Distribution business, all of which are referenced in more detail later in this report.             
Changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 (the Code)   
 

Chairman’s foreword

An effective Board is vitalFollowing the changes introduced in the Code and the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) guidance on risk management, the risk team and Audit Committee reviewed our risk processes to the sound foundations of good corporate governance. Our Board has undergone a significant change over the last three years to refresh membership and replace long-serving Non-executive Directors. As part of this planned transition, this yearmake sure we have welcomed Therese Esperdyeffective systems and John Pettigrewprocesses in place to our Board and, following the AGM, Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. We will also be saying goodbye to Nick Winser, who will not be standing for re-election to the Board at the AGM, but will continue in his role as President of ENTSO-E and Chairman of NGET and NGG until July 2015 when he will be leaving the Company.

Through the progressive refresh of the Board we have successfully renewed the membership and key roles to bring a diverse range of skills and experience to our Board. I am pleased to report that the results of the Board evaluation this year were positive, showing that our regenerated Board is functioning well, although there is always room for improvement. See page 46 for examples of the actions we have identified for the coming year.

All our new Board members undertake a thorough induction programme to get them up to speed on our businesses. The induction programme is tailored tomeet the new Director to take account of previous experiencerequirements. You can read more about our processes on pages 26 and their specific role on the Board. I am confident that the programmes designed for Therese and John, which are detailed on page 45, will provide a good basis to enable them both to make a valuable early contribution to our Board.

As a Board we continue to support constructive challenge, encourage robust debate and recognise the value of different thinking styles. During the year we held a development session for the Board on ‘thinking styles’, see page 45 for details.

It is my strong belief that our ongoing emphasis on a positive and collegiate boardroom environment is helping the dynamics of the relationship between our Executive and Non-executive Directors. Because of this, we are able to increase the individual contribution of Directors and use their diverse backgrounds and expertise in enriching the quality of boardroom debates and discussions.

The behaviours and dynamics of the Board will be an ongoing focus for us as we strive to continually improve our effectiveness and performance.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Chairman

27.        

LOGO         


 The Board also reviewed and approved the Company’s principal risks. This has been a very valuable process for the Board and played an important part in its approval of the viability statement required by the Code. You can     

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

43

 

 

Our

Board

LOGO

read our new viability statement on page 30. After many recent changes to the Code, including the final draft of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016, I welcome the FRC’s commitment to avoid further updates to the Code until at least 2019, which will allow the UK governance landscape to settle and establish itself.


44    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

External Board evaluation

This year we appointed Independent Audit to undertake a formal and rigorous externally facilitated Board and committee evaluation. With the recent changes to the Code we thought it would be appropriate for the evaluation to focus on risk. Independent Audit concluded that the Board was working well and that it benefits from a good mix of experience from both the UK and US. They noted there was a good balance between strategic, operational and regulatory matters, with good engagement supported by thorough work by management. They made a number of recommendations in relation to risk, principally focused on cascading risk management further down the business. The results of the evaluation were presented to the Board in April, and a number of recommendations to take forward were considered by the Board in May. We will be monitoring the outcome during the year and will report on progress in next year’s Annual Report and Accounts. You can find more information about the evaluation on pages 52 and 53.

Cyber security

During the year, the Board considered the threats we face and the effectiveness of our cyber security strategy to mitigate the inherent risks. In June 2015, the Board received an in-depth presentation so it could gain a comprehensive overview of the Company’s long-term strategy on this issue. The focus was on establishing guiding principles for cyber security, deciding what questions the Board should be asking of the cyber security team and the development of a new cyber programme. This will improve the existing programme and help enhance the level of security to protect the business and to keep pace with the increasing scale and sophistication of threats. The Board will be receiving cyber security training and additional updates later in the year.

Board changes

As previously announced, Steve Holliday retired as Chief Executive on 31 March 2016, and will step down from the Board on 22 July 2016. He was succeeded as Chief Executive by John Pettigrew. Steve will leave National Grid after nearly a decade as Chief Executive and 15 years on the Board. Following John’s appointment, we will also welcome Nicola Shaw on to the Board as Executive Director, UK from 1 July 2016.

In my role as Chairman, I am responsible for making sure the Board operates effectively, by promoting effective relationships and open communication between Directors. This is particularly important as the membership of the Board changes and new relationships are formed. Maintaining and promoting a culture of openness and debate and making sure the Board work together as a team are also important aspects considered during an appointment process.

The Nominations Committee oversaw the rigorous selection process in the search for Steve’s successor and for our new Executive Director, UK. You can read more about this on page 61. These appointments were key to the Board and the fit with the current membership and how the individuals combine to add value was an important consideration in the decision-making process.

 

Corporate

Governance

continued

LOGO

Governance frameworkSir Peter Gershon

long-term success of the Company and deliver sustainable shareholder value.

Compliance statement

The Board considers that it complied in full with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2012 (the Code) during the financial year being reported, see page 51 for our explanation in relation to external audit tendering.

The Board sets the risk appetite for the Company and takes the lead in areas such as safeguarding the reputation of the Company and financial policy, as well as making sure we maintain a sound system of internal control (see page 25).

The Board as a whole is responsible for making sure that there is satisfactory dialogue with shareholders. Further details of our investor engagement activities are set out opposite.

The Board’s full responsibilities are set out in the matters reserved for the Board, available on our website, together with other documentation relating to the Company’s governance.

Examples of Board focus during the year:

This report explains the main features of the Company’s governance structure to give a greater understanding of how the main principles of the Code have been applied. The report also includes items required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The index on page 57 sets out where to find each of the disclosures required in the Directors’ Report together with the Board’s sign-off on the report.

Fair, balanced and understandable

The Board received a paper on the governance arrangements that have been put in place to make sure that the Annual Report and Accounts meet the requirements of the Code.

The coordination and review of the Annual Report and Accounts follows a well-established and documented process, which is conducted in parallel with the formal audit process undertaken by the external auditors. The Board considered and endorsed the arrangements in place to enable it to confirm (see page 76) that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable.

Our Board

Our Board is set out on the previous page, along with the age, committee membership, independence, and tenure of all members. Their full biographical details are set out on pages 171 to 173.

The Directors who were in place during the year are shown on page 48, together with details of Board meeting attendance. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out in each of the individual committee reports later in this report. For further details about the Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment, see page 65 of the Remuneration Report.

    review of safety performance and initiatives following the previously reported fatality in April 2013;

    half-day strategy session including discussions on technology developments and the differences between the UK, European and US markets, followed by further discussions about strategy at Board meetings;

    risk workshop in support of the Board’s oversight of corporate risk management;

    updates on RIIO delivery and the UK business change programme;

    US Foundation Program post systems implementation review and regular updates;

    UK regulatory update, including future energy scenarios and EMR delivery plan;

    update on the politics of UK energy, including the increased profile of the Company in the run-up to the next UK general election;

    in-depth US operational update on topics central to the delivery of the US business strategy;

    talent management update, including important elements of our strategy relating to people;

    the results from the 2013 employee opinion survey and the associated action plan; and

    progress against the actions arising from the 2012/13 Board and committee evaluation.

Examples of expected Board focus for next year:

Our Chairman is responsible for the leadership and management of the Board and its governance. By promoting a culture of openness and debate, he facilitates the effective contribution of all Directors and helps maintain constructive relations between Executive and Non-executive Directors.

Our Chief Executive is responsible for the executive leadership and day-to-day management of the Company, to ensure the delivery of the strategy agreed by the Board. Through his leadership of the Executive Committee, he demonstrates commitment to safety, operational and financial performance.

    annual review of safety activities;

    continued detailed review of strategy and financing;

    risk appetite discussions;

    progress on the stabilisation of the new enterprise resource system and updates on the US Foundation Program;

    review of the business performance under RIIO;

    outcome of the New York gas audit;

    talent review and succession planning;

    results and actions from the 2014 employee opinion survey; and

    progress against the actions from the 2013/14 Board and committee evaluation.

Our Senior Independent Director acts as a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors, as well as shareholders as required.

Independent of management,our Non-executive Directors bring diverse skills and experience, vital to constructive challenge and debate. Exclusively, they form the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees, and have an important role in developing proposals on strategy.

Board composition

The successful delivery of our strategy depends upon attracting and retaining the right talent. This starts with having a high-quality Board. Balance is an important requirement for the composition of the Board, not only in terms of the number of Executive and Non-executive Directors, but also in terms of the range of expertise and backgrounds.

Role of our Board

While traditional diversity criteria such as gender and ethnicity are important, we also value diversity of skills, experience and knowledge. You can read about our Board diversity policy in the Nominations Committee report on page 55.

Our Board is collectively responsible for the effective oversight of the Company and its businesses. It also determines the strategic direction and governance structure that will help achieve the


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

45

Chairman

 

46 

The planned transition of the Board has continued over the year; Therese Esperdy joined as a Non-executive Director on 18 March 2014, John Pettigrew joined as an Executive Director on 1 April 2014,National Grid Annual Report and Maria Richter will step down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM in July. Nick Winser will also step down from the Board at this time.

Director induction and development

As our internal and external business environment changes, it is important to make sure that Directors’ skills and knowledge are refreshed and updated regularly. Our Chairman is responsible for the ongoing development of all Directors.

To strengthen the Directors’ knowledge and understanding of the Company, Board meetings regularly include updates and briefings on specific aspects of the Company’s activities. In September, the Board received a presentation on accounting under RIIO and the introduction of new terminology in our external financial reporting.

Updates on corporate governance and regulatory matters are also provided at Board meetings, with details of development and training opportunities for Directors available in our online document library.

Additionally, the Non-executive Directors are expected to visit at least one operational site annually. This provides the opportunity to meet local management teams and discuss aspects of the business with employees.

With the agreement of the Board, Executive Directors gain experience of other companies’ operations, governance frameworks and boardroom dynamics through non-executive appointments. The fees for these positions are retained by the individual. See page 65 for more details.

Accounts 2015/16
 Corporate Governance 

with timely and appropriate information on our strategy, performance, objectives, financing and other developments.

Institutional investors

We carry out a comprehensive engagement programme for institutional investors and research analysts, including meetings, presentations, webinars and attendance at investor conferences. The programme provides the opportunity for our current and potential investors to meet with executive and operational management.

In the past year, our engagement programme has focused on educating investors on how we intend to perform under the new RIIO price controls in the UK. In August we held a seminar in London to set out the details of the new regulatory regime. We explained how we have changed the way we operate to position us to deliver outperformance in the new regulatory environment.

We have also attended investor conferences across the UK and US, and held road shows in major investor centres across Europe, the US and Asia Pacific.

In addition to these engagement activities, we held our first stewardship meeting in May last year. The event had a governance theme and provided major investors with an insight into our decision-making processes, the work of our committees and the workings of the new regulatory regimes in the UK and US. The event also provided the opportunity for attendees to ask questions and meet members of the Board and for our newer Non-executive Directors to understand our shareholders’ views and concerns. A copy of the presentation is available in the Investors section of our website.

As a result of its success last year, we are planning to hold a similar event this year.

Sir Peter also contacts our major shareholders following the release of our full-year results to offer them the opportunity to meet him, the Senior Independent Director, or any of our other Non-executive Directors, so they can discuss any issues they feel unable to raise with members of the executive team.

The Board receives regular feedback on investor perceptions and opinions about the Company. Specialist advisors, our brokers and the Director of Investor Relations provide updates on market sentiment. Each year, the Board also receives the results of an independent audit of investor perceptions.

Debt investors

Over the last year representatives from our treasury team, together with other senior managers from across the business, have met with debt investors in Europe and the US to discuss topics such as the RIIO price controls.

Additionally this year, an independent review of debt investor perceptions of the Company was conducted and the results were presented to the Finance Committee.

With the total debt issued during the year at £1.1 billion, it is important for us to explain to debt investors why this money is required and what protections are in place to safeguard their potential investment.

We also communicate with our debt investors through regular Company announcements and the debt investor section of our website. This contains bond prospectuses, credit ratings, materials relating to the retail bond issued in 2011 and subsidiary year-end reports. The website also contains information about our long-term debt maturity profile, so investors can see our future refinancing needs.

In February we held a ‘thinking styles’ session supported by an external consultant. In advance of the session the Board completed questionnaires to assess its capability to think in diverse ways and the aggregated results were shared at the session. The session also covered the benefits of thinking styles for different types of discussion and ways in which the diverse capability that exists within the Board could be harnessed to maximise its effectiveness.

Directors’ induction programme

Following Therese and John’s appointment to the Board, the Chairman and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary have arranged a comprehensive induction programme. The programme has been tailored based on their experience and background and the requirements of their roles.

For both Therese and John a one-to-one meeting was arranged with our external legal advisors to discuss the duties and requirements of being a listed company director. Therese’s induction has also included one-to-one meetings with her fellow Directors and senior management in the UK. Over the coming months she will meet senior management in the US and undertake operational site visits.

Acknowledging John’s in-depth understanding of the UK and US businesses, his induction has focused primarily on his role as a Director and the role of the Board in general.

Investor engagement

We believe it is important to maintain effective channels of communication with our debt and equity institutional investors and individual shareholders. This helps us to understand their views about the Company and allows us to make sure they are provided


 

 

46    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

Individual shareholders

Engagement with individual shareholders, who represent more than 95% of the total number of shareholders on our share register, is led by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary. Shareholders are invited to learn more about the Company through the exhibits at our AGM and the shareholder networking programme.

The shareholder networking programme normally takes place twice a year and includes visits to UK operational sites and presentations by senior managers and employees over two days. If you are a UK resident shareholder and would like to take part, please apply online via the Investors section on our website.

Annual General Meeting

Our AGM will be held on Monday 28 July 2014 at The International Convention Centre in Birmingham and broadcast via our website. The Notice of Meeting for the 2014 AGM, available on our website, sets out in full the resolutions for consideration by shareholders, together with explanatory notes and further information on the Directors standing for election and re-election.

Board and committee evaluation

Following last year’s external review, this year the Board felt it was appropriate to conduct an internal Board and committee evaluation.

The review of the Board was led by Sir Peter. Rather than using structured questionnaires, he asked a number of open questions at one-to-one interviews with each of the Directors in December and January.

The questions were designed to encourage broad discussions on the performance and effectiveness of the Board rather than to assess its procedures. The questions covered areas such as decision making, the quality of Board discussions, the degree of challenge from the Board members, the top concerns of each member and any topics they felt needed additional focus. The discussions also covered the balance between the Board and its committees and the effectiveness of the Board.

The feedback from these meetings formed the basis of the evaluation report from Sir Peter. The findings were presented by Sir Peter to the Nominations Committee in February and then to the Board meeting in March, along with a proposed action plan. The balance between the Board and its committees was felt to be appropriate and no changes in this area were identified. The Board agreed a number of actions for the forthcoming year, as set out below. Progress against these actions will be monitored throughout the year by the Board.

•  Decision making – all important matters requiring approval are to be brought to the Board for early input before a decision is needed.

    Responsibility: Chairman and Chief Executive

•  Board discussions – greater clarity about the scope of Board discussions to be provided in advance and Board members to be encouraged to question if not clear.

    Responsibility: Chairman

•  Degree of challenge – the Executive Directors to speak to the Chairman about what would make them feel more comfortable to challenge and debate, both with the Non-executive Directors and with their fellow Executive Directors at Board meetings.

    Responsibility: Executive Directors

•  Board focus – a number of topics were identified that Directors felt needed additional focus by the Board at its meetings, for example cyber risk and the UK political landscape. Ways to improve the focus on each of these were discussed at the March Board meeting and specific actions were agreed and allocated to various Board members.

    Responsibility: various Board members

•  Effectiveness of the Board – actions to improve Board effectiveness were proposed, for example: continue to improve the quality of Board papers; make sure in-depth items for Board consideration highlight the important issues to be discussed; and encourage reporting from management that incorporates more input from the Executive Directors.

    Responsibility: Chairman, Chief Executive and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, as appropriate

The actions from last year’s externally conducted review were grouped into three themes – mechanics, dynamics and specifics. Progress against the actions agreed by the Board has been monitored through the year and a commentary against each action is set out opposite.

An evaluation of committee performance was also conducted by the chairman of each of the Board committees, as well as the Executive Committee. Each committee concluded that it had operated effectively throughout the year and agreed, where relevant, an action plan to further improve performance. Progress against the action plans will be monitored through the year by the respective committee and the Board.

Non-executive Director independence

The independence of the Non-executive Directors is considered at least annually, along with their character, judgement, commitment and performance on the Board and relevant committees. The Board took into consideration the Code and indicators of potential non-independence, including length of service. A particularly rigorous review was conducted of Maria Richter as she has served for more than six years.

At year-end, all the Non-executive Directors, with the exception of the Chairman, have been determined by the Board to be independent. Tenure is just one indicator of potential non-independence and the experience and knowledge of Maria Richter, who has served on the Board for more than nine years, has been important in facilitating a structured handover and providing continuity during the search for Therese. Maria will not be standing for re-election at the 2014 AGM.

Director performance

At a private meeting of the Non-executive Directors, Mark Williamson, as Senior Independent Director, led a review of Sir Peter’s performance. The review noted that Sir Peter’s commitments had changed during the year following his appointment as non-executive chairman of the Aircraft Carrier Alliance. The time commitment of the new role was carefully considered by the Board and was unanimously approved by the Board prior to Sir Peter accepting the position.

The Non-executive Directors, with input from the Executive Directors, assessed his ability to fulfil his role as Chairman and the arrangements he has in place to fulfil his role, given he is also chairman of a FTSE 250 company. They concluded that Sir Peter’s performance and contribution were first-class and that he demonstrated strong leadership.

The performance of each Director was raised by Sir Peter at his one-to-one meetings conducted for the Board and committee evaluation process.

Following recommendations from the Nominations Committee, the Board considers all Directors continue to be effective, committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. Therefore, in accordance with the Code, all Directors, with the exception of Maria Richter and Nick Winser who will be stepping down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM, will seek election or re-election at the 2014 AGM as set out in the Notice of Meeting.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

 

Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

47

 

 

 

Our Board

Key

A Audit Committee

F Finance Committee

N Nominations Committee

R Remuneration Committee

S Safety, Environment and Health Committee

(ch) Chairman of committee

^ Including National Grid Group plc

Tenure as at 31 March 2016

Charts and committee membership are as at 18 May 2016

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon CBE FREng (69)

ChairmanN (ch)

Appointed: 1 August 2011 as Deputy Chairman and became Chairman with effect from 1 January 2012

Tenure: 4 years

Career:Sir Peter is a Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering and has held a number of senior positions across multiple industries. His previous appointments include Chief Executive of the Office of Government Commerce, Managing Director of Marconi Electronic Systems and a member of the UK Defence Academy Advisory Board. Sir Peter is currently Chairman of Tate & Lyle plc and a Non-executive Chairman of the Aircraft Carrier Alliance Management Board and most recently a Trustee of The Sutton Trust Board.

Skills and experience: Sir Peter has significant board level experience gained across multiple industries, with considerable experience in Government through previous roles. He also has significant experience of general management both in the city and internationally and brings to the Board an in-depth understanding of the high-tech industry.

LOGO

John Pettigrew FEI, FIET (47)

Chief ExecutiveF

Appointed: 1 April 2014 and became Chief Executive with effect from 1 April 2016

Tenure: 2 years

Career: A Fellow of the Energy Institute and of the Institution of Energy and Technology, John joined the Company in 1991 and has over 25 years of experience at National Grid in a variety of senior management roles. John’s previous appointments include Director of Engineering from 2003, Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President for the US Electricity Distribution & Generation business between 2007 and 2010, Chief Operating Officer for UK Gas Distribution between 2010 and 2012, and UK Chief Operating Officer from 2012 to 2014. John was appointed to the role of Chief Executive on 1 April 2016.

Skills and experience: Through his wide variety of roles in the UK and US businesses John has extensive knowledge of the Company as well as the engineering and utilities industries as a whole. He has anin-depth understanding of the Government and regulatory landscape.

LOGO

Steve Holliday FREng (59)

Executive Director

Appointed:National Grid Group plc on 30 March 2001, to the Board in October 2002 and as Chief Executive from January 2007 through to 31 March 2016

Tenure:15 years^

Career: A Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering, Steve was an Executive Director at British Borneo Oil and Gas before joining National Grid in 2001. Most recently Steve was Chairman of the UK Business Council for Sustainable Energy, a Prince’s National Ambassador and Non-executive Director of Marks and Spencer Group plc. Steve is currently Chairman of Crisis UK and of the Energy, and Efficiency Industrial Partnership, Vice Chairman for Business in the Community and of The Careers and Enterprise Company and Lead Non-executive Director and Board member for the Department for Energy, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA).

Skills and experience: Steve has significant knowledge and experience of the energy and utilities industries in the UK and internationally. He has considerable board level, Government and regulatory experience.

  

LOGO

AreaAndrew Bonfield (53)

Finance DirectorF, S

 

Actions from last year’s review

Commentary

Mechanics

Chief Executive to meet with Executive Directors immediately after each Board meeting to discuss how the Board operated as a team and contributions from Directors, and reflect on any learning. Feedback from these meetings to be shared as appropriate with the Chairman.Appointed: 1 November 2010

 

Responsibility: Chief Executive

This was implemented from January 2013 and will be continued as it has proved helpful in making sure that the right discussions are had at Board meetings.

Review and build on the one page executive summary for non-standard papers introduced in July 2012 and consider its effectiveness in providing the Board with key information and clarity around requested contribution or action.Tenure: 5 years

 

Responsibility: ChairmanCareer:Andrew is a chartered accountant with significant financial experience having previously been Chief Financial Officer at Cadbury plc until March 2010; he also spent five years as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. As well as this, Andrew also has previous experience in the energy sector as Finance Director of BG Group plc and Chief Executive

An updated template summary sheet was introduced in September 2013. The revised template includes detailsis currently a Non-executive Director of links to the risk register, financial impact and additional information on the lead presenter.

All committees, except the Nominations Committee and Executive Committee, to get together immediately before or after their meetings to discuss papers, presenters’ contribution and any matters they wish to consider without management present.Kingfisher plc.

 

Responsibility: Committee chairmen

This initiative has been implementedSkills and meetings included on the forward business schedules as appropriate by each of the committees.

Thinking styles of candidatesexperience:Andrew brings significant finance experience to the Board and Executive Committee to be taken into consideration once skills set and experience confirmed.

Responsibility: Nominations Committee

Diversityhas extensive knowledge of thinking styles was a factorinternational industries. Through his appointments in the recruitment process for a successor to Maria Richter and in the appointment of John Pettigrew.

Dynamics

Schedule a development session for the Board which may include thinking styles, inclusive leadership and exploring positive challenge through questioning techniques.

Responsibility: Chairman and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

A thinking styles session for the Board was held in February 2014. See page 45 for more information.

Review the following month’s agenda and communicate to the Executive Directors the areas that presenters are to focus on.

Responsibility: Chairman and Chief Executive

The draft agenda for forthcoming Board meetings are noted by the Executive Committee. The Chairman also holds separate pre-Board meetings with the Chief Executive and the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary to discuss and review the businesssenior positions across several industries, Andrew has an in-depth knowledge of the next meeting.

Specifics

Facilitate increased interaction between Non-executive Directorsenergy and high-potential employees during site visits and presentations at Board meetings.

Responsibility: Executive Directors

High-potential employees have been invited to Board dinnersutilities industries both in the UK and US. A schedule of proposed site visits has been provided tointernationally, in particular the Non-executive Directors.

Appoint a taskforce to review gender diversity and employee turnover.

Responsibility: Chief ExecutiveUS energy market.

  

LOGO

Following a detailed review in August 2013 byDean Seavers (55)

Executive Director, US

Appointed:1 April 2015

Tenure:1 year

Career: Dean began his career at the ChairmanFord Motor Company and held various senior management positions at Tyco International Ltd. before joining General Electric Company/United Technologies Corporation. He was President and Chief Executive itOfficer of General Electric Security and then President, Global Services of United Technologies Fire & Security. Dean was decided notalso a member of the Board of Directors of the National Fire Protection Association from 2010 to proceed with the taskforce2014 and lead network member at that time. Good progress continuesCity Light Capital from 2011 to be made on gender diversity2015 and employee turnover.

Implement an inclusionPresident and diversity scorecard and review progress with the Board.Chief Executive at Red Hawk Fire & Security, LLC from 2012 to 2014. Dean is currently a Board member of Red Hawk Fire & Security, LLC.

 

Responsibility: Executive Committee

Skills and experience:Dean has a wide range of financial and customer experience. He has significant general management experience with a particular focus on change and performance improvement programmes. Dean also has extensive knowledge of international markets, the city, corporate finance and financial services.

  

LOGO

The Executive Committee receivesAlison Kay (52)

Group General Counsel

& Company Secretary

Appointed:24 January 2013

Career: Alison has undertaken several roles since joining National Grid in 1996 including UK General Counsel and Company Secretary from 2000 to 2008 and Commercial Director, UK Transmission from 2008 to 2012. Before joining National Grid she was a quarterly inclusioncorporate/commercial solicitor in private practice.

Skills and diversity scorecardexperience:Alison is an experienced commercial lawyer bringing a wealth of practical advice and updates are providedguidance to her current role. She has developed expertise in regulatory and contractual law and legal risk management through her experience at National Grid. She also brings rigour around corporate governance and reporting to the Board. An inclusionBoard, gained partly through her current role and diversity session foralso in her previous role as Secretary to the Board was held in April 2013.boards of the subsidiary companies, National Grid Gas plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc.


 

48    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Our Board47


 

Corporate Governancecontinued

Governance

continued

How our Board operates

The Chairman sets the Board’s agenda in line with its responsibilities and role as set out in the matters reserved for the Board, and the main challenges and opportunities facing the Company, making sure adequate time is available to discuss all items, including strategic issues.

To support discussion and decision making, Board and committee members receive papers sufficiently in advance of meetings so that they can prepare for and consider agenda items. Additionally, the Chairman holds a short meeting with the Non-executive Directors before and after each Board meeting to discuss the focus of the upcoming meeting and afterwards to share feedback and discuss any outstanding matters.

A one-page executive summary for non-standard papers provides information and clarity around the contribution or action required. Where appropriate, subject matter experts give presentations and provide the opportunity for Directors to ask questions.

Board membership and attendance

Board membership and attendance at meetings are set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out in each of the individual committee reports later in this report.

Instances of non-attendance during the year at Board and committee meetings were determined to be reasonable due to the individual circumstances.

Should any Director not be able to attend a Board or committee meeting, the Chairman and committee chairman are informed and the absent Director is requested to communicate opinions and comments on the matters to be considered.

Our Board and its committees

The Board delegates authority to its committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf, so that it can operate efficiently and give the right level of attention and consideration to relevant matters.

The role and responsibilities of the committees are set out in their terms of reference, available on our website. The committee structure and delegation and reporting lines are set out in the diagram below.

In addition to the vertical lines of responsibility and reporting, the committees communicate and work together where required. For example, on some risk matters the Safety, Environment and Health (SEH) Committee collaborates with the Audit Committee. These lines of communication are shown in the diagram below.

Committee agendas and schedules of items to be discussed at future meetings are prepared in line with the terms of reference of each committee.

At committee meetings, items are discussed and, as appropriate, matters are endorsed, approved or recommended to the Board by the committee. The chairman of each committee provides the Board with a summary of the main decisions and discussion points so the non-committee members are kept up to date.

Below the Board committees are a number of management committees, including the Executive Committee.

The Executive Committee has responsibility for making management and operational decisions about the day-to-day running of the Company. Further information on some of the management committees, including the membership and operation of the Executive Committee, is set out on pages 56 and 57.

Reports from each of the Board committees together with details of their activities during the year, are set out on the following pages.

Name

Attendance 

Sir Peter Gershon

11 of 11 

Steve Holliday

10 of 11 

Andrew Bonfield

11 of 11 

Tom King

11 of 11 

John Pettigrew1

0 of 0 

Nick Winser

10 of 11 

Phillip Aiken

11 of 11 

Nora Mead Brownell

10 of 11 

Jonathan Dawson

11 of 11 

Therese Esperdy2

1 of 1 

Paul Golby

11 of 11 

Ruth Kelly

11 of 11 

Maria Richter

11 of 11 

Mark Williamson

11 of 11 

Ken Harvey3

3 of 4 

George Rose3

4 of 4 

1. John Pettigrew was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 April 2014.

2. Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Board with effect from 18 March 2014.

3. George Rose and Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

49

 

 

 

Key

A Audit Committee

F Finance Committee

N Nominations Committee

R Remuneration Committee

S Safety, Environment and Health Committee

(ch) Chairman of committee

^ Including National Grid Group plc

Tenure as at

31 March 2016

Charts and Committee membership are as at 18 May 2016

Board gender

LOGO

Executive and

Non-executive

Directors

LOGO

Non-executive

Director tenure

LOGO

LOGO

Nora Mead Brownell (69)

Non-executive DirectorN, R, S

Independent

Appointed: 1 June 2012

Tenure: 3 years

Career:A key individual in the US energy industry, Nora has significant experience gained in a variety of roles including Commissioner of the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and former President of the National Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners. Most recently, Nora sat on the Boards of ONCOR Electric Delivery Holding Company LLC and Comverge, Inc. Nora is currently a member of the Board of Spectra Energy Partners LP, Direct Energy Advisory Board and the Advisory Board of Morgan Stanley Infrastructure Partners as well as a partner in ESPY Energy Solutions, LLC.

Skills and experience: Through herNon-executive directorships, Nora brings extensive experience in US Government and regulation and has significant expertise in the US utilities industry in particular through her role as a Commissioner with FERC.

LOGO

Jonathan Dawson (64)

Non-executive DirectorF, N, R, (ch)

Independent

Appointed: 4 March 2013

Tenure:3 years

Career: Jonathan started his career in the Ministry of Defence before moving to Lazard where he spent more than 20 years. He was a Non-executive Director of Galliford Try plc, National Australia Group Europe Limited and Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Limited. Most recently he was Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Next plc until May 2015. Jonathan is currently aNon-executive Director of Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc and Chairman and a founding partner of Penfida Limited.

Skills and experience:Jonathan has a wide range of city experience with a significant and in-depth understanding of the corporate finance, pensions and banking industries.

LOGO

Therese Esperdy (55)

Non-executive DirectorA, F, (ch), N

Independent

Appointed: 18 March 2014, and appointed to the Board of National Grid USA from 1 May 2015

Tenure: 2 years

Career: Having started her banking career at Lehman Brothers, Therese joined Chase Securities in 1997 and then held a variety of senior roles at JP Morgan Chase & Co. These included appointments as Head of US Debt Capital Markets and Global Head of Debt Capital Markets, co-head of Banking, Asia Pacific and Global Chairman of the Financial Institutions Group.

Skills and experience: Therese has significant experience in city, corporate finance and banking through her previous appointments. She also has a wide range of international experience having worked in a number of international markets.

LOGO

Paul Golby CBE FREng (65)

Non-executive DirectorA, N, R, S, (ch)

Independent

Appointed: 1 February 2012

Tenure: 4 years

Career:A fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering, Paul has held a variety of roles within the energy and utilities industries. Paul was an Executive Director of Clayhithe plc, before later joining E.ON UK plc where he was Chief Executive and later Chairman. He was also a Non-executive Chairman of AEA Technology Group plc. Paul is currently the Chairman of EngineeringUK, the UK National Air Traffic System, the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and a member of the Council for Science and Technology. Most recently, Paul was appointed as Chairman of Costain Group plc on 5 May 2016.

Skills and experience:Paul has experience in energy utilities, Government and regulatory industries. Paul also has a wide range of board level experience gained through his Chief Executive and Chairman appointments.

LOGO

Ruth Kelly (48)

Non-executive DirectorA, F, N

Independent

Appointed: 1 October 2011

Tenure:4 years

Career: Ruth began her career in Government where she held various senior roles, including Secretary of State for Transport, for Communities and Local Government, for Education and Skills as well as Financial Secretary to the Treasury. She was also a senior executive at HSBC until August 2015. Ruth is currently appointed as Governor for the National Institute of Economic and Social Research and Pro Vice Chancellor at St Mary’s University; she has also been a Non-executive Director on the Financial Conduct Authority Board since April 2016.

Skills and experience: Ruth brings in-depth knowledge of Government and regulatory practice; she also has experience in banking and corporate finance.

LOGO

Mark Williamson (58)

Non-executive Director and Senior Independent DirectorA, (ch), N, R

Independent

Appointed: 3 September 2012

Tenure: 3 years

Career: A qualified accountant with significant financial experience, Mark was Chief Accountant and then Group Financial Controller of Simon Group plc before joining International Power plc as Group Financial Controller and later as Chief Financial Officer. Mark was a Non-executive Director at Alent plc where he was Chairman of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director. Mark is currently the Chairman of Imperial Brands PLC.

Skills and experience: Mark has extensive city, international accounting and finance experience in addition to senior and board level experience across multiple industries. Mark’s experience in energy utilities amongst other industries has provided a good understanding of Government and regulatory matters.

48 

Audit Committee

LOGO

Role

Oversees the Company’s financial reporting, and internal controls and their effectiveness, together with the procedures for identifying, assessing and reporting risks. It also oversees the services provided by the external auditors and their remuneration.

Review of the year

My first eight months as chairman have been busy but enjoyable. Last July we said goodbye to George Rose and this July Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. I would like to thank them both for their contribution to the Committee. In particular to George for his guidance and support during his handover to me.

As a committee we have held six meetings during the year, two of which were held in the US, providing all members with the opportunity to meet our US teams. Following last year’s committee performance evaluation, we now also meet privately after some of our longer meetings. We use this time to review the meeting and discuss how we can evolve and make our meetings more effective.

The Committee’s main focus has been the US finance function and ongoing improvement of the new enterprise resource system. The Committee has received regular reports throughout the year from the Finance Director and US Chief Financial Officer.

The UK finance team has provided valuable support to the US team and I visited the US with the Finance Director and Group Financial Controller in January to review progress and priorities for 2014. The work on stabilisation of the systems also coincided with the LIPA MSA transition. This was an important milestone in the overall US financial control program.

With the start of RIIO, the Committee received a paper from the UK finance team on the accounting implications of this new arrangement and its impact on the financial control environment. We also reviewed the disclosures within thisNational Grid Annual Report to ensure they provide a fair, balanced and understandable view in the context of current accounting standards.

Next year is also looking busy with an ongoing focus on the enterprise resource system and continual improvement in processes and controls around these systems.

LOGO

Mark Williamson

Committee chairman

Accounts 2015/16
 

Significant issues

Some of the significant issues the Audit Committee considered in relation to the financial statements during the year set out below are explained in more detail later in the report:

Ÿ  US financial controls program;

Ÿ  LIPA MSA transition contract accounting;

Ÿ  presentation of exceptional items; and

Ÿ  fair, balanced and understandable assessment.

Other matters reviewed

Examples of other matters the Audit Committee reviewed:

Ÿ  accounting for RIIO;

Ÿ  the enhanced disclosures required by International Auditing Standard (UK and Ireland) 700;

Ÿ  the Company’s refreshed approach to going concern following the publication of the Sharman Report;

Ÿ  the increased work involved to support the LIPA MSA transition;

Ÿ  the revised Certificate of Assurance process;

Ÿ  Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 testing and attestations;

Ÿ  external reporting obligations and the programme to improve the Company-wide framework;

Ÿ  a revised ethical business conduct process for Directors and executive members; and

Ÿ  a proposed revised approach to risk reporting.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014. Biographical details and experience of Committee members are set out on pages 171 to 173.

Name

Attendance  

Mark Williamson (chairman)1

6 of 6  

Philip Aiken

5 of 6  

Ruth Kelly

6 of 6  

Maria Richter

6 of 6  

George Rose2

2 of 2  

1. Chairman from July 2013.

2. George Rose stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

Experience

Mark Williamson took over as chairman of the Audit Committee following the 2013 AGM. The Board has determined that Mark:

Ÿ  has recent and relevant financial experience;

Ÿ  is a suitably qualified audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC requirements; and

Ÿ  is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules.

Corporate Governance 


 

 

50    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14   Corporate Governance

 

 

Key

Lines of reporting

Board/Board

committees

Executive Committee

to Board/Board

committees

Management

committees to

Executive Committee/

Board committees

Lines of

communication

Corporate Governance

Board composition

The successful delivery of our strategy depends upon attracting and retaining the right talent. This starts with having a high-quality Board. Balance is an important requirement for the composition of the Board, not only in terms of the number of Executive and Non-executive Directors, but also in terms of expertise, diversity and backgrounds.

While traditional diversity criteria such as gender and ethnicity are important, we also value diversity of skills, experience, knowledge and thinking styles. You can read about our Board diversity policy in the Nominations Committee report on page 61.

This year we said goodbye to Steve Holliday as Chief Executive and welcomed John Pettigrew as his successor. We will also be welcoming Nicola Shaw onto the Board as Executive Director, UK, from 1 July 2016. Apart from the appointment of Dean Seavers on 1 April 2015, as noted in last year’s Annual Report and Accounts, there have been no other changes to the Board composition that have come into effect during the financial year. We continue to look forward, with succession planning being an important focus for the Nominations Committee and the Board.

Our Board and its committees

The Board delegates authority to its Board committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf, so that it can operate efficiently and give the right level of attention and consideration to relevant matters.

The committee structure, reporting and communication lines are set out in the diagram below and the role and responsibilities of the committees are set out in their respective terms of reference, available on our website. Committee agendas and schedules of items to be discussed at future meetings are prepared in accordance with the terms of reference of each committee and take account of other topical and ad-hoc matters.

In addition to the vertical lines of reporting, the committees communicate and work together where required. For example, during the appointment process for John Pettigrew the Remuneration Committee worked closely with the Nominations Committee.

At Board committee meetings, items are discussed and, as appropriate, endorsed, approved or recommended to the Board, by the committee. Following Board committee meetings, the chairman of each committee provides the Board with a summary of the main decisions and discussion points so the non-committee members are kept up to date with the work undertaken by each Board committee.

Below the Board committees are a number of management committees, including the Executive Committee. You can read more about some of the management committees, including the membership and operation of the Executive Committee, on page 63.

Reports from each of the Board committees together with details of their activities during the year are set out on the following pages.

Board and committee interactions

 

Corporate

Governance

continued

LOGO

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Corporate Governance49


Corporate Governancecontinued

Looking back. Examples of Board focus during the year included:

Areas of focus

Commentary

Cyber securityThe Board is responsible for overseeing cyber security, and this year the Board has seen an increase in their focus on this issue. As mentioned in the Chairman’s letter, the cyber security team provided the Board with a detailed overview in relation to cyber security, so that the Board had increased visibility and understanding of the Company’s long-term strategy on cyber security.The focus was on the guiding principles and on determining what questions the Board should be asking of the cyber security team. The Board’s discussions concluded that they needed to have greater visibility of cyber security and there should be training for the Board members in dealing with cyber security risks.

Proposed majority sale of the UK Gas Distribution businessThe Board regularly reviews the composition of the Company’s portfolio. As part of this review the Board received a strategy briefing in September, outlining the proposed commencement of a process for the potential sale of a majority stake in the UK Gas Distribution business.The discussion included: various transaction options; detailed financial impacts; significant challenges to be addressed; the communication strategy; return of proceeds to shareholders and the future dividend policy; and the transaction timeline. Following discussion and challenge on a number of issues, the Board unanimously agreed to the commencement of the sale process. The Board has been kept up to date on progress.

Principal risks and viabilityThe risk team provided updates on the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 requirement for the Company to produce a viability statement. Discussions at Board meetings included: a review of the Company’s principal risks; the viability statement period; the management andmitigation of the principal risks; and how we would test the impact of the risks on the Company, including through the use of scenario planning. In May 2016, the Audit Committee recommended the viability statement to the Board which was approved.

US regulatory rate case filingsIn April 2015, the Board received an update on work being undertaken by the US finance and regulatory groups for the preparation of the Company’s first rate case filings since 2012. During the year the Board received regular progress reports on the rate case filings for our downstate New York gas companies, KEDNY and KEDLI, and also Massachusetts Electric. An overview of each filing was received by the Board before they were submitted,including a term sheet outlining the key metrics of each submission. An extension request for the rate case filing in Niagara Mohawk was also seen by the Board before filing. This extension proposed electricity and natural gas delivery prices for customers being frozen at current levels through to March 2018 while allowing the Company to increase investments to enhance its gas and electricity systems.

European energy and the politics of energyThe Board received an update on important UK and EU political developments prior to the UK General Election in May 2015. Following the General Election, the Board received a paper on the potential implications for the Company and an engagement plan. The Board was alsokept up to date on the referendum on the continued UK membership of the EU and the potential effects of exiting Europe, including on the development of interconnector projects and on our continuing involvement and benefits of being in the Integrated Energy Market.

The future of the System OperatorThe future of the SO has been considered previously by the Board and was reviewed again in detail in September 2015. In particular, Ofgem’s Integrated Transmission Planning and Regulation (ITPR) project and emerging DECC thinking on the possible creationof a ‘super System Operator’ were developments the Board considered. Additional updates on progress were provided in January, March and April 2016 when the Board received updates on future option modelling following discussions with Government.

UK onshore competitionIn addition to defining our role on the future of the SO, the Board has recently discussed the Company’s position on where consenting activity to support competitively tendered onshore transmission should be undertaken. In conclusion, the Company’s view was that competition should only be taken forward where it was in the interests of consumers.In March 2016, the Board discussed specific questions posed by Ofgem in relation to the Company’s position on onshore competition and discussed working with Ofgem to explore an enduring consenting solution, taking into account shareholder and consumer benefits.

Strategy sessionsIn addition to time allocated during the year at Board meetings, the Board participated in two interactive strategy sessions involving a combination of a full Board discussion and breakout groups. The Board’s focus was on thestate of the market in the UK and US, future opportunities for the Company including business development, merger and acquisition opportunities, and how the Company’s core capabilities could be used to best effect.

Site visits

In January 2016, the Non-executive Directors visited the Company’s UK cyber security operations centre, which provided an insight into its day-to-day operations and highlighted awareness of the direct security threats to the Company as they occur and are analysed 24 hours a day. Other visits by the Directors included safety site visits, including a visit to Power Plant Operations to celebrate over 10 years of no accidents, a field visit in Brooklyn to one of our LNG trucking provider locations to see facilities

and meet management, and a site tour in Eakring. Another visit was to the Western Link project to review the Scotland/England interconnector and new sub-station. In September 2016, the Board members will be visiting our Buffalo, New York office which will include a site tour. These visits provide the opportunity for Directors to meet local management teams, discuss aspects of the business with employees, and gain insight into our day-to-day business.

50National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

In focus

346

meetings held with institutional and private investors during the year in 11 countries

LOGO

Further detail on

www.investors.nationalgrid.com

Looking forward. The Board’s focus for next year is expected to include:

regular reviews of safety activities;
updates on the UK Gas Distribution sale process;
European energy update following the outcome of the UK’s EU referendum;
UK and US operational business overviews;
continued detailed review of strategy and financing;
the outcome of US rate case filings;
implications of the ITPR project on our activities;
future options for the SO;
cyber security updates and training;
innovation;
results and follow up on the action planning from the external Board and committee evaluation;
the 2016 UK Winter Outlook; and
results of the 2016 employee engagement survey.

Directors’ induction programme

Following new appointments to the Board, the Chairman, Chief Executive and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary arrange a comprehensive induction programme. The programme is tailored based on experience and background and the requirements of the role.

John Pettigrew has been a Board member since April 2014. Following his succession to the role of Chief Executive he has been meeting external and internal stakeholders and external advisors and brokers as necessary. From 1 April 2016 John became a member of the Finance Committee and he will receive training and development as appropriate. He will also attend other committee meetings where appropriate. A tailored induction programme will be created for Nicola Shaw and monitored accordingly.

Director development and training

As our internal and external business environment changes, it is important to make sure that Directors’ skills and knowledge are refreshed and updated regularly. Our Chairman is responsible for the ongoing development of all Directors.

To strengthen the Directors’ knowledge and understanding of the Company, Board meetings regularly include updates and briefings on specific aspects of the Company’s activities, such as the development of our new cyber security programme and updates on the UK’s EU referendum. Updates on corporate governance and regulatory matters are also provided at Board meetings and there are training and development opportunities available for our Directors. Additionally, the Non-executive Directors are expected to visit at least one operational site annually.

Investor engagement

We believe it is important to maintain effective channels of communication with our debt and equity institutional investors and individual shareholders. This helps us to understand their views about the Company and allows us to make sure they are provided with timely and appropriate information on our strategy, performance, objectives, financing and other developments.

Institutional investors

We carry out a comprehensive engagement programme for institutional investors and research analysts, providing the opportunity for our current and potential investors to meet with executive and operational management.

This includes:

meetings, presentations and webinars;
attendance at investor conferences across the world;
holding road shows in major investor centres, mainly in the UK, Europe and the US; and
offering the opportunity for individual stewardship meetings.

In the last year, our engagement programme has focused on clarifying our Group growth expectations. This included communicating the rationale behind our decision to commence the proposed sale of the majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business, and explaining to investors how we expect the Company to continue to perform against its regulatory contracts in both the UK and US businesses.

In November, we arranged a meeting in London to provide institutional investors and research analysts with an opportunity to meet our US leadership team, led by Dean Seavers, and to understand more about the current performance of our US business and its outlook. A copy of the presentation and associated materials are available in the Investors section of our website.

The Board receives regular feedback on investor perceptions and opinions about the Company. Specialist advisors and the Director of Investor Relations provide updates on market sentiment.

Additionally, each year, the Board receives the results of an independent audit of investor perceptions. Interviews are carried out with investors to establish their views on the performance of the business and management. The findings and recommendations of the audit are then discussed by the Board.

Debt investors

Over the last year senior group treasury representatives have met debt investors in Europe, Canada and the US to discuss various topics such as our full-year results and upcoming US rate case filings.

We also communicated with our debt investors through regular announcements and the debt investor section of our website. This contains bond information, credit ratings and materials relating to the subsidiary year-end reports. The website also contains information about our long-term debt maturity profile, so investors can see our future refinancing needs.

Individual shareholders

Engagement with individual shareholders, who represent more than 95% of the total number of shareholders on our share register, is led by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary.

Shareholders are invited to learn more about the Company through our shareholder networking programme. The programme includes visits to UK operational sites and presentations by senior managers and employees over two days. UK resident shareholders can apply to take part in this programme via the Investors section of our website.

For information on the 2016 Annual General Meeting, please see page 66.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance51


Corporate Governancecontinued

Board and committee membership and attendance

The table below sets out the Board and committee attendance during the year to 31 March 2016. Attendance is shown as the number of meetings attended out of the total number of meetings for the individual Director during the year.

If any Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to communicate their opinions and commentson the matters to be considered via the Chairman of the Board or the relevant committee chairman. Instances of non-attendance during the year were considered and determined as being reasonable in each case due to the individual circumstances. In relation to the Board meeting non-attendances, John Pettigrew and Steve Holliday were

precluded from attending the ad hoc Board meeting in November as it related to CEO succession and they were therefore both conflicted from attending. Dean Seavers was unable to attend a Board meeting due to personal reasons. Non-attendance at the Committee meeting was due to the short notice of the Nominations and Remuneration Committees ad hoc meetings and members having prior commitments, and also for personal reasons.

The Board has determined that Mark Williamson, Chairman of the Audit Committee, has recent and relevant financial experience; is a suitably qualified audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC requirements; and is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules.

 Director  Board Meetings     Audit     Finance     Nominations     Remuneration     Safety,
Environment
& Health
 

 Sir Peter Gershon

   10 of 10                     7 of 7                

 Steve Holliday1

   9 of 10              3 of 4                       

 John Pettigrew2

   9 of 10                                     

 Andrew Bonfield

   10 of 10              4 of 4                     4 of 4  

 Dean Seavers

   9 of 10                                     

 Nora Mead Brownell

   10 of 10                     7 of 7       6 of 6       4 of 4  

 Jonathan Dawson

   10 of 10              4 of 4       7 of 7       6 of 6         

 Therese Esperdy

   10 of 10       5 of 5       4 of 4       7 of 7                

 Paul Golby

   10 of 10       5 of 5              7 of 7       5 of 6       4 of 4  

 Ruth Kelly

   10 of 10       5 of 5       4 of 4       6 of 7                

 Mark Williamson

   10 of 10       5 of 5              7 of 7       6 of 6         

 

 Attendance notes

 1. Steve Holliday stepped down as Chief Executive with effect from 31 March 2016.

 2. John Pettigrew became Chief Executive with effect from 1 April 2016.

 

  

  

  

Board and committee evaluation

We are back to the first year of the Company’s three-year performance evaluation cycle. The last externally facilitated evaluation took place in 2012/13. In line with the Code, for the year 2015/16 we have undertaken a formal and rigorous externally facilitated Board effectiveness review. We appointed Independent Audit to undertake the evaluation. Independent Audit, which has no other connection to the Company, considered the Board and committees’ performance with a particular focus on risk.

The evaluation was conducted between November 2015 and April 2016 and included:

an initial planning meeting with the Chairman, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary and Independent Audit to agree the approach and expectations of the evaluation;
one-to-one interviews based on the same set of questions conducted by Independent Audit with the Board members, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, Head of Secretariat and other members of senior management who regularly interact with the Board and its committees;
Independent Audit attending the Board meeting in January to observe behaviours and interactions;
a review of the 2015 Board and committee papers and minutes, and a selection of other relevant governance documents to form a view of the effectiveness of the Board and its committees;
the preparation of a report by Independent Audit which was initially shared with the Chairman and Group General Counsel & Company Secretary; and
the presentation of results presented for discussion at the Board in April with the proposed recommendations presented in May.

The effectiveness of each of the Board committees was taken into account in the evaluation. All committees received an update on the external evaluation and discussed any recommended actions. The evaluation identified a number of specific recommendations to take forward for the Audit and Nominations Committees. Independent Audit concluded that the Board was working well even though it had seen changes in membership over the past few years and thought the Board now benefitted from a good mix of experience in both the UK and US. The Board agenda demonstrated there was balance between strategic, operational and regulatory matters, with good engagement of the Board members supported by thorough work by management. They also made a number of recommendations in relation to risk, principally focused on cascading risk management further down the business.

Actions for 2016/17

Independent Audit concluded there were six main recommendations for further development. In May the Board discussed and agreed the following actions:

to give a renewed push to improve Board and committee papers, including the enforcement of standards of papers and timely submissions;
to bring out strategic themes more clearly in the Board papers, pre-read papers and the Chief Executive’s report;
the Chairman will discuss with the Non-executive Directors the strategy items on the draft agenda for the next following meeting and articulate the views from the Non-executive Directors as to what is required at the Board meeting including any questions that need answering;
integrate risk more effectively into strategy development and planning;
continue to consider the skills and capabilities needed on the Board for executing the Company’s future strategy; and
to review whether there is enough focus on people on the Board agenda.

52National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Board and

committee

evaluation cycle        

LOGO

Individual performance

As part of our annual evaluation process, Mark Williamson, as Senior Independent Director, led a review of the Chairman’s performance. The Non-executive Directors, with input from the Executive Directors, assessed his ability to fulfill his role as Chairman. It was concluded that the Chairman continued to show effective leadership of

the Board and his actions continued to influence the Board and the wider organisation. Mark Williamson discussed the feedback and development opportunities with the Chairman.

Progress against actions from 2014/15

Progress against the actions from last year’s internally facilitated evaluation have been monitored by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary and the Chairman throughout the year and an update on progress was provided at the April Board meeting. A commentary against each action from last year’s review is set out below.

Last year an evaluation of committee performance was also conducted by the Chairman of each of the Board committees, following a similar process to that conducted by the Board. Where relevant, action plans were prepared for the committees and progress against the actions was monitored throughout the year.

Update on actions from last year

Area

Actions

Commentary

Environment

Optimise the boardroom layout to create a more inclusive environment for members and presenters.

Responsibility: Board members/ Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

For all meetings the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary makes sure the boardroom layout is appropriate to enable open discussion and promote an effective meeting. The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary also highlights any new presenters to the Board in the Chairman’s briefing material and the relevant Executive Director introduces the presenter to the meeting.

Environment

Continue to create a more open boardroom atmosphere and culture.

Responsibility: Chairman/ Board members

The Chairman manages the boardroom environment throughout meetings, encouraging open discussion on all matters and making sure all Board members are involved. A definite upward trend of contribution by all Board members has been seen. The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary makes sure there is appropriate time allocated to all agenda items and makes arrangements to foster an open atmosphere and culture.

Board discussions

Maximise the effectiveness of

Board discussions.

Responsibility: Chairman/ Executive Directors/Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

The information going to the Board is reviewed every six months through meetings between the Chairman, the Chief Executive and the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary. The new reporting framework delivered by external specialists last year has continued to provide the Board and committees with clearer, more concise papers. This has helped improve Board discussions and decision making. At the December 2015 Executive Committee meeting the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary updated the Executive members on the role they play in drafting the papers. We will continue to review and make sure only relevant information is provided to the Board. A further refresh of the Board paper process will commence this year.

After large discussion items, the Chairman summarises the key points from the discussion. He also confirms what is expected next, if anything, and if there are any actions for relevant Board members.

Board discussions

Use a diversity of thinking styles.

Responsibility: Chairman/ Board members

The Board members have become more flexible with their questioning taking into account their thinking styles, which varies according to the topic. At the post meetings with the Non-executive Directors, the Chairman makes sure they provide feedback on behaviours displayed during the meeting.

Board focus

Continue to manage the strategy agenda.

Responsibility: Chairman/ Chief Executive/Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Significant time has been scheduled for strategy on the Board meeting agendas. In addition, we usually hold two half-day strategy sessions during the year which take place on a separate day to the Board meeting, to make sure the strategy discussions are productive and stimulating. In July 2016 there will be a full strategy away day.

Additionally, the Chief Executive has developed a detailed schedule of Board strategy updates for the forthcoming year and has recently circulated to the Board the material to be covered at the July strategy day.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Board evaluation53


Corporate Governancecontinued

Mark Williamson

Committee chairman        

LOGO

Audit Committee

Review of the year

This report aims to provide an insight into the work of the Audit Committee over the year in relation to the UK and US businesses, the external auditors, and our role within the Company’s internal assurance functions, as well as the significant issues debated by the Committee during the year.

US business review

Last year, I reported on the work undertaken and progress made in relation to the US financial controls environment. This has remained a focus for the Committee this year and we expect the strengthened US leadership team to substantially complete the US finance transformation plan by 31 March 2017.

In September, the US finance senior leadership team joined the Committee meeting to give an in-depth update on the initiatives underpinning the US finance team transformation plan with each senior leader presenting on their area of responsibility. This provided us with an opportunity to hear directly from members of the team, raise questions and challenge as necessary.

I also took the opportunity in September to visit the Service Delivery Centre in Syracuse, New York to meet the US Shared Services and Finance teams. The visit highlighted the credit and collections process, a critical component of the larger revenue recognition process employed by the Company. I received presentations highlighting the work performed by each team, accomplishments, and areas of focus, together with an in-depth review of the credit and collections activities.

Additionally, in February I joined a video conference with the Finance Director and US finance leadership team for a progress update and to discuss the sustainable improvements being made to the overall US financial controls environment. The Finance Director and the US Chief Financial Officer have continued to keep the Committee up to date on progress with regular reports throughout the year on priorities and proposed improvements to support the transformation plan.

UK business review

While the US financial controls environment has remained an area of focus for the Committee, during the year we have also received regular updates of the overall Group control environment, including a presentation from the UK finance team on the status of the UK finance change programme.

Following the introduction of RIIO, the UK business has undergone significant change, which in turn demanded a different level of support from the UK finance team. The change programme is intended to improve the capability and capacity of the function to better support the business in a RIIO environment. The Committee challenged management on the status of the change programme and the revised processes and controls.

Audit tender

Overseeing the competitive tender process for the external audit was a significant undertaking for the Committee and management. You can read more about the process on page 56. I kept the Board up to date on our progress and in November recommended to the Board, for its consideration, that Deloitte LLP be appointed as our new external auditors. Our current auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, will continue in their role and undertake the audit for the year ending 31 March 2017, subject to reappointment by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. The appointment of Deloitte will be recommended to our shareholders for consideration at the 2017 AGM. We look forward to working with Deloitte in the future.

Looking forward, we will continue to receive updates on the UK Gas Distribution sale and will support the Board as appropriate in relation to this potential transaction.

LOGO

Mark Williamson

Committee chairman

54National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Examples of Committee focus during the year included:

Areas of focusCommentary

Risk management

The Committee has been delegated responsibility by the Board for monitoring and assessing the effectiveness of our risk management processes. During the year, the risk team undertook a review of our risk processes to make sure we have effective systems and processes in place to meet the requirements of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code and the FRC guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting. Going forwards, the Committee will also receive reports to be considered by the Board on risk process developments to enable the Committee to keep fully appraised of changes in the risk profile of the Company and to allow it to monitor the management of risk throughout the year.

The Committee continues to monitor the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control processes during the year and reports to the Board on the outcome of its annual review which covers all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls.

You can read more about our risk management process and the review of effectiveness on pages 26 to 29. Details of our internal control systems, including those relating to the financial reporting process, can be found on pages 29 and 183.

Viability statement

Following the new requirement in the Code, the Annual Report and Accounts must now include a viability statement, which you can find on page 30.

The viability statement requires the Board to confirm that it has assessed the Company’s principal risks and viability. At its meeting in September, the Committee considered the outcome of a review of the Company’s

risk processes and proposed improvements to make sure there were effective systems and processes in place to support the Board in making this statement.

At the Committee meeting in May, it considered the viability statement and recommended the statement to the Board for approval at its May meeting.

Going concern statement

In addition, the Committee considered the Group’s short-term liquidity and capital and considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in the financial statements. The Board considered and

approved the Committee’s recommendation at its May meeting. The Company’s going concern statement is set out on page 102, note 1A.

Fair, balanced and understandable

The Committee considered the requirement of the Code to ensure that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable in the

context of the applicable accounting standards and confirmed this view to the Board.

Financial reporting

The Committee monitors the integrity of the Company’s financial information and other formal documents relating to its financial performance. Itperformance and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board before publication.

 

An important factor in the integrity of financial statements is making sure that suitable and compliant accounting policies are adopted and applied consistently on a

year-on-year basis and across the Company. In this respect, the Committee also consideredconsiders the estimates and judgements made by management when accounting for non-standard transactions, including the treatment of exceptional items and in provision calculations.items. See page 57 for further details.

 

These considerations are supported by input from other assurance providers such asDisclosure Committee reports

When reviewing the group controls, risk managementhalf and ethics and compliance teams, business separation compliance officer, internal (corporate) audit andfull-year announcements, the SEH Committee as well as our external auditors. In addition, the Committee also considers reports of the Disclosure Committee. The Disclosure Committee also reports the results of its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s

disclosure controls to the Audit Committee. See page 5763 for more information.information on the role of the Disclosure Committee.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 testing and attestations

 

The Committee reviewsreceives regular updates on the status of testing and approves the external audit plan annually (see Audit quality below) and, as part of this, considers the significant risks upon whichimpact of deficiencies reported in the external auditors will focus their year-end audit. The independent auditors’ report (pages 77 to 80) highlights these risks, some of which led to significant issues that the Committee discussed during thepast year. These were:

 

US financial controls program (including quality of reconciliation

   process, US plant accounting and user access controls);

LIPA MSA transition contract accounting; and

presentation of exceptional items.

 

Other risks, includingSee page 29 for the accuracy and valuation of treasury derivative transactions, and management overrideCompany’s statement on the effectiveness of internal control were not consideredover financial reporting.

Cyber security risk management

Responsibility for reviewing the governance processes in detailrelation to cyber security has been delegated to the Committee by the Committee duringBoard. An update on the year as nothing significant arose that warranted Committee attention.status of our

 

Summarised below are the issues that attracted the most focus,

cyber security risk management process and time, ofcyber security strategy was presented to the Committee in relationSeptember.

Compliance management

Compliance management is part of the Global Assurance function, which incorporates ethics, risk management, licence management and records management. Biannual reports to the financial statements during the year.

US financial controls program: the primaryCommittee focus of the Committee during the yearon compliance with external legal obligations and regulatory commitments. Additional detail has been added to the workreports this year, providing information on trends, root cause of incidents, and action tracking to make sure of the integrity of the new financial system in the US. This included the measures taken to remediate US financial control deficiencieshelp prioritise and those highlighted as a result of the implementation of the new enterprise resource system.prevent recurrence.

Over the course of the year, the Committee requested and reviewed a number of reports in order to understand the detail of the issues. These issues include the timeliness and quality of certain balance sheet account reconciliations, and the process and systems to ensure appropriate capitalisation of labour costs.

 

The Committee has also challenged and reviewed management’s remediation plans andreceived an update on the designcompliance improvement programme in September. The objective of compensating controls, including enhanced analytical reviewsthe programme is to make sure the Company maintainsunderstands its external compliance obligations, that effective control frameworks are in place, and that compliance issues are managed with the right level of priority. The paper also set out the steps to help further embed compliance activities within the business. Strengthening existing control frameworks will be an effective internal control environment over financial reporting.important part of progressing compliance performance improvements in the business.

 

Given the significance of this work, Mark Williamson visited the US and held detailed meetings with senior management in January 2014 to confirm remediation plans were progressing as expected.

 

LIPA MSA transition contract accounting: on 31 December 2013, our US business moved the MSA with LIPA to a third party. This transition was particularly complex. It involved many areas of our US business and required us to manage the transition of more than 2,000 employees, including more than 40 finance

 

professionals, as well as to provide a new enterprise resource system to LIPA.

The Committee reviewed the accounting treatment of costs incurred as part of the transition and agreed that the judgements made by management were reasonable.

Presentation of exceptional items: at the half year and year end, the Committee discussed and challenged a detailed analysis of items to be classified as exceptional to make sure the items did not include income or costs relating to the underlying business.

In particular, the Committee considered the treatment of the provision at the half year for gas holder demolition, as well as LIPA MSA transition and pension costs (described above). The Committee agreed that the classification of these items is appropriate.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment: the Committee has considered the requirement of the Code to ensure that theNational Grid Annual Report and Accounts taken as a whole, is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.2015/16

Audit Committee

55


   

Corporate Governancecontinued

In reaching this conclusion the Committee reviewed, among other things, the impactAreas of the introduction of the RIIO price control regime in the UK on the Group’s IFRS reported results, see pages 08 and 09 for more information.focus

Commentary

 

Confidential reporting procedures and whistleblowing

The integrity of the financial statements is further supported by the confidential reporting and whistleblowing procedures we have in place.

The Committee reviews these procedures once a yearannually to make sure that complaints are treated confidentially and that a proportionate, independent investigation is carried out in all cases.

 

Internal (Corporate) Audit

The Corporate Audit function provides independent, objective assurance to the Audit, SEH and Executive Committees.

Audit work is delivered by a combination of internal resources – employees who typically have either a finance or operational business background – and external sources, where specific specialist skills are required.

The audit plan contains a mix of risk-based and cyclical reviews together with a small amount of work that is mandated, typically by US regulators. A number of focus areas are identified, such as financial, regulatory and asset management processes. Appropriate coverage is provided across each of these areas.

Inputs to the plan include risk registers, corporate priorities, external research of emerging risks and trends and discussions with senior management. A tool that captures all auditable areas, prior coverage and inherent process risk is also used to inform of audits that should be undertaken on a cyclical basis.

The plan is reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee in March each year, with focus given to not only the areas which are being covered but also those that are not, so we can make sure that the plan aligns with the Committee’s view of risk.

Corporate Audit provides a twice-yearly report to the Audit Committee. The report summarises common control themes arising and progress with implementing management action plans, and also presents information on specific audits as appropriate.

Where specific control issues are identified, senior leaders are invited to attend the Audit Committee to provide a commentary around the actions they are taking to improve the control environment within their area of responsibility.


  

 

The Committee also receives annual reports on the Company’s anti-bribery procedures and reviewed their adequacy. It noted that no material instances of non-compliance had been identified.

Strategic ReportInternal audit charter

In accordance with best practice, the Corporate Audit Charter was reviewed against the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) international standards and the IIA model charter.

This review assessed the purpose, authority and responsibility, as defined in the charter, to make sure they are sufficient to enable the Corporate Audit function to complete its objectives. Minor changes to the charter were approved by the Committee in November.

Performance review

The 2015/16 Board and committee evaluation was conducted externally by Independent Audit and included a high level review of the Board committees.

 

  

Corporate Governance

The recommended actions for the Audit Committee were considered by the Committee in May and an action plan agreed.

 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

51

 

      

External audit

The Committee is responsible for overseeing relations within action – audit tender

PwC have been the Company’s external auditors includingsince the approvalmerger with Lattice Group plc in 2002, and were the incumbent external auditors of fees,both the merging parties. Their performance has been reviewed annually by the Committee since that time.

As described in last year’s Annual Report and makes recommendationsAccounts, it was decided to tender the Boardaudit this year having considered the Competition and Market Authority Order requiring FTSE 350 companies to hold an audit tender every 10 years as well as the final European Commission (EC) regulations, which came into EU legislation in June 2014. Based on their appointment and reappointment. Details of total remuneration tothe EC transitional arrangements, the final year in which PwC could have been appointed as the Group’s auditors would have been for the year including audit services, audit-related services and other non-audit services, canending 31 March 2020. As such PwC were not invited to be found in note 3 (e)part of the consolidated financial statements on page 98.tender process.

The following tender process was undertaken:

 

Auditor   a pre-qualification questionnaire was issued to interested parties;

   the submissions were scored by the finance and procurement teams against a detailed scoring mechanism focusing on areas such as audit quality, relevant industry experience and understanding of our business;

   the scores were presented to the Committee in July together with a proposed short list of firms; and

   at its July meeting, the Committee discussed and agreed the short list of firms and approved the issue of a formal Request for Proposal (RFP) to the short-listed firms.

The key stages of the RFP were as follows:

   meetings were held between the potential firms and members of the Board and senior finance team to set out the requirements for the audit and provide a better understanding of the expectations of key stakeholders and our business;

   references for the proposed key team members of each firm were sought;

   technologyworkshops were held with finance team members to give the potential firms the opportunity to demonstrate their audit technology tools and their relevance to the Company; and

   written tender documents were submitted by each firm covering specific areas including audit approach, risk identification, audit scope, independence and objectivitythe proposed audit fee.

TheThroughout the process, we were mindful of the need to preserve the independence of the external audit. Each potential firm was required to disclose all existing relationships with the Company and explain their proposals to make sure these relationships would not cause any conflict of interest in line with SEC and proposed EU rules on auditor independence.

In early November, each potential firm presented to a panel (comprising the Committee, other members of the Board and senior finance team members and chaired by the Chairman of the Committee) setting out why they should be selected to be our external auditors. These sessions provided the panel with the opportunity to question each firm and follow up on queries from their written submissions.

The Committee discussed the outcome of the presentations and views of other members of the panel at its November meeting and recommended that Deloitte LLP was the most suitable firm to be our next auditors is essentialbased on the principal evaluation criteria of audit quality, team experience and cultural fit. This recommendation from the Committee was subsequently approved by the Board at its November meeting.

Deloitte’s appointment, subject to approval at the 2017 AGM, will be effective for the year ending 31 March 2018. The timing of the change in auditors will help ensure both an orderly transition and compliance with external regulations on the provision of an objective opinionnon-audit services.

PwC, National Grid’s current external auditor, will continue in their role until Deloitte’s appointment. They have expressed their willingness to continue as auditors of the Company for the year ending 31 March 2017 and the Committee has therefore recommended to the Board that a resolution proposing the re-appointment of PwC as external auditors be put to shareholders at the 2016 AGM. There are no contractual obligations restricting our choice of external auditors and we have not entered into any auditor liability agreement.

The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 – statement of compliance. The Company confirms that it complied with the provisions of the Competition and Markets Authority’s Order for the financial year under review.

56National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Significant issues

The most significant issue the Committee considered in relation to the financial statements during the year was the US financial control environment and in particular these related to property, plant and equipment. The Committee also considered a paper presented by management highlighting the Company’s policy for presenting items as exceptional and the immediate accounting implications of the proposed sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business.

The independent auditors’ report (pages 85 to 92) also includes some other areas of focus, including the accuracy and valuation of treasury derivative transactions, accounting for net pension obligations, revenue recognition, and valuation of environmental provisions which were not considered in detail by the Committee during the year, as nothing significant arose that warranted extensive Committee attention.

US financial control environment

The Committee has continued to devote a significant amount of time to reviewing the actions management are taking to improve the US financial controls environment. The two main areas of focus and challenge by the Committee on this issue were:

progress made by management against the measures taken to remediate the US financial control deficiencies. In particular the Committee asked management to produce a clear timetable for clearing the control deficiencies; and
the status of the US finance organisational design programme, in particular, understanding the structure of the new US finance senior leadership team and management’s plans to fill key vacancies.

Presentation of exceptional items

There were two specific items that the Committee considered this year in respect of exceptional items:

as part of the half-year results announcement, the Committee considered the treatment of the £49m gain recognised when National Grid exchanged its share of the Iroquois pipeline joint venture for shares in Dominion Midstream Partners, LP. The Committee was satisfied that this item should not be recognised as exceptional based on the size of the transaction; and
at year end, the Committee considered the treatment of the costs incurred in preparation for the UK Gas Distribution sale. The Committee agreed with management’s proposal that these be treated as exceptional to reflect the nature of the costs. This presentation would be consistent with the treatment of the overall profit on the sale when the transaction completes.

Potential sale of majority stake in the UK Gas Distribution business

The Committee considered the immediate accounting implications following the announcement of the sale plans in November. In particular, the Committee was satisfied with the conclusion reached that, based on the separation work remaining and the overall status of the transaction, the assets and liabilities did not need to be classified as held for sale at 31 March 2016. The Committee will continue to monitor this during 2016/17 as the potential transaction progresses.

External audit

The Committee is responsible for overseeing relations with the external auditors, including the proposed external audit plan, the approval of fees, and makes recommendations to the Board on their appointment or reappointment. Details of total remuneration paid to auditors for the year, including audit services, audit-related services and other non-audit services, can be found in note 3(e) of the consolidated financial statements on page 110.

Auditor independence and objectivity

The independence of the external auditors is essential to the provision of an objective opinion on the true and fair view presented in the financial statements. Auditor independence and objectivity is safeguarded by a number of control measures, including:

 

Auditor independence and objectivity is safeguarded by a number of control measures, including
limiting the nature and value of non-audit services performed by the external auditors, auditors;
ensuring that employees of the external auditors who have worked on the audit in the past two years are not appointed to senior financial positions within the Company in line with our internal code;
monitoring the changes in legislation related to auditor objectivity and independence to help ensure we remain compliant;
providing a business conduct helpline that employees can use to report any concerns, including those relating to the relationships between Company personnel and the external auditor;
the rotation of the lead engagement partner at least every five years. The currentyears (a new lead engagement partner has heldwas appointed for the position for four years.

2015/16 financial year);
 PwC’s internal independence rules and processes, which have been designed to exceed professional standards and focus on both personal independence and scope of services;
 

Audit quality

To maintain audit quality and provide comfort on the integrity of financialindependent reporting lines from PwC to the Committee reviews and challenges the proposed external audit plan to make sure that PwC has identified all key risks and developed robust audit procedures.

The Committee also considers PwC’s response to accounting, financial control and audit issues as they arise, and meets with them at least annually without management present, providing the external auditors with the opportunity to raise any matters in confidence.

Auditor appointment

Anmeet with the Committee independently; and

an annual review is conducted by the Committee of the levelstructures, policies and constitutionpractices in place to make sure the external auditors’ objectivity and independence is maintained.

Audit quality

To maintain audit quality and provide comfort on the integrity of financial reporting, the Committee reviews and challenges the proposed external audit plan, including its scope and materiality prior to approval, to make sure that PwC has identified all key risks and developed robust audit procedures and communication plans.

The Committee also considers PwC’s response to accounting, financial control and audit issues as they arise, and meets with them at least annually without management present, providing the external auditors with the opportunity to raise any matters in confidence.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Audit Committee57


Corporate Governancecontinued

Auditor appointment

An annual review is conducted by the Committee of the level and makeup of the external audit and non-audit fees and the effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external auditors.

The annual review includes consideration of:

 

audit quality and the external audit process globally;

the auditors’ performance;

performance and delivery against the audit plan;

the expertise of the firm and our relationship with them;them including the level of challenge; and

the initial results of online questionnaires completed by National Grid

   employees engaged with the auditChairman, Committee members, Executive Directors and memberssenior representatives from the finance team. The questions focused on: the quality of service; sufficiency of resources; planning and execution of the

   Audit Committee.

Following this year’s annual review, the Committee is satisfied with the effectiveness, independence audit; communication and objectivity of the external auditors,interaction; and recommends to the Board their reappointment for a further year. A resolution to reappoint PwC and giving authority to the Directors to determine their remuneration will be submitted to shareholders at the 2014overall satisfaction.

Following this year’s annual review, the Committee was satisfied with the effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external auditors, and recommended to the Board their reappointment for a further year. A resolution to reappoint PwC and giving authority to the Directors to determine their remuneration will be submitted to shareholders at the 2016 AGM.

Audit tender

PwC have been the Company’s external auditors since the merger with Lattice Group plc in 2002, having been the incumbent external auditors of both the merging parties and the audit contract has not been put out to tender since then. Their performance has been reviewed annually by the Committee since that time.

During the year the Committee spent time discussing a potential tender for the external audit, following the new requirement on audit tendering and rotation of auditors.

The Committee has also discussed the implications of the proposals by both the UK Competition Commission (implementing its decision to mandate tendering every 10 years) and the EU (requiring audit firm rotation at least every 20 years), and will implement them when they become final. These proposals have effectively superceded the comply-or-explain provision that underpins the Code. The Financial Reporting Council has decided to defer consideration of whether to make any changes to these sections of the Code until its next review, currently scheduled for 2016.

The Committee considered the additional disruption that both an audit tender and any change in audit firm would involve in light of the ongoing US financial controls program, and the services we currently receive from other firms that may be considered in a tender process.

The Committee concluded that a tender is not in the Company’s interests at this time but agreed that this issue would be reviewed annually as part of the auditor appointment process. No representatives from PwC were present during the Committee’s discussion of the options for a tender of the external audit.

There are no contractual obligations restricting our choice of external auditors and we have not entered into any auditor liability agreement.

Internal (corporate) audit

The corporate audit function provides independent, objective assurance to the Audit, Safety, Environment and Health and Executive Committees on whether our existing control and governance frameworks are operating effectively in order to meet our strategic objectives. Assurance work is conducted and managed in accordance with the IIA international standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing and Code of Ethics.

To keep the Committee informed of trends identified from the assurance work and to update on progress against the corporate audit plan, the Head of Corporate Audit reports to the Committee at least twice each year. These reports present information on specific audits, as appropriate, summarise common control themes arising from the work of the team and update on progress with implementing management actions. Where control issues are identified, senior leaders may be invited to attend Committee meetings to provide commentary on the actions they are taking to improve the control environment within their area of responsibility.

In order to meet the objectives set out in the Corporate Audit Charter, audits of varying types and scopes are conducted as part of the annual corporate audit plan. The audit plan is based on a combination of risk-based and cyclical reviews, together with a small amount of work that is mandated, typically by US regulators.

Inputs to the audit plan include risk registers, corporate priorities, external research of emerging risks and trends, and discussions with senior management to make sure the plan aligns with the Committee and Company’s view of risk. The audit plan is considered and approved by the Committee annually and progress against the plan is monitored throughout the year.

The Committee is responsible for the appointment and removal of the Head of Corporate Audit. The Committee met privately with the Head of Corporate Audit during the year.

 

 

Non-audit services provided by the external auditors

Non-auditIn accordance with our policy, non-audit services provided by the external auditors above a threshold of £50,000 require approval in advance by the Committee.

Below this threshold, all requests must be approved in advance by the Finance Director but do not require Committee pre-approval. This reduces the administrative burden on the Committee. A full list of all Committee and Finance Director approved non-audit work requests is presented to the Committee annually to ensure the Committee is aware of all non-audit services provided.

Additionally, the Committee receives quarterly reports from management on non-audit services and other consultants’ fees to monitor the types of services being provided and fees incurred.

Approval for the provision of non-audit services is given on the basis the service will not compromise independence and is a natural extension of the audit, or if there are overriding business or efficiency reasons making the external auditors most suited to provide the service. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors, as required under the SOX Act.Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002.

 

Total non-audit services provided by PwC during the year ended 31 March 20142016 were £1.7£8.9 million (2013: £2.3(2015: £0.9 million), which comprised 15% (2013: 23%representing 63% (2015: 7%) of total audit and audit-related fees.fees (see note 3(e)). The increase in the year relates to two significant projects: vendor due diligence and separation support in respect of the potential UK Gas Distribution transaction and ‘data scrub’ work on financial information prior to inclusion in US rate case filings. For both of these projects it was concluded that the work would be most efficiently performed by the external auditor based on their understanding of our businesses and that most of the information used was derived from audited financial statements. Both projects were discussed by the Committee and pre approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee prior to work commencing.

 

Total audit and audit-related fees include the statutory fee and fees paid to PwC for other services that the external auditors are required to perform, for examplesuch as regulatory audits and SOXSarbanes-Oxley Act attestation. Non-audit fees represent all other services provided by PwC not included in the above.

 

Significant non-auditNon-audit services provided by PwC in the year included the review of US pensions and other post-retirement benefits census data (£0.5 million) and tax compliance services in territories other than the US (£0.5 million).

PwC were engaged, the significant majority of which related to review census data used in US pensions and other post-retirement benefit calculations and advise on enhancements to procedures and controls surrounding census data completeness and accuracy.the UK.

 

The Committee considered PwC best placed to provide this service given their in-depth understanding of our processes and control environment. In order to maintain the external auditors’ independence and objectivity, the work was performed by a team independent of the audit team, management reviewed and considered PwC’s findings and PwC did not make any decisions on behalf of management. Additionally, PwC had no input in respect of the production of financial information subsequently used by the audit team.

The Committee also considered that tax compliance services were most efficiently provided by the external auditors, as much of the information used in preparing computations and returns iswas derived from audited financial information. In order to maintain the external auditors’ independence and objectivity, management reviewed and considered PwC’s findings and PwC did not make any decisions on behalf of management.

 


58National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Therese Esperdy

Committee chairman        

LOGO

Finance Committee

Review of the year

This was my first full year as Committee chairman, during which we have focused on our funding programme taking into account international market conditions, as well as overseeing the early stages of the treasury and other finance related aspects of the proposed sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business.

At the end of the year, we said farewell to Steve Holliday as a member of the Committee as he stepped down from his Chief Executive role, and from the start of April we welcomed John Pettigrew to the Committee as he transitioned into that role. I would like to thank Steve for his contribution to this Committee as part of his wider leadership of National Grid over many years.

2015/16 has also seen changes within the treasury team, with a new Group Tax and Treasury Director taking on the role in early 2016. With accompanying changes in the UK and US treasury teams I look forward to working with the new management team to build on the strong base they have inherited.

The Committee has met with management and employees across the treasury, tax, pensions and insurance functions in both the UK and US through the course of our routine meetings. In addition, all members of the Committee met separately with the new Group Tax and Treasury Director as part of his induction into the role.

As part of our continuous review of counterparty risk, in June we received a presentation from external advisors on the banking market initiatives designed to improve the capital position of banks. Following the Committee’s approval to simplify our liquidity policies last year, the revised policy was successfully implemented and we reviewed performance during the year.

The Committee approved the issuance of a non-dilutive convertible bond in September. This innovative funding transaction demonstrates our focus on funding diversification and cost effectiveness, and was recognised with the Deal of the Year Award for 2015 by the Association of Corporate Treasurers.

During the year, the Committee received an update on the activities and performance of our captive insurance companies, which highlighted the cost savings generated by these arrangements. We also reviewed the future strategy for the insurance function, our outsource arrangements, and the ongoing plans for the captive insurance companies.

In the second half of the year, the Committee spent time on the financing related aspects of the proposed sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business. This included reviewing the pension and tax aspects of the proposed transaction, together with planning our approach to the associated liability management exercise. This will continue to be a major focus for the Committee in the year ahead.

In April 2016, the Committee received an external update on the potential impact of the forthcoming referendum on the UK’s membership of the European Union. We assessed the treasury and other issues that might arise, together with their potential impact on the Company.

We will also continue to review our ongoing funding needs, liquidity management, pension funding and our future insurance strategy.

Examples of key matters the Committee considered during the year included:

funding requirements and financing for the business plan;
setting and reviewing treasury policies;
treasury performance updates;
UK and US tax updates;
update on US energy procurement activities and electricity and gas trading activities in the UK;
foreign exchange policy and interest rate risk management;
the draft going concern statement for the half- andfull-year results prior to consideration by the Board;
update on pension and post-retirement healthcare arrangements; and
insurance renewal programme and overall insurance strategy.

The Committee in action –

rebalancing our debt portfolio

The Committee has had oversight of management’s plans to rebalance our debt portfolio relating to the potential sale of a majority stake in our UK Gas Distribution business.

We initially reviewed and challenged management’s overall strategy for the restructuring programme, and subsequently received presentations over multiple meetings on the proposed methodology and risks associated with delivering it.

Various options were considered and we concurred with management’s proposed approach on this important issue. We will continue to oversee progress in the coming year.

LOGO

Therese Esperdy

Committee chairman

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Finance Committee 59


Corporate Governancecontinued

Paul Golby

Committee chairman        

 LOGO
 

 

52    National Grid Annual ReportSafety, Environment and Accounts 2013/14

Corporate

Governance

continued

Audit information

Having made the requisite enquiries, so far as the Directors in office at the date of the approval of this report are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information.

Internal control, risk and compliance

We regularly consider the effectiveness of financial reporting, internal controls and compliance with applicable legal and internal requirements. We also review the procedures for the identification, assessment, mitigation and reporting of risks.

To continuously improve and remain at best practice levels, the risk management team reviews risk process standards, emerging trends and concepts being driven by the main consultancy firms and seeks to apply these as appropriate. The standards issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and the international risk standard ISO 31000 continue to inform the principles of our risk management process.

Specific improvements delivered during the year, and ongoing, were noted by the Committee at its meeting in September. These improvements include an enhanced approach for risk reporting to the Executive Committee, focusing on giving better visibility of mitigations and their impact on how risks are scored.

The scope of risk discussions has also been widened to incorporate specific consideration of our treatment of and preparedness for emerging risks (uncertainties on the horizon that are still developing and so may or may not evolve into threats or opportunities for us) and potential ‘black swan’ type events (catastrophic events of extremely high impact and extremely low likelihood).

The Board has participated in an interactive risk workshop to reinforce awareness of our key risks so its views can be captured and incorporated into our risk management activities. The output of this session formed part of the risk information reviewed at the March Audit Committee meeting.

Details of our internal control and risk management systems, including over the financial reporting process can be found on pages 22 and 25 and page 170. Our risk factors are described in full on pages 167 to 169.

Compliance management

The Global Ethics and Compliance team has continued to focus on promoting improved consistency of reporting on control frameworks across the compliance reporting process. The aim of this activity is to make sure any problem areas are transparent and that all parts of the business are applying a similar standard.

The Committee asked for a review of the key compliance areas that are subject to the reporting process. Currently, reporting focuses on legal compliance obligations only, and consideration is being given to whether all key areas are covered and what, if any, other areas should be included. The Committee also received the annual reports on the Company’s anti-bribery procedures and whistleblowing procedures and reviewed their adequacy. It noted that no material instances of non-compliance had been identified.

Going concern

Having made enquiries and reviewed management’s assessment of the going concern assumption, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the next financial year and the foreseeable future. For this reason, the Directors are satisfied that, at the time of approving the financial statements, it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated and individual financial statements of the Company.

Management’s assessment process

In accordance with the draft recommendations of the updated Financial Reporting Council guidance on going concern and liquidity risk, we have reviewed and amended our going concern assessment process.

Our process is an extension of our business planning process, and is further supplemented by our annual budget and other liquidity risk management controls. Our five year business plan and one year budget were reviewed and approved by the Board at its meetings in September 2013 and March 2014 respectively. The Finance Committee provides ongoing oversight of our liquidity policy, which requires us to maintain sufficient liquidity for a rolling 12 month period.

In light of our refreshed approach, we have reconsidered what the most appropriate ‘foreseeable future’ period is. Given our business model, current regulatory clarity and other factors affecting our operating environment, and the robustness of our business planning process and scenario analysis, we have concluded the foreseeable future period is the five years ending 31 March 2018, in line with our business plan. This period is considered to be the ‘foreseeable future’ as required for this going concern assessment only, and is in accordance with company law, accounting standards and the Listing Rules. We will reassess this period annually in light of developments in our operating environment, business model and strategic priorities.

Our business plan considers the significant solvency and liquidity risks involved in delivering our business model in light of our strategic priorities. The business plan models a number of upside and downside scenarios, derived from the risks and opportunities identified, and determines the impact these would have on our results and financial position over the five year period. In addition, we have reviewed and challenged a number of worst case scenarios and their possible remediation.

Our business model calls for significant capital investment to maintain and expand our network infrastructure. To deliver this, our business plan highlights that we will need to access capital markets to raise additional funds from time to time. We have a long and successful history in this regard; however, our business plan also models various KPIs used by lenders and credit rating agencies in assessing a company’s credit worthiness. These models indicate that we should continue to have access to capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates throughout the five year period. To monitor and control risks around access to capital markets we have policies and procedures in place to help mitigate, as far as possible, any risk of a change in our credit ratings and other credit metrics.

More detail on our financial risks, including liquidity and solvency, is provided in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements. There have been no major changes to the Group’s significant liquidity and solvency risks in the year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

53

 

FinanceHealth Committee

 

LOGO

Role

Sets policy and grants authority for financing decisions, credit exposure, hedging and foreign exchange transactions, guarantees and indemnities subject to the risk appetite approved by the Board. It also approves other treasury, tax, pension funding and insurance strategies and, if appropriate, recommends them to the Board.

Review of the year

The Finance Committee was established in 2002 to focus on the Company’s debt book to make sure these matters were given the necessary attention.

Following a number of new Non-executive Directors joining the Board in 2012/13, a presentation on the work and remit of the Committee was given to the Board in April 2013.

The presentation focused on the risks inherent in the areas the Finance Committee covers namely, treasury activities, insurance, pensions and tax. The presentation aimed to help all Directors understand the role and responsibilities of the Committee.

During the year, external advisors have given presentations to the Committee on matters such as capital markets, the results of a debt investor survey and the current state of banks. Additionally, information was circulated between meetings to make sure the Committee was kept fully briefed.

This year, we continued to focus on funding plans to take into account international debt market conditions. The Committee received regular reports on treasury, tax, insurance, pensions and commodity activities to keep us advised of progress and we approved recommendations where appropriate.

In July, after seven years as chair of this Committee, I will be stepping down from the Board. I have been working closely with Therese to ensure a smooth handover of responsibilities. I have no doubt the Committee will continue to perform effectively and evolve under Therese’s leadership.

LOGO

Maria Richter

Committee chairman

Matters considered

Examples of matters the Committee considered during the year include:

 Review of the yearlong-term funding requirements;
 setting

Over the year the Safety, Environment and reviewing treasury policies;

—  treasuryHealth Committee has seen the Company make further progress in process safety management and the safety performance updates provided at each meeting;
of both the UK and US tax updates;
activities ofbusinesses. The US has closed the Energy Procurement Risk Management Committee in the US;
activities of the Incentive Risk Management Committee in the UK;
credit rating agencies’ viewsgap on the Company;
foreign exchange policy;
pensions updates,UK in particular fundingterms of combined employee and contractor Lost Time Injuries and the Company’s pension deficits; and
insurance renewal strategy.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the numberCompany overall now has an injury frequency rate of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014.0.10.

 

NameAttendance 

Maria Richter (chairman)4 of 4 

Steve Holliday

4 of 4 

Andrew Bonfield

4 of 4 

Jonathan Dawson

4 of 4 

Therese Esperdy1

0 of 0 

Ruth Kelly

4 of 4 

Mark Williamson2

1 of 1 

1.

Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Committee with effect from 18 March 2014.

 2.Mark Williamson stepped down following his appointment as chairman

Road traffic collisions remain higher than we would like in both the UK and the US. Starting in the UK, the Company has therefore required many of its employees to attend safe driver training with the Audit Committee on 29 July 2013.


aim of reducing incidents. We have also benchmarked our approach to safe driving externally and ascertained that it represents good industry practice.

 

54    National Grid Annual ReportThe Committee receives reports from the Engineering Assurance Committee (EAC) every six months. In particular, we considered work being done by the EAC in succession planning for the Company’s engineering employee population. Following recommendations from the Committee, the collection and Accounts 2013/14analysis of data on the Company’s engineers was accelerated to facilitate the development of a strategy for recruitment and retention of employees, which recognises the value of engineering qualifications particularly in relation to safety critical roles.

 

 Corporate

 Governance

 continued

 

Safety, EnvironmentWe have continued to focus on process safety and Health Committeeestablishing a safety management system across both UK and US businesses. We also received reports on the measures being introduced at key US LNG plants located close to areas that have pockets of relatively dense population. This includes the installation of automatic shutdown mechanisms and, for four plants, dike remodelling to improve the containment of LNG in the low probability event of an incident.

 

LOGO

Role

In relationWe continued to monitor the Company’s approach to compliance with US gas safety regulations (see the ‘Committee in action’ box opposite). The Committee spent time reviewing how the Company benchmarks its performance against that of other bodies, both in the utilities’ sector and elsewhere in the fields of safety, environment and health, the Committee reviews the strategies, policies, initiatives, risk exposure, targets and performance of the Company and, where appropriate, of its suppliers and contractors.health. It monitors the resources we use for compliance and driving improvementalso considered other areas in these areas. The Committee also reviews investigations into major incidents and subsequent measures taken.which it may be beneficial to extend such benchmarking.

 

Review of the year

In terms of safety, our focus over the past year has again been on process safety. This includes the progress made, following the introduction of the new safety management system, in managing major hazard assets across our businesses, as well as the work required for the Company to become an industry leader in this area.

In particular, we have reviewed in depth the risks relating to our US LNG assets and the introduction of a new decision support tool for managing risks on gas transmission pipelines. We have also begun a review of the interfaces between our IT systems and safety processes.

Following a fatality and other incidents involving contractors in the US gas distribution business, we spent time with senior local management considering what measures needed to be put in place to promote a culture of safety among both employees and contractors and prevent a reoccurrence.

In relation to environmental matters,environment, we have continued to monitor the Company’sour strategy and approach to sustainability. In particular, we have looked at projects the Company is engaged inhow we are working with governments and bodies to reuse and recycleinfluence regulations that directly affect our resources such as overhead line conductors.business.

 

We have also reviewed the Company’s 2012 to 2016 Health and Wellbeing strategy. This includes a focus on mental wellbeing and how this affects not only employees’ absence, but also their levels of performance and engagement at work and in their home life. The Company is working to identify business areas most susceptible to workplace pressure that may impact employees’ mental wellbeing. We have started to provide training and information to reduce the stigma associated with mental illness as well as developing and promoting access to health and wellbeing support and treatment for affected employees.

LOGO

Philip Aiken

Committee chairman

Matters considered

Examples of matters the SEH Committee reviewed during the year include:

 Our performance to date in reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions has been successful and we expect to exceed our 2020 reduction target significantly. However,

the necessary reductions in GHG emissions to meet our 2050 target will be a greater challenge. Following the UN Climate Change Conference in Paris in December 2015 (COP21), the Committee met to consider the outcomes of the conference and how these affect the Company.

Further work is planned for 2016/17, as the impact on national legislation is expected to become clearer and we review our emissions reduction strategy and our ability to meet our 2050 GHG reduction targets.

We also considered the Company’s health and wellbeing strategy and the work being undertaken to improve data management, implement better line management awareness training and provide support and guidance to employees.

Examples of other matters the Committee reviewed during the year included:

 ongoing monitoring of safety performance and significant incidents in both the USUK and UK;US;
 update on lessons learnt and steps taken following a contractor fatality of a member of the public in the USUK in April 2013;2014, for which the Company was fined £2m in December 2015;
 —  update on the UKcompliance and US safety and environment strategy, leadership and governance processes, looking at work done to coordinate approaches in the two regions. This includes the establishment of a Group-levelrisk reporting for safety, environment and health management committee which meets monthly and reports to the Executive Committee;health;
 the introduction and application by the Company of the accounting for sustainability (A4S) methodology for new projects;
 programmes for musculo-skeletal injury prevention and mental well-being in the UK; and
 Group-wide employeethe impact that the so called ‘Obama Care’ laws may have on the provision of health care plans for our US employees.

The Committee in action – US gas pipeline safety management

Following several years of very significant pipeline incidents, the US Congress and regulators have changed their approach to enforcing gas pipeline safety legislation, becoming impatient with companies that are not showing continuous improvement in compliance-related matters. This is demonstrated by a recent series of compliance orders in New York State, record-setting penalties nationwide and further demands for compliance improvement plans.

The Company’s response has been to heighten its focus on compliance and investment in people, training and systems to meet these requirements through new gas enablement initiatives and the setting up of a gas pipeline safety monitoring system. This will involve using the Company’s process safety culture survey results;

audit of asbestos legislationmanagement system and expanding its approach to gas distribution assets. The US business has reviewed its standards and procedures and has worked to build a consistent and integrated approach to gas pipeline safety compliance across the UK business;
reviewCompany.

Over the past couple of procedures for detecting gas mainsyears, the Committee has monitored the progress of these measures, stressing the importance of compliance with legislation rather than tolerance of fines. It has encouraged the Company to improve communications with regulators in the US;

considerationorder to help shape solutions to evolving regulatory issues. These include recent changes to New York State’s definition of service lines, affecting where jurisdictional piping responsibility ends and therefore where the Company’s risk appetite in the context of safety;responsibility for gas pipeline safety commences and
climate change strategy, including performance against emissions targets and carbon budgets.

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014. ends.

 

NameAttendance 

Philip Aiken (chairman)5 of 5 

Andrew Bonfield1

0 of 0 

Nora Mead Brownell

5 of 5 

Paul Golby

5 of 5 

Ken Harvey22 of 2 

1.

Andrew Bonfield was appointed to the Committee with effect from 27 March 2014.

2.Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

55

 

LOGO

Paul Golby

Committee chairman

 

60National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Sir Peter Gershon

Committee chairman        

 

LOGO

Nominations Committee

 

Review of the year

LOGODuring the year, succession planning has been the main area of focus for the Committee. The process of building a strong and effective Board requires a good balance of continuity and refreshment and the Committee has borne this in mind in its deliberations.

 

RoleAppointment of new Chief Executive

ResponsibleAs described in my foreword to the Corporate Governance report, during the year we have undertaken a rigorous recruitment process to appoint a successor to Steve Holliday, which resulted in the appointment of John Pettigrew as our new Chief Executive. You can read more about the Chief Executive succession search and appointment process in the ‘Committee in action’ box opposite.

Succession planning

The Committee also spent time considering succession planning over the long term, for consideringboth Executive and Non-executive Director positions, to make sure we have the structure, sizeright mix of skills and compositionexperience for the future. The main focus of these discussions was to take account of the recruitment process for the Chief Executive role and subsequently the appointment of our new Executive Director, UK, following John’s appointment as Chief Executive. Following a thorough and rigorous appointment process, Nicola Shaw was appointed to the role of Executive Director, UK and we will be welcoming Nicola on to the Board from 1 July 2016; see opposite for more details on this search and appointment process.

Diversity

Balance and fit with current Board members are important considerations in recruitment to the Board. Therefore part of the selection process for Board appointments is for the Committee to review the existing skills and experience of the Board and committees,to also undertake external benchmarking and succession planning. Ita review of potential external candidates. The Board also identifies and proposes individualstakes into account the need to be Directors and executive management reporting directlymake sure there is appropriate diversity, including diversity in thinking styles. Further details on the Company’s approach to the Chief Executive, and establishes the criteria for any new position.diversity are set out overleaf.

 

Review of the year

The Board is now in the final stages of its phased transition that commenced in 2011. Most recently we have welcomed Therese Esperdy and John Pettigrew to our

Board and following the AGM, Maria Richter will be stepping down from the Board. Nick Winser will also step down from the Board at this time, but will continue in his role as President of ENTSO-E and Chairman of NGET and NGG until July 2015 when he will be leaving the Company.

Committee membership

Following the changes in Board membership, the composition of the committees was reviewed and updated to reflectalso reviewed. As a result of his appointment as Chief Executive, John Pettigrew joined the new balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board.

Diversity of background, thinking styles and expertise have been important criteria in the transition of the Board. During the year the Committee reviewed our Board diversity policy. Progress against the policy was discussed and objectives to support the implementation of the policy were agreed, see page 56 for more details.

The Committee agreed that the first objective should be to continue to meet, and aspire to exceed, the target of 25% of Board positions to be held by women by 2015. I look forward to reporting on our progress next year.

Succession planning below Board level is also important.

During the year theFinance Committee with the Chief Executive reviewed the Executive Committee timeline and succession plans, rather than these being considered by the Board, to allow for a more open discussion. The presentation focused on succession cover to address the key risks and actions identified by an external assessment.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Committee chairman

effect from 1 April 2016.

 

 

Matters considered

Examples of other matters the Nominations Committee considered during the year include:

included:
   

Non-executive and Executive Director appointments, see page 56 for details of the processes;

the successor as Senior Independent Director to Ken Harvey;
Board and committee membership following changes to the composition of the Board;
the executive succession planning process focusing on the identification, development and readiness of successors to the Executive Committee in particular; and
   a review of the findingsChairman’s performance, led by Mark Williamson, the Senior Independent Director.

The Committee in action – Chief Executive succession search and appointment process

A formal process was undertaken by the Committee over a three year period in order to find an appropriate successor to Steve Holliday as Chief Executive. Luke Meynell, an external advisor, initially of Russell Reynolds Associates and subsequently of The Zygos Partnership, supported the Committee to make sure there was rigour and challenge to our process which was as follows:

a Chief Executive role profile was prepared and agreed by the Committee;
the external advisor conducted initial searches and assessed a long list of internal and external candidates against the agreed profile to produce a shortlist of potential candidates;
shortlisted internal candidates were considered and interviews and assessments were undertaken;
the Chairman and some of the Non-executive Directors met the potential external candidates;
following a review of the ratings from all the Board evaluation, see page 46 for more information,interviews and assessments the Committee agreed its preferred internal candidate;
the preferred candidate was benchmarked against external candidates;
following discussion of the Committee’s performance.impact of the proposed appointment on the succession plans of the Company, the Committee confirmed its preferred candidate and recommended John Pettigrew for appointment as Chief Executive to the Board;
 

Committee membership and attendance

Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below. Attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number possible or applicable for the individual Director during the year to 31 March 2014.

NameAttendance 

Sir Peter Gershon (chairman)

6 of 6 

Philip Aiken

6 of 6 

Nora Mead Brownell

6 of 6 

Jonathan Dawson

6 of 6 

Therese Esperdy1

1 of 1 

Paul Golby

6 of 6 

Ruth Kelly

6 of 6 

Maria Richter

6 of 6 
Mark Williamson6 of 6 

Ken Harvey2

1 of 1 
George Rose21 of 1 

1. Therese Esperdy was appointed to the Committee with effect  from 18 March 2014.

2. George Rose and Ken Harvey stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

approved the appointment as recommended.


Search and appointment process

Executive Director, UK

A formal recruitment process was also undertaken for the replacement of John Pettigrew as Executive Director, UK, as follows.

The Nominations Committee appointed Korn Ferry as the search consultancy. With input from the Committee members a role and person specification was agreed.

Korn Ferry conducted initial searches for potential external candidates, with eight candidates being put forward for the role. Following this, a series of interviews were undertaken by the Chairman and members of the Board and Executive Committee. The Committee considered the outcomes from the interviews and selected two candidates for further consideration.

Final interviews with the two candidates were carried out by Steve Holliday, John Pettigrew, Ruth Kelly, Mark Williamson and members of the Executive Committee. Additionally, the two shortlisted candidates were externally assessed by YSC, a business management consultancy that undertakes executive director profiling assessments.

Following discussion, the Nominations Committee recommended Nicola Shaw as its preferred candidate for appointment to the Board. The Board approved the appointment as recommended and Nicola will join the Board on 1 July 2016.

In addition to providing external search consultancy services to the Company, Korn Ferry also provide HR consultancy services.

LOGO

Sir Peter Gershon

Chairman

 

56    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Nominations Committee61


Corporate Governancecontinued

    

    

Corporate

Governance

continued

    

 

Appointment processes

Non-executive Director

The recruitment process undertaken for the appointment of Therese Esperdy was formal, rigorous and transparent. The Nominations Committee appointed Korn Ferry as the search consultancy, and the following process was undertaken:

  a role profile was prepared against which potential candidates  were considered;

  Sir Peter Gershon interviewed an initial list of candidates, from  which a shortlist of preferred candidates was selected;

  Maria Richter, Mark Williamson, Steve Holliday and Andrew  Bonfield interviewed the shortlist of candidates and provided  feedback to the Committee;

  the Committee considered these views in its deliberations before  recommending a preferred candidate to the Board; and

  the Board approved the appointment as recommended.

In addition to providing external search consultancy services to the Company, a subsidiary of Korn Ferry provides external coaching to senior managers in the US.

Executive Director

John Pettigrew’s appointment to the Board as an Executive Director had been envisaged for some time. His executive career with the Company has been guided to make sure that he has experience of multiple parts of the business. His readiness and suitability for appointment to the Board was assessed by an external consultant.

As part of the appointment process, John Pettigrew was interviewed individually by Sir Peter Gershon, Mark Williamson, Jonathan Dawson and Ruth Kelly. The feedback from these meetings was discussed by the Committee before agreeing to recommend John’s appointment to the Board. The Board approved the recommendation to appoint John as an Executive Director. John’s role has not changed following his appointment to the Board.

Board diversity and the Davies Review

At National Grid, we believe that creating an inclusive and diverse culture supports the attraction and retention of talented people, improves effectiveness, delivers superior performance and enhances the success of the Company.

 

Our Board diversity policy promotes this culture and reaffirms our aspiration to meet and exceed the target of 25% of Board positions being held by women by 2015, as set out by Lord Davies. In October 2015, Lord Davies published his final report on women in the boardroom and recommended a new voluntary target of 33% of board positions to be held by women by 2020. In April 2016, the Nominations Committee discussed progress made against our Board diversity policy and noted the new target.

We currently have 28%27% women on our Board which will change to 25% on the departure of Maria Richter and Nick Winser, and 20%22% women on our Executive Committee.

The number of women in senior management positions and throughout the organisation is set out on page 4145 along with examples of the initiatives to promote and support inclusion and diversity throughout our Company.

 

In February 2014, the Nominations Committee set out eight measurable objectives to support our Board diversity policy. During the year, the Committee reviewed the Board diversity policy and progress made. It also discussed and agreedmade against the following objectives towhich support the implementation of the policy:policy as set out below.

 

ObjectivesProgress

1  theThe Board aspiresaspired to exceed the target of 25% of Board positions to be held by women by 2015;2015.

Objective met. We currently have 27% women on our Board, which will increase to 33% when Nicola Shaw joins in July 2016. Lord Davies recommended in his final report that the target be increased to a voluntary 33% target by 2020. The Board has noted this new target.

2  all

All Board appointments will be made on merit, in the context of the skills and experience that are needed for the Board to be effective;effective.

  

Objective met. The appointment of John Pettigrew as Chief Executive and Nicola Shaw as Executive Director, UK were made on merit.

3  weWe will only engage executive search firms who have signed up to the voluntary codeVoluntary Code of conductConduct on gender diversity;Gender Diversity.

Objective met. Korn Ferry, Russell Reynolds Associates and The Zygos Partnership are signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct on Gender Diversity.

4  where

Where appropriate, we will assist with the development and support of initiatives that promote gender and other forms of diversity among our Board, executiveExecutive Committee and other senior management;management.

Objective met. See page 44 for further details.

5  whereWhere appropriate, we will continue to adopt best practice in response to the Davies Review;Review.

Ongoing – as appropriate. The Nominations Committee reviewed and noted the recommendations of the Lord Davies report published in October 2015 and best practice will be adopted as appropriate and reported on next year.

6  we

We will review our progress against the Board diversity policy annually;annually.

Objective met. Ongoing.

7  we

We will report on our progress against the policy and our objectives in the Annual Report and Accounts along with details of initiatives to promote gender and other forms of diversity among our Board, Executive Committee and other senior management; andmanagement.

Objective met. Ongoing.

8  we

We will continue to make key diversity data, both about the Board and our wider employee population, available in the Annual Report and Accounts.

Objective met. Ongoing.

 

Progress against the objectives, the policy and the policynew targets will continue to be reviewed annually and reported in the Annual Report and Accounts. The implementation

62National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

Executive Committee membership key

1 John Pettigrew

Chief Executive and Committee chairman

2 Andrew BonfieldFinance Director

3 Stephanie HazellGroup Strategy & CorporateDevelopment Director

4 Alison KayGroup General Counsel & Company Secretary

5 Richard Adduci

Chief Information Officer

6 George Mayhew

Group Corporate Affairs Director

7 Dean SeaversExecutive Director, US

8 Mike Westcott

Group Human Resources Director

9 Steve Holliday

Executive Director

LOGO

Management committees

To help make sure we allocate time and expertise appropriately, the Company has a number of a successful diversity policy will needmanagement committees, which include the Executive Committee, Disclosure Committee, Investment Committee, Group Ethics and Compliance Committee, Global Retirement Plan Committee and Group Security, and Resilience Committee. These committees provide reports, where relevant, to be measured over a period of some years during which the size and shape ofappointing committee in line with our governance framework on the Board may change to support the business.responsibilities they have been delegated. See page 49 for management committee reporting lines.

 

Executive Committee

Led by the Chief Executive, the Executive Committee oversees the safety, operational and financial performance of the Company. It is responsible for making day-to-day management and operational decisions it considers necessary to safeguard the interests of the Company and to further the strategy, business objectives and targets established by the Board. The Committee plays an important role in the development of our people and in driving a high-performance culture.

It approves expenditure and other financial commitments within its authority levels and discusses, formulates and approves proposals to be considered by the Board.

 

There are currently 10nine Committee members, with Steve Holliday remaining a member of the Committee until he leaves the Company in July 2016. As previously announced, Nicola Shaw will become a member of the Committee with effect from 1 July 2016, on joining the Committee. TheyCompany as Executive Director, UK. The Committee members have a broad range of skills and expertise, which are updated through training and development. Some members also hold external non-executive directorships, giving them valuable board experience.

On a quarterly basis the Committee receives an inclusion and diversity scorecard which sets out statistics from the business at all levels in the UK and US. Progress against our aspirational inclusion and diversity targets is reviewed on an annual basis.

The Committee officially met 12 times this year, but the members interact much more regularly. Those members of the Committee who are not Directors all regularly attend Board and committee meetings for specific agenda items with Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, being secretary to the Board and Nominations Committee.items. This means that knowledge is shared and every member isall members are kept up to date with business activities and developments.


 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

57

LOGO

1Steve Holliday, Committee chairman

2Andrew Bonfield, Finance Director

3Stephanie Hazell, Group Strategy & Corporate Development Director (joined the Committee in June 2013 to replace Alison Wood)

4Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary (see page 173 for her biography)

5Tom King, Executive Director, US

6David Lister, Chief Information Officer

7George Mayhew, Corporate Affairs Director

8John Pettigrew, Executive Director, UK

9Mike Westcott, Group Human Resources Director

10Nick Winser, Executive Director, UK

Management committees

To help make sure we allocate time and expertise in the right way, the Company has a number of management committees, which include the Disclosure Committee Global Ethics and Compliance Committees and the Global Retirement Plan Committee. These management committees provide reports, where relevant, to the appointing committee in line with our governance framework on the responsibilities they have been delegated.

Disclosure Committee

The role of the Disclosure Committee is to assist the Chief Executive and the Finance Director in fulfilling their responsibility for overseeing the accuracy and timeliness of the disclosures made – whether in connection with our presentations to analysts, financial reporting obligations, or other material stock exchange announcements.announcements, including the disclosure of price sensitive information.

 

This year the Committee met to consider the announcements of the full- and half-year results and the interim management statements. It reported on therelevant matters arising to the Audit Committee. In doing so it spent time considering the Company’s disclosure obligations relating to RIIO, the implementationannouncement of the US financial systems and controls, the LIPA MSA transitionproposed UK Gas Distribution sale process and the Board’s approach toexpected impact this would have on the offer of the scrip dividend option. Company’s growth rate.

The Committee also reports the results of its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls to the Audit Committee.

The Committee is chaired by the Finance Director and its members are the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary, the Global Tax and Treasury Director, the GroupGlobal Financial Controller, the Director of Investor Relations, the DirectorHead of Corporate Audit and the Deputy Group General Counsel, with other attendees as appropriate.

LOGO

Directors’ Report statutory and other disclosures (starting on page indicated)
  

 

AGM page 46The Committee in action – rate case filings

During the year, the Committee reviewed and discussed our proposed rate case filings for both Massachusetts electricity operations (MECO) and our downstate New York gas companies (KEDNY/KEDLI). These filings aim to increase our allowed revenue in line with increased operating costs since base rates were reset after the last full rate review for each company (2010 for MECO, 2008 for KEDNY/KEDLI) and also to fund future investment needed to meet our customers’ requirements and improve reliability.

A key focus of the Committee discussions was on understanding the impact of the requested rate increases on our customers, and considering stakeholder perspectives. Following discussion, the proposals were approved for filing at the October meeting for MECO and at the January meeting for KEDNY/KEDLI.

  
    

 

Articles of Association page 176

Audit information page 52

Board of Directors page 43

Business model page 14

Change of control provisions page 173

Code of Ethics page 177

Conflicts of interest page 173

Contractual and other arrangements page 160

Directors’ indemnity page 173

Directors’ share interests page 70

Diversity page 41

Dividend page 02

Events after the reporting period page 173

Financial instruments page 83

Future developments page 12

Greenhouse gas emissions page 11

Human rights page 41

Important events affecting the Company during the year page 06

Internal control page 22

Material interests in shares page 174

People page 40

Political donations and expenditure page 174

Principal activities page 12

Research and development page 174

Risk management page 22

Share capital page 174

The Directors’ Report, prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing, and Disclosure and Transparency rules, comprising pages 06 to 73 and 160 to 187, was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Alison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Company number 4031152

18 May 2014


 

58    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Management committees63


Corporate Governancecontinued

    

    

Remuneration

Report

    

Statement of compliance with the UK

Corporate Governance Code

 

  

LOGO

The UK Listing Rules require that listed companies must include in their annual report a statement of whether the Company has complied with all the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. The UK Corporate Governance Code was published in September 2014 (the Code), available in full atwww.frc.org.uk.

 

AnnualFor the year ended 31 March 2016, the Board considers that it has complied in full with the provisions of the Code. Our statement fromof compliance opposite explains the Remuneration Committee chairman

I am delightedmain aspects of the Company’s governance structure to present my first Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Followinggive a greater understanding of how the introduction of a new UK regulatory framework in 2013 and the continued evolution of our US business, last summer the Committee initiated an extensive review of our executive remuneration strategy. Our objective was to assess whetherCompany has applied the principles and complied with the provisions in the Code. The main report also explains compliance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules. The index on which the current remuneration strategy is based continuedpage 67 sets out where to reflect our business drivers given recent changes. Our review concluded that a number of significant changes were appropriate. They are presented in this report for our shareholders’ consideration and, I hope, approval at our 2014 AGM.

The key factor in our discussions was to enhance the alignment of interest between executives and shareholders over the longer term. National Grid is a long-term business, where decisions taken today can have significant impact on performance and profitability over several years. Therefore the Committee believes that the bulk of incentives to executives should be paid in shares and that it is essential for high levels of personal shareholdings to become mandatory, rather than simply guidelines.

Having reached provisional conclusions I wrote to a number of our larger shareholders to seek their views. In the lightfind each of the constructive responses we received,disclosures required in the Committee amended its proposals and these amendments are incorporated intoDirectors’ Report in respect of Listing Rule 9.8.4, together with the recommendations in thisBoard’s sign-off on the report.

The key components of our recommendations are:

   A rebalancing of variable pay from the Annual Performance Plan (APP) to the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP). It is proposed:

–   to reduce the APP maximum from 150% of salary to 125% of salary for the CEO and the other Executive Directors; and

–   to increase the LTPP maximum from 225% to 350% of salary for the CEO and from 200% to 300% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

   Increased alignment with shareholders by requiring Executive Directors to retain a significantly higher number of shares earned. It is proposed:

–   for the CEO, the new requirement is a shareholding of 500% of pre-tax salary, equivalent to over nine years’ post-tax salary; and

–   for the other Executive Directors, the new requirement is a shareholding of 400% of pre-tax salary.

  

A. Stronger alignment with ourLeadership

A.1 The role of the Board

Our Board is collectively responsible for the effective oversight of the Company and its businesses. It also determines the strategic direction, business modelplan, objectives, principal risks, viability of the Company and governance structure that will help achieve the long-term value drivers around a dividend-led total return. It is proposed to move to two key LTPP metrics – RoE (50% weighting) and value growth (50% weighting):

–   RoE is aimed at focusing management on driving profits within the business; and

–   value growth is viewed as a clearer indicator than EPSsuccess of the long-term growth of the businessCompany and the creation ofdeliver sustainable shareholder value.

 

   Extended holding periodsThe Board sets the risk appetite and principal risks for incentive awards. It is proposed that any APP award is paid halfthe Company and takes the lead in cashareas such as safeguarding the reputation of the Company and half in shares. The shares would be paid immediatelyits financial policy, as well as making sure we maintain a sound system of internal control and be subjectrisk management (see pages 26 to a minimum holding period of two years. LTPP performance metrics would be measured over a three year period and awards would then be subject to a minimum two year holding period.29).

 

The Company’s commitment to increasing the annual dividend by at least RPIThere is a clear schedule of matters reserved for the foreseeable future would be reflectedBoard and a schedule of delegation, which were both updated in LTPP awards.January 2016. The Committee will haveschedule of matters reserved for the explicit power to reduce LTPP vesting shouldBoard is available on our website, together with other governance documentation.

A.2 A clear division of responsibilities

The Board supports the separation of the roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive. The key responsibilities are clearly documented and reviewed when appropriate. The Chairman manages and leads the Board. The Chief Executive is responsible for the executive leadership and day-to-day management of the Company failand the Group’s businesses, to honourensure the dividend commitment, irrespectivedelivery of the level of vesting resulting from the performance against the LTPP targets setstrategy agreed by the Committee.Board.

 

A.3 Role of the Chairman

The consequenceChairman, who was independent on appointment, is responsible for the leadership and management of the Board and its governance. He makes sure the Board is effective in its role by promoting a culture of openness and debate, facilitating the effective contribution of all these changesDirectors and helping to maintain constructive relations between Executive and Non-executive Directors. The Chairman sets the Board’s agenda making sure consideration is given to reduce near-term cash incentives (APP)the main challenges and tiltopportunities facing the balanceCompany, and adequate time is available to longer-term awards and longer-term shareholding exposure, with a greater proportion of Executive Directors’ remuneration earned in shares. As a result, we are striking an important balance between long-term reward and increased financial risk to executives through very high levels of mandatory shareholdings. In setting the quantum of future LTPP awards we have taken accountdiscuss all items, including strategic issues.

A.4 Role of the reduced APP opportunity and longer holding periods that we are proposing. However, I want to assure shareholders that the Committee’s intention is that any increase in remuneration should arise from commensurate increases in long-term performance. We will therefore seek to ensure that targets setNon-executive Directors

Our Senior Independent Director acts as a sounding board for the LTPP metrics contain appropriately demanding levels of performance to justify any increase in executive reward.Chairman and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors, as well as shareholders when required.

 

ForIndependent of management, our Non-executive Directors bring diverse skills and experience, vital to constructive challenge and debate. Exclusively, they form the 2014 LTPP award weAudit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees, and their views are proposing that maximum payout would require an average annual Group RoE of 12.5% and an average annual value growth of 12% over the three year performance period. The Committee considers these stretch targets, in the light of the business plan and recent performance, to be more challenging to management than those for LTPP set in the recent past. To achieve such a performance would require incremental Group pre-tax profits of over £250 million per annum, which in turn would imply achieved customer savings in the region of £100 – £200 million.actively sought when developing proposals on strategy.

 

We can also confirm that, hadAround the proposed APP and LTPP targets been applicable for 2013/14, no higher level of incentive remuneration would have resulted than was actually achieved underBoard meetings, the current arrangements.Chairman holds meetings with the Non-executive Directors without the Executive Directors present.


64 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 

Corporate Governance

 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

59

 

    

    

    

    

 

B. Effectiveness

B.1 The composition of the Board

The Board believes it operates effectively with an appropriate balance of independent Non-executive and Executive Directors who have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Company.

Details of our Board, their individual biographies and Committee membership are set out on pages 47 and 48. Board and Committee attendance during the year to 31 March 2016 is set out on page 52.

The independence of the Non-executive Directors is considered at least annually along with their character, judgement, commitment and performance on the Board and relevant committees. The Board took into consideration the Code and indicators of potential non-independence, including length of service.

The Board considered Paul Golby’s independence separately following the announcement of his appointment as Chairman of Costain Group plc (a major supplier to the Company). The situational conflict was authorised (including putting in place protective measures to ensure the conflict is appropriately managed) and his independence was confirmed.

At year end, all of the Non-executive Directors, with the exception of the Chairman, who’s independence is only determined on appointment, have been determined by the Board to be independent.

B.2 Appointments to the Board

The Nominations Committee, which comprises the Chairman and Non-executive Directors leads the process for Board appointments and makes recommendations to the Board. The process for the appointment of John Pettigrew as Chief Executive and Nicola Shaw as Executive Director, UK were formal, rigorous and transparent. Further details of each appointment process, succession planning and the role of the Nominations Committee can be found on page 61.

B.3 Time commitment

Non-executive Directors are advised of the time commitment expected from them on appointment. External commitments, which may impact existing time commitments, must be agreed with the Chairman. Details of external appointments are set out in the biographies on pages 47 and 48.

As part of the evaluation of the Chairman, the Non-executive Directors, with input from the Executive Directors, assessed his ability to fulfill his role as Chairman, taking into account other significant appointments.

With the agreement of the Board, Executive Directors gain experience of other companies’ operations, governance frameworks and boardroom dynamics through non-executive appointments. The fees for these positions are retained by the individual.

For further details about the Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment, see page 74 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

B.4 Development

All new Directors are provided with a full induction programme when they are appointed to the Board. Details of Director induction and development can be found on page 51.

B.5 Information and support

The Group General Counsel & Company Secretary makes sure that appropriate and timely information is provided to the Board and its Committees and is responsible for advising and supporting the Chairman and the Board on all governance matters. All Directors have access to the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary and may take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in conducting their duties.

To support discussion and decision making, Board and committee members receive papers sufficiently in advance of meetings so that they can prepare for and consider agenda items. Additionally, the Chairman holds a short meeting with the Non-executive Directors before each Board meeting to discuss the focus of the upcoming meeting as well as afterwards to share feedback from the meeting. Similarly, the Chief Executive holds a short meeting with the Executive Directors and the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary after each meeting and shares the feedback from these meetings with the Chairman.

Last year we engaged external specialists to review our current papers and develop a new reporting framework for the Board and its Committees. This has continued to result in clearer more concise reporting, allowing more time for quality discussions and questions. A clear set of guidelines are in place to assist the Executive Directors and management on the content and presentation of papers to the Board and committees. A further refresh of the Board paper process will commence this year.

B.6 Evaluation

See pages 52 and 53 for more information on our externally facilitated Board evaluation, undertaken by Independent Audit Limited.

During the year, the Chairman met each Director individually to discuss their contribution, performance over the year and training and development needs. Following these meetings, Sir Peter confirmed to the Nominations Committee that he considered that each Director demonstrated commitment to the role and their performance continued to be effective.

At a private meeting of the Non-executive Directors, Mark Williamson, as Senior Independent Director, led a review of the Chairman’s performance. The Non-executive Directors, with input from the Executive Directors, assessed his ability to fulfil his role as Chairman and considered the arrangements he has in place, given he is also chairman of a FTSE 250 company and the Aircraft Carrier Alliance Management Board and a Trustee of The Sutton Trust Board. They concluded that Sir Peter’s performance continued to be effective.

B.7 Election/re-election

Each Director is subject to election at the first AGM following their appointment, and re-election at each subsequent AGM. Following recommendations from the Nominations Committee the Board considers all Directors continue to be effective, committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. Therefore, in accordance with the Code, Nicola Shaw will seek election and all other Directors will seek re-election at the 2016 AGM as set out in the Notice of Meeting, with the exception of Steve Holliday who is retiring from the Company with effect from 22 July 2016.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code65


Corporate Governancecontinued

Statement of compliance with the UK

Corporate Governance Codecontinued

C. Accountability

 

In addition

D. Remuneration

E. Relations with shareholders

C.1 Financial and business reporting

The requirement for Directors to state that they consider the incentive plansAnnual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable remains a key consideration in the drafting and review process. The coordination and review of the Committee reviewed future pension policyAnnual Report is conducted in parallel with the formal audit process undertaken by the external auditors and the Executivereview by the Board and its committees (of relevant sections).

The drafting and assurance process supports the Audit Committee’s and Board’s assessment of the overall fairness, balance and clarity of the Annual Report and the statement of Directors’ salaries. Last year there were no salary increases for Executive Directors. Forresponsibilities as set out on page 84. The independent auditor’s report is on pages 85 to 92 and the year aheadCompany’s business model is on pages 14 and 15.

C.2 Risk management and internal control

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Company including those that would threaten the business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. Further details can be found on pages 27 and 28.

The Board also sets the Company’s risk appetite, internal controls and risk management processes. The Board undertakes a review of their effectiveness annually. Further details are set out on pages 26–29.

The activities of the Audit Committee, which assists the Board with its responsibilities in relation to risk and assurance, are set out on pages 54 to 58.

C.3 Audit Committee and auditors

The Audit Committee report on pages 54 to 58 sets out details of how the Committee has awarded a 2.5% salary increase to Andrew Bonfield, Steve Hollidaydischarged its duties during the year, matters reviewed by the Committee and Tom King, in line withhow it ensures the wider Group salary review budget. Nick Winser will not receive a salary increase, dueauditor’s objectivity, effectiveness and continued independence. The Audit Committee report also explains the audit tender process that was undertaken during the year.

D.1 The level and components of remuneration

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for recommending to the fact that he is to stand down from the Board at the AGM in July 2014.

John Pettigrew joined the Board on 1 April 2014 with a starting salary of £475,000 and will not receive a salary increase from 1 June 2014. His remuneration package is in line with the remuneration policy presented for approvalExecutive Directors and other members of the Executive Committee and for the Chairman, and for implementing this policy. The aim is to align remuneration policy to Company strategy and key business objectives and make sure it reflects our shareholders’, customers’ and regulators’ interests.

The Remuneration Report on pages 68 to 81 outlines the activities of the Committee during the year and sets out excerpts of the Directors’ remuneration policy table as approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

D.2 Procedure

For further information on the work of the Remuneration Committee and Directors’ remuneration packages see the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 68 to 81. The Committee’s terms of reference are available on our website.

E.1 Dialogue with shareholders

The Board as a whole is responsible for making sure that satisfactory dialogue with shareholders takes place. We believe that effective channels of communication with the Company’s debt and equity institutional investors and individual shareholders are very important. More information about our approach to relations with shareholders can be found on page 51.

E.2 Constructive use of General Meetings

The AGM provides a key opportunity for the Board to communicate with and meet shareholders. Shareholders are able to learn more about the Company through exhibits and can ask questions directly of the Board. Company representatives and our Registrar are also on hand to answer any questions shareholders might have.

Our AGM will be held on Monday 25 July 2016 at The International Convention Centre in Birmingham and broadcast via our website. The Notice of Meeting for the 2016 AGM, available on our website, sets out in full the resolutions for consideration by shareholders, together with explanatory notes and further information on the Directors standing for election and re-election.

66National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


LOGO

Corporate Governance
Index to Directors’ Report and other disclosures
(starting on page indicated)
AGM 66
Articles of Association 187
Audit information 84
Board of Directors 47
Business model 14
Change of control provisions 193
Code of Ethics 193
Conflicts of interest 193
Contractual and other arrangements 176
Directors’ indemnity 194
Directors’ share interests 79
Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment 74
Diversity 44
Dividends 05
Events after the reporting period 188
Financial instruments 126
Future developments 08
Greenhouse gas emissions 21
Human Rights 194
Important events affecting the Company during the year 06
Internal control 26
Internal control over financial reporting 29
Listing Rule 9.8.4 R cross reference table 194
Material interests in shares 189
People 44
Political donations and expenditure 194
Research and development 194
Risk management 26
Share capital 189
National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16
Index to Directors’ Report and other disclosures
67


Directors’ Remuneration Report

Jonathan Dawson

Committee chairman        

LOGO

Annual statement from the

Remuneration Committee chairman

Overview

At the Company’s AGM in 2015 more than 97% of votes cast were to approve the Remuneration Report for that year. As with last year we are not proposing any changes to the formal remuneration policy for National Grid and so this report.year there is only a vote on the implementation of this policy.

The key elements of our policy are:

●  significant weighting towards long-term incentives versus short-term incentives;
the bulk of senior executive remuneration to be paid in National Grid shares, with all of the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP) paid only in shares, and half of the Annual Performance Plan (APP) paid in shares;
very high levels of personal shareholding required to be held by senior executives – 500% of pre-tax salary for the CEO and 400% for other Executive Directors;
three-year performance period for measuring potential awards under the LTPP coupled with a holding period of a further two years irrespective of whether the mandatory personal shareholding target has been attained; and

performance metrics for the LTPP are RoE (measuring management’s performance in generating profit from the business) and Value Growth (measuring management’s longer term performance in creating shareholder value).

We believe that our policy ensures that the rewards paid to senior executives are closely matched with shareholders’ experience. In particular, his salary is belowwe regard it as very important that senior executives see their annual remuneration in the Committee’s assessmentcontext of a long-term build-up of their investment in National Grid and that the growth in value of their shareholding and the dividends paid on those shares represent a material personal financial exposure to the success of the marketCompany. As a result we think that the overall remuneration structure illustrates a high level of alignment with shareholders, and promotes an appropriate focus on long-term value within the Company.

Performance for the year

APP

National Grid has had another successful year overall. Record capital investment of £3.9 billion has been undertaken, split equally between the UK and US, and a programme of critical rate case filings has been successfully initiated in the US. As in prior years, the EPS figure used for equivalent roles.APP purposes, 62.3 pence, differs slightly from the reported figure of 63.5 pence as it is adjusted for the impact of timing, scrip dividend uptake and exchange rate effects. It has also been reduced to take account of the absence of an increase in the UK corporate tax rate originally included

in the Group budget. The overall impact of these adjustments was a decrease of 1.2 pence. Similarly, the Group RoE figure used for the APP calculation, 12.0%, has been reduced by 0.3 percentage points to take account of the absence of the increase in the UK corporate tax rate referred to above. Notwithstanding this, the EPS of 62.3 pence and Group RoE of 12.0% both met or exceededthe stretch performance levels set by the Committee at the start of the year, benefitting from realised gains achieved from the exchange of National Grid USA’s share in the Iroquois pipeline joint venture and strong results from our Other businesses led by the performance of the French interconnector. In the UK, the regulated businesses delivered good returns of 13.3%. Regulated US RoE was 8.0%, which reflected steady performance though was down on last year due to continued cost pressures as the business awaits outcomes of rate case filings. This figure, however, does not capture the gains achieved from the exchange of National Grid USA’s share in the Iroquois pipeline joint venture referred to above, and therefore has been adjusted by the Committee to reflect half of this gain for US participants in the APP, which the Committee believes properly reflects performance.

As a result, in respect of the financial measures for the APP (representing 70% of the value of the APP) the Committee made awards to Executive Directors ranging from 75% to 100% of the maximum potential for financial performance. The balance of the award (30% by value) is represented by individual executives’ assessed performance against specific objectives set by the Committee at the start of the year, resulting in awards ranging from 80% to 86% of the maximum potential for individual performance. In aggregate, therefore, Executive Directors’ APP awards fall in the range of 95% to 119% of salary. This compares with last year’s APP awards where the range was 65% to 119% of salary.

Because of commercial sensitivity we retrospectively disclose annual targets for the APP, which are set out on page 76. This year, we have sought to enhance our disclosure, including the retrospective disclosure of threshold and stretch performance levels for EPS and Group RoE, which now sits alongside the disclosure of our LTPP threshold and stretch performance levels. Target performance levels for both EPS and Group RoE were higher than for 2014/15; however, the target performance levels for UK RoE and US RoE were reduced, due to the expected returns under the RIIO framework in the UK and the impact of the timing of rate plan filings in the US. We have decided to maintain the same performance metrics for the 2016/17 APP awards and we will repeat our retrospective disclosure of performance levels in next year’s remuneration report.

LTPP

The LTPP that vested in 2015/16 was that awarded in 2012. Vesting outcomes ranged from 63% to 76% of maximum. Before making its final determination of executives’ annual and long-term awards, the Committee gives careful consideration to a number of important non-financial measures including our safety performance, reliability and levels of customer satisfaction in both the UK and the US, and considers whether a downward adjustment should be made to any executive’s award. This year the Committee concluded that there was no reason to make any adjustment. As our Executive Director, US, Dean Seavers, only joined the Board at the beginning of 2015/16, he has not received any vested LTPP for this year, and will not do so until 2017.

The award made in 2015 is the second award in respect of the LTPP granted under the new remuneration policy in 2014. This is a three-year plan with a maximum award of 350% of salary for the CEO and 300% for the other Executive Directors. Its outcome will only be known

68National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


   Corporate Governance

following the results for the year ending March 2017. I reported last year that, at the end of the first performance year, Group RoE and Value Growth were on target in relation to the parameters set by the Committee, with UK RoE around stretch and US RoE below threshold. For this year the position is broadly comparable in respect of both the 2014 and 2015 LTPP grants. Taking account of performance to date of the 2014 and 2015 LTPP awards, the Committee has decided to make no changes to the performance metrics and targets for the 2016 LTPP award.

Executive Director shareholdings

Two years ago, we introduced high levels of shareholding requirements for our Executive Directors, in order to further align them to our shareholders. At 31 March 2016, both Andrew Bonfield and Steve Holliday have exceeded these shareholding requirements. As John Pettigrew and Dean Seavers were appointed to the Board relatively recently, neither of them has yet met their shareholding requirements and will therefore not be given permission to sell shares until they have done so, other than to pay tax on receipt of the vested shares or in exceptional circumstances.

Changes to the Board

Following the announcement of Steve Holliday’s retirement as CEO, John Pettigrew was promoted to CEO with effect from 1 April 2016. John’s salary has been set at £825,000. His APP opportunity remains at 125% of salary, and his LTPP opportunity has increased to 350% of salary from 2016 onwards. Steve stepped down as CEO on 31 March 2016 but will remain on the Board until 22 July to facilitate a successful transition. In March, we announced that Nicola Shaw will join the Board as our new UK Executive Director on 1 July 2016, succeeding John. Nicola’s salary has been set at £450,000. Her APP opportunity is 125% of salary and her LTPP opportunity is 300% of salary. Nicola will be eligible to receive a 2016 LTPP award. In addition, she will receive a cash payment of up to £485,000 to compensate her for incentive cash awards that were due to vest in June 2016 that she has foregone on leaving her former employer. Subject to histheir individual performance, the Committee’s intention isCommittee intends to increase his salaryeach of John’s and Nicola’s salaries towards market level by way of future phased increases from 2017 in excess of those awarded to other Executive Directors.Company employees. All of these arrangements are in line with the approved policy on recruitment remuneration and have already been announced.

 

Our 2013/14 performanceAnnual salary review

Steve Holliday’s and Andrew Bonfield’s annual salaries were increased by approximately 1% in 2015. In line with the US managerial pay budget, Dean Seavers’ annual

salary was not increased in 2015. John Pettigrew’s salary was increased by 7% to move his salary closer towards market as Executive Director, UK in 2015. In line with regional managerial pay budgets in 2016, salary increases in 2016 are 2% for Andrew Bonfield and 2.5% for Dean Seavers.

Impact of the expected sale of a majority interest in the UK Gas Distribution business

Ahead of the expected sale of a majority interest in the Gas Distribution business in 2016/17, the Committee is set outconsidering the impact on page 68. Overall, againstinflight LTPP and APP awards, and will make appropriate adjustments to relevant metrics within both the parameters and the spirit of the remuneration policy following any such sale. We will report this to you in next year’s remuneration report.

Conclusion

As I reported last year, remuneration continues to be in a transitional phase since the APP performance metricsmaximum has been lowered to 125% of adjusted EPS, operating profit, US capital delivery, UKsalary from 150% while the LTPP represents previous bases of measurements, timescales and US RoEpolicy limits. This transition will continue for a further year when the final element of the 2013 LTPP vests in 2017 and individual objectives, performance was ahead of target. the 2014 LTPP (the first awarded under the current remuneration policy) matures.

As a result,with last year, we have made awardsare not seeking any changes to the Executive Directorscurrent remuneration policy, which will expire at the 2017 AGM. The Committee has begun to address whether the current policy should be proposed without any material changes or whether some modification may be required to reflect changes in the market and the evolution of between 83% and 129%the Company. I will report on the outcome of salary.this review next year when we will seek your authority for a new three-year policy mandate.

 

Details of future targets and historical performance will be disclosed eachRegarding the 2015/16 year, in respect of the LTPP, and details of historical performance will be disclosed each year in respect of the APP.

The Committee believes that our proposals to restructure incentive pay are appropriate forit has correctly implemented the approved policy and that the remuneration earned last year by senior executives properly reflects the performance of the Company and the value generated for shareholders. Accordingly, I commend this remuneration report to you on behalf of the Committee, I commend themand ask for your support for the resolution to shareholders.approve the report at the AGM.

 

LOGOLOGO

 

Jonathan Dawson

Committee chairman

 

At a glance

 

 

Performance

A comparison of the total 2015/16 single total figure of remuneration to the maximum remuneration if variable pay had vested in full is set out below.

 

 

 

Total remuneration

      

 

LOGO

 

Executive Director  Maximum
remuneration
£’000
   

2015/16 single figure  
remuneration  

£’000  

  

Andrew Bonfield

   4,077    3,228    

Steve Holliday

   6,478    5,151    

John Pettigrew

   1,815    1,569    

Dean Seavers

   1,883    1,684    
      

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16At a glance69


Corporate Governancecontinued

At a glancecontinued

Key features of policy 

Directors’Annual report on remuneration policy

The following tables provide details of the policy we intend to apply, subject to shareholder approval, for three years from the date of the 2014 AGM. Following approval it will be displayed on the Company’s website.

There may be circumstances from time to time when the Committee will consider it appropriate to apply some judgement and exercise discretion in respect of the approved policy. This ability to apply discretion is highlighted where relevant in the policy, detailed on pages 60 to 66, and the use of discretion will always be in the spirit of the approved policy.

The Committee will honour any commitments made to Directors before the policy outlined in this report comes into effect.2015/16

LOGO        

Our peer group

The Committee benchmarks its remuneration policyTargeted broadly at mid-market against appropriate peer groups annually to ensure we remain competitive in the relevant markets. The primary focus for reward benchmarking is the FTSE 11-40 for UK-basedUK Executive Directors and general industry and energy services companies with similar levels of revenue for US-basedUS Executive Directors. These peer groups are considered appropriateDirectors

Salary increases of 0–7% for a large, complex, international and predominantly regulated business.

2015
    

Salary increases of 2–2.5% for 2016

Hired Nicola Shaw as new Executive Director, UK on an annual base salary of £450,000

Appointed John Pettigrew as CEO on an annual base salary of £825,000

LOGO

Maximum opportunity is 125% of salary70% based on financial metrics (35% EPS, 35% RoE), 30% based on individual objectives
50% paid in cash, 50% paid in shares, which must be retained until later of two years and meeting shareholding requirement
Group RoE for CEO and Finance Director; UK RoE for Executive Director, UK; US RoE for Executive Director, US
Subject to both clawback and malus

Individual objectives cover: safety and compliance; Group and financial strategy; business growth; operational excellence; customer experience; employee engagement; capability development; and stakeholder relations

LOGO

Maximum award level is 350% of salary for CEO and 300% for other Executive Directors50% value growth, 50% RoE
Group RoE for CEO and Finance Director; even split of Group and UK RoE for Executive Director, UK; even split of Group and US RoE for Executive Director, US
Vesting subject to long-term performance conditions. Shares must be retained until later of two years from vesting and meeting shareholding requirement
Three-year performance period

Subject to both clawback and malus

   

LOGO

External appointees participate in Defined Contribution (DC) plan or cash in lieu of pension; internal appointees retain current benefits, subject to capping of pensionable pay increases for Defined Benefit (DB) plansUK DB (Steve Holliday, John Pettigrew): maximum of two-thirds final capped pensionable pay or (Steve Holliday) one thirtieth accrual
     
  UK cash allowance (Andrew Bonfield): 30% of salary
 Pensionable pay is salary only in UK and salary and APP in US in alignment with the market
US DC (Dean Seavers): 9% of pensionable pay with additional match of up to 4%
     
  Other benefits as appropriate

Other benefits include private medical insurance, life assurance, and, for UK Executive Directors, either a fully expensed car or a cash alternative to a car and the use of a driver when required

LOGO

500% of salary for CEOSteve Holliday and Andrew Bonfield have both met their shareholding requirements
 

400% of salary for other

Executive Directors

   
   
  

LOGO


60    National Grid Annual ReportJohn Pettigrew and Accounts 2013/14Dean Seavers were appointed to the Board relatively recently, and therefore have not yet met their shareholding requirements

 

Remuneration

Report

continued

 

70National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance


 

Future

   Corporate Governance

Directors’ remuneration policy – approved by shareholders in 2014

Key aspects of the Directors’ remuneration policy, along with elements particularly applicable to the 2015/16 financial year are shown on pages 71–74 for ease of reference only. This policy was approved for three years from the date of the 2014 AGM held on 28 July 2014. A shareholder vote on the remuneration policy is not required in 2016. Please note that the information shown has been updated to take account of the fact that the policy is now approved and current rather than proposed. A copy of the full remuneration policy is available on the Company website atwww.investors.nationalgrid.com/reports/2013-14.

There may be circumstances from time to time when the Committee will consider it appropriate to apply some judgement and exercise discretion in respect of the approved policy. This ability to apply discretion is highlighted where relevant in the policy, and the use of discretion will always be in the spirit of the approved policy.

Our peer group

The Committee benchmarks its remuneration policy against appropriate peer groups annually to make sure we remain competitive in the relevant markets. The primary focus for reward benchmarking is the FTSE 11-40 for UK-based Executive Directors and general industry and energy services companies with similar levels of revenue for US-based Executive Directors. These peer groups are considered appropriate for a large, complex, international and predominantly regulated business.

Approved policy table – Executive Directors

 

Salary

  

Salary                                  Purpose and link to strategy: to attract, motivate and retain high-calibre individuals,

while not overpaying.

 

Operation

 

  

Maximum levels

 

  

 

Performance metrics, weighting
and
time period applicable

 

 

Salaries are targeted broadly at mid-market level.

 

  

No prescribed maximum annual increase.

Not applicable.

They are generally reviewed annually. Salary reviews take into account:

  business and individual contribution;

  the individual’s skills and experience;

  scope of the role, including any changes in responsibility; and

  market data in the relevant comparator group.

 

Any increases are generally aligned to salary increases received by other Company employees and to market movement. Increases in excess of this may be made at the Committee’s discretion in circumstances such as a significant change in responsibility; progression in the role; and alignment to market level.

 

Not applicable.

They are generally reviewed annually. Salary reviews take into account:

  

Benefits  business and individual contribution;
the individual’s skills and experience;
scope of the role, including any changes in responsibility; and

market data in the relevant comparator group.

Benefits                             Purpose and link to strategy: to provide competitive and cost-effective benefits to attract

and retain high-calibre individuals.

 

Operation

 

 

Maximum levels

 

  

 

Performance metrics, weighting
and
time period applicable

 

 

Benefits provided include:

 

 

Benefits have no pre-determinedpredetermined maximum, as the cost of providing these varies from year to year.

 

Participation in tax approvedtax-approved all-employee share plans is subject to limits set by the relevant tax authorities from time to time.

  

Not applicable.

● 

 company car or a cash alternative (UK only);   

 use of a driver when required;   

 private medical insurance;   

 life assurance;   

 personal accident insurance;   

 opportunity to purchase additional benefits under flexible benefits schemes available to all employees; and   

 

opportunity to participate in the following HM Revenue & Customs (UK) or Internal Revenue Service (US) tax advantagedtax-advantaged all-employee share plans:

 

   
 

Sharesave: UK employees may make monthly contributions from net salary for a period of 3three or 5five years. The savings can be used to purchase shares at a discounted price, set at the launch of each plan period.

 

Share Incentive Plan (SIP): UK employees may use gross salary to purchase shares. These shares are placed in trust.

 

Incentive Thrift Plans (401(k) plans): US employees may participate in these tax-advantaged savings plans. They are DC pension plans in which employees can invest their own and Company contributions.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) (423(b) plan): eligible US employees may purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a discounted price.

 

   

Other benefits may be offered at the discretion of the Committee.

   


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Directors’ remuneration policy – approved by shareholders in 2014 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

61

71


Corporate Governancecontinued

    

    

    

 

Directors’ remuneration policy – approved by shareholders in 2014continued

 

 

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy: to reward sustained contribution and assist attraction and retention.

  

Pension                             Purpose and link to strategy: to reward sustained contribution and assist attraction

                                            and retention.

  

Operation

 

Maximum levels

 

 

Performance metrics, weighting and time
period applicable

Operation  Maximum levelsand time period applicable

 

 

Pension for a new Executive Director will reflect whether they are internally promoted or externally appointed.

 

 

UK DB:DB a maximum pension on retirement, at age 60, of two thirds final capped pensionable pay or up to one thirtieth accrual. On death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable pay and a two thirds dependant’s pension is provided.

 

UK DC:DC annual contributions of 30% of salary. Life assurance provision of four times pensionable salary and a spouse’s pension equal to one third of the Director’s salary are provided on death in service.

 

US DB:DB an Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan provides for an unreduced pension benefit at age 62 (at age 55 in Tom King’s case).62. For retirements at age 62 with 35 years of service, the pension benefit would be approximately two thirds of pensionable pay. Upon death in service, the spouse would receive 50% of the pension benefit (100% if the participant died while an active employee after the age of 55).

 

US DC:DC 9% of base salary plus APP with additional 401(k) plan match of up to 4%.

 

 

Not applicable.

If internally promoted:

 

 
  
 retention of existing DB benefits without enhancement, except for capping of pensionable pay increases following promotion to Board; or 
  
 retention of existing UK DC benefits or equivalent cash in lieu; or  
or  
 retention of existing US DC benefits plus 401(k) plan match, provided through 401(k) plan and non-qualified plans. 
  

 

If externally appointed:

 

 
  
 UK DC benefits or equivalent cash in lieu; or 
  
 US DC benefits plus 401(k) plan match. 
  

 

Andrew Bonfield, and John Pettigrew and Dean Seavers are treated in line with the above policy.

  
 

Steve Holliday and Nick Winser areis provided with final salary pension benefits. For service prior to 1 April 2013, pensionable pay is normally the base salary in the 12 months prior to leaving the Company. For service from 1 April 2013 increases to pensionable pay are capped at the lower of 3% or the increase in inflation. TheirThe pension scheme rules allow for indexed prior salaries to be used for all members. They both participateHe participates in the unfunded scheme in respect of benefits in excess of the Lifetime Allowance.

  
 

Tom King participates in a qualified pension plan and in an Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan. These plans are non-contributory, cash balance and final average pay plans. Tom’s benefits include compensation to buy out entitlements from his former employer that were lost on recruitment to National Grid. This includes a provision to allow an unreduced pension to be taken from age 55 if Tom is still in the employment of the Company at that time.

  
 

In line with market practice, pensionable pay for UK-based Executive Directors includes salary only and for US-based Executive Directors it includes salary and APP award.

 

  


62    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

 

Annual Performance Plan  

Annual                                           Purpose and link to strategy: to incentivise and reward the achievement of annual

Performance Plan financial and strategic business targets and the delivery of annual individual objectives.

 

  

Operation

Maximum levels

 

 

Performance metrics, weighting

OperationMaximum levelsand

time period applicable

 

 

Performance metrics and targets are agreed at the start of each financial year. Performance metrics are aligned with strategic business priorities. Targets are set with reference to the budget. Awards are paid in June.

 

For APP awards made in 2013/14, 50% of any award was deferred into shares in the Deferred Share Plan (DSP). The DSP has no performance conditions and vests after three years, subject to continued employment. These shares are subject to forfeiture for leavers in certain circumstances.

 

ForThe DSP was discontinued for APP awards made in respect of years from 2014/15, it is proposed discontinuing the DSP.15. Instead, 50% of awards will beare paid in shares, which (after any sales to pay tax) must be retained until the shareholding requirement is met, and in any event for two years after receipt.

 

Awards are subject to clawback and malus provisions.

 

 

From 2014/15, it is proposed that theThe maximum award will reduce from 150% of salary tois 125% of salary.

 

 

A significant majority of the APP is based on performance against corporate financial measures, with the remainder based on performance against individual objectives. Individual objectives are role specific.role-specific.

 

The Committee may use its discretion to set measures that it considers appropriate in each financial year and reduce the amount payable, taking account of significant safety or customer service standard incidents, environmental and governance issues.

 

For 2013/14, the APP was structured so thatThe payout levels at threshold, target and stretch performance levels were 6.67%, 40% and 100% respectively.

From 2014/15, it is proposed the payout levels will be amended so that payouts at threshold, target and stretch performance levels will beare 0%, 50% and 100% respectively.

 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

72 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Corporate Governance 


 

 

   Corporate Governance

Long Term Performance Plan

Purpose and link to strategy: to drive long-term performance, aligning Executive

Performance Plan Director incentives to key strategic objectives and shareholder interests.

 

Operation  

Operation

Maximum levels

 

 

Performance metrics, weighting and

and time period applicable

 

Awards of shares may be granted each year, with vesting subject to long-term performance conditions.

 

The performance metrics have been chosen as the Committee believes they reflect the creation of long-term value within the business. Targets are set each year with reference to the business plan.

 

Awards are subject to clawback and malus provisions. Notwithstanding the level of award achieved against the performance conditions, the Committee may use its discretion to reduce the amount vesting, and in particular will take account of compliance with the dividend policy.

From 2014, it is proposed that the maximum award for the CEO will increase from 225% of salary to 350% of salary and from 200% of salary to 300% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

For awards between 2011 and 2013 the performance measures and weightings were:

adjusted EPS (50%) measured over three years;
TSR relative to the FTSE 100 (25%) measured over three years; and
UK or US RoE relative to allowed regulatory returns (25%) measured over four years.

From 2014, it is proposed that the performance measures will be:

value growth and Group RoE (for the CEO and Finance Director); and

value growth, Group RoE and UK or US RoE (for the UK and US Executive Directors respectively).

LTPP table continued opposite


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

63

Long Term Performance    
Plan continued

Purpose and link to strategy: to drive long-term performance, aligning Executive Director incentives

to key strategic objectives and shareholder interests.

Operation

Maximum levels

Performance metrics, weighting

and time period applicable

 

For awards granted from 2014, it is proposed that participants must retain vested shares (after any sales to pay tax) until the shareholding requirement is met, and in any event for a further two years after vesting.

  

The maximum award for the CEO is 350% of salary and it is 300% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

For awards made between 2011 and 2013, the maximum award for the CEO was 225% of salary and 200% for the other Executive Directors.

 For awards between 2011 and 2013 the performance measures and weightings were:

●  adjusted EPS (50%) measured over three years;
TSR relative to the FTSE 100 (25%) measured over three years; and
UK or US RoE relative to allowed regulatory returns (25%) measured over four years.

From 2014, the performance measures are:

value growth and Group RoE (for the CEO and Finance Director); and
value growth, Group RoE and UK or US RoE (for the UK and US Executive Directors respectively).
 

 

All will beare measured over a three yearthree-year period.

 

The weightings of these measures may vary year to year, but would always remain such that the value growth metric would never fall below a 25% weighting and never rise above a 75% weighting.

 

Between 2011 and 2013, 25% of the award vested at threshold and 100% at stretch, with straight-line vesting in between. From 2014, it is proposed that only 20% will vestof the award vests at threshold.

Approved policy table – Non-executive Directors (NEDs)

 

Future policy table – Non-executive Directors (NEDs)

Fees for NEDs

  

Purpose and link to strategy: to attract NEDs who have a broad range of experience and skills to oversee

the implementation of our strategy.

 

Operation

  

Maximum levels

 

 

Performance metrics, weighting

and
time period applicable

 

NED fees (excluding those of the Chairman) are set by the Executive Committee in conjunction with the Chairman; the Chairman’s fees are set by the Committee.

Fee structure:

  Chairman fee;

  basic fee, which differs for UK- and US-based NEDs;

  committee membership fee;

  committee chair fee; and

  Senior Independent Director fee.

  

There are no maximum fee levels.

 

The benefits provided to the Chairman are not subject to a predetermined maximum cost,

as the cost of providing these

varies from year to year.

 

Not applicable.

Fee structure:

   Chairman fee;

   basic fee, which differs for UK- and US-based NEDs;

   committee membership fee;

   committee chair fee; and

   Senior Independent Director fee.

 

Fees are reviewed every year and are benchmarked against those in companies of similar scale and complexity.

 

  

NEDs do not participate in incentive or pension plans and, with the exception of the Chairman, are not eligible to receive benefits. The Chairman is covered by the Company’s private medical and personal accident insurance plans and receives a fully expensed car or cash alternative to a car, with the use of a driver, when required.

 

There is no provision for termination payments.

 

  


 

64    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Directors’ remuneration policy – approved by shareholders in 201473


 

Corporate Governancecontinued

Directors’ remuneration policy – approved by shareholders in 2014continued

 

Remuneration

Report

continued

Shareholding requirement

The requirement of Executive Directors to build up and hold a relatively high value of National Grid shares ensures they share a significant level of risk with shareholders and their interests are aligned.

 

From 2014/15, it is proposed that the existing shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors will be replaced by a firm requirementare required to build up and retain shares in the Company. The level of holding will increase from 200% of salary torequired is 500% of salary for the CEO and from 125% of salary to 400% of salary for the other Executive Directors.

 

Unless the shareholding requirement is met, Executive Directors will not be permitted to sell shares, other than to pay tax or in exceptional circumstances.

The Company includes in its annual employee opinion survey questions on the appropriateness of the pay arrangements within the Company. It does not specifically invite employees to comment on the Directors’ remuneration policy but any comments made by employees are noted.

Policy on recruitment remuneration

Salaries for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment, and in particular will take account of the appointee’s skills and experience as well as the scope and market rate for the role.

Where appropriate, salaries may be set below market level initially, with the Committee retaining discretion to award increases in salary in excess of those of the wider workforce and inflation to bring salary to a market level over time, where this is justified by individual and Company performance.

Benefits consistent with those offered to other Executive Directors under the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment will be offered, taking account of local market practice. The Committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain costs associated with the recruitment, for example legal fees, and the Committee may agree to meet certain relocation expenses or provide tax equalisation as appropriate.

Pensions for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.

Ongoing incentive pay (APP and LTPP) for new Executive Directors will be in accordance with the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment. This means the maximum APP award in any year would be 125% of salary and the maximum LTPP award would be 300% of salary (350% of salary for a new CEO).

For an externally appointed Executive Director, the Company may offer additional cash or share-based payments that it considers necessary to buy out current entitlements from the former employer that will be lost on recruitment to National Grid. Any such arrangements would reflect the delivery mechanisms, time horizons and levels of conditionality of the remuneration lost.

In order to facilitate buy out arrangements as described above, existing incentive arrangements will be used to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside of these shareholder-approved schemes if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

For an internally appointed Executive Director, any outstanding variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will continue on its original terms.

Fees for a new Chairman or Non-executive Director will be set in line with the approved policy in force at the time of appointment.

Differences in remuneration policy for all employees

The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors is designed with regard to the policy for employees across the Company as a whole. However, there are some differences in the structure of remuneration policy for the senior executives. In general, these differences arise from the development of remuneration arrangements that are market competitive for our various employee categories. They also reflect the fact that, in the case of the Executive Directors, a greater emphasis tends to be placed on performance-related pay in the market, in particular long-term performance-related pay.

All employees are entitled to base salary, benefits and pension. Many employees are eligible for an APP award based on Company and/or individual performance. Eligibility and the maximum opportunity available is based on market practice for the employee’s job band. In addition, around 350 senior management employees are eligible to participate in the LTPP.

The Company has a number of all-employee share plans that provide employees with the opportunity to become, and to think like, a shareholder. These plans include Sharesave and the SIP in the UK and the 401(k) and 423(b) plans in the US. Further information is provided on page 60.

Consideration of remuneration policy elsewhere in the Company

In setting the remuneration policy the Committee considers the remuneration packages offered to employees across the Company. As a point of principle, salaries, benefits, pensions and other elements of remuneration are benchmarked regularly to ensure they remain competitive in the markets in which we operate. In undertaking such benchmarking our aim is to be at mid-market level for all job bands, including those subject to union negotiation.

As would be expected, we have differences in pay and benefits across the business which reflect individual responsibility and there are elements of remuneration policy which apply to all, for example, flexible benefits and share plans.

When considering annual salary increases, the Committee reviews the proposals for salary increases for the employee population generally, as it does for any other changes to remuneration policy being considered. This will include a report on the status of negotiations with any trade union represented employees.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

65

Policy on recruitment remuneration

Salaries for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment, and in particular will take account of the appointee’s skills and experience as well as the scope and market rate for the role.

Where appropriate, salaries may be set below market level initially, with the Committee retaining discretion to award increases in salary in excess of those of the wider workforce and inflation to bring salary to a market level over time, where this is justified by individual and Company performance.

Benefits consistent with those offered to other Executive Directors under the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment will be offered, taking account of local market practice. The Committee may also agree that the Company will meet certain costs associated with the recruitment, for example legal fees, and the Committee may agree to meet certain relocation expenses or provide tax equalisation as appropriate.

Pensions for new Executive Directors appointed to the Board will be set in accordance with the terms of the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.

Ongoing incentive pay (APP and LTPP) for new Executive Directors will be in accordance with the approved remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment. This means the maximum APP award in any year would be 125% of salary and the maximum LTPP award would be 300% of salary (350% of salary for a new CEO).

For an externally appointed Executive Director, the Company may offer additional cash or share-based payments that it considers necessary to buy out current entitlements from the former employer that will be lost on recruitment to National Grid. Any such arrangements would reflect the delivery mechanisms, time horizons and levels of conditionality of the remuneration lost.

In order to facilitate buy-out arrangements as described above, existing incentive arrangements will be used to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside of these shareholder-approved schemes if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

For an internally appointed Executive Director, any outstanding variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will continue on its original terms.

Fees for a new Chairman or Non-executive Director will be set in line with the approved policy in force at the time of appointment.

Policy on payment for loss of office

In line with our policy, all Executive Directors have service contracts which are terminable by either party with 12 months’ notice.

The contracts contain provisions for payment in lieu of notice, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. Such payments are limited to payment of salary only for the remainder of the notice period. In the UK such payments would be phased on a monthly basis, over a period no greater than 12 months, and the Executive Director would be expected to mitigate any losses where employment is taken up during the notice period. In the US, for tax purposes the policy is to make any payment in lieu of notice as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within two and a half months of the later of 31 December and 31 March immediately following the notice date.

In the event of a UK Director being made redundant, statutory compensation would apply and the relevant pension plan rules may result in the early payment of an unreduced pension.

On termination of employment, no APP award would generally be payable and any DSP awards would generally lapse. However, the Committee has the discretion to deem an individual to be a ‘good leaver’, in which case an APP award would be payable on the termination date, based on performance during the financial year up to termination, and DSP awards would vest on the termination date. Examples of circumstances in which a Director would be treated as a ‘good leaver’ include redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death. Any APP award would be prorated and would be subject to performance achieved against the objectives for that year.

On termination of employment, outstanding awards under the share plans will be treated in accordance with the relevant plan rules approved by shareholders. Share awards would normally lapse. ‘Good leaver’ provisions apply at the Committee’s discretion and in specified circumstances, including redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death, where awards will be released to the departing Executive Director or, in the case of death, to their estate. Long-term share plan awards held by ‘good leavers’ may vest subject to performance measured at the normal vesting date and are prorated. Such awards would vest at the same time as for other participants.

The Chairman’s appointment is subject to six months’ notice by either party; for the other Non-executive Directors, notice is one month. No compensation is payable to Non-executive Directors if required to stand down.

 

 

74 

Service contractsNational Grid Annual Report and policy on payment for loss of office

In line with our policy, all Executive Directors have service contracts which are terminable by either party with 12 months’ notice.

The contracts contain provisions for payment in lieu of notice, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. Such payments are limited to payment of salary only for the remainder of the notice period with the exception of Nick Winser. In Nick’s case the value of benefits would also be paid. In the UK such payments would be phased on a monthly basis, over a period no greater than 12 months, and the Executive Director would be expected to mitigate any losses where employment is taken up during the notice period. In the US, for tax purposes the policy is to make any payment in lieu of notice as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within two and a half months of the later of 31 December and 31 March immediately following the notice date.

In the event of a UK Director being made redundant, statutory compensation would apply and the relevant pension plan rules may result in the early payment of an unreduced pension.

On termination of employment, no APP award would generally be payable and any DSP awards would generally lapse. However, the Committee has the discretion to deem an individual to be a ‘good leaver’, in which case an APP award would be payable on the termination date, based on performance during the financial year up to termination, and DSP awards would vest on the termination date. Examples of circumstances in which a Director would be treated as a ‘good leaver’ include redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death. Any APP award would be prorated and would be subject to performance achieved against the objectives for that year.

On termination of employment, outstanding awards under the share plans will be treated in accordance with the relevant plan rules approved by shareholders. Share awards would normally lapse. ‘Good leaver’ provisions apply at the Committee’s discretion and in specified circumstances, including redundancy, retirement, illness, injury, disability and death, where awards will be released to the departing Executive Director or, in the case of death, to their estate. Long-term share plan awards held by ‘good leavers’ may vest subject to performance measured at the normal vesting date and are prorated. Such awards would vest at the same time as for other participants.

The Chairman’s appointment is subject to six months’ notice by either party; for the other Non-executive Directors, notice is one month. No compensation is payable to Non-executive Directors if required to stand down.

Copies of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

Accounts 2015/16
 

Dates of Directors’ service contracts/letters of appointment

Date of service contract/appointment  

Executive Directors
Andrew Bonfield1 November 2010
Steve Holliday1 April 2006
Tom King11 July 2007
John Pettigrew1 April 2014
Nick Winser28 April 2003

Non-executive Directors
Philip Aiken15 May 2008
Nora Mead Brownell1 June 2012
Jonathan Dawson4 March 2013
Therese Esperdy18 March 2014
Sir Peter Gershon1 August 2011
Paul Golby1 February 2012
Ruth Kelly1 October 2011
Maria Richter1 October 2003
Mark Williamson3 September 2012

External appointments

The Executive Directors may, with the approval of the Board, accept one external appointment as a non-executive director of another company and retain any fees received for the appointment. Experience as a board member of another company is considered to be beneficial personal development, that in turn is of value to the Company.

Corporate Governance 


 

 

66    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14   Corporate Governance

 

 

    

Remuneration

Report

continued

    

    

Annual report on remuneration

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2015/16

Role of Remuneration Committee

The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the other members of the Executive Committee and for the Chairman, and for implementing this policy. The aim is to align remuneration policy to Company strategy and key business objectives and ensure it reflects our shareholders’, customers’ and regulators’ interests. The members of the Remuneration Committee in 2015/16 were Nora Mead Brownell, Jonathan Dawson (chair), Paul Golby and Mark Williamson.

The Committee activities during the year

MeetingMain areas of discussion

April

2014/15 individual objectives scoring for Executive Committee

Discussion of 2015/16 objectives for Executive Committee
Review of Executive Committee shareholdings

Review of Committee terms of reference

May

Annual salary review and LTPP proposals for Executive Committee

2014/15 APP financial outturns and individual performance and confirmation of awards
Final approval of 2015/16 objectives for Executive Committee
Final approval of APP targets for 2015/16 financial year
Review of gender and ethnicity pay statistics

October

Approval of remuneration package for incoming CEO and of payments

on retirement for outgoing CEO

November

Update on corporate governance and disclosure issues and review of AGM outcomes

Directors’ Remuneration Report planning for 2016
Review of competitive benchmarking for secondary comparator groups
Review of gender and ethnicity pay statistics disclosure for external website

Update on 2015/16 APP and outstanding LTPPs

March

Approval of remuneration package for incoming Executive Director, UK

Benchmarking data review for Executive Committee remuneration
2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report – review of first draft
Discussion of metrics and targets for APP and LTPP for 2016/17

Review of objectives for Executive Committee for APP 2016/17

 

Total remuneration opportunity

The total remuneration for each of the Executive Directors that could result from the remuneration policy in 2014 under three different performance levels – below threshold (when only fixed pay is receivable), on target and maximum – is shown below.

LOGO

1.

‘Fixed pay’ consists of salary, pension and benefits in kind as provided under the remuneration policy.

2.Salary is that to be paid in 2014/15, taking account of the increases that will be effective from 1 June 2014 shown on page 72.
3.Benefits in kind and pension are as shown in the single total figure of remuneration table for 2013/14 on page 67, except for John Pettigrew. For John, benefits in kind are assumed to be £18,300 and pension is assumed to be £320,000.
4.APP calculations are based on 125% of salary for the period 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2015.
5.LTPP calculations are based on awards with a face value of 350% of 1 June 2014 salary for Steve Holliday and 300% of 1 June 2014 salary for all other Executive Directors.
6.LTPP and APP payout is 50% for on target performance and the maximum is 100% for achieving stretch performance.
7.Tom King’s remuneration opportunity has been converted at $1.62:£1.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views

The Committee considers all feedback received from shareholders throughout the year. While the Committee understands that not all shareholders’ views will be the same, we consult with our larger shareholders on a regular basis to understand their expectations with regard to executive remuneration issues and any changes in shareholder views in this regard. In 2013/14 larger shareholders were consulted on the proposed changes to remuneration policy. Shareholders were supportive of the direction of change proposed, particularly increasing holding periods for awards and retention thresholds. Several responses suggested a number of small changes and where possible the Committee has reflected these changes in the proposals.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

67

   Annual report on remuneration

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2013/14

 

Role of Remuneration Committee

The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the other members of the Executive Committee and for setting the remuneration policy for the Chairman. The aim is to align remuneration policy to Company strategy and key business objectives and ensure it reflects our shareholders’, customers’ and regulators’ interests.

 

Members of the Committee

All members of the Committee are independent. Committee membership during the year and attendance at meetings is set out below:

 

  

  

 

  

        

 

  

  

 

    

Member

 

                         

Number of possible
meetings during

the year

 

   

Number of 
meetings attended 

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

Jonathan Dawson – chairman from 29 July 2013

 

  

     6        
   

 

Nora Mead Brownell

 

  

     6        
   

 

Paul Golby

 

  

     6        
   

 

Ken Harvey – chairman until 29 July 2013

 

  

     2        
   

 

George Rose

 

  

     2        
   

 

Mark Williamson – appointed on 29 July 2013

 

 

  

 

     

 

4

 

  

 

    

 

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

1. Ken Harvey and George Rose stepped down from the Board with effect from 29 July 2013.

 

  

   

 

The Committee’s activities during the year

 

 

  

 

   Meeting

 

  

 

Main areas of discussion

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

April

 

 

 

 

Individual performance for the 2012/13 APP

 

  

     Framework for the 2013/14 APP  
     2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report  
     Terms of reference and code of conduct for advisors to the Committee  
   

 

May

 

 

 

 

Annual salary review for Executive Directors and Executive Committee

 

  

     2012/13 APP outturns and confirmation of awards  
     2013 LTPP awards  
   

 

July

 

 

 

 

2010 Performance Share Plan (PSP, the predecessor to the LTPP) final performance

 

  

     Appointment of new advisors to the Committee  
   

 

November

 

 

 

 

New incentive plans (APP and LTPP) design

 

  

     Review of outcome from AGM  
   

 

January

 

 

 

 

Shareholder consultation on new incentive plans

 

  

   

 

February

 

 

 

 

Targets for LTPP and APP proposals

 

  

     Remuneration policy changes  
     

 

New format remuneration report

 

  

 

   

 

 
   

 

Single total figure of remuneration – Executive Directors (audited information)

 

  

   The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2013/14, together with comparative figures for 2012/13:

 

  

 

      Salary
£’000
  Benefits in kind
£’000
  APP
£’000
  PSP
£’000
  Pension
£’000
   Total
£’000
 
       2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13   2013/14  2012/13    2013/14  2012/13  
   

 

 
   Andrew Bonfield  712    709     55    54     790    677     1,418    –     214    213      3,189    1,653   
   Steve Holliday  1,000    996     35    31     1,169    846     2,179    670     418    627      4,801    3,170   
   Tom King  715    734     23    24     595    526     1,732    466     1,111    980      4,176    2,730   
   Nick Winser  546    543     12    11     704    500     1,177    335     212    148      2,651    1,537   
   

 

 
   Total  2,973    2,982     125    120     3,258    2,549     6,506    1,471     1,955    1,968      14,817    9,090   
   

 

 
   

 

1. Base salaries were last increased on 1 June 2012. Tom King’s annual salary was $1,158,000 and was converted at $1.62:£1 in 2013/14 and $1.57:£1 in 2012/13.

2. Benefits in kind include private medical insurance, life assurance, either a fully expensed car or a cash alternative to a car and the use of a driver when required. For Andrew Bonfield, a cash allowance in lieu of additional pension contributions is included within pension rather than benefits in kind.

3. The APP value is the full award before the 50% mandatory deferral into the DSP.

4. During the year, the 2010 PSP award vested and entered a retention period, to be released in June 2014. The above value is based on the share price (744 pence) on the vesting date (1 July 2013). In the prior year the 2009 PSP award vested and entered a retention period, to be released in June 2013. The above valuation is based on the share price (681 pence) on the vesting date (2 July 2012).

5. The pension values for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser represent the additional benefit earned in the year (excluding inflation as measured by the consumer price index (CPI)), multiplied by a factor of 20, less the contributions they made.

6. The pension value for Tom King represents the additional benefit earned in the year multiplied by a factor of 20, plus the Company’s contributions (£7,854) to the 401(k) plan.

7. Andrew Bonfield was a member of the DC pension plan during the year. The pension value represents 30% of salary via a combination of cash allowance in lieu of pension £185,120 (2012/13: £184,385) and Company pension contributions £28,480 (2012/13: £28,367). He opted out of the pension plan from 1 April 2014 and now receives the full cash allowance in lieu of pension of 30% of salary.

8. Pension figures in last year’s report were based on the draft disclosure regulations. The 2012/13 figures in the above table are therefore amended from last year’s report to reflect the final regulations.

 

 

       

          

    

          

       

       

          

       

 


68    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

Performance against targets for APP 2013/14 (audited information)

APP awards are earned by reference to the financial year and paid in June. The APP awards earned in 2013/14 were:

 

                 Proportion of salary
               Proportion of max
achieved
 Andrew
Bonfield
  Steve Holliday Tom King  Nick Winser
   Financial measures   Target  Actual   Max  Actual  Max  Actual Max  Actual  Max  Actual  
  

 

  

Adjusted EPS (p/share)

   51.0    54.3   100%  25%    25.00%    25%   25.00%  25%    25.00%    25%   25.00%  
  

 

Group cash flow (£m)

   (188  195   100%  40%    40.00%    40%   40.00%             –  
  

 

UK cash flow (£m)

   1,077    1,543   100%                       45%   45.00%  
  

 

US cash flow ($m)

   (62  (85 29.5%               30%    8.85%       –  
  

 

UK RoE (%)

   12.4    12.7   62.46%  15%    9.38%    15%   9.38%          35%   21.88%  
  

 

US RoE (%)

   9.2    9.0   23.33%  15%    3.50%    15%   3.50%  25%    5.83%       –  
  

 

US capital plan delivery (£m)

   1,192    1,219   90.3%  10%    9.03%    10%   9.03%  25%    22.58%       –  
 
  

Individual objectives

 

   

 

        See below

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

  

 

24.00%

 

  

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

 

30.00%

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

  

 

21.00%

 

  

 

  

 

45%

 

  

 

 

37.00%  

 

  

 

  

Totals

      150%    110.91%    150%   116.91%  150%    83.26%    150%   128.88%  
  

 

  

APP awarded

       £789,679    £1,169,100   £595,155    £703,685  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

In relation to the financial measures, threshold, target and stretch performance pays out at 6.67%, 40% and 100% respectively and on a straight-line basis in between threshold and target performance and target and stretch performance.

  

2.

 Adjusted EPS is amended for the impact of timing and actuarial assumptions on pensions and OPEBs.
  

3.

 Group cash flow excludes working capital movements and dividends, and is also amended for the impact of timing and certain LIPA transition costs.
  

 

Individual objectives

The following table indicates the primary areas of focus of the individual performance objectives that the Executive Directors had for 2013/14. Threshold, target and stretch performance pays out at 0%, 50% and 100% respectively overall. Overall performance against these objectives is shown in the table:

 

        

Andrew
Bonfield

 

     

Steve Holliday

 

    

Tom

King

 

     

Nick  
Winser  

 

  

 

  

 

 Safety

 

    

 

   

 

 

  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

 Stakeholder relations

 

    

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

 Employee engagement

 

  

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

 Capability development

 

   

 

 

  

 

      
  

 

 Financial strategy

 

   

 

 

  

 

      
  

 

 Operational excellence

 

       

 

 

  

 

  
  

 

 UK Electricity Market Reform (EMR)

 

        

—  

 

  

 

 US foundation (system implementation)

 

   

 

 

  

 

     

 

 

  

 

  
  

 

 Group strategy

 

    

 

    
  

 

  

 

 Proportion of maximum achieved

 

   

 

53.33%

 

  

 

  

66.67%

 

   

 

46.67%

 

  

 

  

82.22%  

 

  

 

  

 

2013/14 PSP performance (audited information)

The PSP value included in the 2013/14 single total figure relates to vesting of the conditional PSP award granted in 2010. Vesting was determined as at 30 June 2013 and was dependent on performance over the three years ending 31 March 2013 for the EPS measure and over the three years ending 30 June 2013 for the TSR measure. Transfer remains conditional upon continued service until 30 June 2014. The performance achieved against the performance targets was:

 

   

Performance measure

 

 

 Threshold –

 25% vesting

 

  

 Maximum –

 100% vesting

 

  

 Actual

 

    

Proportion of  
maximum achieved  

 

  

 

  TSR ranking Ranked at median of the comparator group (FTSE 100)    7.5 percentage points or more above median    5.7 percentage points above median     83.3%  
 
  Adjusted EPS EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 3 percentage points    EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 8 percentage points or more    Exceeded RPI by 6.5 percentage points     77.9%  
 
  Total          80.6%  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The total proportion of maximum achieved is the weighted average of the proportion of maximum achieved for each performance measure. Each of the two measures had a 50% weighting.

   
   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

69

  

Total pension entitlements (audited information)

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits:

 

    
       

Total

contributions

to DC-type

pension plan

£’000

 

     

Cash in lieu of

contributions

to DC-type

pension plan

£’000

 

     

Accrued

pension at

31 March 2014

£’000 pa

 

     

Increase

in accrued

pension over

year, net

of inflation

£’000 pa

 

 

Transfer value

of accrued

benefits as at

31 March 2014

£’000

 

 

Transfer value

of increase

in accrued

pension over

year, net

of inflation

£’000

 

  

Normal  

retirement  

date  

 

  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

 28   185          17/08/2027  
  

 

Steve Holliday

       506   17 13,013 379  26/10/2016  
  

 

Tom King

 8      491   55 4,112 462  01/01/2027  
  

 

Nick Winser

       284   10 6,341 173  06/09/2020  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The UK-based Executive Directors participate in FPS, a salary sacrifice arrangement for pension contributions. Contributions paid via salary sacrifice have been deducted from the figures in the table above.

  

 

2.

 

 

For Steve Holliday, in addition to the pension above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £125,000 as at 31 March 2014. There was no increase to the accumulated lump sum including and excluding inflation in the year to 31 March 2014. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Steve paid contributions of £44,000 via FPS.

  

 

3.

 

 

For Nick Winser, in addition to the pension above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £313,000 as at 31 March 2014. The increase to the accumulated lump sum including inflation was £7,000 and excluding inflation was £nil in the year to 31 March 2014. The transfer value information above includes the value of the lump sum. Nick paid contributions of £33,000 via FPS.

  

 

4.

 

 

For Tom King, the exchange rate as at 31 March 2014 was $1.67:£1 and as at 31 March 2013 was $1.52:£1. In addition to the transfer value quoted above, through participation in a 401(k) plan in the US, the Company made contributions worth £7,854 to a DC arrangement.

  

 

5.

 

 

The increase in accrued pension figures for Steve Holliday and Nick Winser are net of inflation based on RPI for September 2013. The figures in the single figure table on page 67 are based on inflation using CPI for September 2012. If the same inflation measure was used for this table the relevant figures would be an increase in pension of £23,100 for Steve and £12,250 for Nick. Multiplying these figures by a factor of 20 and deducting member contributions correlates to the values in the single figure table. Tom King’s pension figures do not allow for inflation as US pensions in payment or deferment do not increase in line with inflation. For Tom, multiplying the increase in accrued pension over the year, shown above (£55,150), by a factor of 20 and adding Company contributions to a DC-type pension plan, shown above, correlates to the value in the single figure table.

  

 

6.

 

 

There are no additional benefits in the event of early retirement.

    
  

 

Single total figure of remuneration – Non-executive Directors (audited information)

The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2013/14, together with comparative figures for 2012/13:

 

                         

Fees

£’000

 

   

  Other emoluments  

£’000

 

 

Total

£’000

 

                         2013/14     2012/13        2013/14 2012/13      2013/14    2012/13   
  

 

  

Philip Aiken

     88 84     –   88   84  
  

 

Nora Mead Brownell

     88 73     –   88   73  
  

 

Jonathan Dawson

     84 6     –   84   6  
  

 

Therese Esperdy

     3 –     –   3   –  
  

 

Sir Peter Gershon

     475 475    17 17   492   492  
  

 

Paul Golby

     76 76     –   76   76  
  

 

Ken Harvey

     36 108     –   36   108  
  

 

Ruth Kelly

     76 76     –   76   76  
  

 

Maria Richter

     101 101     –   101   101  
  

 

George Rose

     30 91     –   30   91  
  

 

Mark Williamson

     99 44     –   99   44  
  

 

  

Total

     1,156 1,134    17 17   1,173   1,151  
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

Sir Peter Gershon’s other emoluments comprise private medical insurance, cash in lieu of a car and the use of a driver when required.

  

 

Payments for loss of office or to past Directors (audited information)

No payments were made in 2013/14 for these circumstances.

 

    


70    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

LTPP and DSP (conditional awards) granted during the financial year (audited information)

 

   LTPP  Basis of award  

Face value

’000

  

Proportion

vesting at

threshold

            performance

  Number of shares   

Performance   

            period end date   

  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

 

  

200% of salary

 

  

£1,424

 

  

25%

 

  

194,798 

 

  

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Steve Holliday

 

  

225% of salary

 

  

£2,250

 

  

25%

 

  

307,793 

 

  

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Tom King

 

  

200% of salary

 

  

$2,316

 

  

25%

 

  

41,225 (ADSs)

 

  

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

Nick Winser

  200% of salary  £1,092  25%  149,382   

 

June 2016 and  

June 2017  

  

 

  

 

1. The face value of the awards is calculated using the share price at the date of grant (27 June 2013) (£7.3101 per share and $56.1784 per ADS).

 

   DSP     Basis of award  

Face value

’000

        Number of shares  Release date   
  

 

  

Andrew Bonfield

    50% of APP value  £339  45,706   13 June 2016  
  

 

Steve Holliday

    50% of APP value  £423  57,118   13 June 2016  
  

 

Tom King

    50% of APP value  $413  7,119 (ADSs)  13 June 2016  
  

 

Nick Winser

    50% of APP value  £250  33,741   13 June 2016  
  

 

  

 

1. The face value of the awards is calculated using the share price at the date of grant (13 June 2013) (£7.4092 per share and $57.9720 per ADS).

2. The award made in 2013/14 is 50% of the 2012/13 APP value.

  

 

Performance conditions for LTPP awards granted during the financial year

 

      

Weighting

  

Conditional share awards granted – 2013

   Performance measure  Andrew Bonfield  Steve Holliday          Tom King        Nick Winser   Threshold – 25% vesting  Maximum –100% vesting  
  

 

  TSR ranking  25%    25%  25%  25%   At median of comparator group (FTSE 100)  7.5 percentage points or more above median
  

 

Adjusted EPS

  

 

50%  

  

 

50%

  

 

50%

  

 

50% 

  

 

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 3 percentage points

  

 

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 8 percentage points or more

  

 

UK RoE

  

 

12.5%  

  

 

12.5%

  

 

  

 

25% 

  

 

Equal to the average allowed regulatory return

  

 

2 percentage points or more above the allowed regulatory return

  

 

US RoE

  

 

12.5%  

  

 

12.5%

  

 

25%

  

 

– 

  

 

1 percentage point below the allowed regulatory return

 

  

 

1 percentage point or more above the allowed regulatory return

 

  

 

  

 

Conditions for DSP awards granted during the financial year

DSP awards are subject only to continuous employment.

 

Shareholder dilution

Where shares may be issued or treasury shares reissued to satisfy incentives, the aggregate dilution resulting from executive share-based incentives will not exceed 5% in any 10 year period. Dilution resulting from all incentives, including all-employee incentives, will not exceed 10% in any 10 year period. The Committee reviews dilution against these limits regularly and under these limits the Company, as at 31 March 2014, had headroom of 4.01% and 7.99% respectively.

 

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)

The Executive Directors are required to build up and hold a shareholding from vested share plan awards. Deferred share awards are not taken into account for these purposes until the end of the deferral period. Shares are valued for these purposes at the 31 March 2014 price, which was 822 pence per share ($68.74 per ADS).

 

The following table shows how each Executive Director complies with the shareholding requirement and also the number of shares owned by the Non-executive Directors, including connected persons. For Ken Harvey and George Rose, the shareholding is as at the date they stepped down from the Board. For all others it is 31 March 2014.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

71

   

Directors

 

 

Share 

ownership 

requirements 

(multiple 

of salary)

 

  

Number

     of shares

required

to hold

 

  

Number 

of shares 

owned 

outright 

(including 

     connected 

persons)

 

  

Number

of shares

held as a

multiple of

current salary

 

  

Share

ownership

requirements

met

 

  

Vested but 

unreleased 

share award 

subject to 

continuous 

   employment 

(PSP 2010)

 

  

Conditional 

share awards 

subject to 

performance 

conditions 

(LTPP 2011, 

2012 and 2013)

 

  

Conditional  

share awards  

subject to  

continuous  

employment  

(DSP 2011,  

2012 and 2013) 

 

  

 

  

 

Executive Directors

               
  

 

Andrew Bonfield

 125%  108,273  699  <1%  No  190,589  637,356  130,040  
  

 

Steve Holliday

 200%  243,309  752,031  618%  Yes  292,880  1,006,643  230,410  
  

 

Tom King

 125%  21,058  71,336  423%  Yes  46,556  131,378  32,388  
  

 

Nick Winser

 

 

125%

 

  

83,029

 

  

355,413

 

  

535%

 

  

Yes

 

  

158,262

 

  

487,780

 

  

121,777  

 

  

 

  

 

Non-executive Directors

               
  

 

Philip Aiken

     4,900  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Nora Mead Brownell

     5,000  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Jonathan Dawson

     24,000  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Therese Esperdy

       n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Sir Peter Gershon

     75,771  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Paul Golby

     2,500  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Ken Harvey

     5,236  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Ruth Kelly

     800  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Maria Richter

     14,357  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

George Rose

     6,792  n/a  n/a      –  
  

 

Mark Williamson

 

 

 

  

 

  

4,726

 

  

n/a

 

  

n/a

 

  

 

  

 

  

–  

 

  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

The salary used to calculate the value of shareholding is the salary earned in the year.

  

 

2.

 

 

Andrew Bonfield has not met the shareholding requirement as none of the share awards in the plans in which he has participated have been released yet.

  

 

3.

 

 

Tom King’s holdings and awards are shown as ADSs and each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

  

 

4.

 

 

The release date for the PSP 2010 is 29 June 2014.

  

 

5.

 

 

On 31 March 2014 Andrew Bonfield held 3,421 options granted under the Sharesave plan. These options were granted at a value of 445 pence per share, and they can be exercised at 445 pence per share between April 2016 and September 2016.

  

 

6.

 

 

On 12 June 2013 Steve Holliday exercised two Share Match awards, totalling 37,475 shares. This comprised (i) an award of 16,092 options, expiring in June 2013, exercised for 100 pence in total, and (ii) an award of 21,383 options, expiring in May 2014, exercised for nil value. These shares are included in the table above (‘Number of shares owned outright’). In addition, on 7 April 2014, he exercised a Sharesave option over 3,921 shares at the option price of 427.05 pence per share before expiration in September 2014.

  

 

7.

 

 

For Andrew Bonfield, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 229,463; LTPP 2012: 213,095; LTPP 2013: 194,798. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 29,184; DSP 2012: 55,150; DSP 2013: 45,706.

  

 

8.

 

 

For Steve Holliday, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 362,148; LTPP 2012: 336,702; LTPP 2013: 307,793. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 97,359; DSP 2012: 75,933; DSP 2013: 57,118.

  

 

9.

 

 

For Tom King, the number of conditional awards over ADSs subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 45,537; LTPP 2012: 44,616; LTPP 2013: 41,225. The number of conditional awards over ADSs subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 13,937; DSP 2012: 11,332; DSP 2013: 7,119.

  

 

10.

 

 

For Nick Winser, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2011: 174,986; LTPP 2012: 163,412; LTPP 2013: 149,382. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2011: 48,354; DSP 2012: 39,682; DSP 2013: 33,741.

  

 

11.

 

 

The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to performance conditions are 1 July 2014 and 1 July 2015; 1 July 2015 and 1 July 2016; and 1 July 2016 and 1 July 2017 for the LTPP 2011, LTPP 2012 and LTPP 2013 respectively. The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to continuous employment are 15 June 2014; 14 June 2015; and 13 June 2016 for the DSP 2011, DSP 2012 and DSP 2013 respectively.

  

 

12.

 

 

Non-executive Directors do not have a shareholding requirement.

  

 

13.

 

 

In April and May 2014 a further 30 shares were purchased on behalf of both Steve Holliday and Andrew Bonfield via the Share Incentive Plan (an HMRC approved all-employee share plan), thereby increasing their beneficial interests. There have been no other changes in Directors’ shareholdings between 1 April 2014 and 18 May 2014.

  

 

External appointments and retention of fees

The table below details the Executive Directors who served as non-executive directors in other companies during the year ended 31 March 2014:

 

                      Company  Retained fees (£) 
  

 

  

 

Andrew Bonfield

        Kingfisher plc    81,200  
  

 

Steve Holliday

      Marks and Spencer Group plc    85,000  
  

 

Nick Winser

 

        

Kier Group plc

 

    

53,700  

 

  

 

  

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

            
  

This chart shows the relative importance of spend on pay compared with other costs and disbursements (dividends, tax, net interest and capital expenditure). Given the capital-intensive nature of our business and the scale of our operations, these costs were chosen as the most relevant for comparison purposes. All amounts exclude exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

 

  LOGO


72    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Remuneration

Report

continued

  

Performance graph and table

This chart shows National Grid plc’s five year annual total shareholder return (TSR) performance against the FTSE 100 index, of which National Grid is a constituent. It assumes dividends are reinvested. The TSR level shown at 31 March each year is the average of the closing daily TSR levels for the 30 day period up to and including that date.

  

 

            LOGO

  

 

CEO’s pay in the last five financial years

Steve Holliday was the CEO throughout this five year period.

 

          
                  2009/10  2010/11  2011/12  2012/13  2013/14    
  

 

  Total single figure £’000    3,931  3,738  3,539  3,170  4,801    
  

 

APP (proportion of maximum awarded)

    95.33%  81.33%  68.67%  56.65%  77.94%    
  

 

PSP (proportion of maximum vesting)

    100.00%  65.15%  49.50%  25.15%  76.20%    
  

 

  

 

Percentage change in CEO’s remuneration

The table below shows how the percentage change in the CEO’s salary, benefits and APP between 2013/14 and 2012/13 compares with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of remuneration for non-union employees in the UK. The Committee views this group as the most appropriate comparator group, as the CEO is UK-based and this group excludes employees represented by trade unions, whose pay and benefits are negotiated with each individual union.

 

      

Salary

  

Taxable benefits

  

APP

      £’000  £’000  Increase    £’000  £’000  Increase    £’000  £’000  Increase  
    

 

  

 

  

 

      2013/14  2012/13     2013/14  2012/13     2013/14  2012/13   
  

 

  Steve Holliday  1,000  996  0.4%    35  31  12.9%    1,169  846  38.2%  
  

 

UK non-union employees (increase per employee)

      2.9%        0.7%           10.6%  
  

 

  

 

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2014/15

The remuneration policy will be implemented with effect from the 2014 AGM as follows:

 

  Salary                    
                  

’000

        
                     

From  

1 June 2014  

  

From  

1 June 2013  

       Increase  
  

 

  Andrew Bonfield            

 

 

£729.8  

  

 

 

£712  

      2.5%  
  

 

Steve Holliday

            £1,025    £1,000        2.5%  
  

 

Tom King

            $1,186.95    $1,158        2.5%  
  

 

John Pettigrew

            

 

£475  

  

 

 

£475  

      0%  
  

 

  

 

APP measures for 2014/15

                                Weighting  
  

 

  Adjusted EPS                    35%  
  

 

Group or UK or US RoE

                    35%  
  

 

Individual objectives

                    30%  
  

 

  

 

The APP targets are considered commercially sensitive and consequently will be disclosed after the end of the financial year in the 2014/15 annual report on remuneration.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

73

   

Performance measures for LTPP to be awarded in 2014

 

        

Andrew

Bonfield

  

Steve

Holliday

    

Tom

King

  

John

Pettigrew

  

Threshold –  

20% vesting  

  

Maximum –  

100% vesting  

   

 

   Group RoE  50%  50%    25%  25%  11.0%    12.5%  
 
   UK RoE          25%  

Allowed return plus  

1 percentage point  

  Allowed return plus   3.5 percentage points  
 
   US RoE        25%    

90% of  

allowed return  

  

105% of  

allowed return  

 
   Value growth  50%  50%    50%  50%  10.0%    12.0%  
   

 

   

 

NEDs’ fees from 2014

                

£’000

   
                   

From

1 June 2014

  

From  

1 June 2013  

  Increase  
   

 

   Chairman          490  475    3.2%  
   

 

Senior Independent Director

          22  20    10.0%  
   Board fee (UK-based)          62  60    3.3%  
   Board fee (US-based)          74  72    2.8%  
   Committee membership fee          9  8    12.5%  
   Chair Audit Committee          17  15    13.3%  
   Chair Remuneration Committee          17  12.5    36.0%  
   Chair (other Board committees)          12.5  12.5    0%  
   

 

   

 

1. Committee chair fees are in addition to the committee membership fee.

 

Advisors to the Remuneration Committee

The Committee received advice until 31 July 2013 from independent remuneration consultants Towers Watson. From 1 August 2013 the Committee received advice from independent remuneration consultants New Bridge Street (NBS), a trading name of Aon Hewitt Ltd (part of Aon plc). NBS were selected as advisors by the Committee following a competitive tendering process.

 

Work undertaken by these advisors included updating the Committee on trends in compensation and governance matters and advising the Committee in connection with benchmarking of the total reward packages for the Executive Directors and other senior employees. NBS and Towers Watson are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and have signed up to that group’s Code of Conduct. Towers Watson also provides general remuneration, pension and benefits advice and services to the Company. The Committee is satisfied that any potential conflicts were appropriately managed. NBS does not provide any other advice or services to the Company. In the year to 31 March 2014 the Committee paid a total of £262,000 to NBS and Towers Watson, with fees being charged on a time incurred basis.

 

The Committee also received specialist advice from the following organisations:

 

   

Ÿ   Alithos Limited: provision of TSR calculations for the PSP and LTPP (£25,000 paid in 2013/14);

   

•   Linklaters LLP: advice relating to share schemes and to Directors’ service contracts as well as providing other legal advice to the Company (£26,000 paid in 2013/14); and

   

Ÿ   KPMG LLP: advice relating to pension matters (£72,000 paid in 2013/14).

   

 

The Committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from its advisors each year. It is satisfied that they all provided credible and professional advice.

 

The Committee considers the views of the Chairman on the performance and remuneration of the CEO; and of the CEO on the performance and remuneration of the other members of the Executive Committee. The Committee is also supported by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary who acts as Secretary to the Committee, the Group HR Director, the Global Head of Reward and the Global Head of Pensions. No other advisors have provided significant services to the Committee in the year.

 

Voting on 2012/13 Remuneration Report at 2013 AGM

 

                      For  Against  
   

 

   

Number of votes

 

            

2,201m

 

  

20m  

 

   Proportion of votes            99.1%  0.9%  
   

 

   

 

1. The voting figures shown above refer to votes cast at the 2013 AGM. In addition, shareholders holding 147m shares abstained.

 

   

 

  The Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

 

  Jonathan Dawson

  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

  18 May 2014

 


Single total figure of remuneration – Executive Directors (audited information)

The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2015/16, together with comparative figures for 2014/15:
                               
    

Salary

£’000

   

Benefits in kind

£’000

   APP
£’000
   LTPP
£’000
   Pension
£’000
   Other
£’000
   

 

           Total 

           £’000                  

   

 

 

   

 

 

                    
     2015/16   2014/15     2015/16   2014/15     2015/16   2014/15    2015/16   2014/15     2015/16   2014/15     2015/16   2014/15     2015/16   2014/15

 

Andrew Bonfield

   736     727      61     58      865     854      1,345     1,271      221     218           –      3,228    3,128

Steve Holliday

   1,033     1,021      41     40      1,222     1,210      2,125     2,004      730     523           –      5,151    4,798

John Pettigrew

   503     475      14     18      503     527      406     396      143     451           –      1,569    1,867

Dean Seavers

   678     –      39     –      649     –           –      148     –      170     –      1,684    

 

Total

   2,950     2,223      155     116      3,239     2,591      3,876     3,671      1,242     1,192      170     –      11,632    9,793

 

                              

Notes:

Salary: Base salaries were last increased on 1 June 2015. At this time Andrew Bonfield and Steve Holliday received salary increases of approximately 1%, in line with the salary increases given to other managerial employees of the Company in the UK. John Pettigrew was given an increase of 7% to move closer towards market as Executive Director, UK in 2015/16. Dean Seavers joined the Board on 1 April 2015 and was not given a salary increase at 1 June 2015, in line with other managerial employees of the Company in the US. Dean Seavers’ base salary has been converted at $1.4744:£1 for 2015/16.

Benefits in kind: Benefits in kind include private medical insurance, life assurance, and for UK Executive Directors, either a fully expensed car or a cash alternative to a car and the use of a driver when required. For Andrew Bonfield, it also includes the benefits of Sharesave options granted during the year. For Dean Seavers, this amount includes relocation payments.

Other:For Dean Seavers, Other includes the second $250,000 cash payment for forfeited bonuses from his former employer.

LTPP: A portion of the 2012 LTPP award vested in July 2015, and the remainder is due to vest in July 2016. The above value for 2015/16 is based on the share price (818 pence) on the vesting date (1 July 2015) for that portion that vested on 1 July 2015, and the average share price over the three months from 1 January 2016 to 31 March 2016 (958 pence) for that portion due to vest on 1 July 2016. The 2014/15 LTPP amount has been restated to reflect the actual amounts vested on 1 July 2015 for RoE, rather than the estimate shown in last year’s Annual Report. Due to a lower share price at vesting of 818 pence ($64.17 per ADS) versus the estimate of 899 pence ($70.33 per ADS), the actual value at vesting was £29,358, £46,335, and £12,441 lower than the estimate for Andrew Bonfield, Steve Holliday and John Pettigrew respectively.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Annual report on remuneration75


Corporate Governancecontinued

Annual report on remunerationcontinued

Performance against targets for APP 2015/16 (audited information)

APP awards are earned by reference to the financial year and paid in June. Fifty percent of awards are paid in shares which (after any sales to pay tax) must be retained until the shareholding requirement is met, and in any event for two years after receipt. In relation to both the financial measures and individual objectives, threshold, target and stretch performance levels are pre-determined and pay out at 0%, 50% and 100% respectively and on a straight-line basis in between threshold and target performance and target and stretch performance. Individual objectives of the Executive Directors reflect the primary focus areas within the Company’s overall strategic priorities:

building on our strong safety performance;
the drive for business growth in the UK and US;
delivery of operational excellence and improvement in overall Company performance and service to customers;
promotion of innovative ideas to work more efficiently and effectively;
strengthening the talent pipeline and keeping all our employees fully engaged; and
working with external stakeholders to shape energy policy and embed sustainability into our decision-making to preserve natural resources and focus on environmental issues.

The outcomes of APP awards earned in 2015/16, along with detail of individual objectives, are shown in the figures below:

   Proportion
of max
opportunity
  Threshold  Target  Stretch  Actual  

Proportion
of max

achieved

 

Adjusted EPS (p/share)

  35%    56.2    59.2    62.2    62.3    100%  

 

Group RoE (%)

   11.2    11.6    12.0    12.0    100%  

��

UK RoE (%)

  35%     13.25     13.3    55%  

 

US RoE (%)

    8.25     8.25    50%  

 

Individual objectives

  30%            See adjacent table    80–86%  

Notes:

Overall: Group RoE pertains to the CEO and Finance Director, whilst UK RoE and US RoE pertain to the Executive Director, UK and Executive Director, US, respectively. RoE in some form comprises 35% of the total maximum APP opportunity.

Adjusted EPS: Adjusted EPS actual is reduced by 1.2 pence to account for the impact of timing, absence of a budgeted rise in the UK corporate tax rate, and the impact of scrip dividend uptake and currency adjustments.

Group RoE: Group RoE actual is reduced by 30 basis points to account for the absence of a budgeted rise in the UK corporate tax rate.

US RoE: US RoE actual is adjusted to capture half of the realised gains achieved from the exchange of National Grid USA’s share in the Iroquois pipeline joint venture.

   Andrew  Steve  John  Dean 
    Bonfield  Holliday  Pettigrew  Seavers 

Safety

        ● 

Group strategy

        

Financial strategy

        

Business growth

        ● 

Operational excellence

        ● 

Customer experience

        ● 

Employee engagement

        ● 

Capability development

        ● 

Stakeholder relations

         ● 
Proportion of maximum achieved  80%  82%  86%  80% 

2015/16 APP as proportion of base salary

LOGO

2015/16 LTPP performance (audited information)

The LTPP value included in the 2015/16 single total figure relates to vesting of the conditional LTPP award granted in 2012. The 2012 award is determined based on differing performance periods and vesting dates:

performance over the three years ending 31 March 2015 for the EPS measure (50% weighting), which vested on 1 July 2015;
performance over the three years ending 30 June 2015 for the TSR measure (25% weighting), which vested on 1 July 2015; and
performance over the four years ending 31 March 2016 for the UK RoE measure and 31 December 2015 for the US RoE measure (25% weighting overall, split by Executive Director as shown overleaf), which will vest on 1 July 2016.

76National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance 


 

   Corporate Governance

The performance achieved against the targets, including the expected vesting percentage for the RoE measures, was:

Performance measureThreshold – 25% vestingMaximum – 100% vestingActual/expected vesting

Actual/expected  

proportion of  

maximum achieved  

TSR ranking (25% weighting)

Ranked at median of the comparator group (FTSE 100)

7.5 percentage points or more above median

2.99 percentage points above median

55.0%  

Adjusted EPS (50% weighting)

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 3 percentage points

EPS growth exceeds RPI increase by 8 percentage points or more

Exceeded RPI increase by 6.3 percentage points

74.4%  

UK RoE (12.5% weighting for the CEO and Finance Director; 25% weighting for the Executive Director, UK)

RoE is equal to the average allowed regulatory return

RoE is 2 percentage points or more above the average allowed regulatory return

Exceeded average allowed regulatory return by 3.2 percentage points

100.0%  

US RoE (12.5% weighting for the CEO and Finance Director; 25% weighting for the former Executive Director, US)

RoE is 1 percentage point below the average allowed regulatory return

RoE is 1 percentage point or more above the average allowed regulatory return

1.1 percentage points below the average allowed regulatory return

0%  

The amounts vesting under the 2012 LTPP during the year and included in the 2015/16 single total figure are shown in the table below.

The valuation is based on the following share prices:

818 pence ($64.17 per ADS) on the vesting date of 1 July 2015 for the EPS and TSR elements of the award; and
average share price over the three months from 1 January 2016 to 31 March 2016 of 958 pence ($69.23 per ADS) for the RoE element of the award.

    Original number
of share awards
in 2012 LTPP
   Overall vesting
percentage (including
expected vesting
percentage for RoE
measure)
  

Number of awards
vesting (including
expected

vesting for RoE
measure)

   

Dividend

equivalent

shares

   

Total value of awards
vesting (including
expected vesting for RoE
measure) and  dividend
equivalent shares

(£’000)

 

 

Andrew Bonfield

   213,095     63.45%    135,203     23,787     1,345  

 

Steve Holliday

   336,702     63.45%    213,628     37,586     2,125  

 

John Pettigrew

   52,395     75.95%    39,793     7,136     406  

 

Dean Seavers

                        

Last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report covering remuneration for 2014/15 included an estimated vesting of the US and UK RoE portions of the 2011 LTPP award. These awards vested on 1 July 2015 and the performance achieved against the performance targets was the same as the expected vesting disclosed in the 2014/15 report. As a result of the actual achievement against the performance targets being the same as estimated, the vesting percentage and number of awards vesting are the same as disclosed in the 2014/15 report. However, the actual number of dividend equivalent shares varied as did the total value of awards vesting due to share price changes between the estimate and the actual date of vesting of the RoE portion. Specifically, the actual price on 1 July 2015 was 818 pence ($64.17 per ADS) rather than the estimate of 899 pence ($70.33 per ADS) disclosed in the 2014/15 report based on the average price from 1 January 2015 to 31 March 2015. As a result, the actual numbers of dividend equivalent shares granted for the 2011 LTPP were 22,454, 35,440 and 7,261 and the actual values of the awards at vesting were £29,358, £46,335 and £12,441 lower than originally estimated for Andrew Bonfield, Steve Holliday and John Pettigrew respectively.

Total pension benefits (audited information)

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits. Steve Holliday and John Pettigrew participate in a Defined Benefit pension plan, whilst Andrew Bonfield receives cash in lieu of participation in a pension plan, and Dean Seavers participates in a Defined Contribution arrangement. The UK-based Executive Directors in a Defined Benefit pension participate in a salary sacrifice arrangement (FPS), under which the individual’s salary is reduced by an amount equal to the employee pension contribution that would have been paid into the scheme. An equivalent contribution is paid into the scheme by the employer. There are no additional benefits in the event of early retirement.

    Total
contributions
to DC
arrangement
£’000
   Cash in lieu of
pension
contributions
£’000
   Accrued
DB pension
at 31 March 2016
£’000 pa
   Increase
in accrued
DB pension
over year
£’000 pa
   

Reduction
in salary
due to FPS

£’000

   

Increase/
(decrease) in
any lump sum

£’000

   

Value of

pension benefit
calculated using
BIS methodology

£’000

   

Normal
retirement

date

 

 

Andrew Bonfield

        221                         221     17/08/2027  

 

Steve Holliday

             591     39     62     2     730     26/10/2016  

 

John Pettigrew

             151     7     29     23     143     26/10/2031  

 

Dean Seavers

   148                              148     30/08/2025  

Notes:

Steve Holliday: In addition to the accrued DB pension at 31 March 2016 above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £129,000 as at 31 March 2016. The increase to the accumulated lump sum, net of inflation, was £2,000 in the year to 31 March 2016. The increase in accrued DB pension over the year shown above is net of inflation, as UK pensions in payment or deferment increase in line with inflation.

John Pettigrew: In addition to the accrued DB pension at 31 March 2016 above, there is an accrued lump sum entitlement of £452,000 as at 31 March 2016. The increase to the accumulated lump sum, net of inflation, was £23,000 in the year to 31 March 2016. The increase in accrued DB pension over the year shown above is net of inflation, as UK pensions in payment or deferment increase in line with inflation.

Dean Seavers: The average exchange rate for 2015/16 was $1.4744:£1. Through his participation in the 401(k) plan in the US (a DC arrangement) the Company made contributions worth £27,400. The Company also made contributions worth £121,049 to the Non-Qualified Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan which pays the portion of core contributions that cannot be paid under the qualified plan due to IRS limitations. The plan also provides a supplemental top-up benefit through additional company contributions to yield an overall company contribution of 9% of pensionable pay, including both the qualified and non-qualified plan benefits. The retirement date shown is the typical retirement age in the US. The 401(k) plan does not have a retirement age. Benefits can be taken without penalty on leaving the Company from age 55 (subject to vesting requirements) or can be rolled over into another qualifying plan.

BIS calculation: In accordance with BIS methodology, the pension benefit for Andrew Bonfield and Dean Seavers is calculated as the aggregate of contributions made to a DC arrangement and cash in lieu of pension contributions. Also in accordance with BIS methodology, the pension benefit for Steve Holliday and John Pettigrew is calculated as the increase in accrued DB pension over the year shown above multiplied by 20 plus the increase in the lump sum shown above, less the reduction in salary due to FPS. Each element is calculated separately and rounded to produce the numbers in the table above.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Annual report on remuneration77


Corporate Governancecontinued

Annual report on remunerationcontinued

Single total figure of remuneration – Non-executive Directors (audited information)

The following table shows a single total figure in respect of qualifying service for 2015/16, together with comparative figures for 2014/15:

   

Fees

£’000

  

Other emoluments

£’000

  

Total

£’000

 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
                   2015/16         2014/15                   2015/16       2014/15                   2015/16         2014/15   

 

 

  Nora Mead Brownell

   94       91            –     94       91    

  Jonathan Dawson

   99       96            –     99       96    

  Therese Esperdy

   128       91            –     128       91    

  Sir Peter Gershon

   494       488     15       16     509       504    

  Paul Golby

   103       81            –     103       81    

  Ruth Kelly

   82       79            –     82       79    

  Mark Williamson

   121       118            –     121       118    

 

 

  Total

   1,121       1,044     15       16     1,136       1,060    

 

 

Therese Esperdy: Fees for 2015/16 include £22,917 in fees for serving on the National Grid USA Board.

Sir Peter Gershon: Other emoluments comprise private medical insurance, cash in lieu of a car and the use of a driver when required.

In accordance with the Company’s expenses policies, Non-executive Directors receive reimbursement for their reasonable expenses for attending Board meetings. In instances where those costs are treated by HMRC as taxable benefits, the Company also meets the associated tax cost to the Non-executive Directors through a PAYE settlement agreement with HMRC.

The total emoluments paid to Executive and Non-executive Directors in the year was £13 million (2014/15: £15 million).

LTPP (conditional award) granted during the financial year (audited information)

The face value of the awards is calculated using the volume-average weighted share price at the date of grant (25 June 2015) (£8.5147 per share and $66.9618 per ADS).

LTPP  Basis of award     Face value ’000     Proportion vesting at
threshold performance
     Number of shares     Performance  
period end date  
 

 

 

Andrew Bonfield

   300% of salary       £2,211       20%       259,668       June 2018    

Steve Holliday

   350% of salary       £3,622       20%       425,440       June 2018    

John Pettigrew

   300% of salary       £1,525       20%       179,072       June 2018    

Dean Seavers

   300% of salary       $3,000       20%       44,801 (ADSs)       June 2018    

 

 

Performance conditions for LTPP awards granted during the financial year (audited information)

   Weighting   Conditional share awards granted – 2015 
Performance measure          Andrew Bonfield       Steve Holliday     John Pettigrew     Dean Seavers    Threshold – 20% vesting   Maximum – 100% vesting   

 

 

Group RoE

   50%     50%     25%     25%      11.0%     12.5% or more    

UK RoE

       25%       
 
 
1 percentage point
above the average
allowed regulatory return
  
  
  
   
 
 
3.5 percentage points or  
more above the average  
allowed regulatory return  
  
  
  

 

US RoE

        

 

 

 

25% 

 

  

  

 

 
 

 

90% of the average
allowed regulatory return

 

  
  

  

 

 
 
 

 

105% or more of the  
average allowed  
regulatory return  

 

  
  
  

 

Value growth

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50% 

 

  

  

 

 

 

10.0%

 

  

  

 

 

 

12.0% or more  

 

  

 

 

Payments for loss of office (audited information)

There were no payments made for loss of office during 2015/16.

Payments to past Directors (audited information)

Nick Winser stepped down from the Board at the 2014 AGM and left the Company on 31 July 2015. Tom King stepped down from the Board and left the Company on 31 March 2015. Mr Winser and Mr King held awards over shares and ADSs, respectively, which were pro-rated according to their departure date. The vesting of all these awards will occur at the normal vesting dates subject to satisfaction of their specified performance conditions at that time. Portions of these awards vested on 1 July 2015 and pertain to the RoE portion of the 2011 LTPP and the TSR and EPS portions of the 2012 LTPP.

   Pro-rated number of
share awards in 2011
(RoE portion) and 2012 LTPP
   Overall vesting percentage   Number of awards vesting   Dividend equivalent
shares
   Total value of awards  
vesting and dividend  
equivalent shares  
(£’000)  
 

 

 

Tom King

   44,846 (ADSs)     56.12%     25,168 (ADSs)     4,063 (ADSs)     1,202    

 

Nick Winser

  

 

 

 

166,305

 

  

  

 

 

 

76.37%

 

  

  

 

 

 

127,000

 

  

  

 

 

 

24,035

 

  

  

 

 

 

1,235  

 

  

 

 

Shareholder dilution

Where shares may be issued or treasury shares reissued to satisfy incentives, the aggregate dilution resulting from executive share-based incentives will not exceed 5% in any 10-year period. Dilution resulting from all incentives, including all-employee incentives, will not exceed 10% in any 10-year period. The Committee reviews dilution against these limits regularly and under these limits the Company, as at 31 March 2016, had headroom of 4.01% and 7.98% respectively.

78National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Corporate Governance 


 

   Corporate Governance

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)

The Executive Directors are required to build up and hold a shareholding from vested share plan awards. Deferred share plan awards are not taken into account for these purposes until the end of the deferral period. Shares are valued for these purposes at the 31 March 2016 price, which was 987 pence per share ($71.42 per ADS).

The following table shows how each Executive Director complies with the shareholding requirement and also the number of shares owned by the Non-executive Directors, including connected persons, as Non-executive Directors do not have a shareholding requirement.

The shareholding is as at 31 March 2016 and the salary used to calculate the value of shareholding is the gross annual salary as at 31 March 2016:

The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to performance conditions are 1 July 2016; 1 July 2016 and 1 July 2017; 1 July 2017; and 1 July 2018 for the LTPP 2012, LTPP 2013, LTPP 2014 and LTPP 2015 respectively.
The normal vesting dates for the conditional share awards subject to continuous employment are 13 June 2016 and 17 June 2017 for the DSP 2013 and DSP 2014 respectively.
In each of April and May 2016 a further 15 shares were purchased on behalf of Andrew Bonfield, Steve Holliday and John Pettigrew via the Share Incentive Plan (an HMRC approved all-employee share plan), thereby increasing their beneficial interests. There have been no other changes in Directors’ shareholdings between 1 April 2016 and 18 May 2016.
Both Andrew Bonfield and Steve Holliday have met their shareholding requirement of 400% and 500% of base salary, respectively. As both John Pettigrew and Dean Seavers were relatively new in post, they have not yet met their requirements and will not be allowed to sell shares other than to pay tax on receipt of vested shares or in exceptional circumstances until this requirement is met.

Directors Share ownership
requirements
(multiple of salary)
     Number of shares
owned outright
(including connected
persons)
     Number of shares
held as a multiple
of current salary
     Number of options
granted under the
Sharesave Plan
     Conditional share
awards subject to
performance
conditions (LTPP 2012,
2013, 2014 and 2015)
     Conditional share  
awards subject to  
continuous  
employment (DSP 2013  
and 2014)  
 

 

 

 

Executive Directors

                     

 

Andrew Bonfield

  400%       317,711       426%       6,651       756,209       92,754    

 

Steve Holliday

  500%       1,306,289       1,246%       3,542       1,224,546       126,771    

 

John Pettigrew

  400%       198,749       386%       4,286       417,251       28,691    

 

Dean Seavers (ADSs)

  400%       1,225       9%              85,767       –    

 

Non-executive Directors

                     

 

Nora Mead Brownell (ADSs)

         5,000       n/a                     –    

 

Jonathan Dawson

         36,586       n/a                     –    

 

Therese Esperdy (ADSs)

         1,600       n/a                     –    

 

Sir Peter Gershon

         83,363       n/a                     –    

 

Paul Golby

         2,500       n/a                     –    

 

Ruth Kelly

         800       n/a                     –    

 

Mark Williamson

         4,726       n/a                     –    

 

 

Notes:

Overall: Sharesave options are valued using fair values. Andrew Bonfield was the only Director who made a gain on the exercise of share options during the year.

Andrew Bonfield: On 31 March 2016 Andrew Bonfield held 6,651 options granted under the Sharesave plan. 2,022 options were granted at a value of 749 pence per share and they can be exercised at 749 pence per share between April 2020 and September 2020. 1,208 options were granted at a value of 745 pence per share and they can be exercised at 745 pence per share between April 2019 and September 2019. On 1 April 2016, he exercised a Sharesave option over 3,421 shares at the option price of 455 pence per share for expiration in September 2016 at a gain of £18,549. For Andrew Bonfield, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2012: 53,273; LTPP 2013: 194,798; LTPP 2014: 248,470; LTPP 2015: 259,668. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2013: 45,706; DSP 2014: 47,048.

Steve Holliday: On 31 March 2016 Steve Holliday held 3,524 options granted under the Sharesave plan. 1,502 options were granted at a value of 599 pence per share, and they can be exercised at 599 pence per share between April 2017 and September 2017. 2,022 options were granted at a value of 749 pence per share and they can be exercised at 749 pence per share between April 2020 and September 2020. For Steve Holliday, the number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2012: 84,175; LTPP 2013: 307,793; LTPP 2014: 407,138; LTPP 2015: 425,440. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2013: 57,118; DSP 2014: 69,653.

John Pettigrew: On 31 March 2016 John Pettigrew held 4,286 options granted under the Sharesave plan. 1,252 options were granted at a value of 599 pence per share, and they can be exercised at 599 pence per share between April 2019 and September 2019. 3,034 options were granted at a value of 749 pence per share and they can be exercised at 749 pence per share between April 2020 and September 2020. The number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2012: 13,098; LTPP 2013: 63,361; LTPP 2014: 161,720; LTPP 2015: 179,072. The number of conditional share awards subject to continuous employment is as follows: DSP 2013: 14,341; DSP 2014: 14,350.

Dean Seavers: The number of conditional share awards subject to performance conditions is as follows: LTPP 2014: 40,966; LTPP 2015: 44,801.

Dean Seavers, Nora Mead Brownell and Therese Esperdy: Holdings and, for Dean Seavers, awards are shown as ADSs and each ADS represents five ordinary shares.

External appointments and retention of fees

The table below details the Executive Directors who served as non-executive directors in other companies during the year ended 31 March 2016 and were allowed to retain fees for their services:

CompanyRetained fees (£)  

Andrew Bonfield

Kingfisher plc82,400  

Relative importance of spend on pay

This chart shows the relative importance of spend on pay compared with other costs and disbursements (dividends, tax, net interest and capital expenditure). Given the capital-intensive nature of our business and the scale of our operations, these costs were chosen as the most relevant for comparison purposes. All amounts exclude exceptional items and remeasurements.

LOGO

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Annual report on remuneration79


Corporate Governancecontinued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Performance graph and table

This chart shows National Grid plc’s seven-year annual total shareholder return (TSR) performance against the FTSE 100 Index since 31 March 2009. The FTSE 100 Index has been chosen because it is the widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the UK. The Company’s TSR has outperformed that of the FTSE 100 for the last five years and underpins the pay shown for the CEO in the table below, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures.

The TSR level shown at 31 March each year is the average of the closing daily TSR levels for the 30-day period up to and including that date. It assumes dividends are reinvested.

CEO’s pay in the last seven financial years

Steve Holliday was the CEO throughout this seven-year period.

Total shareholder return

LOGO

   2009/10   2010/11   2011/12   2012/13   2013/14   2014/15   2015/16  

 

 

Total single figure £’000

   3,931     3,738     3,539     3,170     4,801     4,845     5,151   

APP (proportion of maximum awarded)

   95.33%     81.33%     68.67%     55.65%     77.94%     94.80%     94.60%   

PSP/LTPP (proportion of maximum vesting including expected vesting

for RoE measure)

   100.00%     65.15%     49.50%     25.15%     76.20%     55.81%     63.45%   

 

 

Percentage change in CEO’s remuneration

The table below shows how the percentage change in the CEO’s salary, benefits and APP between 2014/15 and 2015/16 compares with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of remuneration for non-union employees in the UK. The Committee views this group as the most appropriate comparator group, as the CEO is UK-based and this group excludes employees represented by trade unions, whose pay and benefits are negotiated with each individual union.

     Salary   Taxable benefits   APP         
     £’000   £’000   Increase   £’000   £’000   Increase   £’000   £’000   Increase  
 

 

 
     2015/16   2014/15       2015/16   2014/15       2015/16   2014/15     

 

 

Steve Holliday

    1,033     1,021     1.2%     41     40     2.5%     1,222     1,210     1.0%   

UK non-union employees (increase per employee)

        1.9%         7.9%         (9.1)%   

 

 

Note:

The APP for UK non-union employees decreased, which is a reflection of the reduction in payout level for the UK RoE measure which forms a key part of the APP for this population.

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2016/17

The remuneration policy adopted at the 2014 AGM will continue to be implemented during 2016/17 as described below. Steve Holliday is retiring in July 2016 and will be stepping down from the Board at that time. He will be treated as a ‘good leaver’ in line with our remuneration policy. He is intending to draw from his pension from October 2016.

 

Salary

Salary increases will normally be in line with the increase awarded to other employees in the UK and US, unless there is a change in role or responsibility. In line with the policy on recruitment remuneration, salaries for new directors may be set below market level initially and aligned to market level over time (provided the increase is merited by the individual’s contribution and performance). John Pettigrew’s base salary was increased to £825,000 upon his appointment as CEO. This was some £210,000 below that of Steve Holliday, the retiring CEO.

 

 
      From 1 June 2016  From 1 June 2015  Increase   
 

Andrew Bonfield

  £751,740  £737,000  2.0%  
 

Steve Holliday

  £1,035,000  £1,035,000  0%  
 

Nicola Shaw from 1 July 2016

  £450,000    n/a  
 

John Pettigrew from 1 April 2016

  £825,000  £508,250  62.3%  
 

Dean Seavers

  $1,025,000  $1,000,000  2.5%  
        

APP measures for 2016/17

The APP targets are considered commercially sensitive and consequently will be disclosed after the end of the financial year in the 2016/17 annual report on remuneration. Steve Holliday will be eligible to receive a prorated portion of the 2016/17 APP.

 
 Weighting 
 

Adjusted EPS

  35% 

Group or UK or US RoE

35% 

Individual objectives

30%  
    

80 74    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/142015/16 Corporate Governance


 

 

Financial   Corporate Governance

Statements

Performance measures for LTPP to be awarded in 2016

Steve Holliday will not receive a 2016 LTPP award. John Pettigrew’s 2016 award will increase to 350% of salary.

                Andrew Bonfield               John Pettigrew               Dean Seavers               Nicola Shaw   Threshold – 20% vesting   Maximum – 100% vesting 

Group RoE

   50%     50%     25%     25%     11.0%     12.5% or more  

 

UK RoE

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

25%

 

  

  

 

 
 
 

 

1 percentage point
above the average
allowed regulatory return

 

  
  
  

  

 

 
 
 

 

3.5 percentage points or
more above the average
allowed regulatory return

 

  
  
  

 

US RoE

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

25%

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 
 

 

90% of the average
allowed regulatory return

 

  
  

  

 

 
 
 

 

105% or more of the
average allowed
regulatory return

 

  
  
  

 

Value growth

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

50%

 

  

  

 

 

 

10.0%

 

  

  

 

 

 

12.0% or more

 

  

NEDs’ fees

Committee chair fees are in addition to committee membership fees. Therese Esperdy was appointed as a Non-executive Director to the National Grid USA Board on 1 May 2015 with an annual fee of £25,000 in addition to her current NED fees.

   £’000   
    From 1 June 2016  From 1 June 2015   Increase  

Chairman

  500  495   1%  

Senior Independent Director

  22  22   0%  

Board fee (UK-based)

  66  64   3%  

Board fee (US-based)

  78  76   3%  

Committee membership fee

  9    0%  

Chair Audit Committee

  19  17   12%  

Chair Remuneration Committee

  19  17   12%  

Chair (other Board committee)

  12.5  12.5   0%  

Advisors to the Remuneration Committee

The Committee received advice during 2015/16 from independent remuneration consultants New Bridge Street (NBS), a trading name of Aon Hewitt Ltd (part of Aon plc). NBS were selected as advisors by the Committee from 1 August 2013 following a competitive tendering process.

Work undertaken by NBS included updating the Committee on trends in compensation and governance matters and advising the Committee in connection with benchmarking of the total reward packages for the Executive Directors and other senior employees. NBS are a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and have signed up to that group’s Code of Conduct. The Committee is satisfied that any potential conflicts were appropriately managed. NBS does not provide any other advice or services to the Company. In the year to 31 March 2016 the Committee paid a total of £77,820 to NBS, with fees being charged on a time incurred basis.

The Committee also received specialist advice from the following organisations:

Alithos Limited: provision of TSR calculations for the LTPP (£10,417 paid in 2015/16);
Linklaters LLP: advice relating to share schemes and to Directors’ service contracts (£44,621 paid in 2015/16); and
Willis Towers Watson: advice relating to the benchmarking of the total reward packages for the Executive Committee and the Chairman (£58,509 paid in 2015/16).

The Committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from its advisors each year. It is satisfied that they all provided credible and professional advice.

The Committee considers the views of the Chairman on the performance and remuneration of the CEO; and of the CEO on the performance and remuneration of the other members of the Executive Committee. The Committee is also supported by the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary who acts as Secretary to the Committee, the Group HR Director, the Group Head of Reward & Performance and the Group Head of Pensions. No other advisors have provided significant services to the Committee in the year.

Voting on 2013/14 Directors’ Remuneration Policy at 2014 AGM

The voting figures shown refer to votes cast at the 2014 AGM and represent 61.76% of the issued share capital. In addition, shareholders holding 74 million shares abstained.

    For   Against  

Number of votes

   2,223,573,203    85,131,552  

Proportion of votes

   96.31%    3.69%  

Voting on 2014/15 Annual Remuneration Report at 2015 AGM

The voting figures shown refer to votes cast at the 2015 AGM and represent 62.61% of the issued share capital. In addition, shareholders holding 30 million shares abstained.

    For   Against  

Number of votes

   2,240,539,614    63,053,994  

Proportion of votes

   97.26%    2.74%  

The Directors’ Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

 

ContentsJonathan Dawson

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

18 May 2016

 

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Annual report on remuneration81


Financial Statements contents

83

Introduction to the financial statements
Directors’ statement and independent auditors’ report

84

 Notes to the consolidated financial statements – supplementary information
76Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

85

 132Note 27Commitments and contingencies
77Independent auditors’ report

93

 133Note 28Related party transactions
81Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm133Note 29Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Consolidated financial statements under IFRS

Primary statements

Basis of preparation94

 137Note 30Financial risk management

145

Note 31

Borrowing facilities

82

83

Basis of preparation

Recent accounting developments

146

Note 32Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

147

Note 33Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty

Primary statements

148Note 34Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securities
84Consolidated income statement

Company financial statements

under UK GAAP96

 
86Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

97

 
87Consolidated statement of changes in equity

98

 
88Consolidated statement of financial position

100

 Basis of preparation
90Consolidated cash flow statement155Company accounting policies
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – analysis of items in the primary statementsPrimary statement
156Company balance sheet
92Note 1Adoption of IAS 19 (revised)
‘Employee benefits’
Notes to the Company financial statements
93Note 2Segmental analysis
97Note 3Operating costs157Note 1Fixed asset investments
99Note 4Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

157

157102

 

Note 2

1 – Basis of preparation and recent accounting developments

Note 3104

 Note 2 – Segmental analysis

109

 Note 3 – Operating costs

Debtors

Creditors111

 Note 4 – Exceptional items and remeasurements

112

 
101Note 5Finance income and costs

113

 Note 6 – Tax

118

 158Note 7 – Earnings per share (EPS)

119

 Note 48 – Dividends

120

 Note 9 Goodwill

121

 Derivative financial instruments
102Note 6Taxation158Note 5Investments
107Note 7Earnings per share158Note 6Borrowings
108Note 8Dividends158Note 7Called up share capital
109Note 9Goodwill159Note 8Reserves
110Note 10Other intangible assets

122

 159Note 9Reconciliation of movements in total shareholders’ funds
111Note 11Property, plant and equipment

123

 
112Note 12Other non-current assets

124

 159Note 10Parent Company guarantees
113Note 13Financial and other investments

125

 159Note 11Audit fees
114Note 14Investments in joint ventures and associates

126

 
114Note 15Derivative financial instruments

128

 
117Note 16Inventories and current intangible assets

129

 
118Note 17Trade and other receivables

130

 
119Note 18Cash and cash equivalents

130

 Note 19 – Borrowings

132

 
119Note 19Borrowings
122Note 20Trade and other payables

132

 
122Note 21Other non-current liabilities

132

 
122Note 22Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

138

 Note 23 – Provisions

140

 Note 24 – Share capital

141

 
126Note 23Provisions
128Note 24Share capital
129Note 25Other equity reserves
130Note 26Net debt

LOGO

142

 Note 26 – Net debt


82 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 Financial Statements 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

 

Additional Information

Introduction to the Financial Statements

75

 

 

Introduction to the

financial statements

We have continued to develop our presentational format to provide shareholders and users of these financial statements with additional information and guidance, and to make them easier to understand.

Throughout these financial statements we have included additional information boxes, providing helpful commentary on what the disclosures mean and why they are important to the understanding of our financial performance and position. Some of these boxes highlight ‘Our strategy in action’, drawing out the key elements of our business model (set out in the Strategic Report on pages 14 and 21)Throughout these financial statements we have provided explanations of the disclosures and why they are important to the understanding of our financial performance and position. In places we have also highlighted ‘Our strategy in action’, drawing out the key elements of our business model (set out in the Strategic Report on pages 14 to 15), and showing how the disclosures reflect this strategy.

 

 

Audit opinions

We have two audit opinions on our financial statements, reflecting our dual listing on both the London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the different reporting requirements for each listing, our auditors are required to confirm compliance with each set of standards in a prescribed format. The IFRS audit opinion has changed this year, reflecting the change to auditing standards, which requires the auditorsas required under our UK listing (starting on page 85) continues to provide more detail as to how theyour auditors have planned and completedconducted their audit, as well as their views on significant matters they have noted and that were discussed by the Audit Committee. There are also additional specific disclosure requirements due to our US listing which are included in the notes.

 

Notes

Notes to the financial statements provide additional information required by statute, accounting standards or other regulations to assist in a more detailed understanding of the primary financial statements. In many notes we have included an accounting policy that describes how the transactions or balance in that note have been measured, recognised and disclosed. The basis of preparation section (note 1) provides details of accounting policies that apply to transactions and balances in general. There are also additional specific disclosure requirements due to our US listing which are included in the notes.

 

 

Unaudited commentary

We have presented with the financial statements certain analysis previously included in the financial review sectionas part of the Strategic Report of our Annual Report. This approach provides a more understandableclearer narrative, a logical flow of information and reduces duplication. We have created a combined financial review, including a commentary on items within the primary statements, on pages 8494 to 91.101. Unless otherwise indicated, all analysis provided in the financial statements is on a statutory IFRS basis. All information in ruled boxes styled in the same manner as this one does not form part of the audited financial statements. This has been further highlighted by including the word ‘unaudited’ at the start of each box header. Unaudited commentary boxes appear on pages 8595 to 87, 89, 91, 96, 106,97, 99, 101, 107 to 108, 117, 119 and 121.131.

 

 


 

76    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

2015/16
 Financial Statements83


    

Statement of Directors’

responsibilities

 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts, including the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, the Directors’ Report, including the Remuneration Report and the Strategic Report, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU, and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom generally accepted accounting practice, UK

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts, including the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, the Directors’ Report, including the Remuneration Report and the Strategic Report, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union, and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101), and applicable law – United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have also elected to comply with IFRS, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis and of the profit or loss of the Company on a consolidated basis for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

state that the consolidated financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS adopted by the EUEuropean Union and, with regard to the Company financial statements, that applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the consolidated financial statements and Company financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company, on a consolidated and individual basis, will continue in business, in which case there should be supporting assumptions or qualifications as necessary.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, and to enable them to ensure that the consolidated financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on page 43,

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, and to enable them to ensure that the consolidated financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation, and the Company financial statements and the Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Having made the requisite enquiries, so far as the Directors in office at the date of the approval of this Report are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 47 and 48, confirms that:

 

to the best of their knowledge, the consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EUEuropean Union and UK GAAP FRS 101 respectively, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis;

to the best of their knowledge, the Strategic Report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company on a consolidated and individual basis, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and

they consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Directors’ Report

The Directors’ Report, prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules, and Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules, comprising pages 08 to 81 and 174 to 202, was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.

Strategic Report

The Strategic Report, comprising pages 02 to 45, was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.

By order of the Board

Alison Kay

Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

18 May 20142016

Company number: 4031152

 


84

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Financial Statements


 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Financial Statements

85


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

86

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Financial Statements

 


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Strategic Report

 

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

77

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements87


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

88National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements89


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

90National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

78    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements91


[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

92National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

79

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


80    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

81

   Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm

to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of National Grid plc

 

Audit opinion for Form 20-F

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statementsstatement of financial position and the related consolidated income statements,statement, consolidated statementsstatement of comprehensive income, consolidated cash flow statementsstatement and consolidated statementsstatement of changes in equity, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National Grid plc and its subsidiaries at 31 March 20142016 and 31 March 2013,2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 March 20142016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2014,2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Additional Information section appearing on page 170183 of the 20142016 Annual Report and Accounts. As discussed in note 1, the Group changed the manner in which it accounts for employee benefits.

Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London

United Kingdom

2118 May 20142016

 


National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements93


Consolidated income statement

for the years ended 31 March

    Notes  

2016

£m

  

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014

£m

  

2014

£m

 

Revenue

   2(a   15,115     15,201     14,809  

Operating costs

   3        (11,030      (11,421      (11,074

Operating profit

        

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   2(b  4,096     3,863     3,664   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4    (11   (83   71   

Total operating profit

   2(b   4,085     3,780     3,735  

Finance income

   5     22     36     36  

Finance costs

        

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   5    (1,035   (1,069   (1,144 

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4,5    (99   (165   93   

Total finance costs

   5     (1,134   (1,234   (1,051

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   14        59        46        28  

Profit before tax

        

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   2(b  3,142     2,876     2,584   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4    (110   (248   164   

Total profit before tax

   2(b   3,032     2,628     2,748  

Tax

        

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   6    (753   (695   (581 

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4,6    315     78     297   

Total tax

   6        (438      (617      (284

Profit after tax

        

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

    2,389     2,181     2,003   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4    205        (170      461      

Profit for the year

           2,594        2,011        2,464  

Attributable to:

        

Equity shareholders of the parent

     2,591     2,019     2,476  

Non-controlling interests

           3        (8      (12
            2,594        2,011        2,464  

Earnings per share1

        

Basic

   7(a   69.0p     53.2p     65.2p  

Diluted

   7(b      68.7p        52.9p        64.9p  

1.  Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

94National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

  Unaudited commentary on the consolidated income statement

The consolidated income statement shows all revenue earned and costs incurred in the year, with the difference being the overall profit for the year.

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended 31 March 2016 decreased by £86m to £15,115m. This decrease was driven by lower revenues in our US Regulated business, partly offset by revenue growth across all of our other businesses, in particular UK Electricity Transmission. US Regulated revenues were £493m lower year on year due to lower commodity costs passed on to customers and unfavourable timing of recoveries. This was partly offset by higher increased revenue allowances under the Niagara Mohawk three year rate plan and the benefits of capex trackers and the stronger US dollar. UK Electricity Transmission revenue increased by £223m, mostly reflecting the recovery of higher pass-through costs such as payments to other UK network owners and system balancing costs.

Operating costs

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2016 of £11,030m were £391m lower than the prior year. This decrease in costs included a £72m impact in exceptional items and remeasurements, which is discussed below. Excluding exceptional items and remeasurements, operating costs were £319m lower, principally due to lower pass-through costs such as gas and electric commodity costs in the US and additional costs incurred last year in the US to improve data quality and bring regulatory filings up to date, partially offset by higher depreciation as a result of newly commissioned assets and the impact of the stronger US dollar on sterling results.

Net finance costs

For the year ended 31 March 2016, net finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements were £20m lower than 2014/15 at £1,013m, mainly as a result of lower UK RPI inflation, continued focus on management of cash balances and the benefit of last year’s debt repurchases, partially offset by increased borrowings and the impact of the stronger US dollar.

Tax

The tax charge on profits before exceptional items and remeasurements was £58m higher than 2014/15. This was mainly a result of increased taxable profits in the year. The effective tax rate for the year was 24.0% (2014/15: 24.2%).

Exceptional items and remeasurements

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2016 included an £11m gain on remeasurement of commodity contracts, together with £22m exceptional costs associated with the Gas Distribution sales process. In the previous year, operating costs included a net £83m loss on remeasurements.

Finance costs for the year ended 31 March 2016 included a loss of £99m on financial remeasurements, relating to net losses on derivative financial instruments. For the previous year ended 31 March 2015, we incurred exceptional debt redemption costs of £131m and a loss of £34m on financial remeasurements. Exceptional tax for 2015/16 was a credit of £315m which represents tax credits on the exceptional items and remeasurements above, together with a deferred tax credit on the recalculation of deferred tax liabilities as a result of the reduction in the UK tax rate from 20% to 18%.

Adjusted earnings and EPS

Adjusted earnings and EPS, which exclude exceptional items and remeasurements, are provided to reflect the business performance subtotals used by the Company. The following chart shows the five year trend in adjusted profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent (adjusted earnings) and adjusted earnings per share. See page 196 for a reconciliation of adjusted basic EPS to EPS.

Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS1

LOGO

1.  Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS are attributable to equity shareholders of the parent.

The above earnings performance translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2015/16 of 5.9p (10%).

In accordance with IAS 33, all earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share amounts for comparative periods have been restated for shares issued via scrip dividends.

Exchange rates

Our financial results are reported in sterling. Transactions for our US operations are denominated in dollars, so the related amounts that are reported in sterling depend on the dollar to sterling exchange rate. The table below shows the average and closing exchange rates of sterling to US dollars.

   2015/16   2014/15   % change  

 

 

Weighted average (income statement)

   1.47     1.58     (7)%   

Year end (balance sheet)

   1.44     1.49     (3)%   

 

 

The movement in foreign exchange during 2015/16 has resulted in a £560m increase in revenue, a £73m increase in adjusted operating profit and a £67m increase in operating profit.


National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements95


Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the years ended 31 March

       

 

2016 

   2015    2014  
   Notes   £m    £m    £m  

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,594      2,011      2,464   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

        

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss:

        

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

   22     539      (771)     485   

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

   6     (125)     299      (172)  

 

 

Total items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

     414      (472)     313   

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

        

Exchange adjustments

     69      175      (158)  

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

     50      (154)     63   

Transferred to profit or loss in respect of cash flow hedges

     29      13      27   

Net gains on available-for-sale investments

     43      41        

Transferred to profit or loss on sale of available-for-sale investments

     –      (8)     (14)  

Tax on items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

   6     (32)     11      (2)  

 

 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

     159      78      (78)  

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

     573      (394)     235   

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     3,167      1,617     2,699   

 

 

Attributable to:

        

Equity shareholders of the parent

     3,164      1,624      2,711   

Non-controlling interests

          (7)     (12)  

 

 
     3,167      1,617     2,699   

 

 

   Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of comprehensive income

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income records certain items as prescribed by the accounting rules. For us, the majority of the income or expense included here relates to movements in actuarial assumptions on pension schemes and the associated tax impact. These items are not part of profit for the year, yet are important to allow the reader to gain a more comprehensive picture of our performance as a whole.

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

We had a net gain after tax of £414m (2014/15: net loss of £472m) on our pension and other post-retirement benefit schemes which is due to changes in key assumptions made in the valuation calculation of pension liabilities and differences between the expected and actual pension asset returns.

Exchange adjustments

Adjustments are made when we translate the results and net assets of our companies operating outside the UK, as well as debt and derivative transactions designated as a net investment hedge of our foreign currency operations. The net movement for the year resulted in a gain of £69m (2014/15: £175m gain).

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

The value of derivatives held to hedge cash flows is impacted by changes in expected interest rates and exchange rates. The net gain for the year was £50m (2014/15: £154m loss).

96National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the years ended 31 March

    Share
capital
£m
   Share
premium
account
£m
  Retained
earnings
£m
  Other equity
reserves1
£m
  

Total
shareholders’
equity

£m

  Non-
controlling
interests
£m
  Total
equity
£m
 

At 1 April 2013

   433     1,344    13,133    (4,681  10,229    5    10,234  

Profit for the year

            2,476        2,476    (12  2,464  

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            313    (78  235        235  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            2,789    (78  2,711    (12  2,699  

Equity dividends

            (1,059      (1,059      (1,059

Scrip dividend related share issue2

   6     (8          (2      (2

Issue of treasury shares

            14        14        14  

Purchase of own shares

            (5      (5      (5

Other movements in non-controlling interests

            (4      (4  15    11  

Share-based payment

            20        20        20  

Tax on share-based payment

            7        7        7  

At 31 March 2014

   439     1,336    14,895    (4,759  11,911    8    11,919  

Profit for the year

            2,019        2,019    (8  2,011  

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

            (472  77    (395  1    (394

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            1,547    77    1,624    (7  1,617  

Equity dividends

            (1,271      (1,271      (1,271

Scrip dividend related share issue2

   4     (5          (1      (1

Purchase of treasury shares

            (338      (338      (338

Issue of treasury shares

            23        23        23  

Purchase of own shares

            (7      (7      (7

Other movements in non-controlling interests

            (3      (3  11    8  

Share-based payment

            20        20        20  

Tax on share-based payment

            4        4        4  

At 31 March 2015

   443     1,331    14,870    (4,682  11,962    12    11,974  

Profit for the year

            2,591        2,591    3    2,594  

Total other comprehensive income for the year

            414    159    573        573  

Total comprehensive income for the year

            3,005    159    3,164    3    3,167  

Equity dividends

            (1,337      (1,337      (1,337

Scrip dividend related share issue2

   4     (5          (1      (1

Purchase of treasury shares

            (267      (267      (267

Issue of treasury shares

            16        16        16  

Purchase of own shares

            (6      (6      (6

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (5  (5

Share-based payment

            22        22        22  

Tax on share-based payment

            2        2        2  

At 31 March 2016

   447     1,326    16,305    (4,523  13,555    10    13,565  

1.  For further details of other equity reserves, see note 25.

2.  Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of changes in equity

The consolidated statement of changes in equity shows additions and reductions to equity. For us, the main items are profit earned and dividends paid in the year.

Dividends

The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 28.34p, bringing the total dividend for the year to 43.34p, a 1.1% increase on 2014/15.

The Directors intend to continue the policy of increasing the annual dividend by at least the rate of RPI inflation for the foreseeable future.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements97


Consolidated statement of financial position

as at 31 March

   Notes   

2016

£m

   

2015

£m

 

 

 

Non-current assets

      

Goodwill

   9     5,315      5,145   

Other intangible assets

   10     887      802   

Property, plant and equipment

   11     43,364      40,723   

Other non-current assets

   12     82      80   

Pension assets

   22     410      121   

Financial and other investments

   13     482      330   

Investments in joint ventures and associates

   14     397      318   

Derivative financial assets

   15     1,685      1,539   

 

��

Total non-current assets

     52,622      49,058   

 

 

Current assets

      

Inventories and current intangible assets

   16     437      340   

Trade and other receivables

   17     2,472      2,836   

Financial and other investments

   13     2,998      2,559   

Derivative financial assets

   15     278      177   

Cash and cash equivalents

   18     127      119   

 

 

Total current assets

     6,312      6,031   

 

 

Total assets

     58,934      55,089   

 

 

Current liabilities

      

Borrowings

   19     (3,611)     (3,028)  

Derivative financial liabilities

   15     (337)     (635)  

Trade and other payables

   20     (3,285)     (3,292)  

Current tax liabilities

     (252)     (184)  

Provisions

   23     (236)     (235)  

 

 

Total current liabilities

     (7,721)     (7,374)  

 

 

Non-current liabilities

      

Borrowings

   19     (24,733)     (22,882)  

Derivative financial liabilities

   15     (1,732)     (1,764)  

Other non-current liabilities

   21     (2,071)     (1,919)  

Deferred tax liabilities

   6     (4,634)     (4,297)  

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   22     (2,995)     (3,379)  

Provisions

   23     (1,483)     (1,500)  

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     (37,648)     (35,741)  

 

 

Total liabilities

     (45,369)     (43,115)  

 

 

Net assets

     13,565      11,974   

 

 

Equity

      

Share capital

   24     447      443   

Share premium account

     1,326      1,331   

Retained earnings

     16,305      14,870   

Other equity reserves

   25     (4,523)     (4,682)  

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     13,555      11,962   

Non-controlling interests

     10      12   

 

 

Total equity

     13,565      11,974   

 

 

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 94 to 167 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2016 and were signed on its behalf by:

Sir Peter GershonChairman

Andrew BonfieldFinance Director

National Grid plc

Registered number: 4031152

98National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

  Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position

The consolidated statement of financial position shows all of the Group’s assets and liabilities at the year end. As a capital-intensive business, we have significant amounts of physical assets and corresponding borrowings.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles increased by £255m to £6,202m as at 31 March 2016. This increase primarily relates to foreign exchange movements of £184m and software additions of £220m, partially offset by software amortisation of £147m.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £2,641m to £43,364m as at 31 March 2016. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,673m on the renewal and extension of our regulated networks and foreign exchange movements of £543m, offset by depreciation of £1,468m in the year. See page 24 for further details of our capital expenditure.

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets have increased by £233m to £961m. This is primarily due to an increase in investments in joint ventures of £79m, together with an increase in available-for-sale investments of £152m.

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables have decreased by £267m to £2,909m as at 31 March 2016. This is due to an increase in inventories and current intangible assets of £97m, more than offset by a net decrease in trade and other receivables of £364m. The £364m decrease consists of a foreign exchange impact of £57m due to the stronger US dollar against sterling offset by a decrease in the underlying balances of £421m, reflecting collection of high 2015 winter billings, coupled with the impact of the recent mild winter.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables have decreased by £7m to £3,285m, primarily due to a foreign exchange impact of £48m more than offset by movements in the US related to warmer weather and energy billing settlements.

Current tax balances

Net current tax balances have increased by £51m to £175m as at 31 March 2016, which includes a £77m current tax asset in trade and other receivables (£60m current tax asset in 2014/15). This is primarily due to the tax payments made in 2015/16 being only partially offset by a smaller current year tax charge.

Deferred tax balances

Deferred tax balances have increased by £337m to £4,634m as at 31 March 2016. This was primarily due to the impact of the £125m deferred tax charge on actuarial gains in reserves (£299m tax credit in 2014/15) and foreign exchange movements being offset by the impact of the reduction in the UK statutory tax rate.

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions (both current and non-current) and other non-current liabilities increased by £136m to £3,790m as at 31 March 2016.

Total provisions decreased by £16m in the year. The underlying movements include additions of £63m, primarily relating to an increase to the provision for the estimated environmental restoration and remediation costs for a number of sites and other provision increases of £33m, together with foreign exchange movements of £42m, offset by utilisation of £200m in relation to all classes of provisions.

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liabilities. See further analysis with the consolidated cash flow statement on page 100.

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 (revised) accounting deficit is shown below:

Net plan liability  

UK 

£m 

   

US 

£m 

   

Total 

£m 

 

 

 

As at 1 April 2015

   (672)     (2,586)     (3,258)  

Exchange movements

   –      (81)     (81)  

Current service cost

   (74)     (147)     (221)  

Net interest cost

   (18)     (94)     (112)  

Curtailments and other

   (24)     (15)     (39)  

Actuarial (losses)/gains

      

– on plan assets

   (18)     (320)     (338)  

– on plan liabilities

   552      325      877   

Employer contributions

   239      348      587   

 

 

As at 31 March 2016

   (15)     (2,570)     (2,585)  

 

 

Represented by:

      

Plan assets

   19,401      7,033      26,434   

Plan liabilities

   (19,416)     (9,603)     (29,019)  

 

 
   (15)     (2,570)     (2,585)  

 

 

The principal movements in net obligations during the year include net actuarial gains of £539m and employer contributions of £587m. Net actuarial gains include actuarial gains on plan liabilities of £877m arising as a consequence of decreases in the nominal discount rate in the US and experience gains reflecting liability experience throughout the year including the impact of pension increases being lower than assumed and some updates to the way a section of plan liabilities is estimated. This is partially offset by actuarial losses of £338m arising on plan assets resulting from actual asset returns being less than assumed returns which is based upon the discount rate at the start of the year.

Further information on our pension and other post-retirement obligations can be found in notes 22 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements.

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30(b) to the consolidated financial statements, and the commitments and contingencies discussed in note 27.

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.


National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements99


Consolidated cash flow statement

for the years ended 31 March

         2016   2015   2014 
      Notes   £m   £m   £m 

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Total operating profit

     2(b   4,085     3,780     3,735  

Adjustments for:

          

Exceptional items and remeasurements

     4     11     83     (71

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

       1,614     1,494     1,417  

Share-based payment charge

       22     20     20  

Gain on exchange of associate for available-for-sale investment

       (49          

Changes in working capital

       456     301     (59

Changes in provisions

       (90   (41   (150

Changes in pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

       (327   (270   (323

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

          (62   (17   (150

Cash generated from operations

       5,660     5,350     4,419  

Tax paid

          (292   (343   (400

Net cash inflow from operating activities

          5,368     5,007     4,019  

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Acquisition of investments

       (116        (4

Purchases of intangible assets

       (220   (207   (179

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

       (3,408   (3,076   (2,944

Disposals of property, plant and equipment

       4     9     4  

Dividends received from joint ventures

       72     79     38  

Interest received

       23     37     35  

Net movements in short-term financial investments

          (391   1,157     1,720  

Net cash flow used in investing activities

          (4,036   (2,001   (1,330

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Purchase of treasury shares

       (267   (338     

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares

       16     23     14  

Purchase of own shares

       (6   (7   (5

Proceeds received from loans

       2,726     1,534     1,134  

Repayment of loans

       (896   (2,839   (2,192

Net movements in short-term borrowings and derivatives

       (730   623     37  

Interest paid

       (834   (826   (901

Exceptional finance costs on the redemption of debt

            (152     

Dividends paid to shareholders

          (1,337   (1,271   (1,059

Net cash flow used in financing activities

          (1,328   (3,253   (2,972

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     26(a   4     (247   (283

Exchange movements

       4     24     (26

Net cash and cash equivalents at start of year

          116     339     648  

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year1

     18     124     116     339  

1.  Net of bank overdrafts of £3m (2015: £3m; 2014: £15m).

100National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

  Unaudited commentary on the consolidated cash flow statement

The consolidated cash flow statement shows how the cash balance has moved during the year. Cash inflows and outflows are presented to allow users to understand how they relate to the day-to-day operations of the business (Operating activities); the money that has been spent or earned on assets in the year, including acquisitions of physical assets or other businesses (Investing activities); and the cash raised from debt, share issues or share buybacks and other loan borrowings or repayments (Financing activities).

Reconciliation of cash flow to net debt

   2016  2015 
    £m  £m 

Cash generated from operations

   5,660    5,350  

Net capital expenditure

   (3,740  (3,274

Business net cash flow

   1,920    2,076  

Net interest paid (including exceptional interest)

   (811  (941

Tax paid

   (292  (343

Dividends paid

   (1,337  (1,271

Other cash movements

   (185  (243

Non-cash movements

   (705  (2,003

Increase in net debt

   (1,410  (2,725

Opening net debt

   (23,915  (21,190

Closing net debt

   (25,325  (23,915

Cash generated from operations

Cash generated from operations(£m)

 LOGO

Cash flows from our operations are largely stable when viewed over the longer term. Our electricity and gas transmission and distribution operations in the UK are subject to multi-year rate agreements with regulators. In the UK, we have largely stable cash flows. However, in the US our short-term cash flows are dependent on the price of gas and electricity and the timing of customer payments. The regulatory mechanisms for recovering costs from customers can result in significant cash flow swings from year to year. Changes in volumes in the US, for example as a consequence of abnormally mild or extreme weather can affect revenues and hence, cash flows, particularly in the winter months.

For the year ended 31 March 2016, cash flow from operations increased by £310m to £5,660m.

Changes in working capital improved by £155m over the prior year, principally in the US due to the collection of winter 2015 billings and lower closing balances due to milder weather.

Net capital expenditure

Net capital expenditure in the year of £3,740m was £466m higher than the prior year. This was a result of higher spend in our US and UK regulated businesses. Further details of our capital expenditure can be seen on page 24.

Net interest paid

Net interest paid and exceptional finance costs in 2015/16 were £811m, £130m lower than 2014/15 primarily due to prior year debt redemption cash outflows.

Tax paid

Tax paid in the year to 31 March 2016 was £292m, £51m lower than the prior year. This reflected the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 21% to 20%, partially offset by repayments received in the US in the prior year.

Dividends paid

Dividends paid in the year ended 31 March 2016 amounted to £1,337m. This was £66m higher than 2014/15, reflecting the increase in the final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2015 paid in August 2015, together with a lower average scrip dividend take-up in the year.

Other cash movements

Other cash flows principally arise from dividends from joint ventures and movements in treasury shares, including the cost of repurchasing shares as part of the share buyback programme

(£267m, £71m lower than the prior year).

Non-cash movements

The non-cash movements are predominantly due to the strengthening of the US dollar against sterling, resulting in movements in foreign exchange arising on net debt held in US dollars. In the year, the dollar strengthened from $1.49 at 31 March 2015 to $1.44 at

31 March 2016.

Other non-cash movements are from changes in fair values of financial assets and liabilities and interest accretions and accruals.

Net debt

Net debt at 31 March(£m)

LOGO


National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements101


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements

1. Basis of preparation and recent accounting developments

82    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Basis of

preparation

 

Accounting policies describe our approach to recognising and measuring transactions and balances in the year. Accounting policies applicable across the financial statements are shown below. Accounting policies that are specific to a component of the financial statements have been incorporated into the relevant note.

This section also shows areas of judgement and key sources of estimation uncertainty in these financial statements. In addition, we summarise new EU endorsed accounting standards, amendments and interpretations and whether these are effective in 2016 or later years, explaining how significant changes are expected to affect our reported results.

National Grid’s principal activities involve the transmission and distribution of electricity and gas in Great Britain and northeastern US. The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales, with its registered office at 1–3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange and is also quoted on the New York Stock Exchange.

These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board on 18 May 2016.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards (IAS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and related interpretations as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU. They are prepared on the basis of all IFRS accounting standards and interpretations that are mandatory for periods ended 31 March 2016 and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The 2015 and 2014 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the recording of pension assets and liabilities, the revaluation of derivative financial instruments and certain commodity contracts and investments classified as available-for-sale.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is also the functional currency of the Company.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period (see accounting policy D).

A. Going concern

The Directors considered it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis. The going concern basis presumes that the Group has adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the Directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements are shown below. Accounting policies that are specific to a component of the financial statements have been incorporated into the relevant note.signed.

This section also shows areas of judgement and key sources of estimation uncertainty in these financial statements. In addition, we summarise new EU endorsed accounting standards, amendments and interpretations and whether these are effective in 2014 or later years, explaining how significant changes are expected to affect our reported results.

A.B. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, together with a share of the results, assets and liabilities of jointly controlled entities (joint ventures) and associates using the equity method of accounting, where the investment is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the share of net assets of the joint venture or associate, less any provision for impairment.

A subsidiary is defined as an entity controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to affect the returns of an entity to which it is exposed or to which it has rights.

Losses in excess of the consolidated interest in joint ventures and associates are not recognised, except where the Company or its subsidiaries have made a commitment to make good those losses.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies used in the individual financial statements of the Company, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates into line with those used by the Company in its consolidated financial statements under IFRS. Intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The results of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method, where the purchase price is allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a fair value basis and the remainder recognised as goodwill.

 

102National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

B.1. Basis of preparation and recent accounting developmentscontinued

C. Foreign currencies

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company or subsidiary concerned are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at closing exchange rates. Non-monetary assets are not retranslated unless they are carried at fair value.

Gains and losses arising on the retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities are included in the income statement, except where the adoption of hedge accounting requires inclusion in other comprehensive income – note 15.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of operations that have a functional currency different from the Company’s functional currency of pounds sterling, principally our US operations that have a functional currency of US dollars, are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period where these do not differ materially from rates at the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising are classified as equity and transferred to the consolidated translation reserve.

National Grid’s principal activities involve the transmission and distribution of electricity and gas in Great Britain and northeastern US. The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England, with its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange and is also quoted on the New York Stock Exchange. These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards (IAS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and related interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRS as adopted by the EU. They are prepared on the basis of all IFRS accounting standards and interpretations that are mandatory for periods ending 31 March 2014 and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The 2013 and 2012 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the recording of pension assets and liabilities, the revaluation of derivative financial instruments and certain commodity contracts and investments classified as available-for-sale.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis following the assessment made by the Directors as set out on page 52.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is also the functional currency of the Company.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period (see accounting policy C).


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

83

Recent accounting

developments

C.D. Areas of judgement and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Information about such judgements and estimations is contained in the notes to the financial statements, and the key areas are summarised below.

Areas of judgement that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are as follows:

 

   the categorisation of certain items as exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries and the definition of adjusted earnings – notes 4 and 7; and

   energy purchase contracts classification as being for normal purchase, sale or usage – note 27.

the categorisation of certain items as exceptional items and the definition of adjusted earnings – notes 4 and 7;
energy purchase contracts as being for normal purchase, sale or usage – note 27; and
the recognition of surpluses in respect of defined benefit pension schemes – notes 22 and 29.

IFRS provides certain options available within accounting standards. Choices we have made, and continue to make, include the following:

 

·   Presentational formats: we use the nature of expense method for our income statement and aggregate our statement of financial position to net assets and total equity. In the income statement, we present subtotals of total operating profit, profit before tax and profit from continuing operations, together with additional subtotals excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are presented separately on the face of the income statement.

·   Customer contributions: contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income and amortised in line with the depreciation on the associated asset.

·   Financial instruments: we normally opt to apply hedge accounting in most circumstances where this is permitted. For net investment hedges, we have chosen to use the spot rate method, rather than the alternative forward rate method.

Presentational formats: we use the nature of expense method for our income statement and aggregate our statement of financial position to net assets and total equity. In the income statement, we present subtotals of total operating profit, profit before tax and profit from continuing operations, together with additional subtotals excluding exceptional items and remeasurements. Exceptional items and remeasurements are presented separately on the face of the income statement.
Customer contributions: contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income and amortised in line with the depreciation on the associated asset.
Financial instruments: we normally opt to apply hedge accounting in most circumstances where this is permitted. For net investment hedges, we have chosen to use the spot rate method, rather than the alternative forward rate method.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

 

   impairment of goodwill – note 9;

   review of residual lives, carrying values and impairment charges for other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment – notes 10 and 11;

   estimation of liabilities for pensions and other post-retirement benefits – notes 22 and 29;

   valuation of financial instruments and derivatives – notes 15 and 30;

   revenue recognition and assessment of unbilled revenue – note 2;

   recoverability of deferred tax assets – note 6; and

   environmental and decommissioning provisions – note 23.

review of residual lives, carrying values and impairment charges for other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment – notes 10 and 11;
estimation of liabilities for pensions and other post-retirement benefits – notes 22 and 29;
valuation of financial instruments and derivatives – notes 15 and 30;
revenue recognition and assessment of unbilled revenue – note 2; and
environmental and decommissioning provisions – note 23.

In order to illustrate the impact that changes in assumptions could have on our results and financial position, we have included sensitivity analysis in note 33.

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations adopted in 2013/142015/16

During the year ended 31 March 2014, with the exception of IAS 19 (revised), and in respect of disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurements’, the Company has not adopted any new IFRS, IAS or amendments issued by the IASB, or interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), which have had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The impact of IAS 19 (revised) is set out in note 1. The additional disclosures required by IFRS 13 are included in note 30.

Otherfollowing standards, interpretations and amendments, issued by the IASB and IFRIC that have notby the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), are effective for the year ended 31 March 2016. None of the pronouncements has had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results or assets and liabilities are:for the year ended 31 March 2016.

Amendment to IAS 19 ‘Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions’;
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle; and
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements103


 

   IFRS 10 ‘ConsolidatedNotes to the consolidated financial statements’;statements

   IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’;– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

   IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure1. Basis of interests in other entities’;

   amendments to IAS 27 ‘Separate financial statements’preparation and IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’ as a result of the adoption of the above standards;

   amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’; and

   amendments to IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’.recent accounting developmentscontinued

 

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted

The Company enters into a significant number of transactions that fall within the scope of IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’. The IASB is completingInstruments’ and IFRS 9 in phases16 ‘Leases’, effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and the Company is evaluating the impact of the standard as it develops. It is currently expected that the standard will be required1 January 2019 respectively, subject to be adopted by the Company on 1 April 2018.EU endorsement. We are currently assessing the likely impact of this standardthese standards on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ was issued by the IASB in May 2014. Subject to EU endorsement, it is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The new standard provides enhanced detail on the principle of recognising revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers at a value which the Company expects to be entitled to receive.

The Group has completed an initial impact assessment of the new standard by completing a survey of all businesses identifying the likely impact of IFRS 15. This was a tailored questionnaire based on the known impacts of the new standard on power and utility companies. Whilst no material differences were identified as part of the questionnaire process, further follow-up work will be required to determine the impact, if any, on certain revenue items including, but not limited to, variable consideration contracts, take or pay arrangements and performance obligations where multiple goods or services are provided in individual contracts.

Other standards and interpretations or amendments thereto which have been issued, but are not yet effective, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2. Segmental analysis

 


84    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

This note sets out the financial performance for the year split into the different parts of the business (operating segments). We monitor and manage the performance of these operating segments on a day-to-day basis.

Our strategy in action

We own a portfolio of businesses that range from businesses with high levels of investment and growth (such as UK Electricity Transmission) to cash generative developed assets with minimal investment requirements (such as National Grid Metering, included within Other activities).

We generate the majority of our revenue from our regulated operating segments in the UK and US. We work with our regulators to obtain agreements that balance the risks we face with the opportunity to deliver reasonable returns for our investors. When investing in Other activities we aim to leverage our core capabilities to deliver higher returns for investors.

Our regulated businesses earn revenue for the transmission, distribution and generation services they have provided during the year. In any one year, the revenue recognised may differ from that allowed under our regulatory agreements and any such timing differences are adjusted through future prices. Our Other activities earn revenue in line with their contractual terms.

 

 

Consolidated

income statement

for the years ended 31 March

      Notes    
 
      2014
£m
  
  
  
 
      2014
£m
  
  
  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2012
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 

 

2012   
  (restated)1

£m   

  
  

  

   

 

 
   

Revenue

   2(a)      14,809     14,359     13,832     
   

Operating costs

   3     (11,074   (10,610   (10,297)    
   

 

 
   

Operating profit

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2(b  3,664     3,639     3,491   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    71     110     44   
   

 

Total operating profit

   2(b   3,735     3,749     3,535     
   

 

Finance income

   5     36     30     28     
   

 

Finance costs

        
   

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

   5    (1,144   (1,154   (1,118 
   

Exceptional items and remeasurements

   4,5    93     68     (70 
   

 

Total finance costs

   5     (1,051   (1,086   (1,188)    
   

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   14     28     18     7     
   

 

 
   

Profit before tax

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2(b  2,584     2,533     2,408   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    164     178     (26 
   

 

Total profit before tax

   2(b   2,748     2,711     2,382     
   

Taxation

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   6    (581   (619   (697 
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4,6    297     62     234   
   

 

Total taxation

   6     (284   (557   (463)    
   

 

 
   

Profit after tax

        
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

    2,003     1,914     1,711   
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    461     240     208   
   

 

 
   

Profit for the year

     2,464     2,154     1,919     
   

 

 
   

Attributable to:

        
   

Equity shareholders of the parent

     2,476     2,153     1,917     
   

Non-controlling interests

     (12   1     2     
   

 

 
        2,464     2,154     1,919     
   

 

 
   

Earnings per share2

        
   

Basic

   7(a   66.4p     57.8p     51.6p     
   

Diluted

   7(b   66.1p     57.5p     51.3p     
   

 

 
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

  

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

85

Unaudited commentary on the consolidated income statement

The consolidated income statement shows all revenue earned and costs incurred in the year, with the difference being the overall profit for the year.

Adjusted earnings and EPS

The following chart shows the five year trend in adjusted profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent (adjusted earnings) and adjusted EPS.

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended 31 March 2014 increased by £450m to £14,809m. This increase was driven by higher revenues in our UK Electricity Transmission and UK Gas Distribution businesses, principally as a result of the new RIIO regulatory arrangements. Revenue in our US Regulated businesses was also higher, reflecting higher pass-through costs such as gas and electricity commodity costs, partially offset by the end of the Niagara Mohawk deferral revenue recoveries at 31 March 2013 and the impact of the weaker dollar.

Operating costs

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 of £11,074m were £464m higher than the prior year. This increase in costs was predominantly due to increases in pass-through costs in our UK and US Regulated businesses, together with higher depreciation and amortisation as a result of continued investment and increases in our controllable costs.

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries included in operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £39m lower than the prior year. Net exceptional gains included in 2013/14 of £55m primarily consisted of a net gain on the LIPA MSA transition in the US of £254m, a gain of £16m following the sale to a third party of a settlement award, restructuring costs of £136m and UK gas holder demolition costs of £79m. The 2013/14 results also included a gain of £16m on remeasurements of commodity contracts.

There were no major storms affecting our operations in the year ended 31 March 2014. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, increased operating costs by £136m.

Net finance costs

For the year ended 31 March 2014, net finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements were £16m lower than 2012/13 at £1,108m, mainly due to the impact of the weaker dollar (£17m).

Finance costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 also included a gain of £93m on financial remeasurements relating to net gains and losses on derivative financial instruments.

Taxation

The tax charge on profits before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries was £38m lower than 2012/13. This was mainly due to a 1% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year and a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher UK profits were taxed at the lower UK tax rate. Our tax charge was also affected by changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years.

Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS1

LOGO

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See note 1 on page 92. Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS are attributable to equity shareholders of the parent.

The above earnings performance translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2013/14 of 2.6p (5%).

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS amounts for comparative periods have been restated for shares issued via scrip dividends and the bonus element of the 2010 rights issue.

Exchange rates

Our financial results are reported in sterling. Transactions for our US operations are denominated in dollars, so the related amounts that are reported in sterling depend on the dollar to sterling exchange rate. The weighted average dollar rate weakened to $1.62:£1 in 2013/14 from $1.57:£1 in 2012/13. Consequently, if 2012/13 results had been translated at 2013/14 exchange rates, revenue, adjusted operating profit and operating profit reported in sterling would have been £242m, £34m and £39m lower respectively.

The statement of financial position has been translated at an exchange rate of $1.67:£1 at 31 March 2014 ($1.52: £1 at 31 March 2013).

Exceptional tax for 2013/14 included an exceptional deferred tax credit of £398m arising from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 23% to 21% applicable from 1 April 2014 and a further reduction to 20% from 1 April 2015.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.


86    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Consolidated statement

of comprehensive income

for the years ended 31 March

      Notes    
 
    2014
£m
  
  
  
 

 

2013
  (restated

£m

  
)1 

  

  
 
 
2012  
  (restated)1
£m  
  
  
  
  
   

 

   
   

Profit for the year

    2,464    2,154    1,919      
 
   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

       
   

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

       
   

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

   22       485    (714  (1,140)     
   

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

   6    (172  179    342      
   

 

   
   

Total items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

    313    (535  (798)     
   

 

   
   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

       
   

Exchange adjustments

    (158  117    27      
   

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

    63    (31  (18)     
   

Transferred to profit or loss in respect of cash flow hedges

    27    73    19      
   

Net gains on available-for-sale investments

    6    20    16      
   

Transferred to profit or loss on sale of available-for-sale investments

    (14  (10  (9)     
   

Tax on items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

   6    (2  (15  –      
   

 

   
   

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

    (78  154    35      
   

 

   
   

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

    235    (381  (763)     
   

 

   
   

Total comprehensive income for the year

    2,699    1,773    1,156      
   

 

   
   

Attributable to:

       
   

Equity shareholders of the parent

    2,711    1,772    1,154      
   

Non-controlling interests

    (12  1    2      
   

 

   
       2,699    1,773    1,156      
   

 

   
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

       

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of comprehensive income

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income records certain items as prescribed by the accounting rules. For us, the majority of the income or expense included here relates to movements in actuarial assumptions on pension schemes and the associated tax impact. These items are not part of profit for the year, yet are important to allow the reader to gain a more comprehensive picture of our performance as a whole.

Exchange adjustments

Adjustments are made when we translate the results and net assets of our companies operating outside the UK, as well as debt we have issued in foreign currencies. The net movement for the year resulted in a loss of £158m (2012/13: £117m gain).

Net gains/(losses) in respect of cash flow hedges

The value of derivatives held to hedge cash flows is impacted by changes in expected interest rates and exchange rates. The net gain for the year was £63m (2012/13: £31m loss).

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

We had a net gain after tax of £313m (2012/13: net cost of £535m) on our pension and other post-employment benefit schemes which is due to changes in key assumptions made in the valuation calculation and differences to actual outcomes during the year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

87

Consolidated statement

of changes in equity

for the years ended 31 March

      
 
 
 
Called up
share
capital
£m
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Share
  premium
account
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  Retained
earnings
£m
  
  
  
  
 
 

 

Other
equity
  reserves

£m

  
  
1 

  

  
 
 

 

Total
shareholders’
equity

£m

  
  
  

  

  
 
 

 

Non-
  controlling
interests

£m

  
  
  

  

 

Total  

    equity  

£m  

  
   

 

  
   

Equity as at 1 April 2011 as previously reported

   416     1,361    12,153    (4,870  9,060    9   9,069    
   

Impact of change in accounting policy2

            (8      (8     (8)   
   

 

  
   

Equity as at 1 April 2011 (restated)

   416     1,361    12,145    (4,870  9,052    9   9,061    
   

Profit for the year2

            1,917        1,917    2   1,919    
   

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year2

            (798  35    (763     (763)   
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income for the year2

            1,119    35    1,154    2   1,156    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,319      (1,319     (1,319)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   6     (6  313        313       313    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            13        13       13    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (4      (4     (4)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (4 (4)   
   

Share-based payment

            24        24       24    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            3        3       3    
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2012 (restated)

   422     1,355    12,294    (4,835  9,236    7   9,243    
   

Profit for the year2

            2,153        2,153    1   2,154    
   

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year2

            (535  154    (381     (381)   
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income for the year2

            1,618    154    1,772    1   1,773    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,433      (1,433     (1,433)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   11     (11  623        623       623    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            19        19       19    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (6      (6     (6)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

                        (3 (3)   
   

Share-based payment

            20        20       20    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            (2      (2     (2)   
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2013 (restated)

   433     1,344    13,133    (4,681  10,229    5   10,234    
   

Profit for the year

            2,476        2,476    (12 2,464    
   

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            313    (78  235       235    
   

 

  
   

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

            2,789    (78  2,711    (12 2,699    
   

Equity dividends

            (1,503      (1,503     (1,503)   
   

Scrip dividend related share issue3

   6     (8  444        442       442    
   

Issue of treasury shares

            14        14       14    
   

Purchase of own shares

            (5      (5     (5)   
   

Other movements in non-controlling interests

            (4      (4  15   11    
   

Share-based payment

            20        20       20    
   

Tax on share-based payment

            7        7       7    
   

 

  
   

At 31 March 2014

   439     1,336    14,895    (4,759  11,911    8   11,919    
   

 

  
   

 

1. For further details of other equity reserves, see note 25 on page 129.

2. See note 1 on page 92.

3. Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

  

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of changes in equity

The consolidated statement of changes in equity shows the additions (where it came from) and reductions (where it went) to equity. For us, the main items included here are the profit earned and dividends paid in the year.

Dividends

We paid a total of £1,503m dividends to shareholders in the year (2012/13: £1,433m) of which £444m (2012/13: £623m) was settled via scrip issues. The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 27.54p, bringing the total dividend for the year to 42.03p, a 2.9% increase on 2012/13. The Directors intend to continue the dividend policy announced last year of increasing the annual dividend by at least the rate of RPI inflation for the foreseeable future.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.


88    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Consolidated statement

of financial position

as at 31 March

        Notes     

2014

£m

  

2013   
(restated)1

£m   

 
   

 

 
   

Non-current assets

     
   

Goodwill

   9       4,594    5,028     
   

Other intangible assets

   10       669    589     
   

Property, plant and equipment

   11       37,179    36,592     
   

Other non-current assets

   12       87    104     
   

Pension assets

   22       174    195     
   

Financial and other investments

   13       284    278     
   

Investments in joint ventures and associates

   14       351    371     
   

Derivative financial assets

   15       1,557    1,972     
   

 

 
   

Total non-current assets

     44,895    45,129     
   

 

 
   

Current assets

     
   

Inventories and current intangible assets

   16       268    291     
   

Trade and other receivables

   17       2,855    2,910     
   

Financial and other investments

   13       3,599    5,431     
   

Derivative financial assets

   15       413    273     
   

Cash and cash equivalents

   18       354    671     
   

 

 
   

Total current assets

     7,489    9,576     
   

 

 
   

Total assets

     52,384       54,705     
   

 

 
   

Current liabilities

     
   

Borrowings

   19       (3,511  (3,448)    
   

Derivative financial liabilities

   15       (339  (407)    
   

Trade and other payables

   20       (3,031  (3,051)    
   

Current tax liabilities

     (168  (231)    
   

Provisions

   23       (282  (308)    
   

 

 
   

Total current liabilities

     (7,331  (7,445)    
   

 

 
   

Non-current liabilities

     
   

Borrowings

   19          (22,439  (24,647)    
   

Derivative financial liabilities

   15       (824  (1,274)    
   

Other non-current liabilities

   21       (1,841  (1,884)    
   

Deferred tax liabilities

   6       (4,082  (4,077)    
   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   22       (2,585  (3,692)    
   

Provisions

   23       (1,363  (1,452)    
   

 

 
   

Total non-current liabilities

     (33,134  (37,026)    
   

 

 
   

Total liabilities

     (40,465  (44,471)    
   

 

 
   

Net assets

     11,919    10,234     
   

 

 
   

Equity

     
   

Share capital

   24       439    433     
   

Share premium account

     1,336    1,344     
   

Retained earnings

     14,895    13,133     
   

Other equity reserves

   25       (4,759  (4,681)    
   

 

 
   

Shareholders’ equity

     11,911    10,229     
   

Non-controlling interests

     8    5     
   

 

 
   

Total equity

     11,919    10,234     
   

 

 
   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 82 to 154 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:

 

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

 

  

   

  

  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

89

Unaudited commentary on consolidated statement of financial position

 

The consolidated statement of financial position sets out all the Group’s assets and liabilities at the year end. As a capital-intensive business, we have significant amounts of physical assets and corresponding borrowings.

  

of £42m, more than offset by foreign exchange movements of £112m and utilisation of £288m in relation to all classes of provisions. Other non-current liabilities decreased by £43m principally due to foreign exchange movements of £47m.

 

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liabilities. See further analysis with the consolidated cash flow statement on page 90.

 

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 (revised) accounting deficit is shown below:

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles decreased by £354m to £5,263m as at 31 March 2014. This decrease primarily relates to foreign exchange movements of £472m and software amortisation of £127m, partially offset by software additions of £179m.

  

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £587m to £37,179m as at 31 March 2014. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,262m on the renewal and extension of our regulated networks, offset by foreign exchange movements of £1,244m, and £1,299m of depreciation in the year.

 

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets have decreased by £31m to £722m. This is principally due to changes in the fair value of our US commodity contract assets and available-for-sale investments.

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables have decreased by £78m to £3,123m at 31 March 2014. This decrease is principally due to foreign exchange movements of £195m, partially offset by an increase in trade and other receivables of £120m mostly due to colder weather in the US in February and March 2014 compared with 2013 resulting in increased billings for commodity costs and customer usage.

 

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables have decreased by £20m to £3,031m due to favourable foreign exchange movements of £150m, partially offset by higher payables in the UK due in part to changes in payment terms with new Gas Distribution strategic partners and increased activity on the Western Link project.

 

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities have decreased by £63m to £168m as at 31 March 2014. This is primarily due to higher tax payments made in 2013/14 although these were partially offset by a larger current year tax charge.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities have increased by £5m to £4,082m as at 31 March 2014. This was primarily due to the impact of the £172m deferred tax charge on actuarial gains (a £179m tax credit in 2012/13) being offset by the impact of the reduction in the UK statutory tax rate for future periods, foreign exchange movements and the reduction in prior year charges.

 

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions (both current and non-current) and other non-current liabilities decreased by £158m to £3,486m as at 31 March 2014.

 

Total provisions decreased by £115m in the year. The underlying movements include additions of £230m primarily relating to a provision for the demolition of certain gas holders in the UK of £79m, restructuring provisions of £86m and other provisions

 

  Net plan liability  

UK 

£m 

  

US 

£m 

  

Total  

£m  

  

 

  As at 1 April 2013 (as restated)  (1,169)  (2,328)  (3,497) 
  Exchange movements  –   186   186  
  Current service cost  (96)  (129)  (225) 
  Net interest cost  (47)  (81)  (128) 
  Curtailments and settlements – LIPA  –   214   214  
  Curtailments and settlements – other  (30)  (12)  (42) 
  Actuarial (losses)/gains      
  

– on plan assets

  (98)  283   185  
  

– on plan liabilities

  452   (152)  300  
  Employer contributions  235   361   596  
  

 

  As at 31 March 2014  (753)  (1,658)  (2,411) 
  

 

  Represented by:      
  

Plan assets

  –   174   174  
  

Plan liabilities

  (753)  (1,832)  (2,585) 
  

 

    (753)      (1,658)      (2,411) 
  

 

  

 

The principal movements in net obligations during the year include a curtailment gain of £214m following the LIPA MSA transition, net actuarial gains of £485m and employer contributions of £596m. Net actuarial gains include actuarial gains on plan liabilities of £542m arising as a consequence of an increase in the UK real discount rate and the nominal discount rate in the US. This is partially offset by actuarial losses of £283m arising from increases in life expectancy in the US. Actuarial (losses)/gains on plan assets reflects the asset allocations in the different plans. In both the UK and US, returns on equities were above the assumed rate; however, UK government securities had negative returns and corporate bonds were close to nil.

 

Further information on our pension and other post-retirement obligations can be found in notes 22 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements. Details of the restatements made for IAS 19 (revised) can be found in note 1.

 

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30 (b) to the consolidated financial statements, and the commitments and contingencies discussed in note 27.

 

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.


90    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the years ended 31 March

     Notes  2014
£m
  2013   
    (restated)1
£m   
   2012   
    (restated)1
£m   
 
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from operating activities

      
 

Total operating profit

   2(b)     3,735    3,749        3,535     
 

Adjustments for:

      
 

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4    (71  (110)       (44)    
 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

    1,417    1,361        1,282     
 

Share-based payment charge

    20    20        24     
 

Changes in working capital

    (59  (410)       146     
 

Changes in provisions

    (150  (53)       (116)    
 

Changes in pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

    (323  (408)       (382)    
 

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

    (150  (112)       (205)    
 

Cash flows relating to stranded cost recoveries

        –        247     
 

 

 
 

Cash generated from operations

    4,419    4,037        4,487     
 

Tax paid

    (400  (287)       (259)    
 

 

 
 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

    4,019    3,750        4,228     
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from investing activities

      
 

Acquisition of investments

    (4  (14)       (13)    
 

Proceeds from sale of investments in subsidiaries

        183        365     
 

Purchases of intangible assets

    (179  (175)       (203)    
 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (2,944  (3,214)       (3,147)    
 

Disposals of property, plant and equipment

    4    32        24     
 

Dividends received from joint ventures

    38    21        26     
 

Interest received

    35    29        24     
 

Net movements in short-term financial investments

    1,720    (2,992)       553     
 

 

 
 

Net cash flow used in investing activities

    (1,330  (6,130)       (2,371)    
 

 

 
 

Cash flows from financing activities

      
 

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares

    14    19        13     
 

Purchase of own shares

    (5  (6)       (4)    
 

Proceeds received from loans

    1,134    5,062        1,809     
 

Repayment of loans

    (2,192  (1,210)       (1,914)    
 

Net movements in short-term borrowings and derivatives

    37    452        (49)    
 

Interest paid

    (901  (792)       (749)    
 

Dividends paid to shareholders

    (1,059  (810)       (1,006)    
 

 

 
 

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

       (2,972  2,715        (1,900)    
 

 

 
 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

   26(a)     (283  335        (43)    
 

Exchange movements

    (26  14        –     
 

Net cash and cash equivalents at start of year

    648    299        342     
 

 

 
 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year2

   18    339    648        299     
 

 

 
 

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

2. Net of bank overdrafts of £15m (2013: £23m; 2012: £33m).

 

      


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

91

  

 

Unaudited commentary on consolidated cash flow statement

 

  
  

 

The consolidated cash flow statement shows how the cash balance has moved during the year. Cash inflows and outflows are presented to allow users to understand how they relate to the day-to-day operations of the business (operating activities); the money that has been spent or earned on assets in the year, including acquisitions of physical assets or other businesses (investing activities); and the cash raised from debt or share issues and other loan borrowings or repayments (financing activities).

 

  

receivables increased due to colder weather in the US in February and March 2014, cash outflows relating to exceptional items were £38m higher due to reorganisation in the UK and LIPA MSA transition costs in the US.

 

Net capital expenditure

Net capital expenditure in the year of £3,119m was £238m lower than the prior year. This was a result of lower spend in our UK regulated businesses, the impact of the weaker dollar, and reduced capital spend on the US enterprise resource system in 2013/14.

 

Net interest paid

Net interest paid in 2013/14 was £866m, £103m higher than 2012/13, due to higher average net debt levels.

 

Tax paid

Tax paid in the year to 31 March 2014 was £400m, £113m higher than prior year. This reflected higher tax payments in the UK on higher taxable profits.

 

Net acquisitions and disposals

There were no material acquisitions or disposals in the year. The year ended 31 March 2013 included proceeds received on the disposal of our gas and electricity businesses in New Hampshire in the US.

 

Dividends paid

Dividends paid in the year ended 31 March 2014 amounted to £1,059m. This was £249m higher than 2012/13, reflecting the 4% increase in the final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2013 paid in August 2013, together with a lower average scrip dividend take-up in the year. Given the relatively high scrip uptake for the dividend paid in August 2013, no scrip option was offered for the interim dividend paid in January 2014.

 

Other cash movements

Other cash flows principally arise from dividends from joint ventures and movements in treasury shares.

 

Non-cash movements

The non-cash movements are predominantly due to the change in foreign exchange arising on net debt held in currencies other than sterling. In the year ended 31 March 2014, the dollar weakened from $1.52 at 31 March 2013 to $1.67 at 31 March 2014. This has caused a reduction in the sterling value of net debt.

 

Other non-cash movements are from changes in fair values of financial assets and liabilities and interest accretions and accruals.

 

Net debt

 

Net debt at 31 March

£m

 

LOGO

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

 

  
  

 

Reconciliation of cash flow to net debt

   
      2014     2013     
      £m     £m     
  

 

   
  

Cash generated from operations

  4,419     4,037     
  

Net capital expenditure

  (3,119)    (3,357)    
  

 

   
  

Business net cash flow

  1,300     680     
  

 

   
  

Net interest paid

  (866)    (763)    
  

Tax paid

  (400)    (287)    
  

Net acquisitions and disposals

  (4)    169     
  

Dividends paid

  (1,059)    (810)    
  

Other cash movements

  47     34     
  

Non-cash movements

  1,221     (855)    
  

 

   
  

Decrease/(increase) in net debt

  239     (1,832)    
  

 

   
  

Opening net debt

  (21,429)    (19,597)    
  

 

   
  

Closing net debt

  (21,190)    (21,429)     
  

 

    
  

 

Cash generated from operations

 

Cash generated from operations

£m

LOGO

 

Cash flows from our operations are largely stable when viewed over the longer term. Our electricity and gas transmission and distribution operations in the UK and US are subject to multi-year rate agreements with regulators. In the UK, we have largely stable intra-year cash flows. However, in the US our short-term cash flows are dependent on the price of gas and electricity and the timing of customer payments. The regulatory mechanisms for recovering costs from customers can result in significant cash flow swings from year to year. Changes in volumes in the US, for example as a consequence of abnormally mild or extreme weather can affect cash flows, particularly in the winter months.

 

For the year ended 31 March 2014, cash flow from operations increased by £382m to £4,419m.

 

Adjusted operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment was £81m higher year on year. Changes in working capital improved by £351m over the prior year, principally in the US due to the collection of receivables from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy. Partially offsetting this improvement,

     


92    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements

  

1.Adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’

 

  

 

This note sets out the impact that the required adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ has had on our previously reported results. It provides details of the originally reported and the restated figures.

 

  

 

During the year, the Group adopted IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. The adoption constitutes a change in accounting policy and therefore the comparative information has been restated.

 

The standard requires past service costs to be recognised immediately in profit or loss and all actuarial gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as they occur. The standard also replaces the interest cost on the DB obligation and the expected return on plan assets with a net interest cost based on the net DB asset or liability and the discount rate, measured at the beginning of the year. The impact on the Group for the years ended 31 March 2013 and 31 March 2012 is set out in the table below:

 

      

    As previously reported    

  

Restatement for

IAS 19 (revised)

  

As restated

      

    31 March 

2013 

£m 

  

  31 March   
2012   

£m   

  

    31 March 

2013 

£m 

  

    31 March   
2012   

£m   

  

    31 March 
2013 

£m 

  

    31 March  

2012  

£m  

  

 

  

Consolidated income statement

            
  Operating costs  (10,605)  (10,293)    (5)  (4)    (10,610)  (10,297) 
  Total operating profit  3,754   3,539     (5)  (4)    3,749   3,535  
  Total finance income  1,252   1,301     (1,222)  (1,273)    30   28  
  Total finance costs  (2,104)  (2,288)    1,018   1,100     (1,086)  (1,188) 
  Total profit before tax  2,920   2,559     (209)  (177)    2,711   2,382  
  Total taxation  (624)  (521)    67   58     (557)  (463) 
  Profit for the year  2,296   2,038     (142)  (119)    2,154   1,919  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of financial position

            
  Deferred tax liabilities  (4,076)  (3,738)    (1)  2     (4,077)  (3,736) 
  Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations  (3,694)  (3,088)      (5)    (3,692)  (3,093) 
  Total non-current liabilities  (37,027)  (31,998)      (3)    (37,026)  (32,001) 
  Total liabilities  (44,472)  (38,089)      (3)    (44,471)  (38,092) 
  Retained earnings  13,132   12,297       (3)    13,133   12,294  
  Total equity  10,233   9,246       (3)    10,234   9,243  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

            
  Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations  (930)  (1,325)    216   185     (714)  (1,140) 
  

Tax on items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

  249   403     (70)  (61)    179   342  
  Total comprehensive income for the year  1,769   1,151       5     1,773   1,156  
  

 

  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

            
  Other comprehensive income  (527)  (887)    146   124     (381)  (763) 
  Total comprehensive income for the year  1,769   1,151       5     1,773   1,156  
  

 

  Consolidated cash flow statement            
  Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations  (413)  (386)      4     (408)  (382) 
  

 

  EPS – basic  62.6p   55.6p     (4.8)p   (4.0)p     57.8p   51.6p  
  EPS – diluted  62.3p   55.4p     (4.8)p   (4.1)p     57.5p   51.3p  
  

 

  

 

The restated amounts for EPS in the above table reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends. The effect of the change in accounting policy on the statement of cash flows was immaterial, with no impact on the cash position at any of the reporting dates.

 

We have revised our pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations disclosures in notes 22 and 29 to provide greater clarity by separately presenting our UK and US pension plans due to their different risk profiles.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

93

2.Segmental analysis

This note sets out the financial performance for the year split into the different parts of the business (operating segments). We monitor and manage the performance of these operating segments on a day-to-day basis.

Our strategy in action

We own a portfolio of businesses that range from cash generative developed assets with minimal investment requirements (such as National Grid Metering, included within Other activities) to businesses with high levels of investment and growth (such as UK Electricity Transmission).

We generate 95% of our revenue from our regulated businesses in the UK and US. We work with our regulators to obtain agreements that balance the risks we face with the opportunity to deliver reasonable returns for our investors. When investing in non-regulated businesses we aim to leverage our core capabilities to deliver higher returns for investors.

Our regulated businesses earn revenue for the transmission, distribution and generation services they have provided during the year. In any one year, the revenue recognised may differ from that allowed under our regulatory agreements and any such timing differences are adjusted through future prices. Our non-regulated businesses earn revenue in line with their contractual terms.

Revenue primarily represents the sales value derived from the generation, transmission and distribution of energy, together with the sales value derived from the provision of other services to customers and, previously, recovery of US stranded costs during the year.customers. It excludes value added (sales) tax and intra-group sales.

Revenue includes an assessment of unbilled energy and transportation services supplied to customers between the date of the last meter reading and the year end.year-end. This is estimated based on historical consumption and weather patterns.

Where revenue exceeds the maximum amount permitted by a regulatory agreement, and adjustments will be made to future prices to reflect this over-recovery, noover-recovery. No liability is recognised, as such an adjustment relates to the provision of future services. Similarly no asset is recognised where a regulatory agreement permits adjustments to be made to future prices in respect of an under-recovery.

US stranded As part of our regulatory agreements we are entitled to recover certain costs were various generation-related costs incurred prior to the divestiture of generation assets beginningdirectly from customers (pass through costs). These amounts are included in the late 1990soverall calculation of revenue as stipulated by regulatory agreements and costs of legacy contracts that are being recovered from customers. The recovery of stranded costs and other amounts allowedexplained further on pages 176 to be collected from customers under regulatory arrangements was recognised in the period in which these amounts were recoverable from customers. The recovery of stranded costs was substantially completed at 31 March 2012.

182.

We present revenue and the results of the business analysed by operating segment, based on the information the Board of Directors uses internally for the purposes of evaluating the performance of operating segments and determining resource allocation between operating segments. The Board of Directors is National Grid’s chief operating decision-making body (as defined by IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’) and assesses the performance of operations principally on the basis of operating profit before exceptional items remeasurements and stranded cost recoveriesremeasurements (see note 4).

Following the commencement of new RIIO regulatory arrangements in the UK, weThere have changed the way in which we reportbeen no changes to our operational and financial performance. We have reviewed our segmental disclosurereporting structure for the year ended 31 March 2014 with the separation of our UK Transmission segment into two new segments: UK Electricity Transmission and UK Gas Transmission. We have also moved the Great Britain-France electricity interconnector from UK Electricity Transmission to Other activities. The information given in this note for the years ended 31 March 2013 and 2012 has been restated to provide a like-for-like comparison.2016.

 


104National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


94    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

2. Segmental analysiscontinued

The following table describes the main activities for each operating segment:

 

  

 

  UK Electricity Transmission  High voltage electricity transmission networks in Great Britain.
  

 

  UK Gas Transmission  The gas transmission network in Great Britain and UK LNG storage activities.
  

 

  UK Gas Distribution  Four of the eight regional networks of Great Britain’s gas distribution system.
  

 

  US Regulated  Gas distribution networks, electricity distribution networks and high voltage electricity transmission networks in New York and New England (including EnergyNorth and Granite State up to the date they were sold on 3 July 2012) and electricity generation facilities in New York and Massachusetts.
  

 

  

 

Other activities primarily relate to non-regulated businesses and other commercial operations not included within the above segments, including: the Great Britain-France electricity interconnector; UK-based gas metering activities; UK property management; a UK LNG import terminal; US LNG operations; US unregulated transmission pipelines; together with corporate activities.

 

Sales between operating segments are priced considering the regulatory and legal requirements to which the businesses are subject. The analysis of revenue by geographical area is on the basis of destination. There are no material sales between the UK and US geographical areas.

 

(a) Revenue

 

      2014  

2013

  

2012

      Total
    sales
£m
  Sales 
between 
  segments 
£m 
  Sales    
to third    
parties    
£m    
  

Total   

sales   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

between   

segments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

to third   

parties   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Total   

sales   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

between   

segments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Sales   

to third   

parties   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

                  
  

UK Electricity Transmission

  3,387  (14)  3,373     3,110    (15)   3,095    2,811    (16)   2,795  
  

UK Gas Transmission

  941  (104)  837     1,118    (89)   1,029    983    (8)   975  
  

UK Gas Distribution

  1,898  (49)  1,849     1,714    (47)   1,667    1,605    (52)   1,553  
  

US Regulated

  8,040  –   8,040     7,918    –    7,918    7,795    –    7,795  
  

Other activities

  736  (26)  710     678    (28)   650    744    (30)   714  
  

 

    15,002  (193)      14,809     14,538    (179)       14,359    13,938    (106)       13,832  
  

 

  

Total excluding stranded cost recoveries

      14,809         14,359        13,553  
  

Stranded cost recoveries

      –         –        279  
  

 

        14,809         14,359        13,832  
  

 

                    
  

 

  

Geographical areas

                  
  

UK

      6,759         6,421        6,000  
  

US

      8,050         7,938        7,832  
  

 

        14,809         14,359        13,832  
  

 

  

 

1. Restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

95

  2. Segmental analysiscontinued
  (b) Operating profit              
  

A reconciliation of the operating segments’ measure of profit to total profit before tax is provided below. Further details of the exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries are provided in note 4.

 

      Before exceptional items,
remeasurements and stranded
cost recoveries
       After exceptional items,
remeasurements and stranded
cost recoveries
      

2014 

£m 

   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

       

2014 

£m 

   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

              
  

UK Electricity Transmission

   1,087      1,049        876          1,027      1,020       876   
  

UK Gas Transmission

   417      531        453          406      517       453   
  

UK Gas Distribution

   904      794        763          780      763       739   
  

US Regulated

   1,125      1,254        1,192          1,388      1,438       1,156   
  

Other activities

   131      11        207          134      11       311   
  

 

     3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

 

  

Geographical areas

              
  

UK

   2,723      2,530        2,347          2,531      2,456       2,351   
  

US

   941      1,109        1,144          1,204      1,293       1,184   
  

 

     3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

 

  

Reconciliation to profit before tax

              
  

Operating profit

   3,664      3,639        3,491          3,735      3,749       3,535   
  

Finance income

   36      30        28          36      30       28   
  

Finance costs

   (1,144)     (1,154)       (1,118)         (1,051)     (1,086)      (1,188)  
  

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

   28      18        7          28      18       7   
  

 

  

Profit before tax

   2,584      2,533        2,408          2,748      2,711       2,382   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92. Also restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

  

 

(c) Capital expenditure, depreciation and amortisation

 
      Capital expenditure       Depreciation and amortisation
      2014
£m
   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

       2014 
£m 
   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Operating segments

              
  

UK Electricity Transmission

   1,381     1,430        1,153          (343)     (323)      (281)  
  

UK Gas Transmission

   181     249        235          (172)     (162)      (146)  
  

UK Gas Distribution

   480     666        645          (271)     (261)      (251)  
  

US Regulated

   1,219     1,124        1,052          (419)     (430)      (411)  
  

Other activities

   180     217        290          (211)     (185)      (183)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

Geographical areas

              
  

UK

   2,155     2,471        2,217          (938)     (902)      (849)  
  

US

   1,286     1,215        1,158          (478)     (459)      (423)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

By asset type

              
  

Property, plant and equipment

   3,262     3,511        3,172          (1,289)     (1,260)      (1,193)  
  

Non-current intangible assets

   179     175        203          (127)     (101)      (79)  
  

 

     3,441     3,686        3,375          (1,416)     (1,361)      (1,272)  
  

 

  

 

1. Restated to reflect the changes in operating segment presentation as described on page 93.

  

 

Total non-current assets other than derivative financial assets, financial and other investments, deferred tax assets and pension assets located in the UK and US were £24,531m and £18,349m respectively as at 31 March 2014 (31 March 2013: UK £23,344m, US £19,340m; 31 March 2012: UK £21,793m, US £17,666m).

 


96    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

 

 

   Financial Statements

2. Segmental analysiscontinued

The following table describes the main activities for each operating segment:

UK Electricity TransmissionHigh voltage electricity transmission networks in Great Britain.
UK Gas TransmissionThe gas transmission network in Great Britain and UK LNG storage activities.
UK Gas DistributionFour of the eight regional networks of Great Britain’s gas distribution system.
US RegulatedGas distribution networks, electricity distribution networks and high voltage electricity transmission networks in New York and New England and electricity generation facilities in New York.

Other activities primarily relate to non-regulated businesses and other commercial operations not included within the above segments, including: UK gas metering activities; the Great Britain-France Interconnector; UK property management; a UK LNG import terminal (National Grid Grain LNG Limited); US LNG operations; US unregulated transmission pipelines; together with corporate activities.

Sales between operating segments are priced considering the regulatory and legal requirements to which the businesses are subject. The analysis of revenue by geographical area is on the basis of destination. There are no material sales between the UK and US geographical areas.

(a) Revenue

   2016     2015     2014 
       Sales  Sales         Sales  Sales         Sales  Sales 
   Total   between  to third     Total   between  to third     Total   between  to third 
   sales   segments  parties     sales   segments  parties     sales   segments  parties 
    £m   £m  £m      £m   £m  £m      £m   £m  £m 

Operating segments:

                 

UK Electricity Transmission

   3,977     (20  3,957      3,754     (12  3,742      3,387     (14  3,373  

UK Gas Transmission

   1,047     (109  938      1,022     (107  915      941     (104  837  

UK Gas Distribution

   1,918     (36  1,882      1,867     (43  1,824      1,898     (49  1,849  

US Regulated

   7,493         7,493      7,986         7,986      8,040         8,040  

Other activities

   876     (31  845       762     (28  734       736     (26  710  
    15,311     (196  15,115       15,391     (190  15,201       15,002     (193  14,809  

Geographical areas:

                 

UK

      7,522         7,191         6,759  

US

            7,593                8,010                8,050  
             15,115                15,201                14,809  

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements105


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

2. Segmental analysiscontinued

(b) Operating profit

A reconciliation of the operating segments’ measure of profit to total profit before tax is provided below. Further details of the exceptional items and remeasurements are provided in note 4.

                         Before exceptional items       After exceptional items 
                         and remeasurements       and remeasurements 
                         2016   2015   2014       2016   2015   2014 
                              £m   £m   £m        £m   £m   £m 

Operating segments:

                              

UK Electricity Transmission

                  1,173     1,237     1,087        1,173     1,237     1,027  

UK Gas Transmission

                  486     437     417        486     437     406  

UK Gas Distribution

                  878     826     904        878     826     780  

US Regulated

                  1,185     1,164     1,125        1,196     1,081     1,388  

Other activities

                            374     199     131         352     199     134  
                             4,096     3,863     3,664         4,085     3,780     3,735  

Geographical areas:

                              

UK

                  2,889     2,820     2,723        2,867     2,820     2,531  

US

                            1,207     1,043     941         1,218     960     1,204  
                             4,096     3,863     3,664         4,085     3,780     3,735  

Reconciliation to profit before tax:

                              

Operating profit

                  4,096     3,863     3,664        4,085     3,780     3,735  

Finance income

                  22     36     36        22     36     36  

Finance costs

                  (1,035   (1,069   (1,144      (1,134   (1,234   (1,051

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

                            59     46     28         59     46     28  

Profit before tax

                            3,142     2,876     2,584         3,032     2,628     2,748  

 

(c) Capital expenditure

 

  

     Net book value of property,                                 
     plant and equipment and other                                 
     intangible assets       Capital expenditure       Depreciation and amortisation 
     2016     2015     2014       2016   2015   2014       2016   2015   2014 
      £m     £m     £m        £m   £m   £m        £m   £m   £m 

Operating segments:

                              

UK Electricity Transmission

     11,907       11,276       10,635        1,084     1,074     1,381        (390   (376   (343

UK Gas Transmission

     4,140       4,132       4,120        186     184     181        (178   (172   (172

UK Gas Distribution

     8,378       8,130       7,921        549     498     480        (298   (286   (271

US Regulated

     17,490       15,664       12,948        1,856     1,501     1,219        (535   (452   (419

Other activities

     2,336       2,323       2,224         218     213     180         (213   (196   (211
      44,251       41,525       37,848         3,893     3,470     3,441         (1,614   (1,482   (1,416

Geographical areas:

                              

UK

     25,914       25,073       24,285        1,952     1,864     2,155        (1,018   (983   (938

US

     18,337       16,452       13,563         1,941     1,606     1,286         (596   (499   (478
      44,251       41,525       37,848         3,893     3,470     3,441         (1,614   (1,482   (1,416

By asset type:

                              

Property, plant and equipment

     43,364       40,723       37,179        3,673     3,263     3,262        (1,467   (1,361   (1,289

Non-current intangible assets

     887       802       669         220     207     179         (147   (121   (127
      44,251       41,525       37,848         3,893     3,470     3,441         (1,614   (1,482   (1,416

Total non-current assets other than financial instruments and pension assets located in the UK and US were £26,261m and £23,784m respectively as at 31 March 2016 (31 March 2015: UK £25,278m, US £21,790m; 31 March 2014: UK £24,531m, US £18,349m).

106National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segment

As a business, we have three measures of operating profit that are used on a regular basis and disclosed in this Annual Report.

We have summarised the results of our principalStatutory operating segments hereprofit: This is operating profit as calculated under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Statutory operating profit by segment to provide direct reference to the results as disclosed in note 2. This analysis has been performed based on operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries as set outis shown in note 2 (b).on page 106.

US Regulated

Revenue in our US Regulated businesses was £122m higher at £8,040m, and adjustedAdjusted operating profit fell by £129m to £1,125m.

The weaker dollar reduced operating profit in the year by £38m. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net regulated income fell by £52m, principally due to the end of deferral income recoveries for Niagara Mohawk at 31 March 2013. Timing differences added another £29m profit compared with prior year. Regulated controllable costs increased by £89m at constant currency as a result of inflation and wage increases, higher insurance costs post Superstorm Sandy, and cost true-ups identified during the implementation of new financial systems. Other operating costs (excluding major storms) increased by £61m at constant currency due to the higher cost of non-major storm remediation, higher property taxes and depreciation of the new US enterprise resource system.

There were no major storms affecting our operations in the year ended 31 March 2014. In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, reduced operating profit within US Regulated by £82m at constant currency.

Our capital investment programme continues in the US, with a further £1,219m invested in 2013/14, including gas leak reduction programmes and gas growth and connection spend.

Other activities

Revenue in Other activities increased by £58m to £736m in the year ended 31 March 2014.profit: Adjusted operating profit was £120m higher at £131m.

There was no repeat of the major storm cost of £51m incurred in our insurance captive in the prior year due to Superstorm Sandy. Operating profit in the French interconnector was £62m higher as a result of strong auction revenues this year. In our other non-regulated businesses, adjusted operating profit was £7m higher due to improved results in our UK metering business and insurance captive, partially offset by higher costs associated with the stabilisation of the new US enterprise resource system.

Capital expenditure in our Other activities was £37m lower at £180m, principally reflecting reduced capital spend on the new US enterprise resource system.

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

UK Electricity Transmission

For the year ended 31 March 2014, revenue in the UK Electricity Transmission segment increased by £277m, and adjusted operating profit increased by £38m.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £170m higher, reflecting increases in allowed revenues under the new RIIO regulatory framework. This was partially offset by under-recoveries of revenue in the year of £60m compared with over-recoveries of £29m in the prior year. Regulated controllable costs were £27m higher due to inflation, legal fees and one-off credits in the prior year. Depreciation and amortisation was £20m higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £1,381m). Other costs were £4m lower than prior year.

UK Gas Transmission

Revenue in the UK Gas Transmission segment decreased by £177m in 2013/14 to £941m and adjusted operating profit fell by £114m to £417m.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £80m lower, with lower permit income than prior year under the new RIIO arrangements. In addition, under-recoveries in the year of £21m compared with over-recoveries last year of £17m, gave rise to an adverse timing movement of £38m. Depreciation and amortisation was £10m higher due to investment, with £181m invested in the year. Partially offsetting these, other operating costs were £14m lower.

UK Gas Distribution

UK Gas Distribution revenue increased by £184m in the year to £1,898m, and adjusted operating profit increased to £904m from £794m in 2012/13.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £96m higher, reflecting increases in allowed revenues under the new RIIO regulatory framework. Timing differences added another £39m, with £29m over-recoveries in 2013/14, compared with a £10m under-recovery in the prior year. Partially offsetting these, regulated controllable costs were £14m higher primarily due to inflation. Depreciation and amortisation was £10m higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £480m). Other costs were £1m higher than prior year.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

97

  

3.Operating costs

 

  

 

Below we have presented separately certain items included in our operating costs. These include a breakdown of payroll costs (including disclosure of amounts paid to key management personnel) and fees paid to our auditors.

 

  

 

Rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

     

 

Before exceptional items,

    remeasurements and stranded    

cost recoveries

   

Exceptional items,

remeasurements and stranded

cost recoveries

   Total
     

      2014

£m

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

   

2014 

£m 

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

   

2014

£m

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Depreciation and amortisation

 1,416 1,361    1,267     –  –    5     1,416 1,361    1,272   
  

Payroll costs

 1,373 1,434    1,381     59  22    82     1,432 1,456    1,463   
  

Purchases of electricity

 1,513 1,251    1,356     (49) (111)   89     1,464 1,140    1,445   
  

Purchases of gas

 1,722 1,384    1,518     33  (69)   5     1,755 1,315    1,523   
  

Rates and property taxes

 963 969    955     –  –    –     963 969    955   
  

Balancing Services Incentive Scheme

 872 805    818     –  –    –     872 805    818   
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 630 487    407     –  –    –     630 487    407   
  

Other

 2,656 3,029    2,360     (114) 48    54     2,542 3,077    2,414   
  

 

   11,145 10,720    10,062     (71) (110)   235     11,074 10,610    10,297   
  

 

  

Operating costs include:

           
  

Inventory consumed

         422 389    360   
  

Operating leases

         115 109    97   
  

Research and development expenditure

         12 15    15   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  

 

(a) Payroll costs

                     

      2014 

£m 

 

2013   

    (restated)1

£m   

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

 

  

Wages and salaries2

         1,575  1,596    1,566   
  

Social security costs

         126  120    116   
  

Pension costs (note 22)

         245  231    231   
  

Share-based payment

         20  20    24   
  

Severance costs (excluding pension costs)

         30  16    35   
  

 

           1,996  1,983    1,972   
  

Less: payroll costs capitalised

         (564) (527)   (509)  
  

 

           1,432  1,456    1,463   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  

 

2. Included within wages and salaries are US other post-retirement benefit costs of £44m (2013: £43m; 2012: £60m). For further information refer to note 22 on page 122.

  

 

(b) Number of employees

 

                 31 March
2014
Number
     Monthly   
average   
2014   
Number   
 

    31 March 

2013 

Number1

   

    Monthly 

average 

2013 

Number1

 

31 March 

2012 

Number1

 

Monthly   

average   

2012   
Number1  

  

 

  

UK

     9,693 9,641    9,990   9,816  9,696  9,769   
  

US

     14,216 15,094    15,438   15,555  15,843  16,080   
  

 

       23,909 24,735    25,428   25,371  25,539  25,849   
  

 

  

 

1. Comparatives have been re-presented on a basis consistent with the current year classification.

 

The vast majority of employees in the US are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission, distribution and generation of electricity or the distribution of gas, while those in the UK are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission and distribution of gas or the transmission of electricity. At 31 March 2014, there were 2,044 (2013: 2,151; 2012: 2,357) employees in other operations, excluding shared services.

 


98    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  3. Operating costscontinued      
  (c) Key management compensation      
      

        2014

£m

   

        2013

£m

   

        2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Short-term employee benefits

   9     8     10    
  

Post-employment benefits

   1     3     6    
  

Share-based payment

   5     5     5    
  

 

 
     15     16     21    
  

 

 
  

 

Key management compensation relates to the Board of Directors, including the Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors for the years presented.

   

  

 

(d) Directors’ emoluments

      
  Details of Directors’ emoluments are contained in the audited part of the Remuneration Report, which forms part of these financial statements.  
  

 

(e) Auditors’ remuneration

      
  

Auditors’ remuneration is presented below in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and the principal accountant fees and services disclosure requirements of Item 16C of Form 20-F.

 

   

      

2014

£m

   

2013

£m

   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Audit fees1payable to the parent Company’s auditors and their associates in respect of:

      
  

Audit of the parent Company’s individual and consolidated financial statements

   0.9     1.1     1.1    
  

The auditing of accounts of any associate of the Company

   7.8     6.0     5.2    
  

Other services supplied2

   2.3     2.7     2.3    
  

 

 
     11.0     9.8     8.6    
  

 

 
  

Total other services3

      
  

Tax fees4

      
  

Tax compliance services

   0.5     0.5     0.5    
  

Tax advisory services

   0.3     0.3     0.2    
  

All other fees5

      
  

Other assurance services

   0.1     0.1     0.3    
  

Services relating to corporate finance transactions not covered above

        0.3     0.2    
  

Other non-audit services not covered above

   0.8     1.1     2.6    
  

 

 
     1.7     2.3     3.8    
  

 

 
  

Total auditors’ remuneration

   12.7     12.1     12.4    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Audit fees in each year represent fees for the audit of the Company’s financial statements and regulatory reporting for the years ended 31 March 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the review of interim financial statements for the six month periods ended 30 September 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

    

  

 

2. Other services supplied represent fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required to be carried out by the auditors. In particular, this includes fees for reports under section 404 of the US Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) and audit reports on regulatory returns.

    

  

 

3. There were no audit related fees as described in Item 16C(b) of Form 20-F.

  

  

 

4. Tax fees include amounts charged for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. Total tax fees for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £0.8m (2013: £0.8m; 2012: £0.7m).

   

  

 

5. All other fees include amounts relating to the review of US pensions and other post-retirement benefits census data and sundry services, all of which have been subject to approval by the Audit Committee. Total other fees for the year ended 31 March 2014 were £0.9m (2013: £1.5m; 2012: £3.1m).

    

  

 

In addition, fees of £0.1m were incurred in 2014 in relation to the audits of the pension schemes of the Company (2013: £0.1m; 2012: £0.1m).

  

  

 

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the Audit Committee is solely and directly responsible for the approval of the appointment, reappointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s independent auditors. It is our policy that the Audit Committee must approve in advance all non-audit work to be performed by the independent auditors to ensure that the service will not compromise auditor independence. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002.

 

     


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

99

4.Exceptional(business performance) excludes items remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

To monitor our financial performance, we use a profit measure that excludes certain income and expenses. We call that measure ‘business performance’. We exclude items from business performance because we think these items are individually important to understanding our financial performance. Ifif included these items could distort understanding of our performance for the year and the comparability between periods. Further details of items that are excluded in adjusted operating profit are shown in note 4 on page 111.

Regulated financial performance:This note analysesis particularly relevant for our UK operations and is a measure of operating profit that reflects the impact of the businesses’ regulatory arrangements when presenting financial performance.

Reconciliations between statutory and adjusted operating profit can be found on page 196. Reconciliations between adjusted operating profit and regulated financial performance for UK Electricity Transmission, UK Gas Transmission and UK Gas Distribution can be found on page 108.

Commentary on segmental adjusted operating profit results

We have summarised the results of our principal operating segments here by segment to provide direct reference to the results as disclosed in note 2. This analysis has been prepared based on adjusted operating profit (operating profit before exceptional items and remeasurements) as set out in note 2(b).

UK Electricity Transmission

For the year ended 31 March 2016, revenue in the UK Electricity Transmission segment increased by £223m to £3,977m, and adjusted operating profit decreased by £64m to £1,173m.

The revenue growth of £223m was principally due to the recovery of higher pass-through costs such as payments to other UK network owners and system balancing costs, and under-recoveries of allowed revenues in the prior year. This was partly offset by reductions in allowed revenues this year and a legal settlement received in 2014/15 that did not repeat this year. Net revenue (after deducting pass-through costs) was £14m higher. Regulated controllable costs were £28m higher due to inflation and salary growth, together with legal cost recoveries in the prior year, higher tower maintenance costs and transformation costs associated with our System Operator business. Depreciation and amortisation was £14m higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme. Other costs were £36m higher than prior year due to additional asset impairments this year and lower scrap and disposal proceeds.

Capital investment remained around the same level as last year at £1,084m.

UK Gas Transmission

Revenue in the UK Gas Transmission segment increased by £25m in 2015/16 to £1,047m and adjusted operating profit increased by £49m to £486m.

Revenue was £25m higher, principally due to over-recoveries of allowed revenues in the year. Regulated controllable costs were £10m higher than last year, mainly as a result of inflation, higher gas system service charges and organisational change costs. Depreciation costs were £6m higher due to ongoing investment (investment in the year was £186m, similar to last year). Other operating costs were £19m lower than last year, mostly reflecting additional costs in 2014/15 relating to the closure of LNG facilities.

UK Gas Distribution

UK Gas Distribution revenue increased by £51m in the year to £1,918m, and adjusted operating profit increased by £52m to £878m.

Revenue was £51m higher, principally reflecting increased regulatory allowances. In part, these items,allowances were increased to compensate for expected increases in taxation costs reflecting a change to the tax treatment of replacement expenditure. Regulated controllable costs were £21m higher due to inflation, recruitment, property costs and higher charges from our strategic partners to cover connections and winter resourcing. Depreciation and amortisation was £12m higher reflecting the continued mains replacement programme (investment in the year was £51m higher at £549m). Pass-through costs charged to customers were £11m lower this year, and other costs were £23m lower than prior year, which are included provisions for additional asset protection costs.

US Regulated

Revenue in our results forUS Regulated businesses was £493m lower at £7,493m, while adjusted operating profit increased by £21m to £1,185m.

The stronger US dollar increased operating profit in the year but are excludedby £81m. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements, revenue decreased by £1,051m, principally as a result of lower commodity costs passed on to customers and unfavourable timing of recoveries year over year, partly offset by higher revenue allowances under the Niagara Mohawk three year rate plan and the benefit of capex trackers. The reduction in revenue was mostly offset by a £1,027m reduction in pass-through costs incurred (excluding the impact of foreign exchange). Regulated controllable costs reduced by £71m at constant currency, partly as a result of lower gas leak and compliance work this year and additional costs incurred last year to improve data quality and bring regulatory filings up to date. Depreciation and amortisation costs were £51m higher this year at constant currency as a result of ongoing investment in our networks. Pension costs were £15m higher at constant currency due to changes in actuarial discount rates, while other operating costs were £41m higher at constant currency including higher asset removal costs.

Our capital investment programme continues in the US, with a further £1,856m invested in 2015/16, including spend on gas mains replacement, gas customer growth and electric system reinforcement.

Other activities

Revenue in Other activities increased by £114m to £876m in the year ended 31 March 2016. Adjusted operating profit was £175m higher at £374m.

In the US, adjusted operating profit was £143m higher, reflecting lower spend on upgrades to our finance systems which completed last year. In addition, we benefited from businessa £49m gain on disposal of our investment in the Iroquois pipeline, and the deconsolidation of our investment in Clean Line. In the UK, adjusted operating profit was £32m higher as a result of strong auction revenues at the French interconnector and higher property sales. Capital investment in our Other activities was at a similar level to last year at £218m.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements107


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

  Unaudited commentary on the results of our principal operations by segmentcontinued

Commentary on UK regulated financial performance

The regulated financial performance calculation provides a measure of the performance of the regulated operations before the impacts of interest and taxation. It adjusts reported operating profit under IFRS to reflect the impact of the businesses’ regulatory arrangements when presenting financial performance.

 

Adjustments in calculating regulatory financial performance

The principal adjustments from reported operating profit to UK regulated financial performance are:

Movement in regulatory ‘IOUs’: Revenue related to performance in one year may be recovered in later years. Revenue may be recovered in one year but be required to be returned to customers in future years. IFRS recognises these revenues when they flow through invoices to customers and not in the period to which they relate.

Performance RAV: UK performance efficiencies are in part remunerated by the creation of additional RAV which is expected to result in future earnings under regulatory arrangements.

Pension adjustment: Cash payments against pension deficits in the UK are recoverable under regulatory contracts.

3% RAV indexation: Future UK revenue allowances are expected to be set using an asset base adjusted for inflation. These will be billed in future periods and recognised under IFRS at that time. A 3% RPI inflation assumption is used, reflecting the long-run expectation.

Deferred taxation adjustment: Future UK revenues are expected to recover cash taxation costs, including the unwinding of deferred taxation balances created in the current year.

Regulatory depreciation: UK regulated revenues include an allowance for a return of regulatory capital in accordance with regulatory assumed asset lives. This return does not form part of regulatory profit.

Fast/slow money adjustment: The regulatory remuneration of costs incurred is split between in year revenue allowances and the creation of additional RAV. This does not align with the classification of costs as operating costs and fixed asset additions under IFRS accounting principles.

UK Electricity Transmission

Regulated financial performance for UK Electricity Transmission decreased to £1,195m from £1,232m, down 3%. The slight year-on-year decrease is principally a result of a one-off legal settlement of £56m included in last year’s results. Electricity Transmission underlying performance and operational return on equity were broadly similar this year.

Reconciliation of regulated financial  2016  2015  % 
performance to operating profit  £m  £m  change 

Reported operating profit

   1,173    1,237    (5

Movement in regulatory ‘IOUs’

   (147  (130 

Deferred taxation adjustment

   80    88   

RAV indexation (average 3% long-run inflation)

   339    326   

Regulatory vs IFRS depreciation difference

   (368  (352 

Fast/slow money adjustment

   92    34   

Pensions

   (54  (48 

Performance RAV created

   80    77      

Regulated financial performance

   1,195    1,232    (3

UK Gas Transmission

Regulated financial performance for UK Gas Transmission decreased to £535m from £648m, down 17%. This reflected a lower operational return on equity, mainly as a result of the expiration of the gas permit incentive scheme.

 

  

     

Reconciliation of regulated financial  2016  2015  % 
performance to operating profit  £m  £m  change 

Reported operating profit

   486    437    11  

Movement in regulatory ‘IOUs’

   (80  (16 

Deferred taxation adjustment

   45    85   

RAV indexation (average 3% long-run inflation)

   166    166   

Regulatory vs IFRS depreciation difference

   (18  (22 

Fast/slow money adjustment

   18    54   

Pensions

   (77  (49 

Performance RAV created

   (5  (7    

Regulated financial performance

   535    648    (17

UK Gas Distribution

Regulated financial performance for UK Gas Distribution was unchanged at £819m. This reflects similar achieved operational return on equity year-on-year, with the benefit of a higher asset base being offset by lower allowed cost of debt.

 

  

     

Reconciliation of regulated financial  2016  2015  % 
performance to operating profit  £m  £m  change 

Reported operating profit

   878    826    6  

Movement in regulatory ‘IOUs’

   (35  (28 

Deferred taxation adjustment

   (34  60   

RAV indexation (average 3% long-run inflation)

   255    255   

Regulatory vs IFRS depreciation difference

   (104  (148 

Fast/slow money adjustment

   (168  (182 

Pensions

   (13  (5 

Performance RAV created

   40    41      

Regulated financial performance

   819    819      

108National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


 

 

   Financial Statements

3. Operating costs

Below we have presented separately certain items included in our operating costs. These include a breakdown of payroll costs (including disclosure of amounts paid to key management personnel) and fees paid to our auditors.

Rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

   Before exceptional items     Exceptional items             
   and remeasurements     and remeasurements     Total 
   2016   2015   2014     2016  2015   2014     2016  2015  2014 
    £m   £m   £m      £m  £m   £m      £m  £m  £m 

Depreciation and amortisation

   1,614     1,482     1,416                     1,614    1,482    1,416  

Payroll costs

   1,506     1,459     1,373               (155    1,506    1,459    1,218  

Purchases of electricity

   1,304     1,615     1,513      8    70     (49    1,312    1,685    1,464  

Purchases of gas

   1,003     1,403     1,722      (19  13     33      984    1,416    1,755  

Rates and property taxes

   1,050     1,004     963                     1,050    1,004    963  

Balancing Services Incentive Scheme

   907     874     872                     907    874    872  

Payments to other UK network owners

   971     801     630                     971    801    630  

Other

   2,664     2,700     2,656       22         100       2,686    2,700    2,756  
    11,019     11,338     11,145       11    83     (71     11,030    11,421    11,074  

Operating costs include:

                 

Inventory consumed

                303    365    422  

Operating leases

                99    98    115  

Research and development expenditure

                                    29    23    12  

 

(a) Payroll costs

 

                 
                              2016  2015  20141 
                                       £m  £m  £m  

Wages and salaries1

                1,720    1,598    1,377  

Social security costs

                137    129    126  

Other pension costs (note 22)

                238    224    229  

Share-based payment

                22    20    20  

Severance costs (excluding pension costs)

                                    5    4    30  
                2,122    1,975    1,782  

Less: payroll costs capitalised

                                    (616  (516  (564
                                     1,506    1,459    1,218  

 

1.  Included within wages and salaries are US other post-retirement benefit costs of £52m (2015: £39m; 2014: £44m) and a curtailment gain on LIPA MSA transaction of £nil (2015: £nil; 2014: £198m).  For further information refer to note 22.

 

(b) Number of employees

 

     

  

                    

Monthly

         Monthly     Monthly 
                 

31 March

  

average

   

31 March

     average  31 March  average 
                      

2016

  

2016

   

2015

      2015  2014  2014 

UK

          10,238    10,035     9,701      9,670    9,693    9,641  

US

                    14,830    14,775     14,573       14,434    14,216    15,094  
                     25,068    24,810     24,274       24,104    23,909    24,735  

The vast majority of employees in the US are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission, distribution and generation of electricity or the distribution of gas, while those in the UK are either directly or indirectly employed in the transmission and distribution of gas or the transmission of electricity. At 31 March 2016, there were 2,232 (2015: 2,131; 2014: 2,044) employees in other operations, excluding shared services.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements109


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

3. Operating costscontinued

(c) Key management compensation

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Short-term employee benefits

     9       10       9  

Post-employment benefits

     1       9       1  

Share-based payment

     4       4       5  
      14       23       15  

 

Key management compensation relates to the Board, including the Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors for the years presented.

 

(d) Directors’ emoluments

Details of Executive Directors’ emoluments are contained in the audited part of the Remuneration Report on page 75 and those of Non-executive Directors on page 78.

 

(e) Auditors’ remuneration

Auditors’ remuneration is presented below in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the principal accountant fees and services disclosure requirements of Item 16C of Form 20-F:

 

  

  

   

  

   

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Audit fees1 payable to the parent Company’s auditors and their associates in respect of:

            

Audit of the parent Company’s individual and consolidated financial statements

     1.3       1.3       0.9  

The auditing of accounts of any associate of the Company

     9.2       8.1       9.2  

Other services supplied2

     3.6       3.3       3.2  
      14.1       12.7       13.3  

Total other services3

            

Tax fees4:

            

Tax compliance services

     0.5       0.4       0.5  

Tax advisory services

            0.1       0.3  

All other fees5:

            

Other assurance services

     4.3       0.1       0.1  

Services relating to corporate finance transactions not covered above

     1.6                

Other non-audit services not covered above

     2.5       0.3       0.8  
      8.9       0.9       1.7  

Total auditors’ remuneration

     23.0       13.6       15.0  

1. Audit fees in each year represent fees for the audit of the Company’s financial statements and regulatory reporting for the years ended 31 March 2016, 2015 and 2014, and the review of interim  financial statements for the six month periods ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively.
2. Other services supplied represent fees payable for services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required to be carried out by the auditors. In particular, this includes fees for  reports under section 404 of the US Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) and audit reports on regulatory returns.
3. There were no audit related fees as described in Item 16C(b) of Form 20-F.
4. Tax fees include amounts charged for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
5. All other fees include amounts incurred in respect of the potential disposal of a majority stake in the Gas Distribution business (vendor due diligence and separation support), as well as data  assurance work in respect of financial information included in US rate filings all of which have been subject to approval by the Audit Committee. Total other fees for the year ended 31 March 2016  were £8.4m (2015: £0.4m; 2014: £0.9m).

PwC has contracted with Ofgem to assess the UK gas industry’s readiness for the introduction of new settlement processes and systems. Fees for these services are paid by Xoserve Limited, a subsidiary of National Grid, on behalf of the industry, under instruction from Ofgem. As PwC has no contract with or duty of care to Xoserve Limited, these amounts are not included above.

In addition, fees of £0.1m were incurred in 2016 in relation to the audits of the pension schemes of the Company (2015: £0.2m; 2014: £0.1m).

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the Audit Committee is solely and directly responsible for the approval of the appointment, reappointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s independent auditors. It is our policy that the Audit Committee must approve in advance all non-audit work in excess of £50,000 to be performed by the independent auditors to ensure that the service will not compromise auditor independence. The Audit Committee has delegated the approval in advance for all non-audit work below this level, up to a maximum of 5% of the total audit fee, to the Finance Director. Certain services are prohibited from being performed by the external auditors under Sarbanes-Oxley. All of the above services were pre-approved pursuant to this policy.

110National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

4. Exceptional items and remeasurements

To monitor our financial performance, we use a profit measure that excludes certain income and expenses. We call that measure ‘business performance’ or ‘adjusted profit’. We exclude items from business performance because, if included, these items could distort understanding of our performance for the year and the comparability between periods. This note analyses these items, which are included in our results for the year but are excluded from business performance.

Our financial performance is analysed into two components: business performance, which excludes exceptional items remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries;remeasurements; and exceptional items remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.remeasurements. Business performance is used by management to monitor financial performance as it is considered that it improves the comparability of our reported financial performance from year to year. Business performance subtotals are presented on the face of the income statement or in the notes to the financial statements.

Management utilises an exceptional items framework that has been discussed and approved by the Group Audit Committee. This follows a three-step process which considers the nature of the event, the financial materiality involved and any particular facts and circumstances. In considering the nature of the event, management focuses on whether the event is within the Group’s control and how frequently such an event typically occurs. In determining the facts and circumstances management considers factors such as ensuring consistent treatment between favourable and unfavourable transactions, precedent for similar items, number of periods over which costs will be spread or gains earned and the commercial context for the particular transaction.

Items of income or expense that are considered by management for designation as exceptional items include such items as significant restructurings, write-downs or impairments of non-current assets, significant changes in environmental or decommissioning provisions, integration of acquired businesses, gains or losses on disposals of businesses or investments and significant debt redemption costs as a consequence of transactions such as significant disposals or issues of equity.

Costs arising from restructuring programmes include redundancy costs. Redundancy costs are charged to the income statement in the year in which a commitment is made to incur the costs and the main features of the restructuring plan have been announced to affected employees.

Remeasurements comprise gains or losses recorded in the income statement arising from changes in the fair value of commodity contracts and of derivative financial instruments to the extent that hedge accounting is not achieved or is not effective. These fair values increase or decrease because of changes in commodity and financial indices and prices over which we have no control.

 

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Included within operating profit

            

Exceptional items:

            

Transaction costs

     (22              

Restructuring costs

                   (136

Gas holder demolition costs

                   (79

LIPA MSA transition

                   254  

Other

                   16  
     (22            55  

Remeasurements – commodity contracts

     11       (83     16  
      (11     (83     71  

Included within finance costs

            

Exceptional items:

            

Debt redemption costs

            (131       

Remeasurements – net (losses)/gains on derivative financial instruments

     (99     (34     93  
      (99     (165     93  

Total included within profit before tax

     (110     (248     164  

Included within tax

            

Exceptional credits/(charges) arising on items not included in profit before tax:

            

Deferred tax credit arising on the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate

     296       6       398  

Deferred tax charge arising from an increase in US state income tax rates

                   (8

Tax on exceptional items

     4       28       (57

Tax on remeasurements

     15       44       (36
      315       78       297  

Total exceptional items and remeasurements after tax

     205       (170     461  

Analysis of total exceptional items and remeasurements after tax

            

Exceptional items after tax

     278       (97     388  

Remeasurements after tax

     (73     (73     73  

Total exceptional items and remeasurements after tax

     205       (170     461  

Stranded cost recoveries representFurther detail of operating exceptional items specific to 2015/16

In November 2015, the recovery, through charges to electricity customersGroup announced that it was considering disposing of a majority stake in upstate New York and New England,its UK Gas Distribution business. In the year ended 31 March 2016, sale preparation costs of historical generation-related costs, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by National Grid. Such£22m were recognised in respect of this potential transaction. These costs have been recoveredtreated as exceptional, achieving a consistent presentation with the expected treatment of the transaction on completion.

Further detail of operating exceptional items in respect of previous years

Debt redemption costs in the year ending 31 March 2015 represents costs arising from a liability management programme. We reviewed and restructured the Group debt portfolio following the commencement of the RIIO price controls in 2013 and the slow down in our planned UK capital investment programme as the industry assessed the impact of Electricity Market Reform.

£16m was received in year ending 31 March 2014 following the sale to a third party of a settlement award which arose as a result of a legal ruling in 2008. The business to which this item related had previously been treated as discontinued.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements111


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

4. Exceptional items and remeasurementscontinued

Remeasurements

Commodity contracts represent mark-to-market movements on certain physical and financial commodity contract obligations in the US. These contracts primarily relate to the forward purchase of energy for supply to customers, or to the economic hedging thereof, that are required to be measured at fair value and that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Under the existing rate plans in the US, commodity costs are recoverable from customers as permittedalthough the timing of recovery may differ from the pattern of costs incurred.

Net (losses)/gains on derivative financial instruments comprise (losses)/gains arising on derivative financial instruments reported in the income statement. These exclude gains and losses for which hedge accounting has been effective, which have been recognised directly in other comprehensive income or which are offset by regulatory agreements,adjustments to the carrying value of debt. The tax charge in the year includes a credit of £1m (2015: £1m credit; 2014: £nil) in respect of prior years.

Items included within tax

The Finance No. 2 Bill 2015 included a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% for the year beginning 1 April 2017, with substantially all having been recovered by 31 March 2012.a further reduction from 19% to 18% for the year beginning 1 April 2020.

The Finance Act 2013 enacted reductions in the UK corporation tax rate from 23% to 21% from 1 April 2014, and from 21% to 20% from

1 April 2015. Other UK tax legislation also reduced the UK corporation tax rate in prior periods (2013: from 24% to 23%). These reductions have resulted in decreases to UK deferred tax liabilities in these periods.

5. Finance income and costs

 

This note details the interest income generated by our financial assets and interest expense incurred on our financial liabilities. It also includes the expected return on our pensions and other post-retirement assets, which is offset by the interest payable on pensions and other post-retirement obligations and presented on a net basis. In reporting business performance, we adjust net financing costs to exclude any net gains or losses on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements. In addition, the prior year debt redemption costs have been treated as exceptional (see note 4).

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Finance income

            

Interest income on financial instruments:

            

Bank deposits and other financial assets

     22       28       22  

Gains on disposal of available-for-sale investments

            8       14  
      22       36       36  

Finance costs

            

Net interest on pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     (112     (101     (128

Interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost:

            

Bank loans and overdrafts

     (38     (45     (61

Other borrowings

     (940     (984     (1,106

Derivatives

     43       56       79  

Unwinding of discount on provisions

     (73     (73     (73

Other interest

     (27     (8     (3

Less: interest capitalised1

     112       86       148  
      (1,035     (1,069     (1,144

Exceptional items

            

Debt redemption costs

            (131       

Remeasurements

            

Net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements2:

            

Ineffectiveness on derivatives designated as:

            

Fair value hedges3

     39       36       22  

Cash flow hedges

     (15     (13     4  

Net investment hedges

            2       38  

Net investment hedges – undesignated forward rate risk

     (34     33       (7

Derivatives not designated as hedges or ineligible for hedge accounting

     (89     (92     36  
      (99     (165     93  
      (1,134     (1,234     (1,051
            

Net finance costs

     (1,112     (1,198     (1,015

1. Interest on funding attributable to assets in the course of construction in the current year was capitalised at a rate of 3.3% (2015: 3.8%; 2014: 4.5%). In the UK, capitalised interest qualifies for a  current year tax deduction with tax relief claimed of £19m (2015: £24m; 2014: £32m). In the US, capitalised interest is added to the cost of plant and qualifies for tax depreciation allowances.
2. Includes a net foreign exchange loss on financing activities of £407m (2015: £636m gain; 2014: £268m gain) offset by foreign exchange gains and losses on derivative financial instruments measured  at fair value.
3. Includes a net gain on instruments designated as fair value hedges of £34m (2015: £219m gain; 2014: £183m loss) and a net gain of £5m (2015: £162m loss; 2014: £205m gain) arising from fair value  adjustments to the carrying value of debt.

 


112 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


 

   Financial Statements

 

100    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/146. Tax

Tax is payable in the territories where we operate, mainly the UK and the US. This note gives further details of the total tax charge and tax liabilities, including current and deferred tax. The current tax charge is the tax payable on this year’s taxable profits. Deferred tax is an accounting adjustment to provide for tax that is expected to arise in the future due to differences in the accounting and tax bases of profit.

 

 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

4. Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveriescontinued

 

  

            2014
£m
        2013
£m
  

    2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Included within operating profit

    
  

Exceptional items

    
  

Restructuring costs1

   (136  (87  (101)   
  

Gas holder demolition costs2

   (79      –    
  

LIPA MSA transition3

   254        (64)   
  

Other4

   16        1    
  

Environmental charges

           (55)   
  

Net gain on disposal of businesses5

       3    97    
  

 

 
     55    (84  (122)   
  

Remeasurements – commodity contracts6

   16    180    (94)   
  

Stranded cost recoveries7

       14    260    
  

 

 
     71    110    44    
  

 

 
  

Included within finance costs

    
  

Remeasurements – net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments8

   93    68    (70)   
  

 

 
     93    68    (70)   
  

 

 
  

Total included within profit before tax

   164    178    (26)   
  

 

 
  

Included within taxation

    
  

Exceptional credits/(charges) arising on items not included in profit before tax

    
  

Deferred tax credit arising on the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate9

   398    128    242    
  

Deferred tax charge arising from an increase in US state income tax rates10

   (8      –    
  

Tax on exceptional items

   (57  31    54    
  

Tax on remeasurements6,8

   (36  (92  42    
  

Tax on stranded cost recoveries

       (5  (104)   
  

 

 
     297    62    234    
  

 

 
  

Total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax

   461    240    208    
  

 

 
  

Analysis of total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries after tax

    
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388    75    174    
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73    156    (122)   
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

       9    156    
  

 

 
  

Total

   461    240    208    
  

 

 
  

 

1.   Restructuring costs for the period of £136m related to the continued restructuring of our UK operations in preparedness to deliver RIIO, other transformation-related initiatives in the UK and US and an associated software impairment for licences that will no longer be used.

 

      Restructuring costs for 2013 included: costs related to the restructuring of our UK operations of £66m in preparedness for delivering RIIO; costs for transformation-related initiatives in the UK and US of £31m; and a credit of £10m for the release of restructuring provisions in the UK recognised in prior years. For the year ended 31 March 2012, restructuring costs included: costs for the restructuring of our US operations of £58m, which included severance costs and pension and other post-retirement curtailment gains and losses; costs for transformation-related initiatives of £54m; and a credit of £11m for the release of restructuring provisions in the UK recognised in prior years.

 

2.  A provision of £79m (2013: £nil) has been made for the demolition of certain non-operational gas holders in the UK.

 

3.  A net gain of £254m (2013: £nil) has been recognised in the year ended 31 March 2014. This includes a pension curtailment and settlement gain of £214m for employees who transferred to a new employer following the cessation of the Management Services Agreement (MSA) with LIPA on 31 December 2013. There was also a gain of £142m following the extinguishment of debt obligations of £98m and a £56m cash payment to be received, in compensation for the Company forgiving a historic pension receivable and carrying charges. These gains were offset by transition costs and other provisions incurred to effect the transition. For the year ended 31 March 2012, an impairment charge of £64m was recognised, representing intangibles (originally recognised on the acquisition of KeySpan) related to our LIPA MSA contract. This amount was previously disclosed as impairment charges and related costs.

 

4.  During the year ended 31 March 2014, £16m (2013: £nil) was received following the sale to a third party of a settlement award which arose as a result of a legal ruling in 2008. For the year ended 31 March 2012, an amortisation charge of £5m in relation to acquisition-related intangibles was offset by a release of £6m of unutilised provisions in our UK metering business.

 

5.  For the year ended 31 March 2013, we recognised a gain of £3m on the disposal of two subsidiaries in New Hampshire. During the year ended 31 March 2012, we sold two other subsidiaries resulting in a gain on disposal of £72m. We also recognised gains of £25m in relation to disposals of businesses in prior years, representing the release of various unutilised provisions.

 

6.  Remeasurements – commodity contracts represent mark-to-market movements on certain physical and financial commodity contract obligations in the US. These contracts primarily relate to the forward purchase of energy for supply to customers, or to the economic hedging thereof, that are required to be measured at fair value and that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Under the existing rate plans in the US, commodity costs are recoverable from customers although the timing of recovery may differ from the pattern of costs incurred.

 

7.  For the year ended 31 March 2013, stranded cost recoveries of £14m substantially represented the release of an unutilised provision recognised in a prior period. For the year ended 31 March 2012, stranded cost recoveries on a pre-tax basis consisted of revenue of £279m offset by operating costs of £19m. This represented the recovery of some of our historical investments in generating plants that were divested as part of the restructuring and wholesale power deregulation process in New England and New York during the 1990s.

 

8.  Remeasurements – net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments comprise gains/(losses) arising on derivative financial instruments reported in the income statement. These exclude gains and losses for which hedge accounting has been effective, which have been recognised directly in other comprehensive income or which are offset by adjustments to the carrying value of debt. The tax charge in the year includes a credit of £nil (2013: £1m; 2012: £1m) in respect of prior years.

 

9.  The exceptional tax credit arises from reductions in the UK corporation tax rate, from 23% to 21% applicable from 1 April 2014, and a further reduction from 21% to 20% applicable from 1 April 2015. The rate reductions were enacted in the Finance Act 2013. Other UK tax legislation also reduced the UK corporation tax rate in the prior periods (2013: from 24% to 23%; 2012: from 26% to 24%). These reductions have resulted in a decrease in deferred tax liabilities.

 

10. The exceptional tax charge arises from a net increase in US state income tax rates. Effective from 1 April 2014, the state income tax rate for Massachusetts regulated utilities increased from 6.5% to 8% and, effective from 1 April 2016, the state income tax rate for New York will decrease from 7.1% to 6.5%.

 

   

      

  

        

    

    

     

     

     

     

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

101

5.Finance income and costs

This note details the interest income generated by our financial assets and interest expense incurred on our financial liabilities. It also includes the expected return on our pension and other post-retirement assets, which is offset by the interest payable on pension and other post-retirement obligations and presented on a net basis. In reporting business performance, we adjust net financing costs to exclude any net gains or losses on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements.

        
        2014
£m
  2013   
(restated)1
£m   
   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

 
  

 

 
  

Finance income

     
  

Interest income on financial instruments

     
  

Bank deposits and other financial assets

   22    20        19     
  

Gains on disposal of available-for-sale investments

   14    10        9     
  

 

 
  

Finance income

   36    30        28     
  

 

 
  

Finance costs

     
  

Net interest on pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

   (128  (135)       (103)    
  

Interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost

     
  

Bank loans and overdrafts

   (61  (65)       (84)    
  

Other borrowings

   (1,109  (1,052)       (1,105)    
  

Derivatives

   79    51        122     
  

Unwinding of discounts on provisions

   (73  (75)       (72)    
  

Less: interest capitalised2

   148    122        124     
  

 

 
  

Finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements

   (1,144  (1,154)       (1,118)    
  

 

 
  

Remeasurements

     
  

Net gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments included in remeasurements3:

     
  

Ineffectiveness on derivatives designated as:

     
  

Fair value hedges4

   22    17        9     
  

Cash flow hedges

   4    (7)       14     
  

Net investment hedges

   38    (26)       (15)    
  

Net investment hedges – undesignated forward rate risk

   (7  26        39     
  

Derivatives not designated as hedges or ineligible for hedge accounting

   36    58        (117)    
  

 

 
  

Exceptional items and remeasurements included within finance costs (note 4)

   93    68        (70)    
  

 

 
  

Finance costs

   (1,051  (1,086)       (1,188)    
  

 

 
 
  

Net finance costs

   (1,015  (1,056)       (1,160)    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    

  

 

2. Interest on funding attributable to assets in the course of construction was capitalised during the year at a rate of 4.5% (2013: 4.4%; 2012: 5.2%).

   ��

  

 

3. Includes a net foreign exchange gain on financing activities of £268m (2013: £32m loss; 2012: £280m gain) offset by foreign exchange gains and losses on derivative financial instruments measured at fair value.

     

  

 

4. Includes a net loss on instruments designated as fair value hedges of £183m (2013: £67m gain; 2012: £233m gain) offset by a net gain of £205m (2013: £50m loss; 2012: £224m loss) arising from fair value adjustments to the carrying value of debt.

 

     


102    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

6.Taxation

Tax is payable in the territories where we operate, mainly the UK and US. This note gives further details of the tax charge and tax liabilities, including current and deferred tax. The current tax charge is the tax payable on this year’s taxable profits. Deferred tax is an accounting adjustment to provide for tax that is expected to arise in the future due to differences in accounting and tax bases.

The tax charge for the period is recognised in the income statement, the statement of comprehensive income or directly in equity, according to the accounting treatment of the related transaction. The tax charge comprises both current and deferred tax.

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxationtax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amounts are those that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge involves a degree of estimation and judgement, and management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided for using the balance sheet liability method and is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised on all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction (other than a business combination) that affects neither the accounting nor the taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities except where the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, based on the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxationtax authority and the Company and its subsidiaries intend to settle their current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax charged/(credited) to the income statement

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Tax before exceptional items and remeasurements

     753       695       581  

Exceptional tax on items not included in profit before tax (note 4)

     (296     (6     (390

Tax on other exceptional items and remeasurements

     (19     (72     93  

Tax on total exceptional items and remeasurements (note 4)

     (315     (78     (297

Total tax charge

     438       617       284  

 

Tax as a percentage of profit before tax

 

            
     2016     2015     2014 
      %     %     % 

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

     24.0       24.2       22.5  

After exceptional items and remeasurements

     14.4       23.5       10.3  

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

103

 

 6. Taxationcontinued 
  

Tax charged/(credited) to the income statement

 

    
     

 

        2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

    (restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

    (restated)1 

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Tax before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   581    619    697     
  

 

 
  

Exceptional tax on items not included in profit before tax (note 4)

   (390  (128  (242)    
  

Tax on other exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   93    66    8     
  

 

 
  

Tax on total exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries (note 4)

   (297  (62  (234)    
  

 

 
  

Total tax charge

   284    557    463     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    
  

 

Taxation as a percentage of profit before tax

    
     

 

2014

%

  

  

  

 

 

2013

(restated

%

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

(restated)1 

%   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   22.5    24.4    28.9     
  

 

 
  

After exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   10.3    20.5    19.4     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

    
  

 

The tax charge for the year can be analysed as follows:

    
     

 

2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

(restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  
 
 
2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
  
  
  
  

 

 
  

Current tax

    
  

UK corporation tax at 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%)

   355    306    186     
  

UK corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (9  (17  (5)    
  

 

 
     346    289    181     
  

 

 
  

Overseas corporation tax

   54    50    98     
  

Overseas corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (88  (222  (144)    
  

 

 
     (34  (172  (46)    
  

 

 
  

Total current tax

   312    117    135     
  

 

 
  

Deferred tax

    
  

UK deferred tax

   (292  35    (12)    
  

UK deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (3  (17  (18)    
  

 

 
     (295  18    (30)    
  

 

 
  

Overseas deferred tax

   276    283    191     
  

Overseas deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

   (9  139    167     
  

 

 
     267    422    358     
  

 

 
  

Total deferred tax

   (28  440    328     
  

 

 
      
  

 

 
  

Total tax charge

   284    557    463     
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years include the following amounts that relate to exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries: £nil (2013: £1m credit; 2012: £1m credit).

 

  

   


104    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements113


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

financial statements6. Taxcontinued

The tax charge for the year can be analysed as follows:

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Current tax

            

UK corporation tax at 20% (2015: 21%; 2014: 23%)

     322       309       355  

UK corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     (7     (2     (9
      315       307       346  

Overseas corporation tax

     38       51       54  

Overseas corporation tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     (19     (62     (88
      19       (11     (34

Total current tax

     334       296       312  

Deferred tax

            

UK deferred tax

     (152     123       (292

UK deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     26       7       (3
      (126     130       (295

Overseas deferred tax

     229       138       276  

Overseas deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years

     1       53       (9
      230       191       267  

Total deferred tax

     104       321       (28
                      

Total tax charge

     438       617       284  

 

Tax (credited)/charged to other comprehensive income and equity

 

  

     2016     2015     2014 
      £m     £m     £m 

Current tax

            

Share-based payment

     (2     (7     (3

Available-for-sale investments

     5       5       (5

Deferred tax

            

Available-for-sale investments

     12       2       2  

Cash flow hedges

     15       (18     5  

Share-based payment

            3       (4

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

     125       (299     172  
      155       (314     167  

Total tax recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

     157       (310     174  

Total tax relating to share-based payment recognised directly in equity

     (2     (4     (7
      155       (314     167  

 

  6. Taxationcontinued  
  Tax charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income and equity  
    

 

        2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013

    (restated

£m

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

2012   

    (restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Current tax

   
  

Share-based payment

  (3  1    (3)    
  

Available-for-sale investments

  (5      –     
  

Deferred tax

   
  

Available-for-sale investments

  2    2    2     
  

Cash flow hedges

  5    13    (2)    
  

Share-based payment

  (4  1    –     
  

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

  172    (179  (342)    
  

 

 
    167    (162  (345)    
  

 

 
  

Total tax recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

  174    (164  (342)    
  

Total tax relating to share-based payment recognised directly in equity

  (7  2    (3)    
  

 

 
    167    (162  (345)    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

  

  

The tax charge for the year after exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries is lower (2013: lower; 2012: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%).

 

   

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2014

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2014

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2013

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2013

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

exceptional

items,

remeasurements

and stranded

cost recoveries

2012

(restated

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

)1 

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After   

exceptional   

items,   

remeasurements   

and stranded   

cost recoveries   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Profit before tax

      
  

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

  2,584    2,584    2,533    2,533    2,408    2,408    
  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

      164        178        (26)   
  

 

 
  

Profit before tax

  2,584    2,748    2,533    2,711    2,408    2,382    
  

 

 
  

Profit before tax multiplied by UK corporation tax rate of 23% (2013: 24%; 2012: 26%)

  594    632    608    651    626    619    
  

Effect of:

      
  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

  (109  (109  (116  (117  1    –    
  

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

  32    284    37    169    36    55    
  

Non-taxable income

  (24  (268  (24  (152  (19  (30)   
  

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates

  98    138    116    140    63    63    
  

Impact of share-based payment

  (3  (3  2    2    1    1    
  

Deferred tax impact of change in UK and US tax rates

      (390      (128      (242)   
  

Other

  (7      (4  (8  (11  (3)   
  

 

 
  

Total tax

  581    284    619    557    697    463    
  

 

 
        
     %  %  %  %  %  %   
  

 

 
  

Effective tax rate

  22.5    10.3    24.4    20.5    28.9    19.4    
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

Factors that may affect future tax charges

The Finance Act 2013 (the Act) was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. The Act further reduced the main rate of UK corporation tax to 21% with effect from 1 April 2014 and 20% from 1 April 2015.

 

The reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 20% from 1 April 2015 has been enacted and deferred tax balances have been calculated at this rate.

 

Effective from 1 April 2014, the state income tax rate for Massachusetts regulated utilities increased from 6.5% to 8% and, effective from 1 April 2016, the state income tax rate for New York will decrease from 7.1% to 6.5%. Neither of these rate changes is expected to have a material impact on the Group’s effective tax rate.

 

  

  

   

  

    


114 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

105

 

 6. Taxationcontinued
  Taxation included within the statement of financial position
  

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 

     
 
 
 
Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Share-
based
payment
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pensions
and other
post-
retirement
benefits
(restated
£m
  
  
  
  
  
)1 
  
  

 
 

Financial

instruments
£m

  

  
  

  
 

 
 

Other net
temporary

differences
£m

  
  

  
  

 

Total   

(restated)1 £m   

  

 

  

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

       
  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2012

   (1  (18  (1,173  (98  (702 (1,992)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2012

   5,484        128    9    109   5,730   
  

 

  

At 1 April 2012 as previously reported

   5,483    (18  (1,045  (89  (593 3,738   
  

Impact of change in accounting policy1

           (2         (2)  
  

 

  

At 1 April 2012 (restated)

   5,483    (18  (1,047  (89  (593 3,736   
  

Exchange adjustments

   149        (47  (1  (32 69   
  

Charged/(credited) to income statement

   329    2    65    68    (23 441   
  

Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income and equity

       1    (179  15       (163)  
  

Other

                   (6 (6)  
  

 

  

At 31 March 2013 (restated)

   5,961    (15  (1,208  (7  (654 4,077   
  

 

  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2013

   (2  (15  (1,362  (16  (777 (2,172)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2013

   5,963        154    9    123   6,249   
  

 

  

At 1 April 2013

   5,961    (15  (1,208  (7  (654 4,077   
  

Exchange adjustments

   (282      78        59   (145)  
  

(Credited)/charged to income statement

   (30  (3  141    (7  (126 (25)  
  

(Credited)/charged to other comprehensive income and equity

       (4  172    7       175   
  

 

  

At 31 March 2014

   5,649    (22  (817  (7  (721 4,082   
  

 

  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2014

   (1  (22  (960  (13  (796 (1,792)  
  

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2014

   5,650        143    6    75   5,874   
  

 

     5,649    (22  (817  (7  (721 4,082   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

       
  

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. The deferred tax balances (after offset) for statement of financial position purposes consist solely of deferred tax liabilities of £4,082m (2013: £4,077m).

  

 

At the reporting date there were no material current deferred tax assets or liabilities (2013: £nil).

  

 

Deferred tax assets in respect of capital losses, trading losses and non-trade deficits have not been recognised as their future recovery is uncertain or not currently anticipated. The deferred tax assets not recognised are as follows:

 

                  

2014

£m

  2013  
£m  
  

 

  

Capital losses

       274   323  
  

Non-trade deficits

       1   1  
  

Trading losses

       5   11  
  

 

  

 

The capital losses and non-trade deficits that arise in the UK are available to carry forward indefinitely. However, the capital losses can only be offset against specific types of future capital gains and non-trade deficits against specific future non-trade profits. The trading losses arising in the US have up to a 20 year carry forward time limit.

  

 

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised at the reporting date is approximately £2,118m (2013: £1,817m). No liability is recognised in respect of the differences because the Company and its subsidiaries are in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, as a result of a change in UK tax legislation, which largely exempts overseas dividends received on or after 1 July 2009 from UK tax, the temporary differences are unlikely to lead to additional tax.

 


106    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

6. Taxcontinued

The tax charge for the year after exceptional items and remeasurements is lower (2015: higher; 2014: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 21%; 2014: 23%):

  Before  After  Before  After  Before  After 
  exceptional  exceptional  exceptional  exceptional  exceptional  exceptional 
  items and  items and  items and  items and  items and  items and 
  remeasurements  remeasurements  remeasurements  remeasurements  remeasurements  remeasurements 
  2016  2016  2015  2015  2014  2014 
   £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m 

Profit before tax

      

Before exceptional items and remeasurements

  3,142    3,142    2,876    2,876    2,584    2,584  

Exceptional items and remeasurements

      (110      (248      164  

Profit before tax

  3,142    3,032    2,876    2,628    2,584    2,748  

Profit before tax multiplied by UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2015: 21%; 2014: 23%)

  628    606    604    552    594    632  

Effect of:

      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

  2    1    (3  (4  (109  (109

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

  29    118    31    327    32    284  

Non-taxable income

  (26  (113  (20  (320  (24  (268

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates

  124    129    91    77    98    138  

Impact of share-based payment

  (1  (1  (1  (1  (3  (3

Deferred tax impact of change in UK and US tax rates

      (296      (6      (390

Other

  (3  (6  (7  (8  (7    

Total tax charge

  753    438    695    617    581    284  
      
   %    %    %    %    %    %  

Effective tax rate

  24.0    14.4    24.2    23.5    22.5    10.3  

Factors that may affect future tax charges

The Finance Act 2015 (No.2) (the Act) was enacted on 18 November 2015. The Act reduced the main rate of UK corporation tax to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017 and 18% from 1 April 2020 and deferred tax balances have been calculated at 18%.

The Budget in March this year announced a further reduction in the corporate tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020, from the previously enacted 18%. This has not been substantively enacted at the reporting date. As the change to 17% had not been substantively enacted at the reporting date its effects are not included in these financial statements. The overall effect of that change, if it had applied to the deferred tax balances at the reporting date, would be to reduce the deferred tax liability by an additional £139m and reduce the tax expense for the period by £139m.

There continued to be significant international focus on tax reform during 2015/16, including the OECD’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project to address mismatches in international rules and European Commission initiatives. We will continue to monitor developments and assess the potential impact for National Grid of these and any further initiatives.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements115


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

financial statements6. Taxcontinued

 

Tax included within the statement of financial position

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised, and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

         Pensions          
         and other          
   Accelerated  Share-  post-     Other net    
   tax  based  retirement  Financial  temporary    
   depreciation  payment  benefits  instruments  differences  Total 
    £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m 

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

       

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2014

   (1  (22  (960  (13  (796  (1,792

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2014

   5,650        143    6    75    5,874  

At 1 April 2014

   5,649    (22  (817  (7  (721  4,082  

Exchange adjustments

   408        (99  (2  (104  203  

Charged/(credited) to income statement

   599    1    38    (34  (280  324  

Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income and equity

       3    (299  (16      (312

At 31 March 2015

   6,656    (18  (1,177  (59  (1,105  4,297  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2015

   (1  (18  (1,337  (64  (1,186  (2,606

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2015

   6,657        160    5    81    6,903  

At 1 April 2015

   6,656    (18  (1,177  (59  (1,105  4,297  

Exchange adjustments and other

   141    1    (33  (1  (30  78  

Charged/(credited) to income statement

   266    3    47    (6  (203  107  

Charged to other comprehensive income and equity

           125    13    14    152  

At 31 March 2016

   7,063    (14  (1,038  (53  (1,324  4,634  

Deferred tax assets at 31 March 2016

   (1  (14  (1,201  (66  (1,408  (2,690

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2016

   7,064        163    13    84    7,324  
    7,063    (14  (1,038  (53  (1,324  4,634  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. The deferred tax balances (after offset) for statement of financial position purposes consist solely of deferred tax liabilities of £4,634m (2015: £4,297m). Deferred tax of £667m (2015: £461m) has been recognised in respect of net operating losses.

Deferred tax assets in respect of capital losses, trading losses and non-trade deficits have not been recognised as their future recovery is uncertain or not currently anticipated. The deferred tax assets not recognised are as follows:

     2016     2015 
      £m     £m 

Capital losses

     232       250  

Non-trade deficits

     5       1  

Trading losses

            4  

The capital losses and non-trade deficits that arise in the UK are available to carry forward indefinitely. However, the capital losses can only be offset against specific types of future capital gains and non-trade deficits against specific future non-trade profits. The trading losses arising in the US have up to a 20 year carry forward time limit.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised at the reporting date is approximately £502m (2015: £773m). No liability is recognised in respect of the differences because the Company and its subsidiaries are in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, as a result of UK tax legislation, which largely exempts overseas dividends received, the temporary differences are unlikely to lead to additional tax.

 

Unaudited commentary on taxation

 

Tax strategy

National Grid manages its tax affairs in a proactive and responsible way in order to comply with all relevant legislation and minimise reputational risk. We have a good working relationship with all relevant tax authorities and actively engage with them in order to ensure that they are fully aware of our view of the tax implications of our business initiatives. Management responsibility and oversight for our tax strategy, which is approved by the Finance Committee, rests with the Finance Director and the Global Tax and Treasury Director who monitor our tax activities and report to the Finance Committee.

 

Total UK tax contribution

National Grid has taken the decision to provide additional information in respect of its total UK tax contribution and first disclosed this in last year’s annual report. This year we have again disclosed information in respect of our total UK tax contribution for consistency and to aid transparency in an area in which there has been increasing public interest. As was the case in the prior year, the total amount of taxes we pay and collect in the UK year on year is significantly more than just the corporation tax which we pay on our UK profits. Within the total, we again include significant other taxes paid such as business rates and taxes on employment together with employee taxes and other indirect taxes.

 

For 2013/14 our total tax contribution to the UK Exchequer was £1.4bn (2012/13: £1.2bn). Taxes borne in 2014 were £733m, an 8% increase on taxes borne in 2013 of £678m and primarily due to higher corporation tax payments in the current year. Our 2012/13 total tax contribution of £1.2bn resulted in National Grid being the 17th highest contributor of UK taxes based on the results of the Hundred Group’s 2013 Total Tax Contribution Survey, a position commensurate with the size of our business and capitalisation relative to other contributors to the survey. In 2012 we were in 16th position. In 2013 we ranked 9th in respect of taxes borne.

 

Of course, National Grid’s contribution to the UK economy is broader than just the taxes it pays over to and collects on behalf of HMRC. The Hundred Group’s 2013 Total Tax Contribution Survey ranks National Grid in 4th place in respect of UK capital expenditure on fixed assets and we also rank highly in respect of investment in research and development. National Grid’s economic contribution also supports a significant number of UK jobs in our supply chain.

 

The most significant amounts making up the 2013/14 total tax contribution were as follows:

 

UK total tax contribution 2013/14

LOGO

  

 

Tax transparency

The UK tax charge for the year disclosed in the accounts in accordance with accounting standards and the UK corporation tax paid during the year will differ. For transparency we have included a reconciliation below of the tax charge per the income statement to the UK corporation tax paid in 2013/14.

 

The tax charge for the Group as reported in the income statement is £284m (2012/13: £557m). The UK tax charge is £51m (2012/13: £307m) and UK corporation tax paid was £329m (2012/13: £243m), with the principal differences between these two measures as follows:

 

  

     

     

     

Year ended 31 March

 

 
  Reconciliation of UK total tax charge to UK corporation tax paid   

 

2014

£m

  

  

  

 

 

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

  

  

  

  

 

 
  

Total UK tax charge (current tax £346m (2013: £289m) and deferred tax £295m credit (2013: £18m charge))

   51    307     
  

Adjustment for non-cash deferred tax credit/(charge)

   295    (18)    
  

Adjustment for the current tax credit in respect of prior years

   9    17     
  

 

 
  

UK current tax charge

   355    306     
  

UK corporation tax instalment payments in respect of current year not payable until the following year

   (179  (155)    
  

UK corporation tax instalment payments in respect of prior years paid in current year

   153    92     
  

 

 
  

UK corporation tax paid

   329    243     
  

 

 
  

 

1. All comparatives restated for IAS 19 (revised). See note 1 on page 92.

 

Tax losses

We have total unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of losses of £280m (2012/13: £335m) of which £274m (2012/13: £319m) are capital losses in the UK as set out on page 105. These losses arose as a result of the disposal of certain businesses or assets and may be available to offset against future capital gains in the UK.

 

Development of future tax policy

We believe that the continued development of a coherent and transparent tax policy in the UK is critical to help drive growth in the economy.

 

We continue to contribute to research into the structure of business taxation and its economic impact by contributing to the funding of the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation at the Saïd Business School.

 

We are a member of a number of industry groups which participate in the development of future tax policy, including the Hundred Group, which represents the views of finance directors of FTSE 100 companies and several other large UK companies. Our Finance Director is Chairman of its Tax Committee. This helps to ensure that we are engaged at the earliest opportunity on taxation issues which affect our business. For example, in the current year we have engaged with and responded to a number of HMRC consultations, the subject matter of which has a direct impact on taxes borne or collected by our business, and reviewed numerous others with a potential impact.

 

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.

 

  

  

      

  

   

    

          

  


116 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


 

   Financial Statements

Unaudited commentary on tax

Tax strategy

National Grid manages its tax affairs in a proactive and responsible way in order to comply with all relevant legislation and minimise reputational risk. As a regulated public utility we are very conscious of the need to manage our tax affairs responsibly in the eyes of our stakeholders. We have a good working relationship with all relevant tax authorities and actively engage with them in order to ensure that they are fully aware of our view of the tax implications of our business initiatives. Management responsibility and oversight for our tax strategy, which is approved by the Finance Committee, rests with the Finance Director and the Group Tax and Treasury Director who monitor our tax activities and report to the Finance Committee.

Total UK tax contribution

This year we have again disclosed additional information in respect of our total UK tax contribution for consistency and to aid transparency in an area in which there remains significant public interest. As was the case in prior years, the total amount of taxes we pay and collect in the UK year on year is significantly more than just the corporation tax which we pay on our UK profits. Within the total, we again include other taxes paid such as business rates and taxes on employment together with employee taxes and other indirect taxes.

For 2015/16 our total tax contribution to the UK Exchequer was £1.6bn (2014/15: £1.5bn). Taxes borne in 2015/16 were £703m, an 8% decrease on taxes borne in 2014/15 of £761m and primarily due to lower corporation tax payments in the current year. The main reasons for this are the impact of the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate, and the impact of our debt redemption costs during the year ended 31 March 2015, which reduced corporation tax payments due for that year but were settled by instalment payments made in the year ended 31 March 2016. However, our taxes collected were £899m, an increase of 21% on 2014/15 of £742m, and this was primarily due to the introduction of the VAT Domestic Reverse Charge on gas and electricity trading (introduced in July 2014) being in force for the full year, rather than for six months in 2014/15.

Our 2014/15 total tax contribution of £1.5bn resulted in National Grid being the 13th highest contributor of UK taxes based on the results of the Hundred Group’s 2015 Total Tax Contribution Survey, a position commensurate with the size of our business and capitalisation relative to other contributors to the Survey. In 2014 we were also in 13th position. In 2015 we ranked 7th in respect of taxes borne.

National Grid’s contribution to the UK economy is again broader than just the taxes it pays over to and collects on behalf of HMRC. The Hundred Group’s 2015 Total Tax Contribution Survey ranks National Grid in 5th place in respect of UK capital expenditure on fixed assets. For instance, National Grid’s economic contribution also supports a significant number of UK jobs in our supply chain.

The most significant amounts making up the 2015/16 total tax contribution were as follows:

Tax transparency

The UK tax charge for the year disclosed in the financial statements in accordance with accounting standards and the UK corporation tax paid during the year will differ. For transparency we have included a reconciliation below of the tax charge per the income statement to the UK corporation tax paid in 2015/16.

The tax charge for the Group as reported in the income statement is £438m (2014/15: £617m). The UK tax charge is £189m (2014/15: £437m) and UK corporation tax paid was £285m (2014/15: £353m), with the principal differences between these two measures as follows:

    Year ended 31 March   
Reconciliation of UK total tax charge 2016  2015 
to UK corporation tax paid £m  £m 

Total UK tax charge (current tax £315m (2015: £307m) and deferred tax credit £126m (2015: charge £130m))

  189    437  

Adjustment for non-cash deferred tax credit/(charge)

  126    (130

Adjustments for current tax credit in respect of prior years

  7    2  

UK current tax charge

  322    309  

UK corporation tax instalment payments not payable until the following year

  (164  (127

UK corporation tax instalment payments in respect of prior years paid in current year

  127    171  

UK corporation tax paid

  285    353  

Tax losses

We have total unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of losses of £237m (2014/15: £255m) of which £232m (2014/15: £250m) are capital losses in the UK as set out above. These losses arose as a result of the disposal of certain businesses or assets and may be available to offset against future capital gains in the UK.

Development of future tax policy

We believe that the continued development of a coherent and transparent tax policy in the UK is critical to help drive growth in the economy.

We continue to contribute to research into the structure of business tax and its economic impact by contributing to the funding of the Oxford University Centre for Business Tax at the Saïd Business School.

We are a member of a number of industry groups which participate in the development of future tax policy, including the Hundred Group, which represents the views of Finance Directors of FTSE 100 companies and several other large UK companies. Our Finance Director is Chairman of its Tax Committee. This helps to ensure that we are engaged at the earliest opportunity on tax issues which affect our business. In the current year we have reviewed and responded to a number of HMRC consultations, the subject matter of which directly impacts taxes borne or collected by our business, with the aim of openly contributing to the debate and development of UK tax legislation.

 

UK total tax contribution 2015/16

Strategic ReportLOGO

 

Corporate Governance


 

Financial Statements

Additional Information

107

  

7.Earnings per share (EPS)

 

  

  

 

EPS is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each ordinary share. Basic EPS is calculated on profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. Diluted EPS shows what the impact would be if all outstanding share options were exercised and treated as ordinary shares at year end.

 

    

  

 

Adjusted EPS, excluding exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, are provided to reflect the business performance subtotals used by the Company. For further details of exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries, see note 4.

 

   

  (a) Basic earnings per share  
     
 

 

Earnings
2014

£m

  
  

  

   
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2014
pence
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Earnings
2013
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  

 
 
 
 

Earnings

per share
2013
(restated
pence

  

  
  
)1,2 
  

  
 
 
 
Earnings
2012
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 

 
 
 

Earnings     
per share     

2012     
(restated)1,2 
pence     

  
  

  
  
  

  

 

 
  

Adjusted earnings

   2,015     54.0     1,913    51.4    1,709    46.0       
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388     10.4     75    2.0    174    4.7       
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73     2.0     156    4.2    (122  (3.3)      
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

             9    0.2    156    4.2       
  

 

 
  

Earnings

   2,476     66.4     2,153    57.8    1,917    51.6       
  

 

 
           
          2014
millions
      

2013

millions

     

2012     

millions     

 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of shares – basic2

     3,729      3,724     3,719       
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

         
  

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

  

  

 

(b) Diluted earnings per share

 

         
     

 

 

Earnings

2014

£m

  

  

  

   
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2014
pence
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Earnings
2013
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Earnings
per share
2013
(restated
pence
  
  
  
)1,2 
  
  
 
 
 
Earnings
2012
(restated
£m
  
  
)1 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Earnings     
per share     
2012     
(restated)1,2 
pence     
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 
  

Adjusted earnings

   2,015     53.8     1,913    51.1    1,709    45.7       
  

Exceptional items after tax

   388     10.4     75    2.0    174    4.7       
  

Remeasurements after tax

   73     1.9     156    4.2    (122  (3.3)      
  

Stranded cost recoveries after tax

             9    0.2    156    4.2       
  

 

 
  

Earnings

   2,476     66.1     2,153    57.5    1,917    51.3       
  

 

 
           
          2014
millions
      2013
millions
     2012     
millions     
 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of shares – diluted2

     3,748      3,742     3,738       
  

 

 
  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

         
  

 

2. Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

  

  

 

(c) Reconciliation of basic to diluted average number of shares

 

  

          2014
millions
      2013
millions
     2012     
millions     
 
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic

     3,729      3,724     3,719       
  

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share plans

     19      18     19       
  

 

 
  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted

     3,748      3,742     3,738       
  

 

 
  
  
  


108    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements117


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial– analysis of items in the primary statementscontinued

    

  

8.Dividends

 

  

  

 

Dividends represents the return of profits to shareholders. Dividends are paid as an amount per ordinary share held. We retain part of the profits generated in the year to meet future growth plans and pay out the remainder in accordance with our dividend policy.

 

   

  

 

Interim dividends are recognised when they become payable to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

   

  

 

The following table shows the actual dividends paid to equity shareholders:

 

  

      2014     2013   2012   
      Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled
via scrip
£m
     Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled
via scrip
£m
   Pence
  per share
   Total
£m
   Settled  
via scrip  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2014

   14.49     539                                    –    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2013

   26.36     964     444                               –    
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2013

                   14.49     527     187               –    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2012

                   25.35     906     436               –    
  

Interim – year ended 31 March 2012

                                  13.93     497     34    
  

Final – year ended 31 March 2011

                                  23.47     822     279    
  

 

 
     40.85     1,503     444      39.84     1,433     623     37.40     1,319     313    
  

 

 
  

 

The Directors are proposing a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2014 of 27.54p per share that will absorb approximately £1,028m of shareholders’ equity (assuming all amounts are settled in cash). It will be paid on 20 August 2014 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 6 June 2014 and a scrip dividend will be offered as an alternative, subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM.

    

Unaudited commentary on dividends

Following the announcement of our new dividend policy in March 2013, we remain confident that our business is able to support a dividend rising at least in line with inflation for the foreseeable future, while continuing to invest as required in our regulated asset bases. The dividend cover chart opposite supports our decision.

With the exception of the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January this year, a scrip option has been offered for all interim and final dividends in the last three years. The scrip take-up was as follows: 2012/13 final: 46%; 2012/13 interim: 35%; and 2011/12 final: 48%.

    

 

Dividend cover

Times

LOGO

This unaudited commentary does not form part of the financial statements.7. Earnings per share (EPS)

 

EPS is the amount of post-tax profit attributable to each ordinary share. Basic EPS is calculated on profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. Diluted EPS shows what the impact would be if all outstanding share options were exercised and treated as ordinary shares at year end. The weighted average number of shares is increased by additional shares issued as scrip dividends and reduced by shares repurchased by the Company during the year.

Adjusted earnings and EPS, which exclude exceptional items and remeasurements, are provided to reflect the business performance subtotals used by the Company. We have included reconciliations from this additional EPS measure to earnings for both basic and diluted EPS to provide additional detail for these items. For further details of exceptional items and remeasurements, see note 4.

(a) Basic earnings per share

            Earnings        Earnings  
      Earnings     per share        per share  
   Earnings  per share  Earnings  2015    Earnings   2014  
   2016  2016  2015  (restated)1   2014   (restated)1 
    £m  pence  £m  pence    £m   pence  

Adjusted earnings

   2,386    63.5    2,189    57.6      2,015     53.1   

Exceptional items after tax

   278    7.4    (97  (2.6)     388     10.2   

Remeasurements after tax

   (73  (1.9  (73  (1.8)     73     1.9   

Earnings

   2,591    69.0    2,019    53.2      2,476     65.2   
         
      2016     2015        2014  
        millions      millions         millions  

Weighted average number of shares – basic1

       3,755        3,798           3,798   

1.  Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

(b) Diluted earnings per share

            Earnings        Earnings  
      Earnings     per share        per share  
   Earnings  per share  Earnings  2015    Earnings   2014  
   2016  2016  2015  (restated)1   2014   (restated)1 
    £m  pence  £m  pence    £m   pence  

Adjusted earnings

   2,386    63.3    2,189    57.4      2,015     52.8   

Exceptional items after tax

   278    7.3    (97  (2.6)     388     10.2   

Remeasurements after tax

   (73  (1.9  (73  (1.9)     73     1.9   

Earnings

   2,591    68.7    2,019    52.9      2,476     64.9   
         
      2016     2015        2014  
        millions      millions         millions  

Weighted average number of shares – diluted1

       3,771        3,815           3,817   

 

1.  Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

(c) Reconciliation of basic to diluted average number of shares

 

  

  

            2015        2014  
      2016     (restated)1       (restated)1 
        millions      millions         millions  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – basic

    3,755     3,798        3,798   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share plans

       16        17           19   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares – diluted

       3,771        3,815           3,817   

1.  Comparative amounts have been restated to reflect the impact of additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 


118National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

109

9.Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of what we paid to acquire businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the acquisition date. We assess whether goodwill is recoverable each year by performing an impairment review.

 

 

   Financial Statements

8. Dividends

Dividends represent the return of profits to shareholders. Dividends are paid as an amount per ordinary share held. We retain part of the profits generated in the year to meet future growth plans and pay out the remainder in accordance with our dividend policy.

Interim dividends are recognised when they become payable to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

   

2016

     

2015

     

2014

 
       Cash             Cash             Cash     
       dividend   Scrip         dividend   Scrip         dividend   Scrip 
   Pence   paid   dividend     Pence   paid   dividend     Pence   paid   dividend 
    per share   £m   £m      per share   £m   £m      per share   £m   £m 

Interim dividend in respect of the current year

   15.00     532     31      14.71     531     26      14.49     539       

Final dividend in respect of the prior year

   28.16     805     248       27.54     740     289       26.36     520     444  
    43.16     1,337     279       42.25     1,271     315       40.85     1,059     444  

The Directors are proposing a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 28.34p per share that will absorb approximately £1,059m of shareholders’ equity (assuming all amounts are settled in cash). It will be paid on 10 August 2016 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 3 June 2016 (subject to Shareholders’ approval at the AGM). A scrip dividend will be offered as an alternative.

Unaudited commentary on dividends

Following the announcement of our dividend policy in March 2013, the Board remains confident that National Grid is able to support a dividend growing at least in line with RPI inflation for the foreseeable future, while continuing to invest as required in our regulated assets.

With the exception of the 2013/14 interim dividend paid in January 2014, a scrip option has been offered for all interim and final dividends in the last five years.

In August 2014 we began a share buyback programme that will allow us to offer the scrip dividend option for both the full-year and interim dividend. The buyback programme is designed to balance shareholders’ appetite for the scrip dividend option with our desire to operate an efficient balance sheet with appropriate leverage.

Dividend cover

Ratio of earnings cover over cash dividend paid and scrip dividend

LOGO

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements119


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

9. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of what we paid to acquire businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the acquisition date. We assess whether goodwill is recoverable each year by performing an impairment review.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing exchange rate.

Impairment

Impairment

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and this allocation is made to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

Impairments of goodwill are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill and the estimated recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that goodwill has been allocated. Recoverable amount is defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and estimated value-in-use at the date the impairment review is undertaken.

Value-in-use represents the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately.

 

Total 
£m 

Net book value at 1 April 2014

4,594 

Impairment

(12)

Exchange adjustments

563 

Net book value at 31 March 2015

5,145 

Exchange adjustments

170 

Net book value at 31 March 2016

    5,315 

Total  
£m  

Cost at 1 April 2012

4,776  

Exchange adjustments

252  

CostThe cost of goodwill at 31 March 2013

5,028  

Additions

12  

Exchange adjustments

(446) 

Cost at 31 March 2014

4,594  

Net book value at 31 March 2014

4,594  

2016 was £5,327m (2015: £5,157m) with an accumulated impairment charge of £12m (2015: £12m).

Net book value at 31 March 2013

5,028  

The amounts disclosed above as at 31 March 20142016 include balances relating to the following cash-generating units: New York £2,640m (2013: £2,898m)£3,061m (2015: £2,964m); Massachusetts £987m (2013: £1,082m)£1,145m (2015: £1,108m); Rhode Island £367m (2013: £403m)£426m (2015: £412m); and Federal £600m (2013: £645m)£683m (2015: £661m).

Additions during the year relate to a further investment in Clean Line Energy Partners LLC, a developer of long-distance, HVDC transmission projects in the US to move renewable energy to market. Under IFRS 10, this investment is now accounted for as a subsidiary rather than an equity investment. National Grid has a 37% interest, but has the option to increase this holding.

Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment and the recoverability of goodwill at 31 March 2014 has been assessed by comparing the carrying amount of our operations described above (our cash-generating units) with the expected recoverable amount on a value-in-use basis. In each assessment, the value-in-use has been calculated based on five year plan projections that incorporate our best estimates of future cash flows, customer rates, costs (including changes in commodity prices), future prices and growth. Such projections reflect our current regulatory rate plans taking into account regulatory arrangements to allow for future rate plan filings and recovery of investment. Our plans have proved to be reliable guides in the past and the Directors believe the estimates are appropriate.

The future economic growth rate used to extrapolate projections beyond five years has been maintained at 2.25% (2013:lowered to 2% (2015: 2.25%). The growth rate has been determined having regard to data on projected growth in US real gross domestic product (GDP). Based on our business’ place in the underlying US economy, it is appropriate for the terminal growth rate to be based upon the overall growth in real GDP and, given the nature of our operations, to extend over a long period of time. Cash flow projections have been discounted to reflect the time value of money, using an effectivea pre-tax discount rate of 9% (2013:8% (2015: 9%). The discount rate represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital of these operations.

While it is possible that a key assumption in the calculation could change, the Directors believe that no reasonably foreseeable change would result in an impairment of goodwill, in view of the long-term nature of the key assumptions and the margin by which the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying amount.

As part of their review in 2014/15, the Directors specifically reviewed the carrying value of goodwill associated with Clean Line Energy Partners LLC. This review resulted in a full impairment being recorded of £12m.

120 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


 

   Financial Statements

 

110    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/1410. Other intangible assets

 

Other intangible assets include software which is written down (amortised) over the length of period we expect to receive a benefit from the asset.

Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment only if there is an indication that the carrying value of the assets may have been impaired. Impairments of assets are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the recoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated. Impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately. Any assets which suffered impairment in a previous period are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Internally generated intangible assets, such as software, are recognised only if: an asset is created that can be identified; it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recorded as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Other intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Amortisation periods for categories of intangible assets are:

Years 

Software3 to 10 

Software 
£m 

Cost at 1 April 2014

1,222 

Exchange adjustments

59 

Additions

207 

Reclassifications1

16 

Cost at 31 March 2015

1,504 

Exchange adjustments

22 

Additions

220 

Disposals

(3)

Reclassifications1

Cost at 31 March 2016

1,744 

Accumulated amortisation at 1 April 2014

(553)

Exchange adjustments

(20)

Amortisation charge for the year

(121)

Reclassifications1

(8)

Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2015

(702)

Exchange adjustments

(8)

Amortisation charge for the year

(147)

Reclassifications1

– 

Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2016

(857)

Net book value at 31 March 2016

887

Net book value at 31 March 2015

802 

1.  Reclassifications includes amounts transferred (to)/from property, plant and equipment (see note 11) and reclasses between cost and accumulated amortisation of £nil (2015: £6m).

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements121


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial– analysis of items in the primary statementscontinued

  

10.Other intangible assets

 

  

 

Other intangible assets includes software and acquisition-related assets (such as brand names and customer relationships), which are written down (amortised) over the period we expect to receive a benefit from the asset.

 

  

 

Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment only if there is an indication that the carrying value of the assets may have been impaired. Impairments of assets are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the recoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated. Impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately. Any assets which suffered impairment in a previous period are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

  

 

Internally generated intangible assets, such as software, are recognised only if: an asset is created that can be identified; it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recorded as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

  

 

On a business combination, as well as recording separable intangible assets possessed by the acquired entity at their fair value, identifiable intangible assets that arise from contractual or other legal rights are also included in the statement of financial position at their fair value. Acquisition-related intangible assets principally comprise customer relationships.

  

 

Other intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Amortisation periods for categories of intangible assets are:

              Years  
  

 

  Software      3 to 10  
  Acquisition-related intangibles      10 to 25  
  

 

      Software 
£m 
   

 

Acquisition- 

related 

£m 

   Total  
£m  
  

 

  Cost at 1 April 2012   899      116     1,015  
  Exchange adjustments   20          26  
  Additions   175      –     175  
  Disposals   (26)     –     (26) 
  Reclassifications1   (37)     –     (37) 
  

 

  Cost at 31 March 2013   1,031      122     1,153  
  Exchange adjustments   (38)     (7)    (45) 
  Additions   179      –     179  
  Disposals   (16)     (115)    (131) 
  Reclassifications1   66      –     66  
  

 

  Cost at 31 March 2014   1,222      –     1,222  
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 1 April 2012   (353)     (116)    (469) 
  Exchange adjustments   (6)     (6)    (12) 
  Amortisation charge for the year   (101)     –     (101) 
  Disposals        –     9  
  Reclassifications1        –     9  
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2013   (442)     (122)    (564) 
  Exchange adjustments   12          19  
  Amortisation charge for the year   (127)     –     (127) 
  Impairment charge   (5)     –     (5) 
  Disposals   12      115     127  
  Reclassifications1   (3)     –     (3) 
  

 

  Accumulated amortisation at 31 March 2014   (553)     –     (553) 
  

 

  Net book value at 31 March 2014   669      –     669  
  

 

  Net book value at 31 March 2013   589      –     589  
  

 

  

 

1. Reclassifications represents amounts transferred (to)/from property, plant and equipment (see note 11 on page 112).

  
  
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

111

    

    

11.Property,11. Property, plant and equipment

 

The following note shows the physical assets controlled by us. The cost of these assets primarily represents the amount initially paid for them. A depreciation expense is charged to the income statement to reflect annual wear and tear and the reduced value of the asset over time. Depreciation is calculated by estimating the number of years we expect the asset to be used (useful economic life) and charging the cost of the asset to the income statement equally over this period.

Our strategy in action

We operate an energy networks business and therefore have a significant physical asset base. We continue to invest in our networks to maintain reliability, create new customer connections and ensure our networks are flexible and resilient. Our business plan envisages these additional investments will be funded through a mixture of cash generated from operations and the issue of new debt.

The following note shows the physical assets controlled by us. The cost of these assets primarily represents the amount initially paid for them. A depreciation expense is charged to the income statement to reflect annual wear and tear and the reduced value of the asset over time. Depreciation is calculated by estimating the number of years we expect the asset to be used (useful economic life) and charging the cost of the asset to the income statement equally over this period.

Our strategy in action

We operate an energy networks business and therefore have a significant physical asset base. We continue to invest in our networks to maintain reliability, create new customer connections and ensure our networks are flexible and resilient. Our business plan envisages these additional investments will be funded through a mixture of cash generated from operations and the issue of new debt.

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

Cost includes the purchase price of the asset, any payroll and finance costs incurred which are directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipment as well as the cost of any associated asset retirement obligations.

Property, plant and equipment includes assets in which the Company’s interest comprises legally protected statutory or contractual rights of use. Additions represent the purchase or construction of new assets, including capital expenditure for safety and environmental assets, and extensions to, enhancements to, or replacement of existing assets.

Contributions received prior to 1 July 2009 towards the cost of property, plant and equipment are included in trade and other payables as deferred income and credited on a straight-line basis to the income statement over the estimated useful economic lives of the assets to which they relate.

Contributions received post 1 July 2009 are recognised in revenue immediately, except where the contributions are consideration for a future service, in which case they are recognised initially as deferred income and revenue is subsequently recognised over the period in which the service is provided.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land or assets in the course of construction.

Other items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated, on a straight-line basis, at rates estimated to write off their book values over their estimated useful economic lives. In assessing estimated useful economic lives, consideration is given to any contractual arrangements and operational requirements relating to particular assets. The assessments of estimated useful economic lives and residual values of assets are performed annually. Unless otherwise determined by operational requirements, the depreciation periods for the principal categories of property, plant and equipment are, in general, as shown in the table below:

 

Years  
   Years 

Freehold and leasehold buildings

up to 65 

Plant and machinery:

Electricity transmission plant

15 to 60 

Electricity distribution plant

15 to 60 

Electricity generation plant

20 to 40 

Interconnector plant

15 to 60 

Gas plant – mains, services and regulating equipment

30 to 100 

Gas plant – storage

15 to 21 

Gas plant – meters

10 to 33 

Motor vehicles and office equipment

up to 10 

 

 

Freehold and leasehold buildings

up to 65  

Plant and machinery

Electricity transmission plant

15 to 60  

Electricity distribution plant

15 to 60  

Electricity generation plant

20 to 40  

Interconnector plant

15 to 60  

Gas plant – mains, services and regulating equipment

30 to 100  

Gas plant – storage

15 to 21  

Gas plant – meters

10 to 33  

Motor vehicles and office equipment

up to 10  

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are depending on their magnitude, recognised as an exceptional item within operating profit in the income statement.

Items within property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment only if there is some indication that the carrying value of the assets may have been impaired.

Impairments of assets are calculated as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the recoverable amount, if lower. Where such an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which that asset belongs is estimated.

Material impairments are recognised in the income statement and are disclosed separately.

Any assets which suffered impairment in a previous period are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

 


122 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


 

   Financial Statements

 

112    National Grid Annual Report11. Property, plant and Accounts 2013/14equipmentcontinued

 

   Land and
buildings
£m
  Plant and
machinery
£m
  

Assets

in the
course of
construction
£m

  Motor
vehicles
and office
equipment
£m
  

Total 

£m 

 

 

 

Cost at 1 April 2014

   2,248    46,425    4,024    853    53,550   

Exchange adjustments

   132    2,019    82    47    2,280   

Additions

   55    544    2,514    150    3,263   

Disposals

   (30  (334  (1  (74  (439)  

Reclassifications1

   105    1,981    (2,104  8    (10)  

 

 

Cost at 31 March 2015

   2,510    50,635    4,515    984    58,644   

Exchange adjustments

   41    669    20    23    753   

Additions

   60    801    2,686    126    3,673   

Disposals

   (26  (393  (78  (62  (559)  

Reclassifications1

   173    3,060    (3,269  100    64   

 

 

Cost at 31 March 2016

   2,758    54,772    3,874    1,171    62,575   

 

 

Accumulated depreciation at 1 April 2014

   (436  (15,350      (585  (16,371)  

Exchange adjustments

   (15  (533      (29  (577)  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (82  (1,138      (143  (1,363)  

Disposals

   7    307        74    388   

Reclassifications1

   (4  1        5      

 

 

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2015

   (530  (16,713      (678  (17,921)  

Exchange adjustments

   (32  (168      (10  (210)  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (79  (1,273      (116  (1,468)  

Disposals

   6    386        61    453   

Reclassifications1

   (5  (60          (65)  

 

 

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2016

   (640  (17,828      (743  (19,211)  

 

 

Net book value at 31 March 2016

   2,118    36,944    3,874    428    43,364   

 

 

Net book value at 31 March 2015

   1,980    33,922    4,515    306    40,723   

 

 

1.  Represents amounts transferred between categories, (to)/from other intangible assets (see note 10) and reclasses between cost and accumulated depreciation of £64m (2015: £nil).

2.  Includes amounts in respect of capitalised depreciation of £1m (2015: £2m).

 

   

2016

£m

   2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Information in relation to property, plant and equipment

    

Capitalised interest included within cost

       1,622         1,506   

Net book value of assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

   226     184   

Additions to assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

   87     61   

Contributions to cost of property, plant and equipment included within:

    

Trade and other payables

   47     47   

Non-current liabilities

   1,649     1,569   

 

 

12. Other non-current assets

 

Other non-current assets include assets that do not fall into any other non-current asset category (such as goodwill or property, plant and equipment) and the benefit to be received from the asset is not due to be received until after 31 March 2017.

   

2016

£m

   

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Commodity contract assets

               10                 29   

Other receivables

   37     39   

Prepayments

   35     12   

 

 
   82     80   

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements123


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial– analysis of items in the primary statementscontinued

    

    

  11. Property, plant and equipmentcontinued
      Land and
buildings
£m
  Plant and
machinery
£m
  Assets
in the
course of
construction
£m
  Motor
vehicles
and office
equipment
£m
  

Total  

£m  

  

 

  

Cost at 1 April 2012

   2,013    42,699    2,975    770   48,457  
  

Exchange adjustments

   55    803    45    13   916  
  

Additions

   141    704    2,584    82   3,511  
  

Disposals

   (24  (311  (2  (130 (467) 
  

Reclassifications1

   140    1,471    (1,642  68   37  
  

 

  

Cost at 31 March 2013

   2,325    45,366    3,960    803   52,454  
  

Exchange adjustments

   (99  (1,471  (82  (28 (1,680) 
  

Additions

   69    623    2,514    56   3,262  
  

Disposals

   (32  (288  (2  (98 (420) 
  

Reclassifications1

   (15  2,195    (2,366  120   (66) 
  

 

  

Cost at 31 March 2014

   2,248    46,425    4,024    853   53,550  
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 1 April 2012

   (436  (13,804  (2  (514 (14,756) 
  

Exchange adjustments

   (11  (216      (9 (236) 
  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (75  (1,085      (121 (1,281) 
  

Disposals

   23    299    2    96   420  
  

Reclassifications1

               (9 (9) 
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2013

   (499  (14,806      (557 (15,862) 
  

Exchange adjustments

   16    399        21   436  
  

Depreciation charge for the year2

   (84  (1,112      (103 (1,299) 
  

Impairment charge for the year

   (1             (1) 
  

Disposals

   25    234        93   352  
  

Reclassifications1

   107    (65      (39 3  
  

 

  

Accumulated depreciation at 31 March 2014

   (436  (15,350      (585 (16,371) 
  

 

  

Net book value at 31 March 2014

   1,812    31,075    4,024    268   37,179  
  

 

  

Net book value at 31 March 2013

   1,826    30,560    3,960    246   36,592  
  

 

  

 

1. Represents amounts transferred between categories and from/(to) other intangible assets (see note 10 on page 110).

  

 

2. Includes amounts in respect of capitalised depreciation of £10m (2013: £21m).

 

               

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

  

 

  

Information in relation to property, plant and equipment

      
  

Capitalised interest included within cost

      1,409   1,275  
  

Net book value of assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

      170   188  
  

Additions to assets held under finance leases (all relating to motor vehicles and office equipment)

      25   48  
  

Contributions to cost of property, plant and equipment included within:

      
  

Trade and other payables

      44   43  
  

Non-current liabilities

      1,526   1,492  
  

 

  

 

12.Other non-current assets

 

      
  

 

Other non-current assets includes assets that do not fall into any other non-current asset category (such as goodwill or property, plant and equipment) and where the benefit to be received from the asset is not due to be received until after 31 March 2015.

 

                   
               

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

  

 

  

Commodity contract assets

      45   47  
  

Other receivables

      33   51  
  

Prepayments

      9   6  
  

 

        87   104  
  

 

        
        
        


 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

13.  Financial Statements

Additional Information

113

  

13.Financial and other investments

 

  

  

Financial and other investments includes two main categories. Assets classified as available-for-sale typically represent investments in short-term money funds and quoted investments in equities or bonds of other companies. The second category is loans and receivables which includes bank deposits with a maturity of greater than three months, and cash balances that cannot be readily used in operations, principally collateral pledged for certain borrowings and restricted cash balances relating to our UK pension schemes.

     

  

 

Financial assets, liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into, and recognised on trade date. Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any other categories.

 

Available-for-sale financial investments are recognised at fair value plus directly related incremental transaction costs, and are subsequently carried at fair value in the statement of financial position. Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments are recognised directly in equity, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired. At this time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the income statement for the period. Investment income is recognised using the effective interest method and taken through interest income in the income statement.

 

Loans receivable and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, together with gains and losses when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, are recognised in the income statement.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial assets measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques that are consistent with techniques commonly used by the relevant market. The techniques use observable market data.

 

    

      

   

    

        

2014

£m

     2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Non-current      
  Available-for-sale investments   284       278    
  

 

 
  Current      
  Available-for-sale investments   2,716       4,441    
  Loans and receivables   883       990    
  

 

 
     3,599       5,431    
  

 

 
  Total financial and other investments   3,883       5,709    
  

 

 
  Financial and other investments include the following:      
   Investments in short-term money funds   2,165       4,120    
   Managed investments in equity and bonds1   465       453    
   Bank deposits1   355       165    
   Cash surrender value of life insurance policies   140       145    
   Other investments   2       4    
   Restricted balances2   756       822    
  

 

 
           3,883             5,709    
  

 

 
  1. 

 

Includes £296m (2013: £296m) of current investments which are held by insurance captives and are therefore restricted.

  

  

 

2.

 

 

Principally comprises collateral placed with counterparties with whom we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement £402m (2013: £507m), and assets held within security accounts, with charges in favour of the UK pension schemes Trustees of £234m (2013: £179m).

    

  

 

Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Due to their short maturities the carrying value of loans and receivables approximates their fair value. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the financial investments. For further information on our credit risk, refer to note 30 (a). None of the financial investments are past due or impaired.

 

    


114    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14other investments

 

Financial and other investments include two main categories. Assets classified as available-for-sale typically represent investments in short-term money funds and quoted investments in equities or bonds of other companies. The second category is loans and receivables which includes bank deposits with a maturity of greater than three months, and cash balances that cannot be readily used in operations, principally collateral pledged for certain borrowings.

Financial assets, liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into, and recognised on trade date. Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any other categories.

Available-for-sale financial investments are recognised at fair value plus directly related incremental transaction costs, and are subsequently carried at fair value in the statement of financial position. Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments are recognised directly in other comprehensive income, until the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired. At this time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the income statement for the period. Investment income is recognised using the effective interest method and taken through interest income in the income statement.

Loans receivable and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, together with gains and losses when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, are recognised in the income statement.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial assets measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques that are consistent with techniques commonly used by the relevant market. The techniques use observable market data.

   

2016

£m

   

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Available-for-sale investments

   482     330   

 

 

Current

    

Available-for-sale investments

   1,951     1,232   

Loans and receivables

   1,047     1,327   

 

 
   2,998    ��2,559   

 

 
   3,480     2,889   

 

 

Financial and other investments include the following:

    

Investments in short-term money funds1

   1,516     618   

Managed investments in equity and bonds2

   615     785   

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

   160     158   

Other investments

          

Restricted balances:

    

Collateral3

   999     1,199   

Other

   190     127   

 

 
       3,480         2,889   

 

 

1.Includes £8m (2015: £34m) held by insurance captives and therefore restricted.
2.All £615m (2015: £644m) is restricted and relates to investments held by insurance captives of £434m (2015: £382m), US non-qualified plan investments of £181m (2015: £170m) and assets held within security accounts with charges in favour of the UK pension scheme Trustees of £nil (2015: £92m).
3.Refers to collateral placed with counterparties with whom we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) Master Agreement.

Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Due to their short maturities the carrying value of loans and receivables approximates their fair value. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the financial investments. For further information on our credit risk, refer to note 30(a). None of the financial investments are past due or impaired.

124National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

14. Investments in joint ventures and associates

Investments in joint ventures and associates represent businesses we do not control, but instead exercise joint control or significant influence.

A joint venture is an arrangement established to engage in economic activity, which the Company jointly controls with other parties and has rights to the net assets of the arrangement. An associate is an entity which is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, but over which the Company has significant influence.

       2016
£m
      2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Share of net assets at 1 April

   318    351   

Exchange adjustments

   21    (11)  

Additions

   116    –   

Disposals

   (52  –   

Share of post-tax results for the year

   59    46   

Dividends received

   (72  (79)  

Other movements

   7    11   

 

 

Share of net assets at 31 March

   397    318   

 

 

A list of joint ventures and associates including the name, proportion of ownership and principal activity is provided in note 32.

The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interest in the joint ventures and associates. The Group has capital commitments of £305m in relation to joint ventures.

Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 28.

The Group’s only material joint venture or associate is in respect of its 50% equity stake in BritNed Development Limited.

Summarised financial information of this joint venture together with the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

   

    2016

£m

  

    2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Statement of financial position – BritNed Development Limited

   

Non-current assets

   376    355   

Cash and cash equivalents

   77    46   

All other current assets

   3      

Non-current liabilities

   (8  (10)  

Current liabilities

   (30  (14)  

 

 

Equity

   418    379   

 

 

Carrying amount of the Group’s investment (National Grid ownership 50%)

   209    189   

 

 
   2016
£m
  2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Income statement – BritNed Development Limited

   

Revenue

   198    162   

Depreciation and amortisation

   (11  (12)  

Other costs

   (56  (66)  

 

 

Operating profit

   131    84   

 

 

Finance income and expense

       –   

Income tax expense

   (32  (21)  

 

 

Profit for the year

   99    63   

 

 

Group’s share in profit (National Grid ownership 50%)

   50    32   

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements125


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

    

    

  

14.Investments in joint ventures and associates

 

  

  

Investments in joint ventures and associates represents businesses we do not control, but instead exercise joint control or significant influence.

  

  

 

A joint venture is an arrangement established to engage in economic activity, which the Company jointly controls with other parties and has rights to the net assets of the arrangement. An associate is an entity that is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture, but over which the Company has significant influence.

 

    

      

2014 

£m 

              2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Share of net assets at 1 April    371     341    
  Exchange adjustments    (16)    9    
  Additions        14    
  Share of post-tax results for the year    28     18    
  Dividends received    (38)    (21)   
  Other movements        10    
  

 

 
  Share of net assets at 31 March    351     371    
  

 

 
  

 

A list of principal joint ventures and associates including the name, proportion of ownership and principal activity is provided in note 32.

  

  

 

The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interest in the joint ventures and associates.

   

  

 

Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 28.

  

  

 

15.Derivative financial instruments

 

  

  

Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of an underlying item such as interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities, equity or other indices. In accordance with Board approved policies, derivatives are transacted to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rate and foreign exchange rate on borrowings and other contractual cash flows. Specifically, we use derivatives to manage these risks from our financing portfolio to optimise the overall cost of accessing the debt capital markets. These derivatives are analysed below. We also use derivatives to manage our operational market risks from commodities. The commodity derivative contracts are detailed in note 30 (e).

      

  

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in fair values are recorded in the period they arise, either in the income statement or other comprehensive income depending on the applicable accounting standards. Where the fair value of a derivative is positive it is carried as a derivative asset, and where negative as a derivative liability.

    

  

 

We calculate fair value of the financial derivatives by discounting all future cash flows using the market yield curve at the reporting date. The market yield curve for each currency is obtained from external sources for interest and foreign exchange rates. In the absence of sufficient market data, fair values would be based on the quoted market price of similar derivatives. Analysis of these derivatives and the various methods used to calculate their respective fair values is detailed below and in note 30.

 

     

  

For each class of derivative instrument type the fair value amounts are as follows:

 

  

      2014   2013 
          Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
       Total 
£m 
       Assets
£m
      Liabilities 
£m 
      Total  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Interest rate swaps   861     (743)     118      1,282    (1,207)    75    
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps   1,025     (195)     830      900    (160)    740    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts   68     (12)     56      15    (63)    (48)   
  Forward rate agreements        –      –          (5)    (5)   
  Inflation linked swaps   16     (213)     (197)     48    (246)    (198)   
  

 

 
  Total   1,970     (1,163)     807      2,245    (1,681)    564    
  

 

 
            
            


 

Strategic Report15. Derivative financial instruments

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

115

  

15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

 

The maturity profile of derivative financial instruments is as follows:

 

  

  

      2014   2013 
          Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
       Total 
£m 
       Assets
£m
       Liabilities 
£m 
   

    Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Less than 1 year

   413     (339)     74      273     (407)     (134)   
  

 

 
  

Current

   413     (339)     74      273     (407)     (134)   
  

 

 
  

In 1-2 years

   54     (26)     28      42     (44)     (2)   
  

In 2-3 years

   73     (57)     16      75     (51)     24    
  

In 3-4 years

   71     (103)     (32)     119     (121)     (2)   
  

In 4-5 years

   244     (128)     116      84     (55)     29    
  

More than 5 years

   1,115     (510)     605      1,652     (1,003)     649    
  

 

 
  

Non-current

   1,557     (824)     733      1,972     (1,274)     698    
  

 

 
     1,970     (1,163)     807      2,245     (1,681)     564    
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of derivative the notional contract* amounts are as follows:

 

  

                      

2014 

£m 

   

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Interest rate swaps           (15,406)     (16,603)   
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps           (8,614)     (9,641)   
  Foreign exchange forward contracts           (4,698)     (3,142)   
  Forward rate agreements           –      (2,443)   
  Inflation linked swaps           (1,391)     (1,390)   
  

 

 
  Total           (30,109)         (33,219)   
  

 

 
  

 

*The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the reporting date.

 

Where possible, derivatives held as hedging instruments are formally designated as hedges as defined in IAS 39. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. Our use of derivatives may entail a derivative transaction qualifying for one or more hedge type designations under IAS 39.

 

Hedge accounting allows derivatives to be designated as a hedge of another non-derivative financial instrument, to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement of changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments. To qualify for hedge accounting, documentation is prepared specifying the hedging strategy, the component transactions and methodology used for effectiveness measurement. National Grid uses three hedge accounting methods, which are described as follows:

 

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate, long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement to the extent the fair value hedge is effective. Adjustments made to the carrying amount of the hedged item for fair value hedges will be amortised over the remaining life, in line with the hedged item.

 

  

    

     

  

      

                      

2014

£m

   

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps           367     732    
  

 

 
  Fair value hedges           367     732    
  

 

 
  

 

Cash flow hedges

            
  

Exposure arises from the variability in future interest and currency cash flows on assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or are in a foreign currency. Interest rate and cross-currency swaps are maintained, and designated as cash flow hedges, where they qualify, to manage this exposure. Fair value changes on designated cash flow hedges are initially recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve, as gains or losses recognised in equity and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts are transferred from equity and recognised in the income statement as the income or expense is recognised on the hedged item.

 

      

  

Forward foreign currency contracts are used to hedge anticipated and committed future currency cash flows. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as cash flow hedges. On recognition of the underlying transaction in the financial statements, the associated hedge gains and losses, deferred in equity, are transferred and included with the recognition of the underlying transaction.

 

 

    


116    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of an underlying item such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, commodities, equity or other indices. In accordance with Board approved policies, derivatives are transacted to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rate and foreign exchange rate on borrowings and other contractual cash flows. Specifically, we use derivatives to manage these risks from our financing portfolio to optimise the overall cost of accessing the debt capital markets. These derivatives are analysed below. We also use derivatives to manage our operational market risks from commodities. The commodity derivative contracts are detailed in note 30(e).

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in fair values are recorded in the period they arise, in either the income statement or other comprehensive income depending on the applicable accounting standards. Where the fair value of a derivative is positive it is carried as a derivative asset, and where negative as a derivative liability.

We calculate fair value of the financial derivatives by discounting all future cash flows using the market yield curve at the reporting date. The market yield curve for each currency is obtained from external sources for interest and foreign exchange rates. In the absence of sufficient market data, fair values would be based on the quoted market price of similar derivatives. Analysis of these derivatives and the various methods used to calculate their respective fair values is detailed below and in note 30.

For each class of derivative instrument type the total fair value amounts are as follows:

   2016   2015 
   
 
      Assets
£m
  
  
   
 
    Liabilities
£m
  
  
  
 
    Total 
£m 
  
  
   
 
      Assets
£m
  
  
   
 
    Liabilities
£m
  
  
  
 
    Total 
£m 
  
  

 

 

Interest rate swaps

   1,095     (908  187      1,153     (978  175   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   690     (589  101      544     (746  (202)  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   159     (135  24      18     (294  (276)  

Inflation linked swaps

   1     (420  (419)     1     (381  (380)  

Equity options

   18     (17                –   

 

 
   1,963     (2,069  (106)     1,716     (2,399  (683)  

 

 

 

The maturity profile of derivative financial instruments is as follows:

 

  

   2016   2015 
   

Assets

£m

   

Liabilities

£m

  Total 
£m 
   

Assets

£m

   

Liabilities

£m

  Total 
£m 
 

 

 

Current

          

Less than 1 year

   278     (337  (59)     177     (635  (458)  

 

 
   278     (337  (59)     177     (635  (458)  

 

 

Non-current

          

In 1 to 2 years

   31     (213  (182)     15     (97  (82)  

In 2 to 3 years

   159     (221  (62)     37     (252  (215)  

In 3 to 4 years

   139     (159  (20)     136     (238  (102)  

In 4 to 5 years

   32     (155  (123)     125     (235  (110)  

More than 5 years

   1,324     (984  340      1,226     (942  284   

 

 
   1,685     (1,732  (47)     1,539     (1,764  (225)  

 

 
   1,963     (2,069  (106)     1,716     (2,399  (683)  

 

 

 

For each class of derivative the notional contract1 amounts are as follows:

 

  

                  

2016

£m

  

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

          (10,552  (11,125)  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

          (8,316  (8,103)  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

          (6,903  (6,579)  

Inflation linked swaps

          (1,394  (1,361)  

Equity options

          (800  –   

 

 
          (27,965  (27,168)  

 

 

1. The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the reporting date.

Where possible, derivatives held as hedging instruments are formally designated as hedges as defined in IAS 39. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. Our use of derivatives may entail a derivative transaction qualifying for one or more hedge type designations under IAS 39.

Hedge accounting allows derivatives to be designated as a hedge of another non-derivative financial instrument, to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement of changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments. To qualify for hedge accounting, documentation is prepared specifying the hedging strategy, the component transactions and methodology used for effectiveness measurement. National Grid uses three hedge accounting methods, which are described as follows:

126National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate, long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement to the extent the fair value hedge is effective. Adjustments made to the carrying amount of the hedged item for fair value hedges will be amortised over the remaining life, in line with the hedged item.

     2016
£m
     2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps

     482       379   

 

 

Cash flow hedges

Exposure arises from the variability in future interest and currency cash flows on assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or are in a foreign currency. Interest rate and cross-currency swaps are maintained, and designated as cash flow hedges, where they qualify, to manage this exposure. Fair value changes on designated cash flow hedges are initially recognised directly in the cash flow hedge reserve, as gains or losses recognised in equity, and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts are transferred from equity and recognised in the income statement as the income or expense is recognised on the hedged item.

Forward foreign currency contracts are used to hedge anticipated and committed future currency cash flows. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as cash flow hedges. On recognition of the underlying transaction in the financial statements, the associated hedge gains and losses, deferred in equity, are transferred and included with the recognition of the underlying transaction.

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is transferred to the income statement.

Where a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability results from a forecast transaction or firm commitment being hedged, the amounts deferred in equity are included in the initial measurement of that non-monetary asset or liability.

   2016
£m
       2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps

   (46   (453)  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   47     (34)  

Inflation linked swaps

   (151   (109)  

 

 
   (150   (596)  

 

 

Net investment hedges

Borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are used in the management of the foreign exchange exposure arising from the investment in non-sterling denominated subsidiaries. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as net investment hedges.

   2016
£m
       2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   (199   (72)  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   (100   (218)  

 

 
   (299   (290)  

 

 

The cross-currency swaps and forward foreign currency contracts are hedge accounted using the spot to spot method. The foreign exchange gain or loss on retranslation of the borrowings and the spot to spot movements on the cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are transferred to equity to offset gains or losses on translation of the net investment in the non-sterling denominated subsidiaries, with any ineffective portion recognised immediately in the income statement.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements127


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial– analysis of items in the primary statementscontinued

    

    

  

15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

 

    
  Cash flow hedgescontinued    
  

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is transferred to the income statement.

 

   

  

Where a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability results from a forecasted transaction or firm commitment being hedged, the amounts deferred in equity are included in the initial measurement of that non-monetary asset or liability.

 

   

              2014 
£m 
           2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps   224      123    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts   (11)     1    
  Inflation linked swaps   (32)     (16)   
  

 

 
  Cash flow hedges   181      108    
  

 

 
  

 

Net investment hedges

  

  

Borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are used in the management of the foreign exchange exposure arising from the investment in non-sterling denominated subsidiaries. Where these contracts qualify for hedge accounting they are designated as net investment hedges.

 

    

      2014 
£m 
   

        2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate swaps   342      (56)   
�� Foreign exchange forward contracts   66      (39)   
  

 

 
  Net investment hedges   408      (95)   
  

 

 
  

 

The cross-currency swaps and forward foreign currency contracts are hedge accounted using the spot to spot method. The foreign exchange gain or loss on retranslation of the borrowings and the spot to spot movements on the cross-currency swaps and forward currency contracts are transferred to equity to offset gains or losses on translation of the net investment in the non-sterling denominated subsidiaries, with any ineffective portion recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

     

  Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship    
  

Our policy is not to use derivatives for trading purposes. However, due to the complex nature of hedge accounting under IAS 39 some derivatives may not qualify for hedge accounting, or are specifically not designated as a hedge where natural offset is more appropriate. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in remeasurements within the income statement.

 

    

      2014 
£m 
   

        2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps   15      16    
  Foreign exchange forward contracts        (10)   
  Forward rate agreements   –      (5)   
  Inflation linked swaps   (165)     (182)   
  

 

 
  Derivatives not in a formal hedge relationship   (149)     (181)   
  

 

 
  

 

Discontinuation of hedge accounting

    
  

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gains or losses relating to cash flow hedges recognised in equity are initially retained in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the previously hedged item affects net profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity with respect to net investment hedges are subsequently recognised in the income statement in the event of the disposal of the overseas operations concerned. For fair value hedges, the cumulative adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the hedged item at the date hedge accounting is discontinued is amortised to the income statement using the effective interest method.

 

       

  Embedded derivatives    
  

No adjustment is made with respect to derivative clauses embedded in financial instruments or other contracts that are defined as closely related to those instruments or contracts. Consequently these embedded derivatives are not accounted for separately from the debt instrument. Where there are embedded derivatives in host contracts not closely related, the embedded derivative is separately accounted for as a derivative financial instrument.

 

 

     


 

Strategic Report15. Derivative financial instrumentscontinued

 

Corporate GovernanceDerivatives not in a formal hedge relationship

Our policy is not to use derivatives for trading purposes. However, due to the complex nature of hedge accounting under IAS 39 some derivatives may not qualify for hedge accounting, or are specifically not designated as a hedge where natural offset is more appropriate. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in remeasurements within the income statement.

 

       2016
£m
      2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Cross-currency interest rate/interest rate swaps

   51    119   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   77    (24)  

Inflation linked swaps

   (268  (271)  

Equity options

   1    –   

 

 
   (139  (176)  

 

 

Financial StatementsDiscontinuation of hedge accounting

Additional InformationHedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gains or losses relating to cash flow hedges recognised in equity are initially retained in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the previously hedged item affects profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity with respect to net investment hedges are subsequently recognised in the income statement in the event of the disposal of the overseas operations concerned. For fair value hedges, the cumulative adjustment recorded to the carrying value of the hedged item at the date hedge accounting is discontinued is amortised to the income statement using the effective interest method.

117Embedded derivatives

  

16.Inventories and current intangible assets

 

  

  

Inventories represent assets that we intend to use in order to generate revenue in the short term, either by selling the asset itself (for example fuel stocks) or by using it to fulfil a service to a customer or to maintain our network (consumables).

   

  

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value.

  

  

 

Where applicable, cost comprises direct materials and direct labour costs as well as those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

   

  

 

Emission allowances, principally relating to the emissions of carbon dioxide in the UK and sulphur and nitrous oxides in the US, are recorded as intangible assets within current assets and are initially recorded at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Where emission allowances are granted by relevant authorities, cost is deemed to be equal to the fair value at the date of allocation. Receipts of such grants are treated as deferred income, which is recognised in the income statement as the related charges for emissions are recognised or on impairment of the related intangible asset. A provision is recorded in respect of the obligation to deliver emission allowances and emission charges are recognised in the income statement in the period in which emissions are made.

 

       

                2014
£m
           2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Fuel stocks

   74     114    
  

Raw materials and consumables

   128     156    
  

Work in progress

   13     13    
  

Current intangible assets – emission allowances

   53     8    
  

 

 
      268     291    
  

 

 
  

 

There is a provision for obsolescence of £29m against inventories as at 31 March 2014 (2013: £27m).

 

 

 

 

  


No adjustment is made with respect to derivative clauses embedded in financial instruments or other contracts that are defined as closely related to those instruments or contracts. Consequently these embedded derivatives are not accounted for separately from the debt instrument. Where there are embedded derivatives in host contracts not closely related, the embedded derivative is separately accounted for as a derivative financial instrument.

118    National Grid Annual Report16. Inventories and Accounts 2013/14current intangible assets

 

Inventories represent assets that we intend to use in order to generate revenue in the short term, either by selling the asset itself (for example fuel stocks) or by using it to fulfil a service to a customer or to maintain our network (consumables).

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value.

Where applicable, cost comprises direct materials and direct labour costs as well as those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

Emission allowances, principally relating to the emissions of carbon dioxide in the UK and sulphur and nitrous oxides in the US, are recorded as intangible assets within current assets and are initially recorded at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Where emission allowances are granted by relevant authorities, cost is deemed to be equal to the fair value at the date of allocation. Receipts of such grants are treated as deferred income, which is recognised in the income statement as the related charges for emissions are recognised or on impairment of the related intangible asset. A provision is recorded in respect of the obligation to deliver emission allowances and emission charges are recognised in the income statement in the period in which emissions are made.

       2016
£m
       2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Fuel stocks

   120     112   

Raw materials and consumables

   203     152   

Work in progress

   13     13   

Current intangible assets – emission allowances

   101     63   

 

 
   437     340   

 

 

There is a provision for obsolescence of £28m against inventories as at 31 March 2016 (2015: £28m).

128National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

17. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are amounts which are due from our customers for services (and commodities in the US) we have provided. Other receivables also include prepayments made by us, for example, property lease rentals paid in advance.

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. A provision is established for irrecoverable amounts when there is objective evidence that amounts due under the original payment terms will not be collected.

   

    2016

£m

   

    2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

   1,276     1,568   

Accrued income

   796     852   

Prepayments

   212     229   

Commodity contract assets

   22     35   

Current tax assets

   77     60   

Other receivables

   89     92   

 

 
   2,472     2,836   

 

 

Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and generally have a 30 to 90 day term. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their book value. Commodity contract assets are recorded at fair value. All other receivables are recorded at amortised cost.

Provision for impairment of receivables

       2016
£m
      2015 
£m 
 

 

 

At 1 April

   294    249   

Exchange adjustments

   11    31   

Charge for the year, net of recoveries

   158    126   

Uncollectible amounts written off against receivables

   (114  (112)  

 

 

At 31 March

   349    294   

 

 

Trade receivables past due but not impaired

      2016
£m
       2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Up to 3 months past due

  214     299   

3 to 6 months past due

  48     60   

Over 6 months past due

  142     156   

 

 
  404     515   

 

 

For further information on our wholesale and retail credit risk, refer to note 30(a). For further information on our commodity risk, refer to note 30(e).

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements129


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

financial statements18. Cash and cash equivalentscontinued

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash balances, together with short-term investments with an original maturity of less than three months that are readily convertible to cash.

Net cash and cash equivalents reflected in the cash flow statement are net of bank overdrafts, which are reported in borrowings. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts approximate their fair values.

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for periods varying between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

Net cash and cash equivalents held in currencies other than sterling have been converted into sterling at year-end exchange rates. For further information on currency exposures, refer to note 30(d).

       2016
£m
      2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Cash at bank

   126    109   

Short-term deposits

   1    10   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents excluding bank overdrafts

   127    119   

Bank overdrafts

   (3  (3)  

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents

   124    116   

 

 

At 31 March 2016, £2m (2015: £1m) of cash and cash equivalents were restricted. This primarily relates to cash held in captive insurance companies.

19. Borrowings

 

  

17.Trade and other receivables

 

  

  

 

Trade and other receivables are amounts which are due from our customers for services (and commodities in the US) we have provided. Other receivables also include prepayments made by us, for example, property lease rentals paid in advance.

 

   

  

 

Trade, loan and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. A provision is established for irrecoverable amounts when there is objective evidence that amounts due under the original payment terms will not be collected.

 

    

      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  Trade receivables       1,602          1,325    
  Prepayments and accrued income   1,090      1,421    
  Commodity contract assets   42      42    
  Current tax assets   11      –    
  Other receivables   110      122    
  

 

 
     2,855      2,910    
  

 

 
  

 

Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and generally have a 30-90 day term. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their book value. Commodity contract assets are recorded at fair value. All other receivables are recorded at amortised cost.

   

  

 

Provision for impairment of receivables

    
      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  At 1 April   261      270    
  Exchange adjustments   (23)     13    
  Charge for the year, net of recoveries   105      75    
  Uncollectible amounts written off against receivables   (94)     (97)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March   249      261    
  

 

 
  

 

Trade receivables past due but not impaired

    
      2014    2013   
      £m    £m   
  

 

 
  Up to 3 months past due   212      242    
  3 to 6 months past due   69      45    
  Over 6 months past due   65      4    
  

 

 
     346      291    
  

 

 
  

 

For further information on our wholesale and retail credit risk, refer to note 30 (a). For further information on our commodity risk, refer to note 30 (e).

 

  

We borrow money primarily in the form of bonds and bank loans. These are for a fixed term and may have fixed or floating interest rates or are linked to RPI. As indicated in note 15, we use derivatives to manage risks associated with interest rates and foreign exchange.

Our strategy in action

Our price controls and rate plans require us to fund our networks within a certain ratio of debt to equity and, as a result, we have issued a significant amount of debt. As we continue to invest in our networks, the value of debt is expected to increase over time. To maintain a strong balance sheet and to allow us to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates, we balance the amount of debt we issue with the value of our assets, and take account of certain other metrics used by credit rating agencies.

Borrowings, which include interest-bearing and inflation linked debt and overdrafts, are recorded at their initial fair value which normally reflects the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs less any repayments. Subsequently these are stated at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Any difference between the proceeds after direct issue costs and the redemption value is recognised over the term of the borrowing in the income statement using the effective interest method.

       2016
£m
   

    2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Current

    

Bank loans

   1,179     561   

Bonds

   1,282     1,068   

Commercial paper

   1,092     1,349   

Finance leases

   53     44   

Other loans

   2       

Bank overdrafts

   3       

 

 
   3,611     3,028   

 

 

Non-current

    

Bank loans

   1,816     1,417   

Bonds

   22,556     21,156   

Finance leases

   190     159   

Other loans

   171     150   

 

 
   24,733     22,882   

 

 

Total borrowings

   28,344     25,910   

 

 

 


130 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

119

  

18.Cash and cash equivalents

 

  

  

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash balances, together with short-term investments with a maturity of less than three months that are readily convertible to cash.

   

  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents reflected in the cash flow statement are net of bank overdrafts, which are reported in borrowings. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts approximate their fair values.

   

  

 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for periods varying between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

   

  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents held in currencies other than sterling have been converted into sterling at year-end exchange rates.

  

  

For further information on currency exposures, refer to note 30 (d).

 

  

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Cash at bank  75     99    
  Short-term deposits  279     572    
  

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents excluding bank overdrafts  354     671    
  Bank overdrafts  (15)    (23)   
  

 

 
  Net cash and cash equivalents  339     648    
  

 

 
  

 

At 31 March 2014, £24m (2013: £21m) of cash and cash equivalents were restricted. This primarily relates to cash held in captive insurance companies.

  

  

 

19.Borrowings

 

  

  

 

We borrow money primarily in the form of bonds and bank loans. These are for a fixed term and may have fixed or floating interest rates or are linked to RPI. As indicated in note 15, we use derivatives to manage risks associated with interest rates and foreign exchange.

   

  

 

Our strategy in action

  

  

Our price controls and rate plans require us to fund our networks within a certain ratio of debt to equity and, as a result, we have issued a significant amount of debt. As we continue to invest in our networks, the level of debt is expected to increase over time. To maintain a strong balance sheet and to allow us to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates, we balance the amount of debt we issue with the value of our assets and take account of certain other metrics used by credit rating agencies.

 

     

  

 

Borrowings, which include interest-bearing and inflation linked debt and overdrafts are recorded at their initial fair value which normally reflects the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs less any repayments. Subsequently these are stated at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Any difference between the proceeds after direct issue costs and the redemption value is recognised over the term of the borrowing in the income statement using the effective interest method.

     

  

 

The Finance Committee controls refinancing risk by limiting the amount of our debt maturities arising from borrowings in any one year which is demonstrated by our maturity profile.

 

   

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Current  
  Bank loans  1,485     1,194    
  Bonds  1,730     1,761    
  Commercial paper  252     438    
  Finance leases  19     20    
  Other loans  10     12    
  Bank overdrafts  15     23    
  

 

 
    3,511     3,448    
  

 

 
  Non-current  
  Bank loans  1,414     1,863    
  Bonds  20,732     22,435    
  Finance leases  151     175    
  Other loans  142     174    
  

 

 
    22,439     24,647    
  

 

 
  Total  25,950     28,095    
  

 

 
    


120    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  19. Borrowingscontinued  
  Total borrowings are repayable as follows:  
     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

Less than 1 year

 3,511    3,448    
  

In 1-2 years

 895    1,872    
  

In 2-3 years

 1,177    860    
  

In 3-4 years

 1,661    1,255    
  

In 4-5 years

 1,509    1,420    
  

More than 5 years:

  
  

by instalments

 175    71    
  

other than by instalments

 17,022    19,169    
  

 

 
       25,950        28,095    
  

 

 
  

 

The fair value of borrowings at 31 March 2014 was £28,131m (2013: £30,792m). Where market values were available, fair value of borrowings (Level 1) was £17,388m (2013: £20,543m). Where market values were not available, fair value of borrowings (Level 2) was £10,743m (2013: £10,249m), calculated by discounting cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The notional amount outstanding of the debt portfolio at 31 March 2014 was £25,539m (2013: £27,391m).

     

  

 

The assets of the Colonial Gas Company and the Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and certain gas distribution assets of the Narragansett Electric Company are subject to liens and other charges and are provided as collateral over borrowings totalling £438m at 31 March 2014 (2013: £512m).

   

  

 

Collateral is placed with or received from any counterparty where we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement once the current mark-to-market valuation of the trades between the parties exceeds an agreed threshold. Included in current bank loans is £843m (2013: £730m) in respect of cash received under collateral agreements. For further details of our borrowing facilities, refer to note 31. For further details of our bonds in issue, please refer to the debt investor section of our website.

     

  

 

Assets held under finance leases are recognised at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments on inception. The corresponding liability is recognised as a finance lease obligation within borrowings. Rental payments are apportioned between finance costs and reduction in the finance lease obligation, so as to achieve a constant rate of interest.

    

  

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term.

  

  

 

Finance lease obligations

  

     2014   2013   
     £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

Gross finance lease liabilities are repayable as follows:

  
  

Less than 1 year

 19    20    
  

1-5 years

 89    109    
  

More than 5 years

 100    101    
  

 

 
   208    230    
  

 

 
  

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods

 (38)   (35)   
  

 

 
   170    195    
  

 

 
  

The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:

  
  

Less than 1 year

 19    20    
  

1-5 years

 70    96    
  

More than 5 years

 81    79    
  

 

 
   170    195    
  

 

 
    
    


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

121

    

    

 

Unaudited commentary on borrowings19. Borrowingscontinued

 

AsTotal borrowings are repayable as follows:

   

2016

£m

   

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

   3,611     3,028   

In 1 to 2 years

   1,835     873   

In 2 to 3 years

   1,816     1,601   

In 3 to 4 years

   1,775     1,437   

In 4 to 5 years

   2,276     1,709   

More than 5 years:

    

by instalments

   742     154   

other than by instalments

   16,289     17,108   

 

 
       28,344         25,910   

 

 

The fair value of borrowings at 31 March 2014, total2016 was £31,463m (2015: £30,103m). Where market values were available, fair value of borrowings (Level 1) was £13,283m (2015: £14,583m). Where market values were not available, fair value of £25,950m (2013: £28,095m) including bonds,borrowings (Level 2) was £18,180m (2015: £15,520m), calculated by discounting cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The notional amount outstanding of the debt portfolio at 31 March 2016 was £27,836m (2015: £25,419m).

The assets of the Colonial Gas Company and the Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and certain gas distribution assets of the Narragansett Electric Company are subject to liens and other charges and are provided as collateral over borrowings totalling £385m at 31 March 2016 (2015: £424m).

Collateral is placed with or received from any counterparty where we have entered into a credit support annex to the ISDA Master Agreement once the current mark-to-market valuation of the trades between the parties exceeds an agreed threshold. Included in current bank loans commercial paper,is £610m (2015: £540m) in respect of cash received under collateral finance leases and other debt had decreased by £2,145m primarily representing maturity and redemption of debt during the year. We expect to repay £3,511magreements. For further details of our total borrowings in the next 12 months including commercial paper, collateral and interest, and we expectborrowing facilities, refer to be able to refinance this borrowing through the capital and money markets.

The maturity profilenote 31. For further details of long-term debt in our major entities is illustrated below:

National Grid long-term debt maturity profile

£m

LOGO

1. Includes hybrid bonds at first callable date (euro: 2020; sterling: 2025). Actual maturity of these bonds is euro: 2076; sterling: 2073.

Further information on our bonds can be found in issue, please refer to the debt investor section of our website.

This unaudited commentary does not form partAssets held under finance leases are recognised at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the financial statements.minimum lease payments on inception. The corresponding liability is recognised as a finance lease obligation within borrowings. Rental payments are apportioned between finance costs and reduction in the finance lease obligation, so as to achieve a constant rate of interest.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term.

Finance lease obligations

   

2016

£m

  

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Gross finance lease liabilities are repayable as follows:

   

Less than 1 year

   53    44   

1 to 5 years

   156    125   

More than 5 years

   75    72   

 

 
   284    241   

Less: finance charges allocated to future periods

   (41  (38)  

 

 
   243    203   

 

 

The present value of finance lease liabilities is as follows:

   

Less than 1 year

   53    44   

1 to 5 years

   137    110   

More than 5 years

   53    49   

 

 
            243             203   

 

 

Unaudited commentary on borrowings

As at 31 March 2016, total borrowings of £28,344m (2015: £25,910m) including bonds, bank loans, commercial paper, collateral, finance leases and other debt had increased by £2,434m. We expect to repay £3,611m of our total borrowings in the next 12 months including commercial paper, collateral and interest, and to fund this repayment through the capital and money markets. The average long-term debt maturity of the portfolio is 12 years (2015: 13 years). Further information on our bonds can be found in the debt investor section of our website.

 

 


122    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements131


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

financial statements20. Trade and other payablescontinued

 

Trade and other payables include amounts owed to suppliers, tax authorities and other parties which are due to be settled within 12 months. The total also includes deferred income, which represents monies received from customers but for which we have not yet delivered the associated service. These amounts are recognised as revenue when the service is provided.

Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

  

20.Trade and other payables

 

  

  

 

Trade and other payables includes amounts owed to suppliers, tax authorities and other parties which are due to be settled within 12 months. The total also includes deferred income, which represents monies received from customers but for which we have not yet completed the associated service. These amounts are recognised as revenue when the service is provided.

 

    

  

 

Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

 

  
     2014   2013  
     £m   £m  
  

 

 
  

Trade payables

  1,942     2,033   
  

Deferred income

  224     155   
  

Commodity contract liabilities

  77     69   
  

Social security and other taxes

  146     131   
  

Other payables

  642     663   
  

 

 
        3,031         3,051   
  

 

 
  

 

Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade and other payables approximates their book value. Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other trade and other payables are recorded at amortised cost.

   

  

 

21.Other non-current liabilities

 

  

  

 

Other non-current liabilities includes deferred income which will not be recognised as income until after 31 March 2015. It also includes payables that are not due until after that date.

 

   

  
     2014  2013 
     £m  £m 
  

 

 
  

Deferred income

  1,605    1,579  
  

Commodity contract liabilities

  46    70  
  

Other payables

  190    235  
  

 

 
    1,841    1,884  
  

 

 
  

 

Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other non-current liabilities are recorded at amortised cost. There is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying value of other non-current liabilities.

   

  

 

22.Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

 

  
  

 

Substantially all our employees are members of either DB or DC pension plans. The principal UK plans are the National Grid UK Pension Scheme, the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme and The National Grid YouPlan. In the US, we have a number of plans and also provide healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees.

 

    

  

The fair value of associated plan assets and present value of DB obligations are updated annually. For further details and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations, see note 29.

 

   

  

With the adoption of IAS 19 (revised), we have increased our disclosures by separately presenting our UK and US pension plans to show geographical split.

 

   

  

Below we provide a more detailed analysis of the amounts recorded in the primary financial statements.

 

  

  

 

For DC plans, the Group pays contributions into separate funds on behalf of the employee and has no further obligations to employees. The risks associated with this type of plan are assumed by the member.

 

   

  

For DB retirement plans, members receive benefits on retirement, the value of which is dependent on factors such as salary and length of pensionable service. The Group underwrites both financial and demographic risks associated with this type of plan.

 

   

  

The cost of providing benefits in a DB plan is determined using the projected unit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each reporting date by a qualified actuary. This valuation method is an accrued benefits valuation method that makes allowance for projected earnings.

 

   

  

The Group’s obligation in respect of DB pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by projecting the estimated amount of future benefit payments that employees have earned for their pensionable service in the current and prior periods. These future benefit payments are discounted to determine the present value of the liabilities and the fair value of plan assets and any unrecognised past service cost is then deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the valuation date on high-quality corporate bonds.

 

     

 

   

2016

£m

   2015 
£m 
 

 

 

Trade payables

   2,038     2,050   

Deferred income

   275     236   

Commodity contract liabilities

   96     116   

Social security and other taxes

   159     196   

Other payables

   717     694   

 

 
       3,285         3,292   

 

 

Due to their short maturities, the fair value of trade payables approximates their book value. Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other trade and other payables are recorded at amortised cost.

21. Other non-current liabilities

 

Other non-current liabilities include deferred income which will not be recognised as income until after 31 March 2017. It also includes payables that are not due until after that date.

Commodity contract liabilities are recorded at fair value. All other non-current liabilities are recorded at amortised cost.

   

2016

£m

   

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Deferred income

   1,802     1,648   

Commodity contract liabilities

   39     55   

Other payables

   230     216   

 

 
       2,071         1,919   

 

 

There is no material difference between the fair value and the carrying value of other non-current liabilities.

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

 

Substantially all our employees are members of either DB (defined benefit) or DC (defined contribution) pension plans. The principal UK plans are the National Grid UK Pension Scheme, the National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme and the National Grid YouPlan. In the US, we have a number of plans and also provide healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees.

The fair value of associated plan assets and present value of DB obligations are updated annually in accordance with IAS 19 (revised). For further details and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations, see note 29.

We separately present our UK and US pension plans to show geographical split. Below we provide a more detailed analysis of the amounts recorded in the primary financial statements.


For DC pension plans, National Grid pays contributions into separate funds on behalf of the employee and has no further obligations to employees. The risks associated with this type of plan are assumed by the member.

For DB pension plans, members receive benefits on retirement, the value of which is dependent on factors such as salary and length of pensionable service. National Grid underwrites both financial and demographic risks associated with this type of plan.

The cost of providing benefits in a DB plan is determined using the projected unit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each reporting date by a qualified actuary. This valuation method is an accrued benefits valuation method that makes allowance for projected earnings.

132 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

123

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

  

The Group takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of any key assumptions applied which include life expectancy of members, expected salary and pension increases, and inflation. It should be noted that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of other comprehensive income and the net liability recognised in the statement of financial position.

 

  

Remeasurements of net retirement obligations are recognised in full in the period in which they occur in the statement of other comprehensive income.

 

  Risks
  

The DB pension obligations and other post-retirement benefit liabilities are exposed to the primary risks outlined below.

 

  

Liabilities are calculated using discount rates set with reference to yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the US and UK debt markets and will fluctuate as yields change. Plan funds are invested in a variety of asset classes, principally: equities, government securities, corporate bonds and property. Consequently, actual returns will differ from the underlying discount rate adopted and therefore have an impact on the net balance sheet liability.

 

  

Changes in inflation will affect both current and future pension payments and are partially mitigated through investment in inflation matching assets and hedging instruments.

 

  

Longevity is also a key driver of liabilities and changes in expected mortality will have a direct impact on liabilities. The liabilities are, in aggregate, relatively mature which serves to mitigate this risk to some extent.

 

  

Each plan’s investment strategy seeks to balance the level of investment return sought with the aim of reducing volatility and risk. In undertaking this approach reference is made both to the maturity of the liabilities and the funding level of that plan. A number of further strategies are employed to manage underlying risks, including liability matching asset strategies, diversification of asset portfolios, interest rate hedging and active management of foreign exchange exposure.

 

  

Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

 

     UK pensions   US pensions   US other post-retirement benefits
     2014 
£m 
 

2013  

 (restated)1

£m  

 

2012  

 (restated)1

£m  

   2014 
£m 
 

2013  

 (restated)1

£m  

 

2012  

 (restated)1
£m  

   2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Present value of funded obligations

   (18,100) (18,495)  (16,719)     (4,566) (4,915)  (4,424)     (2,680) (3,020)  (2,630) 
  

Fair value of plan assets

 17,409  17,392   16,107    4,229  4,378   3,850    1,620  1,515   1,192  
  

 

   (691) (1,103)  (612)   (337) (537)  (574)   (1,060) (1,505)  (1,438) 
  

Present value of unfunded obligations

 (62) (66)  (56)   (186) (200)  (187)   –  –   –  
  

Other post-employment liabilities

 –  –   –    –  (3)  (5)   (75) (83)  (66) 
  

 

  

Net defined benefit liability

 (753) (1,169)  (668)   (523) (740)  (766)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

Represented by:

           
  

Liabilities

 (753) (1,169)  (668)   (697) (935)  (921)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

Assets

 –  –   –    174  195   155    –  –   –  
  

 

   (753) (1,169)  (668)   (523) (740)  (766)   (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

 


 

124    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

   Financial Statements

 

  Notes to the consolidated

  financial statementscontinued

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of other comprehensive income

 

     UK pensions    US pensions      US other post-retirement benefits  
   

 

 

 

 

 

       2014 
£m 
 2013  
  (restated)1
£m  
 2012  
 (restated)1
£m  
   2014 
£m 
 2013  
 (restated)1
£m  
 2012  
 (restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Included within operating costs

         
  Administration costs  6   6    4   5    2   1  
  

 

  

Included within payroll costs

         
  

Defined contribution scheme costs

 19  16   13   21  23   25   –  –   –  
  

Defined benefit scheme costs

         
  

Current service cost

 96  90   84   85  87   75   44  43   37  
  

Past service cost – augmentations

 15  2   2   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

Past service (credit)/cost – redundancies

 (19) (7)  (6)  –  –   19   –  –  ��23  
  

Past service credit – plan amendments

 (11) –   –   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

 39  20   19   –  –   –   –  –   –  
  

 

   139  121   112   106  110   119   44  43   60  
  

 

  

Included within exceptional items

         
  LIPA MSA transition –  –   –   (16) –   –   (198) –   –  
  

Net (gain)/loss on disposal of businesses

 –  –   (6)  –  3   –   –  1   –  
  

 

   –  –   (6)  (16) 3   –   (198) 1   –  
  

 

  

Included within finance income and costs

         
  

Net interest cost

 47  31   1   27  34   26   54  70   76  
  

 

  

 

Total included in income statement

 192  158   113   122  151   150   (99) 116   137  
  

 

  

 

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

 354  (560)  (676)  81  (35)  (367)  50  (119)  (97) 
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –   60  (37)  (2)  126  (75)  (6) 
  

 

  

Total included in the statement of other comprehensive income

 354  (560)  (676)  141  (72)  (369)  176  (194)  (103) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 
  

 

Reconciliation of the net defined benefit liability

 

     UK pensions    US pensions    US other post-retirement benefits
   

 

 

 

 

 

     2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
 2014 
£m 
 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012  
(restated)1
£m  
  

 

  

Opening net defined benefit liability

 (1,169) (668)  (90)  (740) (766)  (484)  (1,588) (1,504)  (1,452) 
  

(Cost)/credit recognised in the income statement

 (173) (142)  (100)  (101) (128)  (125)  99  (116)  (137) 
  

Remeasurement effects recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income

 354  (560)  (676)  141  (72)  (369)  176  (194)  (103) 
  

Employer contributions

 235  201   198   174  224   217   187  262   198  
  

Other movements

 –  –   –    2   (5)  (9) (36)  (10) 
  

 

  

Closing net defined benefit liability

 (753) (1,169)  (668)  (523) (740)  (766)  (1,135) (1,588)  (1,504) 
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

125

  

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

     UK pensions US pensions US other post-retirement benefits
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

2014 

£m 

 2013  
  (restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
 

2014 

£m 

 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
 

2014 

£m 

 2013  
(restated)1
£m  
 2012   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

 

  

Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations (including unfunded obligations)

         
  

Opening defined benefit obligations

 (18,561) (16,775)  (15,443)   (5,115) (4,611)  (4,037)   (3,020) (2,630)  (2,458)  
  

Current service cost

 (96) (90)  (84)   (85) (87)  (75)   (44) (43)  (37)  
  

Interest cost

 (780) (788)  (830)   (221) (232)  (233)   (123) (133)  (140)  
  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – experience

 16  74   (112)   (22) 1   (13)   47  60  71   
  

Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions

 –  –   –    (129) 5   (64)   (154) (18)  (84)  
  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – financial assumptions

 436  (1,765)  (1,062)   57  (245)  (422)   49  (218)  (70)  
  

Past service credit/(cost) – redundancies

 19  7   6    16  36   (19)   119  5   (23)  
  

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

 (39) (20)  (13)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Past service cost – augmentations

 (15) (2)  (2)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Past service credit – plan amendments

 11  –   –    –  –   –    19  –   –   
  

Transfers in

 –  –   1    –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Medicare subsidy received

 –  –   –    –  –   –    (17) (19)  (6)  
  

Liabilities extinguished on settlements

 –  –   –    –  –   –    60  –   –   
  

Employee contributions

 (2) (3)  (3)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Benefits paid

 849  801   767    291  269   268    117  123   127   
  

Transferred to liabilities of businesses held for sale

 –  –   –    –  –   3    –  –   2   
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –    456  (251)  (19)   267  (147)  (12)  
  

 

  

Closing defined benefit obligations

 (18,162) (18,561)  (16,775)   (4,752) (5,115)  (4,611)   (2,680) (3,020)  (2,630)  
  

 

  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets

         
  

Opening fair value of plan assets

 17,392  16,107   15,353    4,378  3,850   3,550    1,515  1,192   1,066   
  

Interest income

 733  757   829    194  198   207    69  63   64   
  

Return on assets (less)/greater than assumed

 (98) 1,131   498    175  204   132    108  57   (14)  
  

Administration costs

 (6) (6)  (6)   (5) (4)  (5)   (1) (2)  (1)  
  

Transfers out

 –  –   (1)   –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Employer contributions

 235  201   198    174  224   217    187  262   198   
  

Employee contributions

  3   3    –  –   –    –  –   –   
  

Benefits paid

 (849) (801)  (767)   (291) (269)  (268)   (117) (123)  (127)  
  

Assets distributed in settlements and transfers

 –  –   –    –  (39)  –    –  (6)  –   
  

Exchange adjustments

 –  –   –    (396) 214   17    (141) 72   6   
  

 

  

Closing fair value of plan assets

 17,409  17,392   16,107    4,229  4,378   3,850    1,620  1,515   1,192   
  

 

  

Actual return on plan assets

 635  1,888   1,327    369  402   339    177  120   50   
  

 

  

Expected contributions to plans in the following year

 182  181   129    118  183   224    109  196   248   
  

 

  

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 


126    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

23.Provisions

 

  

  

We make provisions when an obligation exists, resulting from a past event and it is probable that cash will be paid to settle it, but the exact amount of cash required can only be estimated.

 

The main estimates relate to environmental remediation and decommissioning costs for various sites we own or have owned and other provisions, including restructuring plans and lease contracts we have entered into that are now loss making.

 

Our strategy in action

We are committed to the protection and enhancement of the environment. However, we have acquired, owned and operated a number of businesses which have, during the course of their operations, created an environmental impact. Therefore we have a provision that reflects the expected cost to remediate these sites. Current operations will seldom result in new sites with significant expected costs being added to the provision.

   

   

  

    

  

 

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the reporting date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

 

Provision is made for decommissioning and environmental costs, based on future estimated expenditures, discounted to present values. An initial estimate of decommissioning and environmental costs attributable to property, plant and equipment is recorded as part of the original cost of the related property, plant and equipment.

 

Changes in the provision arising from revised estimates or discount rates or changes in the expected timing of expenditures that relate to property, plant and equipment are recorded as adjustments to their carrying value and depreciated prospectively over their remaining estimated useful economic lives; otherwise such changes are recognised in the income statement.

 

The unwinding of the discount is included within the income statement as a financing charge.

 

   

    

    

  

     

Environmental 

£m 

  

  Decommissioning 

£m 

  

  Restructuring 

£m 

  

  Emissions 

£m 

  

      Other 

£m 

  

Total  

  provisions  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  At 1 April 2012  1,158     112     70     23     368     1,731    
  Exchange adjustments  45         –         14     65    
  Additions  92     –     31         83     207    
  

Unused amounts reversed

  (55)    (20)    (5)    (3)    (4)    (87)   
  Unwinding of discount  59     –     –     –     16     75    
  Utilised  (101)    (16)    (43)    (14)    (57)    (231)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March 2013  1,198     81     53         420     1,760    
  Exchange adjustments  (79)    (7)    –     (1)    (25)    (112)   
  Additions  11     84     86         42     230    
  

Unused amounts reversed

  (14)    –     (1)    –     (3)    (18)   
  Unwinding of discount  57     –     –     –     16     73    
  Utilised  (101)    (14)    (59)    –     (114)    (288)   
  

 

 
  At 31 March 2014  1,072     144     79     14     336     1,645    
  

 

 
        
                 2014   2013   
                 £m   £m   
  

 

 
  Current      282     308    
  Non-current      1,363     1,452    
  

 

 
        1,645     1,760    
  

 

 
        


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

127

  

23. Provisionscontinued

Environmental provision

The environmental provision represents the estimated restoration and remediation costs relating to a number of sites owned and managed by subsidiary undertakings, together with certain US sites that National Grid no longer owns. The environmental provision is as follows:

 

  

  

   

      2014   2013 
      

 

 

 
      

    Discounted

£m

   

    Undiscounted

£m

   

Real  

      discount  

rate  

   

      Discounted

£m

   

    Undiscounted

£m

   

Real  

      discount  

rate  

 
  

 

 
  

 

UK sites1

   286     367     2%       302     397     2%    
  

US sites2

 

   

 

786

 

  

 

   

 

891

 

  

 

   

 

2%  

 

  

 

   

 

896

 

  

 

   

 

1,014

 

  

 

   

 

2%  

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

  

 

   

 

1,258

 

  

 

     

 

1,198

 

  

 

   

 

1,411

 

  

 

  
  

 

 
  

 

1. The remediation expenditure in the UK relates to old gas manufacturing sites and also to electricity transmission sites. Cash flows are expected to be incurred between 2014 and 2067. A number of uncertainties affect the calculation of the provision, including the impact of regulation, accuracy of the site surveys, unexpected contaminants, transportation costs, the impact of alternative technologies and changes in the discount rate. This provision incorporates our best estimate of the financial effect of these uncertainties, but future material changes in any of the assumptions could have a material impact on the calculation of the provision. The undiscounted amount is the undiscounted best estimate of the liability having regard to these uncertainties.

 

2. The remediation expenditure in the US is expected to be incurred between 2014 and 2059. The uncertainties regarding the calculation of this provision are similar to those considered in respect of UK sites. However, unlike the UK, with the exception of immaterial amounts of such costs, this expenditure is expected to be largely recoverable from ratepayers under the terms of various rate agreements in the US.

 

Decommissioning provision

The decommissioning provision primarily represents both £55m (2013: £69m) of expenditure relating to asset retirement obligations expected to be incurred until 2058, and £72m (2013: £nil) of expenditure relating to the demolition of gas holders expected to be incurred until 2022. It also includes the net present value of the estimated expenditure (discounted at a real rate of 2%) expected to be incurred until 2038 in respect of the decommissioning of certain US nuclear generating units that National Grid no longer owns.

 

Restructuring provision

The restructuring provision principally relates to business reorganisation costs in the UK and the US and is expected to be incurred until 2021.

 

Emissions provision

The provision for emission costs is expected to be settled using emission allowances granted.

 

Other provisions

Included within other provisions at 31 March 2014 are amounts provided in respect of onerous lease commitments and rates payable on surplus properties of £117m (2013: £165m) with expenditure expected to be incurred until 2018.

 

Other provisions also include £160m (2013: £174m) of estimated liabilities in respect of past events insured by insurance subsidiary undertakings, including employer liability claims. In accordance with insurance industry practice, these estimates are based on experience from previous years and there is, therefore, no identifiable payment date. It also includes £13m (2013: £13m) in respect of obligations associated with investments in joint ventures.

 

       

    

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

   

     


128    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

24.Share capital

 

    
  

Ordinary share capital represents the total number of shares issued which are publicly traded. We also disclose the number of treasury shares the Company holds, which are shares that the Company has bought itself, predominantly to satisfy employee share option plan liabilities.

  

 

Share capital is accounted for as an equity instrument. An equity instrument is any contract that includes a residual interest in the consolidated assets of the Company after deducting all its liabilities and is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, with an amount equal to the nominal amount of the shares issued included in the share capital account and the balance recorded in the share premium account.

 

      

        Allotted, called up        

and fully paid

    

 

      millions   £m 
  

 

  At 1 April 2012  3,701   422 
  Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1  94   11 
  

 

  At 31 March 2013  3,795   433 
  Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1  59   
  

 

  At 31 March 2014  3,854   439 
  

 

  

 

1. The issue of shares in lieu of dividends is considered to be a bonus issue under the terms of the Companies Act 2006 and the nominal value of the shares is charged to the share premium account.

 

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each including ADSs. The ordinary and ADSs allow holders to receive dividends and vote at general meetings 43 of the Company. The Company holds treasury shares but may not exercise any rights over these shares including the entitlement to vote or receive dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares.

 

In line with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has amended its Articles of Association and ceased to have authorised share capital.

 

Treasury shares

At 31 March 2014, the Company held 124m (2013: 129m) of its own shares. The market value of these shares as at 31 March 2014 was £1,019m (2013: £989m).

 

The maximum number of shares held during the year was 129m ordinary shares (2013: 135m) representing approximately 3.4% (2013: 3.6%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2014 and having a nominal value of £15m (2013: £15m).

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

129

  

25.Other equity reserves

 

            
  Other equity reserves are different categories of equity as required by accounting standards and represent the impact of a number of our historical transactions.
  

 

Other equity reserves comprise the translation reserve (see accounting policy B), cash flow hedge reserve (see note 15), available-for-sale reserve (see note 13), the capital redemption reserve and the merger reserve. The merger reserve arose as a result of the application of merger accounting principles under the then prevailing UK GAAP, which under IFRS 1 was retained for mergers that occurred prior to the IFRS transition date. Under merger accounting principles, the difference between the carrying amount of the capital structure of the acquiring vehicle and that of the acquired business was treated as a merger difference and included within reserves.

 

As the amounts included in other equity reserves are not attributable to any of the other classes of equity presented, they have been disclosed as a separate classification of equity.

 

      Translation  
£m  
  Cash flow  
hedge  
£m  
  Available-  
for-sale  
£m  
  Capital  
redemption  
£m  
  Merger  
£m  
  Total  
£m  
  

 

  

At 1 April 2011

  319    (103)   60    19    (5,165)   (4,870) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  27    –    –    –    –    27  
  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

  –    (18)   16    –    –    (2) 
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    19    (9)   –    –    10  
  

Tax

  –    2    (2)   –    –    –  
  

 

  

At 31 March 2012

  346    (100)   65    19    (5,165)   (4,835) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  117    –    –    –    –    117  
  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

  –    (31)   20    –    –    (11) 
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    73    (10)   –    –    63  
  

Tax

  –    (13)   (2)   –    –    (15) 
  

 

  

At 31 March 2013

  463    (71)   73    19    (5,165)   (4,681) 
  

Exchange adjustments

  (158)   –    –    –    –    (158) 
  

Net gains taken to equity

  –    63    6    –    –    69  
  

Transferred to profit or loss

  –    27    (14)   –    –    13  
  

Tax

  –    (5)   3    –    –    (2) 
  

 

  

At 31 March 2014

  305    14    68    19    (5,165)   (4,759) 
  

 

  

 

The merger reserve represents the difference between the carrying value of subsidiary undertaking investments and their respective capital structures following the Lattice demerger from BG Group plc and the 1999 Lattice refinancing of £5,745m and merger differences of £221m and £359m.

 

The cash flow hedge reserve on interest rate swap contracts will be continuously transferred to the income statement until the borrowings are repaid. The amount due to be released from reserves to the income statement next year is £17m (pre-tax) and the remainder released with the same maturity profile as borrowings due after more than one year.

 


130    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

  

26.Net debt

 

      
  Net debt represents the amount of borrowings and overdrafts, less cash, financial investments and related derivatives.  
  

 

Funding and liquidity risk management is carried out by the treasury function under policies and guidelines approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The Finance Committee is responsible for the regular review and monitoring of treasury activity and for the approval of specific transactions, the authority for which falls outside the delegation of authority to management.

 

The primary objective of the treasury function is to manage our funding and liquidity requirements. A secondary objective is to manage the associated financial risks, in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, to within pre-authorised parameters. Details of the main risks arising from our financing and commodity hedging activities can be found in the risk factors discussion starting on page 167 and in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 137 to 144.

 

Investment of surplus funds, usually in short-term fixed deposits or placements with money market funds that invest in highly liquid instruments of high credit quality, is subject to our counterparty risk management policy.

 

The movement in cash and cash equivalents is reconciled to movements in net debt.

 

(a) Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

 

    

     

   

  

  

      

2014  

£m  

   

2013  

£m  

   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  (Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents   (283)      335       (43)   
  (Decrease)/increase in financial investments   (1,720)      2,992       (553)   
  Decrease/(increase) in borrowings and related derivatives   1,021       (4,304)      154    
  Net interest paid on the components of net debt   841       756       721    
  

 

 
  Change in debt resulting from cash flows   (141)      (221)      279    
  Changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities and exchange movements   1,360       (536)      (87)   
  Net interest charge on the components of net debt   (1,053)      (1,017)      (1,042)   
  Reclassified as held for sale   –       –       (2)   
  Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)   98       –       –    
  Other non-cash movements   (25)      (58)      (14)   
  

 

 
  Movement in net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) in the year   239       (1,832)      (866)   
  Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at start of year   (21,429)      (19,597)      (18,731)   
  

 

 
  Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at end of year   (21,190)      (21,429)      (19,597)   
  

 

 
  

 

Composition of net debt

      
  

Net debt is made up as follows:

 

      
      2014  
£m  
   2013  
£m  
   

2012  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  Cash, cash equivalents and financial investments   3,953       6,102       2,723    
  Borrowings and bank overdrafts   (25,950)      (28,095)      (23,025)   
  Derivatives   807       564       705    
  

 

 
  Total net debt   (21,190)      (21,429)      (19,597)   
  

 

 
        


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

131

  26. Net debtcontinued  
  

(b) Analysis of changes in net debt

 

  

     

Cash  

and cash  
equivalents  
£m  

  Bank  
overdrafts  
£m  
  Net cash  
and cash  
equivalents  
£m  
  Financial  
investments  
£m  
  Borrowings  
£m  
  Derivatives  
£m  
  Total1  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2011

  384      (42)     342      2,939      (23,156)     1,144      (18,731)   
  

Cash flow

  (52)     9      (43)     (577)     1,343      (444)     279    
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  –      –      –      8      22      (117)     (87)   
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      23      (1,187)     122      (1,042)   
  

Reclassified as held for sale

  –      –      –      (2)     –      –      (2)   
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (14)     –      (14)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2012

  332      (33)     299      2,391      (22,992)     705      (19,597)   
  

Cash flow

  325      10      335      2,963      (3,433)     (86)     (221)   
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  14      –      14      47      (452)     (145)     (536)   
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      30      (1,137)     90      (1,017)   
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (58)     –      (58)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  671      (23)     648      5,431      (28,072)     564      (21,429)   
  

Cash flow

  (291)     8      (283)     (1,755)     2,009      (112)     (141)   
  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

  (26)     –      (26)     (113)     1,223      276      1,360    
  

Interest income/(charges)

  –      –      –      36      (1,168)     79      (1,053)   
  

Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)

  –      –      –      –      98      –      98    
  

Other non-cash movements

  –      –      –      –      (25)     –      (25)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  354      (15)     339      3,599      (25,935)     807      (21,190)   
  

 

 
  

Balances at 31 March 2014 comprise:

       
  

Non-current assets

  –      –      –      –      –      1,557      1,557    
  

Current assets

  354      –      354      3,599      –      413      4,366    
  

Current liabilities

  –      (15)     (15)     –      (3,496)     (339)     (3,850)   
  

Non-current liabilities

  –      –      –      –      (22,439)     (824)     (23,263)   
  

 

 
    354      (15)     339      3,599      (25,935)     807      (21,190)   
  

 

 
  

 

1. Includes accrued interest at 31 March 2014 of £239m (2013: £250m).

 

  


132    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

– supplementary information

  

This section includes information that is important to enable a full understanding of our financial position, particularly areas of potential risk that could affect us in the future.

 

We also include specific disclosures for British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and National Grid Gas plc in accordance with various rules including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (a US SEC requirement), as they have issued public debt securities which have been guaranteed by National Grid plc and one of its subsidiary companies, National Grid Gas plc. Additional disclosures have also been included in respect of the two guarantor companies. These disclosures are in lieu of publishing separate financial statements for these companies. See note 34 for further information.

   

      

  

 

27.Commitments and contingencies

 

  

  

 

Commitments are those amounts that we are contractually required to pay in the future as long as the other party meets its obligations. These commitments primarily relate to operating lease rentals, energy purchase agreements and contracts for the repurchase of network assets which, in many cases, extend over a long period of time. We also disclose any contingencies, which include guarantees that companies have given, where we pledge assets against obligations that will remain for a specific period.

 

     

    
     

2014

£m

  

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Future capital expenditure

  
  

Contracted for but not provided

  2,624    3,011    
  

 

 
  

Operating lease commitments

  
  

Less than 1 year

  84    109    
  

In 1-2 years

  76    84    
  

In 2-3 years

  70    74    
  

In 3-4 years

  66    72    
  

In 4-5 years

  56    70    
  

More than 5 years

  278    333    
  

 

 
    630    742    
  

 

 
  

Energy purchase commitments1

  
  

Less than 1 year

  1,103    1,094    
  

In 1-2 years

  481    535    
  

In 2-3 years

  356    394    
  

In 3-4 years

  279    306    
  

In 4-5 years

  235    263    
  

More than 5 years

  1,083    1,403    
  

 

 
    3,537    3,995    
  

 

 
  

Guarantees and letters of credit

  
  

Guarantee of sublease for US property (expires 2040)

  232    293    
  

Guarantees of certain obligations of Grain LNG Import Terminal (expire up to 2028)

  155    159    
  

Guarantee of certain obligations for construction of HVDC West Coast Link (expected expiry 2016)

  594    618    
  

Other guarantees and letters of credit (various expiry dates)

  271    262    
  

 

 
          1,252          1,332    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Energy purchase commitments relate to contractual commitments to purchase electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to our customers or for energy that we use ourselves (ie normal purchase, sale or usage) and hence are accounted for as ordinary purchase contracts. Details of commodity contracts that do not meet the normal purchase, sale or usage criteria, and hence are accounted for as derivative contracts, are shown in note 30 (e) on page 142.

 

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases is £21m (2013: £23m).

 

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

     

  

   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

133

  

28.Related party transactions

 

  

  

 

A related party is a company or individual who has an interest in us, for example a company that provides a service to us with a director who holds a controlling stake in that company and who is also a Director of National Grid plc. The related parties identified include joint ventures, associates, investments and key management personnel.

 

    

  

 

The following significant transactions with related parties were in the normal course of business. Amounts receivable from and payable to related parties are due on normal commercial terms:

 

   

       

      2014

£m

  

        2013

£m

         2012  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Sales: Goods and services supplied to a pension plan and joint ventures

  15   10     10    
  

Purchases: Goods and services received from joint ventures and associates1

  128   133     95    
 
  

Receivable from a pension plan and joint ventures

  3   3     2    
  

Payable to joint ventures and associates

  5   6     6    
 
  

Dividends received from joint ventures and associates2

 

  

38

 

   

 

21

 

  

 

   

 

26  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

 

1. During the year the Company received goods and services from a number of joint ventures and associates including Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £30m (2013: £37m; 2012: £39m), Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £31m (2013: £35m; 2012: £32m) for the transportation of gas in the US and NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited of £67m (2013: £52m; 2012: £14m) for the construction of a transmission link in the UK.

 

2. Dividends were received from BritNed Development Limited of £17m (2013: £nil; 2012: £nil), Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £11m (2013: £12m; 2012: £17m) and Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £10m (2013: £9m; 2012: £9m).

 

Details of investments in principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are disclosed in note 32 and information relating to pension fund arrangements is disclosed in notes 22 and 29. For details of Directors’ and key management remuneration, refer to the audited section of the Remuneration Report and note 3 (c).

 

29.Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits

 

    

   

    

  

  

 

Further details of the DB plans terms and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations are set out in this note.

 

When deciding on these assumptions we take independent actuarial advice. Comparatively small changes in the assumptions applied may have a significant effect on the overall deficit or surplus of a DB plan.

 

  

   

  

 

UK pension plans

  

  

National Grid’s DB pension arrangements are funded with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The arrangements are managed by trustee companies with boards consisting of company and member appointed directors. The directors are required to manage the arrangements in accordance with local regulations and the arrangements’ governing documents, acting on behalf of its beneficiaries.

 

    

  

The arrangements are subject to independent actuarial funding valuations at least every three years and following consultation and agreement with us, the qualified actuary certifies the employers’ contribution, which, together with the specified contributions payable by the employees and proceeds from the plans’ assets, are expected to be sufficient to fund the benefits payable. The last full actuarial valuations were carried out as at 31 March 2010. The 2013 valuations are ongoing and are expected to be agreed by the end of June.

 

     

  

The results of the 2010 valuations are shown below:

 

  

     

NGUKPS1

  NGEG of ESPS2  
  

 

 
  

Latest full actuarial valuation

 31 March 2010    31 March 2010    
  

Actuary

 Towers Watson    Aon Hewitt    
  

Market value of scheme assets at latest valuation

 £13,399m    £1,531m    
  

Actuarial value of benefits due to members

 £(13,998)m    £(2,038)m    
  

Market value as percentage of benefits

 96%    75%    
  

Funding deficit

 £599m    £507m    
  

Funding deficit (net of tax)

 £479m    £406m    
  

 

 
  

 

1. National Grid UK Pension Scheme.

 

2. National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme.

 

Following consultations during the past year with affected employees and our trade union partners, and the positive outcome of trade union ballots, National Grid, working with the Trustees, will implement changes to the benefits provided by its two UK DB pension schemes from 1 April 2014. From April 2014 an annual cap will be placed on future increases to the salary used to calculate pensions at the lower of 3% or the annual increase in RPI. This capped salary will apply to all pensionable service from 1 April 2013 onwards. These changes have resulted in a past service credit of £11m to the income statement (see note 22) and a change to the salary increase assumption which affects how our DB liabilities as at 31 March 2014 have been calculated.

 

The aim of these changes is to ensure our Schemes remain affordable and sustainable over the coming years.

  

  

       

  


134    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

 

    

    

    

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

National Grid’s obligation in respect of DB pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by projecting the estimated amount of future benefit payments that employees have earned for their pensionable service in the current and prior periods. These future benefit payments are discounted to determine the present value of the liabilities and the fair value of plan assets and any unrecognised past service cost is then deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the valuation date on high-quality corporate bonds.

National Grid takes advice from independent actuaries relating to the appropriateness of any key assumptions applied which include life expectancy of members, expected salary and pension increases, and inflation. It should be noted that comparatively small changes in the assumptions used may have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the income statement and the statement of other comprehensive income and the net liability recognised in the statement of financial position.

Remeasurements of net retirement obligations are recognised in full in the period in which they occur in the statement of other comprehensive income.

Risks

The DB pension obligations and other post-retirement benefit liabilities are exposed to the primary risks outlined below.

Liabilities are calculated using discount rates set with reference to yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the US and UK debt markets and will fluctuate as yields change. Plan funds are invested in a variety of asset classes, principally: equities, government securities, corporate bonds and property. Consequently, actual returns will differ from the underlying discount rate adopted and therefore have an impact on the net balance sheet liability.

Changes in inflation will affect both current and future pension payments and are partially mitigated through investment in inflation matching assets and hedging instruments.

Longevity is also a key driver of liabilities and changes in expected mortality will have a direct impact on liabilities. The liabilities are, in aggregate, relatively mature which serves to mitigate this risk to some extent.

Each plan’s investment strategy seeks to balance the level of investment return sought with the aim of reducing volatility and risk. In undertaking this approach reference is made both to the maturity of the liabilities and the funding level of that plan. A number of further strategies are employed to manage underlying risks, including liability matching asset strategies, diversification of asset portfolios, interest rate hedging and management of foreign exchange exposure.

Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Present value of funded obligations

   (28,648  (29,292  (25,346)  

Fair value of plan assets

   26,434    26,408    23,258   

 

 
   (2,214  (2,884  (2,088)  

Present value of unfunded obligations

   (304  (300  (248)  

Other post-employment liabilities

   (67  (74  (75)  

 

 

Net defined benefit liability

   (2,585  (3,258  (2,411)  

 

 

Represented by:

    

Liabilities

   (2,995  (3,379  (2,585)  

Assets

   410    121    174   

 

 
   (2,585  (3,258  (2,411)  

 

 

The geographical split of pensions and other post-retirement benefits is as shown below:

   UK pensions   US pensions       US other post-retirement benefits  
   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Present value of funded obligations1

       (19,341  (20,053  (18,100)         (5,916  (5,827  (4,566)     (3,391  (3,412  (2,680)  

Fair value of plan assets

   19,401    19,453    17,409      5,136    5,052    4,229      1,897    1,903    1,620   

 

 
   60    (600  (691)     (780  (775  (337)     (1,494  (1,509  (1,060)  

Present value of unfunded obligations

   (75  (72  (62)     (229  (228  (186)             –   

Other post-employment liabilities

           –              –      (67  (74  (75)  

 

 

Net defined benefit liability

   (15  (672  (753)     (1,009  (1,003  (523)     (1,561  (1,583  (1,135)  

 

 

Represented by:

            

Liabilities

   (300  (672  (753)     (1,134  (1,124  (697)     (1,561  (1,583  (1,135)  

Assets

   285        –      125    121    174              –   

 

 
   (15  (672  (753)     (1,009  (1,003  (523)     (1,561  (1,583  (1,135)  

 

 

1. Present value of funded obligations split approximately as follows:
 ●UK pensions at 31 March 2016: 12% active members (2015: 12%; 2014: 12%); 18% deferred members (2015: 18%; 2014: 19%); 70% pensioner members (2015: 70%; 2014: 69%)
 ●US pensions at 31 March 2016: 39% active members (2015: 38%; 2014: 38%); 9% deferred members (2015: 9%; 2014: 9%); 52% pensioner members (2015: 53%; 2014: 53%)
 ●US other post-retirement benefits at 31 March 2016: 41% active members (2015: 38%; 2014: 44%); 0% deferred members (2015: 0%; 2014: 0%); 59% pensioner members (2015: 62%; 2014: 56%)

These figures reflect legal and actuarial advice that we have taken regarding recognition of surplus under IFRIC 14.

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements133


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Amounts recognised in the income statement and statement of other comprehensive income

                     

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  2014 
£m 
 

 

 

Included within operating costs

          

Administration costs

         16    14    12   

 

 

Included within payroll costs

          

Defined contribution scheme costs

         56    48    40   

Defined benefit scheme costs:

          

Current service cost

         221    186    225   

Past service costs – augmentations

         3    7    15   

Past service (credit)/cost – redundancies

         (1  1    (19)  

Past service cost/(credit) – plan amendments

             1    (11)  

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

         11    20    39   

LIPA MSA transition

                 (214)  

 

 
         290    263    75   

 

 

Included within finance income and costs

          

Net interest cost

         112    101    128   

 

 

Included within exceptional items and remeasurements

          

Administration costs

         2        –   

 

 

Total included in income statement

         420    378    215   

 

 

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

         539    (771  485   

Exchange adjustments

         (81  (236  186   

 

 

Total included in the statement of other comprehensive income

         458    (1,007  671   

 

 

 

The geographical split of pensions and other post-retirement benefits is as shown below:

 

  

   UK pensions  US pensions      US other post-retirement benefits  
           2016
£m
  

2015

£m

  2014 
£m 
          2016
£m
  

2015

£m

  2014 
£m 
  2016
£m
  2015
£m
  2014 
£m 
 

 

 

Included within operating costs

          

Administration costs

   9    6        6    7        1    1      

 

 

Included within payroll costs

          

Defined contribution scheme costs

   31    26    19     25    22    21             –   

Defined benefit scheme costs:

          

Current service cost

   74    70    96     95    77    85     52    39    44   

Past service costs – augmentations

   3    7    15             –             –   

Past service (credit)/cost – redundancies

   (1  1    (19)            –             –   

Past service (credit)/cost – plan amendments

           (11)        1    –             –   

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

   11    20    39             –             –   

LIPA MSA transition

           –             (16)            (198)  

 

 
   118    124    139     120    100    90     52    39    (154)  

 

 

Included within finance income and costs

          

Net interest cost

   18    27    47     36    25    27     58    49    54   

 

 

Included within exceptional items and remeasurements

          

Administration costs

   2        –             –             –   

 

 

Total included in income statement

   147        157        192     162    132        122         111    89    (99)  

 

 

Remeasurements of net retirement benefit obligations

   534    (46  354     (67  (408  81     72    (317  50   

Exchange adjustments

           –     (33  (88  60     (48  (148  126   

 

 

Total included in the statement of other comprehensive income

   534    (46  354     (100      (496  141     24    (465  176   

 

 

134National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Reconciliation of the net defined benefit liability

                    

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening net defined benefit liability

        (3,258      (2,411      (3,497)  

Cost recognised in the income statement

        (364  (330  (175)  

Remeasurement effects recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income

  

     458    (1,007  671   

Employer contributions

        587    508    596   

Other movements

        (8  (18  (6)  

 

 

Closing net defined benefit liability

        (2,585  (3,258  (2,411)  

 

 

 

The geographical split of pensions and other post-retirement benefits is as shown below:

 

  

  UK pensions  US pensions  US other post-retirement benefits  
  

2016

£m

  2015
£m
  

2014 

£m 

  

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  2014 
£m 
  

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening net defined benefit liability

          (672      (753      (1,169)            (1,003      (523      (740)    (1,583  (1,135  (1,588)  

(Cost)/credit recognised in the income statement

  (116  (131  (173)    (137  (110  (101)    (111  (89  99   

Remeasurement effects recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income

  534    (46    354     (100  (496  141     24    (465  176   

Employer contributions

  239    258    235     231    126    174     117    124    187   

Other movements

          –                 (8  (18  (9)  

 

 

Closing net defined benefit liability

  (15  (672  (753)    (1,009  (1,003  (523)            (1,561  (1,583  (1,135)  

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements135


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations (including unfunded obligations)

                     

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening defined benefit obligations

         (29,592  (25,594  (26,696)  

Current service cost

         (221  (186  (225)  

Interest cost

         (1,026  (1,127  (1,124)  

Actuarial gains – experience

         659    163    41   

Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions

             (342  (283)  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – financial assumptions

         218    (2,746  542   

Past service credit/(cost) – redundancies

         1    (1  154   

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

         (11  (20  (39)  

Past service cost – augmentations

         (3  (7  (15)  

Past service (cost)/credit – plan amendments

             (1  30   

Medicare subsidy received

         (15  (19  (17)  

Liabilities extinguished on settlements

                 60   

Employee contributions

         (2  (2  (2)  

Benefits paid

         1,348    1,268    1,257   

Exchange adjustments

         (308  (978  723   

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

         (28,952  (29,592  (25,594)  

 

 

 

The geographical split of pensions and other post-retirement benefits is as shown below:

 

  

   UK pensions  US pensions  US other post-retirement benefits 
   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

  

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

  

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening defined benefit obligations

       (20,125      (18,162      (18,561)        (6,055      (4,752      (5,115)        (3,412      (2,680      (3,020)  

Current service cost

   (74  (70  (96)    (95  (77  (85)    (52  (39  (44)  

Interest cost

   (649  (762  (780)    (242  (235  (221)    (135  (130  (123)  

Actuarial gains/(losses) – experience

   552    100    16     15    (22  (22)    92    85    47   

Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions

       (95  –         (125  (129)        (122  (154)  

Actuarial (losses)/gains – financial assumptions

       (1,980  436     120    (486  57     98    (280  49   

Past service credit/(cost) – redundancies

   1    (1  19             16             119   

Special termination benefit cost – redundancies

   (11  (20  (39)            –             –   

Past service cost – augmentations

   (3  (7  (15)            –             –   

Past service credit/(cost) – plan amendments

           11         (1  –             19   

Medicare subsidy received

           –             –     (15  (19  (17)  

Liabilities extinguished on settlements

           –             –             60   

Employee contributions

   (2  (2  (2)            –             –   

Benefits paid

   895    874    849     310    269    291     143    125    117   

Exchange adjustments

           –     (198  (626  456     (110  (352  267   

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

   (19 ,416  (20,125  (18,162)    (6,145  (6,055  (4,752)    (3,391  (3,412  (2,680)  

 

 

136National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

22. Pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Changes in the fair value of plan assets

                       

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening fair value of plan assets

           26,408    23,258    23,285   

Interest income

           914    1,026    996   

Return on assets (less)/greater than assumed

           (338  2,154    185   

Administration costs

           (18  (14  (12)  

Employer contributions

           587    508    596   

Employee contributions

           2    2      

Benefits paid

           (1,348  (1,268  (1,257)  

Exchange adjustments

           227    742    (537)  

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

           26,434    26,408    23,258   

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

           576    3,180    1,181   

 

 

Expected contributions to plans in the following year

           686    533    409   

 

 

 

The geographical split of pensions and other post-retirement benefits is as shown below:

 

  

                       UK pensions                                        US pensions                        US other post-retirement benefits     
   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

   

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014 

£m 

 

 

 

Opening fair value of plan assets

   19,453    17,409    17,392      5,052    4,229    4,378      1,903    1,620    1,515   

Interest income

   631    735    733      206    210    194      77    81    69   

Return on assets (less)/greater than assumed

   (18  1,929    (98)     (202  225    175      (118      108   

Administration costs

   (11  (6  (6)     (6  (7  (5)     (1  (1  (1)  

Employer contributions

   239    258    235      231    126    174      117    124    187   

Employee contributions

   2    2                 –              –   

Benefits paid

   (895  (874  (849)     (310  (269  (291)     (143  (125  (117)  

Exchange adjustments

           –      165    538    (396)     62    204    (141)  

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

       19,401        19,453        17,409          5,136        5,052        4,229          1,897        1,903        1,620   

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

   613    2,664    635      4    435    369      (41  81    177   

 

 

Expected contributions to plans in the following year

   228    225    182      220    204    118      238    104    109   

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements137


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

23. Provisions

We make provisions when an obligation exists, resulting from a past event and it is probable that cash will be paid to settle it, but the exact amount of cash required can only be estimated.

The main estimates relate to environmental remediation and decommissioning costs for various sites we own or have owned and other provisions, including restructuring plans and lease contracts we have entered into that are now loss making. The evaluation of the likelihood of the contingent events has required best judgement by management regarding the probability of exposure to potential loss. Should circumstances change following unforeseeable developments, the likelihood could alter.

Our strategy in action

We are committed to the protection and enhancement of the environment. However, we have acquired, owned and operated a number of businesses which have, during the course of their operations, created an environmental impact. Therefore we have a provision that reflects the expected cost to remediate these sites. Current operations will seldom result in new sites with significant expected costs being added to the provision.

Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the reporting date, as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the outflow of economic benefit is probable.

Provision is made for decommissioning and environmental costs, based on future estimated expenditures, discounted to present values. An initial estimate of decommissioning and environmental costs attributable to property, plant and equipment is recorded as part of the original cost of the related property, plant and equipment.

Changes in the provision arising from revised estimates or discount rates or changes in the expected timing of expenditures that relate to property, plant and equipment are recorded as adjustments to their carrying value and depreciated prospectively over their remaining estimated useful economic lives; otherwise such changes are recognised in the income statement.

The unwinding of the discount is included within the income statement as a financing charge.

   Environmental
£m
  Decommissioning
£m
    Restructuring
£m
        Emissions
£m
  

          Other

£m

  Total 
      provisions 
£m 
 

 

 

At 1 April 2014

   1,072   144   79    14    336    1,645   

Exchange adjustments

   95   8       2    28    133   

Additions

   25   7   9    7    57    105   

Unused amounts reversed

   (5    (2      (5  (12)  

Unwinding of discount

   57   3   1        12    73   

Utilised

   (80 (25)   (48      (56  (209)  

 

 

At 31 March 2015

   1,164   137   39    23    372    1,735   

Exchange adjustments

   29   3       1    9    42   

Additions

   30   22   10    1    33    96   

Unused amounts reversed

   (15 (8)   (1      (3  (27)  

Unwinding of discount

   58   4   1        10    73   

Utilised

   (97 (17)   (19  (7  (60  (200)  

 

 

At 31 March 2016

   1,169   141   30    18    361    1,719   

 

 
                    
               

2016

£m

  

2015 

£m 

 

 

 

Current

        236    235   

Non-current

        1,483    1,500   

 

 
        1,719    1,735   

 

 

138National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

23. Provisionscontinued

Environmental provision

The environmental provision represents the estimated restoration and remediation costs relating to a number of sites owned and managed by subsidiary undertakings, together with certain US sites that National Grid no longer owns. The environmental provision is as follows:

                                2016                                                           2015                             
   Discounted
£m
   Undiscounted
£m
   Real 
discount 
rate 
  Discounted
£m
   Undiscounted
£m
   Real 
discount 
rate 
 

 

 

UK sites

   280     348     2%     286     367     2%   

US sites

   889     1,031     2%     878     999     2%   

 

 
   1,169     1,379      1,164     1,366    

 

 

The remediation expenditure in the UK relates to old gas manufacturing sites and also to electricity transmission sites. Cash flows are expected to be incurred between 2016 and 2060. A number of estimation uncertainties affect the calculation of the provision, including the impact of regulation, accuracy of the site surveys, unexpected contaminants, transportation costs, the impact of alternative technologies and changes in the discount rate. This provision incorporates our best estimate of the financial effect of these uncertainties, but future changes in any of the assumptions could materially impact the calculation of the provision. The undiscounted amount is the undiscounted best estimate of the liability having regard to these uncertainties.

The remediation expenditure in the US is expected to be incurred between 2016 and 2071. The uncertainties regarding the calculation of this provision are similar to those considered in respect of UK sites. This expenditure is expected to be largely recoverable from ratepayers under the terms of various rate agreements in the US.

Decommissioning provision

The decommissioning provision represents £66m (2015: £51m) of expenditure relating to asset retirement obligations estimated to be incurred until 2095, and £37m (2015: £64m) of expenditure relating to the demolition of gas holders estimated to be incurred until 2020. It also includes the net present value of the estimated expenditure (discounted at a real rate of 2%) expected to be incurred until 2033 in respect of the decommissioning of certain US nuclear generating units that National Grid no longer owns.

Restructuring provision

The restructuring provision principally relates to business reorganisation costs in the UK and is expected to be incurred until 2023.

Emissions provision

The provision for emission costs is expected to be settled using emission allowances granted.

Other provisions

Included within other provisions at 31 March 2016 are amounts provided in respect of onerous lease commitments and rates payable on surplus properties of £100m (2015: £117m) with expenditure expected to be incurred until 2039.

Other provisions also include £190m (2015: £182m) of estimated liabilities in respect of past events insured by insurance subsidiary undertakings, including employer liability claims. In accordance with insurance industry practice, these estimates are based on experience from previous years and there is, therefore, no identifiable payment date. Other provisions also include £13m (2015: £13m) in respect of obligations associated with investments in joint ventures.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements139


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

24. Share capital

Ordinary share capital represents the total number of shares issued which are publicly traded. We also disclose the number of treasury shares the Company holds, which are shares that the Company has bought itself, predominantly to satisfy the scrip dividend programme and employee share option plan liabilities.

Share capital is accounted for as an equity instrument. An equity instrument is any contract that includes a residual interest in the consolidated assets of the Company after deducting all its liabilities and is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, with an amount equal to the nominal amount of the shares issued included in the share capital account and the balance recorded in the share premium account.

        Allotted, called up     
     and fully paid     
 
   million   £m  

 

 

At 1 April 2014

   3,854     439   

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1

   38       

 

 

At 31 March 2015

   3,892     443   

Issued during the year in lieu of dividends1

   32       

 

 

At 31 March 2016

   3,924     447   

 

 

1.The issue of shares under the scrip dividend programme is considered to be a bonus issue under the terms of the Companies Act 2006 and the nominal value of the shares is charged to the share premium account.

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each including ADSs. The ordinary shares and ADSs allow holders to receive dividends and vote at general meetings 43 of the Company. The Company holds treasury shares but may not exercise any rights over these shares including the entitlement to vote or receive dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares.

In line with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has amended its Articles of Association and ceased to have authorised share capital.

Treasury shares

At 31 March 2016, the Company held 179m (2015: 153m) of its own shares. The market value of these shares as at 31 March 2016 was £1,767m (2015: £1,323m).

The Company made the following transactions in respect of its own shares during the year ended 31 March 2016:

1.During the year, the Company, as part of management of the dilutive effect of share issuances under the scrip dividend programme, repurchased 31m (2015: 37m) ordinary shares for aggregate consideration of £267m (2015: £338m), including transaction costs.

The shares repurchased have a nominal value of £4m (2015: £4m) and represented approximately 1% (2015: 1%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2016.

2.During the year, 2m (2015: 3m) treasury shares were gifted to National Grid Employee Share Trusts and 3m (2015: 5m) treasury shares were re-issued in relation to employee share schemes, in total representing approximately 0.1% (2015: 0.2%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2016. The nominal value of these shares was £1m (2015: £1m) and the total proceeds received were £16m (2015: £23m).

3.During the year the Company made payments totalling £6m (2015: £7m) to National Grid Employee Share Trusts, outside of its share repurchase programme, to enable the trustees to make purchases of National Grid plc shares in order to satisfy the requirements of employee share option and reward plans.

The maximum number of shares held during the year was 179m ordinary shares (2015: 153m) representing approximately 4.6% (2015: 3.9%) of the ordinary shares in issue as at 31 March 2016 and having a nominal value of £20m (2015: £17m).

140National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

25. Other equity reserves

Other equity reserves are different categories of equity as required by accounting standards and represent the impact of a number of our historical transactions.

Other equity reserves comprise the translation reserve (see accounting policy C in note 1), cash flow hedge reserve (see note 15), available-for-sale reserve (see note 13), the capital redemption reserve and the merger reserve. The merger reserve arose as a result of the application of merger accounting principles under the then prevailing UK GAAP, which under IFRS 1 was retained for mergers that occurred prior to the IFRS transition date. Under merger accounting principles, the difference between the carrying amount of the capital structure of the acquiring vehicle and that of the acquired business was treated as a merger difference and included within reserves.

As the amounts included in other equity reserves are not attributable to any of the other classes of equity presented, they have been disclosed as a separate classification of equity.

    Translation
£m
  Cash flow
hedge
£m
  Available-
for-sale
£m
  Capital
redemption
£m
       Merger
£m
          Total
£m
 

At 1 April 2013

   463    (71  73    19     (5,165  (4,681

Exchange adjustments

   (158                   (158

Net gains taken to equity

       63    6             69  

Transferred to/(from) profit or loss

       27    (14           13  

Tax

       (5  3             (2

At 31 March 2014

   305    14    68    19     (5,165  (4,759

Exchange adjustments

   174                     174  

Net (losses)/gains taken to equity

       (154  41             (113

Transferred to/(from) profit or loss

       13    (8           5  

Tax

       18    (7           11  

At 31 March 2015

   479    (109  94    19     (5,165  (4,682

Exchange adjustments

   69                     69  

Net gains taken to equity

       50    43             93  

Transferred to profit or loss

       29                 29  

Tax

       (15  (17           (32

At 31 March 2016

   548    (45  120    19     (5,165  (4,523

The merger reserve represents the difference between the carrying value of subsidiary undertaking investments and their respective capital structures following the Lattice demerger from BG Group plc and the 1999 Lattice refinancing.

The cash flow hedge reserve will be continuously transferred to the income statement until the borrowings are repaid. The amount due to be released from reserves to the income statement next year is £21m (pre-tax) and the remainder released with the same maturity profile as borrowings due after more than one year.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements141


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– analysis of items in the primary statements continued

26. Net debt

Net debt represents the amount of borrowings and overdrafts less cash, financial investments and related derivatives.

Funding and liquidity risk management is carried out by the treasury function under policies and guidelines approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The Finance Committee is responsible for the regular review and monitoring of treasury activity and for the approval of specific transactions, the authority for which fall outside the delegation of authority to management.

The primary objective of the treasury function is to manage our funding and liquidity requirements. A secondary objective is to manage the associated financial risks, in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, to within pre-authorised parameters. Details of the main risks arising from our financing and commodity hedging activities can be found in the risk factors discussion starting on page 183 and in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 149 to 155.

Investment of surplus funds, usually in short-term fixed deposits or placements with money market funds that invest in highly liquid instruments of high credit quality, is subject to our counterparty risk management policy.

The movement in cash and cash equivalents is reconciled to movements in net debt.

(a) Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

    

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014

£m

 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   4    (247  (283

Increase/(decrease) in financial investments

   391    (1,157  (1,720

(Increase)/decrease in borrowings and related derivatives

   (1,100  682    1,021  

Net interest paid on the components of net debt1

   810    925    841  

Change in debt resulting from cash flows

   105    203    (141

Changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities and exchange movements

   (515  (1,777  1,360  

Net interest charge on the components of net debt1

   (913  (1,068  (1,053

Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)

           98  

Other non-cash movements

   (87  (83  (25

Movement in net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) in the year

   (1,410  (2,725  239  

Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at start of year

   (23,915  (21,190  (21,429

Net debt (net of related derivative financial instruments) at end of year

   (25,325  (23,915  (21,190

 

Composition of net debt

Net debt is made up as follows:

 

    
    

2016

£m

  

2015

£m

  

2014

£m

 

Cash, cash equivalents and financial investments

   3,125    2,678    3,953  

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

   (28,344  (25,910  (25,950

Derivatives

   (106  (683  807  
    (25,325  (23,915  (21,190

1.An exceptional charge of £nil (2015: £131m; 2014: £nil) is included in net interest charge on the components of net debt and an exceptional cash outflow of £nil (2015: £152m; 2014: £nil) is included in net interest paid on the components of net debt.

142National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

26. Net debtcontinued

(b) Analysis of changes in net debt

    

 
 
 

Cash

and cash
equivalents
£m

  

  
  
  

  
 
 
Bank
overdrafts
£m
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Net cash
and cash
equivalents
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Financial
investments
£m
  
  
  
  
 
Borrowings
£m
  
  
  
 
Derivatives
£m
  
  
  

 

Total

£m

1 

  

At 1 April 2013

   671    (23  648    5,431    (28,072  564        (21,429

Cash flow

   (291  8    (283  (1,755  2,009    (112  (141

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

   (26      (26  (113  1,223    276    1,360  

Interest income/(charges)

               36    (1,168  79    (1,053

Extinguishment of debt resulting from LIPA MSA transition (note 4)

                   98        98  

Other non-cash movements

                   (25      (25

At 31 March 2014

   354    (15  339    3,599    (25,935  807    (21,190

Cash flow

   (259  12    (247  (1,194  1,721    (77  203  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

   24        24    118    (451  (1,468  (1,777

Interest income/(charges)2

               36    (1,160  56    (1,068

Other non-cash movements

                   (82  (1  (83

At 31 March 2015

   119    (3  116    2,559    (25,907  (683  (23,915

Cash flow

   4        4    368    (631  364    105  

Fair value gains and losses and exchange movements

   4        4    49    (739  171    (515

Interest income/(charges)2

               22    (978  43    (913

Other non-cash movements

                   (86  (1  (87

At 31 March 2016

   127    (3  124    2,998    (28,341  (106  (25,325

Balances at 31 March 2016 comprise:

        

Non-current assets

                       1,685    1,685  

Current assets

   127        127    2,998        278    3,403  

Current liabilities

       (3  (3      (3,608  (337  (3,948

Non-current liabilities

                   (24,733  (1,732  (26,465
    127    (3  124    2,998    (28,341  (106  (25,325

1.Includes accrued interest at 31 March 2016 of £243m (2015: £230m; 2014: £239m).
2.An exceptional expense of £nil (2015: £131m; 2014: £nil) is included in net interest charge on the components of net debt and an exceptional cash outflow of £nil (2015: £152m; 2014: £nil) is included in net interest paid on the components of net debt.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements143


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information

This section includes information that is important to enable a full understanding of our financial position, particularly areas of potential risk that could affect us in the future.

We also include specific disclosures for British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and National Grid Gas plc in accordance with various rules including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (a US SEC requirement), as they have issued public debt securities which have been guaranteed by National Grid plc and one of its subsidiary companies, National Grid Gas plc. Additional disclosures have also been included in respect of the two guarantor companies. These disclosures are in lieu of publishing separate financial statements for these companies. See note 34 for further information.

27. Commitments and contingencies

Commitments are those amounts that we are contractually required to pay in the future as long as the other party meets its obligations. These commitments primarily relate to operating lease rentals, energy purchase agreements and contracts for the repurchase of network assets which, in many cases, extend over a long period of time. We also disclose any contingencies, which include guarantees that companies have given, where we pledge assets against current obligations that will remain for a specific period.

    

        2016

£m

   

2015

£m

 

Future capital expenditure

    

Contracted for but not provided

   2,616     2,360  

Operating lease commitments

    

Less than 1 year

   92     87  

In 1 to 2 years

   86     81  

In 2 to 3 years

   72     74  

In 3 to 4 years

   54     63  

In 4 to 5 years

   52     45  

More than 5 years

   286     277  
    642     627  

Energy purchase commitments1

    

Less than 1 year

   1,096     1,199  

In 1 to 2 years

   598     601  

In 2 to 3 years

   454     458  

In 3 to 4 years

   362     360  

In 4 to 5 years

   315     305  

More than 5 years

   1,477     1,415  
    4,302     4,338  

Guarantees and letters of credit

    

Guarantee of sublease for US property (expires 2040)

   219     236  

Guarantees of certain obligations of Grain LNG Import Terminal (expire up to 2028)

   113     151  

Guarantees of certain obligations for construction of HVDC West Coast Link (expected expiry 2016)

   415     555  

Guarantees of certain obligations of Nemo Link Limited (various expiry dates)

   166       

Guarantees of certain obligations of National Grid North Sea Link Limited (various expiry dates)

   1,038       

Other guarantees and letters of credit (various expiry dates)

   440     355  
    2,391     1,297  

1.Energy purchase commitments relate to contractual commitments to purchase electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to our customers or for energy that we use ourselves (i.e. normal purchase, sale or usage) and hence are accounted for as ordinary purchase contracts. Details of commodity contracts that do not meet the normal purchase, sale or usage criteria, and hence are accounted for as derivative contracts, are shown in note 30(e).

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases is £21m (2015: £26m).

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

144National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

28. Related party transactions

Related parties include joint ventures, associates, investments and key management personnel.

The following significant transactions with related parties were in the normal course of business. Amounts receivable from and payable to related parties are due on normal commercial terms:

          2016
£m
         2015
£m
         2014
£m
 

Sales: Goods and services supplied to a pension plan and joint ventures

   16     52     15  

Purchases: Goods and services received from joint ventures and associates1

   266     120     128  

Receivable from a pension plan and joint ventures

   7     4     3  

Payable to joint ventures and associates2

   103     6     5  

Dividends received from joint ventures and associates3

   72     79     38  

1.During the year the Company received goods and services from a number of joint ventures and associates, including Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £8m (2015: £24m; 2014: £30m), Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £29m (2015: £26m; 2014: £31m) for the transportation of gas in the US; Algonquin Gas Transmission LLC of £43m (2015: £nil; 2014: £nil) for pipeline services in the US; and NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited of £167m (2015: £68m; 2014: £67m) for the construction of a transmission link in the UK.
2.Included in amounts payable to joint ventures and associates is £87m (2015: £nil; 2014: £nil) in respect of deposits received for National Grid property sites from St William Homes LLP.
3.Dividends were received from BritNed Development Limited of £48m (2015: £49m; 2014: £17m), Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P. of £7m (2015: £14m; 2014: £11m) and Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC of £17m (2015: £16m; 2014: £10m).

Details of investments in principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are disclosed in note 32 and information relating to pension fund arrangements is disclosed in notes 22 and 29. For details of Directors’ and key management remuneration, refer to the audited section of the Remuneration Report and note 3(c).

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Further details of the DB pension plans terms and the actuarial assumptions used to value the obligations are set out in this note.

When deciding on these assumptions we take independent actuarial advice. Comparatively small changes in the assumptions applied may have a significant effect on the overall deficit or surplus of a DB pension plan.

UK pension plans

National Grid’s defined benefit pension arrangements are funded with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. The arrangements are managed by trustee companies with boards consisting of company and member appointed directors. The directors are required to manage the arrangements in accordance with local regulations and the arrangements’ governing documents, acting on behalf of their beneficiaries.

The arrangements are subject to independent actuarial funding valuations at least every three years and following consultation and agreement with us, the qualified actuary certifies the employers’ contribution, which, together with the specified contributions payable by the employees and proceeds from the plans’ assets, are expected to be sufficient to fund the benefits payable. The last full actuarial valuations were carried out as at 31 March 2013. The 2016 valuation processes have commenced.

The results of the 2013 valuations are shown below:

    NG UKPS1    NGEG of ESPS2 

Latest full actuarial valuation

   31 March 2013                                              31 March 2013  

Actuary

   Willis Towers Watson     Aon Hewitt  

Market value of plan assets at latest valuation

   £15,569m     £1,900m  

Actuarial value of benefits due to members

   £17,332m     £2,708m  

Market value as percentage of benefits

   90%     70%  

Funding deficit

   £1,763m     £808m  

Funding deficit (net of tax)

   £1,446m     £663m  

1.National Grid UK Pension Scheme
2.National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme

From April 2014 an annual cap was placed on future increases to the salary used to calculate pensions at the lower of 3% or the annual increase in RPI. This capped salary applied to all pensionable service from 1 April 2013 onwards. During the year ended 31 March 2014 these changes resulted in a past service credit of £11m to the income statement (see note 22) and a change to the salary increase assumption which affects how our DB liabilities as at 31 March have been calculated. These changes are to ensure our schemes remain affordable and sustainable over the coming years.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements145


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

National Grid UK Pension Scheme

The 20102013 actuarial funding valuation showed that, based on long-term financial assumptions, the contribution rate required to meet future benefit accrual was 35%36% of pensionable earnings (32%(currently 33% by employers and 3% by employees; from 1 April 2016 this will be 31% by employers and 5% by employees). In addition, National Grid makes payments to the scheme to cover administration costs and the Pension Protection Fund levy. The employer contribution rate and administration costs are being reviewed as part of the 2013 valuation.

Following the 20102013 valuation, National Grid and the Trustees agreed a recovery plan which would see the funding deficit repaid by

31 March 2027. Under the schedule of contributions, no deficit contributionspayments of £60m were made in 2010/11 or 2011/12. Annual payments of £47m, rising2013/14, £99m in 2014/15 and £100m in 2015/16, and will thereafter rise in line with the RPI from March 2010, commenced in 2012/13 and (subject to the current valuation discussions) are due to continue until 2027.2026/27. As part of the initial 2013 valuation discussions with the Trustees an additional payment of £6m was paid in March 2014.

As part of the 2010 agreement, National Grid has established a security account arrangementsarrangement with a charge in favour of the Trustees. TheAt 31 March 2016 the value of the assetsthis was required to be £427m. This was provided via £427m in the security account at 31 March 2014 was approximately £199m.letters of credit. The assets in theheld as security account will be paid to the scheme in the event that National Grid Gas plc (NGG) is subject to an insolvency event, or is given notice of less than 12 months that Ofgem intends to revoke its licence under the Gas Act 1986.1986, or National Grid fails to make the required contributions in relation to the scheme. The assets in theheld as security account will be released back to National Grid if the scheme moves into surplus.

In addition, National Grid will make a payment of £200m (increased in line with RPI) into the scheme if NGG’s credit rating by two out of three specified agencies falls below certain agreed levels for a period of 40 days.

This scheme ceased to allow new hires to join from 1 April 2002. A DC section of the scheme was offered for employees joining after this date, which closed to future contributions on 31 October 2013 and washas since been replaced by The National Grid YouPlan (YouPlan) (see below).

National Grid Electricity Group of the Electricity Supply Pension Scheme

The 20102013 actuarial funding valuation showed that, based on long-term financial assumptions, the contribution rate required to meet future benefit accrual was 29.6%33.4% of pensionable earnings (23.7%(currently 27.5% by employers and an average of 5.9% by employees; from 1 April 2016 this will be an average of 26.5% by employers and an average of 6.9% by employees). The employer contribution rate is being reviewed as part of the 2013 valuation.

Following the 20102013 valuation, National Grid and the Trustees agreed a recovery plan that would see the funding deficit repaid by 31 March 2027. Under the schedule of contributions, payments of £45m were made in 2010/11 and 2011/12 and a further payment of £38m£80m was made in 2012/13. Thereafter annual payments of £38m rising2013/14, £46m in 2014/15 and £47m in 2015/16, and will thereafter rise in line with RPI are due to continue until 2027. The actual payment made in 2013/14 was £45m which included an additional payment of £7m following initial 2013 valuation discussions with the Trustees. A further £35m paid in 2011/12 to support a de-risking initiative has been recognised from a funding perspective during 2013/14.

2026/27. As part of thisthe 2013 agreement, National Grid has established security account arrangements with a charge in favour of the Trustees. TheAt 31 March 2016 the value of the assetsthis was required to be £150m. This was provided via £150m in the security account at 31 March 2014 was approximately £35m.a letter of credit. The assets in theheld as security account will be paid to the scheme in the event that National Grid Electricity Transmission plc (NGET) is subject to an insolvency event, or ceases to hold a licence granted under the Electricity Act 1989. The assets in theheld as security account will be released back to National Grid if the scheme moves into surplus.

National Grid has also agreed to make a payment in respect of the deficit up to a maximum of £220m£500m should certain triggers be breached; namely if NGET ceases to hold the licence granted under the Electricity Act 1989 or NGET’s credit rating by two out of three specified agencies falls below certain agreed levels for a period of 40 days.

The scheme closed to new members from 1 April 2006.

The National Grid YouPlan

FollowingThe YouPlan is a review of the DC section of the National Grid UK Pension Scheme, National Grid established a new DC trust, The National Grid YouPlan (YouPlan). Thisscheme that was launched on 1 Novemberin 2013 and future contributions for active members of the DC section were paid to YouPlan from this date.

Underunder the rules of the plan, National Grid double matches contributions to YouPlan currently up to a maximum of 5%6% of employee salary. Member accounts built up in the DC section prior to 1 November 2013 will be transferred to YouPlan in 2014.

YouPlan is the qualifying scheme used for automatic enrolment and National Grid’s staging date was 1 April 2013. All new hires are enrolled into YouPlan.

US pension plans

National Grid’sGrid sponsors numerous non-contributory DB pension plans. The DB plans provide retirement benefits to vested union employees, as well as vested non-union employees hired before 1 January 2011. Benefits under these plans generally reflect age, years of service and compensation and are paid in the US provideform of an annuity or lump sum payments for vested employees. Non-union employees hired on or after 1 January 2011 are provided with a core contribution into the DC plan, irrespective of the employee’s contribution to the plan. A core contribution in the DC plan is also provided to new hires in ten groups of represented US employees. In addition, an employer match is offered to eligible employees in the DC plan on their elective deferrals into the plan.sum. An independent actuary performs valuations annually. The assets of the plans are held in separate trusts and administered by the fiduciary committees.

Employees do not contribute toCompany funds the DB pension plans. Employer contributions are made in accordance withplans by contributing no less than the rules set forth byminimum amount required, but no more than the maximum tax deductible amount allowed under US Internal Revenue Code andService regulations. The range of contributions based upon these regulations can vary according tosignificantly based upon the funded status of the plans and the amounts that are tax deductible.plans. At present, there is some flexibility in the amount that is contributed on an annual basis. In general, the Company’s policy for funding the US pension plans is to contribute the amounts collected in rates and capitalised in the rate basesbase during the year. These contributions will beyear, to the extent that the funding is no less than the amounts needed to meet the requirementsminimum amount required. The assets of the Pension Protection Actplans are held in trusts and administered by fiduciary committees comprised of 2006.appointed employees of the Company.

National Grid also has several DC pension plans, primarily comprised of employee savings and Company matching contributions. Non-union employees hired after 1 January 2011, as well as new hires in 10 groups of represented union employees, receive a core contribution into the DC plan, irrespective of the employee’s contribution into the plan.

US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans

National Grid provides healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees. Eligibility is based on certain age and length of service requirements and in most cases retirees contribute to the cost of their healthcare coverage. In the US, there is no governmental requirement to pre-fund post-retirement health and welfare plans. However, in general, the Company’s policy for funding the US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans is to contribute amounts collected in rates and capitalised in the rate base during the year.

 


146 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

135

   

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans

National Grid provides healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired US employees. Eligibility is based on certain age and length of service requirements and in most cases retirees contribute to the cost of their healthcare coverage. In the US, there is no governmental requirement to pre-fund post-retirement health and welfare plans. However, in general, the Company’s policy for funding the US retiree healthcare and life insurance plans is to contribute amounts collected in rates and capitalised in the rate bases during the year.

 

Asset allocations

Within the asset allocations below there is significant diversification across regions, asset managers, currencies and bond categories.

 

UK pensions

 

   

  

      

  

   

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities1

   4,045    620    4,665    4,825    546    5,371    4,796    570    5,366    
   

Corporate bonds2

   5,706        5,706    5,804        5,804    5,330        5,330    
   

Government securities

   4,161        4,161    4,743        4,743    3,906        3,906    
   

Property

   33    1,057    1,090        1,072    1,072        1,160    1,160    
   

Diversified alternatives3

       793    793                        –    
   

Other4

   1,031    (37  994    426    (24  402    407    (62  345    
   

 

 
   

Total

   14,976    2,433    17,409    15,798    1,594    17,392    14,439    1,668    16,107    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Included within equities at 31 March 2014 were ordinary shares of National Grid plc with a value of £15m (2013: £16m; 2012: £13m).

2. Included within corporate bonds at 31 March 2014 was an investment in a number of bonds issued by subsidiary undertakings with a value of £72m (2013: £69m; 2012: £50m).

3. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

4. Includes liability-driven investment vehicles, cash and cash type instruments.

 

US pensions

 

   

   

  

  

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities

   508    1,225    1,733    507    1,289    1,796    619    1,025    1,644    
   

Corporate bonds

   823    336    1,159    863    295    1,158    733    229    962    
   

Government securities

   632    28    660    707    19    726    649    20    669    
   

Property

       189    189        175    175        148    148    
   

Diversified alternatives1

       434    434        465    465        411    411    
   

Other

       54    54        58    58        16    16    
   

 

 
   

Total

   1,963    2,266    4,229    2,077    2,301    4,378    2,001    1,849    3,850    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

 

US other post-retirement benefits

 

  

  

        2014  2013  2012 
        Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total  Quoted  Unquoted  Total   
        £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m  £m   
   

 

 
   

Equities

   245    852    1,097    195    774    969    252    523    775    
   

Corporate bonds

   2    10    12    2    11    13    1    10    11    
   

Government securities

   357    1    358    361    2    363    262    4    266    
   

Diversified alternatives1

   43    110    153    43    127    170    87    53    140    
   

 

 
   

Total

   647    973    1,620    601    914    1,515    602    590    1,192    
   

 

 
   

 

1. Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

 

Target asset allocations

Each plan’s investment strategy is formulated specifically in order to manage risk, through investment in diversified asset classes, including the use of liability matching assets and where appropriate through the employment of interest rate and inflation hedging instruments. The target asset allocation of the plans as at 31 March 2014 is as follows:

 

  

  

     

                    UK pensions     US pensions     US other  
post-retirement  
benefits  
 
                    %     %     %   
   

 

 
   

Equities

       31     47     70    
   

Other

       69     53     30    
   

 

 
   

Total

       100     100     100    
   

 

 


136    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefits continued

Asset allocations

Within the asset allocations below there is significant diversification across regions, asset managers, currencies and bond categories.

UK pensions

                       2016                                               2015                                               2014                     
    

Quoted

£m

   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
  Total  
£m  

Equities1

   3,272     962     4,234       3,848     761     4,609       4,045     620   4,665  

Corporate bonds2

   5,601          5,601       6,494          6,494       5,706        5,706  

Government securities

   6,059          6,059       4,637          4,637       4,161        4,161  

Property

   90     1,081     1,171       86     1,082     1,168       33     1,057   1,090  

Diversified alternatives3

   159     505     664            716     716            793   793  

Liability matching assets4

   1,020          1,020       878          878       598        598  

Other5

   649     3     652        936     15     951        433     (37 396  
    16,850     2,551     19,401        16,879     2,574     19,453        14,976     2,433   17,409  

 

1.  Included within equities at 31 March 2016 were ordinary shares of National Grid plc with a value of £7m (2015: £14m; 2014: £15m).

2.  Included within corporate bonds at 31 March 2016 was an investment in a number of bonds issued by subsidiary undertakings with a value of £70m (2015: £80m; 2014: £72m).

3.  Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

4.  Includes liability-driven investment vehicles.

5.  Includes cash and cash type instruments.

 

US pensions

 

                       2016                                               2015                                               2014                     
    Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
  Total  
£m  

Equities1

   625     1,508     2,133       617     1,455     2,072       508     1,225   1,733  

Corporate bonds1

   954     483     1,437       969     473     1,442       823     336   1,159  

Government securities1

   711          711       727          727       632     28   660  

Property

        276     276            249     249            189   189  

Diversified alternatives1,2

   163     334     497       164     334     498       139     295   434  

Other

        82     82             64     64             54   54  
    2,453     2,683     5,136        2,477     2,575     5,052        2,102     2,127   4,229  

 

1.  Comparatives have been represented on a basis consistent with the current year presentation.

2.  Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

 

US other post-retirement benefits

 

                       2016                                               2015                                               2014                     
    Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
   Total
£m
       Quoted
£m
   Unquoted
£m
  Total  
£m  

Equities1

   281     853     1,134       289     872     1,161       245     823   1,068  

Corporate bonds

   37     1     38       34          34       2     10   12  

Government securities

   390          390       382          382       357     1   358  

Diversified alternatives1,2

   122     104     226       114     100     214       102     80   182  

Other

        109     109             112     112                –  
    830     1,067     1,897        819     1,084     1,903        706     914   1,620  

 

1.  Comparatives have been represented on a basis consistent with the current year presentation.

2.  Includes return seeking non-conventional asset classes.

Target asset allocations

Each plan’s investment strategy is formulated specifically in order to manage risk, through investment in diversified asset classes, including the use of liability matching assets and where appropriate through the employment of interest rate and inflation hedging instruments. The target asset allocation of the plans as at 31 March 2016 is as follows:

    UK pensions
%
   US pensions
%
   

US other
post-retirement
benefits

%

 

Equities

   21     40     65  

Other

   79     60     35  
    100     100     100  

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements147


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

Actuarial assumptions

The Company has applied the following financial assumptions in assessing DB liabilities.

                   UK pensions                                      US pensions                          US other post-retirement benefits     
    

2016

%

   

2015

%

   

2014

%

      

2016

%

   

2015

%

   

2014

%

      

2016

%

   

2015

%

   

2014

%

 

Discount rate1

   3.3     3.3     4.3      4.3     4.1     4.8      4.3     4.1     4.8  

Rate of increase in salaries2

   3.2     3.2     3.6      3.5     3.5     3.5      3.5     3.5     3.5  

Rate of increase in RPI3

   2.9     2.9     3.3      n/a     n/a     n/a      n/a     n/a     n/a  

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

   n/a     n/a     n/a      n/a     n/a     n/a      7.5     8.0     8.0  

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

   n/a     n/a     n/a       n/a     n/a     n/a       4.5     5.0     5.0  

1.The discount rates for pension liabilities have been determined by reference to appropriate yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the UK and US debt markets at the reporting date.
2.A promotional scale has also been used where appropriate. The UK assumption stated is that relating to service prior to 1 April 2014. The UK assumption for the rate of increase in salaries for service after this date is 2.1% (2015: 2.1%).
3.This is the key assumption that determines assumed increases in pensions in payment and deferment in the UK only. The assumptions for the UK were 2.9% (2015: 2.9%; 2014: 3.3%) for increases in pensions in payment and 2.9% (2015: 2.9%; 2014: 3.3%) for increases in pensions in deferment.

For sensitivity analysis see note 33.

 

     2016     2015     2014 
      UK
        years
   US
        years
      UK
       years
   US
        years
      UK
        years
   US
        years
 

Assumed life expectations for a retiree age 65

                

Today:

                

Males

     22.8     21.8      22.7     21.7      22.9     20.6  

Females

     25.2     24.0      25.1     23.9      25.4     22.9  

In 20 years:

                

Males

     25.1     23.5      24.9     23.4      25.2     22.8  

Females

     27.6     25.6       27.4     25.6       27.8     24.7  

Maturity profile of DB obligations

The weighted average duration of the DB obligation for each category of scheme is 16 years for UK pension schemes; 13 years for US pension schemes and 17 years for US other post-retirement benefits.

 

  

29. Actuarial information on pensions and other post-retirement benefitscontinued

 

Actuarial assumptions

The Company has applied the following financial assumptions in assessing DB liabilities:

 

  

  

  

     UK pensions  US pensions  US other post-retirement benefits 
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
             2014          2013          2012            2014  2013   2012            2014  2013 2012   
     %  %  %    %  %   %    %  % %   
  

 

 
  

Discount rate1

  4.3    4.3    4.8      4.8    4.7     5.1      4.8   4.7  5.1    
  

Rate of increase in salaries2

  3.6    4.1    4.0      3.5    3.5     3.5      3.5   3.5  3.5    
  

Rate of increase in RPI3

  3.3    3.4    3.2      n/a    n/a     n/a      n/a   n/a  n/a    
  

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

  n/a    n/a    n/a      n/a    n/a     n/a      8.0   8.0  8.0    
  

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

  n/a    n/a    n/a      n/a    n/a     n/a      5.0   5.0  5.0    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The discount rates for pension liabilities have been determined by reference to appropriate yields on high-quality corporate bonds prevailing in the UK and US debt markets at the reporting date.

   

  

 

2.

 

 

A promotional scale has also been used where appropriate. The UK assumption stated is that relating to service prior to 1 April 2013. The UK assumption for the rate of increase in salaries for service after this date is 2.5%.

   

  

 

3.

 

 

This is the key assumption that determines assumed increases in pensions in payment and deferment in the UK only. The assumptions for the UK were 3.3% (2013: 3.4%; 2012: 3.2%) for increases in pensions in payment and 3.3% (2013: 3.4%; 2012: 3.2%) for increases in pensions in deferment.

 

    

                2014   2013  

2012

 
                UK  US     UK  US    UK US   
                    years      years         years      years        years     years   
  

 

 
  

 

Assumed life expectations for a retiree age 65

  

       
  

Today

          
  

Males

     22.9    20.6       22.7    19.5     22.5  19.4    
  

Females

     25.4    22.9       25.2    21.4     25.0  21.3    
  

In 20 years

          
  

Males

     25.2    22.8       25.0    21.0     24.9  20.9    
  

Females

 

     27.8    24.7       27.6    22.2     27.5  22.2    
  

 

 
  

 

Maturity profile of defined benefit obligations

The weighted average duration of the DB obligation for each category of scheme is 16 years for UK pension schemes; 13 years for US pension schemes and 15 years for US other post-retirement benefits. The forecast timing of benefits payable to scheme members for each of these categories is shown on a net present value basis in the chart below.

 

Maturity profile

£m

  

    

  

  

LOGO


148 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


 

   Financial Statements

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

30. Financial Statementsrisk management

Additional Information

137

  

30.Financial risk management

 

    
  

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risk including currency risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, credit risk, capital risk and liquidity risk. Our risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential volatility of financial performance of these risks. We use financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, to manage risks of this type.

 

This note describes our approach to managing risk, including an analysis of assets and liabilities by currency type and an analysis of interest rate category for our net debt. We are required by accounting standards to also include a number of specific disclosures (such as a maturity analysis of contractual undiscounted cash flows) and have included these requirements below.

    

    

  

 

Risk management related to financing activities is carried out by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The objective of the treasury department is to manage funding and liquidity requirements, including managing associated financial risks, to within acceptable boundaries. The Finance Committee provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

 

We have exposure to the following risks, which are described in more detail below:

 

  credit risk;

  liquidity risk;

  interest rate risk;

  currency risk;

  commodity risk; and

  capital risk

 

(a) Credit risk

We are exposed to the risk of loss resulting from counterparties’ default on their commitments including failure to pay or make a delivery on a contract. This risk is inherent in our commercial business activities. We are exposed to credit risk on our cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

 

Treasury credit risk

Counterparty risk arises from the investment of surplus funds and from the use of derivative instruments. As at 31 March 2014, the following limits were in place for investments held with banks and financial institutions:

 

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

   

      Maximum limit                   Long-term limit   
      £m   £m   
  

 

 
  

AAA rated G8 sovereign entities

   Unlimited     Unlimited    
  

Triple ‘A’ vehicles

   311     263    
  

Triple ‘A’ range institutions (AAA)

   1,060 to 1,599     534 to 837    
  

Double ‘A’ range institutions (AA)

   633 to 797     322 to 398    
  

Single ‘A’ range institutions (A)

   218 to 311     111 to 159    
  

 

 
  

 

As at 31 March 2013 and 2014, we had a number of exposures to individual counterparties. In accordance with our treasury policies, counterparty credit exposure utilisations are monitored daily against the counterparty credit limits. Counterparty credit ratings and market conditions are reviewed continually with limits being revised and utilisation adjusted, if appropriate. Management does not expect any significant losses from non performance by these counterparties.

 

Commodity credit risk

The credit policy for commodity transactions is owned and monitored by the Executive Energy Risk Committee, under authority delegated by the Board and Executive Committee, and establishes controls and procedures to determine, monitor and minimise the credit risk of counterparties.

 

Wholesale and retail credit risk

Our principal commercial exposure in the UK is governed by the credit rules within the regulated codes Uniform Network Code and Connection and Use of System Code. These set out the level of credit relative to the RAV for each credit rating. In the US, we are required to supply electricity and gas under state regulations. Our credit policies and practices are designed to limit credit exposure by collecting security deposits prior to providing utility services, or after utility service has commenced if certain applicable regulatory requirements are met. Collection activities are managed on a daily basis. Sales to retail customers are usually settled in cash, cheques, electronic bank payments or by using major credit cards. We are committed to measuring, monitoring, minimising and recording counterparty credit risk in our wholesale business. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored and collateral is collected against these accounts when necessary. Management does not expect any significant losses of receivables that have not been provided for as shown in note 17.

 

     

  

   

  

         


138    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks including currency risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk, credit risk, capital risk and liquidity risk. Our risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential volatility of financial performance from these risks. We use financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, to manage risks of this type.

This note describes our approach to managing risk, including an analysis of assets and liabilities by currency type and an analysis of interest rate category for our net debt. We are required by accounting standards to also include a number of specific disclosures (such as a maturity analysis of contractual undiscounted cash flows) and have included these requirements below.

Risk management related to financing activities is carried out by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. The objective of the treasury department is to manage funding and liquidity requirements, including managing associated financial risks, to within acceptable boundaries. The Finance Committee provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

We have exposure to the following risks, which are described in more detail below:

credit risk;
liquidity risk;
interest rate risk;
currency risk;
commodity risk; and
capital risk.

(a) Credit risk

We are exposed to the risk of loss resulting from counterparties’ default on their commitments including failure to pay or make a delivery on a contract. This risk is inherent in our commercial business activities. We are exposed to credit risk on our cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

Treasury credit risk

Counterparty risk arises from the investment of surplus funds and from the use of derivative financial instruments. As at 31 March 2016, the following limits were in place for investments held with banks and financial institutions:

    Maximum limit
£m
   Long-term limit
£m
 

Triple ‘A’ G8 sovereign entities (AAA)

   Unlimited     Unlimited  

Triple ‘A’ vehicles (AAA)

   322     273  

Triple ‘A’ range institutions and non G8 sovereign entities (AAA)

   1,099 to 1,658     553 to 867  

Double ‘A+’ G8 sovereign entities (AA+)

   1,658     867  

Double ‘A’ range institutions (AA)

   656 to 826     334 to 413  

Single ‘A’ range institutions (A)

   226 to 322     115 to 165  

As at 31 March 2015 and 2016, we had a number of exposures to individual counterparties. In accordance with our treasury policies, counterparty credit exposure utilisations are monitored daily against the counterparty credit limits. Counterparty credit ratings and market conditions are reviewed continually with limits being revised and utilisation adjusted, if appropriate. Management does not expect any significant losses from non performance by these counterparties.

Commodity credit risk

The credit policy for commodity transactions is owned and monitored by the Energy Procurement Risk Management Committee, under authority delegated by the Board and Executive Committee, and establishes controls and procedures to determine, monitor and minimise the credit risk of counterparties.

Wholesale and retail credit risk

Our principal commercial exposure in the UK is governed by the credit rules within the regulated codes: Uniform Network Code and Connection and Use of System Code. These set out the level of credit relative to the RAV for each credit rating. In the US, we are required to supply electricity and gas under state regulations. Our credit policies and practices are designed to limit credit exposure by collecting security deposits prior to providing utility services, or after utility service has commenced if certain applicable regulatory requirements are met. Collection activities are managed on a daily basis. Sales to retail customers are usually settled in cash, cheques, electronic bank payments or by using major credit cards. We are committed to measuring, monitoring, minimising and recording counterparty credit risk in our wholesale business. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored and collateral is collected against these accounts when necessary. Management does not expect any significant losses of receivables that have not been provided for as shown in note 17.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements149


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements30. Financial risk managementcontinued

a) Credit riskcontinued

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The following tables set out our financial assets and liabilities which are subject to offset and to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The tables show the amounts which are offset and reported net in the statement of financial position. Amounts which cannot be offset under IFRS, but which could be settled net under terms of master netting agreements if certain conditions arise, and with collateral received or pledged, are shown to present National Grid’s net exposure.

Financial assets and liabilities on different transactions are only reported net if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis.

Amounts which do not meet the criteria for offsetting on the statement of financial position but could be settled net in certain circumstances principally relate to derivative transactions under ISDA agreements where each party has the option to settle amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party.

Commodity contracts that have not been offset on the balance sheet may be settled net in certain circumstances under ISDA or NAESB (North American Energy Standards Board) agreements.

National Grid has similar arrangements in relation to bank account balances and bank overdrafts; and trade payables and trade receivables which are subject to general terms and conditions. However, these balances are immaterial.

            Related amounts
  available to be offset but  
not offset in statement
of financial position
    
At 31 March 2016   
 
 
 
Gross
carrying
amounts
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 

 

Gross
amounts
offset

£m

  
  
1 

  

  
 
 
 
 

 

Net amount
presented in
statement
of financial
position

£m

  
  
  
  
  

  

  
 
 
Financial
instruments
£m
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Cash
collateral
received/
pledged
£m
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Net amount
£m
  
  

Assets

       

Derivative financial instruments

   1,963        1,963    (997  (597  369  

Commodity contracts

   33    (1  32    (4      28  
    1,996    (1  1,995    (1,001  (597  397  

Liabilities

       

Derivative financial instruments

   (2,069      (2,069  997    932    (140

Commodity contracts

   (145  10    (135  4    20    (111
    (2,214  10    (2,204  1,001    952    (251

    

                         
    (218  9    (209      355    146  
            

 

Related amounts

    available to be offset but    
not offset in statement
of financial position

    
At 31 March 2015   
 
 
 
Gross
carrying
amounts
£m
  
  
  
  
  
 
 

 

Gross
amounts
offset

£m

  
  
1  

  

  
 
 
 
 

 

Net amount
presented in
statement of
financial
position

£m

  
  
  
  
  

  

  
 
 
Financial
instruments
£m
  
  
  
  
 
 
 

 

Cash
collateral
received/
pledged

£m

  
  
  
  

  

  
 
Net amount
£m
  
  

Assets

       

Derivative financial instruments

   1,716        1,716    (839  (527  350  

Commodity contracts

   64        64    (11      53  
    1,780        1,780    (850  (527  403  

Liabilities

       

Derivative financial instruments

   (2,399      (2,399  839    1,125    (435

Commodity contracts

   (182  11    (171  11        (160
    (2,581  11    (2,570  850    1,125    (595

    

                         
    (801  11    (790      598    (192

1.The gross financial assets and liabilities offset in the statement of financial position primarily relate to commodity contracts. Offsets relate to margin payments for NYMEX gas futures which are traded on a recognised exchange.

 

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(a) Credit riskcontinued

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The following tables set out our financial assets and liabilities which are subject to offset and to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The tables show the amounts which are offset and reported net in the statement of financial position. Amounts which cannot be offset under IFRS, but which could be settled net under terms of master netting agreements if certain conditions arise, and with collateral received or pledged, are shown to present National Grid’s net exposure.

 

Financial assets and liabilities on different transactions are only reported net if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis.

 

Amounts which do not meet the criteria for offsetting on the statement of financial position but could be settled net in certain circumstances principally relate to derivative transactions under ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) agreements where each party has the option to settle amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party.

 

Commodity contracts that have not been offset on the balance sheet may be settled net in certain circumstances under ISDA or NAESB (North American Energy Standards Board) agreements.

 

National Grid has similar arrangements in relation to bank account balances and bank overdrafts; and trade payables and trade receivables which are subject to general terms and conditions. However, these balances are immaterial.

 

  

  

  

     

   

    

   

   

                 Related amounts available
to be offset but not offset in
statement of financial  position
    
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

As at 31 March 2014

  

Gross
carrying
amounts

£m

  

Gross
amounts
offset1

£m

  

Net amount
presented
in statement
of financial
position

£m

  

Financial
instruments

£m

  

Cash
collateral
received/
pledged

£m

  

Net amount  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Assets

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   1,970        1,970    (609  (831  530    
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

89

 

  

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

87

 

  

 

  

 

(7

 

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

78  

 

  

 

  

 

 
      2,059    (2  2,057    (616  (833  608    
  

 

 
  

Liabilities

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   (1,163      (1,163  609    374    (180)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(123

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(123

 

 

  

 

7

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(116) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
      (1,286      (1,286  616    374    (296)   
  

 

 
              
  

 

 
  

Total

   773    (2  771        (459  312    
  

 

 
 
                 

Related amounts available

to be offset but not offset in

statement of financial position

    
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   As at 31 March 2013  

Gross
carrying
amounts

£m

  

Gross
amounts
offset1

£m

  

Net amount
presented
in statement
of financial
position

£m

  

Financial
instruments

£m

  

Cash
collateral
received/
pledged

£m

  

Net amount  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Assets

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   2,245        2,245    (891)2   (709  645    
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

91

 

  

 

  

 

(2

 

 

  

 

89

 

  

 

  

 

(1

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

88  

 

  

 

  

 

 
      2,336    (2  2,334    (892  (709  733    
  

 

 
  

Liabilities

       
  

Derivative financial instruments

   (1,681      (1,681  8912   440    (350)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(140

 

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

  

 

(139

 

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

(138) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
      (1,821  1    (1,820  892    440    (488)   
  

 

 
              
  

 

 
  

Total

   515    (1  514        (269  245    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The gross financial assets and liabilities offset in the statement of financial position primarily relate to commodity contracts. Offsets relate to margin payments for NYMEX gas futures which are traded on a recognised exchange.

   

  

 

2.

 

 

Comparatives have been restated to present items on a basis consistent with the current year.

 

  


150 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

139

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(b) Liquidity risk

Our policy is to determine our liquidity requirements by the use of both short-term and long-term cash flow forecasts. These forecasts are supplemented by a financial headroom analysis which is used to assess funding requirements for at least a 24 month period and maintain adequate liquidity for a continuous 12 month period.

 

We believe our contractual obligations, including those shown in commitments and contingencies in note 27 can be met from existing cash and investments, operating cash flows and other financings that we reasonably expect to be able to secure in the future, together with the use of committed facilities if required.

 

Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the periodic and timely provision of financial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness. Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the lender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

 

The following is an analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities as at the reporting date:

 

  

  

    

    

     

   

   At 31 March 2014  

Less
than
1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More
than
3 years

£m

  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (3,091  (864  (1,140  (20,275  (25,370)   
  

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (826  (812  (796  (14,571  (17,005)   
  

Finance lease liabilities

   (18  (19  (20  (112  (169)   
  

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,584  (190          (2,774)   
   

    

      
  

Derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Derivative contracts – receipts

   1,068    950    153    1,155    3,326    
  

Derivative contracts – payments

   (556  (861  (144  (1,638  (3,199)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(177

 

 

  

 

(30

 

 

  

 

(22

 

 

  

 

2

 

  

 

  

 

(227) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

Total

 

   

 

(6,184

 

 

  

 

(1,826

 

 

  

 

(1,969

 

 

  

 

(35,439

 

 

  

 

(45,418) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
 
   

At 31 March 2013

  

Less
than
1 year

£m

  

1-2 years

£m

  

2-3 years

£m

  

More
than
3 years

£m

  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Non-derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (3,061  (1,836  (790  (21,704  (27,391)   
  

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (951  (861  (842  (15,775  (18,429)   
  

Finance lease liabilities

   (27  (26  (26  (151  (230)   
  

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,696  (235          (2,931)   
   

    

      
  

Derivative financial liabilities

      
  

Derivative contracts – receipts

   1,388    816    1,053    441    3,698    
  

Derivative contracts – payments2

   (1,309  (469  (969  (1,039  (3,786)   
  

Commodity contracts

 

   

 

(150

 

 

  

 

(41

 

 

  

 

(35

 

 

  

 

(25

 

 

  

 

(251) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

Total

 

   

 

(6,806

 

 

  

 

(2,652

 

 

  

 

(1,609

 

 

  

 

(38,253

 

 

  

 

(49,320) 

 

  

 

  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

The interest on borrowings is calculated based on borrowings held at 31 March without taking account of future issues. Floating-rate interest is estimated using a forward interest rate curve as at 31 March. Payments are included on the basis of the earliest date on which the Company can be required to settle.

    

  

 

2.

 

 

The comparatives have been restated on a basis consistent with the current year.

 

  


140    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

(b) Liquidity risk

Our policy is to determine our liquidity requirements by the use of both short-term and long-term cash flow forecasts. These forecasts are supplemented by a financial headroom analysis which is used to assess funding requirements for at least a 24 month period and maintain adequate liquidity for a continuous 12 month period.

We believe our contractual obligations, including those shown in commitments and contingencies in note 27 can be met from existing cash and investments, operating cash flows and other financings that we reasonably expect to be able to secure in the future, together with the use of committed facilities if required.

Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the periodic and timely provision of financial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness. Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the lender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

The following is an analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities as at the reporting date:

At 31 March 2016  

  Less than

1 year

£m

   

1 to 2

years

£m

   

2 to 3

years

£m

   

More than

3 years

£m

   

Total

£m

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

          

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (3,225   (1,777   (1,760   (20,831   (27,593

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (839   (806   (746   (13,549   (15,940

Finance lease liabilities

   (53   (58   (43   (130   (284

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,755   (230             (2,985

Derivative financial liabilities

          

Derivative contracts – receipts

   314     487     846     811     2,458  

Derivative contracts – payments

   (389   (964   (855   (914   (3,122

Commodity contracts

   (104   (32   (9   1     (144
    (7,051   (3,380   (2,567   (34,612   (47,610
At 31 March 2015  

Less than
1 year

£m

   

1 to 2
years

£m

   

2 to 3
years

£m

   

More than

3 years

£m

   

Total

£m

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

          

Borrowings, excluding finance lease liabilities

   (2,289   (1,179   (1,513   (20,235   (25,216

Interest payments on borrowings1

   (790   (790   (766   (13,587   (15,933

Finance lease liabilities

   (44   (41   (32   (86   (203

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

   (2,744   (216             (2,960

Derivative financial liabilities

          

Derivative contracts – receipts

   602     244     411     1,194     2,451  

Derivative contracts – payments

   (935   (318   (952   (1,631   (3,836

Commodity contracts

   (116   (43   (21        (180
    (6,316   (2,343   (2,873   (34,345   (45,877

1.The interest on borrowings is calculated based on borrowings held at 31 March without taking account of future issues. Floating rate interest is estimated using a forward interest rate curve as at 31 March. Payments are included on the basis of the earliest date on which the Company can be required to settle.

(c) Interest rate risk

National Grid’s interest rate risk arises from our long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose National Grid to cash flow interest rate risk, partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose National Grid to fair value interest rate risk.

Our interest rate risk management policy is to seek to minimise total financing costs (being interest costs and changes in the market value of debt) subject to constraints. We do this by using fixed and floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements.

We hold some borrowings on issue that are inflation linked. We believe that these provide a partial economic offset to the inflation risk associated with our UK inflation linked revenues.

The table in note 19 sets out the carrying amount, by contractual maturity, of borrowings that are exposed to interest rate risk before taking into account interest rate swaps.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements151


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(c) Interest rate riskcontinued

During 2016 and 2015, net debt was managed using derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risk as follows:

   2016    2015
    
 
Fixed rate
£m
  
  
  
 

 

Floating
rate

£m

  
  

  

  
 
 
Inflation
linked
£m
  
  
  
  

 

Other

£m

1 

  

  
 
Total
£m
  
  
    
 
  Fixed rate
£m
  
  
  
 

 

Floating
rate

£m

  
  

  

  
 
 
Inflation
linked
£m
  
  
  
  

 

Other

£m

1 

  

 

Total  

£m  

Cash and cash equivalents

   1    126            127     1    118           119  

Financial investments

   54    2,939        5    2,998     281    2,273        5   2,559  

Borrowings2

   (17,706  (3,008  (7,629  (1  (28,344    (16,229  (2,746  (6,933  (2 (25,910) 

Pre-derivative position

   (17,651  57    (7,629  4    (25,219   (15,947  (355  (6,933  3   (23,232) 

Derivative effect3

   1,788    (2,481  587        (106    1,593    (2,294  18       (683) 

Net debt position

   (15,863  (2,424  (7,042  4    (25,325    (14,354  (2,649  (6,915  3   (23,915) 

1. Represents financial instruments which are not directly affected by interest rate risk, such as investments in equity or other similar financial instruments.

2. Includes bank overdrafts.

3. The impact of 2016/17 (2015: 2015/16) maturing short-dated interest rate derivatives is included.

 

(d) Currency risk

National Grid operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities, and investments in foreign operations.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange transaction risk is to hedge contractually committed foreign currency cash flows over a prescribed minimum size. Where foreign currency cash flow forecasts are less certain, our policy is to hedge a proportion of such cash flows based on the probability of those cash flows occurring. Instruments used to manage foreign exchange transaction risk include foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swaps.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange translation risk relating to our net investment in foreign operations is to maintain a percentage of net debt and foreign exchange forwards so as to provide an economic offset. The primary managed foreign exchange exposure arises from the dollar denominated assets and liabilities held by our US operations, with a further small euro exposure in respect of a joint venture investment.

 

During 2016 and 2015, derivative financial instruments were used to manage foreign currency risk as follows:

 

   2016    2015
    Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
  Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
  Total
£m
     Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
  Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
  

Total  

£m  

Cash and cash equivalents

   3    1    123        127     12        107       119  

Financial investments

   1,201    105    1,622    70    2,998     1,227    90    1,181    61   2,559  

Borrowings1

   (13,131  (5,061  (8,806  (1,346  (28,344    (11,791  (5,099  (7,604  (1,416 (25,910) 

Pre-derivative position

   (11,927  (4,955  (7,061  (1,276  (25,219   (10,552  (5,009  (6,316  (1,355 (23,232) 

Derivative effect

   2,374    4,971    (8,989  1,538    (106    1,608    5,203    (8,858  1,364   (683) 

Net debt position

   (9,553  16    (16,050  262    (25,325    (8,944  194    (15,174  9   (23,915) 

1. Includes bank overdrafts.

 

The overall exposure to dollars largely relates to our net investment hedge activities as described in note 15.

 

The currency exposure on other financial instruments is as follows:

 

   2016    2015
    Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
  Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
  Total
£m
     Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
  Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
  

Total  

£m  

Trade and other receivables

   220    8    1,236        1,464     200        1,495       1,695  

Trade and other payables

   (1,380      (1,471      (2,851   (1,403      (1,457     (2,860) 

Other non-current assets

   (17      (252      (269    (19      (252     (271) 

The carrying amounts of other financial instruments are denominated in the above currencies, which in most instances are the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries. Our exposure to dollars is due to activities in our US subsidiaries. We do not have any other significant exposure to currency risk on these balances.

 

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(c) Interest rate risk

National Grid’s interest rate risk arises from our long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose National Grid to cash flow interest rate risk, partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose National Grid to fair value interest rate risk.

 

Our interest rate risk management policy is to seek to minimise total financing costs (being interest costs and changes in the market value of debt) subject to constraints. We do this by using fixed and floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward rate agreements.

 

We hold some borrowings on issue that are inflation linked. We believe that these provide a partial economic offset to the inflation risk associated with our UK inflation linked revenues.

 

The table in note 19 sets out the carrying amount, by contractual maturity, of borrowings that are exposed to interest rate risk before taking into account interest rate swaps.

 

During 2014 and 2013, net debt was managed using derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risk as follows:

 

     2014 

2013

     

Fixed 

rate 

£m 

 

 Floating 
rate 

£m 

 

 Inflation 
linked 

£m 

   Other1 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

 

    Fixed 

rate 

£m 

 

 Floating 
rate 

£m 

 

 Inflation 
linked 

£m 

   Other1 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

  

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 175  179  –  –  354   577  94  –  –  671  
  

Financial investments

 615  2,979  –   3,599   540  4,843  –  48  5,431  
  

Borrowings2

 (15,585) (3,520) (6,836) (9)   (25,950)  (17,767) (3,700) (6,617) (11)   (28,095) 
  

 

  

Pre-derivative position

 (14,795) (362) (6,836) (4) (21,997)  (16,650) 1,237  (6,617) 37  (21,993) 
  

Derivative effect3

 3,359  (2,743) 191  –  807   1,555  (1,132) 141  –  564  
  

 

  

Net debt position

 (11,436) (3,105) (6,645) (4) (21,190)  (15,095) 105  (6,476) 37  (21,429) 
  

 

  

 

1.

 

 

Represents financial instruments which are not directly affected by interest rate risk, such as investments in equity or other similar financial instruments.

  2. Includes bank overdrafts.
  3. The impact of 2014/15 (2013: 2013/14) maturing short-dated interest rate derivatives is included.
  

 

(d) Currency risk

National Grid operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities, and investments in foreign operations.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange transaction risk is to hedge contractually committed foreign currency cash flows over a prescribed minimum size. Where foreign currency cash flow forecasts are less certain, our policy is to hedge a proportion of such cash flows based on the probability of those cash flows occurring. Instruments used to manage foreign exchange transaction risk include foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange swaps.

 

Our policy for managing foreign exchange translation risk relating to our net investment in foreign operations is to maintain a percentage of net debt and foreign exchange forwards so as to provide an economic offset of our cash flows arising in the foreign currency. The primary managed foreign exchange exposure arises from the dollar denominated assets and liabilities held by our US operations, with a further small euro exposure in respect of a joint venture investment.

 

During 2014 and 2013, derivative financial instruments were used to manage foreign currency risk as follows:

 

     2014 

2013

   Sterling 
£m 
 

Euro 

£m 

 

Dollar 

£m 

 Other 
£m 
 

Total 

£m 

 Sterling 
£m 
 

Euro 

£m 

 

Dollar 

£m 

 Other 
£m 
 

Total  

£m  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 16  –  338  –  354  238   432  –  671  
 

Financial investments

 1,879  111  1,553  56  3,599  3,938  124  1,289  80  5,431  
 

Borrowings1

 (12,780) (4,479) (7,330) (1,361) (25,950) (12,573) (5,220) (8,678) (1,624) (28,095) 
 

 

 

Pre-derivative position

 (10,885) (4,368) (5,439) (1,305) (21,997) (8,397) (5,095) (6,957) (1,544) (21,993) 
 

Derivative effect

 3,137  4,670  (8,326) 1,326  807  320  5,368  (6,684) 1,560  564  
 

 

 

Net debt position

 (7,748) 302  (13,765) 21  (21,190) (8,077) 273  (13,641) 16  (21,429) 
 

 

 

 

1.

 

 

Includes bank overdrafts.

 

 

The overall exposure to dollars largely relates to our net investment hedge activities as described in note 15.

 

 


152 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

141

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(d) Currency risk continued

The currency exposure on other financial instruments is as follows:

 

  

  

  

    2014   2013 
        Sterling
£m
  Euro
£m
   Dollar
£m
  Other
£m
   Total  
£m  
       Sterling
£m
  Euro  
£m  
   Dollar  
£m  
   Other  
£m  
   Total  
£m  
 
 

 

 
 

Trade and other receivables

   142         1,623         1,765       151    –       1,338       –       1,489    
 

Trade and other payables

   (1,370       (1,291       (2,661)      (1,328  –       (1,437)      –       (2,765)   
 

Other non-current liabilities

   (16       (220       (236)      (22  –       (283)      –       (305)   
 

 

 
 

 

The carrying amounts of other financial instruments are denominated in the above currencies, which in most instances are the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries. Our exposure to dollars is due to activities in our US subsidiaries. We do not have any other significant exposure to currency risk on these balances.

 

(e) Commodity risk

We purchase electricity and gas to supply our customers in the US and to meet our own energy needs. Substantially all our costs of purchasing electricity and gas for supply to customers are recoverable at an amount equal to cost. The timing of recovery of these costs can vary between financial periods leading to an under- or over-recovery within any particular year, that can lead to large fluctuations in the income statement. We follow approved policies to manage price and supply risks for our commodity activities.

 

Our energy procurement risk management policy and delegations of authority govern our US commodity trading activities for energy transactions. The purpose of this policy is to ensure we transact within pre-defined risk parameters and only in the physical and financial markets where we or our customers have a physical market requirement. In addition, state regulators require National Grid to manage commodity risk and cost volatility prudently through diversified pricing strategies. In some jurisdictions we are required to file a plan outlining our strategy to be approved by regulators. In certain cases we might receive guidance with regard to specific hedging limits.

 

Energy purchase contracts for the forward purchase of electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to customers or for energy that the Company uses itself meet the normal purchase, sale or usage exemption of IAS 39. They are, therefore, not recognised in the financial statements. Disclosure of commitments under such contracts is made in note 27.

 

We enter into forward contracts for the purchase of commodities, some of which do not meet the own use exemption for accounting purposes and hence are accounted for as derivatives. We also enter into derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices, including index-linked futures, swaps and options contracts. These derivative financial instruments are used to manage market price volatility and are carried at fair value on the statement of financial position, with the mark-to-market changes reflected through earnings.

 

    

  

     

      

    

     


142    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

(e) Commodity risk

We purchase electricity and gas to supply our customers in the US and to meet our own energy needs. Substantially all our costs of purchasing electricity and gas for supply to customers are recoverable at an amount equal to cost. The timing of recovery of these costs can vary between financial periods leading to an under- or over-recovery within any particular year that can lead to large fluctuations in the income statement. We follow approved policies to manage price and supply risks for our commodity activities.

Our energy procurement risk management policy and delegations of authority govern our US commodity trading activities for energy transactions. The purpose of this policy is to ensure we transact within pre-defined risk parameters and only in the physical and financial markets where we or our customers have a physical market requirement. In addition, state regulators require National Grid to manage commodity risk and cost volatility prudently through diversified pricing strategies. In some jurisdictions we are required to file a plan outlining our strategy to be approved by regulators. In certain cases we might receive guidance with regard to specific hedging limits.

Energy purchase contracts for the forward purchase of electricity or gas that are used to satisfy physical delivery requirements to customers or for energy that the Company uses itself meet the normal purchase, sale or usage exemption of IAS 39. They are, therefore, not recognised in the financial statements. Disclosure of commitments under such contracts is made in note 27.

We enter into forward contracts for the purchase of commodities, some of which do not meet the own use exemption for accounting purposes and hence are accounted for as derivatives. We also enter into derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices, including index-linked futures, swaps and options contracts. These derivative financial instruments are used to manage market price volatility and are carried at fair value on the statement of financial position, with the mark-to-market changes reflected through earnings.

The fair value of our commodity contracts by type can be analysed as follows:

   2016     2015 
    

  Assets

£m

   

Liabilities

£m

  

      Total

£m

      

  Assets

£m

   

Liabilities

£m

  

      Total

£m

 

Commodity purchase contracts accounted for as derivative contracts

           

Forward purchases of electricity

        (26  (26         (42  (42

Forward purchases of gas

   25     (27  (2    42     (42    

Derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices

           

Electricity capacity

   2         2                 

Electricity swaps

   2     (69  (67    21     (59  (38

Electricity options

        (1  (1         (1  (1

Gas swaps

   3     (12  (9     1     (27  (26
    32     (135  (103     64     (171  (107

The maturity profile of commodity contracts is as follows:

 

  

   2016     2015 
    Assets
£m
   Liabilities
£m
  Total
£m
      

Assets

£m

   Liabilities
£m
  Total
£m
 

Current

           

Less than one year

   22     (96  (74     35     (116  (81
    22     (96  (74     35     (116  (81

Non-current

           

In 1 to 2 years

   8     (30  (22    25     (37  (12

In 2 to 3 years

   1     (9  (8    2     (18  (16

In 3 to 4 years

                  1         1  

In 4 to 5 years

                  1         1  

More than 5 years

   1         1                  
    10     (39  (29     29     (55  (26
    32     (135  (103     64     (171  (107

For each class of commodity contract, our exposure based on the notional quantities is as follows:

      2016     2015 

Forward purchases of electricity1

     481 GWh       984 GWh  

Forward purchases/sales of gas2

     44m Dth       55m Dth  

Electricity swaps

     11,786 GWh       10,779 GWh  

Electricity options

     22,375 GWh       25,157 GWh  

Electricity capacity

     1 kWm         

Gas swaps

     76m Dth       65m Dth  

Gas options

     16m Dth       4m Dth  

NYMEX gas futures3

     14m Dth       20m Dth  

1. Forward electricity purchases have terms up to three years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £40m (2015: £77m).

2. Forward gas purchases have terms up to five years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £20m (2015: £26m).

3. NYMEX gas futures have been offset with related margin accounts (see note 30(a)).

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements153


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements30. Financial risk managementcontinued

(f) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity, as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, and net debt (note 26). National Grid’s objectives when managing capital are: to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern; to remain within regulatory constraints of our regulated operating companies; and to maintain an efficient mix of debt and equity funding thus achieving an optimal capital structure and cost of capital. We regularly review and manage the capital structure as appropriate in order to achieve these objectives.

Maintaining appropriate credit ratings for our regulated companies is an important aspect of our capital risk management strategy and balance sheet efficiency. As noted on page 25, we monitor our balance sheet efficiency using several metrics including our retained cash flow/net debt and interest cover. Interest cover for the year ended 31 March 2016 was 5.5 (2015: 5.1). Our long-term target range for interest cover is greater than 3.0, which we believe is consistent with single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies, NGET and NGG, based on guidance from the rating agencies.

In addition, we monitor the RAV gearing within each of NGET and the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG. This is calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of RAV, and indicates the level of debt employed to fund our UK regulated businesses. It is compared with the level of RAV gearing indicated by Ofgem as being appropriate for these businesses, at around 60 to 65%.

The majority of our regulated operating companies in the US and the UK (and one intermediate UK holding company), are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends by administrative order, contract and/or licence. The types of restrictions that a company may have that would prevent a dividend being declared or paid unless they are met include:

dividends must be approved in advance by the relevant US state regulatory commission;
the subsidiary must have at least two recognised rating agency credit ratings of at least investment grade;
dividends must be limited to cumulative retained earnings, including pre-acquisition retained earnings;
National Grid plc must maintain an investment grade credit rating and if that rating is the lowest investment grade bond rating it cannot have a negative watch/review for downgrade notice by a credit rating agency;
the subsidiary must not carry on any activities other than those permitted by the licences;
the subsidiary must not create any cross-default obligations or give or receive any intra-group cross-subsidies; and
the percentage of equity compared with total capital of the subsidiary must remain above certain levels.

There is a further restriction relating only to the Narragansett Electric Company, which is required to maintain its consolidated net worth above certain levels.

These restrictions are subject to alteration in the US as and when a new rate case or rate plan is agreed with the relevant regulatory bodies for each operating company and in the UK through the normal licence review process.

As most of our business is regulated, at 31 March 2016 the majority of our net assets are subject to some of the restrictions noted above. These restrictions are not considered to be significantly onerous, nor do we currently expect they will prevent the planned payment of dividends in future in line with our dividend policy.

Some of our regulatory and bank loan agreements additionally impose lower limits for the long-term credit ratings that certain companies within the Group must hold. All the above requirements are monitored on a regular basis in order to ensure compliance. The Company has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject.

(g) Fair value analysis

The financial instruments included on the statement of financial position are measured at fair value. These fair values can be categorised into hierarchy levels that are representative of the inputs used in measuring the fair value. The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

   2016     2015 
        Level 1
£m
   Level 2
£m
  Level 3
£m
  Total
£m
          Level 1
£m
   Level 2
£m
  Level 3
£m
  Total
£m
 

Assets

             

Available-for-sale investments

   2,040     393        2,433      1,315     247        1,562  

Derivative financial instruments

        1,945    18    1,963           1,702    14    1,716  

Commodity contracts

        5    27    32            22    42    64  
    2,040     2,343    45    4,428       1,315     1,971    56    3,342  

Liabilities

             

Derivative financial instruments

        (1,855  (214  (2,069         (2,219  (180  (2,399

Commodity contracts

        (81  (54  (135          (87  (84  (171
         (1,936  (268  (2,204          (2,306  (264  (2,570
    2,040     407    (223  2,224       1,315     (335  (208  772  

Level 1:Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2:Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are based directly or indirectly on observable market data.
Level 3:Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are based on unobservable market data.

 

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(e) Commodity riskcontinued

The fair value of our commodity contracts by type can be analysed as follows:

 

  

  

  

       2014  2013 
               Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m
  Total 
£m 
          Assets
£m
  

Liabilities 

£m 

 

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Commodity purchase contracts accounted for as derivative contracts

      
  

Forward purchases of electricity

  1    (49  (48)       (89)  (89)   
  

Forward purchases of gas

  30    (66  (36)    46   (45)  1    
 
  

Derivative financial instruments linked to commodity prices

      
  

Electricity swaps

  26    (6  20     16   (1)  15    
  

Electricity options

  22        22     16   –   16    
  

Gas swaps

  7    (2      10   (4)  6    
  

Gas options

  1            1   –   1    
  

 

 
     87    (123  (36)    89   (139)  (50)   
  

 

 
 
  The maturity profile of commodity contracts is as follows:  
 
       2014  2013 
       

      Assets

£m

        Liabilities
£m
          Total 
£m 
  

      Assets

£m

  

      Liabilities 

£m 

 

        Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Less than one year

  42    (77  (35)    42   (69)  (27)   
  

 

 
  

Current

  42    (77  (35)    42   (69)  (27)   
  

 

 
  

In 1-2 years

  13    (22  (9)    13   (23)  (10)   
  

In 2-3 years

  15    (17  (2)    10   (23)  (13)   
  

In 3-4 years

  4    (7  (3)    14   (16)  (2)   
  

In 4-5 years

  3            2   (8)  (6)   
  

More than 5 years

  10        10     8   –   8    
  

 

 
  

Non-current

  45    (46  (1)    47   (70)  (23)   
  

 

 
  

Total

  87    (123  (36)    89   (139)  (50)   
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of commodity contract, our exposure based on the notional quantities is as follows:

 

  

                2014       2013   
  

 

 
  

Forward purchases of electricity1

     1,740 GWh        2,595 GWh    
  

Forward purchases/sales of gas2

     84m Dth        59m Dth    
  

Electricity swaps

     6,603 GWh        6,309 GWh    
  

Electricity options

     28,760 GWh        32,999 GWh    
  

Gas swaps

     50m Dth        66m Dth    
  

Gas options

     23m Dth        4m Dth    
  

NYMEX gas futures3

     20m Dth        17m Dth    
  

 

 
  

 

1.

 

 

Forward electricity purchases have terms up to four years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £106m (2013: £174m).

  

  2. Forward gas purchases have terms up to five years. The contractual obligations under these contracts are £171m (2013: £119m).  
  3. NYMEX gas futures have been offset with related margin accounts (see note 30 (a) on page 137).  
  

 

(f) Capital risk management

National Grid’s objectives when managing capital are: to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern; to remain within regulatory constraints of our regulated operating companies; and to maintain an efficient mix of debt and equity funding thus achieving an optimal capital structure and cost of capital. We regularly review and maintain or adjust the capital structure as appropriate in order to achieve these objectives.

 

Maintaining appropriate credit ratings for our regulated companies is an important aspect of our capital risk management strategy and balance sheet efficiency. We monitor our balance sheet efficiency using several metrics including our interest cover. Interest cover for the year ended 31 March 2014 was 4.1 (2013: 3.9). Our long-term target range for interest cover is greater than 3.0, which we believe is consistent with single A range long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings within our main UK operating companies, NGET and NGG, based on guidance from the rating agencies.

 

In addition, we monitor the RAV gearing within each of NGET and the regulated transmission and distribution businesses within NGG. This is calculated as net debt expressed as a percentage of RAV, and indicates the level of debt employed to fund our UK regulated businesses. It is compared with the level of RAV gearing indicated by Ofgem as being appropriate for these businesses, at around 60-65%.

 

  

    

     

    


154 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

143

  

30. Financial risk management continued

 

(f) Capital risk management continued

The majority of our regulated operating companies in the US and the UK (and one intermediate UK holding company), which are all consolidated subsidiaries of National Grid, are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends by administrative order (by regulators relevant to the individual company), contract and/or licence. The types of restrictions that a company may have that would prevent a dividend being declared or paid unless they are met include:

 

  

 dividends must be approved in advance by the relevant US state regulatory commission;

 
  

 the subsidiary must have at least two recognised rating agency credit ratings of at least investment grade;

 
  

 dividends must be limited to cumulative retained earnings, including pre-acquisition retained earnings;

 
  

 National Grid plc must maintain an investment grade credit rating and if that rating is the lowest investment grade bond rating it cannot have a negative watch/review downgrade notice by a credit rating agency;

 
  

 the subsidiary must not carry on any activities other than those permitted by the licences;

 
  

 the subsidiary must not create any cross-default obligations or give or receive any intra-group cross-subsidies; and

 
  

 the percentage of equity compared with total capital of the subsidiary must remain above certain levels.

  

 

There is a further restriction relating only to the Narragansett Electric Company, which is required to maintain its consolidated net worth above certain levels.

 

These restrictions are subject to alteration in the US as and when a new rate case or rate plan is agreed with the relevant regulatory bodies for each operating company and in the UK through the normal licence review process.

 

As most of our business is regulated, at 31 March 2014 the majority of our net assets are subject to some of the restrictions noted above. These restrictions are not considered to be significantly onerous, nor do we currently expect they will prevent the planned payment of dividends in future in line with our dividend policy.

 

Some of our regulatory and bank loan agreements additionally impose lower limits for the long-term credit ratings that certain companies within the Group must hold. All the above requirements are monitored on a regular basis in order to ensure compliance. The Company has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements to which it is subject.

 

(g) Fair value analysis

The financial instruments included on the statement of financial position are measured at fair value. These fair values can be categorised into hierarchy levels that are representative of the inputs used in measuring the fair value. The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

 

       2014 

2013

       

        Level 1

£m

         Level 2 
£m 
         Level 3  
£m  
       Total  
£m  
       Level 1
£m
       Level 2 
£m 
       Level 3  
£m  
       Total  
£m  
  

 

  Assets        
  

Available-for-sale investments

 2,786 214  –   3,000   4,510 209  –   4,719  
  

Derivative financial instruments

  1,950  20   1,970    2,197  48   2,245  
  

Commodity contracts

  34  53   87    26  63   89  
  

 

   2,786 2,198  73   5,057   4,510 2,432  111   7,053  
  

 

  Liabilities        
  

Derivative financial instruments

  (1,043) (120)  (1,163)   (1,529) (152)  (1,681) 
  

Commodity contracts

  (12) (111)  (123)   (5) (134)  (139) 
  

 

    (1,055) (231)  (1,286)   (1,534) (286)  (1,820) 
  

 

  

Total

 2,786 1,143  (158)  3,771   4,510 898  (175)  5,233  
  

 

  

 

Level 1:

 

 

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

  

 

Level 2:

 

 

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are based directly or indirectly on observable market data.

  

 

Level 3:

 

 

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are based on unobservable market data.

 


144    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

   Financial Statements

 

    

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

(g) Fair value analysiscontinued

Our level 3 derivative financial instruments include cross-currency swaps, inflation linked swaps and equity options, all of which are traded on illiquid markets. In valuing these instruments a third-party valuation is obtained to support each reported fair value.

Our level 3 commodity contracts primarily consist of our forward purchases of electricity and gas where pricing inputs are unobservable, as well as other complex transactions. Complex transactions can introduce the need for internally developed models based on reasonable assumptions. Industry standard valuation techniques such as the Black-Scholes pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation are used for valuing such instruments. Level 3 is also applied in cases when optionality is present or where an extrapolated forward curve is considered unobservable. All published forward curves are verified to market data; if forward curves differ from market data by 5% or more they are considered unobservable.

The changes in value of our level 3 derivative financial instruments are as follows:

      Derivative financial    
instruments
    

Commodity

contracts

    Total 
   

 

    2016

£m

  

  

  

 

    2015

£m

  

  

    

 

    2016

£m

  

  

  

 

    2015

£m

  

  

    

 

    2016

£m

  

  

  

 

    2015

£m

  

  

At 1 April

  (166  (100   (42  (58   (208  (158

Net gains/(losses) for the year1,2

  (20  (63   (27  (53   (47  (116

Purchases3

  1         13    38     14    38  

Settlements

  (11  (3   29    28     18    25  

Reclassification/transfers out of level 3

                3          3  

At 31 March

  (196  (166    (27  (42    (223  (208

1. Loss of £17m (2015: £63m loss) is attributable to derivative financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period and has been recognised in finance costs in the income statement.

2. Loss of £28m (2015: £48m loss) is attributable to commodity contract financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period.

3. Purchases in the year relate to equity options.

The impacts on a post-tax basis of reasonably possible changes in significant level 3 assumptions are as follows:

  Derivative financial
instruments
    

Commodity

contracts

 
   

2016

Income

statement
£m

  

2015

Income

statement
£m

     2016
Income
statement
£m
  2015
Income
statement
£m
 

10% increase in commodity prices1

           4    4  

10% decrease in commodity prices1

               (3

Volume forecast uplift2

           (1  (2

Volume forecast reduction2

           1    2  

+10% market area price change

           (2  (4

–10% market area price change

           2    4  

+20 basis point change in Limited Price Inflation (LPI) market curve3

  (83  (77         

–20 basis points change in LPI market curve3

  80    75            

1. Level 3 commodity price sensitivity is included within the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 33.

2. Volumes were flexed using maximum and minimum historical averages, or by >10% where historical averages were not available.

3. A reasonably possible change in assumption of other level 3 derivative financial instruments is unlikely to result in a material change in fair values.

The impacts disclosed above were considered on a contract by contract basis with the most significant unobservable inputs identified.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements155


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements31. Borrowing facilitiescontinued

 

 

To support our long-term liquidity requirements and provide backup to commercial paper and other borrowings, we agree loan facilities with financial institutions over and above the value of borrowings that may be required. These facilities have never been drawn, and our undrawn amounts are listed below.

At 31 March 2016, we had bilateral committed credit facilities of £2,808m (2015: £2,094m). In addition, we had committed credit facilities from syndicates of banks of £295m at 31 March 2016 (2015: £884m). All committed credit facilities were undrawn in 2016 and 2015. An analysis of the maturity of these undrawn committed facilities is shown below:

    

2016

£m

   

2015

£m

 

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities expiring:

    

Less than 1 year

        572  

In 1 to 2 years

          

In 2 to 3 years

   1,115     874  

In 3 to 4 years

   295     1,220  

In 4 to 5 years

        312  

More than 5 years

   1,693       
         3,103          2,978  

Of the unused facilities at 31 March 2016, £2,808m (2015: £2,666m) was held as backup to commercial paper and similar borrowings, while £295m (2015: £312m) is available as backup to specific US borrowings.

In addition to the above, the Group has a bank loan agreement totalling £1,500m with the European Investment Bank (EIB), of which £900m is currently undrawn, and an Export Credit Agreement (ECA) totalling £162m, which is undrawn.

Further information on our bonds can be found on the debt investor section of our website.

 

  

30. Financial risk managementcontinued

 

(g) Fair value analysis continued

Our level 3 derivative financial instruments include cross-currency swaps with an embedded call option, currency swaps where the currency forward curve is illiquid and inflation linked swaps where the inflation curve is illiquid. In valuing these instruments a third-party valuation is obtained to support each reported fair value.

 

Our level 3 commodity contracts primarily consist of our forward purchases of electricity and gas where pricing inputs are unobservable, as well as other complex transactions. Complex transactions can introduce the need for internally developed models based on reasonable assumptions. Industry standard valuation techniques such as the Black-Scholes pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation are used for valuing such instruments. Level 3 is also applied in cases when optionality is present or where an extrapolated forward curve is considered unobservable. All published forward curves are verified to market data; if forward curves differ from market data by 5% or more they are considered unobservable.

 

The changes in value of our level 3 derivative financial instruments are as follows:

 

  

  

    

      

  

     

Derivative

    financial instruments    

     Commodity contracts     Total 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
     2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013   
Level 3   
valuation   
£m   
 2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013   
Level 3   
valuation   
£m   
 2014
Level 3
valuation
£m
  2013  
Level 3  
valuation  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

At 1 April

  (104 (180)    (71 (140)    (175  (320)   
  

Net gains/(losses) for the year1,2

  7   79     19   45     26    124    
  

Purchases

     –     1   (14)    1    (14)   
  

Settlements

  (3 (3)    (7 39     (10  36    
  

Reclassification out of level 3

     –        (1)        (1)   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March

  (100 (104)    (58 (71)    (158  (175)   
  

 

 
  

 

1. Gain of £7m (2013: £79m gain) is attributable to derivative financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period.

2. Loss of £30m (2013: £51m gain) is attributable to commodity contract financial instruments held at the end of the reporting period.

 

In 2014 the transfers out of level 3 were immaterial.

 

The impacts on a post-tax basis of reasonably possible changes in significant level 3 assumptions are as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

          

Derivative

financial instruments

 Commodity contracts 
     

 

 

 

 

 

 
          2014
Income
statement
£m
  2013   
Income   
statement   
£m   
 2014
Income
statement
£m
  2013  
Income  
statement  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

10% increase in commodity prices1

       –     33    40    
  

10% decrease in commodity prices1

       –     (15  (23)   
  

Volume forecast uplift2

       –     (2  (4)   
  

Volume forecast reduction2

       –     2    4    
  

Forward curve extrapolation

       –     1    –    
  

+20 basis point change in LPI market curve3

    (54 (62)        –    
  

–20 basis point change in LPI market curve3

    53   60         –    
  

 

 
  

 

1. Level 3 commodity price sensitivity is included within the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 33 on page 147.

2. Volumes were flexed using maximum and minimum historical averages, or by >10% where historical averages were not available.

3. A reasonably possible change in assumption of other level 3 derivative financial instruments is unlikely to result in a material change in fair values.

 

The impacts disclosed above were considered on a contract by contract basis with the most significant unobservable inputs identified.

 

 

 

    

    

    

  


156 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

145

   

31.Borrowing facilities

   

 

To support our long-term liquidity requirements and provide backup to commercial paper and other borrowings, we agree loan facilities with financial institutions over and above the value of borrowings that may be required. These facilities have never been drawn, and our undrawn amounts are listed below.

 

   

 

At 31 March 2014, we had bilateral committed credit facilities of £2,073m (2013: £2,009m). In addition, we had committed credit facilities from syndicates of banks of £800m at 31 March 2014 (2013: £877m). All committed credit facilities were undrawn in 2014 and 2013. An analysis of the maturity of these undrawn committed facilities is shown below:

 

       

        2014  

£m  

 

            2013  

£m  

   

 

   

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities expiring:

  
   

Less than 1 year

 –   –  
   

In 1-2 years

 800   1,140  
   

In 2-3 years

 –   877  
   

In 3-4 years

 853   –  
   

In 4-5 years

 1,220   869  
   

 

    2,873   2,886  
   

 

   

 

Of the unused facilities at 31 March 2014, £2,583m (2013: £2,568m) was held as backup to commercial paper and similar borrowings, while £290m (2013: £318m) is available as backup to specific US borrowings.

 

Further information on our bonds can be found on the debt investor section of our website.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     


 

146  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

   Financial Statements

 

Notes to the consolidated

financial statementscontinued

 

    

    

32.Subsidiary32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

 

 

While we present consolidated results in these financial statements as if we were one company, our legal structure is such that there are a number of different operating and holding companies that contribute to the overall result. This structure has evolved through acquisitions as well as regulatory requirements to have certain activities within separate legal entities.

 

Subsidiary undertakings

A list of the Group’s subsidiaries as at 31 March 2016 is given below. The entire share capital of subsidiaries is held within the Group except where the Group’s ownership percentages are shown. These percentages give the Group’s ultimate interest and therefore allow for the situation where subsidiaries are owned by partly-owned intermediate subsidiaries. Where subsidiaries have different classes of shares, this is largely for historical reasons and the effective percentage holdings given represent both the Group’s voting rights and equity holding. Shares in National Grid (US) Holdings Limited, National Grid Holdings One plc and NGG Finance plc are held directly by National Grid plc. All other holdings in subsidiaries are owned by other subsidiaries of the National Grid plc Group. All subsidiaries are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements.

Principal Group companies are identified inbold. These companies are incorporated and principally operate in the countries under which they are shown.

Incorporated in England and Wales  National Grid Property (High Wycombe) Limited*
Beegas Nominees LimitedNational Grid Property Holdings Limited
Birch Sites LimitedNational Grid Property Limited*
Carbon Sentinel LimitedNational Grid Property (Northfleet) Limited**
Gridcom LimitedNational Grid Property (Taunton) Limited*
Icelink Interconnector LimitedNational Grid Seven Limited*
KeySpan (U.K.)**National Grid Seventeen Limited
Landranch LimitedNational Grid Smart Limited
Lattice Group Employee Benefit Trust LimitedNational Grid Ten
Lattice Group plcNational Grid Thirty Eight Limited
Lattice Group Trustees LimitedNational Grid Thirty Five Limited
Natgrid Finance Holdings Limited*National Grid Thirty Four Limited
Natgrid Finance Limited*National Grid Thirty Limited
Natgrid LimitedNational Grid Thirty Seven Limited
NatGrid One LimitedNational Grid Thirty Six Limited
NatgridTW1 LimitedNational Grid Three Limited*
National Grid (US) Holdings LimitedNational Grid Twelve Limited
National Grid (US) Investments 2 LimitedNational Grid Twenty Eight Limited
National Grid (US) Investments 4 LimitedNational Grid Twenty Four Limited*
National Grid (US) Partner 1 LimitedNational Grid Twenty Seven Limited
National Grid Belgium LimitedNational Grid Twenty Three Limited
National Grid Blue Power LimitedNational Grid Twenty-Five Limited
National Grid Carbon LimitedNational Grid UK Limited
National Grid Commercial Holdings LimitedNational Grid UK Pension Services Limited
National Grid Eight*National Grid Viking Link Limited
National Grid Eighteen Limited*National Grid William Limited
National Grid Electricity Group Trustee LimitedNG Luxembourg Holdings Limited*
National Grid Electricity Transmission plcNG Nominees Limited
National Grid Energy Metering LimitedNGC Employee Shares Trustee Limited
National Grid Five Limited*NGG Finance plc
National Grid Four LimitedNGG Telecoms Holdings Limited*
National Grid Fourteen LimitedNGG Telecoms Limited*
National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plcNgrid Intellectual Property Limited
National Grid Gas Holdings LimitedNGT Telecom No. 1 Limited
National Grid Gas plcNGT Two Limited
National Grid Grain LNG LimitedPort Greenwich Limited
National Grid Holdings LimitedStargas Nominees Limited
National Grid Holdings One plcSupergrid Electricity Limited
National Grid IFA 2 LimitedSupergrid Energy Transmission Limited
National Grid Interconnector Holdings LimitedSupergrid Limited
National Grid Interconnectors LimitedTelecom International Holdings Limited*
National Grid International LimitedThamesport Interchange Limited
National Grid Land and Properties Limited*The National Grid Group Quest Trustee Company Limited
National Grid Metering LimitedThe National Grid YouPlan Trustee Limited
National Grid Nine Limited*Transco Limited
National Grid North Sea Link LimitedXoserve Limited (56.5%)
National Grid Offshore Limited
  

*Dissolved 14 April 2016 **In liquidation

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements157


 

Principal subsidiary undertakings

The principal subsidiary undertakings included inNotes to the consolidated financial statements at 31 March 2014 are listed below. These undertakings are wholly owned and, unless otherwise indicated, are incorporated in England and Wales.

– supplementary information continued

    

Principal activity

    

32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associatescontinued

Incorporated in the US

Boston Gas Company

British Transco Capital Inc.

British Transco Finance, Inc.

Broken Bridge Corp.

Colonial Gas Company

EUA Energy Investment Corporation

GridAmerica Holdings Inc.

Grid NY LLC

KeySpan CI Midstream Limited

KeySpan Corporation

KeySpan Energy Corporation

KeySpan Energy Services Inc.

KeySpan Gas East Corporation

KeySpan International Corporation

KeySpan MHK, Inc.

KeySpan Midstream, Inc.

KeySpan Plumbing Solutions, Inc.

KSI Contracting, LLC

KSI Electrical, LLC

KSI Mechanical, LLC

Land Management & Development, Inc.

Landwest, Inc.

Massachusetts Electric Company

Metro Energy L.L.C.

Metrowest Realty LLC

Mystic Steamship Corporation

Nantucket Electric Company

National Grid Gas plc

Transmission and distribution of gas
Algonquin LLC

National Grid ElectricityDevelopment Holdings Corp.

National Grid Electric Services LLC

National Grid Energy Management LLC

National Grid Energy Services LLC

National Grid Energy Trading Services LLC

National Grid Engineering & Survey Inc.

National Grid Generation LLC

National Grid Generation Ventures LLC

National Grid Glenwood Energy Center LLC

National Grid IGTS Corp.

National Grid Insurance USA Ltd

National Grid Islander East Pipeline LLC

National Grid LNG GP LLC

National Grid LNG LLC

National Grid LNG LP LLC

National Grid Millennium LLC

National Grid NE Holdings 2 LLC

National Grid North America Inc.

National Grid North East Ventures Inc.

National Grid Port Jefferson Energy Center LLC

National Grid Services, Inc.

National Grid Technologies Inc.

National Grid Transmission plc

Services Corporation

National Grid US LLC

National Grid US 6 LLC

National Grid USA

National Grid USA Service Company, Inc.

Nees Energy, Inc.

New England Electric Transmission of electricity

Corporation

New England Energy Incorporated

New England Hydro Finance Company, Inc. (53.704%)

New England Hydro-Transmission Corporation (53.704%)

New England Hydro-Transmission Electric Company, Inc. (53.704%)

New England Power Company1

Transmission of electricity
Massachusetts Electric Company1Distribution of electricity
The Narragansett Electric Company1Transmission and distribution of electricity

Newport America Corporation

NGNE LLC

Niagara Mohawk Energy, Inc.

Niagara Mohawk Holdings, Inc.

Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation1

NM Properties, Inc.

North East Transmission Co., Inc.

Opinac North America, Inc.

Philadelphia Coke Co., Inc.

Port of electricity and distribution of electricity and gas

National Grid Metering LimitedMetering services
National Grid Grain LNG LimitedLNG importation and storage
National Grid Interconnectors LimitedElectricity interconnector operator
Boston Gas Company1Distribution of gas
National Grid Generationthe Islands North LLC1Generation of electricity
KeySpan Gas East Corporation1Distribution of gas

The Brooklyn Union Gas Company1

Distribution of gas
NGG Finance plcFinancing

The Narragansett Electric Company

Transgas Inc.

Upper Hudson Development Inc.

Valley Appliance and Merchandising Company

Wayfinder Group, Inc.

Incorporated in Australia

National Grid Property HoldingsAustralia Pty Limited

Property services
National Grid Holdings One plcHolding company
Lattice Group plcHolding company
National Grid USA1Holding company
Niagara Mohawk Holdings, Inc.1Holding company
National Grid Commercial Holdings LimitedHolding company
National Grid Holdings LimitedHolding company
KeySpan Corporation1Holding company
National Grid North America Inc.1Holding company

Incorporated in Canada

Keyspan Energy Development Co.

Incorporated in the Cayman Islands

British Transco Finance Inc.1

Financing
(No 1) Limited**

British Transco Finance (No 2) Limited**

Keyspan C.I. II Ltd**

Keyspan C.I. Ltd**

NGT Five Limited**

NGT Four Limited**

Incorporated in Chile

Inversiones ABC Limitada (98.84%)

SCC Uno S.A.

Incorporated in the Isle of Man

Lattice Telecom Finance (No 1) Limited**

National Grid (IOM) UK Ltd**

National Grid Insurance Company (Isle of Man) Limited

NGT Holding Company (Isle of Man) Limited

Incorporated in Jersey

National Grid Jersey Investments Limited

NG Jersey Limited

Incorporated in the Netherlands

British Transco International Finance BV (incorporated in the Netherlands)

Financing

B.V.

1.

National Grid Holdings B.V.

Incorporated in the US.Republic of Ireland

National Grid (Ireland) 1**

National Grid (Ireland) 2**

National Grid Insurance Company (Ireland) Designated Activity Company

*Dissolved 14 April 2016 **In liquidation

158 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


 

   Financial Statements

 

Principal32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associatescontinued

The principal

Joint ventures

A list of the Group’s joint ventures and associated undertakingsas at 31 March 2016 is given below. All joint ventures are included in the Group’s financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Principal joint ventures are identified inbold.

Incorporated in England and WalesIncorporated in the US
BritNed Development Limited(50%)Clean Energy Generation LLC (50%)
Joint Radio Company Limited (50%)Island Park Energy Center LLC (50%)
Nemo Link Limited (50%)Islander East Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (50%)
NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited (50%)LI Energy Storage System, LLC (50%)
St William Homes LLP (50%)LI Solar Generation LLC (50%)

Associates

A list of the Group’s associates as at 31 March 20142016 is given below. All associates are listed below. These undertakings are incorporatedincluded in England and Wales (unless otherwise indicated).the Group’s financial statements using the equity method of accounting.

 

% of ordinary
shares held
Principal activity

BritNed Development Limited

50UK-Netherlands interconnector

NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited

50England-Scotland interconnector

Millennium Pipeline Company, LLC1

26.25Transmission of gas

Iroquois Gas Transmission System, L.P.1

20.4Transmission of gas

1.

Incorporated in the US.

Incorporated in the US  Incorporated in Belgium
Algonquin Gas Transmission LLC (20%)Coreso SA (20%)
Clean Line Energy Partners LLC (32%)
Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (19.5%)
Direct Global Power, Inc. (26%)
Energis plc (33.06%)
Energy Impact Fund LP (33%)
Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (24%)
Millennium Pipeline Company LLC (26.25%)
New York Transco LLC (28.3%)
Nysearch RMLD LLC (22.63%)
Yankee Atomic Electric Company (34.5%)  

The Group comprises a large number of entities and it is not practical to include all of them in this list. This list therefore includes brief details for those principal companies which in the Directors’ opinion have a significant impact on the revenue, profit or assets of the Group. A full list of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates is annexed to the Company’s Annual Return filed with the Registrar of Companies.

Our interests and activities are held or operated through the subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or associates as disclosed above. These interests and activities (and their branches) are established in and subject to the laws and regulations of – these jurisdictions.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements159


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

33. Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty

In order to give a clearer picture of the impact on our results or financial position of potential changes in significant estimates and assumptions, the following sensitivities are presented. These sensitivities are hypothetical, as they are based on assumptions and conditions prevailing at the year end, and should be used with caution. The effects provided are not necessarily indicative of the actual effects that would be experienced because our actual exposures are constantly changing.

The sensitivities in the tables below show the potential impact in the income statement (and consequential impact on net assets) for a range of different variables each of which have been considered in isolation (i.e. with all other variables remaining constant). There are a number of different jurisdictions.these sensitivities which are mutually exclusive and therefore if one were to happen, another would not, meaning a total showing how sensitive our results are to these external factors is not meaningful.

We are further required to show additional sensitivity analysis for changes in interest and exchange rates and these are shown separately in the subsequent table due to the additional assumptions that are made in order to produce meaningful sensitivity disclosures.

The sensitivities included in the tables below all have an equal and opposite effect if the sensitivity increases or decreases by the same amount unless otherwise stated. For example, a 10% increase in unbilled revenue at 31 March 2016 would result in an increase in the income statement of £58m and a 10% decrease in unbilled revenue would have the equal but opposite effect.

  2016     2015  
   Income 
statement 
£m 
   Net
    assets
£m
     Income 
statement 
£m 
   Net
    assets
£m
 

One year average change in useful economic lives (pre-tax):

       

Depreciation charge on property, plant and equipment

  79      79     69      69  

Amortisation charge on intangible assets

  20      20     26      26  

Estimated future cash flows in respect of provisions, change of 10% (pre-tax)

  172      172     174      174  

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value change of 10% (pre-tax):

       

Derivative financial instruments1

  (11)     (11   68      68  

Commodity contract liabilities

  (10)     (10   11      11  

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits2 (pre-tax):

       

UK discount rate change of 0.5%3

  11      1,482          1,575  

US discount rate change of 0.5%3

  16      640     12      670  

UK RPI rate change of 0.5%4

       1,268          1,349  

UK long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%5

       87          93  

US long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%

       45          42  

UK change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

       703          620  

US change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

       295          352  

Assumed US healthcare cost trend rates change of 1%

  35      514     28      465  

Unbilled revenue at 31 March change of 10% (post-tax)

  58      58     60      60  

No hedge accounting for our derivative financial instruments (post-tax)

  (123)     36     (611)     316  

Commodity risk6 (post-tax):

       

10% increase in commodity prices

  22      22     26      26  

10% decrease in commodity prices

  (22)     (22    (24)     (24

1.The effect of a 10% change in fair value assumes no hedge accounting.
2.The changes shown are a change in the annual pension or other post-retirement benefit service charge and change in the defined benefit obligations.
3.A change in the discount rate is likely to occur as a result of changes in bond yields and as such would be expected to be offset to a significant degree by a change in the value of the bond assets held by the plans.
4.The projected impact resulting from a change in RPI reflects the underlying effect on pensions in payment, pensions in deferment and resultant increases in salary assumptions.
5.This change has been applied to both the pre 1 April 2014 and post 1 April 2014 rate of increase in salary assumption.
6.Represents potential impact on fair values of commodity contracts only.

  2016    2015 
   Income
statement
£m
   Other
equity
reserves
£m
     Income
statement
£m
   Other
equity
reserves
£m
 

Financial risk (post-tax):

       

UK RPI change of 0.5%1

  31          27       

UK interest rates change of 0.5%

  76     85     92     101  

US interest rates change of 0.5%

  66     17     77     11  

US dollar exchange rate change of 10%2

  57     553      62     607  

1.Excludes sensitivities to LPI curve. Further details on sensitivities are provided in note 30(g).
2.The other equity reserves impact does not reflect the exchange translation in our US subsidiaries’ net assets. It is estimated this would change by £788m (2015: £771m) in the opposite direction if the dollar exchange rate changed by 10%.

 


160National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

147

 


   Financial Statements

    

    

 

   33.Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertainty
   

 

In order to give a clearer picture of the impact on our results or financial position of potential changes in significant estimates and assumptions, the following sensitivities are presented. These sensitivities are hypothetical, as they are based on assumptions and conditions prevailing at the year end, and should be used with caution. The effects provided are not necessarily indicative of the actual effects that would be experienced because our actual exposures are constantly changing.

 

   

 

The sensitivities in the table below show the potential impact in the income statement (and consequential impact on net assets) for a range of different variables which each have been considered in isolation (ie with all other variables remaining constant). There are a number of these sensitivities which are mutually exclusive and therefore if one were to happen, another would not, meaning a total showing how sensitive our results are to these external factors is not meaningful.

 

We are further required to show additional sensitivity analysis for changes in interest and exchange rates and these are shown separately in the table below due to the additional assumptions that are made in order to produce meaningful sensitivity disclosures.

 

The sensitivities included in the table below all have an equal and opposite effect if the sensitivity increases or decreases by the same amount unless otherwise stated. For example a 10% increase in unbilled revenue at 31 March 2014 would result in a decrease in the income statement of £58m and a 10% decrease in unbilled revenue would have the equal but opposite effect.

 

         2014  2013
     

 

  

 

         

Income 

  statement 

£m 

 

Net 

            assets 

£m 

  

Income 

    statement 

£m 

 

Net 

            assets 

£m 

   

 

   

One year average change in economic useful lives (pre-tax)

     
   

Depreciation charge on property, plant and equipment

 68  68   68  68 
   

Amortisation charge on intangible assets

 18  18   15  15 
 
   

Estimated future cash flows in respect of provisions change of 10% (pre-tax)

 164  164   176  176 
 
   

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value change of 10% (pre-tax)

     
   

Derivative financial instruments1

 81  81   56  56 
   

Commodity contract liabilities

     
 
   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits2(pre-tax)

     
   

UK discount rate change of 0.5%3

 13  1,347   12  1,460 
   

US discount rate change of 0.5%3

 15  473   12  568 
   

UK RPI rate change of 0.5%4

 12  1,217   12  1,185 
   

UK long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%5

  95    128 
   

US long-term rate of increase in salaries change of 0.5%5

  39    43 
   

UK change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

  548    597 
   

US change of one year to life expectancy at age 65

 12  220   11  197 
   

Assumed US healthcare cost trend rates change of 1%

 28  355   29  416 
 
   

Unbilled revenue at 31 March change of 10% (post-tax)

 58  58   77  77 
   

No hedge accounting for our derivative financial instruments (post-tax)

 350  (294)  (184) 106 
 
   

Commodity risk6(post-tax)

     
   

Commodity prices +10%

 50  50   45  45 
   

Commodity prices –10%

 (33) (33)  (34) (34)
 
   

Financial risk7(post-tax)

     
   

UK RPI rate change of 0.5%8

 26  –   25  – 
   

UK interest rates change of 0.5%

 93  68   98  90 
   

US interest rates change of 0.5%

 70  13   87  16 
   

US dollar exchange rate change of 10%

 55  641   65  600 
   

 

 
   1. The effect of a 10% change in fair value assumes no hedge accounting.
   2. The changes shown are a change in the annual pension or other post-retirement benefit costs and change in the defined benefits obligations.
   3. A change in the discount rate is likely to occur as a result of changes in bond yields and as such would be expected to be offset to a significant degree by a change in the value of the bond assets held by the plans.
   4. The projected impact resulting from a change in RPI reflects the underlying effect on pensions in payment, pensions in deferment and resultant increases in salary assumptions.
   5. This change has been applied to both the pre 1 April 2013 and post 1 April 2013 rate of increase in salary assumption.
   6. Represents potential impact on fair values of commodity contracts only.
   7. The impact on net assets does not reflect the exchange translation in our US subsidiary net assets. It is estimated this would change by £781m (2013: £712m) in the opposite direction if the dollar exchange rate changed by 10%.
   8. Excludes sensitivities to LPI index. Further details on sensitivities are provided in note 30 (g) on page 143.
 
   With the adoption of IAS 19 (revised), we have reviewed the pension assumptions that we consider key (as shown on page 136), and as a result have changed the sensitivities presented in the table above.
 
   


148  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 Notes to the consolidated

 financial statementscontinued

33. Sensitivities on areas of estimation and uncertaintycontinued

 

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits assumptions

Sensitivities have been prepared to show how the DB obligations and annual service costs could potentially be impacted by changes in the relevant actuarial assumptionsassumption that were reasonably possible as at 31 March 2014.2016. In preparing sensitivities the potential impact has been calculated by applying the change to each assumption in isolation and assuming all other assumptions remain unchanged. This is with the exception of RPI in the UK where the corresponding effect onchange to increases to pensions in payment, increases to pensions in deferment and resultant increases in salary areis recognised.

Following the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) the pension sensitivities have been reviewed. The rate of change has been amended in respect of the impact of discount rate, and life expectancy is now shown as at age 65 (as opposed to age 60). A new sensitivity has been introduced for the impact of UK RPI. The impacts of salaries and US healthcare trend rates remain unchanged. Comparatives for each sensitivity have been presented on a consistent basis. The introduction of a new assumption in the UK for increases in salary for service from 1 April 2013 is reflected in the sensitivity analysis.

Financial instruments assumptions

Our financial instruments are sensitive to changes in market variables, being UK and US interest rates, the UK RPI and the dollar to sterling exchange rate. The changes in market variables affectimpact the valuation of our borrowings, deposits, derivative financial instruments and commodity contracts. The analysis illustrates the sensitivity of our financial instruments to the changes in market variables.

The following main assumptions were made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

 

the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and derivatives portfolio, and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant and on the basis of the hedge designations in place at 31 March 2014 and 2013
the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and derivatives portfolio, and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant and on the basis of the hedge designations in place at 31 March 2016 and 2015 respectively;
 

the statement of financial position sensitivity to interest rates relates only to derivative financial instruments and available-for-sale investments, as debt and other deposits are carried at amortised cost and so their carrying value does not change as interest rates move;

the sensitivity of accrued interest to movements in interest rates is calculated on net floating-rate

the sensitivity of accrued interest to movements in interest rates is calculated on net floating rate exposures on debt, deposits and derivative instruments;

 

changes in the carrying value of derivatives from movements in interest rates of designated cash flow hedges are assumed to be recorded fully within equity; and

 changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as net investment hedges from movements in interest rates are recorded in the income statement as they are designated using the spot rather than the forward translation method. The impact of movements in the dollar to sterling exchange rate are recorded directly in equity.

34.Additional34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securities

 

 

We have three debt issuances (including preferred shares) that are listed on a US national securities exchange and are guaranteed by other companies in the Group. These guarantors commit to honour any liabilities should the company issuing the debt have any financial difficulties. In order to provide debt holders with information on the financial stability of the companies providing the guarantees, we are required to disclose individual financial information for these companies. We have chosen to include this information in the Group financial statements rather than submitting separate stand-alone financial statements.

 

The following condensed consolidating financial information, comprising statements of comprehensive income, statements of financial position and cash flow statements, is given in respect of National Grid Gas plc (subsidiary guarantor), which became joint full and unconditional guarantor on 11 May 2004 with National Grid plc (parent guarantor) of the 6.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2018 issued in June 1998 by British Transco Finance Inc., then known as British Gas Finance Inc. (issuer of notes). Condensed consolidating financial information is also provided in respect of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation as a result of National Grid plc’s guarantee, dated 29 October 2007, of Niagara Mohawk’s 3.6% and 3.9% issued preferred shares. National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation are wholly-owned subsidiaries100% owned and National Grid plc’s guarantee of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation’s preferred shares is full and unconditional pursuant to Rule 3-10(i)(8) (i) and (ii) of Regulation S-X. The guarantees of National Grid plc.

Gas plc and National Grid plc are joint and several.

The following financial information for National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., and Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation on a condensed consolidating basis is intended to provide investors with meaningful and comparable financial information and is provided pursuant to various rules including Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X in lieu of the separate financial statements of each subsidiary issuer of public debt securities.

This financial information should be read in conjunction with the other disclosuresdisclosure in these financial statements.

Summary statements of comprehensive income are presented, on a consolidated basis, for the three years ended 31 March 2016. Summary statements of comprehensive income of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc are presented under IFRS measurement principles, as modified by the inclusion of the results of subsidiary undertakings on the basis of equity accounting principles.

The summary statements of financial position of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc include the investments in subsidiaries recorded on the basis of equity accounting principles for the purposes of presenting condensed consolidating financial information under IFRS. The summary statements of financial position present these investments within non-current financial and other investments.

The consolidation adjustments column includes the necessary amounts to eliminate the intercompany balances and transactions between National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and other subsidiaries.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

149

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

 

Summary statements of comprehensive income are presented, on a consolidating basis, for the three years ended 31 March 2014. Summary statements of comprehensive income of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc are presented under IFRS measurement principles, as modified by the inclusion of the results of subsidiary undertakings on the basis of equity accounting principles.

 

The summary statements of financial position of National Grid plc and National Grid Gas plc include the investments in subsidiaries recorded on the basis of equity accounting principles for the purposes of presenting condensed consolidating financial information under IFRS. The summary statements of financial position present these investments within non-current financial and other investments.

 

The consolidation adjustments column includes the necessary amounts to eliminate the intercompany balances and transactions between National Grid plc, National Grid Gas plc, British Transco Finance Inc., Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and other subsidiaries.

 

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2014 – IFRS

 

     

Parent  

guarantor  

   Issuer of notes   

  Subsidiary  

guarantor  

            
   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

National  

Grid plc  

£m  

   

Niagara  

Mohawk  

Power  

Corporation  
£m  

   

British  

Transco  

Finance Inc.  
£m  

   

National  

Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

   

Other  

subsidiaries  

£m  

   

Consolidation  

adjustments  

£m  

   

National  

Grid  

consolidated  

£m  

  

 

  

Revenue

 4    2,185    –    3,141    9,653    (174)   14,809  
  

Operating costs

             
  

Depreciation and amortisation

 –    (127)   –    (529)   (760)   –    (1,416) 
  

Payroll costs

 –    (278)   –    (251)   (903)   –    (1,432) 
  

Purchases of electricity

 –    (647)   –    –    (817)   –    (1,464) 
  

Purchases of gas

 –    (194)   –    (112)   (1,449)   –    (1,755) 
  

Rates and property tax

 –    (137)   –    (241)   (585)   –    (963) 
  

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –    –    –    –    (872)   –    (872) 
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 –    –    –    –    (630)   –    (630) 
  

Other operating costs

 15    (440)   –    (661)   (1,630)   174    (2,542) 
   15    (1,823)   –    (1,794)   (7,646)   174    (11,074) 
  

 

  

Operating profit

 19    362    –    1,347    2,007    –    3,735  
  

Net finance costs

 (128)   (85)   –    (285)   (517)   –    (1,015) 
  

Dividends receivable

 –    –    –    –    600    (600)   –  
  

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,550    –    –    11    28    (2,561)   28  
  

 

  

Profit before tax

 2,441    277    –    1,073    2,118    (3,161)   2,748  
  

Taxation

 35    (97)   –    3    (225)   –    (284) 
  

 

  

Profit for the year

 2,476    180    1   1,076    1,893    (3,161)   2,464  
  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income2

 235    (8)   –    9    383    (384)   235  
  

 

  

Total comprehensive income for the year

 2,711    172    –    1,085    2,276    (3,545)   2,699  
  

 

  

Attributable to:

             
  

Equity shareholders

 2,711    172    –    1,085    2,288    (3,545)   2,711  
  

Non-controlling interests

 –    –    –    –    (12)   –    (12) 
  

 

   2,711    172    –    1,085    2,276    (3,545)   2,699  
  

 

  

 

1.   Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

2.   Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

               
               
               
               


150  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 Notes to the consolidated

 financial statementscontinued

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2013 – IFRS

 

   

Parent   

  guarantor   

   Issuer of notes   

  Subsidiary   

guarantor   

        
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

National   

Grid plc   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Niagara   

Mohawk   

Power   

Corporation   

(restated)1

£m   

  

British   

Transco   

Finance Inc.   

(restated)1

£m   

  

National   

Grid Gas   

plc   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Other   

subsidiaries   

(restated)1

£m   

  

Consolidation   

adjustments   

(restated)1

£m   

  

National   

Grid   

consolidated   

(restated)1

£m   

 

 

 

Revenue

 –     2,129     –     3,062     9,345     (177)    14,359   
 

Operating costs

             
 

Depreciation and amortisation    

 –     (119)    –     (511)    (731)    –     (1,361)  
 

Payroll costs

 –     (276)    –     (238)    (942)    –     (1,456)  
 

Purchases of electricity

 –     (561)    –     –     (579)    –     (1,140)  
 

Purchases of gas

 –     (151)    –     (128)    (1,036)    –     (1,315)  
 

Rates and property tax

 –     (141)    –     (235)    (593)    –     (969)  
 

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –     –     –     –     (805)    –     (805)  
 

Payments to other UK network owners

 –     –     –     –     (487)    –     (487)  
 

Other operating costs

 –     (357)    –     (579)    (2,318)    177     (3,077)  
  –     (1,605)    –     (1,691)    (7,491)    177     (10,610)  
 

 

 

Operating profit

 –     524     –     1,371     1,854     –     3,749   
 

Net finance costs

 (181)    (88)    –     (274)    (513)    –     (1,056)  
 

Dividends receivable

 –     –     –     –     1,900     (1,900)    –   
 

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,295     –     –     8     18     (2,303)    18   
 

 

 

Profit before tax

 2,114     436     –     1,105     3,259     (4,203)    2,711   
 

Taxation

 39     (168)    –     (174)    (254)    –     (557)  
 

 

 

Profit for the year

 2,153     268     2    931     3,005     (4,203)    2,154   
 

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income3

 (381)    (35)    –     3     (353)    385     (381)  
 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 1,772     233     –     934     2,652     (3,818)     1,773   
 

 

 

Attributable to:

             
 

Equity shareholders

 1,772     233     –     934     2,651     (3,818)    1,772   
 

Non-controlling interests

 –     –     –     –     1     –     1   
 

 

  1,772     233     –     934     2,652     (3,818)    1,773   
 

 

 

1.   See note 1 on page 92.

2.   Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

3.   Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

151

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2012 – IFRS

 

 
     Parent   
        guarantor   
       Issuer of notes             Subsidiary  
guarantor  
            
   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

     

National   

Grid plc   
(restated)1
£m   

   Niagara  
Mohawk  
Power  
    Corporation  
(restated)1
£m  
   

British  
Transco  
    Finance Inc.  
(restated)1

£m  

   

National  

Grid Gas  

plc  
(restated)1
£m  

   Other  
    subsidiaries  
(restated)1
£m  
   Consolidation  
adjustments  
(restated)1
£m  
   

National  

Grid  
    consolidated  
(restated)1

£m  

  

 

  Revenue –     2,269    –    2,909    8,828    (174)   13,832  
  Operating costs             
  

Depreciation and amortisation

 –     (115)   –    (491)   (666)   –    (1,272) 
  

Payroll costs

 –     (267)   –    (228)   (968)   –    (1,463) 
  

Purchases of electricity

 –     (530)   –    –    (915)   –    (1,445) 
  

Purchases of gas

 –     (169)   –    (133)   (1,221)   –    (1,523) 
  

Rates and property tax

 –     (137)   –    (236)   (582)   –    (955) 
  

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

 –     –    –    –    (818)   –    (818) 
  

Payments to other UK network owners

 –     –    –    –    (407)   –    (407) 
  

Other operating costs

 1     (502)   –    (492)   (1,595)   174    (2,414) 
   1     (1,720)   –    (1,580)   (7,172)   174    (10,297) 
  

 

  

Operating profit

 1     549    –    1,329    1,656    –    3,535  
  

Net finance costs

 (133)    (97)   –    (400)   (530)   –    (1,160) 
  

Dividends receivable

 –     –    –    –    350    (350)   –  
  

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

 2,022     –    –    5    7    (2,027)   7  
  

 

  

Profit before tax

 1,890     452    –    934    1,483    (2,377)   2,382  
  

Taxation

 27     (187)   –    (102)   (201)   –    (463) 
  

 

  

Profit for the year

 1,917     265    2   832    1,282    (2,377)   1,919  
  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income3

 (763)    (33)   –    9    (773)   797    (763) 
  

 

  

Total comprehensive income for the year

 1,154     232    –    841    509    (1,580)   1,156  
  

 

  

Attributable to:

             
  

Equity shareholders

 1,154     232    –    841    507    (1,580)   1,154  
  

Non-controlling interests

 –     –    –    –    2    –    2  
  

 

   1,154     232    –    841    509    (1,580)   1,156  
  

 

  

1. See note 1 on page 92.

2. Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

3. Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

  
  
  
  
  
  


 152  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements161


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

financial statements34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

 

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2016 – IFRS

   Parent
    guarantor    
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
guarantor
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      

Niagara

Mohawk

Power

Corporation

£m

      

British

Transco

Finance Inc.

£m

      

National

    Grid Gas

plc

£m

      

Other

subsidiaries

£m

      

Consolidation

adjustments

£m

      

National

Grid

consolidated

£m

 

Revenue

         2,027            3,165      10,104      (181    15,115  

Operating costs:

                    

Depreciation and amortisation

         (162          (553    (899          (1,614

Payroll costs

         (260          (269    (977          (1,506

Purchases of electricity

         (484                (828          (1,312

Purchases of gas

         (86          (92    (806          (984

Rates and property tax

         (155          (252    (643          (1,050

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

                           (907          (907

Payments to other UK network owners

                           (971          (971

Other operating costs

         (433          (605    (1,829    181      (2,686
           (1,580            (1,771     (7,860     181       (11,030

Total operating profit

         447            1,394      2,244            4,085  

Net finance income/(costs)

   701      (87          (242    (1,484          (1,112

Dividends receivable

                           620      (620      

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

   1,843                     33       59       (1,876     59  

Profit before tax

   2,544      360            1,185      1,439      (2,496    3,032  

Tax

   47       (141            (80     (264            (438

Profit for the year

   2,591      219      1     1,105      1,175      (2,496    2,594  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income2

   573       (1            (5     509       (503     573  

Total comprehensive income for the year

   3,164       218              1,100       1,684       (2,999     3,167  

Attributable to:

                    

Equity shareholders

   3,164      218            1,100      1,681      (2,999    3,164  

Non-controlling interests

                               3              3  
    3,164       218              1,100       1,684       (2,999     3,167  

1. Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

2. Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

 

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2014 – IFRS

 
     

Parent 

    guarantor 

        Issuer of notes            Subsidiary 
guarantor 
         
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

National 

Grid plc 

£m 

  

Niagara 

Mohawk 

Power 

 Corporation 

£m 

  

British 

Transco 

 Finance Inc. 

£m 

  

National 

 Grid Gas 

plc 

£m 

  

Other 

 subsidiaries 

£m 

  

 Consolidation 
adjustments 

£m 

  

National  

Grid  

consolidated  

£m  

  

 

  

Non-current assets

       
  

Goodwill

  –     581     –     –     4,013     –    4,594  
  

Other intangible assets

  –     –     –     230     439     –    669  
  

Property, plant and equipment

  –     4,266     –     12,259     20,654     –    37,179  
  

Other non-current assets

  –     26     –     15     46     –    87  
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  305     –     180     5,609     2,676     (8,770)   –  
  

Pension assets

  –     –     –     –     174     –    174  
  

Financial and other investments

  14,520     22     –     50     9,896     (23,853)   635  
  

Derivative financial assets

  643     –     –     642     272     –    1,557  
  

 

  

Total non-current assets

  15,468     4,895     180     18,805     38,170     (32,623)   44,895  
  

 

  

Current assets

       
  

Inventories and current intangible assets

  –     27     –     24     217     –    268  
  

Trade and other receivables

      572     –     361     1,855     64    2,855  
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,025     11         262     11,100     (20,403)   –  
  

Financial and other investments

  1,481     10     –     420     1,688     –    3,599  
  

Derivative financial assets

  284     –     –     63     174     (108)   413  
  

Cash and cash equivalents

  24     16     –     –     314     –    354  
  

 

  Total current assets  10,817     636         1,130    15,348     (20,447)   7,489  
  

 

  Total assets  26,285     5,531     185     19,935    53,518     (53,070)   52,384  
  

 

  

Current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (1,327)    (328)    (4)    (568)    (1,284)    –    (3,511) 
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (286)    –     –     (99)    (62)    108    (339) 
  

Trade and other payables

  (37)    (252)    –     (809)    (1,933)    –    (3,031) 
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (8,695)    (56)    –     (2,212)    (9,440)    20,403    –  
  

Current tax liabilities

  –     (64)    –     (27)    (13)    (64)   (168) 
  

Provisions

  –     –     –     (74)    (208)    –    (282) 
  

 

  

Total current liabilities

  (10,345)    (700)    (4)    (3,789)    (12,940)    20,447    (7,331) 
  

 

  

Non-current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (1,850)    (1,321)    (180)    (6,048)    (13,040)    –    (22,439) 
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (154)    –     –     (279)    (391)    –    (824) 
  

Other non-current liabilities

  –     (245)    –     (1,045)    (551)    –    (1,841) 
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (2,022)    –     –     (654)    (6,094)    8,770    –  
  

Deferred tax liabilities

  (3)    (609)    –     (1,601)    (1,869)    –    (4,082) 
  

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

  –     (652)    –     –     (1,933)    –    (2,585) 
  

Provisions

  –     (243)    –     (158)    (962)    –    (1,363) 
  

 

  

Total non-current liabilities

  (4,029)    (3,070)    (180)    (9,785)    (24,840)    8,770    (33,134) 
  

 

  

Total liabilities

  (14,374)    (3,770)    (184)    (13,574)    (37,780)    29,217    (40,465) 
  

 

  

Net assets

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,738     (23,853)   11,919  
  

 

  

Equity

       
  

Share capital

  439     112     –     45     182     (339)   439  
  

Share premium account

  1,336     1,808     –     204     8,032     (10,044)   1,336  
  

Retained earnings

  14,895     (159)        4,814     7,628     (12,284)   14,895  
  

Other equity reserves

  (4,759)    –     –     1,298     (112)    (1,186)   (4,759) 
  

 

  

Shareholders’ equity

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,730     (23,853)   11,911  
  

 

Non-controlling interests

  –     –     –     –         –    8  
  

 

  

Total equity

  11,911     1,761         6,361     15,738     (23,853)   11,919  
  

 

         
         
         


162 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

153

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2013 – IFRS

 

     Parent   
    guarantor   
  Issuer of notes      Subsidiary  
guarantor  
         
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     National   
Grid plc   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

Niagara   
Mohawk   
Power   
Corporation   
(restated)1 

£m   

  

British  
Transco  

Finance Inc.  

£m  

  

National  
Grid Gas  

plc  

£m  

  Other   
subsidiaries   
(restated)1 
£m   
  Consolidation   
adjustments   
(restated)1 
£m   
  

National   
Grid   
consolidated   

(restated)1 

£m   

  

 

  

Non-current assets

       
  

Goodwill

  –       737       –      –      4,291       –      5,028   
  

Other intangible assets

  –       –       –      199      390       –      589   
  

Property, plant and equipment

  –       4,441       –      12,122      20,029       –      36,592   
  

Other non-current assets

  –       21       –      12      71       –      104   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  295       –       –      5,609      2,043       (7,947)     –   
  

Pension assets

  –       195       –      –      –       –      195   
  

Financial and other investments

  12,167       21       –      43      9,896       (21,478)     649   
  

Derivative financial assets

  585       –       –      977      410       –      1,972   
  

 

  

Total non-current assets

  13,047       5,415       –      18,962      37,130       (29,425)     45,129   
  

 

  

Current assets

       
  

Inventories and current intangible assets

  –       28       –      22      241       –      291   
  

Trade and other receivables

  3       428       –      380      2,099       –      2,910   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,470       18       202      202      12,250       (22,142)     –   
  

Financial and other investments

  2,385       32       –      854      2,160       –      5,431   
  

Derivative financial assets

  163       –       –      119      60       (69)     273   
  

Cash and cash equivalents

  338       9       –      20      304       –      671   
  

 

  

Total current assets

  12,359       515       202      1,597      17,114       (22,211)     9,576   
  

 

  

Total assets

  25,406       5,930       202      20,559      54,244       (51,636)     54,705   
  

 

  

Current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (613)      (69)      (4)     (1,103)     (1,659)      –      (3,448)  
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (228)      –       –      (86)     (162)      69      (407)  
  

Trade and other payables

  (44)      (132)      –      (590)     (2,285)      –      (3,051)  
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (9,029)      (70)      –      (3,152)     (9,891)      22,142      –   
  

Current tax liabilities

  –       (59)      –      (26)     (146)      –      (231)  
  

Provisions

  –       –       –      (63)     (245)      –      (308)  
  

 

  

Total current liabilities

  (9,914)      (330)      (4)     (5,020)     (14,388)      22,211      (7,445)  
  

 

  

Non-current liabilities

       
  

Borrowings

  (2,762)      (1,798)      (198)     (6,247)     (13,642)      –      (24,647)  
  

Derivative financial liabilities

  (458)      –       –      (420)     (396)      –      (1,274)  
  

Other non-current liabilities

  –       (281)      –      (1,053)     (550)      –      (1,884)  
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  (2,042)      –       –      –      (5,905)      7,947      –   
  

Deferred tax liabilities

  (1)      (562)      –      (1,817)     (1,697)      –      (4,077)  
  

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

  –       (980)      –      –      (2,712)      –      (3,692)  
  

Provisions

  –       (268)      –      (121)     (1,063)      –      (1,452)  
  

 

  

Total non-current liabilities

  (5,263)      (3,889)      (198)     (9,658)     (25,965)      7,947      (37,026)  
  

 

  

Total liabilities

  (15,177)      (4,219)      (202)     (14,678)     (40,353)      30,158      (44,471)  
  

 

  

Net assets

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,891       (21,478)     10,234   
  

 

  

Equity

       
  

Share capital

  433       123       –      45      182       (350)     433   
  

Share premium account

  1,344       1,930       –      204      7,426       (9,560)     1,344   
  

Retained earnings

  13,133       (342)      –      4,325      6,471       (10,454)     13,133   
  

Other equity reserves

  (4,681)      –       –      1,307      (193)      (1,114)     (4,681)  
  

 

  

Shareholders’ equity

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,886       (21,478)     10,229   
  

 

Non-controlling interests

  –       –       –      –      5       –      5   
  

 

  

Total equity

  10,229       1,711       –      5,881      13,891       (21,478)     10,234   
  

 

  1. See note 1 on page 92.       
         
         
         


154    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Financial Statements

 

 

    

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2015 – IFRS

       Parent    
    guarantor    
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
  guarantor  
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
      British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
      

National
Grid Gas

plc

£m

      Other
subsidiaries
£m
      Consolidation
adjustments
£m
      National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Revenue

         2,109            3,136      10,125      (169    15,201  

Operating costs:

                    

Depreciation and amortisation

         (146          (540    (796          (1,482

Payroll costs

         (256          (253    (950          (1,459

Purchases of electricity

         (604                (1,081          (1,685

Purchases of gas

         (147          (98    (1,171          (1,416

Rates and property tax

         (146          (247    (611          (1,004

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

                           (874          (874

Payments to other UK network owners

                           (801          (801

Other operating costs

         (501          (655    (1,713    169      (2,700
           (1,800            (1,793     (7,997     169       (11,421

Total operating profit

         309            1,343      2,128            3,780  

Net finance costs

   (223    (76          (352    (547          (1,198

Dividends receivable

                           700      (700      

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

   2,192                     8       46       (2,200     46  

Profit before tax

   1,969      233            999      2,327      (2,900    2,628  

Tax

   50       (98            (230     (339            (617

Profit for the year

   2,019      135      1     769      1,988      (2,900    2,011  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income2

   (395     1              22       (588     566       (394

Total comprehensive income for the year

   1,624       136              791       1,400       (2,334     1,617  

Attributable to:

                    

Equity shareholders

   1,624      136            791      1,407      (2,334    1,624  

Non-controlling interests

                               (7            (7
    1,624       136              791       1,400       (2,334     1,617  

1.  Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

2.  Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements163


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

financial statements– supplementary information continued

  

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Cash flow statements

 

  

  

      Parent 
  guarantor 
   Issuer of notes     Subsidiary 
guarantor 
             
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      

National 
Grid plc 

£m 

   Niagara 
Mohawk 
Power 
Corporation 
£m 
   

British 
Transco 
Finance 

Inc. 

£m 

   

National 
Grid Gas 
plc 

£m 

   Other
subsidiaries
£m
   Consolidation
adjustments
£m
   National 
Grid 
consolidated 
£m 
 
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2014

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   52      581      –      1,717       1,669      –      4,019    
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   1,358      (555)     –      (91)      (993)     (1,049)     (1,330)   
  

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (1,724)     (18)     –      (1,632)      (647)     1,049      (2,972)   
  

 

 
  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (314)          –      (6)      29      –      (283)   
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2013

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   36      162      –      1,608       1,944      –      3,750    
  

Net cash flow used in investing activities

   (979)     (286)     –      (1,345)      (1,048)     (2,472)     (6,130)   
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities

   1,255      132      –      (240)      (904)     2,472      2,715    
  

 

 
  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   312           –      23       (8)     –      335    
  

 

 
  

Year ended 31 March 2012

              
  

Net cash flow from operating activities

   75      441      –      1,596       2,116      –      4,228    
  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   559      (287)     –      (1,171)      (1,166)     (306)     (2,371)   
  

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (808)     (155)     –      (502)      (741)     306      (1,900)   
  

 

 
  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (174)     (1)     –      (77)      209      –      (43)   
  

 

 
  

 

Cash dividends were received by National Grid plc from subsidiary undertakings amounting to £1,050m during the year ended 31 March 2014 (2013: £570m; 2012: £200m).

 

   

  

Maturity analysis of parent Company borrowings

 

  

                          2014   2013  
                          £m   £m  
  

 

 
  Total borrowings are repayable as follows:            
  

Less than 1 year

             1,327     613   
  

In 1-2 years

             46     835   
  

In 2-3 years

             580     51   
  

In 3-4 years

                  642   
  

In 4-5 years

             506     –   
  

More than 5 years

             718     1,234   
  

 

 
               3,177     3,375   
  

 

 
 
                


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

155

    

    

 

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Summary statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2014 – IFRS

       Parent    
    guarantor    
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
  guarantor  
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
      British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
      

National
Grid Gas

plc

£m

      Other
subsidiaries
£m
      Consolidation
adjustments
£m
      National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Revenue

   4      2,185            3,141      9,653      (174    14,809  

Operating costs:

                    

Depreciation and amortisation

         (127          (529    (760          (1,416

Payroll costs

         (278          (251    (689          (1,218

Purchases of electricity

         (647                (817          (1,464

Purchases of gas

         (194          (112    (1,449          (1,755

Rates and property tax

         (137          (241    (585          (963

Balancing Service Incentive Scheme

                           (872          (872

Payments to other UK network owners

                           (630          (630

Other operating costs

   15      (440          (661    (1,844    174      (2,756
    15       (1,823            (1,794     (7,646     174       (11,074

Total operating profit

   19      362            1,347      2,007            3,735  

Net finance costs

   (128    (85          (285    (517          (1,015

Dividends receivable

                           600      (600      

Interest in equity accounted affiliates

   2,550                     11       28       (2,561     28  

Profit before tax

   2,441      277            1,073      2,118      (3,161    2,748  

Tax

   35       (97            3       (225            (284

Profit for the year

   2,476      180      1     1,076      1,893      (3,161    2,464  

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income2

   235       (8            9       383       (384     235  

Total comprehensive income for the year

   2,711       172              1,085       2,276       (3,545     2,699  

Attributable to:

                    

Equity shareholders

   2,711      172            1,085      2,288      (3,545    2,711  

Non-controlling interests

                               (12            (12
    2,711       172              1,085       2,276       (3,545     2,699  

1.  Profit for the year for British Transco Finance Inc. is £nil as interest payable to external bond holders is offset by interest receivable on loans to National Grid Gas plc.

2.  Includes other comprehensive income relating to interest in equity accounted affiliates.

164National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2016 – IFRS

       Parent    
    guarantor    
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
  guarantor  
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
      

British
Transco
Finance Inc.

£m

      

National
Grid Gas

plc

£m

      Other
subsidiaries
£m
      Consolidation
adjustments
£m
      National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Non-current assets

                    

Goodwill

         664                  4,651            5,315  

Other intangible assets

                     239      648            887  

Property, plant and equipment

         5,466            12,628      25,270            43,364  

Other non-current assets

         7            41      34            82  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   318            209      5,609      2,630      (8,766      

Pension assets

         125                  285            410  

Financial and other investments

   17,428      26            86      10,131      (26,792    879  

Derivative financial assets

   157                     1,014       514              1,685  

Total non-current assets

   17,903       6,288       209       19,617       44,163       (35,558     52,622  

Current assets

                    

Inventories and current intangible assets

         42            26      369            437  

Trade and other receivables

   1      413            432      1,626            2,472  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   11,516      300      6      57      12,785      (24,664      

Financial and other investments

   1,244      28            116      1,610            2,998  

Derivative financial assets

   279                  66      131      (198    278  

Cash and cash equivalents

   1       4                     126       (4     127  

Total current assets

   13,041       787       6       697       16,647       (24,866     6,312  

Total assets

   30,944       7,075       215       20,314       60,810       (60,424     58,934  

Current liabilities

                    

Borrowings

   (933    (47    (5    (602    (2,028    4      (3,611

Derivative financial liabilities

   (239                (39    (257    198      (337

Trade and other payables

   (43    (248          (661    (2,333          (3,285

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (12,633                (1,518    (10,513    24,664        

Current tax liabilities

   (3    (61          (34    (154          (252

Provisions

                        (55     (181            (236

Total current liabilities

   (13,851     (356     (5     (2,909     (15,466     24,866       (7,721

Non-current liabilities

                    

Borrowings

   (1,194    (2,043    (209    (6,078    (15,209          (24,733

Derivative financial liabilities

   (358                (527    (847          (1,732

Other non-current liabilities

         (297          (1,031    (743          (2,071

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (1,982                (1,174    (5,610    8,766        

Deferred tax liabilities

   (4    (939          (1,548    (2,143          (4,634

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

         (761                (2,234          (2,995

Provisions

          (250            (126     (1,107            (1,483

Total non-current liabilities

   (3,538     (4,290     (209     (10,484     (27,893     8,766       (37,648

Total liabilities

   (17,389     (4,646     (214     (13,393     (43,359     33,632       (45,369

Net assets

   13,555       2,429       1       6,921       17,451       (26,792     13,565  

Equity

                    

Share capital

   447      130            45      182      (357    447  

Share premium account

   1,326      2,119            204      8,033      (10,356    1,326  

Retained earnings

   16,305      180      1      5,400      9,316      (14,897    16,305  

Other equity reserves

   (4,523                   1,272       (90     (1,182     (4,523

Shareholders’ equity

   13,555      2,429      1      6,921      17,441      (26,792    13,555  

Non-controlling interests

                               10              10  

Total equity

   13,555       2,429       1       6,921       17,451       (26,792     13,565  

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements165


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

– supplementary information continued

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Statements of financial position as at 31 March 2015 – IFRS

   Parent
  guarantor  
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
  guarantor  
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
      British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
      

National
Grid Gas

plc

£m

      Other
subsidiaries
£m
      Consolidation
adjustments
£m
      National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Non-current assets

                    

Goodwill

         653                  4,492            5,145  

Other intangible assets

                     232      570            802  

Property, plant and equipment

         5,025            12,428      23,270            40,723  

Other non-current assets

         11            18      51            80  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   341            202      5,609      3,017      (9,169      

Pension assets

         121                              121  

Financial and other investments

   14,988      26            56      9,905      (24,327    648  

Derivative financial assets

   148                     988       403              1,539  

Total non-current assets

   15,477       5,836       202       19,331       41,708       (33,496     49,058  

Current assets

                    

Inventories and current intangible assets

         40            26      274            340  

Trade and other receivables

   2      502            417      1,915            2,836  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

   11,484      254      5      298      13,052      (25,093      

Financial and other investments

   740      9            363      1,447            2,559  

Derivative financial assets

   281                  70      88      (262    177  

Cash and cash equivalents

   10       11              4       104       (10     119  

Total current assets

   12,517       816       5       1,178       16,880       (25,365     6,031  

Total assets

   27,994       6,652       207       20,509       58,588       (58,861     55,089  

Current liabilities

                    

Borrowings

   (1,068    (44    (5    (521    (1,400    10      (3,028

Derivative financial liabilities

   (289                (133    (475    262      (635

Trade and other payables

   (39    (267          (877    (2,109          (3,292

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (11,208                (1,973    (11,912    25,093        

Current tax liabilities

   (3    (61          (34    (86          (184

Provisions

                        (39     (196            (235

Total current liabilities

   (12,607     (372     (5     (3,577     (16,178     25,365       (7,374

Non-current liabilities

                    

Borrowings

   (1,117    (2,021    (202    (6,056    (13,486          (22,882

Derivative financial liabilities

   (411                (481    (872          (1,764

Other non-current liabilities

         (287          (1,038    (594          (1,919

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

   (1,894                (1,123    (6,152    9,169        

Deferred tax liabilities

   (3    (782          (1,655    (1,857          (4,297

Pensions and other post-retirement benefit obligations

         (801                (2,578          (3,379

Provisions

          (267            (168     (1,065            (1,500

Total non-current liabilities

   (3,425     (4,158     (202     (10,521     (26,604     9,169       (35,741

Total liabilities

   (16,032     (4,530     (207     (14,098     (42,782     34,534       (43,115

Net assets

   11,962       2,122              6,411       15,806       (24,327     11,974  

Equity

                    

Share capital

   443      126            45      182      (353    443  

Share premium account

   1,331      2,039            204      8,033      (10,276    1,331  

Retained earnings

   14,870      (43          4,885      7,761      (12,603    14,870  

Other equity reserves

   (4,682                   1,277       (182     (1,095     (4,682

Shareholders’ equity

   11,962      2,122            6,411      15,794      (24,327    11,962  

Non-controlling interests

                               12              12  

Total equity

   11,962       2,122              6,411       15,806       (24,327     11,974  

166National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

34. Additional disclosures in respect of guaranteed securitiescontinued

Cash flow statements

   Parent
  guarantor  
     Issuer of notes       Subsidiary  
guarantor
                   
    

National

Grid plc

£m

      Niagara
Mohawk
Power
Corporation
£m
      British
Transco
Finance Inc.
£m
      

National
Grid Gas

plc

£m

      Other
subsidiaries
£m
      

Consolidation

adjustments
£m

      National
Grid
consolidated
£m
 

Year ended 31 March 2016

                    

Net cash flow from operating activities

   57      580            1,743      2,988            5,368  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   502      (440    13      (506    (1,736    (1,869    (4,036

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (555    (148    (13    (1,248    (1,233    1,869      (1,328

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   4       (8            (11     19              4  

Year ended 31 March 2015

                    

Net cash flow from operating activities

   38      531            1,575      2,863            5,007  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   2,103      (393          (603    (1,051    (2,057    (2,001

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (2,169    (145          (959    (2,037    2,057      (3,253

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (28     (7            13       (225            (247

Year ended 31 March 2014

                    

Net cash flow from operating activities

   52      581            1,717      1,669            4,019  

Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities

   1,358      (555          (91    (993    (1,049    (1,330

Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities

   (1,724    (18          (1,632    (647    1,049      (2,972

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year

   (314     8              (6     29              (283

Cash dividends were received by National Grid plc from subsidiary undertakings amounting to £930m during the year ended 31 March 2016 (2015: £1,355m; 2014: £1,050m).

Maturity analysis of parent Company borrowings

    

2016

£m

       

2015

£m

 

Total borrowings are repayable as follows:

      

Less than 1 year

   933       1,068  

In 1 to 2 years

            

In 2 to 3 years

   482         

In 3 to 4 years

   395       443  

In 4 to 5 years

          360  

More than 5 years

   317       314  
          2,127        2,185  

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements167


Company accounting policies

 

 

We are required to include the stand-alone balance sheet of our ultimate parent Company, National Grid plc, under the Companies Act 2006. This is because the publicly traded shares are actually those of National Grid plc (the Company) and the following disclosures provide additional information to shareholders.

A. Basis of preparation

National Grid plc is the parent company of the National Grid Group which is engaged in the transmission and distribution of electricity and gas in Great Britain and northeastern US. The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in England, with its registered office at 1–3 Strand, London, WC2N 5EH.

The financial statements of National Grid plc for the year ended 31 March 2016 were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2016. The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Accordingly these individual financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101). In preparing these financial statements the Company applies the recognition and measurement requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU, but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.

These individual financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016 are the first prepared in accordance with FRS 101. Accordingly the date of transition is 1 April 2014. The 2015 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.

There were no material measurement or recognition adjustments on the adoption of FRS 101.

These individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK accounting and financial reporting standards and the Companies Act 2006. ThisThey have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments, and are presented in pounds sterling, which is because the publicly tradedcurrency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates.

These individual financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which presumes that the Company has adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the Directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements are signed. As the Company is part of a larger group it participates in the Group’s centralised treasury arrangements and so shares banking arrangements with its subsidiaries. The Company is expected to continue to generate positive cash flows or be in a position to obtain finance via intercompany loans to continue to operate for the foreseeable future.

The Directors are thosenot aware of any material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt upon the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

The Company has not presented its own income statement or statement of comprehensive income as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements of the Company in accordance with FRS 101:

a cash flow statement and related notes;
disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries;
disclosures in respect of capital management;
the presentation of a third balance sheet (being the opening balance sheet of the Company at the date of application of FRS 101); and
the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs.

As the consolidated financial statements of National Grid plc, which are available from the registered office, include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the exemptions under FRS 101 in respect of certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurement’ and the following disclosures provide additional informationrequired by IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments: disclosures’. The Company intends to shareholders.apply the above exemptions in the financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2017.

There are no critical areas of judgement that are considered to have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are the valuation of financial instruments and derivatives.

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with the Company’s accounting policies approved by the Board and described below:

B. Fixed asset investments

Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less any provisions for impairment. Investments are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairments are calculated such that the carrying value of the fixed asset investment is the lower of its cost or recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of its net realisable value and its value-in-use.

C. Tax

Current tax for the current and prior periods is provided at the amount expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences which result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or the right to pay less tax, at a future date, at tax rates expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided for using the balance sheet liability method and is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

 

168 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


 

   Financial Statements

D. Foreign currencies

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the Company are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at closing exchange rates. Gains and losses arising on retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities are included in the profit and loss account.

E. Financial instruments

The Company’s accounting policies under UK GAAP, namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, FRS 26 ‘Financial Instruments: Measurement’ and FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, are the same as the Group’s accounting policies under IFRS, namely IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. The Company applies these policies only in respect of the financial instruments that it has, namely investments, derivative financial instruments, debtors, cash at bank and in hand, borrowings and creditors.

The policies are set out in notes 13, 15, 17, 18, 19 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company is taking the exemption for financial instruments disclosures, because IFRS 7 disclosures are given in notes 30 and 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

F. Hedge accounting

The Company applies the same accounting policy as the Group in respect of fair value hedges and cash flow hedges. This policy is set out in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

G. Parent Company guarantees

The Company has guaranteed the repayment of the principal sum, any associated premium and interest on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. In the event of default or non performance by the subsidiary, the Company recognises such guarantees as insurance contracts, at fair value with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment.

H. Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

The issuance by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries of a grant over the Company’s options represents additional capital contributions by the Company to its subsidiaries. An additional investment in subsidiaries results in a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity. The additional capital contribution is based on the fair value of the option at the date of grant, allocated over the underlying grant’s vesting period. Where payments are subsequently received from subsidiaries, these are accounted for as a return of a capital contribution and credited against the Company’s investments in subsidiaries. The Company has no employees.

I. Dividends

Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid to the Company’s shareholders. Final dividends are recognised when they are approved by shareholders.

J. Directors’ remuneration

Full details of Directors’ remuneration are disclosed on pages 68 to 81.

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements169


A. Basis of preparation of individual financial statements under UK GAAPCompany balance sheet

Theseat 31 March

       2016   2015 
   Notes   £m   £m 

 

Fixed assets

      

Investments

   1    8,845   8,823 

 

Current assets

      

Debtors (amounts falling due within one year)

   2    11,796   11,767 

Debtors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   2    475   489 

Investments

   5    1,244   750 

Cash at bank and in hand

      – 

 

Total current assets

    13,516   13,006 

Creditors (amounts falling due within one year)

   3      (13,851)    (12,607)

 

Net current (liabilities)/assets

    (335)  399 

 

Total assets less current liabilities

    8,510   9,222 

Creditors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   3    (3,538)  (3,425)

 

Net assets

    4,972   5,797 

 

Equity

      

Share capital

   7    447   443 

Share premium account

    1,326   1,331 

Cash flow hedge reserve

    17   17 

Available-for-sale reserve

    –   – 

Other equity reserves

    302   280 

Profit and loss account

   8    2,880   3,726 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    4,972   5,797 

 

The notes on pages 172 and 173 form part of the individual financial statements of the Company, have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK accountingwhich were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2016 and financial reporting standards and the Companies Act 2006. They have been preparedwere signed on an historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments, and are presented in pounds sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The 2013 comparative financial information has also been prepared on this basis.its behalf by:

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

National Grid plc

Registered number: 4031152

170National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

 

These individualCompany statement of changes in equity

for the years ended 31 March

   

Share 

capital 

£m 

   

Share 

   premium 

account 

£m 

   

   Cash flow 

hedge 

reserve 

£m 

   

   Available- 

for-sale 

reserve 

£m 

   

Other 

equity 

    reserves 

£m 

   

Profit 

    and loss 

account 

£m 

   

Total 

     equity 

£m 

 

 

 

At 1 April 2014

   439      1,336      20           260      4,138      6,194   

Profit for the year

   –      –      –      –      –      1,181      1,181   

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

              

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

   –      –      (3)     –      –      –      (3)  

Net losses taken to income statement

   –      –      –      (1)     –      –      (1)  

 

 

Other equity movements

              

Scrip dividend related share issue1

        (5)     –      –      –      –      (1)  

Purchase of treasury shares

   –      –      –      –      –      (338)     (338)  

Issue of treasury shares

   –      –      –      –      –      23      23   

Purchase of own shares

   –      –      –      –      –      (7)     (7)  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

   –      –      –      –      20      –      20   

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

   –      –      –      –      –      (1,271)     (1,271)  

 

 

At 31 March 2015

   443      1,331      17      –      280      3,726      5,797   

Profit for the year

   –      –      –      –      –      748      748   

 

 

Other equity movements

              

Scrip dividend related share issue1

        (5)     –      –      –      –      (1)  

Purchase of treasury shares

   –      –      –      –      –      (267)     (267)  

Issue of treasury shares

   –      –      –      –      –      16      16   

Purchase of own shares

   –      –      –      –      –      (6)     (6)  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

   –      –      –      –      22      –      22   

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

   –      –      –      –      –      (1,337)     (1,337)  

 

 

At 31 March 2016

   447      1,326      17      –      302      2,880      4,972   

 

 

1.  Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements171


Notes to the Company financial statements have been prepared on

1. Fixed asset investments

Shares in 

subsidiary 

undertakings 

£m 

At 1 April 2014

8,803 

Additions

20 

At 31 March 2015

8,823 

Additions

22 

At 31 March 2016

8,845 

During the year there was a going concern basis followingcapital contribution of £22m (2015: £20m) which represents the assessment madefair value of equity instruments granted to subsidiaries’ employees arising from equity-settled employee share schemes.

The names of the subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are included in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by the Directorsfair value of their underlying net assets.

2. Debtors

   

2016 

£m 

  

2015 

£m 

 

Amounts falling due within one year

    

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  279   281 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  11,516   11,484 

Prepayments and accrued income

    

 

        11,796         11,767 

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year

    

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  157   148 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  318   341 

 

  475   489 

 

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the assets.

3. Creditors

   

2016 

£m 

  

2015 

£m 

 

Amounts falling due within one year

    

Borrowings (note 6)

  933   1,068 

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  239   289 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  12,633   11,208 

Corporation tax payable

    

Other creditors

  43   39 

 

        13,851         12,607 

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year

    

Borrowings (note 6)

  1,194   1,117 

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  358   411 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings1

  1,982   1,894 

Deferred tax

    

 

  3,538   3,425 

 

1.  All amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings in 2015 and 2016 are repayable after five years.

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the liabilities. A reconciliation of the movement in deferred tax in the year is shown below:

   Deferred 

tax 

£m 

At 1 April 2014

Charged to the profit and loss account

Credited to equity

(1)

At 31 March 2015

Charged to the profit and loss account

At 31 March 2016

172National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements


   Financial Statements

4. Derivative financial instruments

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are:

     2016          2015    
   

    Assets

£m

 

 Liabilities 

£m 

  

Total 

£m 

          Assets
£m
 

   Liabilities 

£m 

  

Total 

£m 

Amounts falling due within one year

 279 (239)  40   281 (289)  (8)

Amounts falling due after more than one year

 157 (358)  (201)   148 (411)  (263)
  436 (597)        (161)   429 (700)        (271)

For each class of derivative the notional contract1 amounts are as setfollows:

  

2016 

£m 

  

2015 

£m 

 

Interest rate swaps

 (2,442)  (2,499)

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 (3,537)  (3,529)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

    (14,361)     (13,708)

 

 (20,340)  (19,736)

 

1.  The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date.

5. Investments

The following table sets out on page 52.the Company’s current asset investments:

 

  

2016 

£m 

  

2015 

£m 

 

Investments in short-term money funds

 1,007   217 

Short-term deposits

 –   252 

Restricted balances – collateral

 237   281 

 

      1,244           750 

 

6. Borrowings

The following table analyses the Company’s total borrowings:

  

2016 

£m 

  

2015 

£m 

 

Amounts falling due within one year

   

Bank overdrafts

 –   13 

Bank loans

 28   28 

Bonds

 21   70 

Commercial paper

 884   957 

 

 933   1,068 

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   

Bonds

 1,194   1,117 

 

       2,127        2,185 

 

The maturity of total borrowings is disclosed in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. There are no differences in the maturities as calculated under IFRS or FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’.

The notional amount of borrowings outstanding as at 31 March 2016 was £2,101m (2015: £2,157m). Further information on significant borrowings can be found on the debt investors section of our website.

7. Share capital

The share capital amounting to £447m (2015: £443m) consists of 3,924,038,086 (2015: 3,891,691,900) ordinary shares. For further information on share capital, refer to note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

8. Shareholders’ equity and reserves

At 31 March 2016 the profit and loss account reserve stood at £2,880m (2015: £3,726m) of which £86m (2015: £86m) related to gains on intra-group transactions which was not distributable to shareholders.

For further details of dividends paid and payable to shareholders, refer to note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

9. Parent Company guarantees

The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408guaranteed the repayment of the Companies Act 2006.principal sum, any associated premium and interest on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. At 31 March 2016, the sterling equivalent amounted to £2,674m (2015: £2,593m). The guarantees are for varying terms from less than one year to open-ended.

10. Audit fees

The Company has taken advantageaudit fee in respect of the exemptions in FRS 8 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from disclosing transactions with other members of the National Grid plc group of companies.

In accordance with exemptions under FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’,parent Company was £28,380 (2015: £27,553). Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit services to the Company hasare not presented the financial instruments disclosures required by the standard,to be disclosed as disclosures which comply with the standardthey are included inwithin note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

B. Fixed asset investments

Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less any provisions for impairment. Investments are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairments are calculated such that the carrying value of the fixed asset investment is the lower of its cost or recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of its net realisable value and its value-in-use.

C. Taxation

Current tax for the current and prior periods is provided at the amount expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided in full on timing differences which result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or the right to pay less tax, at a future date, at tax rates expected to apply when the timing differences reverse based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Timing differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in periods different from those in which they are included in the financial statements.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Financial Statements173


Additional Information contents

 

The business in detail

Key milestones

Some of the key dates and actions in the corporate history of National Grid are listed below. The full history goes back much further.

1986      British Gas (BG) privatisation
1990Electricity transmission network in England and Wales
transferred to National Grid on electricity privatisation
1995National Grid listed on the London Stock Exchange
1997Centrica demerged from BG
  Energis demerged from National Grid
2000Lattice Group demerged from BG and listed separately
New England Electric System and Eastern Utilities Associates acquired
2002Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation merged
with National Grid in US
National Grid and Lattice Group merged to
form National Grid Transco
2004UK wireless infrastructure network acquired from
Crown Castle International Corp
2005Four UK regional gas distribution networks sold
and National Grid adopted as our name
2006Rhode Island gas distribution network acquired
2007UK and US wireless infrastructure operations and
the Basslink electricity interconnector in Australia sold
KeySpan Corporation acquired
2008Ravenswood generation station sold
2010Rights issue raised £3.2 billion
2012New Hampshire electricity and gas distribution
businesses sold

174National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


156    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

Company balance sheet

at 31 March

      Notes  

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Fixed assets

    
  

Investments

   1    8,803     8,177    
  

 

 
 
  

Current assets

    
  

Debtors (amounts falling due within one year)

   2    9,312     9,636    
  

Debtors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   2    948     880    
  

Investments

   5    1,504     2,723    
  

Cash at bank and in hand

        –    
  

 

 
  

Total current assets

      11,765     13,239    
 
  

Creditors (amounts falling due within one year)

   3    (10,345)    (9,914)   
  

 

 
  

Net current assets

    1,420     3,325    
  

 

 
  

Total assets less current liabilities

    10,223     11,502    
 
  

Creditors (amounts falling due after more than one year)

   3    (4,029)    (5,263)   
  

 

 
  

Net assets

    6,194     6,239    
  

 

 
 
  

Capital and reserves

    
  

Called up share capital

   7    439     433    
  

Share premium account

   8    1,336     1,344    
  

Cash flow hedge reserve

   8    20     12    
  

Available-for-sale reserve

   8        –    
  

Other equity reserves

   8    260     240    
  

Profit and loss account

   8    4,138     4,210    
  

 

 
  

Total shareholders’ funds

   9    6,194         6,239    
  

 

 
  

 

The notes on pages 157 to 159 form part of the individual financial statements of the Company, which were approved by the Board of Directors on 18 May 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:

 

Sir Peter Gershon Chairman

Andrew Bonfield Finance Director

   

  

  

 
  


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements    

Additional Information

 

157

 

Notes to the Company

financial statements

 

 

 
  1.Fixed asset investments 
        Shares in  
subsidiary  
undertakings  
£m  
  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  

 8,157   
  

Additions

  

 20   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  

 8,177   
  

Additions

  

 626   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  

 8,803   
  

 

 
  

 

During the year there was a capital contribution of £20m (2013: £20m) which represents the fair value of equity instruments granted to subsidiaries’ employees arising from equity-settled employee share schemes. On 27 March 2014, the Company also acquired a further 98,851 ordinary shares of £1 each in National Grid (US) Holdings Limited for a total consideration of £606m.

 

The names of the principal subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates are included in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by the fair value of their underlying net assets.

 

2.Debtors

 

 
     2014
£m
  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  284   163   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  9,025   9,470   
  

Prepayments and accrued income

  3   3   
  

 

 
    9,312   9,636   
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  643   585   
  

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  305   295   
  

 

 
    948   880   
  

 

 
  

 

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the assets.

 

3.Creditors

 

 
     2014
£m
  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

   
  

Borrowings (note 6)

  1,327   613   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  286   228   
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  8,695   9,029   
  

Other creditors

  37   44   
  

 

 
    10,345   9,914   
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

   
  

Borrowings (note 6)

  1,850   2,762   
  

Derivative financial instruments (note 4)

  154   458   
  

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

  2,022   2,042   
  

Deferred taxation

  3   1   
  

 

 
    4,029   5,263   
  

 

 
  

 

The carrying values stated above are considered to represent the fair values of the liabilities.

 

 
        

Deferred  
taxation  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  (1)  
  

Charged to the profit and loss account

  1   
  

Charged to equity

  1   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  1   
  

Charged to the profit and loss account

  1   
  

Charged to equity

  1   
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  3   
  

 

 


158    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Notes to the Company

financial statements continued

  

4.Derivative financial instruments

The fair values of derivative financial instruments are:

 

  

  

      2014  2013     
      

 

 

 
     Assets  
£m  
  Liabilities  
£m  
  Total  
£m  
  Assets
£m
  Liabilities  
£m  
  

Total  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

  284      (286)     (2)     163    (228)     (65)   
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

  643      (154)     489      585    (458)     127    
  

 

 
    927      (440)     487      748    (686)     62    
  

 

 
  

 

For each class of derivative the notional contract* amounts are as follows:

 

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  

2013  

£m  

 
  

 

 
  

Interest rate swaps

      (6,531)    (8,015)   
  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

      (4,490)    (5,376)   
  

Foreign exchange forward contracts

      (11,626)    (9,080)   
  

 

 
  

Total

      (22,647)    (22,471)   
  

 

 
  

 

*The notional contract amounts of derivatives indicate the gross nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date.

 

5.Investments

The following table sets out the Company’s current asset investments:

 

  

  

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Investments in short-term money funds

      1,238     2,113    
  

Short-term deposits

      245     438    
  

Restricted cash balances – collateral

      21     172    
  

 

 
        1,504     2,723    
  

 

 
  

 

6.Borrowings

The following table analyses the Company’s total borrowings:

 

  

  

                 

2014 

£m 

  2013  
£m  
 
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due within one year

      
  

Bank loans

      423     277    
  

Bonds

      904     336    
  

 

 
        1,327     613    
  

 

 
  

Amounts falling due after more than one year

      
  

Bonds

      1,850     2,762    
  

 

 
        
  

Total borrowings

      3,177     3,375    
  

 

 
  

 

The maturity of total borrowings is disclosed in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. There are no differences in the maturities as calculated under IFRS or UK GAAP.

 

The notional amount of borrowings outstanding as at 31 March 2014 was £3,074m (2013: £3,250m). Further information on significant borrowings can be found on the debt investors section of our website.

 

7.Called up share capital

The called up share capital amounting to £439m (2013: £433m) consists of 3,854,339,684 (2013: 3,794,575,998) ordinary shares. For further information on share capital, refer to note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

   

   

  

   


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements    

Additional Information

159

  8.Reserves 
     

Share  

premium  

account  

£m  

  

Cash flow  

hedge  

reserve  

£m  

  

Available-  

for-sale  

reserve  

£m  

  

Other equity  

reserves  

£m  

  

Profit and  

loss account  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

At 1 April 2012

  1,355      9      –      220     4,579   
  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

  –      3      –      –     –   
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

  (11)     –      –      –     –   
  

Issue of treasury shares

  –      –      –      –     19   
  

Purchase of own shares

  –      –      –      –     (6)  
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

  –      –      –      20     –   
  

Loss for the financial year

  –      –      –      –     (382)  
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2013

  1,344      12      –      240     4,210   
  

Transferred from equity in respect of cash flow hedges (net of tax)

  –      8      –      –     –   
  

Net gains taken to equity

  –      –      1      –     –   
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends

  (8)     –      –      –     –   
  

Issue of treasury shares

  –      –      –      –     14   
  

Purchase of own shares

  –      –      –      –     (3)  
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

  –      –      –      20     –   
  

Loss for the financial year

  –      –      –      –     (83)  
  

 

 
  

At 31 March 2014

  1,336      20      1      260     4,138   
  

 

 
  

 

There were no gains and losses, other than losses for the years stated above; therefore no separate statement of total recognised gains and losses has been presented. At 31 March 2014, £86m (2013: £86m) of the profit and loss account reserve relating to gains on intra-group transactions was not distributable to shareholders.

 

9.Reconciliation of movements in total shareholders’ funds

 

 
              

2014 

£m 

  

2013  

£m  

  
  

 

 
  

Profit for the financial year

     976    428   
  

Dividends1

     (1,059)   (810)  
  

 

 
  

Loss for the financial year

     (83)   (382)  
  

Issue of treasury shares

     14    19   
  

Purchase of own shares

     (3)   (6)  
  

Shares issued in lieu of dividends2

     (2)   –   
  

Movement on cash flow hedge reserve (net of tax)

        3   
  

Movement on available-for-sale reserve

        –   
  

Share awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings

     20    20   
  

 

 
  

Net decrease in shareholders’ funds

     (45)   (346)  
  

Opening shareholders’ funds

     6,239    6,585   
  

 

 
  Closing shareholders’ funds     6,194    6,239   
  

 

 
  

 

1. For further details of dividends paid and payable to shareholders, refer to note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Included within share premium account are costs associated with scrip dividends.

 

10.Parent Company guarantees

The Company has guaranteed the repayment of the principal sum, any associated premium and interest on specific loans due by certain subsidiary undertakings primarily to third parties. At 31 March 2014, the sterling equivalent amounted to £2,713m (2013: £2,767m). The guarantees are for varying terms from less than one year to open-ended.

 

11.Audit fees

The audit fee in respect of the parent Company was £26,750 (2013: £25,750). Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit services to the Company are included within note 3 (e) to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 


160    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

LOGO

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16The business in detail175


AdditionalThe business in detail

Informationcontinued

    

Business

information in detail

UK regulationRegulation

Our licences are established under the Gas Act 1986 and Electricity Act 1989, as amended (the Acts),. They require us to develop, maintain and operate economic and efficient networks and to facilitate competition in the supply of gas and electricity in Great Britain.Britain (GB). They also give us statutory powers, such aspowers. These include the right to bury our pipes or cables under public highways and the ability to use compulsory powers to purchase land to enable theso we can conduct of our business.

Our networks are regulated by Ofgem, which has established price control mechanisms that set the amount of revenue that can be earned by our regulated businesses.businesses can earn. Price control regulation is designed to ensuremake sure our interests, as a monopoly, are balanced with those of our customers. Ofgem allows us to charge reasonable, but not excessive, prices givingprices. This gives us a future level of revenue that is sufficient to meet our statutory duties and licence obligations, and also to makemakes a reasonable return on our investment.

The price control includes a number of mechanisms designed to help achieve its objectives, includingobjectives. These include financial incentives designed tothat encourage us to: continuously improve the cost and effectiveness of our services; manage and operate our networks efficiently; deliver high-quality services to our customers and wider stakeholder community; and invest in the development of the network in a manner that ensures long-term security of supply.

 

efficiently deliver by investment and maintenance the network outputs that customers and stakeholders require, including reliable supplies, new connections and infrastructure capacity;
innovate in order to continuously improve the services we give our customers, stakeholders and communities; and
efficiently balance the transmission networks to support the wholesale markets.

Our UK Electricity Transmission (UK ET), UK Gas Transmission (UK GT) and UK Gas Distribution (UK GD) businesses operate under eight separate price controls in the UK. These comprise two for our UK ET operations, one covering our role as transmission owner (TO) and the other for our role as system operator (SO); two for our UK GT operations, again one as TO and one as SO; and one for each of our four regional gas distribution networks. While each of the eight price controls may have differing terms, they are based on a consistent regulatory framework.

In addition to the eight price controls, our LNG storage business has a price control covering some aspects of its operations. Therethere is also a tariff cap price control applied to certain elements of domestic metering and daily meter reading activities undertakencarried out by National Grid Metering.

Interconnectors derive their revenues from congestion revenues. Congestionsales of capacity to users who wish to move power between market areas with different prices. These sales revenues are dependentcalled congestion revenues because market price differences result from the congestion on the existence offinite interconnector capacity, which limits full price differentials between markets at either end of the interconnector.convergence. European legislation governs how congestion revenues may be used and how interconnection capacity is allocated. It requires all interconnection capacity to be allocated to the market via market-based methods, iethrough auctions.

There are two routesa range of different regulatory models available for interconnector investment: aprojects. These involve various levels of regulatory intervention ranging from fully merchant (the project is fully reliant on sales of interconnector capacity) to cap and floor (where sales revenues above the cap are returned to transmission system users and revenues below the floor are topped up by transmission system users, thus reducing the overall project risk).

The cap and floor regime is now the regulated route wherefor interconnector investment in GB, which sits alongside the exemption route (whereby project developers have to comply with allapply for exemptions from aspects of European legislation on cross-border electricity infrastructure and receivelegislation).

RIIO price controls

On 1 April 2013, Ofgem introduced a regulated returnnew regulatory framework called RIIO (revenue = incentives + innovation + outputs), with the first price control agreed under the new framework lasting for their investment; or a merchant-exempt route, where developers would face the full upside and downsideeight years. The building blocks of the investmentRIIO price control are broadly similar to the historical price controls used in the UK. However, there are some significant differences in the mechanics of the calculations.

How is revenue calculated?

Under RIIO the outputs we deliver are clearly articulated and typicallyare integrally linked to the calculation of our allowed revenue. These outputs have been determined through an exemption from European legislation.extensive consultation process, which has given stakeholders a greater opportunity to influence the decisions.

There are six output categories:

National Grid’s UK interconnectors earn their revenue by auctioning capacity based onSafety: ensuring the provision of a safe energy network.

Reliability (and availability): promoting networks capable of delivering long-term reliability, as well as minimising the number and duration of interruptions experienced over the price differencecontrol period, and ensuring adaptation to climate change.

Environmental impact: encouraging companies to play their role in achieving broader environmental objectives – specifically, facilitating the reduction of carbon emissions – as well as minimising their own carbon footprint.

Customer and stakeholder satisfaction: maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction and stakeholder engagement, and improving service levels.

Customer connections: encouraging networks to connect customers quickly and efficiently.

Social obligations (UK GD only): extending the gas network to communities that are fuel poor where it is efficient to do so, and introducing measures to address carbon monoxide poisoning incidents.

Within each of these output categories are a number of primary and secondary deliverables, reflecting what our stakeholders want us to deliver over the coming price control period. The nature and number of these deliverables varies according to the output category, with some being linked directly to our allowed revenue, some linked to legislation, and others having only a reputational impact.

Ofgem, using information we have submitted, along with independent assessments, determines the efficient level of expected costs necessary to deliver them. Under RIIO this is known as totex, which is a component of total allowable expenditure, and is the sum of what was defined in previous price controls as operating expenditure (opex), capital expenditure (capex) and, in UK GD controls, mains replacement expenditure (repex).

A number of assumptions are necessary in setting these outputs, such as certain prices or the volumes of work that will be needed. Consequently, there are a number of uncertainty mechanisms within the RIIO framework that can result in adjustments to totex if actual prices or volumes differ from the assumptions. These mechanisms protect us and our customers from windfall gains and losses.

Where we under- or over-spend the allowed totex for reasons that are not covered by uncertainty mechanisms, there is a sharing factor. This means the under- or over-spend is shared between us and customers through an adjustment to allowed revenues in future years. This sharing factor provides an incentive for us to provide the markets at each endoutputs efficiently, as we are able to keep a portion of savings we make, with the remainder benefiting our customers.

This sharing factor is one of the link and are referredways that RIIO has given innovation more prominence. Innovation includes traditional areas such as new technologies, as well as the broader challenge of finding new ways of working to as merchant interconnectors; this being the typical UK model.deliver outputs more efficiently. This broader challenge has an impact on everyone in our business.

Contents

160

Business information in detail

160UK regulation
162US regulation
166Where we operate
167Risk factors

170

Internal control

170Information assurance
170Disclosure controls
170Internal control over financial reporting

171

Directors’ Report disclosures

171Articles of Association
171Board biographies
173Capital gains tax (CGT)
173Change of control provisions
173Conflicts of interest
173Directors’ indemnity
173Events after the reporting period
174Material interests in shares
174Political donations and expenditure
174Research and development
174Share capital
175Share price

176

Other disclosures

176Articles of Association
177Code of Ethics
177Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards
177Depositary payments to the Company
178Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges
178Documents on display
178Employees
178Exchange controls
178Exchange rates
179Key milestones
179Material contracts
179Property, plant and equipment
179Shareholder analysis
179Taxation
181The All-employee Share Plans
181The offer and listing
181Unresolved SEC staff comments

182

Other unaudited financial information

186

Summary consolidated financial information

188

Definitions and glossary of terms

192

Want more information or help?

LOGO         


176 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

161

RIIO price controls

Our UK regulator has introduced a new regulatory framework called RIIO (revenue = incentives + innovation + outputs) that became effective on 1 April 2013 and lasts for eight years. The building blocks of the RIIO price control are broadly similar to the historical price controls used in the UK; however there are some significant differences in the mechanics of the calculations.

 

How is revenue calculated?

Under RIIO the outputs we deliver are clearly articulated and are integrally linked to the calculation of our allowed revenue. These outputs have been determined through an extensive consultation process which has given stakeholders a greater opportunity to input to these decisions. The clarity around outputs should lead to greater transparency of our performance in delivering them.

 

The six key output categories are:

 

·   Safety: ensuring the provision of a safe energy network.

·   Reliability (and availability): promoting networks capable of delivering long-term reliability, as well as minimising the number and duration of interruptions experienced over the price control period, and ensuring adaptation to climate change.

·   Environmental impact: encouraging companies to play their role in achieving broader environmental objectives – specifically facilitating the reduction of carbon emissions – as well as minimising their own carbon footprint.

·   Customer and stakeholder satisfaction: maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction and stakeholder engagement, and improving service levels.

·   Customer connections: encouraging networks to connect customers quickly and efficiently.

·   Social obligations (UK GD only): extending the gas network to communities that are fuel poor where it is efficient to do so and introducing measures to address carbon monoxide poisoning incidents.

 

Within each of these output categories are a number of primary and secondary deliverables, reflecting what our stakeholders want us to deliver over the coming price control period. The nature and number of these deliverables varies according to the output category, with some being linked directly to our allowed revenue, some linked to legislation, and others having only a reputational impact. Ofgem, using information submitted by us along with independent assessments, determines the efficient level of expected costs necessary to deliver them. Under RIIO this is known as totex, short for total expenditure, and is similar to the sum of controllable opex, capex and repex (for UK GD) under the previous price control.

 

A number of assumptions are necessary in setting these outputs, such as certain prices or the volumes of work that will be needed. As a result, to protect us and our customers from windfall gains and losses, there are a number of uncertainty mechanisms within the RIIO framework that can result in adjustments to totex if actual prices or volumes differ from the assumptions.

 

Where we under- or over-spend the allowed totex for reasons that are not covered by uncertainty mechanisms, there is a sharing factor, ie the under- or over-spend is shared between us and customers through an adjustment to allowed revenues in a future year. This sharing factor provides an incentive for us to provide the outputs efficiently as we are able to keep a portion of the savings, with the remainder benefiting our customers.

    

This sharing factor is one of the ways that RIIO has given innovation more prominence. Innovation includes traditional areas such as new technologies, as well as the broader challenge of finding new ways of working to deliver outputs more efficiently. This broader challenge will have an impact on everyone in our business.

 

Totex is then split between fast and slow money, a new concept under RIIO, based on a specified percentage. Fast money represents the amount of totex that we are able to recover in the current year. Slow money is added to our RAV.

 

In addition to fast money, in each year we are allowed to collect a depreciation of and a return on our RAV.

 

This operates in a similar way to the previous price control, although there have been changes to the asset lives for electricity transmission (transition from 20 years to 45 years evenly across the RIIO period) and the depreciation calculation for UK GD (changed from 45 years straight line to 45 years sum of digits for assets added post 2002). We are also allowed to collect additional revenues related to non-controllable costs and incentives.

 

The incentive mechanisms can increase or decrease our allowed revenue and result from our performance against various measures related to our outputs. RIIO has introduced new incentive mechanisms as a way to provide further incentives to align our objectives with those of our customers and other stakeholders. For example, performance against our customer satisfaction targets can have a positive or negative effect of up to 1% of allowed annual revenues. Incentives will normally affect our revenues two years after the year of performance.

 

RIIO regulatory building blocks

 

LOGO

 

Allowed returns

The cost of capital allowed under RIIO is as follows:

        Transmission    Gas Distribution  
        Gas Electricity     
    Cost of equity (post-tax real) 6.8%  7.0%     6.7% 
    Cost of debt (pre-tax real) iBoxx 10 year simple trailing average index
(2.92% for 2013/14)
    Notional gearing 62.5%  60.0%     65.0% 
    Vanilla WACC1 4.38%  4.55%     4.24% 
    

 

1. Vanilla WACC = cost of debt x gearing + cost of equity x (1- gearing).

         


162    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

    

Business

information

Allowed revenue to fund totex costs are split between fast and slow money – a concept under RIIO, based on a specified percentage that is fixed for the duration of the price control (except for UK GD’s repex which changes on a linear scale across the price control). Fast money represents the amount of totex we are able to recover in detailthe next available year. Slow money is added to our RAV – effectively the regulatory IOU. For more details on the sharing factors under RIIO, please see the table below.

continuedIn addition to fast money, in each year we are allowed to recover a portion of the RAV (regulatory depreciation) and a return on the outstanding RAV balance.

The asset life for regulatory depreciation in electricity transmission spans 45 years across the RIIO period. This is also the case for the asset life depreciation for UK GD. We are also allowed to collect additional revenues related to non-controllable costs and incentives.

The incentive mechanisms can increase or decrease our allowed revenue and result from our performance against various measures related to our outputs. RIIO has incentive mechanisms that encourage us to align our objectives with those of our customers and other stakeholders. For example, performance against our customer satisfaction targets can have a positive or negative effect of up to 1% of allowed annual revenues. Most of our incentives affect our revenues two years after the year of performance.

The RIIO controls for both our transmission and gas distribution businesses were introduced on 1 April 2013 and the first price control period lasts for eight years. During the eight year period our regulator included a provision for a potential mid-period review, with scope driven by:

 

     Gas Transmission   Electricity Transmission   Gas Distribution
      

 

Transmission
Operator

 

 

  System
  Operator

    

 

Transmission
Operator

 

 

System
Operator

    

 

North
West

 

 

    East of

    England

 

 

West Midlands

 London
         Repex: Stepped decline from 50% in 2013/14 to 0% in 2020/21
   Baseline 35.6%        in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
  

1 Fast

 Uncertainty 10%   62.60%   15.00% 72.10%   73.90%     73.37% 75.05% 76.53%
         Repex: Stepped increase from 50% in 2013/14 to 100% in 2020/21
   Baseline 64.4%        in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
  

2 Slow

 Uncertainty 90%   37.40%   85.00% 27.90%   26.10%     26.63% 24.95% 23.47%
  

3 Sharing

 44.36%   46.89%   63.04%
 
            
 changes to outputs that can be justified by clear changes in government policy; and
the introduction of new outputs that are needed to meet the needs of consumers and other network users.

In November 2015, Ofgem launched a consultation on a potentialRIIO-T1 and GD1 mid-period review.

Under the RIIO controls, we are required to deliver agreed outputs for consumers and are funded to cover the costs of delivering these. The eight year price control includes a number of uncertainty mechanisms to take account of the fact that some outputs and funding cannot be set with certainty at the start of the period. One of these uncertainty mechanisms is the review of outputs. In May 2016, Ofgem decided to launch a mid-period review focusing on the transmission outputs.

RIIO regulatory building blocks

LOGO

Allowed returns

The cost of capital allowed under RIIO is as follows:

  

Transmission

 

  Gas Distribution  

  Gas              Electricity   

 

Cost of equity (post-tax real)

 6.8%  7.0%  6.7% 

 

Cost of debt (pre-tax real)

    iBoxx 10-year simple trailing average index
         (2.55% for 2015/16)

 

Notional gearing

 62.5%  60.0%  65.0% 

 

Vanilla WACC1

 4.14%  4.33%  4.01% 

 

1. Vanilla WACC = cost of debt x gearing + cost of equity x (1-gearing).

The sharing factor means that any over- and under-spend is shared between the businesses and consumers. The shared figures displayed in the table below are the sharing factors that apply to UK ET, UK GT and UK GD.

For more information on RIIO, including incentive mechanisms, please see the relevant investor fact sheets on the Investor Relations section of our website.

 

Sharing factors under RIIO are as follows:

  Gas Transmission 

Electricity Transmission

 Gas Distribution
  Transmission
Operator
 System
Operator
 Transmission     
Operator
 System
Operator          
 

North

West

 

East of

England

 

West

Midlands

 London              

 

     Repex:   
     Stepped decline from 50% in 2013/14 to 0% in 2020/21
 Baseline3 35.6%        in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
     

 

Fast1

 Uncertainty 10%     62.60%             15.00% 72.10% 73.90%             73.37%             75.05%             76.53%

 

     Repex:   
     Stepped increase from 50% in 2013/14 to 100% in 2020/21        
 Baseline3 64.4%    in seven equal instalments of 7.14% per annum
     

 

Slow2

 Uncertainty 90% 37.40% 85.00% 27.90% 26.10% 26.63% 24.95% 23.47%

 

Sharing

 44.36% 46.89%     63.04%

 

1.Fast money allows network companies to recover a percentage of total expenditure within a one year period.
2.Slow money is where costs are added to RAV and, therefore, revenues are recovered slowly (e.g. over 20 years) from both current and future consumers.
3.The baseline is the expenditure that is funded through ex-ante allowances, whereas the uncertainty adjusts the allowed expenditure automatically where the level outputs delivered differ from the baseline level, or if triggered by an event.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16The business in detail177


The business in detailcontinued

US regulationRegulation

Regulators

In the US, public utilities’ retail transactions are regulated by state utility commissions, including the NYPSC, the MADPU and the RIPUC.

Utilitycommissions. The commissions serve as economic regulators, approving cost recovery and authorised rates of return. The state commissions establish the retail rates to recover the cost of transmission and distribution services, and focus on services and costs within their jurisdictions. FERC regulates the wholesale transactions of public utilities, such as interstate transmission and electricity generation, and provides for the wholesale cost recovery of these services.

Utility commissions areThey also charged with servingserve the public interest by ensuringmaking sure utilities provide safe and reliable service at just and reasonable prices. TheyThe commissions establish service standards and approve public utility mergers and acquisitions of public utilities.acquisitions.

Utilities are regulated at the federal level (FERC) for wholesale transactions, such as interstate transmission and wholesale electricity sales, including rates for these services. FERC also regulates public utility holding companies and centralised service companies, including those of our US businesses.

With the exception of residential gas customers in Rhode Island, all of our customers are allowed to select a competitive supplier for the supply component of electricity and gas utility services.

Regulatory process

The US regulatory regime is premised on allowing the utility the opportunity to recover its cost of service and earn a reasonable return on its investments as determined by the commission. Utilities in the US submit a formal rate filingfilings (‘rate cases’) to the relevant state regulatory body, requesting a revenue adjustment in a proceeding known asregulator when additional revenues are necessary to provide safe, reliable service to customers. Utilities can be compelled to file a rate case.

case due to complaints filed with the commission or at the commission’s own discretion.

The rate case process is conducted in atypically litigated settingwith parties representing customer and inother interests. In the states in which we operate, it can take 10nine to 13thirteen months for the commission to render a final decision. In all states, theThe utility is required to prove that itsthe requested rate change is prudent and reasonable. The utility may request areasonable, and the requested rate plan that can span multiple years. Unlike the state processes, the federal regulator has no specified timeline for adjudicating a rate case, but typically makes a final decision retroactive when the case is completed.

During the rate case process, consumer advocates and other intervening parties scrutinise and often file opposing positions to the utility’s rate request. The rate case decision reflects a weighing of the facts in light of the regulator’s policy objectives.

During a rate case, the utility, consumer advocates and intervening parties may agree on the resolution of aspects of a case and file a negotiated settlement with a commission for approval.

Gas and electricity rates are established from a revenue requirement, which comprisesor cost of service, equal to the utility’s total cost of providing distribution or delivery service to its customers. Itcustomers, as approved by the commission in the rate case. This revenue requirement includes operating expenses, depreciation, taxes and a fair and reasonable return on shareholder capital invested in certain components of the utility’s regulated asset base, typically referred to as its rate base.

The rate of return applied to the rate base is the utility’s weighted average cost of capital. This represents its cost of debt and an allowed RoE intended to provide the utility with an opportunity to attract capital from investors and maintain its financial integrity. The total revenue requirement is apportioned among different customer classes and categories of service to establish the prices for service. The final revenue requirement and pricesrates for service are ultimately approved in the rate case decision.

The revenue requirement is derived from a comprehensive study of the utility’s total costs during a recent 12 month period of operations, referred to as a test year.

Each commission has its own rules and standards for adjustments to the test year. These are intended to arrive at the total costs expected in the first year new rates will be in effect, or the rate year and may include forecastforecasted capital investments in determining rate year rate base. Often, known and measurable adjustments are made to test year data to reflect normal operating conditions. In Massachusetts, only limited adjustments to this test year are allowed, which are required to be both known and measurable. New York and Rhode Island allow more comprehensive adjustments to the test year. In summary, the costs.

US regulatory regime is based on a building block approach intended to allow the utility to recover its cost of service and earn a return on its investments.revenue requirement

 

US regulatory building blocksLOGO

LOGO

Our rate plans

Each operating company has a set of rates for service. We have three electric distribution operations (upstate New York, Massachusetts and Rhode Island) and six gas distribution


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

163

networks (upstate New York, New York City, Long Island, Massachusetts (2),(two) and Rhode Island). Distribution

Our operating companies have revenue decoupling mechanisms that de-link the companies’ revenues from the quantity of energy delivered and transmission electricity services in upstate New York are recovered with a combined rate billed to customers. These mechanisms remove the natural disincentive utility companies have for promoting and encouraging customer participation in energy efficiency programmes that lower energy end use customers. In New England, retail transmission rates recover wholesale transmission charges assessed to our electricand thus distribution companies from our end use customers.

volumes.

Our rate plans are designed to a specific allowed RoE, by reference to an allowed operating expense level and rate base. Some rate plans include earnings sharing mechanisms that allow us to retain a proportion of the earnings above our allowed RoE, we achieveachieved through improving efficiency, with the balance benefiting customers.

In addition, our performance under certain rate plans is subject to service performance targets. We may be subject to monetary penalties in cases where we do not meet those targets.

Allowed RoE in context

One measure used to monitor the performance of our regulated businesses is a comparison of achieved RoE to allowed RoE, with a target that the achieved should be equal to or above the allowed. ThisRoE. However, this measure cannot be used in isolation, however, as there are a number of factors that may prevent us from achieving that target in any given year:

·   Regulatory lag: in the years following the rate year, costs may increase due to inflation or other factors. If the cost increases cannot be offset by productivity gains, the total cost to deliver will be higher as a proportion of revenueallowed RoE. These factors include financial market conditions, regulatory lag and therefore achieved RoE will be lowered.

·   Cost disallowances: a cost disallowance is a decisiondecisions by the regulator that a certain expense should not be recoveredpreventing cost recovery in rates from customers. The regulator may do this for a variety of reasons. We can respond to some disallowances by choosing not to incur those costs; others may be unavoidable. As a result, unless offsetting cost reductions can be found, the achieved RoE will be lowered.

·   Market conditions: if a utility files a new rate case, the new allowed RoE may be below the current allowed RoE as financial market conditions may have changed. As such, a utility that appears to be underperforming the allowed RoE and files a new rate case may not succeed in increasing revenues.

We work to increase achieved RoEsRoE through: productivity improvements; positive performance against incentives or earned savings mechanisms such as energy efficiency programmes, where available; and through filing a new rate case when achieved returns are lower than that which the Company could reasonably expect to attain through a new rate case.

Features of our rate plans

We are responsible for billingbill our customers for their use of electricity and gas services. Customer bills typically comprise a commodity charge, covering the cost of the electricity or gas delivered, and charges covering our delivery service. Depending onWith the state, delivery ratesexception of residential gas customers in Rhode Island, our customers are either based upon actual sales volumesallowed to select an unregulated competitive supplier for the supply component of electricity and costs incurred in an historical test year, or on estimates of sales volumes and costs, and in both cases may differ from actual amounts. gas utility services.

A substantial proportion of our costs, in particular electricity and gas commodity purchases, for supply to customers, are pass-through costs, meaning they are fully recoverable from our customers. These pass-through costs are recovered through separate charges to customers that are designed to recover those costs with no profit. Rates are adjusted from time to time to ensuremake sure that any over- or under-recovery of these costs is returned to,

or recovered from, our customers. There can be timing differences between

Our FERC-regulated transmission companies use formula rates (instead of rate cases) to set rates annually to recover their cost of service. Through the use of annual true-ups, formula rates recover our actual costs being incurred and rates being adjusted.

the allowed RoE based on the actual transmission rate base each year. The Company must make annual formula rate filings documenting the revenue requirement, which customers can review and challenge.

Revenue for our wholesale transmission businesses in New England and New York is collected from wholesale transmission customers, who are typically other utilities and include our own New England electricity distribution businesses. With the exception of upstate New York, which continues to combine retail transmission and distribution rates to end useend-use customers, these wholesale transmission costs are incurred by distribution utilities on behalf of their customers and are fully recovered as a pass-through from end useend-use customers as approved by each state commission.

178National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information


   Additional Information

Our Long Island generation plants sell capacity to LIPA under a15-year and25-year power supply agreement,agreements, and within wholesale tariffs approved by FERC, which providesFERC. Through the use of cost based formula rates, these long-term contracts provide a similar economic effect to cost of service rate regulation.

US regulatory filings

The objectives of our rate case filings are to ensuremake sure we have the right cost of service, with the ability to earn a fair and reasonable rate of return while providing a safe, reliable and reliableeconomical service to our customers. In order to achieve these objectives and to reduce regulatory lag, we have been requesting structural changes, such as revenue decoupling mechanisms, capital trackers, commodity-related bad debt true-ups and pension and other post-employment benefit (OPEB) true-ups, separately from base rates. These terms are explained below the table on page 165.

182.

Below, we summarise significant developments in rate filings and the regulatory environment during the year. We completed the final stabilisation upgrade to our new financial systems in July 2014. With 12 months of historical ‘test year’ data available from the stabilised financial systems, we commenced a new round of full rate case filings, starting with the filing for Massachusetts Electric in November 2015, and followed by the filings for KEDNY and KEDLI in January 2016. We expect to make a number of such filings over the next two to three years to update the capital investment allowances and rate bases across many of our businesses. These filings are expected to capture the benefit of recent increased investments in asset replacement and network reliability, and reflect long-term growth in costs, including property tax and healthcare costs. Along with a clear focus on productivity, the filings are key to improving achieved returns in the Company’s US distribution activities.

Moreover, as part of current regulatory initiatives, we filed a proposal for investments in grid modernisation in Massachusetts and anticipate a similar proposal for innovative technology deployments and service offerings as part of the Reforming the Energy Vision (REV) effort in New York in 2016.

Massachusetts

Massachusetts electric rate case

On 6 November 2015, we filed a one-year rate plan for our Massachusetts electric business to take effect from 1 October 2016, which was updated on 29 April 2016. The updated rate case filing requests an annualised net increase in distribution revenue of approximately $137 million. The filing includes a request to increase annual capital investment subject to the capital investment recovery mechanism from $170 million to $285 million, and to include property tax recovery on incremental capital placed in service. The filing also requests an increase in annual base rate funding of the storm fund mechanism from $4.3 million to $14 million, and a 14-month extension of the incremental funding to address the storm fund’s deficit, created by weather events occurring through February 2015. The filing is based on an RoE of 10.5% and a capital structure of 52% equity and 48% debt.

Capital investment programmes

Our Massachusetts gas and electricity operating companies have rate mechanisms that allow for the recovery of new capital investment, including a return, outside of base rate proceedings, subject to further review and reconciliation. Most recently, onOn the gas side, on 30 October 2015, we filed the second plan in a20-year programme to replace ageing gas infrastructure by receiving concurrent cost recovery for eligible capital investments. On 29 April 2016, MADPU allowed approximately $11.6approved our proposal to place an additional $28.9 million into rates effective from 1 November 2013,May 2016, related to $219 million of anticipated investments in 2016 under this accelerated pipe replacement plan. The Company filed the reconciliation of the 2015 investments on 29 April 2016. Additionally, the Company continues to recover costs associated with its pre-existing leak prone pipe replacement programme outside of base rates until the next rate case, including the submittal of a proposal to begin recovery of an additional $4.1 million of incremental additions to the rate base, and on the electricity side it allowed approximately $8.8 million into ratesrevenue requirement effective from 1 March 2014, related to rate base additions.November 2016.

Storm fund recovery

The Massachusetts electricity business collects $4.3 million per yearannually in base rates to credit towards a storm fund devoted to fundingfund major storm restoration.response and restoration efforts. The severity and frequency of storms in Massachusetts over the last few years left our storm fundbetween February 2010 and February 2016 resulted in a deficit positionapproximately $252 million of approximately $212 million. On 3 May 2013, incremental storm-related costs as at 31 March 2016.

MADPU allowed us to begin collecting $40 million per yearannually for three years beginning on 4 May 2013, and an additional $7.6 million from 1 July 2014, towards the replenishment of the storm fund,fund. This annual recovery was further extended through 4 August 2016. Ultimate recovery of the storm costs is subject to a prudency review of the prudencyby MADPU of the underlying costs. ThatThe Company expects an order on the prudency of $213 million of storm-related costs from the February 2010 through March 2013 storm events by August 2016. As explained above, in the Massachusetts electric rate case, we proposed to collect the deficit created by storm events through February 2015, subject to a prudency review, is under way. Theand increase the annual base rate funding of the remaining deficit willstorm fund. Recoverable costs associated with storm events after February 2015 are deferred for future recovery and subject to future prudency review.

Grid modernisation

In response to a 2014 regulatory requirement, the Company filed a Massachusetts electricity grid modernisation plan on 19 August 2015 that proposed multiple investment options that would further MADPU’s goals of reducing the effect of outages, optimising demand, integrating distributed resources, and improving workforce and asset management. The Company presented a range of investment options for MADPU to consider, with investment levels over five years ranging from $225 million to $831 million. MADPU established criteria that, if met, would allow the capital costs from the plan to be addressed as partrecovered through a separate capital recovery mechanism. MADPU initiated its review of the prudency review andCompany’s plan in future rate proceedings.April 2016.

Storm management audit

The MADPU’s December 2012 order regarding our performance during Tropical Storm Irene and the October 2011 snowstorm requires us to undergo an independent audit regarding our storm management. This audit is under way, addressing: emergency management systems, protocols and plans; preparation for and management of restoration efforts with respect to emergency events; the Company’s emergency response resources and allocation of those resources during an emergency event; communications with state, municipal and public safety officials and with the DPU; dissemination of timely information to the public; and identification of management recommendations.


164    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Business

information in detail

continued

New York

Upstate New York 20122015 petition to use deferred credits

to fund capital expenditures

With the three-year rate plan filing

Effective from 1 April 2013, the upstate New York electricity and gas businesses began the first year of their new three year rate plan. The new rate plan provides an increase in electricity delivery revenue of $43.4 million, $51.4 million and $28.3 million for rate years one to three respectively. For the gas operations, the rate plan provides a decrease in delivery revenue of $3.3 million in rate year one and an increase of $5.9 million and $6.3 million in rate years two and three respectively. The revenue requirements for Niagara Mohawk’s electricity and gas businesses expiring on 31 March 2016, in December 2015, we filed a petition with NYPSC to use up to $124 million and $27 million of deferred credits associated with its electricity and gas operations, respectively, to fund incremental capital expenditures for those businesses in 2017 and 2018 above the capital allowances in the expiring rate plan. The Company expects an order in May or June 2016.

Reforming the Energy Vision (REV)

In April 2014, NYPSC instituted the REV proceeding, which envisions a new role for utilities as distributed system platform (DSP) providers who create markets for distributed energy resources (DER) and more fully integrate DER in distribution system operations and planning. The REV proceeding’s objectives include: enhanced customer energy choices and control; improved electricity system efficiency, reliability, and resiliency; and cleaner, more diverse electricity generation.

NYPSC is expected to issue an order in 2016 to address rate-making issues under REV, including opportunities for outcome-based shareholder incentive mechanisms, market-based earnings, changes to rate design, DER compensation and the rate-making process. The Company’s first five-year distributed system implementation plan is expected to be filed in June 2016 and will identify incremental investments in utility infrastructure necessary for implementation of the DSP role and greater DER integration.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16The business in detail179


The business in detailcontinued

KEDLI gas investment plan

In June 2014, KEDLI petitioned NYPSC for approval of a deferral mechanism related to a proposed gas infrastructure investment programme. In December 2014, NYPSC approved two gas investment plans for 2015 and 2016, one for leak-prone pipe capital expenditures (capped at $211.7 million in total) and one for gas service expansion expenditures (capped at $202.7 million in total).

NYPSC approved a surcharge to begin recovery of the deferred leak-prone pipeline investment costs, allowing for the recovery up to a total of $23.4 million through a surcharge effective from 1 April 2015 until the end of 2016. KEDLI received approval to establish a new deferral accounting mechanism for the balance of the approved costs not covered by the surcharge.

KEDNY gas investment plan and site investigation

and remediation (SIR) surcharge

In October 2015, NYPSC approved KEDNY’s petition to extend its capital investment recovery mechanism and reconciliation period for two more years through 2016 and to use a deferred credit balance from underspending in 2013 and 2014 to offset the revenue requirement associated with over $870 million of total capital investment in 2015 and 2016 (compared with a total capital allowance of roughly $614 million for 2013 and 2014). Also in October 2015, NYPSC approved KEDNY’s petition to increase its current SIR surcharge by $37.5 million annually, effective from 1 November 2015, to offset its SIR deferral balances.

KEDNY and KEDLI rate cases

On 29 January 2016, KEDNY and KEDLI filed base rate cases with NYPSC to increase their delivery revenues by $245 million and $142 million, respectively, with new rates expected to come into effectin early 2017. The cases include capital investment of approximately $610 million for KEDNY and $340 million for KEDLI for 2017. The rate case filings maintain tracker and true-up mechanisms for property taxes, commodity-related bad debt, and pension/OPEBs and seek to establish reconciling mechanisms for city/state construction-related costs and SIR recovery surcharge/tracker mechanisms.

KEDNY and KEDLI filed one year cases, but submitted two additional years of data to facilitate a multi-year settlement. The filings are based on a RoE of 9.3%, which includes9.94% (plus 50 basis points for a stay outstay-out premium for the three year term,a multi-year rate plan) and a capital structure that includes a 48% common equity component. The final agreement also includes annual reconciliation mechanisms for certain non-controllable costs.

Downstate New York rate plan extension

In 2013, The Brooklyn Union Gas Company (also known as KeySpan Energy Delivery New York or KEDNY) received approval from the PSC to extend its existing five year rate plan by two years. The extension provides a 9.4% RoE, with a 48% equity structure. Underratio.

Operations staffing audit

In January 2014, NYPSC initiated an operational audit to review internal staffing levels and use of contractors for the agreement, 80%core utility functions of any earnings over 9.4% will fund recovery of prior environmental deferrals with the remaining 20% being retained by KEDNY. The agreement increased capital expenditure allowances to $320.1 millioninvestor owned utilities in 2013 and $293.7 million in 2014 as compared with the prior capital allowances of $155.4 million per year. The agreement also proposed updates to various customer service and other performance metrics.

2013 New York, including Niagara Mohawk, KEDNY and KEDLI. The focus of the audit is on electricity and gas operations and network strategy functions, and includes a review of staffing levels, resource planning, work management, audit

On 13 February 2013, the PSC announced a comprehensive managementovertime levels, contractor use and operations audit of National Grid’s three New York gas distribution utilities. New York law requires periodic management audits of all utilities at least once every five years. We last underwent a management audit in 2009 when the PSC audited Niagara Mohawk’s electricity business.

succession planning. The final report is expected to be filed with the PSC this summer. The report will make recommendations regarding the operation and management of our New York gas utilities, and will specify costs and savings associated with each recommendation. In our next major gas rate proceeding, the Commission will consider our effectivenessissued in implementing the audit recommendations and seek to reflect the costs and savings associated with the recommendations in rates.July 2016.

Long Island

LIPA Amended and Restated Power Supply Agreement (A&RPSA)

We own and manage a number of power plants on Long Island, with a generation capacity of 3.8 GW. We supply wholesale capacity and energy to LIPA under an agreement with LIPA that was renewed in May 2013. LIPA in turn provides retail electricity to communities and businesses on Long Island.

On 23 May 2013, FERC approved the A&RPSA which expires on 30 April 2028 and replaces the original Power Supply Agreement that was effective from May of 1998 to May of 2013. LIPA may terminate the agreement as early as 30 April 2025 upon two years’ advance notice. The A&RPSA became effective on 28 May 2013.

The agreement resulted in a rate decrease of $27.4 million annually compared with the rate in effect for the final year of the previous PSA. The agreement sets a RoE of 9.75% and a capital structure with an equity component of 50%. The A&RPSA continues certain annual rate adjustments, such as pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses, property tax true-up, adjustments for new plant in service, and certain inflationary

increases. The A&RPSA allows both parties a RoE reopener in contract years four to six depending on financial market changes, and National Grid a one-time rate reopener in contract year six.

The A&RPSA also contains new options for modernising the power plants through retirement or repowering existing facilities to reduce energy costs and improve environmental performance.

Rhode Island

Rhode Island 2014/15 electricity and gas infrastructure, safety and

reliability (ISR) plans (ISR)

LegislationState law provides our Rhode Island gas and electricity operating divisions with rate mechanisms that allow for the recovery of capital investment, including a return, and certain expenses outside of base rate proceedings through the submission of annual ISR plans.

The electricity plan includes electricity operation expenses for vegetation management and certain inspection and maintenance costs.

In December 2013, we filed annual petitions seeking approval of our 2014/15RIPUC approved the fiscal year 2017 ISR plans for the electricity and gas systems. The PUC approved the petitions in March 2014.

on 25 February 2016. The electricity ISR plan encompasses a $74.3an $83.4 million spending programme for capital investment and $10.7$10 million for operating and maintenance expenses for vegetation management and inspection and maintenance.

The gas ISR plan encompasses a $71.7$86.05 million spending for capital investment and for the first time, incremental operation and maintenance expense for the hiring training and supervisiontraining of additional personnel to support increases in leak-prone pipe replacement.

Changing distribution system and modernisation of rates

On 3 March 2016, RIPUC opened a docket to investigate the modernisation of rates in light of the changing electric distribution system, including the costs and benefits of distributed energy resources.

FERC

ComplaintComplaints on New England transmission allowed RoE

In September 2011, and December 2012 and July 2014, complaints were filed with FERC against certain transmission owners, including our New England electricity transmission business, to lower the base RoE from the FERC approved rate of 11.14% to 9.2% and 8.7% respectively. The transmission owners argued. In a series of orders addressing the first complaint, with the last order in March 2015, FERC set the prospective base RoE at 10.57%, effective October 2014. FERC also found that the complainants have not proventotal, or maximum, RoE for our New England transmission business, including various RoE incentive adders authorised by FERC, cannot exceed 11.74%. In April and May 2015 a number of parties, including the existing rateCompany, appealed FERC’s orders on the first complaint to US federal court. A US federal court decision on these appeals is unjust and unreasonable and that the 11.14% base RoE should remain in effect. Non-binding preliminary findings byexpected no earlier than late 2016.

On 22 March 2016, a FERC administrative law judge suggestedissued a 10.6%decision with non-binding preliminary findings in the second and third complaint cases, setting the prospective base RoE forat 10.9%, with a 15 month refund andmaximum RoE of 12.19%. A FERC order acting on these preliminary findings is not expected until the end of 2016 or early 2017.

On 29 April 2016, a 9.7%fourth complaint was filed against the New England electricity transmission businesses seeking to reduce their base RoE prospectively.and maximum RoE to 8.61% and 11.24% respectively. Resolution by FERC of this latest complaint may take two years or longer.

Short-term borrowing extensionNew York Transco

In October 2013, National Gridlate 2014, the four New York investor-owned utilities, including Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, formed New York Transco, LLC, a new high voltage electricity transmission development company in New York State, and filed on behalf of New York Transco an application with FERC on behalfto establish the financial terms for a portfolio of its electricity public utility subsidiaries seeking an extensionfive new transmission projects with a combined estimated total cost of over $1.7 billion.

A number of entities intervened in the docket and challenged various aspects of the Commission’s prior authorisation to issue short-term debt, as required by Section 204application. In April 2015, FERC approved certain elements of our filing (including some rate incentives), rejected others, and set the Federal Power Act.remainder for hearing and settlement. In November 2015, New York Transco reached a negotiated settlement on formula rate issues for the first three transmission projects under construction with an estimated cost of approximately $230 million.

The settlement included an RoE of 10% inclusive of 0.50% incentives. FERC approved the settlement without modification on 17 March 2016. National Grid explainedGrid’s ownership interest in its extension request that challenges associated with the implementation of the US enterprise resource system had delayed the production of certain FERC financial reports that are required in any Section 204 filing. FERC denied the extension request on the grounds that the lack of current FERC financial reports rendered the Commission unable to make the required findings under Section 204 as to the Company’s ability to perform certain public utility functions. As a result, National Grid implemented a contingency plan aimed at ensuring that each impacted public utility subsidiary would have sufficient cash resources pending a new short-term borrowing authorisation. This contingency plan included the receipt of open account advances and/or capital contributions permitted under the existing FERC borrowing authorisation. National Grid intends to file its Section 204 renewal applications as soon as practicable this year.New York Transco is 28%.


180 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

165

 

    

    

National Grid LNG LLC

On 1 April 2016, the Company filed an application seeking FERC approval of a planned $180 million liquefaction facility at the Providence, Rhode Island, LNG plant, with a FERC decision expected by November 2016. The expected in-service date is December 2018. Rates for the new liquefaction service will be cost-based formula rates charged to customers who opt to take liquefaction service.

New England gas and electricity interdependency

New England’s gas and electricity systems have become increasingly interdependent as the region’s reliance on gas-fired electricity generation has grown without commensurate pipeline infrastructure expansion, driving significant increases in the region’s wholesale and retail electricity costs and electricity reliability concerns. To address this challenge, New England’s governors are pursuing strategic infrastructure investments focused on expanding the region’s energy portfolio.

Working with state representatives and our peer utilities, our Massachusetts and Rhode Island electricity distribution companies issued a multi-state solicitation for proposals for clean energy and associated transmission infrastructure to increase the ability to deliver low-carbon energy. Proposals were submitted on 28 January 2016, including a proposal comprised of the Vermont Green Line being developed by Anbaric and National Grid paired with renewable energy generation.

A multi-year effort in coordination with representatives from several states, other regional utilities, interstate gas pipelines, state regulators and FERC led to a filing in January 2016 in Massachusetts by our electricity distribution companies for approval of precedent agreements to enter into gas interstate pipeline and storage capacity contracts with the Access Northeast pipeline project sponsored by Spectra Energy. The Company also plans to make a filing in Rhode Island in mid 2016 seeking approval of a similar contract on behalf of Narragansett Electric Company.

With these contracts, our electricity distribution companies will secure incremental pipeline capacity to release to electricity generators that will both improve electricity reliability and lower electricity costs for customers. National Grid is a co-developer, with a 20% stake, of the Access Northeast project.

Formula rate transparency 206 proceeding

On 28 December 2015, FERC initiated a proceeding against National Grid and other New England transmission owners under Section 206 of the Federal Power Act. FERC found that the tariff governing electricity transmission service in New England lacks adequate transparency and challenge procedures with regard to the formula rates through which the Company recovers its costs and that the formula rates appear to lack sufficient detail regarding certain costs recovered. The parties are currently involved in settlement negotiations to develop formula rate protocols and to address FERC’s concerns about specific elements of the formula rate.

FERC financial audit of National Grid USA and affiliates

On 24 November 2015, FERC commenced a financial audit of National Grid USA, including its service companies and other affiliates, which covers the period from 1 January 2013 to the present. The audit will evaluate compliance with the FERC’s accounting, record keeping and reporting requirements as well as interactions among the service companies and affiliated operating companies. Based on past audits, we expect the audit to last about 18 months.

FERC Order 1000

Issued in 2011, Order 1000 was FERC’s major policy order intended to foster regional and inter-regional transmission planning, address transmission needs driven by public policy requirements and increase competition in the electricity transmission industry. Policies to comply with Order 1000 have been in effect in New York and New England since January 2014 and May 2015 respectively. The competitive transmission planning processes instituted under Order 1000 have opened National Grid’s service territory to competition from non-incumbent transmission developers and also created opportunities for National Grid to compete for transmission projects outside of the Company’s current geographic footprint.

In the first applications of the Order 1000 planning and competitive solicitation processes in New York or New England, NYPSC has identified two transmission needs in New York driven by public policy goals. The first, in western New York, is intended to relieve congestion and to maximise hydropower and Ontario imports. In December 2015, National Grid submitted two competitive transmission proposals for projects to address the need in western New York. In addition, NYPSC identified a transmission need to allow greater flow of power from upstate to downstate New York. Competitive proposals to meet this transmission need were solicited in February 2016. National Grid submitted a competitive transmission proposal in April 2016, with project selection expected in 2016.

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16The business in detail181


The business in detailcontinued

Summary of US price controls and rate plans

LOGO

LOGO

 

Revenue decoupling

A mechanism that removes the link between a utility’s revenue and sales volume so that the utility is indifferent to changes in usage. Revenues are reconciled to a revenue target, with differences billed or credited to customers. Allows the utility to support energy efficiency.

 

Capital tracker

A mechanism that allows for the recovery of the revenue requirement of incremental capital investment above that embedded in base rates, including depreciation, property taxes and a return on the incremental investment.

§Commodity-related bad debt true-up

A mechanism that allows a utility to reconcile commodity-related bad debt to either actual commodity-related bad debt or to a specified commodity-related bad debt write-off percentage. For electricity utilities, this mechanism also includes working capital.

¯Pension/OPEB true-up

A mechanism that reconciles the actual non-capitalised costs of pension and OPEB and the actual amount recovered in base rates. The difference may be amortised and recovered over a period or deferred for a future rate case.


  

§Commodity-related bad debt true-up

A mechanism that allows a utility to reconcile commodity-related bad debt to either actual commodity-related bad debt or to a specified commodity-related bad debt write-off percentage. For electricity utilities, this mechanism also includes working capital.

¯Pension/OPEB true-up

A mechanism that reconciles the actual non-capitalised costs of pension and OPEB and the actual amount recovered in base rates. The difference may be amortised and recovered over a period or deferred for a future rate case.

182National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 

166    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14


   Additional Information

 

 

Business

information in detail

continued

LOGO


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

167

Risk factors

Management of our risks is an important part of our internal control environment, as we describe on pages 22 to 25. In addition to the principal risks listed we face a number of inherent risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation, as well as the value and liquidity of our securities. Any investment decision regarding our securities and any forward-looking statements made by us should be considered in the light of these risk factors and the cautionary statement set out on the inside back cover. An overview of the key inherent risks we face is provided below.

Risk factors

Potentially harmful activities

Aspects of the work we do could potentially harm employees, contractors, members of the public or the environment.

Potentially hazardous activities that arise in connection with our business include the operation and maintenance of electricity generation facilities, electricity lines and substations and the storage, transmission and distribution of gas. Electricity and gas utilities also typically use and generate hazardous and potentially hazardous products and by-products. In addition, there may be other aspects of our operations that are not currently regarded or proved to have adverse effects but could become so, such as the effects of electric and magnetic fields.

A significant safety or environmental incident, or the failure of our safety processes or of our occupational health plans, as well as the breach of our regulatory or contractual obligations or our climate change targets, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and our reputation.

We commit significant resources and expenditure to process safety and to monitoring safety and occupational health, as well as environmental risks, and to meeting our obligations under negotiated settlements.

We are also subject to laws and regulations in the UK and US governing health and safety matters to protect the public and our employees and contractors, who could potentially be harmed by these activities as well as laws and regulations relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, and the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste materials. These expose us to costs and liabilities relating to our operations and properties whether current, including those inherited from predecessor bodies, or formerly owned by us, and sites used for the disposal of our waste. The cost of future environmental remediation obligations is often inherently difficult to estimate and uncertainties can include the extent of contamination, the appropriate corrective actions and our share of the liability. We are increasingly subject to regulation in relation to climate change and are affected by requirements to reduce our own carbon emissions as well as reduction in energy use by our customers.

If more onerous requirements are imposed or our ability to recover these costs under regulatory frameworks changes, this could have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial position.

For more information about environmental, climate change and health and safety matters relating to our business, see the corporate responsibility section of our website.

Infrastructure and IT systems

We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical non-network operations due to the failure of technology supporting our business-critical processes.

Operational performance could be materially adversely affected by a failure to maintain the health of the system or network, inadequate forecasting of demand, inadequate record keeping or control of data or failure of information systems and supporting technology. This could cause us to fail to meet agreed standards of service, incentive and reliability targets, or be in breach of a licence, approval, regulatory requirement or contractual obligation. Even incidents that do not amount to a breach could result in adverse regulatory and financial consequences, as well as harming our reputation.

In addition to these risks, we may be affected by other potential events that are largely outside our control, such as the impact of weather (including as a result of climate change and major storms), unlawful or unintentional acts of third parties, insufficient or unreliable supply or force majeure. Weather conditions can affect financial performance and severe weather that causes outages or damages infrastructure together with our actual or perceived response will materially adversely affect operational and potentially business performance and our reputation.

Malicious attack, sabotage or other intentional acts, including breaches of our cyber security, may also damage our assets (which include critical national infrastructure) or otherwise significantly affect corporate activities and, as a consequence, have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Unauthorised access to, or deliberate breaches of, our IT systems may also lead to manipulation of our proprietary business data or customer information.

Unauthorised access to private customer information may make us liable for a violation of data privacy regulations. Even where we establish business continuity controls and security against threats against our systems, these may not be sufficient.

Due to control weaknesses occurring from the implementation of the US business’s new enterprise resource system, associated controls over financial reporting and related system programme conversion difficulties, we may be unable to provide accurate financial reporting and regulatory compliance reporting in a timely manner, which may include the provision of financial statements. This could result in regulatory fines, penalties, and other sanctions and adversely impact our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.


168    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Business

information in detail

continued

Risk factors

Law and regulation

Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us.

Most of our businesses are utilities or networks subject to regulation by governments and other authorities. Changes in law or regulation or regulatory policy and precedent, including decisions of governmental bodies or regulators, in the countries or states in which we operate could materially adversely affect us. If we fail to engage in the energy policy debate, we may not be able to influence future energy policy and deliver our strategy.

Decisions or rulings concerning, for example:

(i)    whether licences, approvals or agreements to operate or supply are granted, amended or renewed, whether consents for construction projects are granted in a timely manner or whether there has been any breach of the terms of a licence, approval or regulatory requirement; and

(ii)    timely recovery of incurred expenditure or obligations, the ability to  pass through commodity costs, a decoupling of

energy usage and revenue, and other decisions relating to the impact of general economic conditions on us, our markets and customers, implications of climate change, whether aspects of our activities are contestable, the level of permitted revenues and dividend distributions for our businesses and in relation to proposed business development activities,

could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows, the financial condition of our businesses and the ability to develop those businesses in the future.

As the result of control weaknesses in our US business, we may be unable to provide timely regulatory reporting, which may include the provision of financial statements. This could result in the imposition of regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions, which could impact our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.

For further information see pages 160 to 165, which explain our regulatory environment in detail.

Business performance

Current and future business performance may not meet our expectations or those of our regulators and shareholders.

Earnings maintenance and growth from our regulated gas and electricity businesses will be affected by our ability to meet or exceed efficiency targets and service quality standards set by, or agreed with, our regulators.

If we do not meet these targets and standards, or if we do not implement the transformation projects we are carrying out as envisaged, including to our US financial systems and controls over financial reporting, or are not able to deliver our RIIO operating model and the US Elevate 2015 strategy successfully, we may not achieve the expected benefits, our business may be materially adversely affected and our performance, results of operations and reputation may be materially harmed and we may be in breach of regulatory or contractual obligations.

Growth and business development activity

Failure to respond to external market developments and execute our strategic ambition may negatively affect our performance. Conversely, new businesses or activities that we undertake alone or with partners may not deliver target outcomes and may expose us to additional operational and financial risk.

Failure to grow our core business sufficiently and have viable options for new future business over the longer term could negatively affect the Group’s credibility and reputation and jeopardise the achievement of intended financial returns.

Business development activities and the delivery of our growth ambition, including acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures, partnering and organic investment opportunities (including organic investments made as a result of changes to the energy

mix), are subject to a wide range of both external uncertainties (including the availability of potential investment targets and attractive financing), and internal uncertainties (including actual performance of our various existing operating companies and our business planning model assumptions and ability to integrate acquired businesses effectively). As a result, we may suffer unanticipated costs and liabilities and other unanticipated effects.

We may also be liable for the past acts, omissions or liabilities of companies or businesses we have acquired, which may be unforeseen or greater than anticipated. In the case of joint ventures, we may have limited control over operations and our joint venture partners may have interests that diverge from our own. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition, and could also impact our ability to enter into other transactions.

Cost escalation

Changes in foreign currency rates, interest rates or commodity prices could materially impact earnings or our financial condition.

We have significant operations in the US and so are subject to the exchange rate risks normally associated with non UK operations, including the need to translate US assets and liabilities, and income and expenses, into sterling, our primary reporting currency. In addition, our results of operations and net debt position may be affected because a significant proportion of our borrowings,

derivative financial instruments and commodity contracts are affected by changes in interest rates, commodity price indices and exchange rates, in particular the dollar to sterling exchange rate.

Furthermore, our cash flow may be materially affected as a result of settling hedging arrangements entered into to manage our exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price exposure, or by cash collateral movements relating to derivative market values, which also depend on the sterling exchange rate into euro and other currencies.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information    

169

Risk factors

Operating costs may increase faster than revenues.

In periods of inflation in the US, our operating costs may increase by more than our revenues. In both the UK and US such increased costs may materially adversely affect the results of our operations.

Income under our price controls in the UK is linked to the RPI. Our operating costs may increase without a corresponding increase in the RPI and therefore without a corresponding increase in UK revenues. Our income under our rate plans in the US is not typically linked to inflation.

We may be required to make significant contributions to fund pension and other post-retirement benefits.

We participate in a number of pension schemes that together cover substantially all our employees. In both the UK and US, the principal schemes are DB schemes where the scheme assets are held independently of our own financial resources. In the US, we also have other post-retirement benefit schemes. Estimates of the amount and timing of future funding for the UK and US schemes are based on actuarial assumptions

and other factors including: the actual and projected market performance of the scheme assets, future long-term bond yields, average life expectancies and relevant legal requirements.

Actual performance of scheme assets may be affected by volatility in debt and equity markets. Changes in these assumptions or other factors may require us to make additional contributions to these pension schemes which, to the extent they are not recoverable under our price controls or state rate plans, could materially adversely affect the results of our operations and financial condition.

Financing and liquidity

An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our businesses.

Our businesses are financed through cash generated from our ongoing operations, bank lending facilities and the capital markets, particularly the long-term debt capital markets. Some of the debt we issue is rated by credit rating agencies and changes to these ratings may affect both our borrowing capacity and borrowing costs. In addition, restrictions imposed by regulators may also limit how we service the financial requirements of our current businesses or the financing of newly acquired or developing businesses.

Financial markets can be subject to periods of volatility and shortages of liquidity. If we were unable to access the capital markets or other sources of finance at competitive rates for a prolonged period, our cost of financing may increase, the discretionary and uncommitted elements of our proposed capital investment programme may need to be reconsidered and the manner in which we implement our strategy may need to be reassessed.

Such events could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our regulatory agreements impose lower limits for the long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings that certain

companies within the Group must hold or the amount of equity within their capital structures. One of the principal limits requires National Grid plc to hold an investment grade long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating. In addition, some of our regulatory arrangements impose restrictions on the way we can operate. These include regulatory requirements for us to maintain adequate financial resources within certain parts of our operating businesses and may restrict the ability of National Grid plc and some of our subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions, including paying dividends, lending cash and levying charges. The inability to meet such requirements or the occurrence of any such restrictions may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Due to control weaknesses in our US business, we may be unable to provide accurate financial information to our debt investors in a timely manner. Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the periodic and timely provision of financial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants, such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness. Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the lender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

Customers and counterparties

Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations.

Our operations are exposed to the risk that customers, suppliers, banks and other financial institutions and others with whom we do business will not satisfy their obligations, which could materially adversely affect our financial position.

This risk is significant where our subsidiaries have concentrations of receivables from gas and electricity utilities and their affiliates, as well as industrial customers and other purchasers, and may also arise where customers are unable to pay us as a result of increasing commodity prices or adverse economic conditions. There is also a risk to us where we invest excess cash, enter into derivatives and other financial contracts with banks or other financial institutions. Banks who provide us with credit facilities may also fail to perform under those contracts.

Employees and others

We may fail to attract, develop and retain employees with the competencies, including leadership and business capabilities, values and behaviours required to deliver our strategy and vision and ensure they are engaged to act in our best interests.

Our ability to implement our strategy depends on the capabilities and performance of our employees and leadership at all levels of the business. Our ability to implement our strategy and vision may be negatively affected by the loss of key personnel or an inability to attract, integrate, engage and retain appropriately

qualified personnel, or if significant disputes arise with our employees. As a result, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

There is a risk that an employee or someone acting on our behalf may breach our internal controls or internal governance framework or may contravene applicable laws and regulations. This could have an impact on the results of our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.


170    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Internal control and risk factors

 

Information assuranceInternal control over financial reporting

The Board considers that it is imperative to have accurate and reliable information to enable informed and timely decisions to be taken that further our objectives, and to ensure continued focus and quality of non-financial data that we supply to external third parties.

Our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, has carried out an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. As required by Section 404, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 31 March 2014.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2014, has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report can be found on page 81.

During the year, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, it.

Key elements in managing information assurance risks include education, training, awareness and ongoing transformation initiatives.

In line with ongoing transformation initiatives, we also continue to monitor and evolve our control processes, which is supported by the Certificate of Assurance process in which managers affirm, among other things, they have control frameworks in place to assist in the accurate reporting of data and other information. These initiatives emphasise the importance of information security, the quality of data collection and the affirmation process that supports our business transactions, evidencing our decisions and actions.

All communication channels, including training for ‘Doing the Right Thing’, make it clear that the accurate and honest reporting of data and other information must never be compromised.

Disclosure controls

Working with management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 March 2014.2016. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, howeverobjectives. However, the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures has limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures.

Even effective disclosure controls and procedures provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive and Finance Director concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file and submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director,  as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information    

171

Directors’ ReportInternal control over financial reporting

disclosures

ArticlesOur management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, has carried out an evaluation of Association

A summaryour internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules and Section 404 of the material termsSarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. As required by Section 404, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f) under the Exchange Act).

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was based on the revised Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 31 March 2016.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016, has also audited the effectiveness of our Articles of Association (the Articles) and applicable English Law is set outinternal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report can be found on page 176.93.

During the year, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, it.

 

Board biographiesRisk factors

Sir Peter Gershon CBE FREng, Chairman

AppointmentManagement of our risks is an important part of our internal control environment, as we describe on pages 26 to 29. In addition to the Board: August 2011 as Deputy Chairman, Chairman with effect from January 2012

Committee membership: N (ch)

Previous appointments: Chairman of Premier Farnell plc, Chief Executive of the Office of Government Commerce, Managing Director of Marconi Electronic Systems and member of the UK Defence Academy Advisory Board.

External appointments: Chairman of Tate & Lyle plc and the Aircraft Carrier Alliance and member of the HM Government Efficiency and Reform Board and The Sutton Trust Board.

Experience:

   Chairman

   Engineer

   Government

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   High tech industry

   US

   International

   General management

Steve Holliday FREng, Chief Executive

Appointment to the Board: October 2002, appointed to National Grid Group plc 2001, Chief Executive with effect from January 2007.

Committee membership: F

Previous appointments: Executive Director of British Borneo Oil and Gas; he also spent 19 years within the Exxon Group, where he held senior positions in the international gas business and managed major operational areas such as refining and shipping. Most recently Chairman of UK Business Council for Sustainable Energy and the Technician Council.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Marks and Spencer Group plc, Chairman of Crisis UK, the Prince’s National Ambassador, Vice Chair for Business in the Community and Chair of the Energy and Efficiency Industrial Partnership.

Experience:

   Chief Executive

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   Oil and gas

   US

   International

Philip Aiken AM, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: May 2008

Committee membership: A, N, S (ch)

Previous appointments:Group President of BHP Billiton’s Energy business, Executive Director of BTR plc, held senior roles in BOC Group plc, senior advisor to Macquarie Capital (Europe) Limited, Chairman of Robert Walters plc, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Kazakhmys PLC and Non-executive Director of Miclyn Express Offshore Limited.

External appointments: Chairman of AVEVA Group plc, Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Essar Energy plc and Non-executive Director of Essar Oil Limited and Newcrest Mining Limited.

Experience:

   Chairman

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Emerging markets

   Natural resources

   International

Andrew Bonfield, Finance Director

Appointment to the Board: November 2010

Committee membership: F, S

Previous appointments: Chief Financial Officer at Cadbury plc until March 2010; he also spent five years as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and has previous experience in the energy sector as Finance Director of BG Group plc.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Kingfisher plc.

Experience:

   Finance Director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

   International

Nora Mead Brownell, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 1 June 2012

Committee membership: N, R, S

Previous appointments: Commissioner of the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission from 1997 to 2001, Commissioner for the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission from 2001 to 2006 and former President of the National Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners. Board member of ONCOR Electric Delivery Holding Company LLC.

External appointments: Board member of Comverge, Inc. and Spectra Energy Partners LP and partner in ESPY Energy Solutions, LLC.

Experience:

   US Government/regulatory

   US utilities – energy

   FERC

   Various non-executive directorships

   US


    172  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Directors’ Report

disclosures

continued

Jonathan Dawson, Non-executive DirectorRuth Kelly, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 4 March 2013

Committee membership: F, N, R (ch)

Previous appointments: Various roles within the Ministry of Defence before joining Lazard where he spent over 20 years. Non-executive Director of Galliford Try plc 2004 to 2008, National Australia Group Europe Limited 2005 to 2012 and Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Limited 2010 to 2013.

External appointments: Non-executive and Senior Independent Director of Next plc, Non-executive Director of Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc and Chairman of Penfida Limited.

Experience:

   City

   Corporate finance

   Banking

   Pensions

Therese Esperdy, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 18 March 2014

Committee membership: F, N

Previous appointments: Joined Chase Securities in 1997, having started her banking career with Lehman Brothers. Various senior roles at JPMorgan Chase & Co. including Head of US Debt Capital Markets and Global Head of Debt Capital Markets at JPMorgan.

External appointments: Co head of Banking, Asia Pacific for JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Experience:

   City

   Corporate finance

   Banking

   US

   International

Paul Golby CBE FREng, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: February 2012

Committee membership: N, R, S

Previous appointments: Executive Director of Clayhithe plc before joining East Midlands Electricity plc in 1998 as Managing Director, Chief Executive of E.ON UK plc in 2002, and later additionally as Chairman, stepping down from the E.ON board in December 2011 and most recently Non-executive Chairman of AEA Technology Group plc.

External appointments: Chairman of EngineeringUK, Chair of the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and a member of the Council for Science and Technology.

Experience:

   Chairman and chief executive

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – energy

Appointment to the Board: October 2011

Committee membership: A, F, N

Previous appointments: Various senior roles in Government from 2001 to 2008, including Secretary of State for Transport, Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government, Secretary of State for Education and Skills and Financial Secretary to the Treasury.

External appointments: Senior Executive at HSBC and Governor for the National Institute of Economic and Social Research.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Financial and economic

   Infrastructure projects

Tom King, Executive Director, US

Appointment to the Board: August 2007

Previous appointments: President of PG&E Corporation and Chairman and CEO of Pacific Gas and Electric Company from 2003 to 2007, having heldprincipal risks listed we face a number of senior positions withininherent risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation, as well as the PG&E group since joiningvalue and liquidity of our securities.

Any investment decision regarding our securities and any forward-looking statements made by us should be considered in 1998. Senior management positions with Kinder Morgan Energy Partnersthe light of these risk factors and Enron Corporation.the cautionary statement set out on the inside back cover. An overview of the key inherent risks we face is provided below.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   FERC

   Generation

   USRisk factors

 

John Pettigrew, Executive Director, UK

Appointment to the Board: 1 April 2014

Previous appointments: Joined The National Grid Company plc in 1991 and held various senior management roles, becoming Director of Engineering in 2003. He went on to become Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President for the US Electricity Distribution & Generation business between 2007 and 2010; Chief Operating Officer for UK Gas Distribution between 2010 and 2012; and UK Chief Operating Officer from 2012 to 2014. Currently UK Chief Operating Officer.

Experience:

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   Utilities – energy

   US

Maria Richter, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: October 2003

Committee membership: A, F (ch), N

Previous appointments: Morgan Stanley from 1993 to 2002, latterly as Managing Director of its Corporate Finance Retail Group. Vice President of Independent Power Group for Salomon Brothers and Vice President of Prudential Capital Corporation and Power Funding Associates. Most recently Non-executive Director of The Pantry, Inc. and The Vitec Group plc.

External appointments: Non-executive Chairman of Pro Mujer UK and Non-executive Director of The Bessemer Group, Inc.

Experience:

   City

   Financial services

   Emerging markets

   US

   International
Potentially harmful activities

Aspects of the work we do could potentially harm employees, contractors, members of the public or the environment.

Potentially hazardous activities that arise in connection with our business include the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity and the storage, transmission and distribution of gas.

Electricity and gas utilities also typically use and generate hazardous and potentially hazardous products and by-products. In addition, there may be other aspects of our operations that are not currently regarded or proved to have adverse effects but could become so, such as the effects of electric and magnetic fields.

A significant safety or environmental incident, or the failure of our safety processes or of our occupational health plans, as well as the breach of our regulatory or contractual obligations or our climate change targets, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and our reputation.

We commit significant resources and expenditure to process safety and to monitoring personal safety, occupational health and environmental performance, and to meeting our obligations under negotiated settlements.

We are subject to laws and regulations in the UK and US governing health and safety matters to protect the public and our employees and contractors, who could potentially be harmed by these activities as well as laws and regulations relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, and the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste materials.

These expose us to costs and liabilities relating to our operations and properties, including those inherited from predecessor bodies, whether currently or formerly owned by us, and sites used for the disposal of our waste.

The cost of future environmental remediation obligations is often inherently difficult to estimate and uncertainties can include the extent of contamination, the appropriate corrective actions and our share of the liability. We are increasingly subject to regulation in relation to climate change and are affected by requirements to reduce our own carbon emissions as well as to enable reduction in energy use by our customers.

If more onerous requirements are imposed or our ability to recover these costs under regulatory frameworks changes, this could have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial position.

 


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

173

 

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Internal control and risk factors183


    

Mark Williamson, Non-executive Director

Appointment to the Board: 3 September 2012

Committee membership: A (ch), N, R

Previous appointments: Chief Accountant then Group Financial Controller of Simon Group plc before joining International Power plc as Group Financial Controller in 2000 and appointed as Chief Financial Officer in 2003.

External appointments: Non-executive, Chairman of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director of Alent plc, and Chairman of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC.

Experience:

   Finance director

   Accountant

   Government/regulatory

   City

   Utilities – energy

   International

 

Nick Winser CBE FREng, Executive Director, UK

Appointment to the Board: April 2003

Previous appointments: Chief Operating Officer of the US transmission business for National Grid Transco plc having joined The National Grid Company plc in 1993, becoming Director of Engineering in 2001. Prior to this, with Powergen since 1991 as principal negotiator on commercial matters. Most recently co-Chair of the Energy Research Partnership.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Kier Group plc, Chair of CIGRE UK, Vice PresidentInternal control and Trustee of The Institution of Engineering and Technology and President of the European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity.

Experience:

   Engineer

   Government/regulatory

   Partnering/JV/contract management

   City

   Utilities – energy

   Customer

   US

Alison Kay, Group General Counsel & Company Secretary

Appointment as Company Secretary:risk factors 24 January 2013

Previous appointments: Various roles since joining National Grid in 1996 including UK General Counsel and Company Secretary from 2000 to 2008 and Commercial Director, UK Transmission from 2008 to 2012.continued

    

    

    

Infrastructure and IT systems   

Capital gains tax (CGT)

CGT information relating to National Grid shares for UK resident shareholders can be found on our website under Investors, Shareholder Services. Share prices on specific dates can also be found on our website.

Change of control provisions

No compensation would be paid for loss of office of Directors on a change of control of the Company. As at 31 March 2014, the Company had undrawn borrowing facilities with a number of its banks of £1.7 billion available to it and a further £1.1 billion of drawn bank loans which, on a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, may alter or terminate. All the Company’s share plans contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding awards and options would normally vest and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time. In the event of a change of control of the Company, a number of governmental and regulatory consents or approvals are likely to be required arising from laws or regulations of the UK, US or the EU.

No other agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid are considered to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business as a whole.

Conflicts of interest

The Board continues to monitor and note possible conflicts of interest that each Director may have and Directors are reminded of their continuing obligations in relation to conflicts at each Board meeting. Potential conflicts are considered and, if appropriate, approved and noted. During the year ended 31 March 2014, the Board has been advised by the Directors of a number of situations in relation to which no actual conflict of interest was identified and has therefore authorised such situations in accordance with its powers as set out in the Articles.

Directors’ indemnity

The Company has arranged, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles, qualifying third-party indemnities against financial exposure that Directors may incur in the course of their professional duties. Equivalent qualifying third-party indemnities were, and remain, in force for the benefit of those Directors who stood down from the Board during the year ended 31 March 2014. Alongside these indemnities, the Company places Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover for each Director.

Events after the reporting period

There have been no material events affecting the Company since the year end.

Key
AAudit Committee
FFinance Committee
NNominations Committee
RRemuneration Committee
SSafety, Environment and
Health Committee
(ch)Chairman of committee  


174  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

We may suffer a major network failure or interruption, or may not be able to carry out critical operations due to the failure of infrastructure, data or technology or a lack of supply.

Operational performance could be materially adversely affected by a failure to maintain the health of our assets or networks, inadequate forecasting of demand, inadequate record keeping or control of data or failure of information systems and supporting technology.

This in turn could cause us to fail to meet agreed standards of service, incentive and reliability targets, or be in breach of a licence, approval, regulatory requirement or contractual obligation. Even incidents that do not amount to a breach could result in adverse regulatory and financial consequences, as well as harming our reputation.

Where demand for electricity or gas exceeds supply and our balancing mechanisms are not able to mitigate this fully, a lack of supply to consumers may damage our reputation.

In addition to these risks, we may be affected by other potential events that are largely outside our control, such as the impact of weather (including as a result of climate change and major storms), unlawful or unintentional acts of third parties, insufficient or unreliable supply or force majeure.

 

 

Weather conditions can affect financial performance and severe weather that causes outages or damages infrastructure together with our actual or perceived response could materially adversely affect operational and potentially business performance and our reputation.

Malicious attack, sabotage or other intentional acts, including breaches of our cyber security, may also damage our assets (which include critical national infrastructure) or otherwise significantly affect corporate activities and, as a consequence, have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Unauthorised access to, or deliberate breaches of, our IT systems may also lead to manipulation of our proprietary business data or customer information.

Unauthorised access to private customer information may make us liable for a violation of data privacy regulations. Even where we establish business continuity controls and security against threats against our systems, these may not be sufficient.

Law and regulation

Changes in law or regulation or decisions by governmental bodies or regulators could materially adversely affect us.

Most of our businesses are utilities or networks subject to regulation by governments and other authorities. Changes in law or regulation or regulatory policy and precedent, including decisions of governmental bodies or regulators, in the countries or states in which we operate could materially adversely affect us.

If we fail to engage in the energy policy debate, we may not be able to influence future energy policy and deliver our strategy.

Decisions or rulings concerning, for example:

technologies, whether aspects of our activities are contestable, the level of permitted revenues and dividend distributions for our businesses and in relation to proposed business development activities,

could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows, the financial condition of our businesses and the ability to develop those businesses in the future.

Following the introduction of EMR, there has been an increased focus (from some of our stakeholders) on the potential conflicting duties of our transmission and system operator roles, which may damage our reputation.

The remediation plans in place or being implemented to address control weaknesses in our US business may not operate as expected, as a result of which we may be unable to provide timely regulatory reporting, which may include the provision of financial statements. This could result in the imposition of regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions, which could impact our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.

For further information see pages 176 to 182, which explain our regulatory environment in detail.

(i)

whether licences, approvals or agreements to operate or supply are granted, amended or renewed, whether consents for construction projects are granted in a timely manner or whether there has been any breach of the terms of a licence, approval or regulatory requirement; and

(ii)

timely recovery of incurred expenditure or obligations, the ability to pass through commodity costs, a decoupling of energy usage and revenue, and other decisions relating to the impact of general economic conditions on us, our markets and customers, implications of climate change and of advancing energy

Business performance

Current and future business performance may not meet our expectations or those of our regulators and shareholders.

Earnings maintenance and growth from our regulated gas and electricity businesses will be affected by our ability to meet or exceed efficiency targets and service quality standards set by, or agreed with, our regulators.

If we do not meet these targets and standards, or if we do not implement the transformation projects we are carrying out as envisaged, including to our US enterprise resource planning systems and controls over financial reporting, or are not able to deliver our RIIO operating model and the US rate plans strategy successfully, we may not achieve the expected benefits, our business may be materially adversely affected and our performance, results of operations and reputation may be materially harmed and we may be in breach of regulatory or contractual obligations.

184National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information


   Additional Information

 

 

Directors’ Report

disclosures

continued
Growth and business development activity

Failure to respond to external market developments and execute our growth strategy may negatively affect our performance. Conversely, new businesses or activities that we undertake alone or with partners may not deliver target outcomes and may expose us to additional operational and financial risk.

Failure to grow our core business sufficiently and have viable options for new future business over the longer term or failure to respond to the threats and opportunities presented by emerging technology (including for the purposes of adapting our networks to meet the challenges of increasing distributed energy resources) could negatively affect the Group’s credibility and reputation and jeopardise the achievement of intended financial returns.

Our business development activities and the delivery of our growth ambition, include acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures, partnering and organic investment opportunities such as development activities relating to changes to the energy mix and the integration of distributed energy resources and other advanced technologies. These are subject to a wide range of both external uncertainties (including the

availability of potential investment targets and attractive financing and the impact of competition for onshore transmission in both the UK and US) and internal uncertainties (including actual performance of our existing operating companies and our business planning model assumptions and ability to integrate acquired businesses effectively). As a result, we may suffer unanticipated costs and liabilities and other unanticipated effects.

We may also be liable for the past acts, omissions or liabilities of companies or businesses we have acquired, which may be unforeseen or greater than anticipated. In the case of joint ventures, we may have limited control over operations and our joint venture partners may have interests that diverge from our own.

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition, and could also impact our ability to enter into other transactions.

Cost escalation

Changes in foreign currency rates, interest rates or commodity prices could materially impact earnings or our financial condition.

We have significant operations in the US and so are subject to the exchange rate risks normally associated with non UK operations, including the need to translate US assets and liabilities, and income and expenses, into sterling, our primary reporting currency.

In addition, our results of operations and net debt position may be affected because a significant proportion of our borrowings, derivative financial instruments and commodity contracts are

affected by changes in interest rates, commodity price indices and exchange rates, in particular the dollar to sterling exchange rate.

Furthermore, our cash flow may be materially affected as a result of settling hedging arrangements entered into to manage our exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price exposure, or by cash collateral movements relating to derivative market values, which also depend on the sterling exchange rate into euro and other currencies.

Our results of operations could be affected by inflation or deflation.

In our regulated UK networks, our allowed revenues are set in real terms and then adjusted for actual RPI inflation. There is a risk that inflationary impacts on our costs are higher than RPI inflation and are not fully compensated by this inflation adjustment to revenues. There is also a risk that year-on-year RPI inflation is negative with no corresponding decrease in costs or insufficient decrease to offset the impact on revenues.

Our income under our rate plans in the US is not typically linked to inflation. In periods of inflation in the US, our operating costs may increase by more than our revenues. In both the UK and US such increased costs may materially adversely affect the results of our operations.

We may be required to make significant contributions to fund pension and other post-retirement benefits.

We participate in a number of pension schemes that together cover substantially all our employees. In both the UK and US, the principal schemes are DB schemes where the scheme assets are held independently of our own financial resources.

In the US, we also have other post-retirement benefit schemes. Estimates of the amount and timing of future funding for the UK and US schemes are based on actuarial assumptions and other factors, including: the actual and projected market performance of the scheme assets; future long-term bond yields; average life expectancies; and relevant legal requirements.

Actual performance of scheme assets may be affected by volatility in debt and equity markets.

Changes in these assumptions or other factors may require us to make additional contributions to these pension schemes which, to the extent they are not recoverable under our price controls or state rate plans, could materially adversely affect the results of our operations and financial condition.

 

  

Material interests in shares

As at 31 March 2014, National Grid had been notified of the following holdings in voting rights of 3% or more in the issued share capital of the Company:

 

    

Share capital

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each and ADSs, which represent five ordinary shares.

 

Authority to purchase shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2013 AGM to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s share capital. The Directors intend to seek shareholder approval to renew this authority at this year’s AGM.

 

In some circumstances, the Company may find it advantageous to have the authority to purchase its own shares in the market. The Directors believe that it is an important part of the financial management of the Company to have the flexibility to repurchase issued shares in order to manage its capital base.

 

The Company will only purchase shares where the Directors believe this would be in the best interests of shareholders generally, for example to manage the excess share dilution created by a large take-up through the scrip dividend scheme. The authority will only be used after careful consideration, taking into account market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall financial position of the Company.

 

Share issuance arising from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme may be actively managed through the repurchase of the Company’s shares. It is expected that such repurchases will not exceed 1% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per annum. For further details in relation to the management of the scrip dividend scheme, see page 02.

 

Repurchased shares may be held as treasury shares by the Company, and resold for cash, cancelled, either immediately or at some point in the future, or used for the purposes of employee share schemes.

 

No shares were repurchased during the year. Of the shares repurchased in prior years and held as treasury shares, 7,578,281 have been transferred to employees under the employee share plans, leaving a balance as at the date of this report of 119,565,599 ordinary shares held as treasury shares.

      Number of
ordinary shares
  % of voting
rights1
     
  

 

    
  The Capital Group Companies, Inc.  414,173,676  11.103    
  Black Rock, Inc.  182,630,798  5.21    
  Crescent Holding GmbH  149,414,285  4.07    
  

 

    
  

 

1. This number is calculated in relation to the issued share capital at the time the holding was disclosed.

 

As at 18 May 2014, no further notifications have been received.

 

The rights attached to ordinary shares are detailed on page 175. All ordinary shares carry the same voting rights.

 

Political donations and expenditure

National Grid made no donations in the UK or EU during the year, including donations as defined for the purposes of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. National Grid USA and its affiliated New York and federal political action committees (each, a PAC) made political donations in the US totalling $100,325 (£61,929) during the year. National Grid USA’s affiliated New York PAC was funded partly by contributions from National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries and partly by voluntary employee contributions. National Grid USA’s affiliated federal PAC was funded wholly by voluntary employee contributions.

 

Research and development

Expenditure on research and development during the year was £12 million (2012/13: £15 million; 2011/12: £15 million). RIIO has strengthened the incentives and provided additional innovation funding support to stimulate innovation so that we deliver increased benefits for our stakeholders.

 

During 2013/14, collaboration has been a key focus for a number of National Grid’s innovation projects in all three of our UK Regulated business areas: UK ET, UK GT and UK GD. Innovation in UK ET has focused on technologies and approaches for enhancing the capacity and the reliability of the electricity transmission network. UK GT has focused innovation on safety and alternative material while incorporating commercial, operation and process-led innovation to complement the preceding focus on asset management. Innovation in UK GD has centred around life extension and emission reduction, looking to robotic technologies that can remediate our assets while having the minimum of impact on our customers through street works. Focus has also been on understanding the potential of alternative fuel sources to support a low carbon economy.

 

    


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Internal control and risk factors185


 

Strategic ReportInternal control and risk factorscontinued

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

175

    

    

    

Authority to allot shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2013 AGM to allot shares of up to one third of the Company’s share capital and a further third in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue.

 

This year the Directors are seeking a lower level of authority than in recent years, where an equivalent of two thirds of the issued share capital of the Company, exclusive of treasury shares, was sought. The Directors consider that the Company will have sufficient flexibility with the lower level of authority to respond to market developments. This authority is in line with investor guidelines.

The Directors currently have no intention of issuing new shares, or of granting rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares, except in relation to, or in connection with, the operation and management of the Company’s scrip dividend scheme and the exercise of options under the Company’s share plans. No issue of shares will be made which would effectively alter control of the Company without the sanction of shareholders in general meeting.

The Company intends to actively manage the share issuance arising from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme. In some circumstances, additional shares may be allotted to the market under the authority provided by this resolution. Under these unlikely circumstances, it is expected that the allotment of new shares (or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares) will not exceed 1% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per annum. For further details in relation to the management of the scrip dividend scheme, see page 02.

Rights attached to shares

Ordinary shareholders and ADS holders receive dividends and can vote at general meetings. Treasury shares do not attract a vote or dividends. There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares. Some of the Company’s employee share plans, details of which are contained in the Remuneration Report, include restrictions on the transfer of shares while the shares are subject to the plan. Where, under an employee share plan operated by the Company, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owner, the voting rights may be exercised by the registered owner at the direction of the participant.

Share price

The following graph represents the movement of National Grid’s share price during 2013/14. A graph showing the total shareholder return over the last five years is available on page 72.

LOGO

Source: Datastream

National Grid ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol NG and the ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol NGG.

Financing and liquidity 

An inability to access capital markets at commercially acceptable interest rates could affect how we maintain and grow our businesses.

Our businesses are financed through cash generated from our ongoing operations, bank lending facilities and the capital markets, particularly the long-term debt capital markets.

Some of the debt we issue is rated by credit rating agencies and changes to these ratings may affect both our borrowing capacity and borrowing costs. In addition, restrictions imposed by regulators may also limit how we service the financial requirements of our current businesses or the financing of newly acquired or developing businesses.

Financial markets can be subject to periods of volatility and shortages of liquidity. If we were unable to access the capital markets or other sources of finance at competitive rates for a prolonged period, our cost of financing may increase, the discretionary and uncommitted elements of our proposed capital investment programme may need to be reconsidered and the manner in which we implement our strategy may need to be reassessed.

Such events could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our regulatory agreements impose lower limits for the long-term senior unsecured debt credit ratings that certain companies within the Group must hold or the amount of equity within their capital structures.

  

One of the principal limits requires National Grid plc to hold an investment grade long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating. In addition, some of our regulatory arrangements impose restrictions on the way we can operate.

These include regulatory requirements for us to maintain adequate financial resources within certain parts of our operating businesses and may restrict the ability of National Grid plc and some of our subsidiaries to engage in certain transactions, including paying dividends, lending cash and levying charges.

The inability to meet such requirements or the occurrence of any such restrictions may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

The remediation plans in place or being implemented to address control weaknesses in our US business may not operate as expected, as a result of which we may be unable to provide accurate financial information to our debt investors in a timely manner.

Our debt agreements and banking facilities contain covenants, including those relating to the periodic and timely provision of financial information by the issuing entity and financial covenants, such as restrictions on the level of subsidiary indebtedness.

Failure to comply with these covenants, or to obtain waivers of those requirements, could in some cases trigger a right, at the lender’s discretion, to require repayment of some of our debt and may restrict our ability to draw upon our facilities or access the capital markets.

Customers and counterparties

Customers and counterparties may not perform their obligations.

Our operations are exposed to the risk that customers, suppliers, banks and other financial institutions and others with whom we do business will not satisfy their obligations, which could materially adversely affect our financial position.

This risk is significant where our subsidiaries have concentrations of receivables from gas and electricity utilities and their affiliates, such as from our previous LIPA managed services agreement (MSA) and current PSEG-LI transition services agreement, as well as industrial customers and other purchasers, and may also arise where customers are unable to pay us as a result of increasing commodity prices or adverse economic conditions.

To the extent that counterparties are contracted with for physical commodities (gas and electricity) and they experience events that impact their own ability to deliver, we may suffer supply interruption as described in Infrastructure and IT systems on page 184.

There is also a risk to us where we invest excess cash or enter into derivatives and other financial contracts with banks or other financial institutions. Banks who provide us with credit facilities may also fail to perform under those contracts.

Employees and others

We may fail to attract, develop and retain employees with the competencies, including leadership and business capabilities, values and behaviours required to deliver our strategy and vision and ensure they are engaged to act in our best interests.

Our ability to implement our strategy depends on the capabilities and performance of our employees and leadership at all levels of the business. Our ability to implement our strategy and vision may be negatively affected by the loss of key personnel or an inability to attract, integrate, engage and retain appropriately qualified personnel, or if significant disputes arise with our employees.

As a result, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

There is a risk that an employee or someone acting on our behalf may breach our internal controls or internal governance framework or may contravene applicable laws and regulations. This could have an impact on the results of our operations, our reputation and our relationship with our regulators and other stakeholders.

186National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

   Additional Information

 

176  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Other disclosuresShareholder information

 

 

Articles of Association

The following description is a summary of the material terms of our Articles and applicable English law. The following descriptionIt is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles.

Summary

The Articles set out the Company’s internal regulations of the Company and cover such matters as the rights of shareholders and the conduct of the Board and general meetings.regulations. Copies are available on our website and upon request and are displayed on the Company’s website.request. Amendments to the Articles have to be approved by at least 75% of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. Subject to company law and the Articles, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company, andCompany. They may delegate authorities to committees and day-to-day management and decision-making to individual Executive Directors. The committee structure is set out on page 48.49.

General

The Company is incorporated under the name National Grid plc and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 4031152.04031152. Under the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s objects are unrestricted.

Directors

Under the Articles, a Director must disclose any personal interest in a matter and may not vote in respect of that matter, subject to certain limited exceptions. As permitted under the Companies Act 2006, the Articles provide that theallow non conflicted Directors of the Company mayto authorise a conflict or potential conflict for a particular matter. In doing so, the non conflicted Directors must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of the shareholders as a whole.

The Directors (other than a Director acting in an executive capacity) are paid fees for their services, which inservices. In total, these fees must not exceed £2,000,000 a year or any higher sum as decided by an ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. In addition, special pay may be awarded to a Director who acts in an executive capacity, serves on a committee, performs services which the Directors consider to extend beyond the ordinary duties of a Director, devotes special attention to the business of National Grid, or goes or lives abroad on the Company’s behalf. Directors may also receive reimbursement for expenses properly incurred, and may be awarded pensions and other benefits. The compensation awarded to the Executive Directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee and furtherCommittee. Further details of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (see pages 58page 68 to 73)81).

The Directors are empowered tomay exercise all the powers of National Grid to borrow money, subject to the limitation thatmoney. However, the aggregate principal amount of all the Group’s borrowings of its Group outstanding at any time must not exceed £35 billion or any other amount approved by shareholders by an ordinary resolution at a general meeting.

Directors can be appointed or removed by the Board or shareholders in a general meeting. Directors must stand for election at the first AGM following their appointment to the Board. Each Director must retire at least every three years, butalthough they will be eligible for re-election. In accordance with best practice introduced

by the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors wishing to continue in office currently offer themselves for re-election annually. No person is disqualified from being a Director or is required to vacate that office by reason of attaining a maximum age.

A Director is not required to hold shares in National Grid in order to qualify as a Director.

Rights, preferences and restrictions

(i) Dividend rights

National Grid may not pay any dividend otherwise than out of profits available for distribution under the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable provisions of English law. In addition, as a public company, National Grid may only make a distribution if, at the time of the distribution, the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its called up share capital and undistributable reserves (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) and to the extent that the distribution does not reduce the amount of those assets to less than that aggregate. Ordinary shareholders and ADS holders receive dividends.

Subject to the foregoing,these points, shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the shareholders, but not exceeding the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends if it considers that National Grid’s financial position justifies the payment. Any dividend or interest unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it was declared or became due for payment will be forfeited and revert to National Grid.

(ii) Voting rights

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to any other provisions of the Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person will have one vote and on a poll, every shareholder will have one vote for every share which they hold. On a show of hands or poll, shareholders may cast votes either personally or by proxy and aproxy. A proxy need not be a shareholder. Under the Articles, all substantive resolutions at a general meeting must be decided on a poll,poll. Ordinary shareholders and resolutions of a procedural nature are decided by a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded in accordance with the Articles.ADS holders can vote at general meetings.

(iii) Liquidation rights

In a winding up, a liquidator may in(in each case with the sanction of a special resolution passed by the shareholders and any other sanction required under English law,law): (a) divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of National Grid’s assets (whether the assets are of the same kind or not) and; the liquidator may, for this purpose, value any assets and determine how the division should be carried out as between shareholders or different classes of shareholders, or (b) transfer any part of the assets to trustees on trust for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator determines, but indetermines. In neither case will a shareholder be compelled to accept assets upon which there is a liability.

(iv) Restrictions

There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares. Some of the Company’s employee share plans, details of which are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, include restrictions on the transfer of shares while the shares are subject to the plan. Where, under an employee share plan operated by the Company, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owner, the voting rights may be exercised by the registered owner at the direction of the participant. Treasury shares do not attract a vote or dividends.

Variation of rights

Subject to applicable provisions of English law, the rights attached to any class of shares of National Grid may be varied or cancelledcancelled. This must be with the written consent of the holders of three quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Shareholder information187


 

Strategic ReportShareholder informationcontinued

    

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

177

    

    

 

General meetings

AGMs must be convened each year within six months of the Company’s accounting reference date upon 21 clear days’ advance written notice of 21 clear days. Anynotice. Under the Articles, any other general meeting may be convened provided at least 14 clear days’ written notice is given, subject to annual approval of shareholders. In certain limited circumstances, the Company can convene a general meeting by shorter notice. The notice must specify, among other things, the nature of the business to be transacted, the place, the date and the time of the meeting.

Rights of non residents

There are no restrictions under National Grid’sthe Articles that would limit the rights of persons not resident in the UK to vote in relation to ordinary shares.

Disclosure of interests

Under the Companies Act 2006, National Grid may, by written notice, require a person whom it has reasonable cause to believe to be or to have been, in the last three years, interested in its shares to provide additional information relating to that interest. Under the Articles, failure to provide such information may result in a shareholder losing their rights to attend, vote or exercise any other right in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

Under the UK Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules, there is also an obligation on a person who acquires or ceases to have a notifiable interest in shares in National Grid to notify the Company of that fact. The disclosure threshold is 3% and disclosure is required each time the person’s direct and indirect holdings reach, exceed or fall below each 1% threshold thereafter.

The UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company, and also on their respective associates, during the course of an offer period. Other regulators in the UK, US and elsewhere may have, or assert, notification or approval rights over acquisitions or transfers of shares.

Code of Ethics

In accordance with US legal requirements, the Board has adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial professionals. This code is available on our website (where any amendments or waivers will also be posted). There were no amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics during the year.

Corporate governance practices: differences from New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards

The Company is listed on the NYSE and is therefore required to disclose differences in its corporate governance practices adopted as a UK listed company, compared with those of a US company.

The corporate governance practices of the Company are primarily based on the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) but substantially conform to those required of US companies listed on the NYSE. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which the Company’s corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under Section 303A Corporate Governance Standards of the NYSE.

The NYSE rules and the Code apply different tests for the independence of board members.
The NYSE rules require a separate nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. There is, however, no requirement for a separate
corporate governance committee in the UK. Under the Company’s corporate governance policies, all Directors on the Board discuss and decide upon governance issues and the Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the Board with regard to certain of the responsibilities of a corporate governance committee.
The NYSE rules require listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. While the Company reports compliance with the Code in each Annual Report and Accounts, the UK requirements do not require the Company to adopt and disclose separate corporate governance guidelines.
The NYSE rules require a separate audit committee composed of at least three independent members. While the Company’s Audit Committee exceeds the NYSE’s minimum independent non-executive director membership requirements, it should be noted that the quorum for a meeting of the Audit Committee, of two independent non-executive directors, is less than the minimum membership requirements under the NYSE rules.
The NYSE rules require a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors, and prescribe criteria to evaluate the independence of the committee’s members and its ability to engage external compensation advisors. While the Code prescribes different independence criteria, the Non-executive Directors on the Remuneration Committee have each been deemed independent by the Board under the NYSE rules. Although the evaluation criteria for appointment of external advisors differ under the Code, the Remuneration Committee is solely responsible for appointment, retention and termination of such advisors.

Depositary payments to the Company

The Depositary has agreed to reimbursereimburses the Company for certain expenses it incurs that are related maintenance expenses ofin relation to the ADS programme. The Depositary has also agreed to paypays the standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs, which consist of the expenses of postage and envelopes for the mailing of annual and interim financial reports, printing and distributing dividend cheques, electronic filing of US federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls. It has also agreed to reimbursereimburses the Company annually for certain investor relationship programmes or special investor relations promotional activities. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the Depositary will reimburse the Company, but the amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the Depositary collects from investors. For the period 1 April 20132015 to 1618 May 2014,2016, the Company received a total of $1,955,464$1,948,523.97 in reimbursements from the Depositary consisting of $1,215,766$1,277,966.88 and $739,698$670,557.09 received in September 2013October 2015 and March 2014February 2016 respectively. Fees that are charged on cash dividends will be apportioned between the Depositary and the Company, see page 178.

below.

Any questions from ADS holders should be directed to:to The Bank of New York Mellon at the contact details on page 207.

Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges

The Bank of New York Mellon, as the Depositary, collects fees, by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property, for:

delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them; and
making distributions to investors (including, it is expected, cash dividends).

The Depositary Receiptsmay generally refuse to provide fee attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

PO Box 30170

College Station, Texas 77842-3170

Telephone: 1-800-466-7215 (International +1-201-680-6825)

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
Persons depositing or
withdrawing shares must pay:For

$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property; cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates; and distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities that are distributed by the Depositary to ADS holders.

Registration or transfer feesTransfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when they deposit or withdraw shares.

Expenses of the DepositaryCable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement); and converting foreign currency to dollars.

Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the Custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxesAs necessary.

The Company’s Deposit Agreement under which the ADSs are issued allows a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS to be charged for any cash distribution made to ADS holders, including cash dividends. ADS holders who receive cash in relation to the 2015/16 final dividend will be charged a fee of $0.02 per ADS by the Depositary prior to distribution of the cash dividend.

Documents on display

National Grid is subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this document, may be inspected during normal business hours at our registered office 1–3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Some of our filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Events after the reporting period

There have been no material events affecting the Company since the year end.

Exchange controls

There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange control restrictions, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non UK resident holders of ordinary shares except as otherwise set out in Taxation on page 190 and except in respect of the governments of and/or certain citizens, residents or bodies of certain countries (described in applicable Bank of England Notices or European Union Council Regulations in force as at the date of this document).

188     National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 



178  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

   Additional Information

 

 

 

Other disclosuresExchange rates

continuedThe following table shows the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to dollars for the periods indicated.

   

 Dollar equivalent of £1 sterling

 
   

 

High

   

 

Low 

 

 

 

April 2016

   1.4650     1.4086   

March 2016

   1.4514     1.3925   

February 2016

   1.4592     1.3862   

January 2016

   1.4689     1.4135   

December 2015

   1.5211     1.4795   

 

 
       

 

Average1 

 

 

 

2015/16

     1.51   

2014/15

     1.61   

2013/14

     1.60   

2012/13

     1.57   

2011/12

     1.60   

 

 

 

1.The average for each period is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period. See weighted average exchange rate on page 95.

Material interests in shares

As at 31 March 2016, National Grid had been notified of the following holdings in voting rights of 3% or more in the issued share capital of the Company:

   Number of ordinary shares   % of voting rights1  

 

 

Black Rock, Inc.

   220,432,122     5.88   

 

Competrol International Investments Limited

   149,414,285     3.98   

 

The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

   145,094,617     3.88   

 

 

 

1.This number is calculated in relation to the issued share capital at the time the holding was disclosed.

As at 18 May 2016, no further notifications have been received.

The rights attached to ordinary shares are detailed on page 187. All ordinary shares and all major shareholders have the same voting rights. The Company is not, to the best of its knowledge, directly or indirectly controlled.

Share capital

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares of 11 1743 pence nominal value each and ADRs, which represent five ordinary shares each.

Authority to purchase shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2015 AGM to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s share capital (being 374,138,605 ordinary shares). The Directors intend to seek shareholder approval to renew this authority at this year’s AGM.

In some circumstances, the Company may find it advantageous to have the authority to purchase its own shares in the market, where the Directors believe this would be in the interests of shareholders generally. The Directors believe that it is an important part of the financial management of the Company to have the flexibility to repurchase issued shares in order to manage its capital base, including actively managing share issuances from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme. It is expected that repurchases to manage share issuances under the scrip dividend scheme will not exceed 2.5% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per annum.

When purchasing shares, the Company has, and will continue to, take into account market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment and financing opportunities and the overall financial position of the Company.

During the year the Company purchased ordinary shares in the capital of the Company as part of the management of the dilutive effect of share issuances under the scrip dividend scheme.

   

Number

of shares

   

Total

nominal

value

   

Percentage  

of called up  

share capital1  

 

 

 

Shares held in Treasury purchased in prior years

 

   152,945,477     £17,428,670.63     3.90 %   

Shares purchased and held in Treasury during the year2,3

 

   31,690,010     £3,611,187.19     0.81 %   

Shares transferred from Treasury during the year (to employees under employee share plans)2

 

   5,090,406     £580,069.52     0.13 %   

Maximum number of shares held in Treasury during the year2

   179,065,924     £20,405,186.69     4.56 %   

 

 

1.  Called up share capital of 3,924,038,086 ordinary shares as at the date of this Report.

2.  From 29 June 2015 to 31 March 2016.

3.  Shares purchased for a total cost of £267,109,568.

During the period from 1 April 2016 to 7 April 2016 the Company purchased 657,000 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

As at the date of this Report, the Company held 177,211,465 ordinary shares as treasury shares, representing 4.52% of the Company’s called up share capital.

 

  

Description of securities other than equity securities: depositary fees and charges

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary, collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors (including, it is expected going forward, in respect of cash dividends) by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

    

Documents on display

National Grid is subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this document, may be inspected during normal business hours at our registered office 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Some of our filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Employees

We negotiate with recognised unions. It is our policy to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years. National Grid believes that it can conduct its relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

 

Exchange controls

There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange control restrictions, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non UK resident holders of ordinary shares except as otherwise set out in Taxation on page 179 and except in respect of the governments of and/or certain citizens, residents or bodies of certain countries (described in applicable Bank of England Notices or European Union Council Regulations in force as at the date of this document).

 

Exchange rates

The following table shows the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to dollars for the periods indicated.

   

Persons depositing or

withdrawing shares must pay:

 For      
  

$5.00 per 100 ADSs

(or portion of 100 ADSs)

 Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property; cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates; distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities that are distributed by the Depositary to ADS registered holders.    
  Registration or transfer fees Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when they deposit or withdraw shares.    
  Expenses of the Depositary Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement); converting foreign currency to dollars.    
  

Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the Custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 As necessary.     Dollar equivalent of £1 sterling 
        

 

          High   Low 
       

 

       

April 2014

   1.6885   1.6586  
       

March 2014

   1.6730   1.6489  
       

February 2014

   1.6758   1.6296  
       

January 2014

   1.6631   1.6345  
       

December 2013

   1.6528       1.6242  
       

 

  

 

The Company amended the deposit agreement under which the ADS representing its ordinary shares are issued to allow a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS to be charged for any cash distribution made to ADS holders, including cash dividends. ADS holders who receive cash in relation to the 2013/14 final dividend will be charged a fee of $0.02 per ADS by the Depositary prior to distribution of the cash dividend.

    Average1 
      

 

      

2013/14

   1.60  
     

2012/13

   1.57  
     

2011/12

   1.60  
     

2010/11

   1.57  
     

2009/10

   1.58  
     

 

      

 

1.  The average for each period is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period. See weighted average exchange rate on page 85.

 

 


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Shareholder information189


Shareholder informationcontinued

Authority to allot shares

Shareholder approval was given at the 2015 AGM to allot shares of up to one third of the Company’s share capital. The Directors are seeking this same level of authority this year. The Directors consider that the Company will have sufficient flexibility with this level of authority to respond to market developments. This authority is in line with investor guidelines.

The Directors currently have no intention of issuing new shares, or of granting rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares, except in relation to, or in connection with, the operation and management of the Company’s scrip dividend scheme and the exercise of options under the Company’s share plans. No issue of shares will be made which would effectively alter control of the Company without the sanction of shareholders in general meeting.

The Company expects to actively manage the dilutive effect of share issuance arising from the operation of the scrip dividend scheme. In some circumstances, additional shares may be allotted to the market for this purpose under the authority provided by this resolution. Under these unlikely circumstances, it is expected that the associated allotment of new shares (or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares) will not exceed 1% of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) per year.

Dividend waivers

The trustees of the National Grid Employees Share Trust, which are independent of the Company, waived the right to dividends paid during the year, and have agreed to waive the right to future dividends, in relation to the ordinary shares and American Depositary Receipts (ADR) held by the trust.

Under the Company’s ADR programme, the right to dividends in relation to the ordinary shares underlying the ADRs was waived during the year by the ADR Depositary, under an arrangement whereby the Company pays the monies to satisfy any dividends separately to the Depositary for distribution to ADR holders entitled to the dividend. This arrangement is expected to continue for future dividends.

Share price

National Grid ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol NG and the ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol NGG.

LOGO

Price history

The following table shows the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated:

   Ordinary share
(pence)
   ADS
($)
 
   

 

High

   

 

Low

   

 

High

   

 

Low 

 

 

 

2015/16

   998.20     806.40     72.53     63.75   

 

 

2014/15

   965.00     806.22     77.21     62.25   

2013/14

   849.50     711.00     70.07     55.16   

2012/13

   770.00     627.00     58.33     49.55   

2011/12

   660.50     545.50     52.18     45.80   

2015/16 Q4

   998.20     906.10     72.47     64.76   

Q3

   968.57     890.60     72.53     67.31   

Q2

   918.90     806.40     69.71     63.75   

Q1

   940.90     817.20     72.14     64.37   

2014/15 Q4

   954.00     842.60     72.41     62.25   

Q3

   965.00     853.78     75.08     67.01   

Q2

   916.00     835.76     77.21     70.37   

Q1

   897.92     806.22     75.09     67.62   

April 2016

   1,011.50     950.20     73.10     68.83   

March 2016

   998.20     932.00     72.47     66.56   

February 2016

   992.50     925.55     72.36     67.20   

January 2016

   985.80     906.10     70.86     64.76   

December 2015

   968.57     892.93     71.05     67.62   

 

 

Shareholder analysis

The following table includes a brief analysis of shareholder numbers and shareholdings as at 31 March 2016.

Size of

shareholding

  Number of
shareholders
   % of
shareholders
   

Number

of shares

   

% of 

shares 

 

 

 

1–50

   164,955     17.79     4,739,232     0.12   

51–100

   248,832     26.84     17,628,238     0.45   

101–500

   400,098     43.15     84,389,639     2.15   

501–1,000

   56,663     6.11     39,596,174     1.01   

1,001–10,000

   53,455     5.76     132,042,157     3.37   

10,001–50,000

   2,120     0.23     38,087,028     0.97   

50,001–100,000

   205     0.02     14,532,280     0.37   

100,001–500,000

   464     0.05     113,514,429     2.89   

500,001–1,000,000

   140     0.02     101,923,402     2.60   

1,000,001+

   314     0.03     3,377,585,507     86.07   

 

 

Total

   927,246     100.00     3,924,038,086     100.00   

 

 

Taxation

The discussion in this section provides information about certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences for US Holders (defined below) of owning ADSs and ordinary shares. A US Holder is beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares that:

is for US federal income tax purposes (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation created or organised under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income tax without regard to its source or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has elected to be treated as a domestic trust for US federal income tax purposes;
is not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; and
does not hold ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with the conduct of a business or the performance of services in the UK or otherwise in connection with a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the UK.

190National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

179

  

Key milestones

Some of the key dates and actions in the corporate history of National Grid are listed below. The full history goes back much further.

   

Shareholder analysis

The following table includes a brief analysis of shareholder numbers and shareholdings as at 31 March 2014.

  
      

Size of

shareholding

 

Number of

shareholders

 

% of

   shareholders

 

Number

of shares

 

% of  

shares  

 
  

 

        
   1986 British Gas (BG) privatisation         
  

 

   

 

 
  1990 Electricity transmission network in England and Wales transferred to National Grid on electricity privatisation   

1–50

 174,219 17.6366 5,070,597 0.1316   
  

 

        
  1995 National Grid listed on the London Stock Exchange   

51–100

 269,540 27.2862 19,092,359 0.4953   
  

 

        
  1997 Centrica demerged from BG   

101–500

 427,082 43.2345 89,577,097 2.3241   
  

 

        
  1997 Energis demerged from National Grid   

501–1,000

 58,849 5.9574 41,182,963 1.0685   
  

 

        
  2000 Lattice Group demerged from BG and listed separately   

1,001–10,000

 55,016 5.5694 135,292,646 3.5101   
  

 

        
  2000 New England Electric System and Eastern Utilities Associates acquired   

10,001–50,000

 2,079 0.2105 37,261,484 0.9667   
  

 

        
  2002 Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation merged with National Grid in US   

50,001–100,000

 203 0.0206 14,546,599 0.3774   
  

 

        
  2002 National Grid and Lattice Group merged to form National Grid Transco   

100,001–500,000

 429 0.0434 104,413,484 2.709   
  

 

        
  2004 UK wireless infrastructure network acquired from Crown Castle International Corp   

500,001–1,000,000    

 122 0.0124 85,852,431 2.2274   
  

 

        
  2005 Four UK regional gas distribution networks sold and National Grid adopted as our name   

1,000,001+

 287 0.029    3,322,050,361    86.1899   
  

 

   

 

 
  2006 Rhode Island gas distribution network acquired   

Total

 987,826 100 3,854,340,021 100   
  

 

   

 

 
  2007 UK and US wireless infrastructure operations and the Basslink electricity interconnector in Australia sold   

 

Taxation

This section discusses certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs and ordinary shares by certain beneficial holders thereof. This discussion applies to holders who qualify for benefits under the income tax convention between the US and the UK (the Tax Convention) and are a resident of the US for the purposes of the Tax Convention and are not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes at any material time (a US Holder).

 

US Holders generally will be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention if they are:

 

• the beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, and of any dividends that they receive;

• an individual resident or citizen of the US, a US corporation, or a US partnership, estate, or trust (but only to the extent the income of the partnership, estate, or trust is subject to US taxation in the hands of a US resident person); and

• not also a resident of the UK for UK tax purposes.

 

If a US Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with the conduct of business or the performance of personal services in the UK or otherwise in connection with a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the UK, then the US Holder will not be entitled to benefits under the Tax Convention. Special rules, including a limitation of benefits provision, apply in limited circumstances to ADSs or ordinary shares owned by an investment or holding company. This section does not discuss the treatment of holders described in the preceding two sentences. This section does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor. National Grid has assumed that shareholders, including US Holders, are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which they may be subject. In particular, the discussion deals only with investors that will beneficially hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes, persons that control (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of our voting stock, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security, or other integrated financial transaction, persons who are liable for the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income, and persons whose functional currency is not the dollar.

 
  

 

    
  2007 KeySpan Corporation acquired    
  

 

    
  2008 Ravenswood generation station sold    
  

 

    
  2010 Rights issue raised £3.2 billion    
  

 

    
  2012 New Hampshire electricity and gas distribution businesses sold    
  

 

    
  

Material contracts

Each of our Executive Directors has a service agreement and each Non-executive Director has a letter of appointment. No contract (other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) has been entered into by National Grid within the two years immediately preceding the date of this report which is, or may be, material; or which contains any provision under which any member of National Grid has any obligation or entitlement which is material to National Grid at the date of this report.

 

Property, plant and equipment

This information can be found under the heading note 11 property, plant and equipment on page 111, note 19 Borrowings on pages 119 to 121, Strategic Report pages 12 to 20, where we operate on page 166 and principal operations on pages 29 to 38.

 

    
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
           
         


180  National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

Other disclosures

continuedThis discussion is not a comprehensive description of all the US federal income tax and UK tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor (including consequences under the US alternative minimum tax or net investment income tax) and does not address state, local, or other tax laws. National Grid has assumed that shareholders, including US Holders, are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which they may be subject. This discussion deals only with US Holders who hold ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets. It does not address the tax treatment of investors who are subject to special rules, such as:

 

 financial institutions;
insurance companies;
dealers in securities or currencies;
investors who elect mark-to-market treatment;
entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities and their partners;
individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts;
tax-exempt organisations;
investors who own (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of our voting stock;
investors who hold ADSs or ordinary shares as a position in a straddle, hedging transaction or conversion transaction;
persons that have ceased to be US citizens or lawful permanent residents of the US; and
investors whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

The statements regarding US and UK tax laws and administrative practices set forth below are based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date of this document. These laws and practices are subject to change without notice, possiblypotentially with retrospectiveretroactive effect. In addition, the US statements set forth below are based on the representations of The Bank of New York Mellon as depositary (the Depositary). These statementsthe Depositary and assume that each obligation provided for in, or otherwise contemplated by,party to the deposit agreement entered into between National Grid Transco plc (now National Grid plc), the Depositary and the registered holders of ADRs, pursuant to which ADSs have been issued, dated as of 21 November 1995 and amended and restated as of 1 August 2005, and any related agreement,Deposit Agreement will be performedperform its obligations thereunder in accordance with its terms. Beneficial owners

US Holders of ADSs who are residents or citizens of the USgenerally will be treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for the purposes of the US Internal Revenue Code.

federal income tax purposes. For the purposes of the Tax Convention, the Estate Tax Convention and UK tax considerations, we have assumedthis discussion assumes that a holderUS Holder of ADRsADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs and this section is based on that assumption. Despite a ruling in 2012 by the First-Tier Tax Tribunal in the UK that has cast doubt on this view,ADSs. HMRC has stated that it will continue to apply its long-standing practice of treating such an ADRa holder of ADSs as holding the beneficial interest in the underlying shares. As such,ordinary shares represented by the ADSs; however, we note that this is an area of some uncertainty thatand may be subject to further developments.change.

A US HolderHolders should consult their own advisor as toadvisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownershipbuying, owning and dispositiondisposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any state, local, or other nationaltax laws.

Taxation of dividends

Under the Tax Convention, theThe UK is allowed todoes not currently impose a 15% withholding tax on dividends paid to US shareholders controlling less than 10% of the voting capital of National Grid. The UK does not, however, currently impose a withholding tax on such dividends.

Holders.

Cash distributions received by a US Holder with respect to their ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as foreign source dividend income subject to US federal income taxation as ordinary income, to the extent paid out of National Grid’sour current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) generally will be taxable to a US Holder as determined underdividend income. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a US Holder’s basis in its ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, and thereafter as a capital gain. However, we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. The dollar amount of dividendsUS Holders should therefore assume that any distribution by us with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will be reported as dividend income.

Dividends received by certain non corporatenon-corporate US Holders with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will generally be subject to taxationtaxable at the special reduced rate normally applicable to long-term capital gains provided National Grid (i) iseither (a) we are eligible for the benefits of the Tax Convention or (b) ADSs or ordinary shares are treated as ‘readily tradable’ on an established securities market in the United States and (ii) waswe are not, in thefor our taxable year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year induring which the dividend is paid or the prior year, a passive foreign investment company (PFIC).

for US federal income tax purposes (a PFIC), and certain other requirements are met. We (1) expect that our shares will be treated as ‘readily tradable’ on an established securities market in the United States as a result of the trading of ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange and (2) believe we are eligible for the benefits of the Tax Convention.

Based on National Grid’sour audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, National Grid believesthe nature of our business activities, we believe that it waswe were not treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to itsour taxable yearsyear ending 31 March 2013 and 2014.2016. In addition, based on itsour current expectations regarding the value and nature of itsour assets, the sources and nature of itsour income, and relevant market and shareholder data, National Grid doesthe nature of our business activities, we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future.

Dividends paidreceived by National Grid to corporate US Holders with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations.

Taxation of capital gains

US Holders will not be liable forsubject to UK taxation on any capital gain realised on the disposalsale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares.

SalesProvided that we are not a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US Holder holds their ADSs or ordinary shares, upon a sale or other taxable dispositionsdisposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, by a US Holder generally will give rise to US sourcerecognise capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised on the sale or other disposition and the US Holder’s dollaradjusted tax basis in the sharesADSs or ADSs. Any suchordinary shares. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss currently subject to taxation at reduced rates for non corporate taxpayers, if the ADSs or ordinary shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. The deductibility ofFor non-corporate US Holders, long-term capital gain is generally taxed at a lower rate than ordinary income. A US Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Shareholder information191


 

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT)

Transfers of ordinary shares – SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount ofor value of the consideration will generally be payable on any agreement to transfer ordinary shares that is not completed by the execution ofusing a duly stamped instrument of transfer to the transferee. (such as a stock transfer form).

Where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of the period of six yearsyear period beginning with the date on which the agreement is made, the SDRT liability will be cancelled, and, ifcancelled. If a claim is made within the specified period, any SDRT which has been paid will be refunded. SDRT is due whether or not the agreement or transfer of such chargeable securities is made or carried out in the UK and whether or not any party to that agreement or transfer is a UK resident.

Purchases of ordinary shares completed by execution ofusing a stock transfer form will generally give rise toresult in a liability to UK stamp duty liability at the rate of

0.5% (rounded up to the nearest £5) of the amount or value of the consideration. Paperless transfers under the CREST paperless settlement system will generally be liable to SDRT at the rate of 0.5%, and not stamp duty. SDRT is generally the liability of the purchaser and UK stamp duty is usually paid by the purchaser or transferee.

Transfers of ADSs – No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of existing ADSs or beneficial ownership of ADSs, provided that any instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer is executed outside the UK and remains at all times outside the UK.

An agreement for the transfer of ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise toresult in a liability for SDRT.SDRT liability. A charge to stamp duty or SDRT may arise on the transfer of ordinary shares to the Depositary or The Bank of New York Mellon as agent of the Depositary (the Custodian).

The rate of stamp duty or SDRT will generally be 1.5% of the value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares concerned. However, following a ruling in 2012 by the First-Tier Tax Tribunal in the UK, there is no 1.5% SDRT charge on the issue of ordinary shares (or, where it is integral to the raising of new capital, the transfer of ordinary shares) to the Depositary or the Custodian.

The Depositary will generally be liable for the stamp duty or SDRT. In accordance withUnder the terms of the DepositaryDeposit Agreement, the Depositary will charge any tax payable by the Depositary or the Custodian (or their nominees) on the deposit of ordinary shares to the party to whom the ADSs are delivered against such deposits. If the stamp duty is not a multiple of £5, the duty will be rounded up to the nearest multiple of £5.

US information reporting and backup withholding tax

Dividend payments made to US Holders and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares to US Holders may be subject to information reporting to the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Such payments may be subject to backup withholding taxes if the US Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

US Holders should consult their tax advisors about these rules and any other reporting obligations that may apply to the ownership or disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, including reporting requirements related to the holding of certain foreign financial assets.

UK inheritance tax

An individual who is domiciled in the US for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention and who is not a UK national for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of (i) the ADSs or ordinary shares on the individual’s death or (ii) a gift of the ADSs or ordinary shares during the individual’s lifetime. This is not the case where the ADSs or ordinary shares are part of the business property of the individual’s permanent establishment in the UK or relate to a fixed base in the UK of an individual who performs independent personal services.

Special rules apply to ADSs or ordinary shares held in trust. In the exceptional case where the ADSs or shares are subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for the tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax paid in the US.

Capital gains tax (CGT) for UK resident shareholders

You can find CGT information relating to National Grid shares for UK resident shareholders on our website under: Investors, Shareholder centre, More information and help. Share prices on specific dates are also available on our website.


192   National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

   Additional Information

Other disclosures

All-employee share plans

The Company has a number of all-employee share plans as described below, which operated during the year. These allow UK- or US-based employees to participate in either HMRC (UK) or IRS (US) approved plans and to become shareholders in National Grid.

Sharesave

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the Sharesave plan. Under this plan, participants may contribute between £5 and £500 in total each month, for a fixed period of three years, five years or both. Contributions are taken from net salary.

SIP

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the SIP. Contributions up to £150 are deducted from participants’ gross salary and used to purchase ordinary shares in National Grid each month. The shares are placed in trust.

US Incentive Thrift Plans

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the Thrift Plans, which are tax-advantaged savings plans (commonly referred to as 401(k) plans). They are DC pension plans that give participants the opportunity to invest up to applicable federal salary limits. The federal limits for calendar year 2015 are: for pre-tax contributions, a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $18,000 for those under the age of 50 and $24,000 for those age 50 and above; for post-tax contributions, up to 15% of salary. The total amount of employee contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) may not exceed 50% of compensation, and are further subject to the combined federal annual contribution limit of $53,000. For calendar year 2016, participants may invest up to the applicable federal salary limits: for pre-tax contributions, a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $18,000 for those under the age of 50 and $24,000 for those age 50 and above; for post-tax contributions, up to 15% of salary. The total amount of employee contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) may not exceed 50% of compensation, and are further subject to the combined federal annual contribution limit of $53,000.

ESPP

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the ESPP (commonly referred to as a 423(b) plan). Eligible employees have the opportunity to purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a 15% discounted price. Under the plan, employees may contribute up to 20% of base pay each year, up to a maximum annual contribution of $18,888 to purchase ADSs in National Grid.

Change of control provisions

No compensation would be paid for loss of office of Directors on a change of control of the Company. As at 31 March 2016, the Company had undrawn borrowing facilities of £1.7 billion available to it with a number of banks, and a further £1.4 billion of drawn bank loans which, on a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid, may alter or terminate. All the Company’s share plans contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding awards and options would normally vest and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time. In the event of a change of control of the Company, a number of governmental and regulatory consents or approvals are likely to be required, arising from laws or regulations of the UK, US or the EU. Such consents or approvals may also be required for acquisitions of equity securities that do not amount to a change of control.

No other agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid are considered to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business as a whole.

Code of Ethics

In accordance with US legal requirements, the Board has adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial professionals. This code is available on our website (where any amendments or waivers will also be posted) under: About us, Corporate governance, Code of Ethics. There were no amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics during the year.

Conflicts of interest

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Board has a policy and procedure in place for the disclosure and authorisation (if appropriate) of actual and potential conflicts of interest. The Board continues to monitor and note possible conflicts of interest that each Director may have. The Directors are regularly reminded of their continuing obligations in relation to conflicts, and are required annually to review and confirm their external interests. During the year ended 31 March 2016, no actual conflicts of interest were identified, which required approval by the Board. However, the Board was advised of two situations in relation to which potential conflicts of interest could arise, and authorised those potential conflicts in accordance with its powers as set out in the Articles.

Corporate governance practices: differences from

New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing standards

The Company is listed on the NYSE and is therefore required to disclose differences in its corporate governance practices adopted as a UK listed company, compared with those of a US company.

The corporate governance practices of the Company are primarily based on the requirements of the Code but substantially conform to those required of US companies listed on the NYSE. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which the Company’s corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under Section 303A Corporate Governance Standards of the NYSE.

The NYSE rules and the Code apply different tests for the independence of Board members.
The NYSE rules require a separate nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent Directors. There is no requirement for a separate corporate governance committee in the UK. Under the Company’s corporate governance policies, all Directors on the Board discuss and decide upon governance issues, and the Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the Board with regard to certain of the responsibilities of a corporate governance committee.
The NYSE rules require listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. While the Company reports compliance with the Code in each Annual Report and Accounts, the UK requirements do not require the Company to adopt and disclose separate corporate governance guidelines.
The NYSE rules require a separate audit committee composed of at least three independent members. While the Company’s Audit Committee exceeds the NYSE’s minimum independent Non-executive Director membership requirements, it should be noted that the quorum for a meeting of the Audit Committee, of two independent Non-executive Directors, is less than the minimum membership requirements under the NYSE rules.
The NYSE rules require a compensation committee composed entirely of independent Directors, and prescribe criteria to evaluate the independence of the committee’s members and its ability to engage external compensation advisors. While the Code prescribes different independence criteria, the Non-executive Directors on the Remuneration Committee have each been deemed independent by the Board under the NYSE rules. Although the evaluation criteria for appointment of external advisors differ under the Code, the Remuneration Committee is solely responsible for appointment, retention and termination of such advisors.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Other disclosures193


Other disclosurescontinued

Directors’ indemnity

The Company has arranged, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles, qualifying third-party indemnities against financial exposure that Directors may incur in the course of their professional duties. Equivalent qualifying third-party indemnities were, and remain, in force for the benefit of those Directors who stood down from the Board in prior financial years for matters arising when they were Directors of the Company. Alongside these indemnities, the Company places Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover for each Director.

Employees

We negotiate with recognised unions. It is our policy to maintain well developed communications and consultation programmes and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years. National Grid believes that it can conduct its relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

Human Rights

Respect for human rights is incorporated into our employment practices and our values, which include respecting others and valuing diversity. ‘Always Doing the Right Thing’ is our guide to ethical business conduct – the way in which we conduct ourselves allows us to build trust with the people we work with. We earn this trust by doing things in the right way, building our reputation as an ethical company that our stakeholders want to do business with, and that our employees want to work for. Although we do not have specific policies relating to human rights, slavery and human trafficking, our procurement policies integrate sustainability into the way we do business throughout our supply chain, so that we create value, preserve natural resources and respect the interests of the communities we serve and from which we procure goods and services. Through our Global Supplier Code of Conduct (GSCoC), we expect our suppliers to keep to all laws relating to their business, as well as adhere to the principles of the United Nations Global Compact, the Ethical Trading Initiative Base Code and the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015. In 2015 the GSCoC was further updated to include the requirements of the Living Wage Foundation. To read more on the Company’s commitment to the Living Wage please see page 45.

Listing Rule 9.8.4 R cross reference table

Information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4 R (starting on page indicated):

Interest capitalisedPage 112
Publication of unaudited financial informationNot applicable
Details of long-term incentive schemesNot applicable
Waiver of emoluments by a directorNot applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a directorNot applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cashNot applicable
Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakingsNot applicable
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiaryNot applicable
Contracts of significanceNot applicable
Provision of services by a controlling shareholderNot applicable
Shareholder waivers of dividendsPage 190
Shareholder waivers of future dividendsPage 190
Agreements with controlling shareholdersNot applicable

Material contracts

Each of our Executive Directors has a service agreement and each Non-executive Director has a letter of appointment. No contract (other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) has been entered into by National Grid within the two years immediately preceding the date of this Report which is, or may be, material; or which contains any provision under which any member of National Grid has any obligation or entitlement which is material to National Grid at the date of this Report.

Political donations and expenditure

At this year’s AGM the Directors will seek authority from shareholders, on a precautionary basis, for the Company and its subsidiaries to make donations to registered political parties and other political organisations and/or incur political expenditure in the European Union (EU), in each case in amounts not exceeding £125,000 in aggregate. The definitions of these terms in the Companies Act 2006 are very wide and as a result this can cover bodies such as those concerned with policy review, law reform and the representation of the business community. It could include special interest groups, such as those involved with the environment, which the Company and its subsidiaries might wish to support, even though these activities are not designed to support or influence support for a particular party. The Company has no intention of changing its current practice of not making political donations or incurring political expenditure within the ordinary meaning of those words. This authority is therefore being sought to ensure that none of the Company’s activities inadvertently infringe these rules.

National Grid made no donations in the EU during the year, including donations as defined for the purposes of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. National Grid USA and its affiliated New York and federal political action committees (each, a PAC) made political donations in the US totalling $67,550 (£45,952) during the year. National Grid USA’s affiliated New York PAC was funded partly by contributions from National Grid USA and certain of its subsidiaries and partly by voluntary employee contributions. National Grid USA’s affiliated federal PAC was funded wholly by voluntary employee contributions.

Property, plant and equipment

This information can be found under the heading note 11 property, plant and equipment on pages 122 and 123, note 19 Borrowings on pages 130 and 131, Strategic Report pages 10 to 13, where we operate on page 175 and principal operations on pages 31 to 43.

Research and development

Expenditure on research and development during the year was £29 million (2014/15: £23 million; 2013/14: £12 million). Innovation funding throughout 2015/16 has sustained investment across all three of our UK Regulated business areas: UK ET, UK GT and UK GD. Through collaboration across the industry, we have continued our drive to deliver benefits for our stakeholders, challenging the way we work and seeking new technologies to deliver these benefits. Due to the way in which we work with a large number of partners on new ideas, our disclosed research and development expenditure is lower than the overall contribution we make to the industry. We only disclose directly incurred expenditure, and not those amounts our partners incur working on projects with us.

The UK ET innovation investment continues to aim to advance our strategic ambitions to reduce the cost of providing a secure, reliable and sustainable electricity transmission system. We have installed a 400kV transformer with synthetic ester, an insulating fluid that presents a significantly lower fire risk than the mineral oil normally used; and we’ve started work towards live trials of a new insulating gas that could be an effective alternative to SF6.

194National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

181

   

US information reporting and backup withholding tax

Dividend payments made to US Holders and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares to US Holders may be subject to information reporting to the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Such payments may be subject to backup withholding taxes unless the holder (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred.

 

US Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding these rules and any other reporting obligations that may apply to the ownership or disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, including reporting requirements related to the holding of certain foreign financial assets.

 

UK inheritance tax

An individual who is domiciled in the US for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention and who is not a national of the UK for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares on the individual’s death or on a gift of the ADSs or ordinary shares during the individual’s lifetime, unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or pertain to a fixed base in the UK of an individual who performs independent personal services.

 

Special rules apply to ADSs or ordinary shares held in trust. In the exceptional case where the ADSs or shares are subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for the tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax paid in the US.

 

The All-employee Share Plans

The all-employee share plans allow UK- or US-based employees to participate in either HMRC (UK) or Internal Revenue Service (US) approved plans. We believe by offering participation in such plans, it encourages all employees (including Executive Directors) to become shareholders in National Grid.

 

Sharesave

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the Sharesave plan. Under this plan, participants may contribute between £5 and £250 in total each month, for a fixed period of three years, five years or both. Contributions are taken from net salary.

 

SIP

Employees resident in the UK are eligible to participate in the SIP. Contributions up to £125 are deducted from participants’ gross salary and used to purchase ordinary shares in National Grid each month. The shares are placed in trust.

 

US Incentive Thrift Plans

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the Thrift Plans, which are tax-advantaged savings plans (commonly referred to as 401(k) plans). They are DC pension plans that give participants the opportunity to invest up to applicable federal salary limits. The federal limits for calendar year 2013 are: for pre-tax contributions a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $17,500 for those under the age of 50 and $23,000 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions, up to 15% of salary. The total contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) are limited to the

 

    

lesser of 50% of compensation or $51,000. For calendar year 2014, participants may invest up to the applicable federal salary limits: for pre-tax contributions a maximum of 50% of salary limited to $17,500 for those under the age of 50 and $23,000 for those over 50; for post-tax contributions up to 15% of salary. The total contributions (pre-tax and post-tax) are limited to the lesser of 50% of compensation or $52,000.

 

ESPP

Employees of National Grid’s US companies are eligible to participate in the ESPP (commonly referred to as a 423(b) plan). Eligible employees have the opportunity to purchase ADSs on a monthly basis at a 15% discounted price. Under the plan employees may contribute up to 20% of base pay each year up to a maximum annual contribution of $18,888 to purchase ADSs in National Grid.

 

The offer and listing

Price history

The following table shows the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated:

        

  

        

  

  

   

           

 

Ordinary share (pence)

   ADS ($) 
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           High  Low         High       Low   
       

 

 
       2013/14  849.50    711.00       70.07     55.16    
       2012/13  770.00    627.00       58.33     49.55    
       2011/12  660.50    545.50       52.18     45.80    
       2010/111  666.00    474.80       51.00     36.72    
       2009/10  685.50    511.00       56.59     38.25    
       2013/14 Q4  842.50    769.00       70.07     63.19    
       Q3  797.50    725.16       65.39     58.85    
       Q2  817.75    727.45       61.59     55.30    
       Q1  849.50    711.00       64.56     55.16    
       2012/13 Q4  770.00    678.00       58.33     52.81    
       Q3  724.97    679.59       58.03     54.28    
       Q2  706.13    635.56       56.72     49.55    
       Q1  689.50    627.00       55.00     49.85    
       April 2014  844.50    806.22       71.23     67.62    
       March 2014  839.50    808.00       69.86     67.02    
       February 2014  842.50    777.50       70.07     63.24    
       January 2014  809.50    769.00       66.40     63.19    
       December 2013  797.50    742.50       65.39     60.67    
       

 

 
       

 

1.  On 20 May 2010, we announced a 2 for 5 rights issue of 990,439,017 ordinary shares at 355 pence per share.

   

       

 

Unresolved SEC staff comments

There are no unresolved staff comments required to be reported.

  

  

       
       
       
       
  ��    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       


182    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

Research has also progressed on understanding of and ability to predict and manage the impact of increased levels of distributed and renewable generation on the system. UK ET has also secured £12 million of Network Innovation Competition funding support for our £14 million investment in an innovation facility in northeast Wales.

The UK GT innovation portfolio has continued to grow, with a key focus on safety and risk reduction through projects exploring new techniques to conduct internal pipe inspection and improve asset integrity, alongside those to provide enhanced gas forecasting and the development of new smart asset maintenance techniques. In addition, UK GT won £4.8 million funding for Project ‘CLoCC’ (customer low-cost connections), which seeks to minimise the time and cost of connections to the national gas transmission system.

Innovation in UK GD continues to grow with a diversified portfolio focusing on six value areas which reflect both the RIIO outputs and the UK GD ambition. We continue to develop and refine robotic and pipe-lining technologies to reduce the impact of our pipe replacement activities on our customers and the environment. Our focus has shifted towards implementing the output of these innovations into the business and demonstrating the value of our innovation projects to our customers.

Research, Development & Demonstration (RD&D) work in the US has focused on the advancement of products, processes, systems and work methods that may be new to National Grid. This is accomplished by working with internal departments to identify where strategic RD&D investment is needed and is likely to prove beneficial to National Grid. To achieve these goals, we work in collaboration with technical organisations, academia and vendors in the energy sector that align with our goals and objectives. This collaboration has also helped inform our strategic direction in response to jurisdictional requests for modernisation (Grid Modernization in Massachusetts and ‘Reforming the Energy Vision’ in New York).

In the year, we invested and participated in several significant pilot projects with the intent of obtaining operational knowledge and experience of technology driven system impacts. For example, we are pre-approved to construct up to 20 MW of photovoltaic (PV) facilities in Massachusetts as part of our ‘Solar Phase II’ programme. These PV sites are designed with advanced grid interactive control features, beyond what typical PV facilities are required to provide.

Operating and analysing the performance of these grid interactive controls will help prepare and future proof our system to enable a high penetration of the Distributed Energy Resources on the distribution system. We are also supporting several Department of Energy projects under the SunShot programme, aimed to further integration and proliferation of solar PV. As part of its ongoing Worcester Smart Energy Solutions pilot in Massachusetts, the Company is continuing to examine its learnings from the customer and grid technology as deployed. Lastly, the Company is also deploying Volt VAR Optimization and Conservation Voltage Reduction technology on several distribution circuits in Rhode Island, examining the impact of intelligent centralised distribution asset control.

US expenditure for gas research, development and deployment of new technologies during 2015/16 was $2.6 million. This is largely funded through a special Regulatory Order and customer surcharge mechanism in New York State. Primary investments were in the areas of robotic inspection tools and enhancements for condition assessments of the most difficult to inspect pipelines. In addition, new tools and techniques are being developed to increase safety of the workforce, improve welding practices and advance the inspection of polyethylene pipe construction, joint quality and the tracking and traceability of materials used in the construction of our transmission and distribution assets.

To further advance the safe operation of our systems and to improve overall customer safety, methane detection equipment is being deployed and tested both as mobile solutions to identify leakage in the field and in residential buildings. After completing extensive bench testing, we are implementing a pilot study in the use of existing and new technology for methane sensors within residential properties.

Unresolved SEC staff comments

There are no unresolved SEC staff comments required to be reported.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Other disclosures195


Other unaudited financial information

Reconciliations of adjusted profit measures

 

Use of adjusted profit measures

In considering the financial performance of our businesses and segments, we analyse each of our primary financial measures of operating profit, profit before tax, profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders and EPS into two components.

 

The first of these components is referred to as an adjusted profit measure, also known as a business performance measure. This is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the underlying business.

 

Adjusted results exclude exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries. These items are reported collectively as the second component of the financial measures. Note 4 on page 99 explains in detail the items which are excluded from our adjusted profit measures.

 

Adjusted profit measures have limitations in their usefulness compared with the comparable total profit measures as they exclude important elements of our financial performance. However, we believe that by presenting our financial performance in two components it is easier to read and interpret financial performance between periods, as adjusted profit measures are more comparable having removed the distorting effect of the excluded items. Those items are more clearly understood if separately identified and analysed.

 

The presentation of these two components of financial performance is additional to, and not a substitute for, the comparable total profit measures presented.

 

Management uses adjusted profit measures as the basis for monitoring financial performance and in communicating financial performance to investors in external presentations and announcements of financial results.

 

Internal financial reports, budgets and forecasts are primarily prepared on the basis of adjusted profit measures, although planned exceptional items, such as significant restructuring, are also reflected in budgets and forecasts. We separately monitor and disclose the excluded items as a component of our overall financial performance.

 

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is presented on the face of the income statement under the heading operating profit before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries.

  Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to adjusted earnings and earnings
   Adjusted earnings is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 107.
    

 

Year ended 31 March  

     2013   2012  
    2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
    £m   £m   £m  
   

 

   Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491  
   Adjusted net finance costs (1,108)  (1,124)  (1,090) 
   Share of post-tax results of joint ventures 28   18   7  
   

 

   Adjusted profit before tax 2,584   2,533   2,408  
   Adjusted taxation (581)  (619)  (697) 
   

 

   Adjusted profit after tax 2,003   1,914   1,711  
   Attributable to non-controlling interests 12   (1)  (2) 
   

 

   Adjusted earnings 2,015   1,913   1,709  
   Exceptional items after tax 388   75   174  
   Remeasurements after tax 73   156   (122) 
   Stranded cost recoveries after tax –   9   156  
   

 

   Earnings 2,476   2,153   1,917  
   

 

   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 
   

 

Reconciliation of adjusted basic EPS to EPS

   Adjusted basic EPS is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 107.
    

 

Year ended 31 March  

     2013   2012  
    2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
    pence   pence   pence  
   

 

   Adjusted EPS 54.0   51.4   46.0  
   Exceptional items after tax 10.4   2.0   4.7  
   Remeasurements after tax 2.0   4.2   (3.3) 
   Stranded cost recoveries after tax –   0.2   4.2  
   

 

   Earnings per share 66.4   57.8   51.6  
   

 

   

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

  
   

 

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms to total operating profit

   Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences and major storms is discussed on page 09.
  Year ended 31 March     

 

Year ended 31 March  

   2013   2012      2013   2012  
  2014   (restated)1 (restated)1   2014   (restated)1 (restated)1
  £m   £m   £m     £m   £m   £m  
 

 

  

 

 Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491    Adjusted operating profit   
 Exceptional items 55   (84)  (122)   excluding timing differences and   
 Remeasurements – commodity     major storms 3,706   3,759   3,589  
 contracts 16   180   (94)   Major storms –   (136)  (116) 
      

 

 Stranded cost recoveries –   14   260    Adjusted operating profit   
 

 

  
 Total operating profit 3,735   3,749   3,535    excluding timing differences 3,706   3,623   3,473  
 

 

  
 

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

     Timing differences (42)  16   18  
      

 

      Adjusted operating profit 3,664   3,639   3,491  
      Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries 71   110   44  
      

 

   Total operating profit 3,735   3,749   3,535  
      

 

      

 

1. See note 1 on page 92.

 

   


 

Strategic ReportUse of adjusted profit measures

In considering the financial performance of our businesses and segments, we analyse each of our primary financial measures of operating profit, profit before tax, profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders and EPS into two components.

The first of these components is referred to as an adjusted profit measure, also known as a business performance measure. This is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the underlying business.

Adjusted results exclude exceptional items and remeasurements. These items are reported collectively as the second component of the financial measures. Note 4 on page 111 explains in detail the items which are excluded from our adjusted profit measures.

Adjusted profit measures have limitations in their usefulness compared with the comparable total profit measures as they exclude important elements of our financial performance. However, we believe that by presenting our financial performance in two components it is easier to read and interpret financial performance between periods, as adjusted profit measures are more comparable having removed the distorting effect of the excluded items. Those items are more clearly understood if separately identified and analysed.

The presentation of these two components of financial performance is additional to, and not a substitute for, the comparable total profit measures presented.

Management uses adjusted profit measures as the basis for monitoring financial performance and in communicating financial performance to investors in external presentations and announcements of financial results.

Internal financial reports, budgets and forecasts are primarily prepared on the basis of adjusted profit measures, although planned exceptional items, such as significant restructurings, are also reflected in budgets and forecasts. We separately monitor and disclose the excluded items as a component of our overall financial performance.

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit is presented on the face of the income statement under the heading operating profit before exceptional items and remeasurements.

 

   Year ended 31 March
   2016   2015   2014  
    £m   £m   £m  

Adjusted operating profit

   4,096     3,863    3,664 

Exceptional items

   (22)         55 

Remeasurements – commodity contracts

   11     (83  16 

Total operating profit

   4,085     3,780    3,735 

Corporate GovernanceReconciliation of adjusted operating profit to adjusted earnings and earnings

Adjusted earnings is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 118.

 

   Year ended 31 March
   2016    2015    2014  
    £m    £m    £m  

Adjusted operating profit

  4,096   3,863   3,664 

Adjusted net finance costs

  (1,013)  (1,033)  (1,108)

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures and associates

  59   46   28 

Adjusted profit before tax

  3,142   2,876   2,584 

Adjusted tax

  (753)  (695)  (581)

Adjusted profit after tax

  2,389   2,181   2,003 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  (3)    12 

Adjusted earnings

  2,386   2,189   2,015 

Exceptional items after tax

  278   (97)  388 

Remeasurements after tax

  (73)  (73)  73 

Earnings

  2,591   2,019   2,476 

Financial StatementsReconciliation of adjusted EPS to EPS

Adjusted EPS is presented in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

   Year ended 31 March
   2016    20151    20141 
    pence    pence    pence  

Adjusted EPS

  63.5   57.6   53.1 

Exceptional items after tax

  7.4   (2.6)  10.2 

Remeasurements after tax

  (1.9)  (1.8)  1.9 

EPS

  69.0   53.2   65.2 

1.Comparative information has been restated to reflect the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

Additional InformationReconciliation of adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences to total operating profit

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences is discussed on page 25. There were no major storms in 2014, 2015, or 2016.

 

183

   Year ended 31 March
   2016  2015    2014  
    £m  £m    £m  

Adjusted operating profit excluding timing differences

  4,071  3,927   3,706 

Timing differences

  25  (64)  (42)

Adjusted operating profit

  4,096  3,863   3,664 

Exceptional items and remeasurements

  (11)  (83)  71 

Total operating profit

  4,085  3,780   3,735 

 

196

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Additional Information


   Additional Information

Commentary on consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 March 20132015

In compliance with SEC rules, we present a summarised analysis of movements in the income statement, an analysis of movements in adjusted operating profit by operating segment and a summarised analysis of movements in the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2015. This should be read in conjunction with the 31 March 2016 unaudited commentary included on pages 95, 99, 107 and 108.

 

In compliance with SEC rules, we present a summarised analysis of movements in the income statement, an analysis of movements in adjusted operating profit by operating segment and a summarised analysis of movements in the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2013. This analysis reflects restated numbers presented as a result of changes to accounting standards in the year ended 31 March 2014, in particular IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’. This should be read in conjunction with the 31 March 2014 unaudited commentary included on pages 85, 89, 91 and 96.

Analysis of the income statement for the years ended

31 March 20132015 and 31 March 20122014

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended 31 March 20132015 increased by £527£392 million to £14,359 million£15,201 million. This increase was driven by thehigher revenues in our UK ET business, which increased by £300 million principally due to inflationaryreflecting increases in allowable revenue and higher pass-through costs. The UK GD segment also delivered an additional £114 million primarily for the same reason. Finally, US Regulated revenue was £123 million higher due to the recovery of Niagara Mohawk deferralallowed Transmission Owner revenues, and higher FERCcore allowances and pass-through costs in UK GT. Revenues in our UK GD business were slightly lower as a result of changes in allowed revenues for replacement expenditure (repex). Our US Regulated business revenues were also lower, as a result of the end of the LIPA MSA last year, partially offset by revenue increases from existing rate bases.plans, including capex trackers, together with additional income from gas customer growth and the impact of the strengthening US dollar.

ForRevenue for the year ended 31 March 2012, revenue decreased £5112014 increased by £450 million compared with the year ended 31 March 2011 to £13,832£14,809 million. IncreasedThis increase was driven by higher revenues in our UK ET revenue of £275 million under the regulatory RPI-X pricing formula was offset by reduced US revenuesand UK GD businesses, principally as a result of warmer winter weather leading to lowerthe new RIIO regulatory arrangements. Revenue in our US Regulated business was also higher, reflecting higher pass-through costs such as gas and electricity volumes supplied.commodity costs, partially offset by the end of Niagara Mohawk deferral revenue recoveries at March 2013 and the impact of the weaker dollar.

Operating costs

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 20132015 of £10,610£11,421 million were £313£347 million (3%) higher than the prior year. This increase in costs included a £154 million year on year impact of changes in exceptional items and remeasurements, which is discussed below. Excluding exceptional items and remeasurements, operating costs were £193 million higher, principally due to: increases in controllable costs, including the impact of inflation and additional costs incurred in the US to improve data quality and bring regulatory filings up to date; higher US bad debt costs following last year’s exceptionally cold winter; and higher depreciation and amortisation as a result of continued investment programmes. These cost increases were partly offset by a reduction in spend on US financial systems implementation and stabilisation upgrades, with the project completing in the first half of this year.

Operating profit for the year ended 31 March 2015 included an £83 million loss (2013/14: £16 million gain) on remeasurement of commodity contracts. The year ended 31 March 2014 also included a net £55 million gain on exceptional items, including a net gain on the LIPA MSA transition in the US of £254 million; restructuring costs of £136 million, primarily in the UK as we reorganised certain parts of our business to deliver under the new RIIO price controls; and a £79 million provision for the demolition of UK gas holders that are no longer required.

Operating costs for the year ended 31 March 2014 of £11,074 million were £464 million higher than the prior year. This increase in costs was predominantly due to increases in pass-through costs due to the colder winter in theour UK and US regulated business, together with higher depreciation and inflationaryamortisation as a result of continued investment and increases in our controllable costs. Additional

Net finance costs

For the year ended 31 March 2015, net finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements were £75 million lower than 2013/14 at £1,033 million, mainly as a result of £91 million were incurredlower average gross debt through the year, lower RPI in the stabilisationUK and refinancing debt at lower rates.

For the year ended 31 March 2014, net finance costs before exceptional items and remeasurements were £16 million lower than 2012/13 at £1,108 million, mainly due to the impact of our new US enterprise resource system.the weaker dollar.

Exceptional items included in operating profit of £110 million in 2012/13 consisted of restructuring costs of £87 million, less a gain on sale of our EnergyNorth gas business and Granite State electricity business in New Hampshire of £3 million. There were also gains of £180 million on commodity contract remeasurements.

OperatingFinance costs for the year ended 31 March 20122015 included exceptional debt redemption costs of £10,297 million were £320 million (3%) lower than the prior year. This was primarily due to adverse timing differences of £256£131 million and higher storm costs in the USa loss of £116£34 million dueon financial remeasurements (2013/14: gain of £93 million), relating to Tropical Storm Irenenet losses on derivative financial instruments.

Tax

The tax charge on profit before exceptional items and the October snowstorm in Massachusetts. Other operating costs were relatively flat year on year, reflecting reduced costs in our US Regulated segment as a result of the restructuring, offset by higher costs within the UK due to inflation and additional employment costs to support both the GDFO system implementation in our UK GD business and the ongoing increase in our capital investment programme in UK ET.

Exceptional items included in operating profit of £44 million in 2011/12 consisted of restructuring charges of £101 million, environmental charges of £55 million, impairment charges of £64 million and commodity contract remeasurements of £94 million. These were offset by net gains on disposals of subsidiaries of £97 million and stranded cost recoveries of £260 million.

In 2012/13, two major storms in the US, Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo, had a material effect on the results of National Grid. These two major storms reduced operating profit by £136 million. In 2011/12, results were also affected by two major storm events,

Tropical Storm Irene and the October snowstorm in Massachusetts, which reduced operating profit by £116 million. Adjusted operating profit excluding the impact of timing differences and major storms was £3,759 million in 2012/13 (2011/12: £3,589 million). Operating profit including the impact of timing differences and major storms was £3,869 million in 2012/13 (2011/12: £3,633 million).

Total finance costs

Total finance costs for the year ended 31 March 2013 were slightly down compared with 2012 at £1,0862015 was £114 million higher than 2013/14. This was mainly due to higher profits before tax and the reduction in the costnon recurrence of our index-linked debt, offset by the cost of carrying higher debt levels and loss on disposal of financial instruments.

For the year ended 31 March 2012, total finance costs were £1,188 million, down 11% onone-off items that benefited the prior year primarily due toyear.

The 2013/14 tax charge on profit before exceptional items and remeasurements was £38 million lower interest rates on short-term instruments; lower debt repurchase costs that had peaked in the prior year due to the use of surplus funds from the rights issue; the benefit of lower average net debt as a result of those buy backs; and a favourable variance in pension interest primarilythan 2012/13 at £581 million. This was mainly due to a higher than expected rate of return on US pension assets.

Financial remeasurements relate to net gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. The year ended 31 March 2013 included a gain of £68 million (2011/12: £70 million loss).

Taxation

For the year ended 31 March 2013, our adjusted tax charge was £78 million lower than 2011/12, mainly due to changes in tax provisions in respect of prior years and a 2%1% decrease in the UK statutory corporation tax rate in the year partially offset by increased taxes on higher taxable profits. As a result of this, our effective tax rate for 2012/13 was 24.4% (2011/12: 28.9%).

The 2011/12 effective tax rate before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries did not change from 2010/11 because a fall in prior period tax credits was offset, primarily by a 2% reduction in the UK corporation tax rate and a change in the UK/US profit mix where higher UK profits were taxed at the lower UK tax rates, which are lower than thoserate. Our tax charge was also affected by changes in the US.

tax provisions in respect of prior years.

Exceptional tax from 2012/13for 2014/15 of £78 million primarily represents tax credits on the exceptional items and remeasurements described above.

Exceptional tax for 2013/14 included an exceptional deferred tax credit of £128£398 million arising from a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 24%23% to 23%21% applicable from 1 April 2013. A similar2014 and a further reduction in the UK corporation tax rate in 2011/12to 20% from 26% to 24% resulted in a deferred tax credit of £242 million.1 April 2015.

Adjusted earnings and EPS

As a result of the variances described above, adjusted earnings for the year ended 31 March 2013 was £1,9132015 were £2,189 million. For the year ended 31 March 2012,2014, adjusted earnings was £1,709were £2,015 million.

The above earnings performance translated into adjusted EPS growth in 2012/132014/15 of 5.4 pence (12%4.5p (8%). For the year ended 31 March 2012, and 2.7p (5%) in 2013/14.

In accordance with IAS 33, all EPS and adjusted EPS growth was 0.6 pence (1%).amounts for comparative periods have been restated for shares issued via scrip dividends and the bonus element of the 2010 rights issue.


184    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Other unaudited

financial information

continued

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Other unaudited financial information197


Other unaudited financial informationcontinued

Analysis of the adjusted operating profit by segment for the year ended 31 March 20132015

UK Electricity Transmission

For the year ended 31 March 2015, revenue in the UK ET segment was £367 million higher at £3,754 million, and adjusted operating profit increased by £150 million to £1,237 million.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £230 million higher, principally reflecting increases in allowed Transmission Owner revenues this year and a £43 million benefit relating to legal settlements. This was partially offset by under-recoveries of allowed revenue in the year of £89 million compared with under-recoveries of £60 million in the prior year. Regulated controllable costs were £14 million higher due to inflation, organisational change costs and additional tower maintenance costs. Depreciation and amortisation was £33 million higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £1,074 million). Other costs were £4 million higher than prior year.

UK Gas Transmission

Revenue in the UK GT segment increased by £235£81 million in 2014/15 to £1,022 million and adjusted operating profit increased by £20 million to £437 million.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £42 million higher due to earned gas permit and constraints management incentives. In addition, under-recoveries of allowed revenue in the year of £18 million were £3 million favourable to last year’s under-recoveries of £21 million. Partially offsetting the revenue gains, regulated controllable costs were £8 million higher, mainly as a result of additional system operator costs relating to EU work and some organisation change costs. Other operating costs were also £17 million higher, including a £13 million provision for decommissioning the Avonmouth LNG plant. Capital investment remained around the same level as last year at £184 million.

UK Gas Distribution

UK GD revenue decreased by £31 million in 2014/15 to £1,867 million, and adjusted operating profit decreased by £78 million to £826 million.

Net regulated income after pass-through costs was £11 million lower, reflecting changes in allowed revenues for replacement expenditure (repex). Timing differences reduced net revenues by a further £16 million, with £13 million over-recoveries in 2014/15, compared with a £29 million over-recovery in the prior year. Regulated controllable costs were £22 million higher primarily due to inflation and some organisation change costs. Depreciation and amortisation was £15 million higher reflecting the continued capital investment programme (investment in the year was £498 million). Other costs were £14 million higher, reflecting a provision for additional asset protection costs.

US Regulated

Revenue in our US Regulated business was £54 million lower in 2014/15 at £7,986 million, while adjusted operating profit increased by £39 million to £1,164 million.

The stronger dollar increased operating profit in the year by £30 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net regulated income increased by £81 million, reflecting increased revenue from existing rate plans, including capex trackers, together with additional income from gas customer growth, partially offset by the impact of the end of LIPA management services activities (MSA) in December 2013. In addition, over-recoveries of allowed revenues in the year of £30 million were £20 million favourable to last year’s over-recoveries of £10 million. Regulated controllable costs increased by £17 million excluding the impact of foreign exchange, as a result of increased gas leak and compliance work and additional costs incurred to improve data quality and bring regulatory filings up to date, partly offset by the cessation of costs associated with the LIPA MSA activities. Bad debt costs were £62 million higher excluding the impact of foreign exchange, following last year’s exceptionally cold winter.

There were no major storms affecting our operations in the years ended 31 March 2014 and 2015.

Our capital investment programme continued in the US, with a further £1,501 million invested in 2014/15, including gas leak reduction programmes and electricity capacity and reinforcement work.

Other activities

Revenue in Other activities increased by £26 million to £762 million in the year ended 31 March 2015. Adjusted operating profit was £68 million higher at £199 million.

Operating profit in the French interconnector was £18 million higher as a result of strong auction revenues this year. In the US, corporate and other activities losses were £63 million lower, mainly as a result of our finance system upgrade completing in the first half of this year. Capital investment in our Other activities was £33 million higher at £213 million.

198     National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information


   Additional Information

Analysis of the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2015

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles increased by £684 million to £5,947 million as at 31 March 2015. This increase primarily relates to foreign exchange movements of £602 million and software additions of £207 million, partially offset by software amortisation of £121 million.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £3,544 million to £40,723 million as at 31 March 2015. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,263 million on the renewal and extension of our regulated networks and foreign exchange movements of £1,703 million, offset by depreciation of £1,361 million in the year.

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets increased by £6 million to £728 million. This was primarily due to a decrease in investments in joint ventures of £33 million, which includes dividends received of £79 million, partially offset by our share of post-tax results for the year of £46 million, more than offset by an increase in available-for-sale investments of £46 million.

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables increased by £53 million to £3,176 million as at 31 March 2015. This was due to an increase in regulated revenues under UK price control allowances partlyinventories and current intangible assets of £72 million, offset by a £10net decrease in trade and other receivables of £19 million. The £19 million increase in charges under the balancing services incentive scheme. Timing increased by £67 million, with in year over-recoverydecrease consists of £29 million compared with a prior year under-recovery of £38 million.

Our controllable costs increased by £8 million driven by inflation, recruitment and training costs associated with our capital investment programme and increases in contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £42 million as a result of higher asset values due to our capital investment programme.

UK Gas Transmission

Gas Transmission net regulated revenue increased by £112 million driven by increased price control revenues partly offset by lower incentive scheme performance and reduced auction revenues in our LNG storage business. There was no year-on-year timing movement due to an in year over-recovery of £17 million compared with a £17 million over-recovery in 2012/13.

Controllable costs increased by £21 million driven by inflation, an increase in our environmental provisions and increases in contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £16foreign exchange of £211 million due to an increasethe stronger US dollar against sterling and a decrease in the underlying asset basebalances of £229 million, reflecting collection of large prior year balances, including LIPA MSA and some one-time asset write-offs.Superstorm Sandy re-insurance receivables.

Trade and other payables

UK Gas Distribution

Net regulated revenueTrade and other payables increased by £85£261 million driven by our regulatory RPI-X pricing formula and improved performance under incentive programmes. Timing reduced adjusted operating profit by £32 million driven by in year under-recoveries of £10 million compared with an over-recovery in the prior year of £22 million. The estimated closing under-recovered value at 31 March 2013 was £8 million.

Regulated controllable costs increased by £13 million due to: inflation, system maintenance costs and one-off contract strategy costs, partially offset by efficiencies enabled by our new front office systems. Post-retirement costs increased by £2 million as a result of increased contribution rates for our DB pension schemes.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by £10 million driven by higher average asset values due to the capital investment programme and new front office systems. Finally, other costs decreased by £3 million, resulting in an adjusted operating profit of £794 million for the year.

US Regulated

Our US Regulated business was affected by a reduction in timing differences of £37 million due to in year under-recoveries of £20 million compared with a prior year over-recovery of £17 million (after adjusting for foreign exchange movements).

The estimated closing over-recovered value at 31 March 2013 was £110 million. This was offset by a year-on-year reduction in major storm costs of £33 million, as the financial impact of Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo was lower than that from Hurricane Irene and the Massachusetts October snowstorm in 2011/12.

Net costs incurred in the US after insurance proceeds were £33 million lower than 2011/12 (after adjusting for foreign exchange movements).

An increase of £135 million in net regulated income reflects deferral recoveries in our upstate New York businesses together with higher revenues from our capital tracker regulatory arrangements.

Regulated controllable operating costs increased by £19 million reflecting inflation and higher spend on IS outsourcing and security. Post-retirement costs increased by £29£3,292 million, primarily due to reductionsforeign exchange movements of £161 million and an increase in discount rates. Bad debt expense reducedVAT liability following a change in regulations on wholesale gas and electricity trading.

Current tax balances

Current tax balances decreased by £33 million to £124 million as at 31 March 2015. This was due to the tax payments made in 2014/15 being only partially offset by a smaller current year tax charge.

Deferred tax balances

Deferred tax balances increased by £215 million to £4,297 million as at 31 March 2015. This was primarily due to the impact of the £299 million deferred tax credit on actuarial losses (a £172 million tax charge in 2013/14) being offset by the impact of the reduction in the UK statutory tax rate, foreign exchange movements of £203 million and the reduction in prior year due to improving economic conditionscharges.

Provisions and improved collections.other non-current liabilities

DepreciationProvisions (both current and amortisationnon-current) and other non-current liabilities increased by £17£168 million to £3,654 million as a result of our capital expenditure programmeat 31 March 2015. Total provisions increased by £90 million in the year. Finally,The underlying movements include additions of £105 million relating to an increase to the provision for the estimated environmental restoration and remediation costs for a number of sites and other costs increased by £58provision increases of £57 million, due to increased property tax rates and assessed values, together with higher environmental costsforeign exchange movements of £133 million, offset by utilisation of £209 million in 2012/13. As a result, adjusted operating profit forrelation to all classes of provisions.

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liabilities.

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 (revised) accounting deficit is shown below:

Net plan liability  

UK

£m

  

US

£m

  

Total

£m

 

As at 1 April 2014

   (753  (1,658  (2,411

Exchange movements

       (236  (236

Current service cost

   (70  (116  (186

Net interest cost

   (27  (74  (101

Curtailments and other

   (34  (27  (61

Actuarial gains/(losses)

    

– on plan assets

   1,929    225    2,154  

– on plan liabilities

   (1,975  (950  (2,925

Employer contributions

   258    250    508  

As at 31 March 2015

   (672  (2,586  (3,258

Represented by:

    

Plan assets

   19,453    6,955    26,408  

Plan liabilities

   (20,125  (9,541  (29,666
    (672  (2,586  (3,258

The principal movements in net obligations during the year included net actuarial losses of £771 million and employer contributions of £508 million. Net actuarial losses included actuarial losses on plan liabilities of £2,746 million arising as a consequence of increases in the UK real discount rate and the nominal discount rate in the US. This was £1,254 million.partially offset by actuarial gains of £2,154 million arising on plan assets.

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30(b) to the consolidated financial statements, and the commitments and contingencies discussed in note 27.

Through the ordinary course of our operations, we are party to various litigation, claims and investigations. We do not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Other unaudited financial information199


 

Other activitiesSummary consolidated financial information

Our Other activities were significantly affected by

Financial summary (unaudited)

The financial summary set out below has been derived from the costaudited consolidated financial statements of major stormsNational Grid for the five financial years ended 31 March 2016. It should be read in the year, with an additional £51 million cost incurred comparedconjunction with the prior year. This was as a result of insurance costs for Superstorm Sandy incurred in our insurance captive. Some of these costs are expected to be recovered from the reinsurance market.

Our metering business made £24 million lower operating profit than the prior year as a result of the disposal of OnStream in 2012,consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the impact of third-party disputes on legacy meter pricing in our regulated metering business.Strategic Report. The information presented below for the years ended 31 March 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 has been prepared under IFRS issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU1.

 

    2016   2015  2014   20131   20121 

Summary income statement £m

         

Revenue

   15,115     15,201    14,809     14,359     13,832  

Operating profit

         

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   4,096     3,863    3,664     3,639     3,491  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   (11)     (83  71     110     44  
   4,085     3,780    3,735     3,749     3,535  

Profit before tax

         

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   3,142     2,876    2,584     2,533     2,408  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   (110)     (248  164     178     (26
   3,032     2,628    2,748     2,711     2,382  

Profit for the year

   2,594     2,011    2,464     2,154     1,919  

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

         

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,386     2,189    2,015     1,913     1,709  

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   205     (170  461     240     208  
    2,591     2,019    2,476     2,153     1,917  

Earnings per share

         

Basic – continuing operations (pence)2

   69.0     53.2    65.2     56.7     50.6  

Diluted – continuing operations (pence)2

   68.7     52.9    64.9     56.5     50.4  

Basic (pence)2

   69.0     53.2    65.2     56.7     50.6  

Diluted (pence)2

   68.7     52.9    64.9     56.5     50.4  

Number of shares – basic (millions)3

   3,755     3,798    3,798     3,794     3,788  

Number of shares – diluted (millions)3

   3,771     3,815    3,817     3,813     3,807  

Dividends per ordinary share

         

Paid during the year (pence)

   43.16     42.25    40.85     39.84     37.40  

Approved or proposed during the year (pence)

   43.34     42.87    42.03     40.85     39.28  

Paid during the year ($)

   0.664     0.697    0.636     0.633     0.599  

Approved or proposed during the year ($)

   0.635     0.672    0.696     0.632     0.623  

Other costs increased by £126 million, primarily representing spend on the implementation of the new US information systems and financial procedures, offset by increased revenues from the French interconnector. As a result of these movements, Other activities recorded an adjusted operating profit of £11 million for the year.

1.For the years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016, there have been no significant changes in accounting standards, interpretations or policies that have a material financial impact on the selected financial data. For the year ended 31 March 2014, the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ resulted in a significant change in pensions and employee benefits accounting. The numbers included in the selected financial data above for the years 31 March 2012 and 2013 were restated to show the impact of IAS 19 (revised).


2.Items previously reported for 2012 – 2015 have been restated to reflect the impact of the bonus element of the rights issue and the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.
3.Number of shares previously reported for 2012 – 2015 have been restated to reflect the impact of the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

200 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

185

Analysis of the statement of financial position for the year ended 31 March 2013

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and intangibles increased by £295 million to £5,617 million as at 31 March 2013. This increase primarily related to foreign exchange movements of £266 million and software additions of £175 million offset by amortisation of £101 million.

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment increased by £2,891 million to £36,592 million as at 31 March 2013. This was principally due to capital expenditure of £3,511 million on the extension of our regulated networks and foreign exchange movements of

    

Other non-current liabilities decreased by £37 million to £1,884 million, reflecting changes in the fair value of US commodity contract liabilities.

 

Net debt

Net debt is the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents, current financial and other investments, borrowings, and derivative financial assets and liability. At 31 March 2013, net debt had increased by £1,832 million to £21,429 million as a result of debt issuances in the year, including the hybrid bonds of £2.1 billion.

 

Net pension and other post-retirement obligations

A summary of the total UK and US assets and liabilities and the overall net IAS 19 accounting deficit (as restated for IAS 19 (revised)) is shown below:

£680 million, offset by £1,281 million of depreciation in the year.

 

Capital expenditure increased in each of the three regulated businesses including record amounts in our UK Transmission and US Regulated businesses.

 

Investments and other non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates, financial and other investments and other non-current assets increased by £66 million to £753 million. This was principally due to changes in the fair value of our US commodity contract assets and available-for-sale investments, and an equity investment in Clean Line Energy Partners LLC of $12.5 million by 31 March 2013.

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables

    Net plan liability  

UK 

£m 

  

US 

£m 

  

Total  

£m  

    

 

    

As at 1 April 2012 (as restated)

  (668)  (2,270)  (2,938) 
    

Exchange movements

  –   (112)  (112) 
    

Current service cost

  (90)  (130)  (220) 
    

Net interest cost

  (31)  (104)  (135) 
    

Curtailments and settlements

  (21)  (44)  (65) 
    

Actuarial gains/(losses)

      
    

– on plan assets

  1,131   261   1,392  
    

– on plan liabilities

  (1,691)  (415)  (2,106) 
    

Employer contributions

  201   486   687  
    

 

    

As at 31 March 2013

  (1,169)      (2,328)      (3,497) 
    

 

    

Represented by:

      
    

Plan assets

  –   195   195  
    

Plan liabilities

  (1,169)  (2,523)  (3,692) 
    

 

    

Net plan liability

  (1,169)  (2,328)  (3,497) 
    

 

Inventories and current intangible assets, and trade and other receivables increased by £854 million to £3,201 million at 31 March 2013. Driven by the US, this primarily reflected the timing of cost recoveries from LIPA relating to Superstorm Sandy and an increase in trade receivables due to colder weather in February and March 2013 compared with 2012, which also led to an offsetting decrease in inventories which were £85 million lower.

 

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables increased by £366 million to £3,051 million due to increased payables and accruals relating to Superstorm Sandy and Storm Nemo.

 

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities of £231 million at 31 March 2013 were £152 million lower primarily due to higher tax payments made in 2012/13 and larger prior year tax credits arising in 2012/13, although these were partially offset by a larger current year tax charge.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

The net deferred tax liability increased by £341 million to £4,077 million. The main reasons for this movement were the £441 million deferred tax charge, including the impact of the reduction in the statutory tax rate for future periods of £128 million, partially offset by the deferred tax credit on actuarial losses on pensions and other post-retirement benefits.

 

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

Provisions (both current and non-current) increased by £29 million to £1,760 million as at 31 March 2013. The underlying movements included additions of £92 million and £83 million to the environmental and other provisions respectively, as well as foreign exchange movements of £65 million. The other provisions additions included £33 million of increased liabilities insured by our insurance subsidiaries. These were offset by payments of £231 million in relation to all classes of provisions.

 

    

 

The principal movements in net obligations during the year arose as a consequence of a decrease in the discount rate following declines in corporate bond yields. Actuarial gains on plan assets reflected improvements in financial markets.

 

Commitments and contingencies

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for increased by £283 million to £3,011 million a result of the continued ramp up in our capital investment programme.

 

Off balance sheet items

There were no significant off balance sheet items other than the contractual obligations shown in note 30 (b) on page 139.


186    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

 

 

    2016  2015  2014  20131  20121 

Summary statement of net assets

      

Non-current assets

   52,622    49,058    44,895    45,129    41,684  

Current assets

   6,312    6,031    7,489    9,576    5,387  

Assets of businesses held for sale

                   264  

Total assets

   58,934    55,089    52,384    54,705    47,335  

Current liabilities

   (7,721  (7,374  (7,331  (7,445  (6,004

Non-current liabilities

   (37,648  (35,741  (33,134  (37,026  (32,001

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

                   (87

Total liabilities

   (45,369  (43,115  (40,465  (44,471  (38,092

Net assets

   13,565    11,974    11,919    10,234    9,243  

Shareholders’ equity

   13,555    11,962    11,911    10,229    9,236  

Summary cash flow statement

      

Cash generated from continuing operations

   5,660    5,350    4,419    4,037    4,487  

Tax paid

   (292  (343  (400  (287  (259

Net cash inflow from operating activities

   5,368    5,007    4,019    3,750    4,228  

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   (4,036  (2,001  (1,330  (6,130  (2,371

Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities

   (1,328  (3,253  (2,972  2,715    (1,900

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   4    (247  (283  335    (43

Summary consolidated

financial information

1.For the years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016, there have been no significant changes in accounting standards, interpretations or policies that have a material financial impact on the selected financial data. For the year ended 31 March 2014, the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ resulted in a significant change in pensions and employee benefits accounting. The numbers included in the selected financial data above for the years 31 March 2012 and 2013 were restated to show the impact of IAS 19 (revised).

 

   

Financial summary (unaudited)

The financial summary set out below has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of National Grid for the five financial years ended 31 March 2014. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the Strategic Review. The information presented below for the years ended 31 March 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 has been prepared under IFRS issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU1.

 

      
 

 

31 March
2014

£m

  
  

  

   
 
 

 

    31 March
2013
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

  
 
 

 

    31 March
2012
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

  
 
 

 

    31 March
2011
(restated

£m

  
  
)1 

  

 

    31 March  

2010  

(restated)1

£m  

   

 

   

Summary income statement

       
   

Revenue2

   14,809     14,359    13,832    14,343   14,007  
   

Operating profit

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   3,664     3,639    3,491    3,619   3,134  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   71     110    44    145   172  
      3,735     3,749    3,535    3,764   3,306  
   

Profit before tax

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,584     2,533    2,408    2,283   1,999  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   164     178    (26  151   219  
      2,748     2,711    2,382    2,434   2,218  
 
   

Profit for the year

   2,464     2,154    1,919    2,043   1,418  
   

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

       
   

Before exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   2,015     1,913    1,709    1,627   1,447  
   

Exceptional items, remeasurements and stranded cost recoveries

   461     240    208    412   (32) 
      2,476     2,153    1,917    2,039   1,415  
   

 

   

Earnings per share

       
   

Basic – continuing operations (pence)3

   66.4     57.8    51.6    56.9   46.1  
   

Diluted – continuing operations (pence)3

   66.1     57.5    51.3    56.6   45.9  
   

Basic (pence)3

   66.4     57.8    51.6    56.9   46.1  
   

Diluted (pence)3

   66.1     57.5    51.3    56.6   45.9  
   

 

 
   

Number of shares – basic (millions)4

   3,729     3,724    3,719    3,585   3,071  
   

Number of shares – diluted (millions)4

   3,748     3,742    3,738    3,604   3,084  
   

 

   

Dividends per ordinary share

       
   

Paid during the year (pence)

   40.85     39.84    37.40    37.74   36.65  
   

Approved or proposed during the year (pence)

   42.03     40.85    39.28    36.37   38.49  
   

Paid during the year ($)

   0.636     0.633    0.599    0.592   0.579  
   

Approved or proposed during the year ($)

   0.696     0.632    0.623    0.571   0.608  
   

 

   
   
   
   
   


 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16

Summary consolidated

financial information

201


Further information regarding financial KPIs and other performance measures

As part of our financial review on pages 22–25, various financial KPIs and performance measures are identified. Further details as to how these are calculated are provided below.

Group return on equity

The Group RoE calculation provides a measure of the performance of the whole Group compared with the amounts invested by the Group in assets attributable to equity shareholders.

Calculation: Regulatory financial performance including a long-run assumption of 3.0% RPI inflation, less adjusted interest and adjusted taxation divided by equity investment in assets.

Adjusted interest removes interest on pensions, capitalised interest and release of provisions.
Adjusted taxation adjusts the Group taxation charge for differences between IFRS profit before tax and regulated financial performance less adjusted interest.
Equity investment in assets is calculated as the total opening UK regulatory asset value, the total opening US rate base plus goodwill plus opening net book value of Other activities and our share of joint ventures and associates; minus opening net debt as reported under IFRS.

UK regulated return on equity

UK operational return is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by the regulator. These returns are calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure, at the cost of debt assumed by the regulator and that RPI inflation is equal to a long-run assumption of 3.0%.

Calculation: Base allowed RoE plus or minus the following items:

Additional allowed revenues/profits earned in the year from incentive schemes, less associated corporation tax charge;
Totex outperformance multiplied by the company sharing factor set by the regulator; and
Revenues (net of associated depreciation and base allowed asset return) allowed in the year associated with incentive performance earned under previous price controls but not yet fully recovered, less associated corporation tax charge (excluding logging up or pensions recovery).

Divided by average equity RAV in line with regulatory assumed capital structure.

US regulated return on equity

US regulated RoE is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by the regulator. This US operational return measure is calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure. This is a post-tax US GAAP metric as calculated annually (calendar year to 31 December).

Calculation: Regulated net income divided by equity rate base.

Regulated net income calculated as US GAAP operating profit less interest on the adjudicated debt portion of the rate base (calculated at the actual rate on long term debt, adjusted where the proportion of long term debt in the capital structure is materially different from the assumed regulatory proportion) less tax at the adjudicated rate.
Regulated net income is adjusted for earned savings as appropriate and for certain material specified items.
Equity rate base is the average rate base for the calendar year as reported to the Group’s regulators or, where a reported rate base is not available, an estimate based on rate base calculations used in previous rate filings multiplied by the adjudicated equity portion in the regulatory capital structure.

202National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 


 

 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

 

187

 

     

31 March
2014

£m

  

  31 March   

2013   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2012   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2011   

(restated)1

£m   

   

  31 March   

2010   

(restated)1

£m   

 
 

 

 
 

Summary statement of net assets

         
 

Non-current assets

   44,895    45,129        41,684        39,787        38,488     
 

Current assets

   7,489    9,576        5,387        6,323        5,065     
 

Assets of businesses held for sale

       –        264        290        –     
 

Total assets

   52,384    54,705        47,335        46,400        43,553     
 

Current liabilities

   (7,331  (7,445)       (6,004)       (6,826)       (6,559)    
 

Non-current liabilities

   (33,134  (37,026)       (32,001)       (30,403)       (32,800)    
 

Liabilities of businesses held for sale

       –        (87)       (110)       –     
 

Total liabilities

   (40,465  (44,471)       (38,092)       (37,339)       (39,359)    
 

Net assets

   11,919    10,234        9,243        9,061        4,194     
 

 

 
 

Shareholders’ equity

   11,911    10,229        9,236        9,052        4,182     
 

 

 
 
 

Summary cash flow statement

         
 

Cash generated from continuing operations

   4,419    4,037        4,487        4,854        4,372     
 

 

 
 

Tax (paid)/received

   (400  (287)       (259)       4        144     
 

 

 
 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

   4,019    3,750        4,228        4,858        4,516     
 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

   (1,330  (6,130)       (2,371)       (4,774)       (2,332)    
 

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

   (2,972  2,715        (1,900)       (430)       (2,212)    
 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (283  335        (43)       (346)       (28)    
 

 

 
 

 

1. For the year ended 31 March 2014, the adoption of IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee benefits’ has resulted in a significant change in how we account for pensions and employee benefits. The numbers included in the selected financial data above for the years 31 March 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been restated to show the impact of IAS 19 (revised) had it been adopted since 2010. There have been no other significant changes in accounting standards, interpretations or policies that have a material financial impact on the selected financial data.

 

2. Items previously reported for 2010 separately as other operating income have been included within revenue.

 

3. Items previously reported for 2010 – 2013 have been restated to reflect the impact of the bonus element of the rights issue and the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

4. Number of shares previously reported for 2010 – 2013 have been restated to reflect the impact of the additional shares issued as scrip dividends.

 

       

    

     

    


188    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Definitions and

glossary of terms

Our aim is to use plain English in this Annual Report and Accounts. However, where necessary, we do use a number of technical terms and/or abbreviations and we summarise the principal ones below, together with an explanation of their meanings. The descriptions below are not formal legal definitions.

 

A

American Depositary Shares (ADSs)

Securities of National Grid listed on the New York Stock Exchange, each of which represents five ordinary shares. They are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts or ADRs.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)

Meeting of shareholders of the Company held each year to consider ordinary and special business as provided in the Notice of AGM.

 

B

Board

The Board of Directors of the Company (for more information see pages 4347 and 171 to 173)48).

bps

Basis point (bps) is a unit that is equal to 1/100th of 1% and is typically used to denote the movement in a percentage based metric such as interest rates or RoE. A 0.1% change in a percentage represents 10 basis points.

BritNed

BritNed Development Limited.

 

C

called up share capital

Shares (common stock) that have been issued and have been fully paid for.

carrying value

The amount at which an asset or a liability is recorded in the Group’s statement of financial position and the Company’s balance sheet.

circuit

See route length.

the Company, the Group, National Grid, we, our or us

We use the terms ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘National Grid’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’ to refer to either National Grid plc itself or to National Grid plc and/or all or certain of its subsidiaries, depending on context.

Connect21

The Company’s US strategy to build and operate a better energy distribution network for the 21st century digital economy, helping to move to a decarbonised future.

consolidated financial statements

Financial statements that include the results and financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries together as if they were a single entity.

contingent liabilities

Possible obligations or potential liabilities arising from past events for which no provision has been recorded, but for which disclosure in the financial statements is made.

 

D

Dth

Decatherm, being an amount of energy equal to 1 million British thermal units (BTUs), equivalent to approximately 293 kWh.

DB

Defined benefit, relating to our UK or US (as the context requires) final salary pension schemes.

DC

Defined contribution, relating to our UK or US (as the context requires) pension schemes to which National Grid, as an employer, pays contributions based on a percentage of employees’ salaries.

DECC

The Department of Energy & Climate Change, the UK Government ministry responsible for energy and climate change.

decoupling

See revenue decoupling.

deferred tax

For most assets and liabilities, deferred tax is the amount of tax that will be payable or receivable in respect of that asset or liability in future tax returns as a result of a difference between the carrying value for accounting purposes in the statement of financial position or balance sheet and the value for tax purposes of the same asset or liability.

delivery body

Under the Energy Act 2013, and subject to secondary legislation due to be inwhich came into force in summerAugust 2014, (which will set out detailed roles and responsibilities for all market participants), National Grid’s electricity system operator function will providebecame the EMR Delivery Body. In this role National Grid provides independent evidence and analysis to the UK Government to inform its decisions on the key rules and parameters to achieve the Government’s policy objectives under EMR. As proposed, National Grid will administeralso administers the capacity mechanism, including running the annual capacity auctions, managemanages the allocation of contracts for difference to low carbon generators and reportreports to the Government annually on performance against the Government’s delivery plan.

demand side response (DSR)

Arrangements between the Company and certain customers, through which those customers agree to increase or reduce demand in response to a signal where the Company requires it.

derivative

A financial instrument or other contract where the value is linked to an underlying index, such as exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices. In most cases, contracts for the sale or purchase of commodities that are used to supply customers or for our own needs are excluded from this definition.

Deposit Agreement

Deposit Agreement means the agreement entered into between National Grid Transco plc (now National Grid plc), the Depositary and the registered holders of ADRs, pursuant to which ADSs have been issued, dated as of 21 November 1995 and amended and restated as of 1 August 2005, and any related agreement.

Depositary

Depositary means The Bank of New York Mellon acting as depositary.

Directors/Executive Directors/Non-executive Directors

The Directors/Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors of the Company whose names are set out on page 43pages 47 and 48 of this document.

dollars or $

Except as otherwise noted all references to dollars or $ in this Annual Report and Accounts relate to the US currency.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

189

 

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Definitions and glossary of terms203


Definitions and glossary of termscontinued

E

earnings per share (EPS)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent allocated to each ordinary share.

Electricity Market Reform (EMR)

An energy policy initiative, introduced by the Energy Act 2013, designed to provide greater financial certainty to investors in both low carbon and conventional generation in order to meet environmental targets and maintain security of supply, and to do so at the lowest cost to consumers.

employee engagement

A key performance indicator, based on the percentage of favourable responses to certain indicator questions repeated in each employee survey, which provides a measure of how employees think, feel and act in relation to National Grid. Research shows that a highly engaged workforce leads to increased productivity and employee retention, therefore we use employee engagement as a measure of organisational health in relation to business performance.

equity

In financial statements, the amount of net assets attributable to shareholders.

Estate Tax Convention

The Estate Tax Convention is the convention between the US and the UK for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to estate and gift taxes.

EU

The European Union, being the economic and political union of 2728 member states located in Europe.

Exchange Act

The US Securities Exchange Act 1934, as amended.

 

F

FERC

The US Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

finance lease

A lease where the asset is treated as if it was owned for the period of the lease and the obligation to pay future rentals is treated as if they were borrowings. Also known as a capital lease.

financial year

For National Grid this is an accounting year ending on 31 March. Also known as a fiscal year.

FRS

A UK Financial Reporting Standard as issued by the UK Financial Reporting Council (FRC). These apply to the Company’s individual financial statements on pages 155168 to 159,173, which are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.FRS 101.

 

G

Grain LNG

National Grid Grain LNG Limited.

Great Britain

England, Wales and Scotland.

Group return on equity (Group RoE)

The Group return on equity calculation provides a measure of the performance of the whole Group compared with the amounts invested by the Group in assets attributable to equity shareholders. The Group return on equity measure is calculated using the Group capital employed in accordance with the definition used in the RoCE measures, adjusted for Group net debt and goodwill.

GW

Gigawatt, being an amount of power equal to 1 billion watts (109 watts).

GWh

Gigawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 billion watts of power for a period of one hour.

H

HMRC

HM Revenue & Customs. The UK tax authority.

HVDC

High voltage, direct current electric power transmission which uses direct current for the bulk transmission of electrical power, in contrast with the more common alternating current systems.

 

I

IAS or IFRS

An International Accounting Standard or International Financial Reporting Standard, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). IFRS is also used as the term to describe international generally accepted accounting principles as a whole.

individual financial statements

Financial statements of a company on its own, not including its subsidiaries or joint ventures.

 

J

joint venture

A company or other entity which is controlled jointly with other parties.

 

K

kV

Kilovolt, being an amount of electric force equal to 1,000 volts.

kW

Kilowatt, being an amount of power equal to 1,000 watts.

kWm

Kilowatt-month, being an amount of energy equivalient to delivering 1kW of power for a period of one month.

 

L

LIPA

The Long Island Power Authority.

LNG

Liquefied natural gas, being natural gas that has been condensed into a liquid form, typically at temperatures at or below -161°C (-258°F).

lost time injury (LTI)

An incident arising out of National Grid’s operations which leads to an injury where the employee or contractor normally has time off the following day or shift following the incident. It relates to one specific (acute) identifiable incident which arises as a result of National Grid’s premises, plant or activities, which was reported to the supervisor at the time and was subject to appropriate investigation.

lost time injury frequency rate (IFR)

The number of lost time injuries per 100,000 hours worked in a 12 month period.

 

M

MADPU

The Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities.

MSA

The managed services agreement, under which the Company maintained and operated the electricity transmission and distribution system on Long Island owned by LIPA, which was transitioned to a third party with effect from 31 December 2013.

MW

Megawatt, being an amount of power equal to 1 million watts.

 

MWh

Megawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 million watts of power for a period of one hour.


190    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14

Definitions and

glossary of terms

continued

204National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information


   Additional Information

N

National Grid Metering (NGM)

National Grid Metering Limited, National Grid’s UK regulated metering business.

New England

The term refers to a region within the northeastern US that includes the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. National Grid’s New England operations are primarily in the states of Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

northeastern US

The northeastern region of the US, comprising the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont.

NYPSC

The New York Public Service Commission.

 

O

Ofgem

The UK Office of Gas and Electricity Markets, part of the UK Gas and Electricity Markets Authority (GEMA), which regulates the energy markets in the UK.

OPEB

OnStream

Utility Metering Services Limited, an unregulated UK metering business, sold by National Grid on 24 October 2011.

Other post-employment benefits.

ordinary shares

Voting shares entitling the holder to part ownership of a company. Also known as common stock. National Grid’s ordinary shares have a nominal value of 11 1743 pence.

 

P

price control

The mechanism by which Ofgem sets restrictions on the amounts of revenue we are allowed to collect from customers in our UK businesses. The allowed revenues are intended to cover efficiently incurred operational expenditure, capital expenditure and financing costs, including a return on equity invested.

PSA

The 15 year15-year power supply agreement with LIPA which came into effect on 28 May 2013, under which the Company supplies electricity to communities and businesses across Long Island.

 

R

rate base

The base investment on which the utility is authorised to earn a cash return. It includes the original cost of facilities, minus depreciation, an allowance for working capital and other accounts.

rate plan

The term given to the mechanism by which a US utility regulator sets terms and conditions for utility service including, in particular, tariffs and rate schedules. The term can mean a multi-year plan that is approved for a specified period, or an order approving tariffs and rate schedules that remain in effect until changed as a result of future regulatory proceedings. Such proceedings can be commenced through a filing by the utility or on the regulator’s own initiative.

regulated controllable operating costs

Total operating costs under IFRS less depreciation and certain regulatory costs where, under our regulatory agreements, mechanisms are in place to recover such costs in current or future periods.

regulatory asset value (RAV)

The value ascribed by Ofgem to the capital employed in the relevant licensed business. It is an estimate of the initial market value of the regulated asset base at privatisation, plus subsequent allowed additions at historical cost, less the deduction of annual regulatory depreciation. Deductions are also made to reflect the value realised from the disposal of certain assets that formed part of the regulatory asset base. It is also indexed to the RPI to allow for the effects of inflation.

return on capital employed (RoCE)

The return on capital employed metric is designed to give an alternative comparison between the UK and US businesses showing the overall return on capital provided by both debt and equity. The calculation reflects regulatory treatments of costs.

return on equity (RoE)

A performance metric measuring returns from the investment of shareholders’ funds. It is a financial ratio of a measure of earnings divided by an equity base.

revenue decoupling

GroupRevenue decoupling is the term given to the elimination of the dependency of a utility’s revenue on the volume of gas or electricity transported. The purpose of decoupling is to eliminate the disincentive a utility otherwise has to encourage energy efficiency programmes.

RIIO

The revised regulatory framework issued by Ofgem which was implemented in the eight-year price controls which started on 1 April 2013.

RIPUC

The Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission.

RPI

The UK retail price index as published by the Office for National Statistics.

S

Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions

Scope 1 emissions are direct greenhouse gas emissions that occur from sources that are owned or controlled by the Company, for example, emissions from combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, vehicles, etc.

Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions

Scope 2 emissions are greenhouse gas emissions from the generation of purchased electricity consumed by the Company. Purchased electricity is defined as electricity that is purchased or otherwise brought into the organisational boundary of the Company. Scope 2 emissions physically occur at the facility where electricity is generated.

Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions

Scope 3 emissions are indirect greenhouse gas emissions as a consequence of the operations of the Company, but are not owned or controlled by the Company, such as emissions from third-party logistics providers, waste management suppliers, travel suppliers, employee commuting, and combustion of sold gas by customers.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Definitions and glossary of terms205


SEC

The US Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial regulator for companies with registered securities in the US, including National Grid and certain of its subsidiaries.

SEH Committee

The Safety, Environment and Health Committee of the Board whose role is explained on page 60.

SF6

Sulphur hexafluoride, an inorganic, colourless, odourless and non-flammable greenhouse gas. SF6 is used in the electrical industry as a gaseous dielectric medium for high voltage circuit breakers, switchgear and other electrical equipment. The Kyoto protocol estimated that the global warming potential over 100 years of SF6 is 23,900 times more potent than that of CO2.

share premium

The difference between the amount shares are issued for and the nominal value of those shares.

standard cubic metre

A quantity of gas which at 15°C and atmospheric pressure (1.013 bar) occupies the volume of 1m3.

stranded cost recoveries

The recovery of historical generation-related costs in the US, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by us.

STEM

Science, technology, engineering and mathematics; the Company is currently looking to recruit people with skills in these subjects.

subsidiary

A company or other entity that is controlled by National Grid.

swaption

A swaption gives the buyer, in exchange for an option premium, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap at some specified date in the future. The terms of the swap are specified on the trade date of the swaption.

T

taxes borne

Those taxes that represent a cost to the Company and which are reflected in our results.

taxes collected

Those taxes that are generated by our operations but which do not affect our results; we generate the commercial activity giving rise to these taxes and then collect and administer them on behalf of HMRC.

Tax Convention

Tax Convention means the income tax convention between the US and the UK.

tonne

A unit of mass equal to 1,000 kilogrammes, equivalent to approximately 2,205 pounds.

tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e)

A measure of greenhouse gas emissions in terms of the equivalent amount of carbon dioxide.

treasury shares

Shares that have been repurchased but not cancelled. These shares can then be allotted to meet obligations under the Company’s employee share schemes.

TWh

Terawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 billion watts of power for a period of 1,000 hours.

U

UK

The United Kingdom, comprising England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code)

Updated guidance, issued by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2014, on how companies should be governed, applicable to UK listed companies, including National Grid.

UK GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the UK. These differ from IFRS and from US GAAP.

UK regulated return on equity (Group(UK RoE)

The GroupUK regulated return on equity calculation providesis a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the performance of the whole Group compared with the amounts investedassumptions used by the Group in assets attributable to equity shareholders. The Group return on equity measure isOfgem. These returns are calculated using the Group capital employedassumption that the businesses are financed in accordanceline with the definition usedregulatory adjudicated capital structure, at the assumed cost of debt and that UK taxation paid is at the level assumed by Ofgem.

US

The United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

US GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the RoCE measures, adjusted for Group net debtUS. These differ from IFRS and goodwill.

from UK GAAP.

US regulated return on equity (US RoE)

US regulated return on equity is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by the relevant regulator. This US operational return measure is calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure. This is a post-tax US GAAP metric as calculated annually (on a calendar year to 31 December).

UK regulated return on equity (UK RoE)

UK regulated return on equity is a measure of how a business is performing operationally against the assumptions used by Ofgem. These returns are calculated using the assumption that the businesses are financed in line with the regulatory adjudicated capital structure, at the assumed cost of debt and that UK taxation paid is at the level assumed by Ofgem.

revenue decoupling

Revenue decoupling is the term given to the elimination of the dependency of a utility’s revenue on the volume of gas or electricity transported. The purpose of decoupling is to eliminate the disincentive a utility otherwise has to encourage energy efficiency programmes.

RIIO

The revised regulatory framework issued by Ofgem which was implemented in the eight year price controls which started on 1 April 2013.

RIPUC

The Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission.

route length

The route length of an electricity transmission line is the geographical distance from the start tower to the end tower. In most cases in the UK, and in many cases in the US, the transmission line consists of a double circuit for additional reliability. In such cases, the circuit length is twice the route length.


Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Additional Information

191

RPI

The UK retail price index as published by the Office for National Statistics.

S

Scope 1 emissions

Scope 1 emissions are direct greenhouse gas emissions that occur from sources that are owned or controlled by the Company, for example, emissions from combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, vehicles, etc.

Scope 2 emissions

Scope 2 emissions are greenhouse gas emissions from the generation of purchased electricity consumed by the Company. Purchased electricity is defined as electricity that is purchased or otherwise brought into the organisational boundary of the Company. Scope 2 emissions physically occur at the facility where electricity is generated.

SEC

The US Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial regulator for companies with registered securities in the US, including National Grid and certain of its subsidiaries.

SF6

Sulphur hexafluoride, an inorganic, colourless, odourless and non-flammable greenhouse gas. SF6 is used in the electrical industry as a gaseous dielectric medium for high voltage circuit breakers, switchgear and other electrical equipment. The Kyoto protocol estimated that the global warming potential over 100 years of SF6 is 23,900 times more potent than that of CO2.

share premium

The difference between the amount shares are issued for and the nominal value of those shares.

standard cubic metre

A quantity of gas which at 15°C and atmospheric pressure (1.013 bar) occupies the volume of 1m3.

stranded cost recoveries

The recovery of historical generation-related costs in the US, related to generation assets that are no longer owned by us.

STEM

Science, technology, engineering and mathematics; the Company is currently looking to recruit people with skills in these subjects.

subsidiary

A company or other entity that is controlled by National Grid.

swaption

A swaption gives the buyer, in exchange for an option premium, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap at some specified date in the future. The terms of the swap are specified on the trade date of the swaption.

T

taxes borne

Those taxes that represent a cost to the Company and which are reflected in our results.

taxes collected

Those taxes that are generated by our operations but which do not affect our results; we generate the commercial activity giving rise to these taxes and then collect and administer them on behalf of HMRC.

tonne

A unit of mass equal to 1,000 kilogrammes, equivalent to approximately 2,205 pounds.

tonnes carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e)

A measure of greenhouse gas emissions in terms of the equivalent amount of carbon dioxide.

treasury shares

Shares that have been repurchased but not cancelled. These shares can then be allotted to meet obligations under the Company’s employee share schemes.

TWh

Terawatt hours, being an amount of energy equivalent to delivering 1 billion watts of power for a period of 1,000 hours.

U

UK

The United Kingdom, comprising England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

UK Corporate Governance Code 2012 (the Code)

Guidance, issued by the Financial Reporting Council, on how companies should be governed, applicable to UK listed companies including National Grid.

UK GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the UK. These differ from IFRS and from US GAAP.

US

The United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

US GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles in the US. These differ from IFRS and from UK GAAP.

US state regulators (state utility commissions)

In the US, public utilities’ retail transactions are regulated by state utility commissions, including the New York Public Service Commission (NYPSC), the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities (MADPU) and the Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (RIPUC).

 

V

value added

Value added is a measure to capture the value created through investment attributable to equity holders, being the change in total regulated and non-regulated assets including goodwill (both at constant currency) plus the cash dividend paid in the year plus share repurchase costs less the growth in net debt (at constant currency). This is then presented on an absolute and a per share basis.

value growth

Value growth is the growth in the value of our regulated and non-regulated assets including goodwill plus dividend plus share repurchase costs less net debt, onas a per share basis.percentage.


206 National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information 

192    National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2013/14


   Additional Information

 

 

Want more

information or help?

Capita Asset Services

For queries aboutordinary shares:

The Bank of New York Mellon

For queries aboutAmerican Depositary Shares:

Further information about National Grid including share price and interactive tools can be found on our website:

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

0371 402 3344

Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the UK will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays. If calling from outside the UK: +44 (0)371 402 3344

Visit the National Grid share portal

www.nationalgridshareholders.com

Email: nationalgrid@capita.co.uk

National Grid Share

Register Capita Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

1-800-466-7215

If calling from outside the US:

+1-201-680-6825

www.mybnymdr.com

Email: shrrelations@

cpushareownerservices.com

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depository Receipts

PO Box 30170

College Station, Texas 77842-3170

www.nationalgrid.com

Beware of share fraud

Fraudsters use persuasive and high-pressure tactics to lure investors into scams. Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited advice or offers, whether over the telephone, through the post or by email. If you receive any such unsolicited communication please check the company or person contacting you is properly authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) before getting involved. You can check at www.fca.org.uk/consumers/protect-yourself and can report calls from unauthorised firms to the FCA by calling 0800 111 6768.

 Capita Asset Services

 

 For queries aboutordinary shares:

The Bank of New York Mellon

For queries aboutAmerican
Depositary Shares
:

Further information about National Grid including share price and interactive tools can be found on our website:

www.nationalgrid.com

Have you received unsolicited investment advice?

Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited advice or offers, whether over the telephone, through the post or by email. If you receive any such unsolicited communication please check the company or person contacting you is properly authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) before getting involved. You can check at www.fca.org.uk/ consumers/protect-yourself and can report calls from unauthorised firms to the FCA by calling 0800 111 6768.

LOGO

0871 402 3344

Calls cost 8 pence per minute plus
network extras. Lines are open
8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to
Friday, excluding public holidays.
If calling from outside the
UK: +44 (0)20 7098 1198

Textphone: 18001 0871 664 0532

LOGO

1-800-466-7215

If calling from outside the US:

+1-201-680-6825

LOGO

www.mybnymdr.com

Email: shrrelations@ cpushareownerservices.com

LOGO

Visit the National Grid share portal

www.nationalgridshareholders.com

Email: nationalgrid@capita.co.uk

LOGO

The Bank of New York Mellon

Depositary Receipts

PO Box 30170

College Station, Texas 77842-3170

LOGO

National Grid Share Register

Capita Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

Financial calendar

The following dates have been announced or are indicative:

 

2 June 2016  Ordinary shares go ex-dividend for 2015/16 final dividend
3 June 2016Record date for 2015/16 final dividend
9 June 2016Scrip reference price announced
20 June 2016Scrip election date
25 July 20162016 AGM
10 August 20162015/16 final dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
10 November 20162016/17 half year results
24 November 2016Ordinary shares go ex-dividend
25 November 2016Record date for 2016/17 interim dividend
11 January 20172016/17 interim dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
May 20172016/17 preliminary results

American Depositary SharesDividends

The Company has amendedDirectors are recommending a final dividend of 28.34 pence per ordinary share ($2.0445 per ADS) to be paid on 10 August 2016 to shareholders on the deposit agreement under whichregister as at 3 June 2016. Further details in respect of dividend payments can be found on page 24. If you live outside the ADS representing its ordinary shares are issuedUK, you may be able to allowrequest that your dividend payments be converted into your local currency.

Under the Deposit Agreement, a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS tocan be charged for any cash distribution made to ADS holders, including cash dividends. ADS holders who receive cash in relation to the 2013/142015/16 final dividend will be charged a fee of $0.02 per ADS by the Depositary prior to the distribution of the cash dividend.

Have your dividends paid directly into your bank or building society account:

Your dividend reaches your account on the payment day
It is more secure – cheques do sometimes get lost in the post
No more trips to the bank

Elect to receive your dividends as additional shares:

Join our scrip dividend scheme
No stamp duty or commission to pay

Electronic communications

To receive an email notifying you as soon as new shareholder information is available to view online, including your electronic tax voucher, sign up for electronic communications. Simply go to the National Grid share portalwww.nationalgridshareholders.com and once you have registered, click on the ‘manage your account’ link and follow the on screen instructions to change your communication preference.

Manage your shareholding online via the National Grid share portal:

Have your dividends paid direct to your bank account instead of receiving cheques
Choose to receive your dividends in shares, via our scrip dividend scheme
Register your AGM vote
Get copies of your dividend confirmations and view your dividend payment history
Update your address details

Registered office

National Grid plc was incorporated on 11 July 2000. The Company is registered in England and Wales No. 4031152, with its registered office at 1–3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

  Choose to receive your dividends in shares, via our scrip dividend scheme

  Register your AGM votes

  Get copies of your dividend tax vouchers and view your dividend payment history

  Update your address details

4 June 2014Ordinary shares go ex-dividend for 2013/14
6 June 2014Record date for 2013/14 final dividend
11 June 2014Scrip reference price announced
27 June 2014Scrip election date
28 July 20142014 AGM and interim management statement
20 August 20142013/14 final dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
7 November 20142014/15 half-year results
19 November 2014Ordinary shares go ex-dividend
21 November 2014Record date for 2014/15 interim dividend
7 January 20152014/15 interim dividend paid to qualifying shareholders
January/February 2015    Interim management statement
May 20152014/15 preliminary results

 Dividends

The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 27.54 pence per ordinary share ($2.3107 per ADS) to be paid on 20 August 2014 to shareholders on the register as at 6 June 2014. Further details in respect of dividend payments can be found on page 07. If you live outside the UK, you may be able to request that your dividend payments be converted into your local currency.

Have your dividends paid directly into your bank or building society account:

  Your dividend reaches your account on the payment day

   It is more secure – cheques do sometimes get lost in the post

  No more trips to the bank

Elect to receive your dividends as additional shares:

   Join our scrip dividend scheme

  No stamp duty or commission to pay


Share dealing

Capita Share Dealing Services offer our European Economic Area resident shareholders a range of quick and easy share dealing services by post, online or telephone from 10p per share (plus stamp duty as applicable). Dealing at live prices is available online or by telephone, different fees apply.

VisitVisit www.capitadeal.com/nationalgrid or call Capita Share Dealing free on 0800 022 3374 for details and terms and conditions.This is not a recommendation to take any action.action. High street banks may also offer share dealing services. If you have any doubt as to what action you should take, please contact an authorised financial advisor.

ShareGift: If you only have a small number of shares which would cost more for you to sell than they are worth, you may wish to consider donating them to the charity.

ShareGift is a registered charity (no. 1052686) which specialises in accepting such shares as donations. For more information visitwww.sharegift.org.uk or contact Capita Asset Services.

Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs): Corporate ISAs for National

Grid shares are available from Stocktrade. For more information, call Stocktrade on 0131 240 0443, email isa@stocktrade.co.uk or write to Stocktrade, 6th7th floor, Atria One, 144 Morrison Street, Edinburgh EH3 8BR.

National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Want more information or help?207


 

National Grid plc was incorporated on 11 July 2000. The Company is registered in England and Wales No. 4031152, with its registered office at 1-3 Strand, London WC2N 5EH.

The Company’s agent in the United States is National Grid USA, Attn: General Counsel, 40 Sylvan Road, Waltham, MA 02451.

Cautionary statement

This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ending 31 March 20142016 for National Grid and its subsidiaries.

It contains the Directors’ Report and Financial Statements, together with the independent auditors’ report thereon, as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Directors’ Report, comprising pages 0608 to 7381 and 160174 to 187,202, has been drawn up in accordance with the requirements of English law, and liability in respect thereof is also governed by English law. In particular, the liability of the Directors for these reports is solely to National Grid.

This document contains certain statements that are neither reported financial results nor other historical information. These statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements include information with respect to our financial condition, our results of operations and businesses, strategy, plans and objectives. Words such as ‘anticipates’, ‘expects’, ‘should’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘outlook’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘targets’, ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘continue’, ‘project’ and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. Many of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties relate to factors that are beyond our ability to control or estimate precisely, such as changes in laws or regulations, announcements from and decisions by governmental bodies or regulators (including the timeliness of consents for construction projects); the timing of construction and delivery by third parties of new generation projects requiring connection; breaches of, or changes in, environmental, climate change and health and safety laws or regulations, including breaches or other incidents arising

from the potentially harmful nature of our activities; network failure or interruption, the inability to carry out critical non network operations and damage to infrastructure, due to adverse weather conditions including the impact of major storms as well as the results of climate change, due to counterparties being unable to deliver physical commodities, or due to the failure of or unauthorised access to or deliberate breaches of our IT systems and supporting technology; performance against regulatory targets and standards and against our peers with the aim of delivering stakeholder expectations regarding costs and efficiency savings, including those related to investment programmes and internal transformation projects (including our US financial systems and our controls over financial reporting);remediation plans; and customers and counterparties (including financial institutions) failing to perform their obligations to the Company. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially

from those described in this document include fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price indices; restrictions and conditions (including filing requirements) in our borrowing and debt arrangements, funding costs and access to financing; regulatory requirements for us to maintain financial resources in certain parts of our business and restrictions on some subsidiaries’ transactions such as paying dividends, lending or levying charges; inflation;inflation or deflation; the delayed timing of recoveries and payments in our regulated businesses and whether aspects of our activities are contestable; the funding requirements and performance of our pension schemes and other post-retirement benefit schemes; the failure to attract, train or retain employees with the necessary competencies, including leadership skills, and any significant disputes arising with our employees or the breach of laws or regulations by our employees; and the failure to respond to market developments, including competition for onshore transmission, the threats and opportunities presented by emerging technology, development activities relating to changes to the energy mix and the integration of distributed energy resources and the need to grow our business to deliver our strategy, as well as incorrect or unforeseen assumptions or conclusions (including unanticipated costs and liabilities) relating to business development activity, including assumptions in connection with joint ventures.

For further details regarding these and other assumptions, risks and uncertainties that may affect National Grid, please read the Strategic Report and the Risk factors on pages 167183 to 169186 of this document. In addition, new factors emerge from time to time and we cannot assess the potential impact of any such factor on our activities or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual future results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Except as may be required by law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to update any of its forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document.

The contents of any website references in this document do not form part of this document.

 

208National Grid Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16Additional Information

Designed and produced by


C O N R A N  D E S I G N  G R O U  P

 

LOGO

 

Printed on Amadeus 100% Recycled Offset paper. The paper is independently certified according to the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC). The manufacturing mill holds the ISO 14001 environmental certification and the EU Eco-label (EMAS).

Printed by Pureprint Group, ISO 14001, FSC® certified and CarbonNeutral®.

LOGO


LOGO

Printed on Amadeus 100% Recycled Offset paper.

The paper is independently certified according to the

rules of the Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC). The

manufacturing mill holds the ISO 14001 environmental

certification and the EU Eco-label (EMAS).

Printed by Pureprint Group, ISO 14001, FSC®

certified and CarbonNeutral®.

Designed and produced by Addison Group


LOGO


Further Information

Exchange Rates

The following table sets forth the history of the exchange rates of one pound sterling to US dollars for the periods indicated and as at the latest practicable date, 3 June 2014.2015.

 

       High          Low    

June 2014*

  1.6757  1.6738

May 2014

  1.6992  1.6706

       High          Low    

June 2016*

  1.4517  1.4414

May 2016

  1.4714  1.4351

 

 *  For the period to 3 June 2014.2016.

Share ownership

At 3 June 2014,2016, the latest practicable date, none of the directors had an individual beneficial interest amounting to greater than 1% of the Company’s shares.

Material interests in shares

The following summarizes the significant changes in the percentage ownership held by our major shareholders during the past three years:

Capital Group Companies, Inc. held 5.04%10.02% of our outstanding share capital as at 912 June 2011. 2012Their shareholding increased to 10. 91%10.91% of our outstanding share capital as at 31 March 2013, and that such holdings increased 11.02%as at 5 April 2013, 11.03% as at 31 March 2014 and then such holdings decreased to 11.02 %.4.981% as at 31 March 2015 and then to 3.881% as at 20 April 2015. As noted on page 174189 of the 2013/20142015/2016 Annual Report and Accounts, we have been notified that Capital Group Companies, Inc. held 11.103%3.88% of our outstanding share capital as at 31 March 2015 and such holdings remains unchanged as at 3 June 2016.

Black Rock, Inc. has held 5.21% of our outstanding share capital as at 5 June 2014 and 5 June 2015. As noted on page 189 of the 2015/2016 Annual Report and Accounts, we have been notified that Black Rock, Inc. held 5.88% of our outstanding share capital as at 31 March 2016 and such holdings decreased as at 26 May 2016 to 3.92% which percentage remains unchanged as at 3 June 2014.2016

Since 31 March 2014,2016, we have not been notified of any other subsequent significant change in the percentage of shares held by the shareholders, listed on page 174189 of the 2013/20142015/2016 Annual Report and Accounts.Accounts

Material interest in American Depositary Shares

As at 3 June 2016, we had 14,857 registered holders of our American Depositary Shares (ADSs) representing ownership of 10.9% of our issued and outstanding share capital, excluding ordinary shares held in treasury. As at 3 June 2016, based on information available to us, we believe that approximately 10.9% of our issued and outstanding share capital (whether in the form of shares or ADSs), excluding shares held in treasury, was held beneficially in the United States.

Price history

The following table sets forth the highest and lowest intraday market prices for our ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated.

 

    Ordinary Share 
(Pence)
  ADS ($)
      High        Low        High        Low   

June 2014*

  897.92  874.50  75.09  73.15

May 2014

  895.50  835.86  74.86  70.42

    Ordinary Share 
(Pence)
  ADS ($)
      High        Low        High        Low   

June 2016*

  1011.50  959.60  72.14  70.09

May 2016

  1015.50  953.01  74.67  71.48

 

 *  For the period to 3 June 2014,2016, the latest practicable date.

Subsequent Events

NONE APPLICABLE


Exhibits

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, National Grid has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to them. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreement and (i) may be intended not as statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties to such agreements if those statements turn out to be inaccurate, (ii) may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to such other party or parties and that either have been reflected in the company’s filings or are not required to be disclosed in those filings, (iii) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors and (iv) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date or dates as may be specified in such agreements.

In accordance with the instructions to Item 2(b)(i) of the Instructions to Exhibits to the Form 20-F, National Grid agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a copy of any instrument relating to long-term debt that does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of National Grid and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.


        

Description

       

1.1

    

Articles of Association of National Grid plc adopted by Special Resolution passed on 30 July 2012.

    Incorporated by reference

2(a)

    

Amended and restated Deposit Agreement dated as of 23 May 2013 among National Grid plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depository, and all Owners and Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder. (Exhibit 1 to National Grid plc Form F-6 dated 15 May 2013 File No. 333-178045)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).1

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 26 July 2010 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).1 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 13 June 2011 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).2

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 18 February 2011 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (no 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.cp.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).2 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 13 June 2011 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).3

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 22 February 2012 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit(Exhibit 2(b).3 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).4

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 2 August 2011 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).5 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).5

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 27 March 2013 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).5 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).6

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 10 September 2012 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. (Exhibit 2(b).6 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

2(b).7

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 12 September 2013 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

    Filed herewithIncorporated by reference

2(b).8

    

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 20 December 2013 among National Grid USA, National Grid North America Inc. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid USA €4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Incorporated by reference

2(b).9

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 12 September 2014 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc €15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Incorporated by reference

2(b).10

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 18 December 2014 among National Grid USA, National Grid North America Inc. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid USA €4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Incorporated by reference

2(b).11

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 18 July 2014 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Incorporated by reference

2(b).12

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 14 August 2015 among National Grid Gas plc, National Grid Gas Finance (No 1) plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to a €10,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

Filed herewith

2(b).13

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 21 September 2015 among National Grid plc, National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid plc and National Grid Electricity Transmission plc

Filed herewith


€15,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

2(b).14

Amended and Restated Trust Deed dated 9 December 2015 among National Grid USA, National Grid North America Inc. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. relating to National Grid USA €4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme.

    Filed herewith

4(c).1

    

Service Agreement among The National Grid plc and Steven Holliday dated 1 April 2006. (Exhibit 4.(c).3 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 19 June 2007 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).2

    

Service Agreement among The National Grid plc and Andrew Bonfield dated 1 November 2010. (Exhibit 4(c).20 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 13 June 2011 File No 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).3

    

Service Agreement among National Grid Transco plc, National Grid CompanyElectricity Transmission plc and Nicholas WinserJohn Mark Pettigrew dated 28 April 2003. (Exhibit 4.82 November 2014.(Exhibit 4(c).5 to National Grid Transcoplc Form 20-F dated 165 June 20042014 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).4

    

EmploymentAmendment to Service Agreement among National Grid plc, National Grid USA and Thomas King dated 11 July 2007. (Exhibit 4 (c).9.(Exhibit 4(c).5 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 175 June 20082014 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference


4(c).5

Service Agreement among National Grid Electricity Transmission plc and John Mark Pettigrew dated 28 February 2014.2 November 2015

    Filed Herewithherewith

4(c).6

Letter of Appointment—Philip Aiken. (Exhibit 4 (c).11 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 17 June 2008 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).7.5

    

Letter of Appointment—Sir Peter Gershon. (Exhibit 4(c).10 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).8.6

    

Letter of Appointment—Paul Golby. (Exhibit 4(c).11 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).9.7

    

Letter of Appointment—Ruth Kelly. (Exhibit 4(c).14 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 12 June 2012 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).10

Letter of Appointment—Maria Richter. (Exhibit 4.14 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

Incorporated by reference

4(c).11.8

    

Letter of Appointment—Nora Mead Brownell. (Exhibit 4(c).13 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).12.9

    

Letter of Appointment—Mark Williamson. (Exhibit 4(c).14 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).13.10

    

Letter of Appointment—Jonathan Dawson. (Exhibit 4(c).15 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 6 June 2013 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).14.11

    

Letter of Appointment—Therese Esperdy.Esperdy....(Exhibit 4(c).14 to National Grid plc Form 20-F dated 5 June 2014 File No. 1-14958)

    Filed HerewithIncorporated by reference

4(c).15.12

Employment Agreement among National Grid plc, National Grid USA and Dean Seavers dated 22 October 2014.

Incorporated by reference

4(c).13

    

National Grid plc Deferred Share Plan. (Exhibit 4.2 to National Grid plc S-8 dated 28 July 2011 File No. 333-175852)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).16.14

    

National Grid Executive Share Option Plan 2002. (Exhibit 4 (c) to National Grid Group Form 20-F dated 21 June 2002 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).17.15

    

National Grid Group Share Matching Plan 2002. (Exhibit 4 (c) to National Grid Group Form 20-F dated 21 June 2002 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).18.16

    

National Grid Transco Performance Share Plan 2002 (as approved 23 July 2002 by a resolution of the shareholders of National Grid Group plc, adopted 17 October 2002 by a resolution of the Board of National Grid Group plc, amended 26 June 2003 by the Share Schemes Sub-Committee of National Grid Transco plc, and amended 5 May 2004 by the Share Schemes Sub-Committee of National Grid Transco plc). (Exhibit 4.19 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).19.17

    

National Grid Executive Share Option Scheme. (Exhibit 4D to National Grid Group S-8 dated 26 July 2001 File No. 333-65968)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).20.18

    

Lattice Group Short Term Incentive Scheme (approved by a resolution of the shareholders of BG Group plc effective 23 October 2000; approved by a resolution of the Board of National Grid Transco plc on 30 April 2004; amended by resolutions of the Board of Lattice Group plc effective on 21 October 2002 and 13 May 2004). (Exhibit

Incorporated by reference


(Exhibit 4.23 to National Grid Transco Form 20-F dated 16 June 2004 File No. 1-14958)

    Incorporated by reference

4(c).21.19

   

National Grid USA Companies’ Defined Contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. (Exhibit 4.2 to National Grid plc S-8 dated 23 October 2012 File No. 14958)

    Incorporated by reference

8

   

List of subsidiaries—The list of the Company’s significant subsidiaries as of 31 March 2016 is incorporated by reference to “Financial Statements—Notes to the consolidated financial statements—32. Subsidiary undertakings, joint venture and associates — Principal subsidiary undertakings” on page 157 included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended 31 March 2016. This list excludes subsidiaries that do not, in aggregate, constitute a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X as at 31 March 2015.

    Filed herewithIncorporated by reference

12.1

   

Certification of Steve HollidayJohn Pettigrew pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

    Filed herewith

12.2

   

Certification of Andrew Bonfield pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

    Filed herewith


13.1

   

Certifications of Steve HollidayJohn Pettigrew and Andrew Bonfield furnished pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act (such certifications are not deemed filed for purpose of Section18 of the Exchange Act and not incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act).

    Filed herewith

15

   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm to National Grid plc.

    Filed herewith


The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 NATIONAL GRID PLC
 By:  /s/Andrew Bonfield  
   Andrew Bonfield  
   Finance Director  

London, England

57 June 20142016